HomeMy WebLinkAbout7452 - ADDENDUM 3 - Spec Book Corrected TOC 9-23-2020Adopted September 2018
City of Denton
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
00 00 00 - 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division 00 - General Conditions
00 05 10 Construction Contract Ordinance
00 05 15 Addenda
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
00 41 00 Bid Form
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price
00 43 13 Bid Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder
00 45 13 Bidder’s Minimum Qualification Statement
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law
00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories
00 52 43 Agreement
00 61 13 Performance Bond
00 61 14 Payment Bond
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance
00 72 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
00 73 73 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties
Division 01 - General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting
01 31 20 Project Meetings
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video
01 33 00 Submittals
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage
01 60 00 Product Requirements
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey
01 74 23 Cleaning
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 39 Project Record Documents
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
00 00 00 - 2
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
Contractor shall refer to the following documents for Technical Specifications, unless otherwise
noted in the contract documents:
North Central Texas Council of Governments Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction – Fourth Edition, Divisions 200-800 (incorporated by reference)
North Central Texas Council of Governments Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction – Fourth Edition, Divisions 200-800 – Amendments
Appendix
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC-4.04 Underground Facilities
GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities
GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements
END OF SECTION
00 05 10 - 1
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 05 10 1
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 05 15 - 1
ADDENDA
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 05 15 1
ADDENDA 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 11 13 - 1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 11 13 1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS 2
3
RECEIPT OF BIDS 4
Sealed bids for the construction of Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot 5
Improvements will be received by the City of Denton Purchasing Office: 6
7
as outlined on http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx 8
9
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 10
The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Parking lot pavement removal and 11
construction of new parking lot pavement and landscaping. 12
13
DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 14
The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by logging in the 15
City of Denton’s Purchasing Division solicitation website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The 16
Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or 17
suppliers. The contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 18
1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be 19
presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 20
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 21
22
23
PREBID CONFERENCE 24
A virtual prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 25
BIDDERS at the date, and time outlined in the City’s solicitation website. To view pre-bid 26
invitation details log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the ‘Activities’ 27
tab of this solicitation. 28
29
CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS 30
City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. 31
32
33
INQUIRIES 34
All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 35
To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 36
‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 37
38
END OF SECTION 39
00 21 13 - 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 21 13 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2
3
1. Defined Terms 4
5
1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00 72 6
00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7
8
1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the 9
meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 10
11
1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting 12
directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing 13
the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 14
15
1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 16
corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 17
bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose 18
principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 19
20
1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City 21
(on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 22
23
1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of bids 24
from vendors for City contracts. 25
26
2. Copies of Bidding Documents 27
28
2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations 29
resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 30
31
2.2. City and Engineer in making Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of 32
obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any 33
other use. 34
35
3. Minimum Qualifications 36
37
3.1. The following minimum requirements must be demonstrated in order for the submission 38
to be considered responsive. The form can be found in Section 00 45 13 – Bidder’s 39
Minimum Qualification Statement. 40
41
3.1.1. Bidder shall provide documentation demonstrating three (3) years minimum 42
experience providing services similar to those indicated in Section 00 11 13 – 43
Invitation to Bidders. 44
45
3.1.2. Bidder shall provide documentation of three (3) references from governmental 46
entities for which Bidder has performed similar services to those indicated in 47
Section 00 11 13 – Invitation to Bidders. 48
49
00 21 13 - 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3.1.3. Bidder shall fill out provided safety record questionnaire. 1
2
4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 3
4
4.1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall: 5
6
4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 7
identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 8
Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the 9
City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 10
promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 11
12
4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and 13
site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 14
Work. 15
16
4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 17
progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 18
19
4.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 20
contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 21
surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 22
have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 23
data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 24
at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 25
reliable "technical data." 26
27
4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 28
the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 29
which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 30
shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 31
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 32
Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 33
the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 34
binding upon the City. 35
36
4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 37
as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 38
encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 39
each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 40
explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a 41
Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 42
conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 43
44
00 21 13 - 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 1
cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 2
required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 3
own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 4
necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 5
It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 6
Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims 7
for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 8
encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 9
allowed. 10
11
4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 12
between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 13
shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 14
and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 15
be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 16
17
4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 18
19
4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 20
the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 21
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 22
Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 23
conditions which actually exist. 24
25
4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 26
subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 27
the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 28
29
4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder 30
on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 31
Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled 32
to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified 33
and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is 34
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or 35
any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 36
37
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i) 38
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without 39
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the 40
Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or 41
procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required 42
by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all 43
conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the 44
written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, 45
etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in 46
Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate 47
and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the 48
Work. 49
50
00 21 13 - 4
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 1
biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 2
Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 3
Documents. 4
5
4.5. The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 6
Ordinance No. 18-157. 7
8
5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 9
10
5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 11
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 12
are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 13
required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 14
materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 15
by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 16
facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 17
Contract Documents. 18
19
5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 20
in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-21
of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 22
the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the 23
project. 24
25
5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-26
way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 27
construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 28
and/or easements. 29
30
6. Interpretations and Addenda 31
32
6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to 33
City in writing on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 34
http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 35
responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 36
to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 37
having received the Bidding Documents or by responding to individual questions via this 38
solicitation’s page in dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by formal written 39
Addenda or via ionwave.net will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or 40
clarifications will be without legal effect. 41
42
Address questions in this solicitation’s IONWAVE page in the ‘Questions’ tab 43
(dentontx.ionwave.net). 44
45
Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by 46
City. 47
48
00 21 13 - 5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6.2. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 1
located by visiting and logging-in the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website at 2
http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 3
4
6.3. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 5
INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the 6
Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will 7
transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary 8
in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied 9
upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 10
11
7. Bid Security 12
13
7.1. Each Bid for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to 14
City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, 15
issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General 16
Conditions, and in accordance with Texas Local Government Code 262.032. 17
18
7.2. The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award 19
have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete 20
Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in 21
default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. 22
Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all 23
other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award 24
will be retained by City until final contract execution. 25
26
8. Contract Times 27
The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in 28
accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for 29
Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the 30
attached Bid Form. 31
32
9. Liquidated Damages 33
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 34
35
10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 36
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the 37
Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. 38
Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or-39
equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to 40
City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective 41
Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor 42
and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General 43
Conditions and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 44
45
11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 46
47
11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person 48
or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 49
50
00 21 13 - 6
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
12. Bid Form 1
2
12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be 3
obtained from the City. 4
5
12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed. Erasures or 6
alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be 7
indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case 8
of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may 9
be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, in both words and numerals, for which the 10
Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. If 11
handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price 12
in written/typed words and the price in written/typed numerals, the price in 13
written/typed words shall govern. 14
15
12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a 16
vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 17
sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 43 – Corporate Resolution of Authorizing 18
Signatories. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below 19
the signature. 20
21
12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 22
partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 23
authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 24
signature. 25
26
12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a 27
member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of 28
the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 29
30
12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 31
32
12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 33
indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 34
35
12.8. All names shall be typed below the signature. 36
37
12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of 38
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 39
40
12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 41
Bid shall be shown. 42
43
12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of 44
Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 – Vendor Compliance 45
to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 46
47
13. Submission of Bids 48
49
00 21 13 - 7
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
13.1. Bids may be submitted electronically. Electronic submittals must be submitted using 1
this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Electronic submittals will not 2
be accepted via email. Hard copy bid submissions will not be accepted. 3
4
13.2. Hard copies of bid bonds shall be submitted. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed 5
envelope before the due date and time as indicated in this solicitation’s IONWAVE 6
page. 7
8
13.3. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding 9
Documents, at the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO 10
BIDDERS. All bids must be submitted in IONWAVE (no emails or hard copies 11
allowed). All required documents, as indicated in Section 00 41 00 – Bid Form, must 12
be attached and submitted via IONWAVE with the exception of the Bid Bond. Bid 13
Bond must be submitted by the deadline to the address indicated in this solicitation’s 14
IONWAVE page, attributes tab. 15
16
17
00 21 13 - 8
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 1
2
13.4. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division may 3
be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be 4
made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid 5
must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any 6
time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are 7
opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been 8
properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened. 9
10
13.5. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the 11
time set for the closing of Bid receipt. 12
13
14. Opening of Bids 14
Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly in a virtual meeting as indicated in this 15
solicitation’s IONWAVE page. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major 16
alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 17
18
15. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 19
All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award 20
and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at 21
City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 22
23
16. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 24
25
16.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights 26
to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids 27
and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best 28
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is 29
not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to 30
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves 31
the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the 32
Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units 33
of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies 34
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will 35
be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures 36
will be resolved in favor of the words. 37
38
16.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists 39
among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, 40
City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, 41
Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous 42
contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or 43
Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or 44
hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 45
46
00 21 13 - 9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
16.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and 1
other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 2
the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must 3
be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 4
City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 5
data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 6
incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 7
Notice of Award. 8
9
16.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 10
evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial 11
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and 12
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 13
Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 14
15
16.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 16
35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 17
Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 36 – Proposed Subcontractors 18
Form. 19
20
16.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and 21
responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the 22
best interests of the City. The City has the right to award only the base bid to the 23
lowest responsible bidder, or to award the base bid and any combination of 24
alternates to the lowest responsible bidder for the chosen combination 25
(whichever is more advantageous to the City). 26
27
16.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 28
contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder’s bid is lower than 29
the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a 30
Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a 31
comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of 32
business is located. 33
34
16.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 35
to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the Bid 36
opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute 37
acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by 38
the City. 39
40
16.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 41
42
16.9. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 43
the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be 44
presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 45
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 46
47
48
00 21 13 - 10
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
17. Signing of Agreement 1
When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the 2
required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter 3
Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to 4
City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. 5
City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 6
7
END OF SECTION 8
00 35 13 - 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 35 13 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT 2
END OF SECTION 3
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ
For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session.
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as
defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after
the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code.
A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a
misdemeanor.
1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
2
Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.
(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the
date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.)
3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed.
Name of Officer
This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship
as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor?
Yes No
B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer
named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity?
Yes No
C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an
officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more?
Yes No
D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section.
4
I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose.
5
Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date
00 41 00 - 1
BID FORM
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 41 00 1
BID FORM 2
TO: Laura Hermosillo 3
c/o: Purchasing Division 4
901-B Texas Street 5
Denton, Texas 76209 6
7
FOR: Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements 8
9
1 Enter Into Agreement 10
11
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement 12
with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as 13
specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time 14
indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract 15
Documents. 16
17
2 BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 18
19
2.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION 20
TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those 21
dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 22
2.2 Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 23
award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 24
days of notification of award. 25
2.3 Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any 26
undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 27
agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 28
2.4 Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false 29
or sham Bid. 30
2.5 Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 31
2.6 Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing 32
for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 33
a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing 34
of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. 35
36
b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to 37
influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices 38
at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free 39
and open competition. 40
41
c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more 42
Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to 43
establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. 44
45
d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, 46
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or 47
affect the execution of the Contract. 48
49
00 41 00 - 2
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2.7 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 1
Ordinance No. 18-757. 2
3
3 Time of Completion 4
5
3.1 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 days after the date when the 6
Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 7
3.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of 8
failure to complete the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times 9
specified in the Agreement. 10
11
4 Attached to this Bid 12
13
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: 14
a. This Bid Form 15
b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of 16
Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. (Hard copy submitted prior to bid 17
opening) 18
c. Proposal Form Section – Electronic Copy submitted prior to bid opening via 19
http://dentontx.ionwave.net) 20
d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 21
e. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 22
f. Proposed Subcontractors Form, Section 00 43 36 23
g. Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement, Section 00 45 13 24
h. Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories, Section 00 45 43 25
i. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to 26
Bidders 27
28
5 Total Bid Amount 29
30
5.1 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the 31
following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for 32
this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. 33
5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount 34
entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid 35
prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and 36
then totaling all of the extended amounts. 37
5.3 The City has the right to award only the base bid to the lowest responsible bidder, or 38
to award the base bid and any combination of alternates to the lowest responsible 39
bidder for the chosen combination (whichever is more advantageous to the City). 40
5.4 Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items 41
42
Base Bid Amount: $____________________________ 43
Alternate Bid “A” Amount: $____________________________ 44
Alternate Bid “B” Amount: $____________________________ 45
Alternate Bid “C” Amount: $____________________________ 46
Alternate Bid “D” Amount: $____________________________ 47
Alternate Bid “E” Amount: $____________________________ 48
Total Bid Amount: $____________________________ 49
50
51
00 41 00 - 3
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6 Bid Submittal 1
2
This Bid is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity named below. 3
4
5
Respectfully submitted, 6
7
By: ______________________________ 8
(Signature) 9
10
_________________________________ 11
(Printed Name) 12
13
Title: _____________________________ 14
15
Company: _________________________ 16
17
Address: __________________________ 18
___________________________ 19
State of Incorporation: _______________ 20
Email: ____________________________ 21
Phone: ____________________________ 22
Receipt is acknowledged of
the following Addenda: Initial
Addendum No. 1:
Addendum No. 2:
Addendum No. 3:
Addendum No. 4:
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 1 of 3
1 Mobilization 01 70 00 LS 1
2 Capital Improvement Signs 01 58 13 EA 1
3 Erosion Control SWPPP 01 57 13 LS 1
4 Remove Mailbox 02 41 13 EA 1
5 Remove 18" Utility Line 02 41 14 LF 108
6 Utility Line Plugging 02 41 14 LS 1
7 Remove Stormwater Inlet 02 41 14 EA 3
8 Remove Concrete Pavement 02 41 15 SY 7365
9 Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 02 41 15 LF 465
10 Remove Sidewalk 02 41 15 SF 3290
11 Remove Curb Ramp 02 41 15 EA 1
12 Remove Asphalt Pavement 02 41 15 SY 7512
13 Remove Driveway 02 41 15 SF 3
14 Furnish and Install Electrical Service 26 05 00 EA 1
15 NO 8 Insulated Elec Condr 26 05 26 LF 2420
16 NO 8 Bare Elec Condr 26 05 26 LF 1210
17 2" CONDT PVC SCH 40 (T)26 05 33 LF 1110
18 Ground Box Type B, w/Apron 26 05 35 EA 1
19 Furnish and Install Roadway Illumination Assembly 26 56 00 EA 10
20 Site Preparation 31 00 00 LS 1
21 Unclassified Excavation 31 23 16 CY 379
22 Embankment 31 24 00 CY 171
23 Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 31 25 14 LF 1195
24 Silt Fence 31 25 14 LF 1195
25 Inlet Protection 31 25 14 EA 3
26 Stabilized Construction Exit 31 25 14 SY 192
27 Concrete Paving Repair, Commercial Collector 32 01 29 SY 19
28 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 200
29 4" Concrete Sidewalk 32 16 13 SY 164
30 5" Concrete Sidewalk 32 16 13 SY 210
31 Curb Ramp, TY IA 32 16 13 EA 2
32 Curb Ramp, TY IB 32 16 13 EA 2
33 8" Concrete Driveway Approach 32 16 13 SY 324
34 Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment (Water Meter Can)33 01 50 EA 1
35 Trench Safety 33 05 05 LF 370
36 12" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class IV 33 42 11 LF 349
37 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class IV 33 42 11 LF 25
38 10' Standard Curb Inlet 33 42 33 EA 1
39 3' Drop Inlet 33 42 33 EA 1
40 2' Drop Inlet 33 42 33 EA 2
41 Furnish and Install Ground Mounted Sign and Post Assembly 34 41 50 EA 3
42 Traffic Control 34 71 13 MO 3
43 Sidewalk Concrete Pavers NS 1 SY 46
44 Metal Commercial Access Ramps Manufacturer LS 1
45 Bike Rack Manufacturer EA 2
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 2 of 3
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
46 4" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (W)32 17 23 LF 4755
47 Lane Legend Arrow 32 17 23 EA 2
48 Parking Lot Legend HC 32 17 23 EA 6
49 Fire Lane Marking 32 17 23 LF 753
50 Commercial Lime Slurry 32 11 29 TN 142
51 6" Lime Treatment 32 11 29 SY 6954
52 6" Concrete Pavement 32 13 13 SY 6954
53 Asphalt Level‐Up, TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22 32 12 16 TON 5
54 Wheel Stops NS 2 EA 80
55 6" Flexible Base, Type A, GR‐1 32 11 23 SY 6742
56 Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22, 2"32 12 16 SY 6742
57 Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY B, PG64‐22, 4"32 12 16 SY 6742
58 Asphalt Level‐Up, TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22 32 12 16 TON 5
59 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 1178
60 Sawtooth 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 307
61 Wheel Stops NS 2 EA 46
62 Plant 3" Tree 32 93 00 EA 32
63 Plant 1 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 337
64 Plant 3 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 176
65 Plant 5 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 116
66 3293.010 ‐ Plant 15 7 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 6
67 3293.010 ‐ Plant 15 45 Gallon Shrub Tree 32 93 00 EA 13
68 Landscaping Boulders NS 3 LS 1
69 Ground Cover 32 93 00 SF 1481
70 3284.001 ‐ Irrigation System Installation 32 84 00 LS 1
Total Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "B" Concrete Pavement
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "C" Asphalt Pavement
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "D" Landscaping
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "A" Pavement Markings
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "A" Pavement Markings
Total Base Bid
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 3 of 3
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
END OF SECTION
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 43 13 - 1
BID BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 13 1
BID BOND 2
3
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4
That we, (Bidder Name)___________________________________________________, 5
known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6
corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7
are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation created pursuant to 8
the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of Bidder’s 9
maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton County, 10
Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 11
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 12
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 13
project designated as 14
Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. 15
16
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 17
award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 18
requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the 19
Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation 20
shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in 21
accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for 22
the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of 23
the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate 24
City for the difference between Principal’s total bid amount and the next selected bidder’s total 25
bid amount. 26
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 27
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 28
Sherman Division. 29
30
00 43 13 - 2
BID BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of 2
____________________, 20___. 3
4
5
By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6
(Principal Name) 7
8
______________________________________________________________________________ 9
(Signature and Title of Principal) 10
11
*By: __________________________________________________________________________ 12
(Surety Name) 13
14
______________________________________________________________________________ 15
(Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16
17
*Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact 18
END OF SECTION 19
Impressed
Surety Seal
Only
00 43 36 - 1
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 36 1
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM 2
3
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4
the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5
overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Bidder is reminded that a minimum of 35% 6
of the Contract must be performed by Bidder’s company. 7
8
Company Name Type of Work to be Performed
Overall
Contract
Percentage (%)
General Contractor:
Subcontractors:
9
10
The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 11
be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 12
13
BIDDER: 14
15
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 16
Company (Please Print) 17
18
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 19
Address 20
21
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 22
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 23
24
Date: __________________________________ 25
26
END OF SECTION 27
00 43 37 - 1
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 37 1
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON- RESIDENT BIDDER 2
3
Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4
bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident 5
bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside 6
the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at 7
an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident 8
bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable 9
contract in the State which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 10
The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your 11
bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically 12
disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. 13
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of ______________________, our principal place of 14
business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident bidders by State 15
Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 16
Nonresident bidders in the State of _____________________, our principal place of business, 17
are not required to underbid resident bidders. 18
B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is 19
in the State of Texas. 20
21
BIDDER: 22
23
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 24
Company (Please Print) 25
26
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 27
Address 28
29
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 30
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 31
32
Date: __________________________________ 33
34
END OF SECTION 35
00 45 13 - 1
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 13 1
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 2
3
List three (3) Government references, other than the City of Denton, who can verify the quality of service 4
your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work to this solicitation. 5
6
REFERENCE ONE
7
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 8
LOCATION: 9
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 10
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 11
SCOPE OF WORK: 12
CONTRACT PERIOD: 13
14
REFERENCE TWO
15
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 16
LOCATION: 17
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 18
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 19
SCOPE OF WORK: 20
CONTRACT PERIOD: 21
22
REFERENCE THREE
23
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 24
LOCATION: 25
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 26
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 27
SCOPE OF WORK: 28
CONTRACT PERIOD: 29
30
31
32
33
00 45 13 - 3
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 1
2
Detail three (3) of the most recent projects Bidder’s firm has completed providing 3
services similar to this project: 4
5
Project #1 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________ 38
39
00 45 13 - 4
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
6
Project #2 7
Name of Project: 8
9
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 10
11
Original Contract Amount: 12
13
Final Contract Amount: 14
15
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 16
17
Start Date for Project: 18
19
Final Completion Date for Project: 20
21
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 22
23
24
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 25
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 26
27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
_________________________________________________________________________________________40
__ 41
42
00 45 13 - 5
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
Project #3 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
__ 40
41
00 45 13 - 6
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 1
2
The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 3
Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 4
contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 5
adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 6
of a respondent prior to awarding City contracts. 7
8
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a respondent for this consideration 9
shall be: 10
11
The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the respondent in determining the 12
responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 13
safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 14
mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 15
may consider, among other things: 16
A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health 17
Review Commission (OSHRC), against the respondent for violations of OSHA 18
regulations within the past three (3) years. 19
B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as 20
defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental 21
Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army 22
Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 23
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on 24
Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 25
Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of 26
Health (TDH), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural 27
Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for 28
enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, 29
and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations 30
include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 31
state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal 32
complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final 33
orders, and judicial final judgments. 34
C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in 35
bodily harm or death. 36
D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in 37
determining the responsibility of the respondent and his or her ability to perform 38
the services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe 39
environment, both for the workers and other employees of respondent and the 40
citizens of the City of Denton. 41
42
In order to obtain proper information from respondents so that City of Denton may consider the 43
safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Denton 44
requires that respondents answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their 45
submissions: 46
47
48
00 45 13 - 7
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
QUESTION ONE 1
2
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 3
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 4
citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 5
6
YES NO 7
8
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number one above, the respondent must provide 9
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 10
citation: 11
12
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 13
offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 14
15
QUESTION TWO 16
17
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 18
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 19
citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, 20
within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, 21
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending 22
criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, 23
and judicial final judgments. 24
25
YES NO 26
27
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number two above, the respondent must provide 28
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 29
conviction: 30
31
Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 32
of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 33
34
QUESTION THREE 35
36
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by respondent, 37
or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, 38
within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or 39
death? 40
41
YES NO 42
43
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number three above, the respondent must 44
provide to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each 45
such conviction: 46
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 47
any, and penalty assessed. 48
END OF SECTION 49
00 45 26 - 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 26 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 2
3
Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 4
provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on Denton 5
Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. Contractor further certifies that, 6
pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its 7
subcontractor’s certificates of compliance with worker’s compensation coverage. 8
9
CONTRACTOR: 10
11
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 12
Company (Please Print) 13
14
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 15
Address 16
17
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 18
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 19
20
21
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 22
23
COUNTY OF DENTON § 24
25
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 26
___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 27
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 28
the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 29
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 30
31
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 32
_______________________, 20__. 33
34
35
__________________________________ 36
Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 37
38
END OF SECTION 39
40
00 45 43 - 1
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 43 1
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 52 43 - 1
Agreement
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 52 43 1
AGREEMENT 2
3
THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton, 4
a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, (“City”), 5
and ______________________________________________________________, authorized to 6
do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, (“Contractor”). 7
City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 8
Article 1. WORK 9
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 10
Project identified herein. 11
Article 2. PROJECT 12
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 13
generally described as follows: 14
Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements ______________ 15
Project # 200004______________________________________________________ 16
Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 17
City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 18
Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars 19
($___________________). 20
Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 21
4.1 Final Acceptance. 22
The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 days after the date when the 23
Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, 24
plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. 25
4.2 Liquidated Damages 26
Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and 27
to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City will suffer financial loss if the Work is 28
not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.1 above. The Contractor also 29
recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding, 30
the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, 31
instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay 32
(but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City five hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each 33
day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.1 for Final Acceptance until the 34
City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. 35
Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 36
5.1 CONTENTS: 37
A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and 38
Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 39
1. This Agreement. 40
00 52 43 - 2
Agreement
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Attachments to this Agreement: 1
a. Bid Form 2
1) Proposal Form 3
2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder 4
3) State and Federal documents (project specific) 5
b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table 6
c. Insurance ACORD Form(s) 7
d. Payment Bond 8
e. Performance Bond 9
f. Maintenance Bond 10
g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds 11
h. Worker’s Compensation Affidavit 12
i. Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties 13
3. General Conditions. 14
4. Supplementary Conditions. 15
5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, 16
if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents 17
of the Project’s Contract Documents. 18
6. North Central Texas Council of Governments Standard Specifications for Public 19
Works Construction – Fourth Edition, Divisions 200-800, and as amended by City, 20
as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project’s 21
Contract Documents. 22
7. Drawings. 23
8. Addenda. 24
9. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 25
10. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 26
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: 27
a. Notice to Proceed. 28
b. Field Orders. 29
c. Change Orders. 30
d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 31
32
33
00 52 43 - 3
Agreement
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 1
6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 2
expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 3
claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 4
by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees 5
under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate 6
and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 7
sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 8
This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for any 9
and all costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such 10
claims and causes of actions. 11
12
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 13
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss of, 14
damage to, or destruction of, property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out 15
of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, 16
employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This 17
indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is 18
alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or 19
in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 20
21
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 22
7.1 Terms. 23
Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will 24
have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 25
7.2 Assignment of Contract. 26
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 27
Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 28
7.3 Successors and Assigns. 29
City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 30
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 31
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 32
7.4 Severability. 33
Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 34
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 35
remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. 36
7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 37
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 38
Texas. Venue shall be Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 39
Eastern District of Texas, Sherman Division. 40
00 52 43 - 4
Agreement
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
7.6 Authority to Sign. 1
Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other 2
than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. 3
4
7.7 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel. 5
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government 6
Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or 7
services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) 8
does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 9
The terms “boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms 10
in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor 11
certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that 12
Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of 13
the contract. 14
15
7.8 Immigration Nationality Act. 16
Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform 17
work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification 18
Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms 19
and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this 20
Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish 21
appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor 22
employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL 23
INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, 24
LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY 25
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 26
AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right 27
to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 28
29
7.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. 30
This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor 31
and there are no third-party beneficiaries. 32
33
34
00 52 43 - 5
Agreement
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
7.10 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. 1
Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their 2
sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and 3
subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering 4
services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. 5
The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site 6
representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way 7
responsible for those duties that belong to the City and/or the City's Contractors or other 8
entities, and do not relieve the Contractors or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and 9
responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, 10
sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the 11
construction work in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety 12
precautions required by such construction work. The Engineer and its personnel have no 13
authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their 14
employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions. 15
16
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW 17
18
00 52 43 - 6
Agreement
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective 1
as of the date subscribed by the City’s designated City Manager (“Effective Date”). 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
ATTEST: 37
JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY 38
39
40
_______________________________________ 41
42
43
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: 44
AARON LEAL, CITY ATTORNEY 45
46
_______________________________________ 47
_______________________________________
CITY OF DENTON
BY: ___________________________________
TITLE: _______________________________
____________________
CONTRACTOR
[CONTRACTOR’S CORPORATE NAME HERE]
BY: ___________________________________
AUTHORIZED AGENT
_______________________________________
NAME
_______________________________________
TITLE
_______________________________________
PHONE NUMBER
_______________________________________
EMAIL ADDRESS
00 61 13 - 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 13 1
PERFORMANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
7
That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate 9
surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal 12
sum of, ___________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our 15
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16
presents. 17
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City 18
awarded the _____ day of ________________, 20___, which Contract is hereby referred to and 19
made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment 20
labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change 21
Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Denton Development Services Center 22
Parking Lot Improvements 23
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 24
shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and 25
faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 26
specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 27
extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be 28
and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 29
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 30
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 31
Sherman Division. 32
00 61 13 - 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2
accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 4
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 5
, 20 . 6
PRINCIPAL: 7
____________________________________ 8
____________________________________ 9
10
BY: ________________________________ 11
Signature 12
ATTEST: 13
14
______________________________ ____________________________________ 15
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16
17
Address: ____________________________ 18
____________________________ 19
____________________________ 20
_____________________________ 21
Witness as to Principal 22
SURETY: 23
____________________________________ 24
____________________________________ 25
26
BY: ________________________________ 27
Signature 28
29
____________________________________ 30
Name and Title 31
32
Address: ____________________________ 33
____________________________ 34
____________________________ 35
_____________________________ 36
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37
38
39
40
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 44
45
00 61 14 - 1
PAYMENT BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 14 1
PAYMENT BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
7
That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 9
corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12
in the penal sum of___________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our 15
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16
presents: 17
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 18
_____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and 19
made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, 20
labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in 21
said Contract and designated as Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. 22
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 23
Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 24
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 25
the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 26
force and effect. 27
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 28
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 29
accordance with the provisions of said statute. 30
31
00 61 14 - 2
PAYMENT BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _________ day of 2
___________________, 20_____. 3
4
PRINCIPAL:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
___________________________________ _____________________________
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
___________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Principal
SURETY:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
__________________________________ _____________________________
(Surety) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
__________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Surety
Telephone Number: ________________
5
Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the 6
bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical 7
address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 8
9
THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 10
TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED. 11
END OF SECTION 12
13
00 61 19 - 1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 19 1
MAINTENANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6
7
That we_____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 9
(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12
in the sum of_________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its 15
successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 16
and severally, firmly by these presents. 17
18
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 19
the_____ day of , 20 , which Contract is hereby 20
referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all 21
materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 22
Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, 23
the “Work”) as provided for in said contract and designated as Denton Development Services 24
Center Parking Lot Improvements; and 25
26
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 27
accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 28
remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 29
after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 30
31
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 32
upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance 33
Period. 34
00 61 19 - 2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 2
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion 3
satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in 4
full force and effect. 5
6
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 7
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 8
be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and 9
the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 10
11
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 12
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 13
Sherman Division; and 14
15
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 16
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 17
18
19
20
00 61 19 - 3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1
instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 2
, 20 __. 3
4
PRINCIPAL: 5
____________________________________ 6
____________________________________ 7
8
BY: ________________________________ 9
Signature 10
ATTEST: 11
12
______________________________ ____________________________________ 13
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14
15
Address: ____________________________ 16
____________________________ 17
____________________________ 18
_____________________________ 19
Witness as to Principal 20
SURETY: 21
____________________________________ 22
____________________________________ 23
24
BY: ________________________________ 25
Signature 26
27
____________________________________ 28
ATTEST: Name and Title 29
30
_____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31
(Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32
____________________________ 33
_____________________________ 34
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35
36
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40
41
00 61 25 - 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 25 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1
1.01 Defined Terms............................................................................................................................... 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 6
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 7
2.01 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................... 7
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ................................................................ 7
2.03 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................... 7
2.04 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7
2.05 Preconstruction Conference.......................................................................................................... 8
2.06 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 8
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8
2.08 Electronic Submittals.................................................................................................................... 8
Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse ............................................................................ 8
3.01 Intent.............................................................................................................................................. 8
3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................... 9
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................... 9
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents................................................................. 10
3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 10
3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................ 11
Article 4 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental
Conditions; Reference Points........................................................................................................... 11
4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 11
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................................................................................... 12
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................. 12
4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................... 13
4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .............................................................................. 14
Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 15
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................................................................... 15
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds....................................................................... 15
5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 16
5.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 18
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace........................................................... 19
Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 19
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence............................................................................................... 19
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 19
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 20
6.04 Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................... 20
6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 21
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.................................................................... 23
6.07 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 24
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 25
6.09 Permits and Utilities.................................................................................................................... 26
6.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 26
6.11 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 27
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 27
6.13 Record Documents...................................................................................................................... 28
6.14 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 29
6.15 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................. 29
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 30
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification............................................................................................... 30
6.18 Submittals.................................................................................................................................... 30
6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 31
6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 32
6.21 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................... 32
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 33
6.23 Right to Audit.............................................................................................................................. 34
6.24 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 34
Article 7 – Other Work at the Site................................................................................................................... 34
7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 34
7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................ 35
Article 8 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 35
8.01 Communications to Contractor................................................................................................... 35
8.02 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35
8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 35
8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................... 36
8.05 Change Orders............................................................................................................................. 36
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 36
8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 36
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................... 36
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 36
Article 9 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 36
9.01 City’s Project Manager ……...................................................................................................... 36
9.02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................................................ 37
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 37
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 37
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 37
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 38
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work ................................................................................ 38
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 38
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................... 38
10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................... 38
10.04 Extra Work .................................................................................................................................. 38
10.05 Notification to Surety.................................................................................................................. 39
10.06 Contract Claims Process ............................................................................................................. 39
Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement...................... 40
11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................................................... 40
11.02 Allowances .................................................................................................................................. 43
11.03 Unit Price Work .......................................................................................................................... 43
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement ...................................................................................................... 45
Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time................................................................. 45
12.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 45
12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 46
12.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 47
Article 13 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 47
13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 47
13.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 47
13.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 47
13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................ 49
13.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 49
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 49
13.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 50
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................... 51
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 51
Article 14 – Payments to Contractor and Completion .................................................................................... 52
14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52
14.02 Progress Payments ...................................................................................................................... 52
14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 54
14.04 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 54
14.05 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 55
14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55
14.07 Final Payment.............................................................................................................................. 55
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release ........................................................ 56
14.09 Waiver of Claims ........................................................................................................................ 56
Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Termination ........................................................................................ 57
15.01 City May Suspend Work............................................................................................................. 57
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ................................................................................................... 57
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience ....................................................................................... 59
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 16 – Dispute Resolution ...................................................................................................................... 61
16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................................................................................. 61
Article 17 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 62
17.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 62
17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 62
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 62
17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 63
17.05 Headings...................................................................................................................................... 63
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed
below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof,
and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are
generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with
the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether
capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial
capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs,
and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify,
correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and
Contractor covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
5. Award – Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement.
6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work to be performed.
7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City.
8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda).
9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid
security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements.
10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business,
generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
11. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
12. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed
by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date
of the Agreement.
13. City— The City of Denton is a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City
Council through its City Manager or his designee.
14. City Attorney – The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton, Texas, or his
duly authorized representative.
15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton,
Texas.
16. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of
Denton, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
17. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of
Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim.
18. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor
concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.
19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the
Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and
the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.
20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).
21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve
Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance.
22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement.
23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
24. Damage Claims – A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a
third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim.
25. Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
26. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which
graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes
effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed
and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.
28. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of
Texas performing professional services for the City.
29. Extra Work – Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract
Documents or quantities; or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the
Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work.
30. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but
which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the
Engineer.
31. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work
specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City.
32. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has
completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents.
33. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents.
34. Hazardous Environmental Condition — The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs,
Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or
circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto.
35. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or
possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations,
as amended from time to time.
36. Incidental – Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs for which are
included under the various bid items of the Project.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
37. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having
jurisdiction.
38. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
39. Major Item – An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal
to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less.
40. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate
Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work.
41. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon
timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City
will sign and deliver the Agreement.
42. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the
Work specified in Contract Documents.
43. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.
44. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard
conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square
inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and
oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.
45. Plans – See definition of Drawings.
46. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with
the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising
the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time.
47. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents.
48. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the
Project.
49. Project Manual – The documentary information prepared for bidding and furnishing the
Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual is contained in its Table of Contents.
50. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
51. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.
52. Regular Working Hours – Excluding legal holidays, regular working hours shall be Monday
thru Friday between 6:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from June 1 to September 30 and between 7:00
a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from October 1 to May 31.
53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions
of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
56. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon
which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for
access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of
Contractor.
57. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and
certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications
may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached,
may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00)
of each Project.
58. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
59. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
60. Subsidiary – See definition of Incidental.
61. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City
makes an Award.
62. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able
to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
63. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements these General Conditions.
64. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a
direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment
to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.
65. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases,
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television,
water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
66. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition.
67. Weekend Working Hours – Hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m., Saturday, and between
1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City.
68. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to
be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or
providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction
including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all
materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
69. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal
holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions
not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of
work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 8 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are not defined but, when used in
the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:
1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as
directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In
addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or
adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to
the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination
will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the
Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise).
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 7 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Defective:
1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance.
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or
the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean
furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment,
and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the
context used.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Copies of Documents
City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the
Contract Documents, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be
furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed
The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to
Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
2.03 Starting the Work
Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run.
2.04 Before Starting Construction
Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the
Work.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 8 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
2.05 Preconstruction Conference
Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2.06 Public Meeting
Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor
attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in
accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents.
2.08 Electronic Submittals
A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may transmit, and
shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and
graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or
digital format.
B. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from
the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in
applicable transmittal protocols.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required
by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part
thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor,
documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the
Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the
indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to
City.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City.
D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be
written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 9 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor
shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined
sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions
may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the
section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in
making Contract Claims.
E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related
Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification
section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on
the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the
Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is
provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society,
organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or
by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations
in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a
Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any
of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its
officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any
duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority
to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies:
1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and
check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and
conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby.
2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the
performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 10 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable
Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of
any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph
6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one
of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies:
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of
the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any
standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically
incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents).
2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Drawings
shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General
Conditions and Specifications.
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in
the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one or more of the following ways:
1. A Field Order;
2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or
3. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or
other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer,
including electronic media editions; or
2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of
the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
verification or adaptation by Engineer.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
3.06 Electronic Data
A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer
to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the
printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies). Files in
electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the
convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from
such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the
electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern.
B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting
from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used by the data’s creator.
ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 Availability of Lands
A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply
in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or
easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in
accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project
Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must
consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements.
2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site.
Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted
by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding
utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others.
B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record
legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 12 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site; and
2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities).
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or
revealed either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to
rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents;
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 13 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an
emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition.
B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments
Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if:
1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final
commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a
Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or
2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result
of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or
3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on
information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground
Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the
Supplementary Conditions:
1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all such information and data;
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;
c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground
Facilities, including City, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage
thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated:
1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or
contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with
reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming
aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any
Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A),
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 14 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City.
City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to
which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the
consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be
responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility.
2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may
be issued to reflect and document such consequences.
3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all
utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory
excavation if necessary.
4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings
known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the
Site.
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified
in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible
for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.
D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for
whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall
immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with
such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 15 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing).
City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take
corrective action, if any.
E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any
affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered
written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has
been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions
under which such Work may be resumed.
F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a
reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special
conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such
condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work
performed by City’s own forces or others.
G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a
Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom
Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to
indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or
entity’s own negligence.
H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental
Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications
as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government
Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as
security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the
Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 16 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract
Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final
Acceptance by the City.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list
of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial
Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed
by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney
which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.
The bonds must be dated on, or after, the date of the Contract.
D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or
its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of
Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event
giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply
with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C.
5.03 Certificates of Insurance
A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and
maintain.
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the
Supplementary Conditions as “Additional Insured” on all liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”,
endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in
the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of
Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-:
VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial
strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor
of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the
Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary
Conditions
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 17 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the
insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is
provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such lines
of insurance coverage.
7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the
primary coverage.
8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If
coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with
or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall
state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall
be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final
Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is
longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such
insurance coverage.
9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the
required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements
are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the
exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance
coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract
price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%.
10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance
coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In
lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk
retention groups, or self-funding, must also be approved by City.
11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a
first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City.
12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed
necessary and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory
law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to
the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance
adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to
conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions,
revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 18 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies.
14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
5.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such
insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’
Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for
Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Contractor’s employees.
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors,
products/completed operations, personal injury, liability under an insured contract, and
explosion/collapse/underground (where those exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an
occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy.
This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other
insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability
policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations,
products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are
normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing.
For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may
require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than
three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary
Conditions).
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”,
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages
because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work,
maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 19 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the
Supplementary Conditions.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation
or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has
been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section.
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing
within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor
shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may
reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance
required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure
prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required
coverage.
ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent
Superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written
notice to City. If at any time the Superintendent is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if
requested by City, replace the Superintendent with another satisfactory to City.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as
required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work
at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 20 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without
City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or
electronic communication) to perform Work:
1. for beyond Regular Working Hours, request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business
Days prior
2. for Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the preceding Wednesday
3. for legal holidays, request must be made by noon seven Days prior to the legal
holiday.
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment
and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance,
Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are
specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall
expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory
evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and
equipment.
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed,
connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the
time of bid, unless otherwise specified.
6.04 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and
the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result
in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the
General Requirements applicable thereto.
2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 21 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 01 32 16.
3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time
may only be made by a Change Order.
6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless
the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent,
or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below.
1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which
case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of
proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of
material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. the City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
4) it is not objectionable to the City. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items:
a. If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 22 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
proposed substitute item.
b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute
items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than
Contractor.
c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design;
b) be similar in substance to that specified;
c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and
2) will state:
a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time;
b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in
any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute item;
c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and
3) will identify:
a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified;
b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage
Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents,
Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 23 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in
City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly
called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for
review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.
C. City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. City may require
Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of
acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review
is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an
accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination.
D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from
and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees)
arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment.
E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or
submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to
reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to
reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the
provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed
substitute.
F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
“or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.
G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a
substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order.
H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions.
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the
value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City.
B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether
initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall
not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or
perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those
acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C).
C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 24 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary
Conditions.
D. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys
due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise
be required by Laws and Regulations.
E. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
F. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any
of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor.
G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of City.
6.07 Wage Rates
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the
rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates in
accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract
Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage
shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 25 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the
Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City’s
determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated
Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the
difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts
being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the
violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected
worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General
Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any
affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the
City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to
arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the
persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is
final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3)
years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided
for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right
to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the
Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at
all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above.
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a
particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents
for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject
to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the
existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City
to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 26 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
use of said fees or royalties to others.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the
Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.
6.09 Permits and Utilities
A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction
permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract
Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses.
Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution
of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.B.
City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the
Work.
B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as
provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor’s
responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the
Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining
clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse
the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The
following are permits the City will obtain if required:
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits
4. Railroad Company Permits
5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits
C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits
and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by
the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding
permits and licenses.
6.10 Laws and Regulations
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 27 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.02.
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on
the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract
Price or Contract Time.
6.11 Taxes
A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to
Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all
materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by
issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to
comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. Any such
exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall
comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H.
B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from:
1. Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711; or
2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to
any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 28 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
resulting from the performance of the Work.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or is
carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is
necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the
section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional
area of the Site.
3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment and
supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows, shall not
be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work.
4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim.
5. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from
and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other
debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor
fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City
deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written
notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of
such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion
of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property
disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work
or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.13 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and
approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change
Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 29 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved
Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference.
Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals,
and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include
accurate locations for buried and embedded items.
6.14 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve
Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of
their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for
removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any,
with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any
other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the
Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work.
6.15 Safety Representative
Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 30 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other
hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among
employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss.
Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are
required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change
Order may be issued.
B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies,
omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed.
The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to
take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive
steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action,
within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City resources or by contract. The
City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from
any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project.
6.18 Submittals
A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance
with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be
identified as City may require.
1. Submit in accordance with the General Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data, to demonstrate to City
the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable City to
review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for
conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract
Documents unless otherwise required by City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail,
their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and
Specifications.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 31 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be
at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review:
1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of
Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform
to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents.
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence,
or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance
of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item
functions.
3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied
with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each
such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.19 Continuing the Work
Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule
during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending
resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in
writing.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 32 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of
Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is
responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by City;
2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by
City;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
7. any correction of defective Work by City.
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall
furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article
5.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
6.21 Indemnification
A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims
arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 33 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO
OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL
OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity
provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal
fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions.
B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the
City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or
destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and
services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors,
licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS
SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS
ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT
WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY.
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are
specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City
will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and
Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by
such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when
submitted to City.
C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified
to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design
drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and
design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s review
and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for
the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 34 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.23 Right to Audit
A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations
pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and other
evidence pertaining to the Contract period and five years thereafter, except if an audit is in
progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case records shall be kept until all audit
tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records, documents and other evidence shall be
available, within ten (10) business days of written request. Further, the Contractor shall also
require all Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records,
documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to
those documents. All books and records will be made available within a 50 mile radius of the
City. The cost of the audit will be borne by the City unless the audit reveals an overpayment of
1% or greater. If an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the reasonable cost of the audit,
including any travel costs, must be borne by the Contractor which must be payable within five (5)
business days of receipt of an invoice.
B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract
and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the
terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be construed
to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are subsequently used
to generate or prepare a final printed document.
6.24 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-
related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project
receiving Federal assistance.
ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other
City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by
utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice
thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and
B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility
owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City
contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 35 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and
properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of
the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come
together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of
others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that
Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose
work will be affected.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable
or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so
report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others.
7.02 Coordination
A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the
Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various contractors will be identified;
2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such
coordination.
ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01 Communications to Contractor
Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications
to Contractor.
8.02 Furnish Data
City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents.
8.03 Pay When Due
City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 36 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City’s
identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract
Documents.
8.05 Change Orders
City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03.
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph
13.03.
8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14.
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
City’s responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth
in Paragraph 4.06.
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program
While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable
requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to
Paragraph 6.14.
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative
City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction
period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project Manager or
duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. City’s
Project Manager for this Contract is as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. City will establish
a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting in accordance with Section 01 31 19.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 37 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
9.02 Visits to Site
A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as
City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of
the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during
such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or
continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility set
forth in Paragraph 8.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits
or observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority
over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work
City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative may authorize minor variations in the
Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished
by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work
involved promptly.
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work
City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Manager or duly authorized
representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to
conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work
is fabricated, installed, or completed.
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed
Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project
Manager or duly authorized representative will review with Contractor the preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision
will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data).
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 38 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred.
C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject
to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06.
ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from
time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall proceed with
the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work will be performed
under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically
provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede
an order of Extra work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field
Order may be issued by the City.
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as
amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an
emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii)
required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City’s correction
of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including
any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed.
10.04 Dispute of Extra Work
A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment
thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work
after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 39 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to
Paragraph 10.06.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original
Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a
corrected set of plans showing the actual installation.
C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall
be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the
change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that
time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost,
or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work.
10.05 Notification to Surety
If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited
to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the
effect of any such change.
10.06 Contract Claims Process
A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09,
shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition
precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under
the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims.
B. Notice:
1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the
Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The
responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract
Claim.
2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered
to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City
allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of
such Contract Claim).
3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.
4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 40 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a
result of said event.
6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
claimant’s last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time).
C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last
submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing:
1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part;
2. approve the Contract Claim; or
3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s
sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further
resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.
D. City’s written action under Paragraph 10.06.C will be final and binding, unless City or
Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such
action or denial.
E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06.
F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to Paragraph 10.06 (C) the contract Claim is
considered to have been denied by the City.
ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS
QUANTITY MEASUREMENT
11.01 Cost of the Work
A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in
Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the
Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to
Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in
the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall
include but not be limited to the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such
employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel
employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the
Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall
include;
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 41 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
a. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security
contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health
and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend
Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by City.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs
of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection
therewith.
3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented
from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All
such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any
such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary
for the Work.
4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If
required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to
City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids,
if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on
the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall
be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
this Paragraph 11.01.
5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related
to the Work.
6. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost,
less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of
Contractor.
c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 42 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may
be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.
e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the
performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes
other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such
losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No
such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the
purpose of determining Contractor’s fee.
f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and
communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash
items in connection with the Work.
h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract
Documents to purchase and maintain.
B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of
partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers,
architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the
Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and
not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in
Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be
considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the
Site.
3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not
limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly
supplied, and making good any damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 43 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee
shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a
Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the
Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to
Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City
an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
11.02 Allowances
A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all
allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City.
B. Cash Allowances:
1. Contractor agrees that:
a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all
applicable taxes; and
b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in
the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole
use of City.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due
Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the
estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the
actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 44 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to
cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the
Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation,
but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price
work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price.
D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and
2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work.
E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in
accordance with Paragraph 10.01.
1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of
work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit
price.
2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the
Contract will be amended by a Change Order.
3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended
by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12.
4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when:
a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that
in the Contract or
b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity.
5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than
125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%.
6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75%
of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request
an adjustment to the unit price.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 45 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment
A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material
moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are
designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article.
B. If the quantity measured as outlined under “Price and Payment Procedures” varies by more than
25% (or as stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total
estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an
adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The
party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations
showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be
made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10.
C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to
correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or
decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new
plans quantity.
D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than
$250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans
quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans
quantity.
E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are
not applicable.
ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead
and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2), and shall include the cost
of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work;
or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 46 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the
basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a
Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).
C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as
follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1, 11.01.A.2. and 11.01.A.3, the
Contractor’s additional fee shall be 15 percent except for:
1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment using standard rental rates;
2) bonds and insurance;
b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.01.A.5, the Contractor’s fee shall be
five percent (5%);
1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee
and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and
12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever
tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under
Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and
Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next
lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be
in excess of 25%;
c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.6, and
11.01.B;
d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in
a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net
decrease.
12.02 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless
the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project
Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or
claimed delay adversely affects the critical path.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 47 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
12.03 Delays
A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the
Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is
made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts
or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as
contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.
Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in
this Paragraph.
B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.
C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays
within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor
or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when
direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide
information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City.
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Notice of Defects
Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and
testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
13.03 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 48 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment
submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to
City.
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests.
Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative
result and require a retest.
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing
Lab is paid.
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation.
F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense.
G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued
under Section 13.03 D.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 49 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
13.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it
must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s
expense.
B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or
tested by others, Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out
of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of
satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in
accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all
costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction.
13.05 City May Stop the Work
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to
the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until
the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of
any of them.
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to
an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction
or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such
Work.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 50 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07,
Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or
areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as
contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without
cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions:
1. repair such defective land or areas; or
2. correct such defective Work; or
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it
with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work
of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective
Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims,
costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents.
D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect
to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of
the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such
additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a
Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06.
E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or
warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a
waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 51 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to
accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but
not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s evaluation of and determination to
accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise
paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work,
and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished
value of Work so accepted.
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph
13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may,
after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed
expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude
Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend
Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are
stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants,
employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights
and remedies under this Paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph
13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 13.09.
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.01 Schedule of Values
The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve
as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 52 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments:
1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the
City.
2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress
payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out
and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work
but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the
Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other
documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear
of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate
insurance or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein, all of which must be
satisfactory to City.
4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an
affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the
Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations
associated with prior Applications for Payment.
5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Contract Documents.
B. Review of Applications:
1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for
refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application.
2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on
City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City’s knowledge:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject
to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance,
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 53 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final
determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05,
and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation).
3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:
a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or
involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically
assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or
b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor
to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or
c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s
performance of the Work.
4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently
discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke
any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from
loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his
subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement;
b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment;
c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
Paragraph 13.09; or
e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.A.
C. Retainage:
1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%).
D. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the
time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be
deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages
suffered by the City.
E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment
will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 54 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
F. Reduction in Payment:
1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because:
a. Claims have been made against City on account of Contractor’s performance or
furnishing of the Work;
b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor
has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and
discharge of such Liens;
c. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or
d. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A.
2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor
written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining
after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so
withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor
remedies the reasons for such action.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than
the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.04 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to
permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its
intended use, subject to the following conditions:
1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of
the Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City
will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
14.05 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that
the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire Work
is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection.
14.06 Final Acceptance
Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final
Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 56 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
14.07 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment:
1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for
final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to
the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03;
b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;
c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes
are unsettled; and
d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or
waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in
connection with the Work.
B. Payment Becomes Due:
1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum
City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and
payable.
2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor or;
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to
Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution.
3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of
any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically
continue thereafter.
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release
A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon
receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract,
make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If
the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than
the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in
Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with
the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 57 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims.
B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment
and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other
construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of
the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before
the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work.
An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained.
14.09 Waiver of Claims
The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities
under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract
Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract.
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor
shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered
by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by
time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the
control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by
mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not
available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract
Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily
nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or
deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect
temporary structures where necessary.
D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the
necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be
resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the
equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is
moved to another construction project for the City.
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 58 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
limitation, may justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under
Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04.
2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or
4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents;
or
5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or
defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or
6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the
Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose;
or
7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise
financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or
8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written
notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address
Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after
receipt of notice.
1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to
perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to
complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the
Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to
perform the Work.
2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the
Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar
days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its
obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the
Work and complete it as described below.
a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and
take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 59 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are
stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient.
3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price
exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting
from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs,
losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City.
Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change
Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall
not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees
shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the
completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price
paid therefor.
5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right
to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the
entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used
by City in completing the Contract.
6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as
provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees
provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by
law.
C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor
begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to
perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of
said notice.
D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any
rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any
retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability.
E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of
Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this
Article.
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience
A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the
Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 60 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated,
and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be
deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States
Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and
established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any
claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action.
B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the
Contractor shall:
1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be
necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated;
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the
Work terminated by notice of termination;
4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any,
directed by the City:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies
and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance
of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property
which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to
the City.
5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of
termination; and
6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the
Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest.
C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination,
the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all
items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of
which has been directed or authorized by City.
D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 61 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items
are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments
to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination
claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an
extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the
City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived.
F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior
to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such Work;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on
such expenses; and
3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid
to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis
of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the
termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid
on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or
resulting from such termination.
ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision
under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for
mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request
shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E.
B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be
commenced within 60 days of filing of the request.
C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 10.06.C or a
denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall become final and binding 30 days after
termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor:
1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 62 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of
competent jurisdiction.
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
3. delivered by electronic means to or from the Project Manager.
B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party.
C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic
notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party.
17.02 Computation of Times
When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last
day of the period.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as
a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed
or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the
Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically
in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to
which they apply.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 63 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
17.04 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.
17.05 Headings
Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these
General Conditions.
00 73 00 - 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 73 00 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2
TO 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS 4
5
6
Supplementary Conditions 7
8
These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 9
provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 10
modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 11
of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 12
13
Defined Terms 14
15
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 16
meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 17
18
Modifications and Supplements 19
20
The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 21
other Contract Documents. 22
23
SC-4.01A 24
25
Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 26
Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 27
Contract Drawings. 28
29
SC-4.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 30
31
The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 32
8/10/2020: 33
34
Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 35
PARCEL
NUMBER
OWNER TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 36
and do not bind the City. 37
38
If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 39
Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 40
notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 41
42
SC-4.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 43
44
Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 45
46
00 73 00 - 2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 1
as of 8/10/2020 2
3
EXPECTED
OWNER
UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF
ADJUSTMENT
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 4
and do not bind the City. 5
6
SC-4.02A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 7
8
The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 9
10
A Geotechnical Investigation Report No. D-119-0164, dated 8-02-2019, prepared by Gee Consultants Inc, 11
a sub-consultant of a consultant of the City, providing additional information on pavement section thickness 12
recommendations and subgrade treatment. 13
14
A General Report, Report No. 01, dated 7-09-2020, prepared by Gee Consultants Inc, a sub-consultant of, 15
a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the existing parking lot pavement cross 16
section. 17
18
The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 19
structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 20
None 21
22
SC-4.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 23
24
The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 25
None 26
27
SC-5.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 28
29
The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 30
officers, directors, agents and employees. 31
32
(1) City 33
(2) Consultant: None 34
(3) Other: None 35
36
37
SC-5.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 38
39
The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following 40
coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 41
42
5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. 43
44
Statutory limits 45
Employer's liability 46
$100,000 each accident/occurrence 47
$100,000 Disease - each employee 48
$500,000 Disease - policy limit 49
00 73 00 - 3
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
SC-5.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 2
3
5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 4
under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 5
minimum limits of: 6
7
$1,000,000 each occurrence 8
$2,000,000 aggregate limit 9
10
The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 11
General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 12
13
The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 14
Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 15
16
SC 5.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 17
5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 18
Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 19
20
(1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", 21
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. 22
23
$1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at 24
least: 25
26
$250,000 Bodily Injury per person / 27
$500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 28
$100,000 Property Damage 29
30
SC-5.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 31
32
The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 33
material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 34
of tracks [None]. 35
36
The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 37
hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 38
or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 39
Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 40
Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 41
the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 42
to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 43
properties. 44
45
The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 46
coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 47
Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 48
occupy, or touch railroad property: 49
50
(1) General Aggregate: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 51
52
(2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 53
54
Required for this Contract X Not required for this Contract 55
00 73 00 - 4
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
2
With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 3
4
1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 5
the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 6
crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 7
railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 8
9
2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 10
railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 11
may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 12
13
3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 14
railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-15
grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 16
separation. 17
18
4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-19
way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 20
may be at two or more separate locations. 21
22
No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 23
commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 24
for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 25
each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 26
27
The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 28
has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 29
insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 30
Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 31
railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 32
33
SC-6.09., “Permits and Utilities” 34
35
SC-6.09A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 36
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 37
<If none then write “None”. 38
1. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the Contractor to TCEQ> 39
2. <List all other known permits or licenses that are being provided by the Contractor> 40
41
SC-6.09B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 42
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: <If 43
none then write “None”. 44
3. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to TxDOT> 45
4. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to USACE> 46
5. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to TCEQ> 47
6. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to Railroad> 48
49
SC-6.09C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 50
51
The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of [Month 52
Day, Year this document was prepared]: 53
54
Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 55
00 73 00 - 5
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
<If there is none then write
“None”>
1
2
SC-6.24B., “Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended” 3
4
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest 5
(hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 6
7
1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to 8
nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, 9
“DOT”) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, 10
(hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part 11
of this contract. 12
13
2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall 14
not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of 15
subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not 16
participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the 17
Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in 18
Appendix B of the Regulations. 19
20
3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all 21
solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be 22
performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each 23
potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations 24
under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or 25
national origin. 26
27
4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the 28
Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, 29
accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas 30
Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders 31
and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of 32
another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the 33
Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to 34
obtain the information. 35
36
5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the 37
nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the 38
Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 39
40
a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor 41
complies, and/or 42
b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 43
44
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through 45
(6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt 46
by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with 47
respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may 48
direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, 49
00 73 00 - 6
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a 1
subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into 2
such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United 3
States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 4
5
Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. 6
7
SC-7.02., “Coordination” 8
9
The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 10
the Site: 11
12
Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority
Byrne Construction Building Renovations CITY
13
14
SC-8.01, “Communications to Contractor” 15
16
Contractor may need to communicate with Byrne Construction who is renovating the building on site. They 17
are slated to finish renovations and be off site by mid to late November of 2020. 18
19
SC-9.01., “City’s Project Manager” 20
21
The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Trevor Crain, or his/her successor pursuant to written 22
notification from the City Engineer. 23
24
SC-13.03C., “Tests and Inspections” 25
26
None 27
28
SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 29
30
None 31
32
33
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
00 73 73 - 1
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 73 73 1
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 2
3
4
5
[Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at 6
www.ethics.state.tx.us] 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
END OF SECTION 24
01 11 00 - 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 11 00 1
SUMMARY OF WORK 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 18
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 19
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 20
Specifications. 21
B. Incidental Work 22
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 23
project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no 24
specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be 25
considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the 26
price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 27
C. Use of Premises 28
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 29
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 30
equipment stored on the Site. 31
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 32
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 33
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 34
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction 35
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid 36
delay in the construction operations. 37
01 11 00 - 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 1
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 2
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 3
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 4
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 5
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 6
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 7
D. Work within Easements 8
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 9
obtained permission from the owner of such property. 10
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 11
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 12
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 13
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 14
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 15
Work as a part of the project construction operations. 16
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 17
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 18
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 19
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 20
other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 21
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 22
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 23
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 24
Work. 25
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 26
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 27
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 28
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 29
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 30
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 31
equipment. 32
6. Fence 33
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project 34
to the original or a better than original condition. 35
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 36
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 37
provide site security. 38
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 39
closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 40
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. 41
01 11 00 - 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 25 00 - 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 25 00 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6
equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7
defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8
a. Name of manufacturer 9
b. Name of vendor 10
c. Trade name 11
d. Catalog number 12
2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Request for Substitution - General 25
1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26
consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27
those specified. 28
2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29
means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30
catalog numbers. 31
a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32
consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33
trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34
determined by City. 35
3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36
under the following conditions: 37
a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38
meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39
or, 40
01 25 00 - 2
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3
B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4
1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5
a. After award of Contract 6
b. Under the conditions stated herein 7
2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8
representative, including: 9
a. Documentation 10
1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11
Contract Documents 12
2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13
proposed 14
3) Data relating to changes in cost 15
b. For products 16
1) Product identification 17
a) Manufacturer's name 18
b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19
c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20
product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21
product in the Contract Documents 22
2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23
product with Contract Documents 24
3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25
characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26
a) Size 27
b) Composition or materials of construction 28
c) Weight 29
d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30
4) Product experience 31
a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32
b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33
projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34
c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35
5) Samples 36
a) Provide at request of City. 37
b) Samples become the property of the City. 38
c. For construction methods: 39
1) Detailed description of proposed method 40
2) Illustration drawings 41
C. Approval or Rejection 42
1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43
2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44
of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45
3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46
will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47
01 25 00 - 3
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1
5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2
a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3
b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4
c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5
design 6
d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7
consistent with the design intent 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12
A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13
represents that the Contractor: 14
1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15
superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16
it is intended 17
2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19
modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20
complete in all respects 21
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22
arise 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 25 00 - 4
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT A 1
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2
3
TO: 4
PROJECT: DATE: 5
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 6
the above project: 7
SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8
9
10
Proposed Substitution: 11
Reason for Substitution: 12
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13
substitution will require for its proper installation. 14
15
Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24 25 26 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28 29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30
31
Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33
specified item. 34
Submitted By: For Use by City 35
36
Signature Recommended Recommended 37
as noted 38
39
Firm Not recommended Received late 40
Address By 41
Date 42
Date Remarks 43
Telephone 44
45
For Use by City: 46
47
Approved Rejected 48
City Date 49
01 31 19 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 31 19 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6
clarify construction contract administration procedures 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Coordination 19
1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24
future reference. 25
4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26
make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27
B. Preconstruction Meeting 28
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29
Agreement and before Work is started. 30
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31
2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32
and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33
the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34
3. Attendance shall include: 35
a. Project Manager 36
b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37
c. Contractor's project manager 38
d. Contractor's superintendent 39
01 31 19 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 1
to invite or the City may request 2
f. Other City representatives 3
g. Others as appropriate 4
4. Construction Schedule 5
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 6
provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 7
b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 8
Preconstruction Meeting. 9
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 10
a. Introduction of Project Personnel 11
b. General Description of Project 12
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 13
d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 14
e. Contract Time 15
f. Notice to Proceed 16
g. Construction Staking 17
h. Progress Payments 18
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 19
j. Field Orders 20
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 21
l. Insurance Renewals 22
m. Payroll Certification 23
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 24
o. Public Safety and Convenience 25
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 26
q. Weekend Work Notification 27
r. Legal Holidays 28
s. Trench Safety Plans 29
t. Confined Space Entry Standards 30
u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 31
systems 32
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 33
w. Coordination with other Contractors 34
x. Early Warning System 35
y. Contractor Evaluation 36
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 37
aa. Damages Claims 38
bb. Submittal Procedures 39
cc. Substitution Procedures 40
dd. Correspondence Routing 41
ee. Record Drawings 42
ff. Temporary construction facilities 43
gg. Final Acceptance 44
hh. Final Payment 45
ii. Communications Plan 46
jj. Questions or Comments 47
01 31 19 - 3
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 31 20 - 1
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 31 20 1
PROJECT MEETINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly 7
review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of 8
potential problems 9
B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 17
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20
A. Coordination 21
1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and 22
specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 23
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 24
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 25
3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded. 26
4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested 27
by the City, Engineer or Contractor. 28
29
B. Progress Meetings 30
1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held monthly. Meetings will be 31
scheduled and administered by Project Manager. 32
a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the : 33
1) City 34
2) Engineer 35
3) Contractor 36
2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-37
needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: 38
a. Coordinating shutdowns 39
01 31 20 - 2
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Installation of piping and equipment 1
c. Coordination between other construction projects 2
d. Resolution of construction issues 3
e. Equipment approval 4
3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the 5
meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully 6
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 7
4. Attendance shall include: 8
a. Contractor's project manager 9
b. Contractor's superintendent 10
c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 11
to invite or the City may request 12
d. Engineer's representatives 13
e. City’s representatives 14
f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager 15
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 16
a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting 17
b. Field observations, problems, conflicts 18
c. Items which impede construction schedule 19
d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 20
e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other 21
construction contracts 22
f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 23
g. Revisions to construction schedule 24
h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period 25
i. Coordination of schedules 26
j. Review submittal schedules 27
k. Maintenance of quality standards 28
l. Pending changes and substitutions 29
m. Review proposed changes for: 30
1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 31
2) Effect on other contracts of the Project 32
n. Review Record Documents 33
o. Review monthly pay request 34
p. Review status of Requests for Information 35
6. Meeting Location 36
a. The City will establish a meeting location. 37
1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 38
01 31 20 - 3
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 32 16 - 1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 32 16 1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6
management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Definitions 18
1. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 19
as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 20
2. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 21
progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 22
3. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 23
changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc 24
B. Reference Standards 25
1. None 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Baseline Schedule 28
1. General 29
a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path 30
Method (CPM). 31
b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding 32
of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the 33
schedule. 34
c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for 35
developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 36
B. Progress Schedule 37
1. Update the progress Schedule monthly. 38
01 32 16 - 2
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 1
3. Change Orders 2
a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in 3
the baseline Schedule. 4
C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 5
1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status 6
Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 7
date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the 8
following actions at no additional cost to the City 9
a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 10
outlining: 11
1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the 12
delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 13
2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 14
substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to 15
meet projected baseline completion dates 16
3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working 17
days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination 18
of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 19
4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 20
accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 21
2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 22
by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 23
manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday 24
work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 25
to the critical path in the approved schedule. 26
a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 27
D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 28
Contract. 29
a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 30
supplemented with the following: 31
1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 32
necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 33
under the provisions of this Contract. 34
a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting 35
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 36
writing thereof. 37
2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's 38
determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 39
shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 40
relevant to the extension. 41
a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 42
schedule. 43
b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 44
do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in 45
the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 46
2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 47
days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but 48
before the date of final payment under this Contract. 49
01 32 16 - 3
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 1
the foregoing time limit. 2
b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 3
time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, 4
technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 5
representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 6
schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 7
1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 8
work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 9
Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 10
a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 11
schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 12
extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 13
case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 14
extension and any additional cost to the City. 15
b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 16
as well as by the Contractor. 17
3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 18
and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 19
of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 20
a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 21
Contractor or the City. 22
b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the 23
right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. 24
c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities 25
containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 26
providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with 27
those activities. 28
E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 29
1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 30
upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the 31
Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 32
a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the 33
preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 34
in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 35
2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will 36
determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 37
to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 38
a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 39
b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 40
considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 41
1.5 SUBMITTALS 42
A. Baseline Schedule 43
1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 44
a. Native file format shall be: 45
1) Microsoft Project 46
2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 47
bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 48
01 32 16 - 4
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
B. Progress Schedule 1
1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 2
2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 3
C. Schedule Narrative 4
1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format. 5
2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 6
D. Submittal Process 7
1. 8
2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Manager’s 9
duly appointed representative. 10
3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly 11
appointed representative. 12
4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 13
City, no further progress schedules are required. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18
A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 19
experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 20
B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 21
updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 22
C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 23
standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 25
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 29
END OF SECTION 30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 32 33 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 32 33 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 6
a. Preconstruction Videos 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Preconstruction Video 19
1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 20
vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 21
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 22
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 23
period. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
01 32 33 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
01 33 00 - 1
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 33 00 1
SUBMITTALS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6
Work-related submittals: 7
a. Shop Drawings 8
b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9
c. Samples 10
d. Mock Ups 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 19
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Coordination 23
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25
2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time 28
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. 29
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 30
processing times including, but not limited to: 31
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 32
b) Coordination with other submittals 33
c) Testing 34
d) Purchasing 35
e) Fabrication 36
f) Delivery 37
g) Similar sequenced activities 38
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 39
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 40
01 33 00 - 2
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 1
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 2
contractor. 3
B. Submittal Numbering 4
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 5
identification numbering system in the following manner: 6
a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 7
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 8
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 9
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 10
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 11
submittal number would be as follows: 12 13
303-02-B 14
15
1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 16
2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 17
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 18
drawing 19
C. Contractor Certification 20
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 21
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 22
a. Field measurements 23
b. Field construction criteria 24
c. Catalog numbers and similar data 25
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 26
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 27
with a Certification Statement affixed including: 28
a. The Contractor's Company name 29
b. Signature of submittal reviewer 30
c. Certification Statement 31
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 32
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 33
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 34
item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 35
D. Submittal Format 36
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 37
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 38
3. Order 39
a. Cover Sheet 40
1) Description of Packet 41
2) Contractor Certification 42
b. List of items / Table of Contents 43
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 44
E. Submittal Content 45
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 46
2. The Project title and number 47
01 33 00 - 3
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3. Contractor identification 1
4. The names of: 2
a. Contractor 3
b. Supplier 4
c. Manufacturer 5
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 6
paragraph(s) 7
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 8
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 9
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 10
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 11
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 12
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 13
F. Shop Drawings 14
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 15
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 16
drawings 17
b. Scheduled information 18
c. Setting diagrams 19
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 20
e. Custom templates 21
f. Special wiring diagrams 22
g. Coordination drawings 23
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 24
1) Performance curves and certifications 25
i. As applicable to the Work 26
2. Details 27
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 28
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 29
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 30
for approval. 31
G. Product Data 32
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 33
Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 34
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 35
Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 36
limited to: 37
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 38
catalog data) 39
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 40
instructions 41
2) Availability of colors and patterns 42
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 43
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 44
5) Catalog cuts 45
6) Product photographs 46
7) Standard wiring diagrams 47
01 33 00 - 4
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 1
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 2
10) Mill reports 3
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 4
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 5
12) As applicable to the Work 6
3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 7
Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 8
01 25 00. 9
4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 10
approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project. 11
H. Samples 12
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 14
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 15
2) Small cuts or containers of materials 16
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 17
and range sets 18
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 19
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 20
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 21
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 22
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 23
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 24
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 25
risk. 26
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 27
required to accomplish conformity. 28
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 29
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 30
J. Submittal Distribution 31
1. Electronic Distribution 32
a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 33
duly appointed representative. 34
b. Shop Drawings 35
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 36
2) Hard Copies 37
a) Not required 38
c. Product Data 39
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 40
2) Hard Copies 41
a) Not required 42
d. Samples 43
1) Distributed to the Project Manager 44
K. Submittal Review 45
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 46
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 47
01 33 00 - 5
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 1
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 2
dimensions, and materials 3
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 4
provided herein 5
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 6
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 7
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 8
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 9
have no responsibility therefore. 10
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 11
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 12
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 13
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 14
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 15
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 16
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 17
exception. 18
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 19
a. Code 1 20
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 21
comments on the submittal. 22
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 23
equipment and/or material for manufacture. 24
b. Code 2 25
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 26
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 27
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 28
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 29
final product. 30
c. Code 3 31
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 32
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 33
resubmittal of the package. 34
a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 35
non-conforming items that were noted. 36
b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 37
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 38
d. Code 4 39
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 40
intent of the Contract Documents. 41
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 42
submittal into conformance. 43
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 44
to meet the Contract Documents. 45
6. Resubmittals 46
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 47
1) Corrections other than requested by the City 48
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 49
01 33 00 - 6
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 1
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 2
expense. 3
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 4
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City 5
Representative’s then prevailing rates. 6
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 7
all such fees invoiced by the City. 8
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 9
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 10
Time. 11
7. Partial Submittals 12
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 13
discretion. 14
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 15
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 16
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 17
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 18
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 19
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 20
provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 21
manufacture. 22
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 23
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 24
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 25
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 26
following receipt of submittal by the City. 27
L. Mock ups 28
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily 29
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 30
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 31
M. Qualifications 32
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 33
Certification for each item required. 34
N. Request for Information (RFI) 35
1. Contractor Request for additional information 36
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 37
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 38
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 39
Specifications 40
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 41
d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 42
2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 43
3. Numbering of RFI 44
a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 45
increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 46
01 33 00 - 7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 1
information. 2
5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 3
a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 4
Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change 5
Order, as appropriate. 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
20
01 33 00 - 8
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1
2
Project:
RFI #:
Engineering Project No.: Date Sent:
Sender: Receiver:
Copies To:
3
Subject:
Request:
Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution:
4
THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. 5
6
Receiver’s Response:
7
Response By:
Company:
Date:
8
DISTRIBUTION:
9
01 35 13 - 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 35 13 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7
b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8
c. Confined Space Entry Program 9
d. Excavation Protection 10
e. Air Pollution Watch Days 11
f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12
g. Water Utilities Notification 13
h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14
i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15
j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16
k. Dust Control 17
l. Employee Parking 18
m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean 19
Construction Specification 20
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 21
1. None. 22
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 23
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 24
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Mobilization 35
2) Inspection 36
3) Safety training 37
4) Additional Insurance 38
5) Insurance Certificates 39
6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 40
including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 41
property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 42
construction of the Project. 43
01 35 13 - 2
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Railroad Flagmen 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5
will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 6
Site. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 9
2) Flagmen 10
3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 11
3. Excavation Protection (Trench Safety) 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 14
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 15
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 20
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not 21
limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 22
4. All other items 23
a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items 24
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Reference Standards 27
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30
2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 31
High Voltage Overhead Lines. 32
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 33
Specification 34
4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards – 29 CFR Part 35
1910.146 – Permit-Required Confined Spaces 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 37
A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 38
1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 39
Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 40
a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 41
therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 42
b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 43
compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 44
Transportation 45
B. Work near High Voltage Lines 46
01 35 13 - 3
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. Regulatory Requirements 1
a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 2
conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 3
Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 4
2. Warning sign 5
a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 6
3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 7
safety features 8
a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 9
b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 10
c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 11
safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 12
4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 13
a. Notification shall be given to: 14
1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric) 15
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 16
action taken in each case. 17
b. Coordination with power company 18
1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 19
a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 20
lower the lines 21
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 22
requirements have been met. 23
C. Confined Space Entry Program 24
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 25
OSHA requirements. 26
2. Confined Spaces include: 27
a. Manholes 28
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 29
Confined Spaces 30
D. Excavation Protection 31
1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 32
standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 33
Construction). 34
2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 35
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 36
accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 38
that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 39
federal law. 40
b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 41
under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 42
3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 43
be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 44
4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 45
requirements. 46
E. Air Pollution Watch Days 47
01 35 13 - 4
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. General 1
a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 2
on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 3
b. Typical Ozone Season 4
1) May 1 through October 31. 5
c. Critical Emission Time 6
1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 7
2. Watch Days 8
a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 9
with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 10
p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 11
b. Requirements 12
1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 13
use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 14
2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 15
a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 16
b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 17
equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 18
alternative fuels such as CNG. 19
F. TCEQ Air Permit 20
1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 21
G. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 22
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 23
a. Public Notification 24
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 25
prior to commencing. 26
2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 27
H. Water Utilities Coordination 28
1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a 29
period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 30
Water Utilities to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those 31
lines. 32
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 33
City water line system with the City’s representative. 34
a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the 35
life of named project. 36
b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 37
to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 38
activity through the appropriate City representative. 39
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 40
a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 41
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 42
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 43
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 44
responsibilities as a result of these actions. 45
I. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 46
01 35 13 - 5
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block 1
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 2
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 3
shall be prepared as follows: 4
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 5
block in the project area. 6
1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 7
information: 8
a) Name of Project 9
b) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 10
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 11
d) Actual construction duration within the block 12
e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 13
f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 14
g) City’s after-hours phone number 15
2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 16
A. 17
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 18
block of the project to the inspector. 19
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 20
b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 21
delivered to all residents of the block. 22
J. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 23
1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 24
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 25
the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 26
2. Prepared notice as follows: 27
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 28
interruption. 29
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 30
information: 31
1) Name of the project 32
2) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 33
3) Date of the interruption of service 34
4) Period the interruption will take place 35
5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 36
6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 37
c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 38
Exhibit B. 39
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 40
for review prior to being distributed. 41
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 42
all affected residents and businesses. 43
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 44
Construction Inspector. 45
K. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 46
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 47
USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 48
permit. 49
01 35 13 - 6
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
L. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 2
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 3
railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 4
a. Flagmen 5
b. Inspectors 6
c. Safety training 7
d. Additional insurance 8
e. Insurance certificates 9
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 10
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 11
the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 12
with the permit guidelines. 13
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 14
requirements. 15
3. Railroad Flagmen 16
a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 17
were present on Site. 18
M. Dust Control 19
1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 20
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 21
b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 22
N. Employee Parking 23
1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 24
O. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean 25
Construction Specification 26
1. Equipment Requirements 27
a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall 28
meet EPA emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form 29
A.14. Schedule for Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in 30
Appendix A. Compliance may be achieved through the use of equipment 31
powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine repowers, or through the 32
use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or California Air 33
Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPA’s 34
website “Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.” 35
b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt 36
from these requirements: 37
1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years 38
old. 39
2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a 40
grant program or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such 41
obligations must be submitted to City for verification. 42
3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as 43
any piece of construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) 44
hours per week on a single public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption 45
Weekly Reporting Form will be required for all equipment for which this 46
exemption is claimed. 47
01 35 13 - 7
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public 1
works need, including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary 2
sewer lines. This exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in 3
which the procurement of construction services is performed on an 4
emergency basis, as provided for by State law. 5
2. Operational Requirements 6
a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be 7
Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low 8
Emission Diesel (TxLED) program requirements. This may include TxLED- 9
compliant Biodiesel blends. 10
b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) 11
minutes, unless the idling is applicable to one or more of the following 12
exceptions: 13
1) is being used for emergency response purposes; 14
2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, 15
or diagnostic purposes; or 16
3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator. 17
c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, 18
and minimize operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, 19
fresh air intakes, hospitals, schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences. 20
3. Reporting Requirements 21
a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall 22
submit to the City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece 23
of equipment to be used on the worksite. A form for submitting such 24
information will be provided by the City. This inventory may be used by the 25
City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with specification 26
elements. 27
b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the 28
Contractor shall provide this same inventory information to the City for the new 29
equipment on or before the day it begins work on-site. 30
c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site. 31
4. Enforcement Requirements 32
a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City 33
at random. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet 34
the requirements of this specification. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Construction Notice Flyer 40
B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption 41
01 35 13 - 8
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
01 35 13 - 9
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT A 1
(To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2
3
4
5
Date: 6
7
EPN No.: 8
Project Name: 9
Limits of Construction: 10
11
12
13 14
15
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF 16
DENTON, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 17
PROPERTY. 18
19
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 20
OF THIS NOTICE. 21
22
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 23
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 24
25
26
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
OR 29
30
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 31
32
33
PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 34
35
01 35 13 - 10
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT B 1
2
Date: 3
4
EPN No.: 5
6
Project Name:_____________________ 7
8
9
NOTICE OF 10
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 11
INTERRUPTION 12
13
14
Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be 15
interrupted on ___________________________________________________ 16
between the hours of __________________ and _______________________. 17
18
19
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL: 20
21
22
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 23
24
OR 25
26
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE 29
30
Thank you, 31
_________________________, Contractor 32
01 45 23 - 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 45 23 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is 16
responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, 17
re-tests, or approvals. 18
b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for 19
performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by 20
the City to be performed. 21
1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is 22
responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. 23
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments 24
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Testing 28
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29
2. Coordination 30
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently 31
in advance, when testing is needed. 32
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, 33
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 34
3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35
a. Electronic Distribution 36
1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed 37
representative electronically via email. 38
4. Provide Project Manager’s duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each 39
delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 40
01 45 23 - 2
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. Name of pit 1
b. Date of delivery 2
c. Material delivered 3
B. Inspection 4
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 5
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS 7
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional 10
Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas. 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 19
20
01 45 23 - 3
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
01 50 00 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 50 00 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6
necessarily limited to: 7
a. Temporary utilities 8
b. Sanitary facilities 9
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10
d. Dust control 11
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. Temporary Utilities 24
1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27
having jurisdiction. 28
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29
Acceptance. 30
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32
2. Water 33
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35
required for the completion of the Work. 36
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37
consumption by Contractor personnel and Project Manager and Project 38
Manager’s duly authorized representative. 39
c. Coordination 40
01 50 00 - 2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 1
d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 2
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s 3
established rates. 4
3. Electricity and Lighting 5
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 6
testing of Work. 7
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 8
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 9
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 10
4. Telephone 11
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 12
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 13
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 14
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 15
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 16
B. Sanitary Facilities 17
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 18
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 19
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 20
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 21
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 22
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 23
problem. 24
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 25
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 26
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 27
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 28
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 29
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 30
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 31
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 32
ground. 33
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 34
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 35
inspection and inventory. 36
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 37
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 38
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 39
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 40
temporary and existing buildings. 41
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 42
D. Temporary Fencing 43
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 44
documents 45
01 50 00 - 3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
E. Dust Control 1
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 2
project. 3
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 4
b. Must respond in a timely manner 5
F. Temporary Protection of Construction 6
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 7
to weather. 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21
3.4 INSTALLATION 22
A. Temporary Facilities 23
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 24
01 50 00 - 4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7
A. Temporary Facilities 8
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
01 57 13 - 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 57 13 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 15
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 18
Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Storm Water Pollution 19
Prevention Plan”. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 22
2) Implementation 23
3) Permitting fees 24
4) Installation 25
5) Maintenance 26
6) Removal 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. Notice of Intent: NOI 30
2. Notice of Termination: NOT 31
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 32
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 33
5. Notice of Change: NOC 34
A. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 36
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 37
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 38
01 57 13 - 2
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction 1
Controls 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3
A. General 4
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 5
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 6
2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will 7
complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at 8
https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/HT2BDHZ 9
B. Construction Activities resulting in: 10
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 11
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Drawings. 12
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 13
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 14
Permit is required 15
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 16
1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 17
TXR150000 18
a) Sign and post at job site 19
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed 20
Protection Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or David Hunter 21
(940) 349-7123. 22
2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 23
a) Drawings 24
b) TXR150000 General Permit 25
c) SWPPP 26
d) TCEQ requirements 27
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 28
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 29
Permit is required 30
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 31
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 32
a) Sign and post at job site 33
b) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 34
(940) 349 7153 or David Hunter (940) 349 7123. 35
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 36
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 37
a) Drawings 38
b) TXR150000 General Permit 39
c) SWPPP 40
d) TCEQ requirements 41
4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 42
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. 43
a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 44
(940) 349-7153 or David Hunter (940) 349-7123. 45
01 57 13 - 3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. SWPPP 2
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. 3
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 4
as follows: 5
1) 1 copy to the Project Manager 6
a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection 7
Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or David Hunter (940) 349-8
7123 for review. 9
B. Modified SWPPP 10
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 11
in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 58 13 - 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 58 13 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Temporary Project Sign 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 19
unit price bid per each “Temporary Project Sign.” 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign 22
2) Excavation 23
3) Hauling 24
4) Disposal of excess Materials 25
5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction 26
6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign 27
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36
01 58 13 - 2
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4
A. Design Criteria 5
1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below: 6
7
The flag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of 8
the stars and the “City of Denton” lettering shall be blue. 9
The lower bar of the flag shall be red, and the upper bar 10
shall be white. The dimensions, from the farthest ends, shall 11
be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-inches horizontally. The 12
flag shall appear in the dimensions shown. The contractor 13
may request a digital copy in either .jpg or .tif format. 14
15
2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed at strategic points with lettering as 16
needed to adequately describe the work. 17
3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall conform 18
to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from the sign 19
shown above shall not be allowed. 20
B. Materials 21
1. Sign 22
a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 23
01 58 13 - 3
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 9
2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end of 10
the project. 11
3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 12
B. Mounting options 13
a. Skids 14
b. Posts 15
c. Barricade 16
3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED] 17
3.6 MAINTENANCE 18
A. General 19
1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 20
3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 60 00 - 1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 60 00 1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. References for Product Requirements and Product Material Submittal Checklist 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 12
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 13
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 14
A. A list of City approved products for use is located online as follows: 15
1. https://www.cityofdenton.com/CoD/media/City-of-16
Denton/Business/Development%20Review/Materials-List.pdf 17
B. Only products specifically included on City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist in 18
these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 19
1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific 20
approval by the City. 21
C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar 22
products included on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 23
1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even 24
though the product is listed on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 25
D. Although a specific product is included on Product Material Submittal Checklist, not all 26
products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that 27
manufacturer’s standard product. 28
E. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on Product 29
Material Submittal Checklist. 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
01 60 00 - 2
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 66 00 - 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 66 00 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Scheduling of product delivery 6
2. Packaging of products for delivery 7
3. Protection of products against damage from: 8
a. Handling 9
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 18
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 27
A. Delivery Requirements 28
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation 29
and to avoid prolonged storage. 30
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 31
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 32
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 33
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 34
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 35
environmental damage. 36
01 66 00 - 2
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 1
location. 2
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 3
B. Handling Requirements 4
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 5
manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. 6
C. Storage Requirements 7
1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and 8
requirements of these Specifications. 9
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 10
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent 11
damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at 12
all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in 13
vicinity of Work. 14
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 15
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 16
tenants and occupants. 17
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 18
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 19
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly 20
authorized representative. 21
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 22
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 23
Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 24
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 25
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 26
7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 27
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 28
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 29
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 30
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 31
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 32
satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 33
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 34
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project 35
Manager. 36
01 66 00 - 3
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 -3.6 [NOT USED] 5
3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6
A. Tests and Inspections 7
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 8
B. Non-Conforming Work 9
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 10
unsatisfactory for use on the project. 11
3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.7 PROTECTION 16
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 17
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 18
storage. 19
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 20
the manufacturer. 21
3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23
END OF SECTION 24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
01 70 00 - 1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 70 00 1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6
a. Mobilization 7
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8
to the Site 9
2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10
at the Site 11
3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12
4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13
to another location within the designated Site 14
5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15
from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16
b. Demobilization 17
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18
away from the Site including disassembly 19
2) Site Clean-up 20
3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21
Contract 22
c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 23
work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24
2. Remobilization 25
a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 26
Documents or as required by City includes: 27
1) Demobilization 28
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 29
supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 30
equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 31
Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 32
b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 33
2) Remobilization 34
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 35
supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 36
b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 37
operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 38
3) No Payments will be made for: 39
a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 40
Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 41
b) Stand-by or idle time 42
c) Lost profits 43
44
01 70 00 - 2
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 1
1. None. 2
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 3
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 4
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 5
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6
A. Measurement and Payment 7
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 8
a. Measurement 9
1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 10
b. Payment 11
1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 12
Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 13
made in partial payments as follows: 14
a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 15
earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 16
b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 17
earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 18
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 19
c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 20
earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 21
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 22
d) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of total 23
contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration 24
of rejection. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 27
2) Performance Bond 28
3) Payment Bond 29
4) Maintenance Bond 30
5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 31
6) Demobilization 32
d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 33
Item. 34
2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, 35
as required by City 36
a. Measurement and Payment 37
1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 38
of Section 00 72 00. 39
2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 40
with this Item. 41
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 45
01 70 00 - 3
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
01 71 23 - 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 71 23 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor. 6
2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at 7
the Site. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Construction Staking 16
a. Measurement and Payment 17
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 18
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
2. As-Built Survey 20
a. Measurement and Payment 21
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 22
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Certificates 30
1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 31
conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 32
a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 33
State of Texas. 34
B. Field Quality Control Submittals 35
1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
01 71 23 - 2
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
A. Construction Staking 3
1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 4
2. Coordination 5
a. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 6
activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 7
3. General 8
a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking. 9
b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 10
been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the 11
contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-12
stake the deficient areas. 13
B. As-built Survey 14
1. As-built Survey will be performed by the City. 15
2. Coordination 16
a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains 17
intact. 18
b. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that 19
construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 20
c. Contractor shall coordinate construction operations with City sufficiently in 21
advance and make provisions for City to perform as-built survey on various 22
items indicated in Paragraph B.3.b. 23
d. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during 24
construction operations. 25
1) Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 26
3. General 27
a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 28
logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 29
b. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 30
performance of as-built survey to obtain construction features including, but not 31
limited to, the following: 32
1) All Utility Lines 33
a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 34
junction structure 35
2) Water Lines 36
a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following 37
locations: 38
(1) Every 250 linear feet 39
(2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All 40
Fittings) 41
(3) Cathodic protection test stations 42
(4) Sampling stations 43
(5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) 44
(6) Fire lines 45
(7) Fire hydrants and valves 46
(8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves 47
01 71 23 - 3
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
(9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines 1
(10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) 2
(11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 3
(12) Pressure plane valves 4
(13) Cleaning wyes 5
(14) Casing pipe (each end) 6
b) Storm Sewer 7
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: 8
(a) Every 250 linear feet 9
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 10
c) Sanitary Sewer 11
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 12
the following locations: 13
(a) Every 250 linear feet 14
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 15
(c) Cleanouts 16
c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 17
logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line 18
and grade required by these Specifications. 19
d. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 20
performance of as-built survey and verify control data including, but not limited 21
to, the following: 22
1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. 23
2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades 24
for tunneling. 25
3) Use of lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 26
4) Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all 27
lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 28
beginning each tunneling drive. 29
5) Provide access for the City, when requested, to verify the guidance system 30
and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 31
6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 32
the correction of it, as required. 33
7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 34
8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 35
joint and submit daily records to City. 36
9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 37
the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 38
Documents. 39
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 40
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43
44
45
01 71 23 - 4
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 APPLICATION 5
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8
A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance 9
with this Specification. 10
B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson
21
01 74 23 - 1
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 74 23 1
CLEANING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6
systems specified elsewhere 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Scheduling 19
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22
inspection. 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31
those materials. 32
01 74 23 - 2
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Cleaning Agents 6
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 7
2. New and uncontaminated 8
3. For manufactured surfaces 9
a. Material recommended by manufacturer 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING 23
A. General 24
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 25
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 26
governing authorities. 27
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 28
storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 29
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 30
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 31
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 32
01 74 23 - 3
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 1
off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 2
and regulations. 3
a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 4
easement or surrounding property. 5
7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 6
8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 7
this project. 8
9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 9
of required permanent Work. 10
10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 11
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 12
11. Do not burn on-site. 13
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 14
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 15
personnel in existing facility operations. 16
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 17
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 18
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 19
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 20
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 21
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 22
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 23
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 24
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 25
C. Interior Final Cleaning 26
1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 27
foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 28
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 29
3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 30
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 31
5. Ventilating systems 32
a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 33
during construction. 34
b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 35
construction. 36
6. Replace all burned out lamps. 37
7. Broom clean process area floors. 38
8. Mop office and control room floors. 39
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 40
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 41
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 42
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 43
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 44
01 74 23 - 4
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 1
junction boxes and inlets. 2
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 3
City, remove erosion control from site. 4
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
01 77 19 - 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 77 19 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 18
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 19
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 20
satisfactorily filed with the City. 21
B. Release of Liens or Claims 22
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 23
release of liens has been submitted to the City. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS 25
A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 26
01 77 19 - 2
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 8
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 9
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 10
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 11
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 12
01 74 23. 13
C. Final Inspection 14
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 15
representative that the Work is completed. 16
a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 17
that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 18
b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 19
c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 20
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 21
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 22
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 23
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 24
City. 25
3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 26
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 27
of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 28
Final Inspection of the project. 29
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 30
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 31
a. Specified spare parts 32
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 33
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 34
d. Light bulbs 35
e. Fuses 36
f. Vault keys 37
g. Handwheels 38
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 39
equipment 40
01 77 19 - 3
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
D. Notice of Project Completion 1
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 2
to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion. 3
E. Supporting Documentation 4
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 5
additional forms: 6
a. Final Payment Request 7
b. Statement of Contract Time 8
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 9
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 10
F. Letter of Final Acceptance 11
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting 12
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of 13
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 14
G. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 15
1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in 16
NCTCOG Item 507.5.2 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 17
calendar days and finished no later than 690 calendar days after the date of 18
acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 19
2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 20
manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored 21
manholes). 22
a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 23
be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 24
3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 25
indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 26
action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 27
second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 28
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38
END OF SECTION 39
01 77 19 - 4
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
2
01 78 23 - 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 78 23 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 6
operation of products furnished under Contract 7
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: 8
a. Traffic Controllers 9
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) 10
c. Butterfly Valves 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 19
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Schedule 23
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 24
shipment to the project site. 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 27
approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittal Form 30
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 31
2. Format 32
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 33
b. Paper 34
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 35
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal 36
c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 37
01 78 23 - 2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Drawings 1
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 3
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 4
equipment. 5
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of 6
equipment. 7
2) Provide indexed tabs. 8
f. Cover 9
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 10
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 11
2) List: 12
a) Title of Project 13
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 14
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 15
3. Binders 16
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 17
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent 18
groupings. 19
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 20
B. Manual Content 21
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order 22
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 23
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 24
c. List, with each product: 25
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 26
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the 27
volume 28
3) Identify area of responsibility of each 29
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 30
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set 31
forth in Contract Documents. 32
2. Product Data 33
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 34
b. Annotate each sheet to: 35
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 36
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 37
3) Delete references to inapplicable information 38
3. Drawings 39
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 40
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 41
2) Control and flow diagrams 42
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 43
correct illustration of completed installation. 44
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 45
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 46
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 47
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 48
01 78 23 - 3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued 1
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 2
1) Proper procedures in event of failure 3
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 4
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 5
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 6
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 7
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 8
1) Catalog number, size, composition 9
2) Color and texture designations 10
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products 11
b. Instructions for care and maintenance 12
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 13
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 14
product 15
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 16
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 17
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 18
1) Applicable standards 19
2) Chemical composition 20
3) Details of installation 21
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair 22
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 23
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 24
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 25
a. Description of unit and component parts 26
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 27
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 28
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 29
b. Operating procedures 30
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 31
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 32
3) Summer and winter operating instructions 33
4) Special operating instructions 34
c. Maintenance procedures 35
1) Routine operations 36
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 37
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 38
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking 39
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 40
1) List of lubricants required 41
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 42
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 43
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 44
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 45
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 46
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 47
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 48
01 78 23 - 4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 1
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 2
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 3
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 5
a. Description of system and component parts 6
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 7
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 8
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 9
b. Circuit directories of panelboards 10
1) Electrical service 11
2) Controls 12
3) Communications 13
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 14
d. Operating procedures 15
1) Routine and normal operating instructions 16
2) Sequences required 17
3) Special operating instructions 18
e. Maintenance procedures 19
1) Routine operations 20
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 21
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 22
4) Adjustment and checking 23
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 24
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 25
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 26
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 27
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent 28
during instruction of City's personnel. 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 33
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 34
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 35
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 36
01 78 23 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 78 39 - 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 78 39 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6
documents, including: 7
a. Record Drawings 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21
Project Manager. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26
A. Accuracy of Records 27
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32
Record Documents. 33
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34
information that the change has occurred. 35
01 78 39 - 2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6
the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7
damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8
Project Record Documents. 9
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10
to the City's approval. 11
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12
Contract Documents. 13
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18
A. Job set 19
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21
B. Final Record Documents 22
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31
A. Maintenance of Job Set 32
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34
Drawings and the Project Manual. 35
01 78 39 - 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Preservation 1
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4
suitable method for protecting the job set. 5
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8
3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9
a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11
installation of the infrastructure. 12
4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14
Specifications if applicable. 15
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16
change by graphic line and note as required. 17
c. Date all entries. 18
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20
changes. 21
5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24
portray precise physical layout. 25
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26
City's approval. 27
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29
shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31
inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33
City's approval. 34
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37
reliably to the Specifications. 38
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41
by the City. 42
B. Final Project Record Documents 43
1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45
Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46
coordinating the changes as required. 47
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 48
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 49
01 78 39 - 4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 1
affected. 2
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 3
longevity and clear reproduction. 4
2. Transfer of data to other Documents 5
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 6
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 7
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 8
Record Documents. 9
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 10
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 11
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 12
of the City. 13
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23
END OF SECTION 24
25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
26
City of Denton
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
00 00 00 - 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division 00 - General Conditions
00 05 10 Construction Contract Ordinance
00 05 15 Addenda
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
00 41 00 Bid Form
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price
00 43 13 Bid Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder
00 45 13 Bidder’s Minimum Qualification Statement
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law
00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories
00 52 43 Agreement
00 61 13 Performance Bond
00 61 14 Payment Bond
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance
00 72 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
00 73 73 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties
Division 01 - General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting
01 31 20 Project Meetings
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video
01 33 00 Submittals
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey
01 74 23 Cleaning
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 39 Project Record Documents
00 00 00 - 2
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 02 – Existing Conditions
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition
02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment
02 41 15 Paving Removal
Division 03 – Concrete
03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
Division 26 – Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems
26 05 13 Zinc Coated Steel Wire
26 05 19 Signal Cables
26 05 20 Tray Cables
26 05 26 Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, and Power Lead-in Cable
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 35 Ground Boxes
26 56 00 Roadway Illumination Assemblies
Division 31 – Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation
31 24 00 Embankment
31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control Revised
31 34 19 Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement
31 36 00 Gabions
31 37 00 Riprap
Division 32 – Exterior Improvements
32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair
32 01 29 Concrete Repair
32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses
32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways Revised
32 17 23 Pavement Markings
32 31 00 Fences and Gates
32 32 00 Retaining Walls
32 84 00 Irrigation Installation and Restoration
00 00 00 - 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
32 93 00 Plantings
Division 33 – Utilities
33 01 10 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force Mains
33 01 12 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation
33 01 30 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection
33 01 31 Sewer and Manhole Testing
33 01 32 Cleaning of Sewer Mains
33 01 33 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
33 01 34 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP)
33 01 40 Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures
33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade
33 05 02 Water Line Lowering
33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill
33 05 07 Steel Casing Pipe
33 05 08 Tunnel Liner Plate
33 05 10 Auger Boring
33 05 11 Hand Tunneling
33 05 15 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate
33 05 61 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
33 05 62 Precast Concrete Manholes
33 05 63 Concrete Water Vaults
33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes
33 05 81 Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings
33 05 97 Utility Markers/Locators
33 05 98 Location of Existing Utilities
33 14 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets
33 14 10 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
33 14 11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe
33 14 12 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type
33 14 13 Buried Steel Pipe
33 14 14 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
33 14 17 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch
33 14 18 Large Water Meters
33 14 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
33 14 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves
33 14 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains
33 14 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems
33 14 40 Fire Hydrants
33 31 10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers
33 31 14 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe
33 31 16 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Lines
33 31 23 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains
33 32 11 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems
33 42 11 Stormwater Pipe and Boxes
33 42 23 Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments
33 42 30 Stormwater Junction Boxes
33 42 33 Stormwater Curb Inlets and Drop Inlets Revised
33 46 00 Subdrainage
00 00 00 - 4
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Division 34 – Transportation
34 41 10 Signal Heads
34 41 11 Accessible Pedestrian Signal
34 41 12 Radar Detection Equipment and Cable
34 41 14 Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System (VIVDS) - 360 Degree Fish-Eye
Camera
34 41 15 Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable
34 41 16 Battery Back-up System
34 41 21 Traffic Signal Structures
34 41 23 Treated Timber Poles
34 41 24 Drilled Shaft Foundations
34 41 26 LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs
34 41 27 Signal Controller and Cabinet Assembly
34 41 28 Traffic Signal LED Luminaire
34 41 29 Pan-Tilt Zoom Camera
34 41 32 Temporary Traffic Signals
34 41 33 Removing Traffic Signals
34 41 34 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon
34 41 35 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal
34 41 50 Aluminum Signs and Signposts
34 71 13 Traffic Control
Division 41 – Bulk Material Processing Equipment
41 14 00 Batching Equipment
Non-standard Specifications
NS 1 Sidewalk Concrete Pavers
NS 2 Concrete Wheel Stop
NS 3 Landscaping Boulders
Appendix
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC-4.04 Underground Facilities
GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities
END OF SECTION
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 13 1
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal and disposal of: 6
a. Steps 7
b. Fence 8
c. Guardrail 9
d. Mailbox 10
e. Riprap 11
f. Stormwater Structure 12
g. Retaining Walls Less Than 4 Feet 13
h. Retaining Walls Greater Than 4 Feet 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment. 21
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Removal of Stairs 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per square foot of horizontal surfaces only of Removal of Stairs. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per square foot of horizontal surfaces only for Removal of Stairs. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Removal of stairs constructed of any material (i.e. concrete, wood, metal, 33
etc) 34
2) Sawing 35
3) Loading 36
4) Unloading 37
5) Storing 38
6) Hauling 39
7) Disposal 40
8) Clean-up 41
9) Repair adjacent sidewalk or pavement damaged by the removal of steps 42
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Removal of Fence 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Fence. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Fence. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Removal of all post types 9
2) Removal of all fence types 10
3) Removal of all gate types 11
4) Removal of post foundations 12
5) Loading 13
6) Unloading 14
7) Storing 15
8) Hauling 16
9) Disposal 17
10) Clean-up 18
3. Removal of Guardrail 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Guardrail. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Guardrail. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removal of all post types 27
2) Removal of all guardrail types 28
3) Removal of post foundations 29
4) Removal of concrete mow strip 30
5) Removal of all end terminal types 31
6) Loading 32
7) Unloading 33
8) Storing 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Disposal 36
11) Clean-up 37
4. Removal of Mailbox 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured per each Removal of Mailbox. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43
price bid per each for Removal of Mailbox. 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Removal of all post types 46
2) Removal of post foundations 47
3) Removal of all mailbox types 48
4) Removal of mailbox bank 49
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Removal of all brick, concrete block, stone façade, or any other decorative 1
and structural material used to construct a mailbox 2
6) Temporary mailbox, mailbox bank, or other form of mail access 3
7) Coordination with USPS and property owner 4
8) Loading 5
9) Unloading 6
10) Storing 7
11) Hauling 8
12) Salvaging or disposal 9
13) Clean-up 10
5. Removal of Riprap 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per square yard of Removal of Riprap 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per square yard for Removal of Riprap. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Removal of all rock at all sizes and types 19
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 20
3) Removal of reinforcing 21
4) Removal of grout 22
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 23
6) Loading 24
7) Unloading 25
8) Storing 26
9) Hauling 27
10) Salvaging or disposal 28
11) Clean-up 29
6. Removal of Stormwater Structure 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each Removal of Stormwater Structure 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each for Removal of Stormwater Structure. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Removal of all headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments at all sizes and 38
types 39
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 40
3) Removal of reinforcing 41
4) Removal of grout 42
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 43
6) Loading 44
7) Unloading 45
8) Storing 46
9) Hauling 47
10) Backfilling 48
11) Salvaging or disposal 49
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Clean-up 1
7. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 10
2) Removal of wall 11
3) Removal of reinforcing 12
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Salvaging or disposal 18
10) Clean-up 19
8. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 22
Feet. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 27
Feet. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 30
2) Removal of wall 31
3) Removal of reinforcing 32
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 33
5) Loading 34
6) Unloading 35
7) Storing 36
8) Hauling 37
9) Salvaging or disposal 38
10) Clean-up 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 41
1. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 43
A. Sequencing 44
45
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Sidewalk Construction 1
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 2
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 3
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 4
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 5
engineer to City for review. 6
2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 7
Control items included with the project. 8
b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 9
State, and local guidelines. 10
c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Shop Drawings 16
1. Temporary Shoring Design 17
a. Submit a temporary shoring design for review and approval prior to removal of 18
retaining walls or any other removal activities requiring a shoring wall. 19
b. The design of a shoring wall is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid 20
item. 21
c. Provide a signed and sealed shoring wall design by an engineer licensed in the 22
state of Texas for all shoring walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 23
or directed by City. 24
B. Informational Submittal 25
1. Equipment Information 26
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 27
1) Equipment name 28
2) Size 29
3) Intended use 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 37
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 38
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 39
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Surface Preparation 7
1. Verify all removal limits prior to construction unless otherwise directed by the City. 8
3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 9
A. Disposal of materials 10
1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 11
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 12
regulations. 13
3. The disposal of any material removed as part of Selective Site Demolition is 14
considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 15
B. Removal of Stairs 16
1. Sawing 17
a. Perform sawing activities for concrete paving and sidewalk in accordance with 18
Section 02 41 15. 19
2. Minimum Limits of Stair Removal 20
a. If adjacent stairs are to remain, remove stair to the nearest whole stair. Do not 21
saw cut an existing stair. 22
b. If stairs to be removed are adjacent to a sidewalk, remove stairs to the nearest 23
sidewalk joint. 24
C. Removal of Fence 25
1. Remove all fence components above and below ground. 26
2. Backfill holes with acceptable fill material. 27
3. Compact per Drawings. 28
4. Use caution in removing any fence material. 29
5. Coordinate with property owners as needed to maintain a fenced area at all times 30
especially when animals are kept within the fencing. 31
6. Contractor is responsible for maintaining fencing and installing temporary fencing 32
as needed during construction. 33
7. Contractor is responsible for providing fencing at all times. 34
8. Installing and removing temporary fencing when necessary is subsidiary to 35
Removal of Fence. 36
D. Removal of Guardrail 37
1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 38
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail prior to removing the posts. Once 1
the fittings and metal railing is removed, remove the posts. 2
3. Remove and replace any guardrail to remain that is damaged during construction 3
activities at no cost to the City. 4
4. Completely remove posts and any paving material surrounding the posts. 5
5. Backfill any holes with acceptable fill material. 6
E. Removal of Mailbox 7
1. Advance Coordination: 8
a. Coordinate with property owner prior to removal of mailbox. 9
b. Coordinate with local post office prior to removal. Provide approach and access 10
space in accordance to post office requirements. 11
c. Provide the City and the property owner with a written confirmation of the 12
timeframe. 13
2. For non-custom or decorative postal mailboxes, salvage existing materials for 14
reuse. 15
3. For all custom and/or decorative mailboxes: 16
a. Replace the custom mailbox with a standard post office approved mailbox. No 17
custom mailboxes will be constructed unless specified in the Drawings or 18
directed by the City. 19
b. If property owner wishes to remove or salvage a custom mailbox, determine an 20
agreed upon timeframe with the City, the Contractor, and the property owner 21
for removal. 22
4. The Contractor is responsible for providing a temporary mailbox during 23
construction for any mailbox that is proposed to be removed and relocated, 24
reinstalled, or replaced. 25
5. Maintain mailbox and/or mail delivery for duration of project. No separate pay will 26
be provided. 27
F. Removal of Riprap 28
1. Remove concrete riprap to the nearest joint. 29
2. Conform to concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 30
G. Removal of Stormwater Structure 31
1. Remove entire structure or to the nearest joint as specified in the Drawings. 32
2. Removal includes all components of the stormwater structure including footings, 33
toe walls, and mitered RCP ends. 34
a. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 35
b. In accordance with utility pipe removal requirements in Section 02 41 14. 36
3. Provide temporary erosion control protection for adjacent side slopes, drainage 37
channels, and ditches. Temporary erosion control is considered subsidiary to the 38
Removal of Stormwater Structures. 39
4. Repair any portion of remaining structure that is damaged as a result of removal 40
activities. 41
5. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 42
6. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 43
approved in writing by City. 44
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 1
limits. 2
8. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the 3
stormwater structure. 4
H. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 5
1. Any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-way will not 6
be replaced unless required for grading purposes. 7
2. A retaining wall is required if the slope to tie back to existing ground within the 8
City’s right-of-way is steeper than 4:1. 9
3. If a retaining wall is required: 10
a. Determine if a retaining wall is required before removing any decorative or 11
landscape retaining walls. 12
b. Request approval from City before removing decorative or landscape retaining 13
wall. 14
4. If a retaining wall is not required: 15
a. Remove any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-16
way and re-grade to a maximum of 4:1 slope. 17
b. Do not replace the decorative or landscape retaining wall. 18
5. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint where possible. If not possible, obtain 19
approval from the City for removal limits. 20
6. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 21
7. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall. 22
8. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 23
9. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 24
approved in writing. 25
10. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 26
limits. 27
11. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 28
wall. 29
12. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 30
for workers and the travelling public. 31
I. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 32
1. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint. 33
2. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 34
3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 35
4. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 36
5. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 37
approved in writing. 38
6. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 39
limits. 40
7. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 41
wall. 42
8. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 43
for workers and the travelling public. 44
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Selective Site 2
Demolition activities: 3
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4
2. Adjacent sidewalk 5
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6
4. Remining portions of stormwater structures 7
5. Remaining portions of retaining walls 8
6. Subgrade or base material 9
7. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 10
8. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 11
9. Landscape beds or planters 12
10. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 14 1
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities: 6
a. General Utility Items: 7
1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 8
Stormwater 9
2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 10
Stormwater 11
3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 12
4) Utility Manhole Abandonment – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 13
5) Utility Manhole Removal – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 14
6) Plugging of Utility Lines – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 15
7) Utility Junction Structure Removal – Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 16
b. Water Specific Items: 17
1) Water Valve Removal 18
2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19
3) Water Valve Abandonment 20
4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 21
5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage 22
6) Concrete Water Vault Removal 23
7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 24
c. Stormwater Specific Items: 25
1) Stormwater Inlet Removal 26
2) Headwall/SET Removal 27
3) Trench Drain Removal 28
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 29
1. None. 30
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 31
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 32
Contract. 33
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 34
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 35
4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 36
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 37
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 38
7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 39
8. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 40
9. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe 41
42
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
A. Measurement and Payment 2
1. General Utility Items 3
a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 4
1) Measurement 5
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 6
to be abandoned. 7
2) Payment 8
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 9
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 10
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Grout Fill Utility Line” for: 11
(1) Various Sizes. 12
3) The price bid shall include: 13
a) Dewatering (as required) 14
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 15
c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM 16
d) Water 17
e) Pavement Removal 18
f) Excavation 19
g) Hauling 20
h) Disposal of excess materials 21
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22
j) Clean-up 23
b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 24
1) Measurement 25
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 26
to be removed. 27
2) Payment 28
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 29
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 30
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Remove Utility Line” for: 31
(1) Various Sizes. 32
3) The price bid shall include: 33
a) Dewatering (as required) 34
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 35
c) Pavement Removal 36
d) Excavation 37
e) Hauling 38
f) Disposal of excess materials 39
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
h) Clean-up 41
c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 42
1) Measurement 43
a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being 44
installed. 45
2) Payment 46
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 47
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe 48
installed. 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Utility Manhole Abandonment 1
1) Measurement 2
a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned. 3
2) Payment 4
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Utility Manhole” for: 7
(1) Various diameters. 8
3) The price bid shall include: 9
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 10
b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 11
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 12
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 13
e) Concrete 14
f) Sand 15
g) Pavement removal 16
h) Excavation 17
i) Hauling 18
j) Disposal of excess materials 19
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 20
l) Surface restoration 21
m) Clean-up 22
e. Utility Manhole Removal 23
1) Measurement 24
a) Measured per each manhole to be removed. 25
2) Payment 26
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 27
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 28
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Manhole” for: 29
(1) Various diameters. 30
3) The price bid shall include: 31
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 32
b) Removal and disposal of manhole 33
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 34
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 35
e) Pavement removal 36
f) Excavation 37
g) Hauling 38
h) Disposal of excess materials 39
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
j) Surface restoration 41
k) Clean-up 42
f. Plugging of Utility Lines 43
1) Measurement 44
a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 45
2) Payment 46
a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with 47
this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Utility Line 48
Plugging”. 49
50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The price bid shall include: 1
a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs 2
b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs 3
c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs) 4
d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs) 5
e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs) 6
f) Pavement removal 7
g) Excavation 8
h) Hauling 9
i) Disposal of excess material 10
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 11
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs) 13
m) Testing (for pressure plugs) 14
n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs) 15
o) Clean-up 16
g. Utility Junction Structure Removal 17
1) Measurement 18
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 19
2) Payment 20
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 22
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Junction Structure”. 23
3) The price bid shall include: 24
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 25
b) Removal and disposal of junction structure 26
c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers 27
d) Removal and disposal of hatches 28
e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 29
f) Pavement removal 30
g) Excavation 31
h) Hauling 32
i) Disposal of excess materials 33
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34
k) Surface restoration 35
l) Clean-up 36
2. Water Specific Items 37
a. Water Valve Removal 38
1) Measurement 39
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed. 40
2) Payment 41
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 42
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 43
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 44
(1) Various sizes. 45
3) The price bid shall include: 46
a) Removal and disposal of valve 47
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 48
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 1
(if required) 2
e) CLSM 3
f) Pavement removal 4
g) Excavation 5
h) Hauling 6
i) Disposal of excess materials 7
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
k) Clean-up 9
b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 10
1) Measurement 11
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. 12
2) Payment 13
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 15
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 16
(1) Various sizes. 17
3) The price bid shall include: 18
a) Removal and salvage of valve 19
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 20
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 21
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 22
(if required) 23
e) CLSM 24
f) Delivery to City 25
g) Pavement removal 26
h) Excavation 27
i) Hauling 28
j) Disposal of excess materials 29
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 30
l) Clean-up 31
c. Water Valve Abandonment 32
1) Measurement 33
a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned. 34
2) Payment 35
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 36
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 37
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 38
(1) Various sizes. 39
3) The price bid shall include: 40
a) Abandonment of valve 41
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 42
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 43
d) CLSM 44
e) Pavement removal 45
f) Excavation 46
g) Hauling 47
h) Disposal of excess materials 48
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 49
j) Clean-up 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 1
1) Measurement 2
a) Measured per each fired hydrant to be removed and salvaged. 3
2) Payment 4
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 7
3) The price bid shall include: 8
a) Removal of fire hydrant 9
b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required) 10
c) Delivery to City (if required) 11
d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required) 12
e) Pavement removal 13
f) Excavation 14
g) Hauling 15
h) Disposal of excess materials 16
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 17
j) Clean-up 18
e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 19
1) Measurement 20
a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. 21
2) Payment 22
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 23
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 24
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter”. 25
3) The price bid shall include: 26
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 27
salvage of water meter 28
b) Removal of existing water meter box 29
c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City 30
d) Pavement removal 31
e) Excavation 32
f) Hauling 33
g) Disposal of excess materials 34
h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 35
i) Clean-up 36
f. Concrete Water Vault Removal 37
1) Measurement 38
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 39
2) Payment 40
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 42
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 43
3) The price bid shall include: 44
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 45
salvage of water meter (if applicable) 46
b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable) 47
c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if 48
applicable) 49
d) Removal and disposal of manhole 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e) Removal and disposal of vault 1
f) Removal and disposal of hatches 2
g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 3
h) Pavement removal 4
i) Excavation 5
j) Hauling 6
k) Disposal of excess materials 7
l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
m) Surface restoration 9
n) Clean-up 10
g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 11
1) Measurement 12
a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. 13
2) Payment 14
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 15
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 16
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 17
3) The price bid shall include: 18
a) Abandon cathodic test station 19
b) CLSM 20
c) Pavement removal 21
d) Excavation 22
e) Hauling 23
f) Disposal of excess materials 24
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 25
h) Clean-up 26
3. Stormwater Specific Items 27
a. Stormwater Inlet Removal 28
1) Measurement 29
a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed. 30
2) Payment 31
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 32
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 33
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet”. 34
3) The price bid shall include: 35
a) Removal and disposal of inlet 36
b) Pavement removal 37
c) Excavation 38
d) Hauling 39
e) Disposal of excess materials 40
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41
g) Clean-up 42
b. Headwall/SET Removal 43
1) Measurement 44
a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be 45
removed. 46
2) Payment 47
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 48
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 49
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The price bid shall include: 1
a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 2
b) Pavement removal 3
c) Excavation 4
d) Hauling 5
e) Disposal of excess materials 6
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
g) Clean-up 8
c. Trench Drain Removal 9
1) Measurement 10
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain 11
to be removed. 12
2) Payment 13
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 15
at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain”. 16
3) The price bid shall include: 17
a) Removal and disposal of trench drain 18
b) Pavement removal 19
c) Excavation 20
d) Hauling 21
e) Disposal of excess materials 22
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23
g) Clean-up 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Abbreviations 26
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 27
B. Definitions 28
1. Pressure Plug – Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service 29
with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable. 30
2. Abandonment Plug – Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be 31
abandoned with CLSM. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 33
A. Coordination 34
1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material 35
return. 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40
A. Special Procedure Submittals 41
1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan: 42
a. Grout fill narrative 43
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Grout port locations 1
c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7
1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to 8
City. 9
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19
3.3 PREPARATION 20
A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary 21
sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed. 22
3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 23
A. General Utility Items 24
1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 25
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 26
b. Dewater existing line to be grouted. 27
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines. 28
d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15 29
or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 30
e. Dispose of any excess material. 31
2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 32
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 33
b. Dewater existing line to be removed. 34
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer 1
lines. 2
d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal. 3
e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City. 4
3. Utility Manhole Abandonment 5
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 6
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone 7
section. 8
c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in 9
accordance with Section 03 30 00. 10
d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
4. Utility Manhole Removal 12
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings. 14
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 15
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 16
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 17
5. Plugging of Utility Lines 18
a. Water Line Pressure Plugs 19
1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines 20
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21
b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in 22
accordance with Section 33 14 10. 23
2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 24
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25
b) Plug line using: 26
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 27
33 14 12; or 28
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12. 29
3) Buried Steel Water Lines 30
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31
b) Plug line using: 32
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33
33 14 13; or 34
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13. 35
b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs 36
1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 37
2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines. 38
3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured. 39
4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe. 40
5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with 41
Section 03 34 14. 42
a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an 43
acceptable alternative. 44
6. Utility Junction Structure Removal 45
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 46
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings. 47
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 48
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 1
B. Water Items 2
1. Water Valve Removal 3
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 4
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 5
c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem. 6
d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7
2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 10
c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by 11
City Inspector. 12
d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 13
e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 14
3. Water Valve Abandonment 15
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 16
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 17
c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 18
4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 19
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20
b. Remove fire hydrant. 21
c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 22
d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City. 23
e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 24
5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 25
a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter. 26
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 27
b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes. 28
c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City 29
Inspector. 30
d. Crimp abandoned service lines. 31
e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 32
6. Concrete Water Vault Removal 33
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 34
b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if 35
applicable. 36
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 37
c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable. 38
d. Remove and salvage vault lid. 39
e. Remove and salvage test stations. 40
f. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 41
g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances. 42
h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector. 43
i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault. 44
j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs. 45
k. Dispose of excess materials. 46
7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 47
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 48
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 1
c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2
C. Stormwater Items 3
1. Stormwater Inlet Removal 4
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 5
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 6
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 7
2. Headwall/SET Removal 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9
b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET. 10
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 11
3. Trench Drain Removal 12
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13
b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe. 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 15 1
PAVING REMOVAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Construction methods for 6
a. Remove Concrete Pavement 7
b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 8
c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 9
d. Remove Sidewalk 10
e. Remove Curb Ramp 11
f. Remove Asphalt Pavement 12
g. Remove Driveway 13
h. Remove Brick Pavers 14
i. Remove Permeable Pavers 15
j. Wedge Milling 16
k. Surface Milling 17
l. Butt Joint Milling 18
m. Pavement Pulverization 19
n. Obliterate Abandoned Road 20
o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 21
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 22
1. None. 23
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 24
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25
Contract. 26
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 27
3. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 28
4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Pavement Repair. 29
5. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 30
6. Section 32 11 33 – Cement Treated Base Courses. 31
7. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control. 32
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33
A. Measurement and Payment 34
1. Remove Concrete Pavement 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 37
concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all 38
thicknesses. 39
b. Payment 40
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Pavement.” 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Sawing and breaking the material 5
2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement 6
3) Loading 7
4) Unloading 8
5) Storing 9
6) Hauling 10
7) Salvaging or disposing 11
8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete 12
2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per linear foot of “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per linear foot for “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Sawing and breaking the material 21
2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter 22
3) Cleaning 23
4) Loading 24
5) Unloading 25
6) Storing 26
7) Hauling 27
8) Salvaging or disposing 28
9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 29
curb and gutter 30
3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per square yard of “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Sawing and breaking the material 39
2) Removal of concrete valley gutter 40
3) Cleaning 41
4) Loading 42
5) Unloading 43
6) Storing 44
7) Hauling 45
8) Salvaging or disposing 46
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley 47
gutter 48
49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Remove Sidewalk 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Sidewalk.” 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per square foot for “Remove Sidewalk.” 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls 9
2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in 10
height 11
3) Sawing and breaking the material 12
4) Cleaning 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Salvaging or disposing 18
10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 19
sidewalk 20
5. Remove Curb Ramp 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per each of “Remove Curb Ramp.” 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per each for “Remove Curb Ramp” for: 27
a) Various types. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles 30
2) Sawing and breaking the material 31
3) Loading 32
4) Unloading 33
5) Storing 34
6) Hauling 35
7) Salvaging or disposing 36
8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the 37
removal of curb ramp 38
6. Remove Asphalt Pavement 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge 41
of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Remove Asphalt Pavement.” 46
c. The price bid shall include: 47
1) Sawing 48
2) Breaking the material 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Removal of asphalt pavement 1
4) Loading 2
5) Unloading 3
6) Storing 4
7) Hauling 5
8) Salvaging or disposing 6
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt 7
7. Remove Driveway 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Driveway.” 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per square foot for “Remove Driveway” for: 14
a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers). 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Sawing 17
2) Breaking the material 18
3) Removal of driveway material 19
4) Loading 20
5) Unloading 21
6) Storing 22
7) Hauling 23
8) Salvaging or disposing 24
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway 25
8. Remove Brick Pavers 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Brick Pavers.” 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per square foot for “Remove Brick Pavers.” 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing 34
subgrade. 35
2) Sawing 36
3) Breaking the material 37
4) Removal of brick pavers 38
5) Cleaning 39
6) Loading 40
7) Unloading 41
8) Storing 42
9) Hauling 43
10) Disposal 44
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 45
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks 46
9. Remove Permeable Pavers 47
a. Measurement 48
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per square foot for “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to 6
existing subgrade or compacted soil. 7
2) Sawing 8
3) Breaking the material 9
4) Removal of permeable pavers 10
5) Cleaning 11
6) Loading 12
7) Unloading 13
8) Storing 14
9) Hauling 15
10) Disposal 16
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 17
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers 18
10. Wedge Milling 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per square yard of “Wedge Milling.” 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per square yard for “Wedge Milling.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Milling 27
2) Rolling 28
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 29
4) Cleaning 30
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 31
6) Loading 32
7) Unloading 33
8) Storing 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Salvaging or disposing 36
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling 37
11. Surface Milling 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured square yard of “Surface Milling.” 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43
price bid per square yard for “Surface Milling.” 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Milling 46
2) Rolling 47
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 48
4) Cleaning 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 1
6) Loading 2
7) Unloading 3
8) Storing 4
9) Hauling 5
10) Salvaging or disposing 6
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling 7
12. Butt Joint Milling 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per linear foot of “Butt Milling.” 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per linear feet for “Butt Milling.” 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Milling 16
2) Rolling 17
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 18
4) Cleaning 19
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 20
6) Loading 21
7) Unloading 22
8) Storing 23
9) Hauling 24
10) Salvaging or disposing 25
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling 26
13. Pavement Pulverization 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per square yard of “Pavement Pulverization.” 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per square yard for “Pavement Pulverization.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Pulverization 35
2) Base undercutting 36
3) Mixing and compaction 37
4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 38
5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 39
6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material 40
7) Loading 41
8) Unloading 42
9) Storing 43
10) Hauling 44
11) Salvaging or disposing 45
12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization 46
14. Obliterate Abandoned Road 47
a. Measurement 48
1) Measured per square yard of “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per square yard for “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil 6
2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil 7
3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway 8
4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway 9
5) Sodding 10
6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate 11
7) Loading 12
8) Unloading 13
9) Storing 14
10) Hauling 15
11) Salvaging or disposing 16
12) Clean-up 17
15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 18
a. Measurement 19
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 20
or stormwater piping. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 24
stormwater piping installed. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Abbreviations 27
1. HMA – Hot-mix Asphalt 28
B. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Sequencing 35
1. Sidewalk Construction 36
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 37
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 38
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 39
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 40
engineer to the City for review. 41
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 42
Control items included with the project. 43
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 44
State, and local guidelines. 45
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 46
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pavement Removal 1
a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings. 2
b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been 3
signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review. 4
B. Pre-removal Meeting 5
1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving 6
Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will 7
be reviewed and discussed at the meeting: 8
a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed 9
b. Concrete paving removal method 10
1.5 SUBMITTALS 11
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Informational Submittal: 15
1. Equipment Information 16
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 17
1) Equipment name 18
2) Size 19
3) Intended use 20
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 29
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
PART 3 - EXECUTION 32
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Site Preparation 2
1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction. 3
2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits 4
prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities. 5
3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to 6
construction. 7
3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 8
A. Sawing 9
1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 10
2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 11
depth. 12
3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted. 13
4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 14
provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 15
Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 16
5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter, 17
remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge. 18
6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 19
or other approved dust reducing measures. 20
7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the 21
storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 22
8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any 23
damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in 24
accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City. 25
B. Remove Concrete Paving 26
1. Saw Cut 27
a. In accordance with this Section. 28
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29
a. Parallel to the Centerline 30
1) Minimum cut along street path is: 31
a) 5 feet in total length 32
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 33
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 34
1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained 35
within the lane. 36
2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width 37
of affected lanes. 38
3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times. 39
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 40
1) General: 41
a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 42
b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb. 43
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of 1
curb. 2
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 3
a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be 4
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 5
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 6
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge 7
or repair. 8
b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is 9
less than 10 feet from centerline. 10
c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove 11
pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be 12
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 13
3. Construction 14
a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior 15
approval by City. 16
b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the 17
Pre-removal Meeting. 18
c. Preferred method: 19
1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement. 20
2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does 21
not damage existing features. 22
d. If pavement can’t be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a 23
jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or 24
backhoe. 25
C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 26
1. Saw Cut 27
a. In accordance with this Section 28
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29
a. Minimum width of 2 feet from back of curb. 30
b. Minimum length of 30 inches 31
D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 32
1. Saw Cut 33
a. In accordance with this Section 34
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 35
a. Minimum width of 5 feet 36
b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge 37
c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving 38
E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp 39
1. Saw Cut 40
a. In accordance with Sawing 41
2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal 42
a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet 43
b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of 44
specified removal limits. 45
c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of 46
specified removal limits. 47
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any 1
portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings. 2
F. Remove Asphalt Paving 3
1. Saw Cut 4
a. In accordance with this Section 5
b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage. 6
c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if 7
necessary. 8
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 9
a. Parallel to the Centerline 10
1) Minimum cut along the street path is: 11
a) 5 feet in total length 12
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5 13
feet 14
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 15
1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane 16
line, remove the full lane width. 17
2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane, 18
remove from the lane line to the gutter edge. 19
3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to 20
half-lane-width. 21
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 22
1) General: 23
a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench 24
b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet. 25
c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to 26
gutter edge is less than 10 feet 27
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 28
a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge. 29
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 30
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench 31
edge or repair. 32
b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is 33
less than 10 feet from centerline. 34
c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from 35
trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet. 36
3. Construction 37
a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance 38
with this Section. 39
b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for 40
asphalt pavement removal. 41
G. Remove Driveway 42
1. Saw Cut 43
a. In accordance with this Section 44
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 45
a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint. 46
47
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers 1
1. Saw Cut 2
a. In accordance with Sawing 3
b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is 4
concrete or asphalt. 5
2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings. 6
3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified 7
location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project. 8
I. Milling 9
1. General 10
a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings. 11
b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to 12
make the surface rough. 13
c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic: 14
1) Install a temporary transition section. 15
2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet. 16
3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled 17
surface to traffic. 18
d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces 19
e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way 20
unless otherwise approved by City. 21
2. Milling Equipment 22
a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria. 23
1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified 24
pavement thickness in maximum of two passes 25
2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain 26
accurate depth of cut and slope 27
3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway 28
and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and 29
reclaiming system 30
4) Equipped with a dust control system 31
5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut 32
while the machine is in motion. 33
3. Wedge and Surface Milling 34
a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City 35
or as specified in Drawings. 36
b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum 37
depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot 38
width. 39
c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings. 40
d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other 41
irregularities. 42
e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing 43
concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the 44
full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling 45
the minimum 2 inches previously specified. 46
f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the 47
length specified in the Drawings. 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Butt Joint Milling 1
a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation 2
b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where 3
asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may 4
be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings. 5
c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for 6
the width specified in the Drawings. 7
d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at 8
the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings. 9
e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section. 10
J. Pavement Pulverization 11
1. Pulverization 12
a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with 13
Section 32 11 33. 14
b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material. 15
c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches. 16
2. Cement Application 17
a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement 18
b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33. 19
3. Mixing 20
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 21
4. Compaction 22
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 23
5. Finishing 24
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 25
6. Curing 26
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 27
7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and 28
crushed stone or gravel 29
a. 2 inch cutting is not required 30
b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep 31
c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material 32
K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway 33
1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations 34
2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section. 35
3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in 36
the Drawings. 37
4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth, 38
uniform appearance. 39
5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain. 40
6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage. 41
7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations. 42
8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed. 43
44
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 1
1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal 2
activities. 3
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 4
regulations. 5
3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving 6
Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 7
4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material 8
as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance 9
with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use. 10
3.5 REPAIR 11
A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal 12
activities at no cost to the City: 13
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 14
2. Adjacent sidewalk 15
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 16
4. Subgrade or base material 17
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 18
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe 19
7. Landscape beds or planters 20
8. Sod 21
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 22
10. Retaining walls 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
31
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 00 00 1
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 13
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14
5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 15
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 16
7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 17
8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 18
9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 19
10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 20
11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 21
12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 22
13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 23
14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 24
15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 25
16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Measurement 29
a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 30
incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 31
2. Payment 32
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 33
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 34
concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 35
separately. 36
37
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 6
a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 7
b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 8
c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 9
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 10
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 11
b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 12
Concrete Reinforcement 13
c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 14
Quality, Mechanical Properties 15
d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 16
Concrete Reinforcement 17
e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 18
Concrete Reinforcement 19
f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 20
Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 21
g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 22
h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 23
i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 24
j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 25
k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 26
l. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 27
m. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 28
Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 29
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 30
Specifications (DMS) 31
a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 32
b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 33
c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 34
d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 35
e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 36
f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 37
Retardants 38
g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 39
5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 40
a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 41
b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 42
c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 43
Mix Designs 44
d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 45
Moisture Method 46
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawing 5
1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 6
to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 7
by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 8
concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 9
a. Concrete Material Source Information 10
1) Concrete supplier name 11
2) Project name and address 12
3) Contractor name 13
4) Mixture Identification Number 14
b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 15
1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 16
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 17
2) Maximum slump 18
3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 19
4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 20
5) Design Target Strength 21
6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 22
318 23
7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 24
a) Cement 25
b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 26
c) Coarse Aggregate 27
d) Fine Aggregate 28
e) Water 29
8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 30
9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 31
c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 32
handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 33
2. Product Data 34
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 35
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 36
on the project. 37
b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 38
1) Manufacturer name 39
2) Date 40
3) Material description 41
4) Point of delivery 42
5) Data and test results as required in this Section 43
6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 44
Compounds) 45
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 46
8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 1
c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 2
1) Resin or hardener components 3
2) Brand name 4
3) Name of manufacturer 5
4) Lot or batch number 6
5) Temperature range for storage 7
6) Date of manufacture 8
7) Expiration date 9
8) Quantity contained 10
d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 11
1) Product data sheet 12
2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 13
Section and other applicable standards. 14
3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-15
4550, Fibers for Concrete 16
4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 17
5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 18
requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 19
6) Installation and mixing instructions 20
7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-21
4550, Fibers for Concrete. 22
B. Informational Submittals 23
1. Source Locations 24
a. Provide the location of all material sources 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
B. Storage and Stockpiling 33
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 34
a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 35
dampness or absorption of moisture. 36
2. Steel Reinforcement 37
a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 38
b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 39
caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 40
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Concrete Production Materials 4
1. Cementitious Material 5
a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 6
b. Cement 7
1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 8
Cement. 9
2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 10
listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 11
Cement”. 12
c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 13
1) Fly Ash 14
a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 15
b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 16
(1) Class C and Class F 17
(2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 18
(3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 19
c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 20
on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 21
d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 22
2) Other SCMs 23
a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 24
2. Water 25
a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 26
other deleterious substances. 27
b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 28
Health. 29
c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 30
Department of Health prior to construction. 31
1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 32
may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 33
3. Aggregate 34
a. General 35
1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 36
aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 37
2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 38
crushed concrete pavement. 39
b. Fine aggregate 40
1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 41
c. Coarse Aggregates 42
1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 43
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 44
2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 45
tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 1
concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 2
Table 1 3
Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart 4
Aggregate
Grade
No.1
Maximum
Nominal
Size
Percent Passing on Each Sieve
2–
1/2” 2” 1–
1/2”1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8
1 2” 100 80–
100
50–
85
20–
40
0–5
2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
35–
70
10–
30
0–5
3 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
60–
90
25–
60
0–5
4 (57) 1” 100 95–
100
25–
60
0– 10 0– 5
5 (67) 3/4” 100 90–
100
20–
55
0– 10 0– 5
6 (7) 1/2” 100 90–
100
40–
70
0– 15 0– 5
7 3/8” 100 70–
95
0– 25
8 3/8” 100 95–
100
20–
65
0– 10
1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 5
4. Chemical Admixtures 6
a. General 7
1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 8
2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 9
for concrete. 10
3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 11
4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 12
concrete. 13
b. Water Reducing Admixture 14
1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 15
A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 16
a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 17
(1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 18
(2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 19
b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 20
(1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 21
c. Air-Entraining Admixture 22
1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 23
2) Maintain a total air content between 4 and 6 percent. 24
3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 25
B. Concrete Placement Materials 26
27
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Reinforcing Steel 1
a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 2
Drawings. 3
b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in 4
the Drawings. 5
c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 6
material. 7
d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 8
e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 9
1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 10
2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 11
a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 12
3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 13
a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 14
only and do not bend them. 15
f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for 16
reinforcing in ASTM A615. 17
g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 18
h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 19
i. Spiral Reinforcement 20
1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 21
2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 22
ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 23
j. Bending 24
1) Bend all bars cold in a shop true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 25
2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 26
least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 27
3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 28
Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 29
4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 30
2. Fiber Reinforcing. 31
a. General 32
1) Use fiber reinforcing only when using Class A or B concrete when 33
specified in the Drawings. Do not use for structures or roadway paving. 34
2) Refer to Table 2 for concrete classes. 35
b. Material 36
1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 37
non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 38
exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 39
contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 40
2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 41
glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 42
3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 43
when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 44
modifications: 45
a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 46
b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 47
the specified required value. 48
c. Length and Size 49
1) Provide fibers minimum 2 inches in length. 50
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Testing 1
1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 2
requirements per this specification. 3
e. Rejection 4
1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 5
requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 6
removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 7
3. Tie Bars 8
a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 9
installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 10
b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 11
Drawings. 12
c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 13
d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 14
e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 15
f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 16
1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 17
Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 18
4. Dowel Bars 19
a. General 20
1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 21
Drawings. 22
2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 23
installation requirements. 24
b. Dowel Bars 25
1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 26
least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 27
2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 28
requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 29
diameter. 30
3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-31
bonding material. 32
4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 33
c. Dowel Caps 34
1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 35
expansion joint. 36
2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 37
range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 38
3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 39
have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of 40
the bar and the edge of the cap. 41
4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 42
the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 43
exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 44
5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 45
a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 46
roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 1
securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 2
paving. 3
c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 4
any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 5
d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 6
metal. 7
1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 8
immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 9
2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 10
in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 11
6. Epoxy 12
a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 13
b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 14
Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 15
c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 16
d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 17
extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed 18
with normal agitation. 19
e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 20
wastes. 21
f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 22
epoxy before disposal. 23
7. Evaporation Retardant 24
a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 25
8. Curing 26
a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 27
b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 28
DMS-4650. 29
1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 30
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31
2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 32
or its compounds. 33
3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-34
impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp 35
concrete. 36
4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 37
applied curing compound or faulty materials. 38
5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 39
6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 40
original containers only, with original label containing the following: 41
a) Manufacturer's name 42
b) Trade name of the material 43
c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 44
C. Concrete Mix Design 45
1. General 46
a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 1
approved by City. 2
c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 3
City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 4
replaced at no cost to the City. 5
d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 6
approved. 7
e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 8
approved. 9
f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 10
classes when designing the mixture. 11
g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 12
the requirements in this Section. 13
2. Cementitious Material 14
a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 15
unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 16
b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 17
placements. 18
3. Concrete Classes 19
a. General 20
1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 21
Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 22
2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 23
concrete class information. 24
b. Class P Concrete 25
1) Use air entraining admixture. 26
2) Class P1 Concrete 27
a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 28
alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 29
City. 30
3) Class P2 Concrete 31
a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 32
driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 33
concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34
c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 35
1) Use air entraining admixture. 36
2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 37
3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 38
by City. 39
4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 40
opened to traffic quickly. 41
5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 42
minimum 3,200 psi. 43
6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 44
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 2 1
Concrete Classes 2
Class
of
Concrete
Design
Strength1,
Min f’c
(psi)
Maximum
Water to
Cementitious
Material
Ratio
Coarse
Aggregate
Grades2,3
Cement
Types
Mix
Design
Options General Usage
4
A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8
Only
Cement
Types I,
II, I/II
are
allowed
1 and 2
Non-monolithic curb
and curb & gutter,
sidewalks, sidewalk
walls, and driveways.
B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7
Traffic signal
controller foundations,
small roadside signs,
and anchors
C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6 1 – 4
Culverts (except top
slab of direct traffic
culverts)
D 750 to
1,200 0.60 1 – 4 1
Concrete base material
for trench repair. Only
Type II cement is
allowed.
E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 1 – 4 Seal concrete
F5 Note 6 0.45 2 – 5 Note 6
Drilled shafts, bridge
substructure, bridge
railing, railroad
structures, retaining
wall (cast-in-place),
and concrete traffic
barrier (cast-in-place)
H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 1 – 4 Precast concrete
S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5 1 – 4
Riprap, bridge slabs,
top slabs of direct
traffic culverts,
approach slabs,
headwalls, wingwalls,
cast-in-place inlets and
manholes
P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3 1 – 4
Machine poured
concrete pavement and
monolithic curbs
P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 1 – 4
Hand poured concrete
pavement, monolithic
curbs, and decorative
concrete pavement
HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 Note 7
Concrete pavement and
concrete pavement
repair
1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 3
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 1
reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 2
aggregate in drilled shafts. 3
3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 4
4. For information only. 5
5. Structural concrete classes. 6
6. As shown on the Drawings. 7
7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 8
8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 9
hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 10
4. Slump 11
a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 12
specified in the Drawings. 13
b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 14
design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 15
c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 16
concrete placement. 17
d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will 18
be rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 19
Table 3 20
Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 21
Concrete Use1
Slump
Range2,
Inch
Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5
Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5
Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts,
concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6
Precast concrete 4 – 9
Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8
Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3
Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3
Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 4
Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign
foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material
for trench repair.
2 – 4
1. For information only. 22
2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 23
3. As shown on the Drawings. 24
5. Mix Design Options 25
a. Option 1: Replace 20 to 35 percent of the cement with Class F fly ash 26
b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with MFFA. 27
c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 28
F fly ash, MFFA, or UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be fly ash. 29
d. Option 4: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 30
C fly ash and at least 6 percent UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be Class C 31
fly ash. 32
33
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 1
a. Trial Batch 2
1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 3
of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 4
proposed for the project. 5
2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 6
in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 7
a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 8
b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 9
3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 10
4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 11
Table 4 12
Concrete Discharge Times 13
Fresh Concrete Temperature,
Degrees Fahrenheit
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Not Containing Type B
or D Admixtures,
Minimum
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Containing Type B or
D Admixtures2,
Minimum
90 and Above 45 75
Between 75 and 90 60 90
Below 75 90 120
1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640
2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture.
3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 16
1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 17
and replacement at no cost to the City. 18
B. Concrete Production Acceptance 19
1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 20
is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 21
slump, and compressive strength. 22
C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23
1. General 24
a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 25
and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 26
b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 27
c. 28
2. Placement Sampling 29
a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on 30
Table 5. 31
b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 32
concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 33
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 1
replacement at no cost to the City. 2
Table 5 3
Testing Frequencies 4
Concrete Placements Frequency
Bridge Deck Placements
Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic
yards or a fraction thereof specified by the
City.
All Other Structural Class Concrete
Placements
One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof per class per day as specified by the
City
Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof as specified by the City
3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 5
a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 6
b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 7
c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 8
lower than the minimum slump allowed per concrete type after addition of all 9
water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost 10
to the City. 11
Table 6 12
Fresh Concrete Tests 13
Tests Test Methods
Slump Tex-415-A
Temperature Tex-422-A
Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457
1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used.
1. Concrete Strength Test 14
a. General 15
1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 16
yards of concrete. 17
2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 18
accordance with ASTM C31. 19
3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 20
b. Sampling 21
1) Collect 4 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 22
placed for every 150-cubic yards, with no less than two sets of cylinders 23
taken from any one day’s paving activities. 24
2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 25
to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 26
test results to the City. 27
3) Test the 4 cylinders per the following: 28
a) 1 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 29
b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 30
c) 1 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 31
32
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Acceptance 1
1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 2
the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question 3
and have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance 4
with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 5
2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 6
meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 7
3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 8
strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-9
compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 10
4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 11
cost to the City. 12
2. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 13
a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 14
of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 15
may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 16
cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 17
b. Corrective Actions: 18
1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 19
will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final 20
inspection and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 21
2) Routing and Sealing: 22
a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 23
Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 24
3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 25
cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 26
4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 27
remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 28
subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 29
3. Aggregate Moisture Testing 30
a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 31
b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 32
D. Non-Conforming Work 33
1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 34
a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements 35
of this Section. 36
1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 37
to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38
b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 39
Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 40
the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 41
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 42
conformance of the mixture. 43
PART 3 - EXECUTION 44
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 45
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Batching Equipment 3
1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 4
00. 5
B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 6
1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 7
2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 8
3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 9
4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 10
5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 11
6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 12
7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 13
8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 14
9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 15
10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 16
11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 17
12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 18
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
28
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 30 00 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6
mixture design, and placement procedures. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 15
5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 17
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 22
subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-26
in-place concrete. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 30
2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 31
B. Definitions 32
1. Substructure 33
a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 34
Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 35
retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 36
elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 37
superstructure. 38
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Superstructure 1
a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 2
slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 3
superstructure elements as indicated. 4
C. Reference Standards 5
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7
unless a date is specifically cited. 8
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 9
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 10
a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 11
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 12
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 13
a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 14
b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 15
c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 16
d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 17
e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 18
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 19
Specifications (DMS): 20
a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 21
Retardants. 22
b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 23
c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 24
d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 25
Pads. 26
e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 28
1.5 SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32
A. Shop Drawings 33
1. Concrete Mix Design 34
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 35
2. Product Data 36
a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 37
accordance with Section 03 00 00: 38
1) Curing compounds 39
2) Evaporation retardant 40
3) Joint fillers 41
4) Chemical additives 42
5) Epoxy 43
6) Fiber reinforcing 44
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Bond breaker material 1
3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 2
a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 3
for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 4
b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 5
provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-6
in-place concrete. 7
4. Heat Control Plan 8
a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 9
concrete in the Drawings. 10
b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 11
in accordance with ACI 207. 12
1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 13
placement. 14
2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 15
c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 16
1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 17
cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 18
2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 19
3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 20
4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 21
5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 22
6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 23
7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 24
8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 25
B. Informational Submittals: 26
1. Source Locations 27
a. Location of all material sources 28
1. Testing Laboratory 29
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 30
laboratory used on the project: 31
1) Testing Laboratory Name 32
2) Location 33
3) Tests performed 34
a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 35
4) ACI Certification 36
a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 37
ACI certified. 38
2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 39
a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 40
1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 41
2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 42
3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 43
4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 44
b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 45
and to provide the necessary rigidity. 46
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 1
Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 2
information. 3
d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 4
proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 5
professional engineer in the state of Texas. 6
e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 7
forms. 8
f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 9
3. Equipment Information 10
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 11
1) Equipment name and description 12
2) Size 13
3) Intended use 14
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 19
00. 20
B. Storage and Stockpiling 21
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 22
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23
2. Steel Reinforcement 24
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 26
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 27
temperatures of material. 28
4. Epoxy 29
a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 30
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 31
A. Weather Conditions 32
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 33
2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 34
temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 35
3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 36
degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 37
4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 38
Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 39
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Concrete Production Materials 4
1. Concrete Class 5
a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 6
03 00 00. 7
2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 8
materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 9
13 13. 10
B. Concrete in Water 11
1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 12
content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 13
an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 14
C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 15
1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 16
2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 17
a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 18
specified in the Drawings. 19
b. Neat Epoxy 20
1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 21
c. Epoxy Mortar 22
1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 23
D. Jointing Materials 24
1. Joint Fillers 25
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 26
b. Superstructures 27
1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 28
Item 422 29
2. Joint Sealants 30
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 31
E. Waterstops 32
1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-33
6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34
F. Curing 35
1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 36
DMS-4650. 37
2. Cotton Mats 38
a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 39
least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 40
6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 41
of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 42
transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 1
c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 2
and extending along 1 side of the mat. 3
d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 4
cotton mats. 5
3. Burlap Mats 6
a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 7
ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 8
1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 9
2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 10
b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 11
c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 12
concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 13
d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 14
e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 15
burlap mats. 16
4. Polyethylene Sheeting 17
a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 18
visible defects. 19
b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 20
during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 21
temperature during mass pours. 22
5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 23
a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 24
white pigmented polyethylene. 25
b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 26
such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 27
solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 28
c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 29
G. Formwork Materials 30
1. Timber Forms 31
a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 32
compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 33
b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 34
grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 35
c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 36
d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 37
defects that will produce inferior work. 38
e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 39
1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 40
2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 41
completely enclosed; and 42
3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 43
f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 44
provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 45
g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 46
plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 47
otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 1
for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 2
Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 3
i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 4
under the imposed loads. 5
j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 6
scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 7
of wales near the bottom of each placement. 8
k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 9
supporting studs. 10
l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 11
direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 12
finish. 13
m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 14
nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 15
n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 16
measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 18
being placed. 19
p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 20
where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 21
2. Metal Forms 22
a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 23
require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 24
b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 25
bulging. 26
c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 27
d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 28
together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 29
e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 30
H. Repair Materials 31
1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 32
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Tests and Inspections 35
1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 36
a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
41
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Hauling 2
1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 3
2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 4
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5
3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 6
will be rejected. 7
4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 8
slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 9
necessary. 10
a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 11
5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 12
a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 13
slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 14
unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 15
b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 16
least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 17
mixing of the concrete. 18
c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 19
cementitious material ratio. 20
d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 21
discharged. 22
B. Transport and Discharging 23
1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 24
vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 25
2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 26
concrete coatings. 27
3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 28
4. Discharging Time 29
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
C. Concrete Temperature 31
1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 32
concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 33
a. Class C, F, or H 34
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 35
Fahrenheit. 36
b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 37
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 38
Fahrenheit. 39
c. Class A and B 40
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 41
Fahrenheit. 42
d. Mass Concrete 43
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 44
Fahrenheit. 45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Surface Preparation 1
1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 2
2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 3
3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 4
on them. 5
4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Superstructure Construction 8
1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 9
Item 422. 10
B. Schedule Restrictions 11
1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 12
a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 13
restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 14
testing requirements based on the site conditions. 15
b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-16
cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 17
the Drawings. 18
2. Setting Forms 19
a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 20
footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 21
b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 22
at least 2 curing days. 23
c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 24
d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 25
only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 26
and the member is properly supported. 27
e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 28
f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 29
substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 30
psi. 31
3. Placement of Superstructure Members 32
a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 33
substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 34
4. Opening to Traffic 35
a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 36
specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 37
curing period has ended. 38
b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 39
5. Post-Tensioned Construction 40
a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 41
designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 42
structural elements. 43
44
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Falsework and Forms 1
1. Falsework 2
a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 3
Specification Item 420. 4
2. Forms 5
a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 6
Specification Item 420. 7
b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 8
D. Drains 9
1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 10
E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 11
1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12
2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 13
the Drawings. 14
3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 15
approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 16
ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 17
F. Joints 18
1. Expansion Joints 19
a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 20
b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 21
concrete on 1 side of the joint. 22
c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 23
sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 24
d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 25
and again where necessary after surface finishing. 26
2. Construction Joints 27
a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 28
Drawings. 29
b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 30
c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 31
d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 32
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 33
e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 34
f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 35
horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 36
g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 37
dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 38
h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 39
is placed against it. 40
i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 41
condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 42
1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 43
damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 44
45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 1
placing subsequent concrete. 2
1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 3
saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 4
concrete. 5
k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 6
l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 7
by the City. 8
m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 9
bonding agent is required. 10
n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 11
concrete to hardened concrete. 12
o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 13
while the epoxy is still tacky. 14
p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 15
and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 16
q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17
recommendations. 18
G. Placing Concrete 19
1. General 20
a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 21
b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 22
c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 23
shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 24
d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 25
not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 26
fill the forms. 27
e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 28
f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 29
permitted. 30
g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 31
adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 32
with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 33
h. Re-Vibration 34
1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 35
verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 36
the City. 37
2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 38
to approval by the City. 39
3) General accepted timeframes include: 40
a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 41
b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 42
Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 43
2. In Cold Weather 44
a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 45
temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 46
concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 47
limits: 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 1
walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 2
culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 3
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 4
2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 5
(footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 6
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 7
b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 8
requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 9
concrete surfaces. 10
c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 11
ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 12
replace concrete at no cost to the City. 13
d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 14
Section 03 00 00. 15
3. In Hot Weather 16
a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 17
placement. 18
b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 19
aggregate stockpiles. 20
4. In Water 21
a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 22
approval from the City. 23
b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 24
through. 25
c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 26
d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 27
1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 28
the concrete after it has been placed. 29
e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 30
f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 31
g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 32
5. Mass Placements 33
a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 34
specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 35
b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 36
dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 37
1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 38
the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 39
2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 40
degrees Fahrenheit 41
3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 42
limitations. 43
4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 44
central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 45
degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 46
c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 47
other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 1
approved based on the heat control plan. 2
e. Install devices using the following parameters: 3
1) Measuring Surface Temperature 4
a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 5
2) Measuring Core Temperature 6
a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 7
nearest surface. 8
f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 9
g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 10
be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 11
1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 12
evaluated the mass concrete. 13
6. In Foundation and Substructure 14
a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 15
forms. 16
b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 17
proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 18
c. Footings 19
1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 20
inspected. 21
2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 22
from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 23
d. Columns 24
1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 25
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 26
2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 27
delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 28
concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 29
7. In Box Culverts 30
a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 31
the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 32
psi. 33
b. Finishing 34
1) Footing slab 35
a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 36
2) Direct traffic top slabs 37
a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 38
3) Other top slabs 39
a) Float finish 40
H. Extending Existing Substructures 41
1. Removal 42
a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 43
in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 44
b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 45
32 01 29. 46
c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 47
d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 48
unless directed to or approved by the City. 49
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 1
2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 2
a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 3
splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4
b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 5
Standard Specification Item 448. 6
3. Concrete Preparation 7
a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 8
placing forms. 9
b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 10
I. Consolidation 11
1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 12
vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 13
reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 14
2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 15
complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 16
reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 17
3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 18
4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 19
where applicable. 20
5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 21
6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 22
7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 23
along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 24
8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 25
completely consolidated. 26
9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 27
surface of all forms. 28
J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 29
1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 30
epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 31
2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 32
3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 33
grout or epoxy anchor systems. 34
4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 35
5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 36
Drawings. 37
6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 38
Drawings. 39
7. Hole Diameter Size 40
a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 41
b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 42
bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 1
the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 2
manufacturer. 3
8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 4
substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 5
9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 6
from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 7
10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 8
a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 9
11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 10
holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 11
12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 12
13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 13
K. Finishing of Surfaces 14
1. Standard Surfaces 15
a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 16
b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 17
textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 18
as directed by the City. 19
c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 20
Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 21
unable to be repaired. 22
d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 23
exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 24
City: 25
1) Inside and top of inlets 26
2) Inside and top of manholes 27
3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 28
4) Inside of culvert barrels 29
e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 30
culvert barrels. 31
2. Horizontal Surfaces 32
a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 33
b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 34
c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 35
1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 36
toward the edge 37
2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 38
d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 39
Specification Item 441. 40
e. Finish 41
1) Standard 42
a) Smooth trowel finish 43
2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 44
spans 45
a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 46
3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 47
buildups 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Textured, wood float finish 1
4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 2
inch in all directions. 3
f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 4
or a construction joint. 5
g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 6
bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 7
h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 8
or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 9
10
Figure 1 11
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 12
Figure 2 13
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 14
15
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Curing 1
1. General 2
a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 3
b. Curing Day 4
1) Standard 5
a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 6
at least 19 hours. 7
2) Cold Day 8
a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 9
degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 10
c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 11
accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 12
d. Curing Locations 13
1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 14
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 15
2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 16
3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 17
membrane curing. 18
4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 19
placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 20
but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 21
5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 22
e. Curing Timeframes: 23
1) Standard 24
a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 25
2) Vertical Surfaces 26
a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 27
curing. 28
b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 29
accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 30
Drawings, or as directed by the City. 31
c) HPC concrete 32
(1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 33
cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 34
specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 35
3) Mass Concrete 36
a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 37
the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 38
manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 39
directed by the City. 40
f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 41
2. Form Curing 42
a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 43
required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 44
b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 45
curing period. 46
3. Water Curing 47
a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 48
curing timeframe. 49
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 1
leaves a residue. 2
4. Blankets 3
a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 4
in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 5
b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 6
c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 7
d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 8
enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 9
enclosure. 10
1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 11
concrete wet. 12
5. Membrane Curing 13
a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 14
b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 15
unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 16
as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 17
c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 18
will later form a construction joint. 19
d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 20
recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 21
e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 22
manufacturer. 23
f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 24
M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 25
1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 26
2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 27
unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 28
3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 29
for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 30
compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 31
4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 32
concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 33
5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 34
does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 35
6. Metal Appliances: 36
a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 37
inch from the concrete surface. 38
b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 39
c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 40
or if it will need to be replaced. 41
d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 42
appliances at no cost to the City. 43
7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 44
Drawings or as directed by the City. 45
3.5 REPAIR 46
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 1
1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 2
honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 3
2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 4
3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 5
latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 6
patch with the surrounding concrete. 7
4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 8
exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 9
5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 10
repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 11
specified. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 15
1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16
B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 17
1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18
C. Non-Conforming Work 19
1. General 20
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 21
specified in this Section. 22
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 23
concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 24
the City. 25
c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 26
2. Aggregates 27
a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 28
City may reject the aggregates. 29
3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 30
a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 31
Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 32
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 33
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 34
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 35
conformance of the mixture. 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 34 13 1
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use as flowable backfill. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 19
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 20
1.3 REFERENCES 21
A. Acronyms 22
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material. 23
B. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 29
Field. 30
b. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 31
c. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 32
Specimens. 33
d. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34
e. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by 35
the Pressure Method. 36
f. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 37
g. C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 38
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 39
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Sieve analysis 6
1. Analyses of fine and coarse aggregates proposed to be used. 7
a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials. 8
2. Mix 9
a. Full details, including mix design calculations for proposed mix. 10
B. Trial batch test data 11
1. Data for each test cylinder. 12
2. Data identifying mix and slump for each test cylinder. 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
2.2 MATERIALS 22
A. Materials 23
1. Portland Cement: 24
a. Type II low alkali Portland cement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
2. Fly Ash in accordance with ASTM C618. 26
3. Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
4. Admixtures: 28
a. Air entrainer in accordance with ASTM C260. 29
5. Fine Aggregate: 30
a. Concrete sand (not required to be in accordance with ASTM C33). 31
b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 32
c. No plastic fines shall be present. 33
6. Coarse Aggregate: 34
a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8-inch. 35
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Mixes 1
1. Performance requirements 2
a. Total calculated air content 3
1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent. 4
b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength 5
1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days. 6
c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength 7
1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days. 8
2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could 9
be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if 10
necessary. 11
d. Slump 12
1) Greater than 9 inches and sufficient to allow the material to flow freely 13
during placement. 14
e. Wet density 15
1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot. 16
f. Color 17
1) No coloration required unless noted. 18
2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval. 19
2. Suggested mix design: 20
Material Weight Specific Gravity
Absolute Volume
Cubic Foot
Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15
Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09
Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54
Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70
TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00
21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23
A. Trial Batch 24
1. After mix design has been accepted by City, have trial batch of the accepted mix 25
design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to City. 26
2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates 27
proposed to be used for the Work. 28
3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, 29
consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. 30
31
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Test Cylinders 1
1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 2
exceptions: 3
a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the 4
mix. 5
b. Do not rod the concrete mix. 6
c. Strike off the excess material. 7
2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 8
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal 9
bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 10
3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and 11
tested. 12
4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads: 13
a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 14
b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter 15
than the test cylinders. 16
c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum 17
age of 3 days. 18
C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in 19
accordance with ASTM C39 with the following exceptions: 20
1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to 21
or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 22
maximum compression strength. 23
D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the requirements for strength or density, revise and 24
resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an 25
acceptable trial batch is produced in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 26
1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by Contractor. 27
2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix 28
design, trial batches, and test information. 29
E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions: 30
1. Do not rod the concrete material. 31
2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 32
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 33
PART 3 - EXECUTION 34
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 35
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 36
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 37
38
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Placement 2
1. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of 3
compressive strength and density: 4
a. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that 5
could be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM to 4 feet or the lift height 6
indicated on the Drawings, whichever is less. 7
1) Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last lift of CLSM has set and 8
gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the weight of the 9
next lift of CLSM. 10
b. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 11
maintenance of its fluid properties. 12
c. Transport and place material so it flows easily around, beneath, or through 13
walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures. 14
d. Maintain slump developed for trial batch during construction at all times within 15
1-inch +/-. 16
e. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability 17
(where required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting, self 18
densifying, and has sufficient plasticity so compaction or mechanical vibration 19
is not required. 20
f. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line 21
and grade of pipe. 22
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Quality Control Testing 26
1. Perform testing to determine whether the CLSM, as being produced during the 27
process of construction, is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 28
a. Make and deliver test cylinders to testing laboratory at the Contractor’s 29
expense. 30
2. Test cylinders 31
a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 32
exceptions: 33
1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle 34
the mix. 35
2) Do not rod the concrete mix. 36
3) Strike off the excess material. 37
b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities. 38
Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not 39
sprinkle water directly on the cylinders. 40
c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container, such as a Styrofoam 41
or similar lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders, for 42
transport to the laboratory for testing. 43
d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 44
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only 45
minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 46
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped 1
and tested. 2
f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene 3
pads: 4
1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 5
2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick and 1/2 inch larger in 6
diameter than the test cylinders. 7
3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a 8
minimum age of 3 days. 9
3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the City. 10
a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39 11
except as modified herein. 12
b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or 13
greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 14
maximum compression strength. 15
4. Test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after discharge 16
from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231. 17
5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with 18
the following exceptions: 19
a. Do not rod the concrete material. 20
b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 21
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 22
6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make 23
corrections to the mix design to be in accordance with the requirements of this 24
Section. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32
END OF SECTION 33
34
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
35
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 80 00 1
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including manholes, junction boxes, 6
vaults, retaining walls, wingwalls, headwalls, and culverts. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16
6. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures materials, equipment, tools, 22
testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the structure or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 26
Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 33
Specifications (DMS): 34
a. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives. 35
3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying curing 7
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used on 8
the project. 9
2. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy including: 10
a. Manufacturer name 11
b. Date 12
c. Material description 13
d. Point of delivery 14
e. Data and test results as required in this Section 15
f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 16
Compounds 17
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 18
h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 19
i. Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 20
3. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 21
a. Resin or hardener components 22
b. Brand name 23
c. Name of manufacturer 24
d. Lot or batch number 25
e. Temperature range for storage 26
f. Date of manufacture 27
g. Expiration date 28
h. Quantity contained 29
B. Information Submittals 30
1. Equipment Information 31
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 32
1) Equipment name and description 33
2) Size 34
3) Intended use 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 41
66 00. 42
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 6
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 7
B. Controlled Low Strength Material 8
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13. 9
C. Steel Reinforcement 10
1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11
D. Epoxy Bonding Agent 12
1. Provide a two component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy 13
resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete in accordance with 14
DMS-6100, Type V. 15
E. Backfill material 16
1. Trenches 17
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 05. 18
2. Retaining walls 19
a. In accordance with Section 32 32 00. 20
F. Repair Mortars 21
1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement-22
based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical 23
surfaces. 24
G. Pipe Penetration Sealants 25
1. Provide one component polyurethane, bentonite-free, extrudable swelling waterstop 26
that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water, and capable of withstanding 27
wet/dry cycling. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
33
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.2 EXAMINATION 1
A. Verification of Conditions 2
1. Examine existing structure to be modified for damage or defects that may affect 3
modification. 4
a. Report issue to City for review before beginning modification. 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Connection Surface Preparation 7
1. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting 8
materials from the surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or grinding. 9
a. Irregular voids or surface stones do not need to be removed if they are sound, 10
free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the City's 11
final inspection. 12
B. Reinforcing Steel Preparation 13
1. Clean reinforcing steel shown to be incorporated in new concrete of existing 14
demolished concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose 15
material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. 16
2. If reinforcing steel is exposed, clean by wire brush or other similar means to 17
remove all contaminants. 18
3. If half of the diameter or more of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out a 19
minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. 20
4. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as specified in the Drawings and provide with 21
1-inch minimum cover all around. 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. General 24
1. When drilling holes for dowels or bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if 25
rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the City 26
and Engineer. 27
2. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the City and Engineer. 28
B. Concrete Removal 29
1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the 30
Drawings by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas 31
where concrete is to be taken out. 32
a. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 33
2. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing 34
to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 35
3. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new 36
material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment 37
of epoxy to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 38
4. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete 39
will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, 40
provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at 41
the edge of concrete removal. 42
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Modification 1
1. When doweling in new concrete to existing structure, drill a hole 1/4 inch larger 2
than the diameter of the dowel. 3
a. Thoroughly clean the hole of all loose particles and dust and blow clean with 4
filtered compressed air prior to installing epoxy. 5
2. Roughen the existing concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or 6
grinding prior to placing grout, epoxy, or new concrete. 7
3. Place concrete as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 03 30 8
00. 9
3.5 REPAIR 10
A. Repair damaged concrete specified to be left in place in accordance with the TxDOT 11
Concrete Repair Manual. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 00 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All labor, materials, and equipment required to install, test, and provide an 6
operational electrical system as specified in the Drawings 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Division 26 – Electrical. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each electrical service installed 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 22
unit price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Electrical Service” for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing all the components of the electrical service as 27
specified by the Drawings 28
2) All necessary permits and fees and other costs 29
3) Coordinating with the utility company for all work and materials provided 30
by the utility company 31
4) Poles 32
5) Service supports 33
6) Foundations 34
7) Anchor bolts 35
8) Riprap 36
9) Enclosures 37
10) Switches 38
11) Breakers 39
12) Service conduit 40
13) Fittings 41
14) Service conductors 42
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15) Brackets 1
16) Bolts 2
17) Hangers 3
18) Hardware 4
19) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 5
20) Excavation 6
21) Disposal of excess material 7
22) Haul off 8
23) Cleanup 9
2. Relocate Electrical Service 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per each electrical service relocated. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 15
unit price bid per each for “Relocate Electrical Service” for: 16
a) Various types. 17
b) Various sizes. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Disconnecting and isolating the existing electrical service as specified in 20
the Drawings 21
2) Relocating the service supports 22
3) New service support foundation 23
4) Furnishing and compacting of backfill 24
5) Paying all fees, permits, and other costs 25
6) Coordination with the utility company for all work and materials provided 26
by the utility company 27
7) Removal and disconnection of equipment and materials 28
8) Poles 29
9) Service supports 30
10) Foundations 31
11) Anchor bolts 32
12) Riprap 33
13) Enclosures 34
14) Switches 35
15) Breakers 36
16) Service conduit 37
17) Fittings 38
18) Service conductors 39
19) Brackets 40
20) Bolts 41
21) Hangers 42
22) Hardware 43
23) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 44
24) Excavation 45
25) Disposal of excess material 46
26) Haul off 47
27) Cleanup 48
49
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Remove Electrical Service 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each of the electrical service removed 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 6
unit price bid of each for “Remove Electrical Service” for: 7
a) Various types. 8
b) Various sizes. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Coordination with the utility company to disconnect and isolate the 11
electrical service 12
2) Removing the service supports 13
3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 14
4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 15
5) 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 22
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 23
a. Item 441, “Steel Structures” 24
b. Item 445, “Galvanizing” 25
c. Item 449, “Anchor Bolts” 26
d. Item 618, “Conduit” 27
e. Item 620, “Electrical Conductors” 28
f. Item 627, “Treated Timber Poles” 29
g. Item 628, “Electrical Services” 30
h. Item 656, “Foundations for Traffic Control Devices” 31
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 32
Specifications (DMS): 33
a. DMS-11080, “Electrical Services” 34
3. TxDOT Material Producer List (MPL) 35
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 36
5. National Electrical Code (NEC) 37
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 38
7. Canadian Electrical Code (CSA) 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Coordination 41
1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 42
Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 43
Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 44
references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 45
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 1
the Specifications. 2
B. Service and Metering 3
1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 4
Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 5
power company. 6
2. Power company responsibilities: 7
a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 8
b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 9
lightning arresters and grounding 10
c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 11
d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted 12
transformer) 13
e. Furnishing and installing transformer 14
f. Terminating underground primary cables 15
g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 16
h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 17
i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 18
3. Contractor responsibilities: 19
a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 20
b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 21
transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 22
c. Installing meter base 23
d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 24
current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 25
approved by the power company 26
e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 27
4. City responsibilities: 28
a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 29
b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 30
C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 31
1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
40
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MANUFACTURER / MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 11
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 12
a. Manufacturers on this list shall be in accordance with this Section and related 13
Sections. 14
2. Electrol Systems Meter Pedestal, Stainless Steel: 15
a. TY D (120/240)070(NS)SS(E)PS(U), or 16
b. Approved equal. 17
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 18
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 19
B. Materials 20
1. Provide materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements 21
of this Item, and the pertinent requirements of the following TxDOT specifications: 22
a. Item 441 23
b. Item 445 24
c. Item 449 25
d. Item 618 26
e. Item 620 27
f. Item 627 28
g. Item 656 29
2. Provide new materials, except where specified in the Drawings to be reused. 30
3. For the installation of electrical services, use new materials that meet the 31
requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA, and are in accordance with DMS-32
11080, “Electrical Services.” 33
4. Provide prequalified electrical services prequalified from TxDOT’s MPL. Notify 34
the City in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each 35
project. 36
5. Pedestal Service shall be custom made in accordance with the Contract Documents 37
a. Supplied with 100 amp main breaker 38
b. 1-50a/1p for traffic signal 39
c. 1-20a/2p for lighting 40
d. 1-15a/1p for control circuit interior photo cell with windows 41
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Hand-off-Auto Selector Switch 1
f. 200 amp meter socket 2
6. Pedestal service type shall be used unless otherwise approved by the City. 3
7. Pedestal service enclosure shall be aluminum and light green in color. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION 9
A. Interpretation of Drawings 10
1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 11
equipment. 12
2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 13
raceway installation. 14
3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 15
receptacles prior to installation. 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 INSTALLATION 18
A. Installation 19
1. General 20
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings an in accordance with the 21
requirements of this Section. 22
b. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing, relocating, 23
or removing electrical services located near overhead or underground utilities. 24
1) Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 25
2. Installation 26
a. Furnish and install electrical service equipment. 27
b. Ensure components of the electrical service meet the requirements of the 28
Contract Documents. 29
c. Follow NEC and local utility company requirements when installing the 30
electrical equipment. 31
1) Coordinate the utility companies’ work for providing service. 32
3. Relocation 33
a. Coordinate relocation with the appropriate utility company before beginning 34
work. 35
b. Remove and reinstall existing electrical service in accordance with this Section. 36
1) Replace or add circuit breakers as specified in the Drawings. 37
38
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Removal 1
a. Coordinate removal with the appropriate utility company before beginning 2
work. 3
1) Before the removal of the electrical service, disconnect and isolate any 4
existing electrical service equipment in accordance with the utility 5
company’s requirements. 6
b. Remove existing electrical service support a minimum of 2 feet below finished 7
grade unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8
c. Repair the remaining hole by backfilling with material equal in composition 9
and density to the surrounding area. 10
d. Replace any surfacing such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap with like 11
material to equivalent condition. 12
e. Disconnect conductors and remove them from the conduit. 13
1) Cut off all protruding conduit 6 inches below finished grade. 14
2) Abandoned conduit need not be removed unless specified in the Drawings. 15
f. Reconnect conductors and conduit to be reused when specified in the Drawings. 16
1) Any necessary splices should be made in ground boxes, unless otherwise 17
specified in the Drawings, and approved by City. 18
g. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials, and dispose of them in 19
accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 20
B. Phase Balancing 21
1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 22
balanced loads across all phases. 23
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 27
A. Tests and Settings 28
1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 29
2. Repair or replace all defective work as directed by City. 30
3. Adjust the systems as specified and/or required in accordance with manufacturer 31
and utility requirements. 32
4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, perform the following tests: 33
a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 34
b. Submit test reports required by the utility comapny and data within 30 days 35
after the test. 36
c. Include names of all test personnel. 37
d. Initial each test. 38
5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 39
6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 40
and enclosures by producing a 1-2-3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 41
connected to A, B, and C phases. 42
7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 43
motor starters, and control equipment. 44
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Check interlocking, control, and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 1
system to prove the system will function as specified in the Drawings. 2
9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance. 3
10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments, and test equipment. 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 10 1
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and testing of all equipment, wiring, and appurtenances as may be 6
required to perform electrical demolition. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Demolition for Electrical System 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per lump sum for removing and salvaging electrical system. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per lump sum for “Remove and Salvage Electrical Equipment.” 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Removing and salvaging electrical equipment as specified by the Drawings 24
2) Excavation 25
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 26
4) Hauling 27
5) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES. 29
A. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Coordination 35
1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 36
2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with 37
the removal of the associated equipment. 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 8
1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location 9
designated by the City. 10
a. The City will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 11
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 12
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13
66 00. 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION 24
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. 25
B. Verify abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 26
C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 27
28
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. 2
B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number 3
of outages. 4
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service 5
during construction. 6
D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel 7
experienced in such operations. 8
E. Existing Electrical Service 9
1. Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for 10
service. 11
F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. 12
G. Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance before partially or completely 13
disabling the system. 14
3.4 REMOVAL 15
A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. 16
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of electrical supply. 17
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible 18
ceiling finishes. 19
1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. 20
D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 21
1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 22
2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. 23
E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. 24
F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. 25
G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension 26
work. 27
H. Maintain access to existing installations that are to remain active. Modify installation or 28
provide access to panels as appropriate. 29
I. If portions of raceway system are to be demolished or revised, remaining raceway 30
system shall be in accordance with this and all related Sections. 31
1. If necessary, provide and install equipment to ensure acceptable raceway system. 32
J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. 33
K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration. Conduct the Work so as to avoid any damage to 34
the surroundings. 35
L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 36
1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation 37
equipment specified to be removed from the site. 38
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Deliver the City’s equipment to a site designated by the City. 1
3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the 2
materials and dispose of them properly. 3
4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of 4
demolition and the City will designate which items are to remain the property of the 5
City. 6
a. Any material not designated to remain the property of the City, or removed 7
from the Site during demolition, shall become the property of the Contractor 8
and shall be promptly removed from the Site. 9
1) Any material removed from the Site during demolition shall also become 10
the property of the Contractor. 11
5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent 12
damage during the demolition process. 13
a. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet 14
heads and punching shanks through holes. 15
b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City’s equipment or material. 16
6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. 17
a. Loose components may be removed separately. 18
b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and 19
handled separately. 20
c. Large units may be handled separately. 21
d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in 22
sections. 23
M. Refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place that is damaged by the 24
demolition operations. 25
1. Repair damaged parts to a condition equal to or better than that found at the start of 26
the work. 27
3.5 RESTORATION 28
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or are to be reused. 29
B. Panelboards 30
1. Clean exposed surfaces. 31
2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 32
3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 33
4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 34
5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 40
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 41
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 13 1
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Zinc Coated Steel Wire 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wire installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 20
unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire” installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
b) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing Zinc Coated Cable 25
2) Testing wire strands 26
2. Remove Zinc Coated Steel Wire 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wires removed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 32
unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire Removal.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Removal and disposal of Zinc Coated Steel Wire 35
2) Clean-up 36
37
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6
a. A475, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 7
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 8
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT). 9
a. Item 625, Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Product Data: 16
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 23
66 00. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 28
A. Refer to the Contract Documents to determine if any equipment and material will be 29
furnished by the City. 30
2.2 MATERIALS 31
A. Materials 32
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire 33
a. Provide new materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 625 and ASTM A475, 34
Utilities Grade or better, class A coating. 35
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Furnish 7 wires per strand. 1
c. In accordance with the following: 2
3
Nominal
Diameter of
Strand
Nominal
Diameter of
Coated
Wires
Approx.
Weight per
1,000 ft.
Minimum
Breaking
Strength
Minimum
Zinc
Coating Wt.
Class A
(in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (oz./sq. ft.)
3/16 0.065 80 2,400 0.50
1/4 0.080 121 4,750 0.60
9/32 0.093 164 4,600 0.70
5/16 0.109 225 6,000 0.80
3/8 0.120 273 11,500 0.85
7/16 0.145 399 18,000 0.90
1/2 0.165 517 25,000 0.90
4
d. Supply new material. 5
e. Remove drips, runs, sharp points, voids, and damage from the zinc coating. 6
f. Samples from each roll of each diameter of strand will be taken. 7
1) Replace strands not in accordance with this Section. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 14
3.4 INSTALLATION 15
A. Install strands as specified in the Drawings. 16
1. Splicing is not permitted. 17
B. Ground strand to the grounding conductor at each pole when used as a messenger cable 18
or span wire. 19
1. Metal poles may be used as the grounding conductor. 20
2. Ensure a resistance less than 1 ohm from the strand to the ground. 21
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 22
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 19 1
SIGNAL CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and Removal of Multi-conductor Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 26 05 34 – Conduit. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Furnish and Install Multi-conductor Cable 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable furnished and installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per linear foot of “Furnish/Install Multi-conductor Cable” for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2. Remove Multi-conductor Cable 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable removed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 33
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Multi-conductor Cable” for: 34
a) Various types. 35
b) Various sizes. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Removal of Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the Drawings 38
39
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. AWG: American wire gauge 3
2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 4
B. Reference Standards 5
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7
unless a date is specifically cited. 8
2. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 9
Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges (TxDOT): 10
a. Item 684, Traffic Signal Cables. 11
3. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification: 12
a. DMS-11110, Traffic Signal Cable. 13
4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 14
5. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 15
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 21
1. Multi-conductor cable. 22
2. Power lead-in cable. 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 29
66 00. 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34
35
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Materials 2
1. In accordance with TxDOT Item 684. 3
2. All traffic signal cable conductors for both vehicle and pedestrian heads shall be 4
multi-conductor capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for use at 5
conductor temperatures not exceeding 75 degrees C (167 degrees F). 6
3. Multi-conductor cable shall be either stranded IMSA 19-1 or 20-1, #14 AWG, 7
stranded copper wire. 8
4. Ensure fillers are non-metallic, moisture resistant, non-wicking material. 9
5. Supply cables shall be clearly labeled with the name of the manufacturer and the 10
IMSA specification number in indent printing at 2 foot intervals to the outer surface 11
of the jacket. 12
6. All proprietary equipment cabling shall be manufacturer supplied and properly 13
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 14
7. All electrical connectors for breakaway poles shall be breakaway (Buchannan 65U, 15
Bussman HEBW Littlefuse LEF, or equal). 16
8. All electrical connections for neutrals shall be breakaway, shall have a white color 17
marking, and shall have permanently installed solid neutral Buchannan 20U 18
Bussman HET Littlefuse LET or equal. 19
9. Breakaway fuse holders shall be 1-pole or 2-pole, watertight, breakaway, in-line 20
fused connector designed for used with breakaway pole bases that meet the 21
following requirements: 22
a. UL listed, 600-V-rated. 23
b. Prevent energized parts from being exposed after breaking away. 24
c. Have breakaway connector boots that fit multiple wire sizes (may be dual wire 25
“feed-in-feed-out type”). 26
d. Have neutral connectors marked white. 27
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
PART 3 - EXECUTION 30
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 32
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 33
3.4 INSTALLATION 34
A. Special Techniques 35
1. Cables shall be installed in conduit unless indicated as an "overhead" cable run. 36
a. All conduits must be in accordance with Section 26 05 34. 37
b. Conduit must be continuous, reasonably dry, completely free of debris, and 38
without sharp projections, edges, or short bends. 39
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. If required by the City, the Contractor shall demonstrate the conduit is dry and free 1
of debris by pulling a swab and/or mandrel through the conduit. 2
a. The conductors shall be installed to ensure against harmful stretching of the 3
conductors or damage to the insulation. 4
3. Installation methods shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the cable 5
manufacturer. 6
4. At the request of the City, furnish a copy of the manufacturer's recommendations 7
which shall include methods of attaching pull cable, pulling tension per conductor 8
size and per radius of conduit bend, and the type of lubricant to be used. 9
5. All cables in a given conduit run shall be pulled at the same time and the 10
conductors shall be assembled to form 1 loop so the pulling tension is equally 11
distributed to all the cables. 12
a. Use pulling eyes for long, hard pulls. 13
b. For short runs, the cables may be gripped directly by the conductors by forming 14
them into a loop to which the pull wire or rope can be attached. 15
c. The insulation on each conductor shall be removed before the loop is formed. 16
d. The method used will depend on the anticipated maximum pulling tension in 17
each case. 18
6. If new cables are to replace existing cables within existing conduit, the existing 19
cables may be used to pull in the new cables. 20
7. Where new cables are to be added to existing cable runs: 21
a. Pull existing cables out of cable run. 22
b. Add new cables to existing cables such that the combined wires from 1 cable 23
pull. 24
8. Installation and removal shall be done in such a way as to prevent damage to the 25
existing and/or new cables. 26
a. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall repair and/or replace damaged 27
cables at no cost to the City. 28
9. All conduit runs shall be measured accurately and precisely for determining cable 29
lengths to be installed. 30
a. City shall be present for all conduit run measurements taken. 31
b. City shall record all cable measurements and include the distances on an as-32
built drawing. 33
10. Where new cables are to replace existing cables, removed cables may be used as a 34
measuring device to determine the lengths of the new cables to be installed. 35
a. Accurate measurements of all cable lengths. 36
11. Contractor shall keep in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended 37
maximum pulling tensions at all times. 38
12. If required by the City, insert a dynamometer in the pull wire as the cables are being 39
pulled into the conduit to demonstrate that the maximum tensions are not being 40
exceeded. 41
13. The cable shall be fed freely off the reel into the conduit without making a reverse 42
curve. 43
14. At the pulling end, the pull wire and cables shall be drawn from the conduit in 44
direct line with the conduit. 45
15. Sheaves or other suitable devices shall be used as required to reduce any hazards to 46
the cable during installation. 47
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
16. The cables shall be adequately lubricated to reduce friction and further minimize 1
possible damage. 2
a. Such lubricants shall not be the grease or oil type used on lead sheathed cables 3
but shall be one of several commercially available wire pulling compounds that 4
are suitable for PVC sheathed cables. 5
b. They shall consist of soap, talc, mica, or similar materials and shall be designed 6
to have no deleterious effect on the cables being used. 7
17. Cables shall be neatly trained to their destinations. 8
18. Keep cable in accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommended values for 9
the minimum bending radii to which cables may be bent for permanent training 10
during installation. 11
a. These limits do not apply to conduit bends, sheaves, or other curved surfaces 12
around which these cables may be pulled under tension while being installed. 13
b. Larger radius bends are required for such conditions. 14
B. Wire and Cable 15
1. All wire and cable shall be as specified in the Drawings, except wire and cable 16
specifically covered by other Sections of the Contract Documents. 17
2. Controller Cabinet Wiring 18
a. Wiring for the controller cabinet shall consist of connecting signal wires, 19
vehicle detection wires, power wires, ground wires, and pedestrian push button 20
wires to their respective terminals in the cabinet. 21
b. In the controller cabinet, stranded signal conductors from the field shall be 22
stripped back and a solderless terminal connector (spade lug) shall be attached 23
by means of a crimping tool. 24
c. These terminal Connectors shall be inserted under the binder head screw and 25
tightened securely. 26
d. Other wiring for the controller shall be completed as shown on the wiring 27
diagrams and in the instructions furnished with the controller by the 28
manufacturer. 29
e. All field wiring in cabinets shall be neatly installed. Incoming cables shall be 30
trained to their destination and neatly laced together. 31
1) All spare wires shall be trimmed and neatly coiled with the ends taped. 32
2) Detector lead-in cables shall have their insulation jackets removed from 33
their terminal strip connection to the bottom of the cabinet. 34
f. Pedestrian push buttons shall have a ground wire completely isolated and 35
independent from all other ground wires. 36
1) This wire shall be connected to the designated terminal in the controller 37
cabinet. 38
2) A pedestrian isolation board shall be in place. 39
g. Individual conductors between the controller and signal pole base shall be #14 40
AWG. 41
3. Signal Head Wiring 42
1) No splicing of cable shall be allowed. 43
2) Each cable shall be identified with permanent marking labels (Panduit type 44
PLM standard single marker tie, Thomas and Betts type 548M or 45
equivalent) at each ground box, pole base, and controller, as specified in the 46
Drawings. 47
3) Traffic signal cable within the signal poles and arms shall be #14 AWG. 48
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Additional lengths of each wire are required. 1
a. The wire that passes through or terminates in: 2
1) A ground box – Minimum 6 feet 3
2) The cabinet – Minimum 15 feet, and/or 4
3) A steel mast arm vertical pole – Minimum 6 feet 5
b. For Span wire assemblies: 6
1) At each pole – 15 feet 7
2) At each signal head – 6 feet 8
c. Depending on local conditions, other lengths of wire not listed herein may be 9
required and will be determined on site by the City. 10
5. No splicing will be allowed for any type of wiring, unless approved by the City. 11
a. Exceptions are where manufacture’s supplied cable/wire requires continuation 12
for connection to applicable terminus. All splicing techniques shall be in 13
accordance with manufacture’s recommendations/requirements and approved in 14
writing by the City prior to beginning work. 15
6. Wiring hole locations are to be marked by the Contractor and approved by the City 16
prior to drilling for the item it is intended to serve. 17
7. All conductors shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s loading 18
standards/requirements. 19
8. Terminals 20
a. The ends of all stranded wires from the controller cabinet and from the signal 21
heads shall be twisted at least 3 turns and wire nut applied in the base of the 22
signal structure. 23
9. Identification of Signal Wires and Cables 24
a. IMSA color coded signal cable shall be used for all signal systems. 25
1) Colors shall be continuous from the point of origin to the point of 26
termination. 27
b. Each signal cable, detector lead-in cable and communication cable shall be 28
designated with permanent marking labels or (Panduit type PLM, Thomas and 29
Betta type 548M standard single marker type or equivalent) and color-coded 30
tape at each pull box and in the controller cabinet. 31
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Field Tests and Inspections 35
1. The City may require all cables be checked for insulation resistance upon 36
installation and prior to termination. The tests shall be made with a test set 37
operating at a minimum of 500 volts DC applied to the conductors. 38
2. Each conductor in the multi-conductor signal cables shall be tested for insulation 39
resistance relative to each other and to the outer covering of the cable. The 40
minimum acceptance value for insulation resistance shall be 1 megohm. 41
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 42
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 43
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 44
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 20 1
TRAY CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and Removal of Tray Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Tray Cable 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of tray cable installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
b) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing tray cable as specified by the Drawings 25
2. Remove Tray Cable 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per linear foot of Tray Cable removed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 31
unit price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” removed for: 32
a) Various types. 33
b) Various sizes. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Removal of tray cable as specified by the Drawings 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 38
1. NRTL: nationally recognized testing laboratory 39
2. D/C: direct current 40
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 1
4. XHHW: cross linked polyethylene, high heat resistance, water resistance 2
B. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5
unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 7
a. ASTM B3, Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 8
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 9
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 10
a. Item 621, Tray Cable. 11
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Materials 12
Specification: 13
a. DMS-11050, Tray Cable. 14
5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 15
a. 383, Standard for Qualifying Electric Cables and Splices for Nuclear Facilities. 16
6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 17
7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 18
8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 19
9. Underwriters Laboratory (UL): 20
a. Subject 1277, Standard for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with 21
Optional Optical-Fiber Members. 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS 24
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 25
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 31
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 32
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 33
66 00. 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. General Requirements 4
1. Provide new materials listed for the intended use in accordance with the NEC and 5
NEMA standards. 6
a. Provide components in accordance with the UL. 7
b. When UL is referenced, consider materials certified by any current NRTL in 8
accordance with the OSHA website. 9
2. Faulty fabrication or poor workmanship in materials, equipment, or installation will 10
be justification for rejection. 11
3. Provide manufacturer’s warranties or guarantees when offered as a customary trade 12
practice. 13
4. Provide round tray cable with non-hygroscopic filler suitable for direct earth burial 14
in wet location, for installation outdoors in conduit, or as an aerial cable supported 15
by a messenger where sunlight-resistant rating is required. 16
5. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket by permanent printing to 17
show the insulation type, rating, and manufacturer. 18
a. Apply markings at 2-foot maximum intervals. 19
B. Conductors 20
1. Provide new 3 or 4 individually insulated soft annealed copper conductors in 21
accordance with ASTM B 3 and as specified in the Drawings. 22
2. In accordance with UL Subject 1277 and NEC requirements. 23
3. Provide tray cable rated for a minimum of 600 V, 90°C dry and 75°C wet, unless 24
other insulation type or rating is specified in the Drawings. 25
4. In accordance with the 70,000-btu “Cable Tray Propagation Test” in IEEE 383 and 26
in accordance with the 210,000-btu flame test to show reserve capabilities. 27
5. Ensure the cable is in accordance with the following: 28
a. Provide individually insulated conductors with XHHW insulation and an 29
overall PVC jacket. 30
b. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket at 2-foot maximum 31
intervals by indent printing to show the insulation type, rating, and 32
manufacturer. 33
c. Assemble round conductors and provide non-hygroscopic filler to prevent 34
flattening of cable. 35
d. Ensure cable is suitable for use outdoors under exposure to ultraviolet light and 36
in wet locations. 37
C. Insulation 38
1. Provide black, white, and green conductor insulation or black, red, and green 39
conductor insulation, as directed by the City, for three-conductor tray cable. 40
2. Provide black, red, white, and green conductor insulation, as directed by the City, 41
for four-conductor tray cable. 42
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 43
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5
3.4 INSTALLATION 6
A. Special Techniques 7
1. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with requirements of 8
this Section. 9
2. Provide an additional 5 feet of cable coiled in each ground box when installing 10
cable in underground conduit. Splice tray cable conductors only as specified in the 11
Drawings. 12
3. Obtain the City’s written approval for each splice. Ensure allowed splices are 13
watertight. 14
4. Test the cable’s conductors after installation and before any connection. 15
a. Remove and replace tray cable exhibiting a D/C insulation resistance of less 16
than 5 megohms at 1,000 volts D/C at no additional cost to the City. 17
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20
A. The City may require all cables to be checked for insulation resistance upon installation 21
and prior to termination. 22
1. The tests shall be made with a test set operating at a minimum of 500 volts D/C 23
applied to the conductors. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
31
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 26 1
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Grounding Conductors. 6
2. Ground Rod. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Grounding Conductors 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per linear foot of grounding conductor installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per linear foot of “Bare Elec Conductor” installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Grounding Conductor as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2. Ground Rod 28
a. Measurement 29
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various Traffic Signal Structures 30
being installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 33
Item are subsidiary to various Traffic Signal Structures being installed and 34
shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per various Traffic Signal Structures 35
being installed, no other compensation will be allowed. 36
3. Power Lead-in Cable 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per linear foot of power lead-in cable installed. 39
40
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 3
unit price bid per linear foot of “Insulated Elec Conductor” installed for: 4
a) Various types. 5
b) Various sizes. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Furnishing and installing Power Lead-in Cable as specified by the 8
Drawings 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. AWG: American wire gauge 12
2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 13
3. RHW: Rubber insulation, heat resistance of 75℃, water resistance 14
4. THHN: Thermoplastic, high heat resistance, nylon coated 15
5. A/C: alternating current 16
B. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 21
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 22
a. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 23
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials 24
Specification: 25
a. DMS-11040, Electrical Conductors. 26
4. Federal Specification A-A-59544 27
5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. ASTM B33, Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper 29
Wire for Electrical Purposes. 30
b. ASTM B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper 31
Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 32
6. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 33
7. National Electric Code (NEC). 34
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 40
1. Grounding conductor. 41
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Grounding rod. 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 MATERIALS 13
A. Materials 14
1. Grounding Conductor 15
a. Grounding Conductor shall be in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11040. 16
b. The grounding conductor shall be a #6 AWG solid copper wire. 17
c. The conductor shall be bonded to all ground rods. 18
2. Ground Rod 19
a. Ground rod electrodes shall be copper-bonded steel being at least 5/8 inch in 20
diameter. 21
b. All ground rods shall be a minimum of 8 feet, with a minimum of 6 feet buried. 22
3. Power lead-in cable 23
a. Power lead-in cable shall be stranded RHW copper wire and suitable for A/C 24
electric service. 25
b. The cable shall be capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for 26
use at conductor temperatures not exceeding 167 degrees Fahrenheit (75 degrees 27
Celsius). 28
c. Material and construction shall be in accordance with the applicable 29
requirements of IMSA and NEC standards. 30
d. Conductors shall be stranded, anneal coated copper. 31
e. Coated wire 32
1) Use copper wire in accordance with ASTM B33 before insulating or 33
stranding. 34
f. Stranding shall be class B, in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM B8. 35
g. Insulation shall be THHN and comply with Federal Specification A-A-59544 36
and all applicable ASTM standards. 37
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 39
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Special Techniques 6
1. Ground Conductors 7
a. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings. 8
2. Ground Rod 9
a. Properly install and connect a ground rod for each controller cabinet, power 10
drop, and signal pole pier to reduce any extraneous voltage to a safe level. 11
b. The ground rod shall be located to minimize the length of the grounding-12
conductor run. 13
c. For pole-mounted cabinets, a grounding rod and grounding conductor shall be 14
installed at the nearest foundation or ground box. 15
d. All grounding circuits shall be substantial, permanent, and electrically 16
continuous with an ohms-to-ground resistance not to exceed 10 ohms when 17
tested by volt-ohm-meter. 18
e. Illumination poles shall use concrete-grounded electrodes. 19
f. Grounding Connectors and Electrodes 20
1) When the location precludes driving a single ground rod to a depth of 8 feet 21
(2.4 m), or when a multiple ground rod matrix is used to obtain the required 22
resistance to ground, ground rods shall be spaced at least 6 feet apart and 23
bonded by a minimum No. 6 AWG copper wire. 24
2) Connection of grounding circuits to grounding electrodes shall be by 25
devices which will ensure a positive, fail-safe grip between the conductor 26
and the electrode. 27
a) No splice joint will be permitted in the grounding conductor. 28
3) Each grounding rod shall be driven into the ground to a depth sufficient to 29
provide the required resistance (10 ohms) between electrodes and ground. 30
3. Power Lead-in Cable 31
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings. 32
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 33
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 37
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 38
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 40
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 33 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as 6
specified herein. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Conduits and Related Hardware 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 18
line between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two, or to the 19
termination point of conduit installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot of conduit installed for: 24
a) Various sizes. 25
b) Various types. 26
c) Various installation methods. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware as specified by the Drawings 29
2) Elbows 30
3) Couplings 31
4) Weatherheads 32
2. Conduit Boxes 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per each Conduit Box installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each of conduit box installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box as specified by the Drawings 41
2) Excavation 42
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
4) Clean-up 2
1.3 REFERENCES 3
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 4
1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 5
2. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene 6
3. BX: Product B Experimental 7
4. AC: Armored cable 8
B. Reference Standards 9
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 10
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 11
unless a date is specifically cited. 12
2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI): 13
a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum 14
Conduit (ERAC). 15
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 16
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 17
b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. 18
c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 19
d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and 20
Tubing. 21
e. TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 22
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 23
a. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 24
1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 25
2) Chapter 9, Tables. 26
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 27
a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. 28
b. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. 29
c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 30
C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 31
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33
1.5 SUBMITTALS 34
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37
A. Product Data 38
1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and 39
product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Materials 12
1. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 13
a. Interlocked steel core 14
b. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 15
c. In accordance with NEC Article 350 16
d. Fittings 17
e. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 18
f. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 19
g. In accordance with: 20
1) ANSI C80.5 21
2) UL-6 22
2. Rigid Steel Conduit 23
a. Hot dip galvanized 24
b. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 25
c. In accordance with: 26
1) NEMA C80.1 27
3. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 28
a. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 29
b. Resistant to sunlight 30
c. UL Labeled 31
d. In accordance with: 32
1) NEMA TC-2 33
2) UL 651 34
e. Fittings in accordance with: 35
1) NEMA TC-3 36
2) UL 514B 37
4. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 38
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 39
b. Resistant to sunlight 40
c. UL Labeled. 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. In accordance with: 1
1) NEMA TC-2 2
2) UL 651 3
e. Fittings in accordance with: 4
1) NEMA TC-3 5
2) UL 514B 6
5. HDPE Conduit 7
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 8
b. Resistant to sunlight 9
c. UL Labeled 10
d. In accordance with: 11
1) UL 651A 12
2) UL 651B 13
3) NEMA TC-7 14
6. Raceway Boxes 15
a. For use on exposed raceway systems only. 16
b. Boxes for underground systems shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 17
c. Box size 18
1) Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall 19
shall be no less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. 20
2) Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum 21
of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same 22
wall of the box. 23
3) Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the 24
maximum distance used to size box. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES 26
A. Conduit Outlet Bodies 27
1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches 28
a. Galvanized steel 29
b. Captive screw-clamp cover 30
c. Neoprene gasket 31
d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 32
2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches 33
a. Use junction boxes. 34
B. Conduit Hubs 35
1. Watertight 36
2. Threaded galvanized steel 37
3. Insulated throat 38
4. Stainless steel grounding screw 39
C. Grounding Bushings 40
1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 41
2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 42
3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees 43
Celsius 44
4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 45
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Lug size shall be sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size in 1
accordance with the NEC for the application 2
D. Raceway Sealant 3
1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures 4
where specified in the Drawings. 5
E. Conduit Penetration Seals 6
1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals. 7
F. Conduit and related hardware 8
1. All PVC conduits, including elbows and couplings, shall be schedule 40 PVC 9
conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and UL Standard UL-651. 10
All conduit sizes shall be as specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 12
3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or clamp-on. 13
G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 14
1. Use: 15
a. Embedded in concrete 16
b. Exposed 17
2. Description: 18
a. Internal grounding 19
b. 4-inch movement 20
c. Stainless steel/cast iron 21
H. Expansion Fittings: 22
1. Galvanized steel 23
2. 8-inch movement 24
3. Internal grounding 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 APPLICATION 31
A. Interface with Other Work 32
1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and 33
existing installations. 34
B. Unless specified in the Drawings or directed by the City, the conduit type installed with 35
respect to the location shall be as follows: 36
1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: 37
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 38
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: 1
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 2
3. Exposed: 3
a. Rigid galvanized steel 4
4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: 5
a. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 6
C. Box Applications 7
1. Furnish raceway junction, pull, and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the 8
location in which they are installed. 9
2. Exposed switch, receptacle, and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be 10
galvanized steel. 11
3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or 12
enclosure is prohibited. 13
D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 14
1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: 15
a. Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are specified 16
in the Drawings. 17
2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes. 18
E. Conduit Hub Applications 19
1. Unless specifically stated herein or specified in the Drawings, all raceways shall 20
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. 21
a. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. 22
F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 23
1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or 24
switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the 25
raceway. 26
2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 27
3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be 28
pulled. 29
G. Conduit Fittings Applications 30
1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure 31
expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and 32
where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-33
deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 34
2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on 35
the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where 36
the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. 37
H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 38
1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other 39
locations specified in the Drawings. 40
2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at 41
other locations specified in the Drawings. 42
43
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
I. Conduit Tag Applications 1
1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and all wall and floor 2
penetrations. 3
2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations exiting and entering from 4
underground, including manholes and handholes. 5
J. Raceway Installation 6
1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 7
2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90-degree bends in any 1 run. 8
3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 9
4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 10
5. Where raceways enter or leave the system, where the raceway begins or ends, or 11
where the system could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain, or liquid of any 12
type, the raceway shall be tightly sealed using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal) 13
at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, to eliminate 14
entry of water or moisture to the raceway system at any time. 15
a. Any damage to new or existing equipment due to the entrance of moisture from 16
unsealed raceways shall be corrected by complete replacement of such 17
equipment at no cost to the City. 18
b. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 19
6. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways 20
a. Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 21
7. Single conduits: 22
a. Support with 1-hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to 23
raise conduits from the surface. 24
8. Multiple runs of conduits 25
a. Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded 26
hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 27
9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit 28
a. Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall 29
and equipment. 30
10. Conduit hangers 31
a. Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete 32
inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 33
11. Conduits on exposed work 34
a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. 35
b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. 36
c. No diagonal runs. 37
d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. 38
e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 39
12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where 40
flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. 41
a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for 42
connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are 43
required. 44
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment 1
grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to 2
the box. 3
14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 4
15. PVC conduit 5
a. Use glued type conduit fittings. 6
16. HDPE conduit 7
a. Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 8
17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit 9
a. Primary and secondary of transformers 10
b. Generator terminations 11
c. Other equipment where vibration is present 12
d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are 13
required 14
e. Do not use in other locations. 15
f. Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius 16
elbow of the conduit size being used 17
g. Maximum bending radius shall be in accordance with NEC Chapter 9, Table 2. 18
h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 19
18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs 20
a. Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 21
19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases 22
a. Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 23
20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment 24
a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. 25
b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal. 26
21. Conduit 27
a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, 28
long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and 29
Dig Tess, if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground 30
services. 31
b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be 32
shifted by the City to accommodate field conditions. 33
c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 34
d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as 35
measured from the intended target point for bores. 36
e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the 37
pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. 38
f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string 39
and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by 40
the City. 41
g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where 42
conductors and/or cables are present. 43
h. New Conduit 44
1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 45
2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 46
3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types specified in the 47
Drawings. 48
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by UL. 1
5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically 2
more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 3
6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the 4
nominal size of the conduit. 5
7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal and reamed, with 6
couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent-weld 7
method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 8
8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specified in the Drawings. 9
9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall 10
be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 11
10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only and shall be square and true 12
so the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. 13
a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 14
11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit 15
unless approved by the City. 16
12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling 17
shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 18
13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected 19
conduit together to produce a good, rigid connection throughout the entire 20
length of the conduit run. 21
14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in 22
handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted 23
with rust preventive paint. 24
15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is 25
complete. 26
16) Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire 27
brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to 28
ensure the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 29
17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 30
mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 31
mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 32
18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in 33
such a manner the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the 34
concrete. 35
a) No concrete shall be placed until all conduit ends have been capped and 36
all box openings closed. 37
19) PVC conduit placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, 38
shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit 39
shall be inserted. 40
a) The void may be made by boring. 41
b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation 42
will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. 43
c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 44
20) If, as determined by the City, placing of conduit by boring is impractical, 45
written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or 46
designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 47
21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the 48
curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. 49
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, 1
highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any 2
embankment structure or pavement. 3
22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditch lines 4
a) All ditch lines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and 5
within 2 feet (600 mm) of the back of curb are to be mechanically 6
tamped. 7
b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor 8
density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent 9
optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. 10
c) All backfill material is to be select native material with 6-inch (150 11
mm) diameter clods and smaller. 12
d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 13
mm) lifts with densities being taken for each foot (300 mm) of 14
compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 15
23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent 16
damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius too short. 17
24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only 18
or PVC only). 19
25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the 20
same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 21
26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed 22
and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 23
27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 24
28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed. 25
29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or 26
installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust 27
preventive paint. 28
i. Existing Conduit 29
1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be 30
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with 31
compressed air. 32
2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to 33
clear the conduit by rodding, at no additional cost to the City. 34
3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to 35
repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. 36
a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "Extra Work" on a Change 37
Order. 38
4) The City shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing 39
cable. 40
22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment 41
enclosure 42
a. Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated 43
area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be 44
terminated. 45
23. Conduits entering from cable tray 46
a. Stub into the upper section. 47
24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 48
NEMA 7. 49
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
25. Conduit identification plates 1
a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm, and control conduits at each end of 2
the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. 3
b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. 4
c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of 5
installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 6
26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits to be reused and through all new 7
conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 8
27. Install 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or 9
designated for future equipment. 10
28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not 11
possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the 12
equipment. 13
29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches, or vent duct openings, 14
present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 15
30. Do not use running threads. 16
31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated 17
spaces, or cold air plenums 18
a. Seal with watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal). 19
32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. 20
a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the 21
covering of the pipe crossed. 22
33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray 23
a. Support independently from the cable tray. 24
b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. 25
c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray. 26
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
36
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 35 1
GROUND BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Ground Boxes 6
2. Remove Ground Boxes 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 26 05 34 – Conduit. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Ground Boxes 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each ground box installed for: 19
a) Various sizes. 20
b) Various types. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Ground Box” installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
b) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
a) Furnishing and installing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 29
b) Excavation and backfill 30
c) Enclosures 31
d) Covers 32
e) Bolts 33
f) Gravel 34
g) Concrete apron, if required 35
2. Remove Ground Boxes 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each ground box removed for: 38
a) Various sizes. 39
b) Various types. 40
b. Payment 41
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each “Ground Box” removed for: 3
a) Various sizes. 4
b) Various types. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Removing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 7
2) Excavation and backfill 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 14
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 15
a. Item 624, Ground Boxes. 16
b. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 17
c. Item 432, Riprap. 18
d. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 19
e. Item 618, Conduit. 20
f. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 21
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 22
Specifications (DMS): 23
a. DMS-11070, Ground Boxes. 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 30
1. Ground boxes 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 36
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37
66 00. 38
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Materials 6
1. Traffic Signal Ground boxes shall be as follows: 7
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x24 (TxDOT Type D) 8
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 9
with DMS-11070. 10
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 11
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 12
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 13
2. Fiber Ground Boxes shall be as follows: 14
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x36 (TxDOT ITS) 15
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 16
with DMS-11070. 17
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 18
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 19
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE 20
TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION [NO USED] 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Special Techniques 29
1. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing 30
ground boxes located near underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility 31
company before beginning work. 32
2. Fabricate and install ground boxes as specified in the Drawings. Install ground box 33
to approved line and grade. 34
3. Utilize precast concrete ground boxes in accordance with this and related Sections. 35
4. Construct concrete aprons as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with 36
TxDOT Item 421. 37
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. A minimum gravel fill of 9 inches shall be placed under each ground box and a 1
concrete skirt installed around each ground box as specified in the Drawings. 2
6. Lube the bolts, clean out the cover rim, and clean the ground box inside and out 3
prior to final inspection. 4
7. Removal 5
a. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in. below the 6
conduit level. 7
b. Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so 90 degree bends can be removed, 8
and conduit reconnected. 9
c. Clean the conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 34. 10
d. Replace conduit within 5 ft. of the ground box. 11
e. Remove old conductors and install new conductors as specified in the 12
Drawings. 13
f. Backfill area with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding 14
area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent 15
condition. 16
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 17
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 56 00 1
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation, relocation, and removal of Roadway Illumination Assemblies and 6
foundations. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
4. Section 26 05 13 – Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 15
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 16
6. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 17
7. Section 34 41 23 – Treated Timber Poles. 18
8. Section 34 41 24 – Drilled Shaft Foundations. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 24
installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 29
installed for: 30
a) Various types. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Roadway Illumination 33
Assembly as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Drilled shaft foundation 35
3) Treated timber pole 36
4) Arms 37
5) Anchor bolts 38
6) Fixtures 39
7) Internal electrical conductors 40
8) Connection and mounting hardware 41
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Bases 1
10) Lamps 2
11) Preparing submittals 3
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4
13) Coordination and notification 5
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 6
15) Excavation 7
16) Hauling 8
17) Disposal of excess material 9
18) Protection of the excavation 10
19) Clean-up 11
20) Testing 12
2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 15
installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 20
installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Ornamental Illumination 24
Assembly as specified by the Drawings 25
2) Drilled shaft foundation 26
3) Treated timber pole 27
4) Arms 28
5) Anchor bolts 29
6) Fixtures 30
7) Internal electrical conductors 31
8) Connection and mounting hardware 32
9) Bases 33
10) Lamps 34
11) Preparing submittals 35
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 36
13) Coordination and notification 37
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 38
15) Excavation 39
16) Hauling 40
17) Disposal of excess material 41
18) Protection of the excavation 42
19) Clean-up 43
20) Testing 44
3. Lighting Fixtures 45
a. Measurement 46
1) Measured per each Lighting Fixture furnished and installed. 47
b. Payment 48
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each “Lighting Fixture” installed for: 3
a) Various types. 4
b) Various power. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required 7
2) Assembling Lighting Fixture 8
3) Lamp 9
4) Wiring connections 10
5) Disposal of any unused, replaced or excess materials 11
6) Clean-up 12
7) Testing 13
4. Contact Enclosure 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per each Contact Enclosure furnished and installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Contact Enclosure” furnished and installed for: 20
a) Various mounting methods. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 23
2) Mounting materials 24
3) Clean-up 25
5. Wood Light Pole Arm 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm furnished and installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “8’ Wood Light Pole Arm” installed. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm as specified in the 34
Drawings 35
2) Mounting Hardware 36
3) Disposal of excess material 37
4) Clean-up 38
6. Conductor Reconnection 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per each conductor reconnected. 41
b. Payment 42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 43
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 44
price bid per each “Reconnect Conductor”. 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method as specified by 47
the Drawings 48
2) Testing of connection 49
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Roadway Illumination Assembly Removal and Salvage 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each Roadway Illumination Assembly removed and 3
salvaged. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per each “Salvage Roadway Illumination Assembly” performed. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal and salvage of Pole, arm, light fixture, and lamp as specified in 10
the Drawings 11
2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and 12
reconnection of circuits, if required by City 13
3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2’ below grade 14
4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15
5) Delivery of salvaged materials to City-specified location 16
6) Hauling 17
7) Clean-up 18
8. Street Light Pole Relocation 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each Street Light Pole removed and relocated. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Relocate Street Light Pole” performed. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removal of Street Light Pole as specified in the Drawings 27
2) Relocate existing street light pole to new location 28
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill material 29
4) Drilled shaft foundation 30
5) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 31
6) Coordination and notification 32
7) Assembly and transportation of all items 33
8) Excavation 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Disposal of excess material 36
11) Protection of the excavation 37
12) Clean-up 38
13) Testing 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Reference Standards 41
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 42
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 43
unless a date is specifically cited. 44
2. National Electric Code (NEC). 45
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 46
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Coordination 2
1. Notify City a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work. 3
2. Notify City 2 days prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations in 4
accordance with 34 41 24. 5
3. Coordinate with the City for pole types, template dimensions and anchor bolts, and 6
any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 7
4. Coordinate with City to determine location of City underground street luminaire 8
cable and conduit. 9
5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in right-of-way. 10
B. Preinstallation Meetings 11
1. A pre-installation meeting will be required unless City directed otherwise. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Product Data Sheets 17
1. Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for 18
approval prior to ordering materials. 19
B. Shop Drawings 20
1. Shop Drawings will be required for each Illumination Assembly and shall include: 21
a. Material Data 22
b. Pole dimensions and data 23
c. Luminaire arm dimensions and data 24
d. Attachment details 25
e. Fixtures 26
f. Base details 27
g. Anchor bolt data 28
h. Wall thickness 29
i. Permissible loading and allowable stress 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 31
A. Warranty Documentation 32
1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 37
1. Contactor and City shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies after 38
removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 39
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Protect all salvageable material during transport to City specified storage facility. 1
3. Delivered material must be in the same condition as post-removal inspection. 2
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 4
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 5
2. Protect exposed anchor bolts until pole shaft is installed. 6
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 7
extremes in temperature. 8
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9
66 00. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11
1.12 WARRANTY 12
A. Manufacturer Warranty 13
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 16
A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be 17
purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. 18
2.2 MATERIALS 19
A. Manufacturers 20
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 21
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 22
a. Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 23
Sections. 24
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 25
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 26
3. Lighting Fixtures 27
a. Thoroughfares: 28
1) Philips Road Focus RFL series, or 29
2) Approved equal. 30
b. Residential lighting: 31
1) Philips Road Focus RFM series, or 32
2) Approved equal. 33
B. Description 34
1. Regulatory Requirements 35
a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be 36
in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 37
C. Performance / Design Criteria 38
1. Ornamental Light Poles 39
a. As specified in the Drawings. 40
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 1
2. Lighting Fixtures 2
a. As specified in the Drawings. 3
b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 4
3. Wood Light Poles 5
a. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 6
4. Wood Light Pole Arms 7
a. In accordance with City Standard Details. 8
5. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 9
a. Conductor sizes as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use stranded insulated conductors rated for 600 volts and approved for wet 11
locations. 12
c. Marked in accordance with UL and NEC requirements. 13
6. Roadway illumination pole foundations 14
a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete. 15
1) In accordance with Section 03 30 00. 16
b. Foundation shall be per City Standards Details unless otherwise in the 17
Drawings. 18
c. In accordance with 34 41 24. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 21
A. Tests and Inspections 22
1. Notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in advance (between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm) of 23
all concrete pours. 24
a. City must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site. 25
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 26
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 27
3.2 EXAMINATION 28
A. Verification of Conditions 29
1. Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing 30
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 31
a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30. 32
2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of 33
excavation: 34
a. DIG TESS 35
b. City of Denton Water Department 36
c. City of Denton Traffic Department 37
3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit 38
due to location of existing utilities. 39
4. The Engineer may shift an assembly’s location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with 40
utilities. 41
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City: 3
a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs, 4
mailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by 5
Engineer. 6
b. Adjust and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed 7
by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination 8
equipment. This shall be done in a manner equal to or better than the areas 9
adjacent to the damaged areas. 10
c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the 11
City. 12
d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages. 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. General 15
1. Roadway illumination assemblies shall be installed on the median on the divided 16
roadways unless otherwise directed by the City. 17
2. Roadway illumination shall be based on RP-8 staggered by switching side of the 18
road on the undivided roadways. 19
3. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures. 20
4. Stake, install, and align each assembly as specified in the Drawings. 21
5. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 22
B. Foundations 23
1. In accordance with 34 41 24. 24
2. Dimensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit 25
and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of 26
Engineer. 27
3. Do not use screw-in type foundations. 28
4. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 29
5. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb. 30
6. The top of foundation shall be poured level. 31
7. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the 32
sonotube removed. 33
8. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete. 34
9. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring 35
concrete in pier foundations. 36
10. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads. 37
11. Tighten anchor bolts for poles with shoe bases. 38
12. Pier foundations shall be 1 continuous concrete pour. 39
13. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top. 40
14. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15. Foundations in medians shall be placed in the center of the median between the 2 1
curbs, unless specified in the Drawings. 2
16. Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant. 3
17. In residential areas foundations shall be placed in the street right of way (R.O.W.) 4
in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the 5
street curb at street intersections. 6
18. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or 7
sidewalk ramps. 8
19. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following 9
pouring of concrete. 10
20. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in 11
Section 03 30 00. 12
C. Lighting Fixtures 13
1. 400W equivalent LEDs for major thoroughfares and 250W equivalent LEDs for 14
minor thoroughfares. 15
D. Wood Light Pole Arm 16
1. Luminaire arm shall be 8 foot unless otherwise approved. 17
E. Wood Light Pole 18
1. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 19
F. Relocation 20
1. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 21
2. Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 22
3. Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused. 23
4. Replace damaged conduit, ducts, and conductors. 24
5. Install existing structures on new foundations. 25
6. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and 26
fixtures. 27
7. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 28
8. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 29
federal, state, and local regulations. 30
G. Removal 31
1. Remove roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with 32
established industry and utility safety practices. 33
2. Remove transformer bases from transformer base poles. 34
3. Remove luminaires and mast arms from the pole shaft. 35
4. Stockpile pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated 36
by the City. 37
5. Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless 38
otherwise shown on the plans or directed. 39
6. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 40
7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 41
8. Destroy existing transformer bases to prevent reuse. 42
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade. 1
10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and density to the 2
surrounding area. 3
11. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 4
12. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 5
federal, state, and local regulations. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING 12
A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 13
operations. 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 10 00 1
SITE CLEARING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Site Preparation 6
a. Preparing the right-of-way and designated easements for construction 7
operations by the removal and disposal of obstructions within the project limits. 8
b. Removing trees and shrubs. 9
c. Pruning trees and shrubs. 10
d. Tree protection fence 11
e. Trunk protection 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 19
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 20
5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 21
6. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Site Preparation 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per lump sum of Site Preparation within the project limits, when 27
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 28
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid for lump sum for “Site Preparation.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Full compensation for Site Preparation as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36
3) Sawing 37
4) Grading and backfilling of holes 38
5) Excavation 39
6) Topsoil and sod limits of tree removal disturbance unless quantified 40
separately under another bid item 41
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Tree and shrub protection for trees and shrubs to remain 1
8) Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during tree removal 2
9) Tree wound treatment material 3
10) Tree and shrub pruning 4
11) Disposal of debris, tree clippings, limbs, leaves, and pine needles removed 5
as part of pruning 6
12) Trunk Protection 7
a) Closed cell foam pad 8
b) Wood planks 9
c) Steel straps 10
13) Tree protection fence 11
a) Woven wire fence 12
b) T-Bar posts 13
c) One strand barbed wire fence 14
d) Tundra weight orange flagging 15
14) Remove, haul-off, and dispose of: 16
a) Trees, shrubbery, grass and all other vegetation not designated to 17
remain 18
b) Stumps, roots, brush, and logs 19
c) Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 20
d) Fence and fence posts if Fence Removal bid item is not used 21
e) Gravel, stone, or boulders, not including removal of gravel or stone 22
driveways, roads, or other driving surfaces. 23
f) Scrap metal 24
g) All rubbish or debris 25
h) All obstructions and objectionable material not specifically included in 26
another bid item 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30
2. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 31
3. pH – Potential of Hydrogen 32
B. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA) / American National Standards Institute 37
(ANSI): 38
a. A300, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Management – Standard Practices 39
(Pruning). 40
3. National Arborist Association Pruning Standards 41
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 42
5. City of Denton Development Code 43
44
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Disposal Letter 2
1. Provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance with Division 01. 3
B. Permits 4
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required 5
to be obtained from City. 6
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 7
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 8
b. Remove and replace any embanked soils if excavation and/or embankment 9
activities are performed prior to an executed construction contract and an 10
assigned City inspector at no cost to the City. 11
2. Tree Removal Permit in accordance with the City of Denton Development Code is 12
required. 13
3. Tree Inventory Plan prepared in accordance with the City of Denton Development 14
Code or as specified in the Drawings. 15
a. Provide Tree Inventory Plan sufficient for the purposes of obtaining a Tree 16
Removal Permit. 17
1) If insufficient, provide a Tree Inventory Plan that has been prepared by an 18
arborist or a registered landscape architect. 19
b. Provide the City with the correct documents for obtaining the Tree Removal 20
Permit. 21
4. SWPPP – Provide a SWPPP in accordance with Section 01 57 13. 22
C. Sequencing 23
1. Sidewalk Construction 24
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 25
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 26
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 27
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 28
engineer to the City for review. 29
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 30
Control items included with the project. 31
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 32
State, and local guidelines. 33
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 34
D. Pre-Site Clearing Meeting 35
1. Hold a site clearing meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Site 36
Clearing with City and appropriate representatives. 37
2. Clearly mark all: 38
a. Trees and shrubs to remain 39
b. Trees and shrubs to remove 40
c. Trees and shrubs to be pruned pre and post construction as specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
3. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection prior to Site 43
Clearing activities. 44
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Review Tree Inventory Plan as prepared for Tree Removal Permit or in the 1
Drawings. 2
5. Confirm approval of the Tree Removal Permit. 3
6. Confirm trees and shrubs to be removed during pre-site clearing meeting 4
7. Confirm limits for Site Preparation during pre-site clearing meeting. 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Product Data: 10
1. Tree wound treatment material product data 11
B. Informational Submittal 12
1. Certificates 13
a. Certified Arborist 14
1) A company with a certified arborist is required when performing Tree and 15
Shrub Pruning. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the 16
company performing the pruning. 17
2. Equipment Information 18
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 19
1) Equipment name 20
2) Size 21
3) Intended use 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25
A. Certifications 26
1. Tree and Shrub Pruning 27
a. A company with a certified arborist is required. 28
b. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the company performing the 29
proposed pruning. 30
2. Tree Inventory Plan or Tree Removal Permit 31
a. A certified arborist or a registered landscape architect is required. 32
b. Provide the certificate or license information of the employee(s) from the 33
company preparing the plan and/or permit. 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36
A. An ISA Certified Arborist is required to be on site during all pruning activities. 37
38
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Avoid pruning between February and July. 1
1. When pruning activities need to occur between February and July, use an approved 2
wound treatment material. 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 PRODUCTS 7
A. Tree Wound Treatment 8
B. Root Barrier 9
1. Century Products, or 10
2. Approved equal. 11
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 14
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 EXECUTION 18
A. General 19
1. Removal 20
a. Notify the City in writing when items required to be removed are: 21
1) Buried and not easily detected from the surface 22
2) Not specified in the Drawings. 23
2. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed within project limits. 24
3. Plug remaining ends of abandoned underground utilities over 3 inches in diameter 25
with concrete to form a tight closure. 26
4. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where items have been removed unless 27
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 28
5. Do not remove any trees unless directed by City or as specified in the Drawings. 29
6. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 30
7. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 31
regulations. 32
B. Hazardous Material 33
1. This item does not include the removal and disposal of hazardous material. 34
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Notify the City immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown 1
in the Drawings are encountered. 2
3. Test, remove, and dispose of hazardous material in accordance with Division 01. 3
C. Tree and Shrub Protection 4
1. General 5
a. Perform all excavation and earthwork within the drip line of trees by hand. 6
b. Do not park or service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under 7
the branches of trees designated to remain. 8
c. Protect trees designated to remain during construction activity from: 9
1) Compaction of root area by material storage 10
2) Compaction by driving or parking within the drip-line 11
3) Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing, or bolting 12
4) Girding by tying constrictive material to trees 13
5) Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint, etc. on or around trees and roots 14
6) Cutting of roots 1.5 inch in diameter or more. 15
7) Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime based material such as 16
concrete within the drip line. 17
8) Deformation or permanent damage to the trunk or limbs 18
d. Treatment of Damaged Limbs 19
1) Saw clean all damaged areas and damaged limbs over 1 inch in diameter 20
and treat with an approved wound treatment material. 21
2) Treat with an approved wound treatment within 20 minutes of damaging 22
the tree. 23
2. Tree Protection Fence 24
a. Install tree protection fence at the drip line around trees designated to be 25
protected in Drawings. 26
b. If field conditions do not allow fencing to be installed at the drip line, obtain 27
City approval to install tree protection fencing at a minimum of 8 feet from the 28
trunk. 29
c. Provide “Keep Out. Tree Preservation” signs for protected trees. 30
d. Use the following to construct the Tree Protection Fence unless otherwise 31
specified in Drawings 32
1) Woven wire fence installed with T-Bar posts 33
2) Space T-Bar posts at 10 feet on center 34
3) Place one strand barbed wire along the top of poses. 35
4) Tie tundra weight orange flagging that is 2 feet in length at 3 feet on center 36
along the woven wire. 37
e. Do not install mulch within 12 inches of tree trunk. 38
f. Maintain existing grade within the tree protection fence unless otherwise 39
specified in Drawings. 40
3. Trunk Protection 41
a. Install Trunk Protection as specified in Drawings. 42
b. Use the following to construct the Trunk Protection unless otherwise specified 43
in Drawings 44
1) Closed cell foam pad around trunk 45
a) Extend the foam pad 6 inches above and 6 inches below the wood 46
planks. 47
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) 4-foot-long planks that are 4 inches wide and 2 inches thick. Staple planks 1
together using steel straps on top of the foam pad and around the trunk. 2
c. Mulch: 3
1) Provide a 2-foot-wide mulch barrier around the tree trunk. 4
d. Provide “Caution. Tree Protection Area” orange tape around protected tree 5
trunks. 6
D. Tree and Shrub Removal 7
1. Remove tree stumps: 8
a. To 12 inches or more below the finished grade when tree is outside of the limits 9
of additional construction activities 10
b. To natural ground when area will be covered by 3 feet or more of embankment 11
c. Completely remove all stumps and roots when the area will be used as borrow 12
or embankment within the project limits. 13
2. Backfill holes with acceptable material and compact flush with surrounding area. 14
3. Install top soil and sod within limits of tree and shrub removal unless topsoil and 15
sod will be installed as part of the project. 16
E. Tree and Shrub Pruning 17
1. Equipment: 18
a. Use a Vermeer V-1550 RC root pruner or equal to perform all root pruning 19
operations. 20
2. Use tree wound treatment when pruning trees or shrubs during the months of 21
February to July. 22
3. Perform all tree, shrub, and root pruning under the supervision of a certified 23
arborist. 24
4. Prune lower limbs to prevent breakage and to permit access by construction 25
machinery during grading, field/site preparation, and clearing and grubbing 26
operations. 27
5. Prune limbs in accordance with ANSI A300 and National Arborist Association 28
Pruning Standards. 29
6. Prune shade trees in accordance with Class IV National Arborist Association 30
Pruning Standards 31
7. Make cuts as close as possible to the trunk or parent limb without cutting into the 32
limb collar or leaving a protruding stub. 33
8. Remove suckers to the height of the lowest main branch. 34
9. Disinfect tools with 70 percent methyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride, cholerine 35
solution, or other approved disinfectant prior to: 36
a. Pruning oak trees 37
b. Cutting any tree of different type than previous tree pruned 38
10. Tree pruning on 2-inch diameter or larger trees: 39
a. Undercut one-third through the limb 8 to 12 inches from the main stem 40
b. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches outside the first cut. 41
c. Remove stub with an even flush cut so that the limb collar protrudes 42
approximately 0.5 inch 43
d. Do not allow limb to fall free if it could damage any other limbs or items 44
e. Treat exposed cuts with wound treatment within 20 minutes of the cut 45
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damaged due to Site Clearing 2
activities: 3
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4
2. Adjacent sidewalk 5
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6
4. Subgrade or base material 7
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 8
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 9
7. Landscape beds or planters 10
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 11
9. Retaining walls 12
10. Trees, shrubs, sodding, and topsoil 13
B. Tree Replacement 14
1. Replace any existing tree permanently damaged by construction activities at no cost 15
to the City. Replace tree with an equal or larger caliper tree. 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
27
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
28
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 23 16 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation for general site grading, street grading, and channel excavation. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 13
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14
5. Section 31 00 00 – Site Clearing. 15
6. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16
7. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Unclassified Excavation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 22
method of Excavation performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 23
Drawings. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per cubic yard for “Unclassified Excavation.” 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Shrinkage and/or swelling factors. Contractor is responsible for 30
determining factors and will not be compensated separately. 31
2) Excavation of all materials within excavation limits 32
3) Finishing parkways and medians 33
4) Excavation 34
5) Safety 35
6) Dewatering 36
7) Temporary drainage 37
8) Drying 38
9) Dust control 39
10) Reworking or replacing over excavated material in rock cuts 40
11) Placement 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Compaction 1
13) Loading, hauling, and unloading 2
14) Disposal of unsuitable and excess materials not used elsewhere on the job 3
site 4
15) Finishing slopes, ditches, and channels 5
16) Maintenance blading or scarifying the ground surface 6
17) Equipment 7
18) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 10
1. ROW: Right-of-Way 11
2. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 12
B. Classification: 13
1. All authorized excavation is considered unclassified and involves removal of all 14
materials necessary to complete excavation of the site. Any reference to rock, 15
limestone, or other material on the Drawings and/or this specification is solely for 16
the City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as an indication or 17
guarantee of classification of excavation. Payment will not be separated based on 18
classification of excavation unless expressly noted in the Drawings. 19
C. Reference Standards 20
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 21
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 22
unless a date is specifically cited. 23
a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 24
1) Technical Manual Section 5. 25
2) Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 26
Construction. 27
b. City of Denton Development Code 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29
A. Permits 30
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 31
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 32
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 33
b. If the City determines or suspects excavation and/or embankment activities 34
have occurred prior to an executed contract and a City inspector assigned, all 35
construction activities could be suspended for at least 30 days pending the 36
results of the Pre-Earthwork meeting. 37
c. Any damages caused by early clearing and grading activities will be repaired at 38
no cost to the City. 39
B. Sequencing 40
1. Sidewalk Construction 41
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 42
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 43
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 44
route to City for review. 45
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 1
Control items included with the project. 2
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 3
State, and local guidelines. 4
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 5
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 6
1. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 7
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 8
2. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 9
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 00 00. 10
b. Excavation limits 11
c. Cut/fill stakes 12
3. Submit means and methods for any rock cutting for review prior to the Pre-13
Earthwork Meeting. 14
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 15
with Section 01 57 13 prior to excavation activities. 16
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21
A. Informational Submittal 22
1. Equipment Information 23
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 24
1) Equipment name 25
2) Size 26
3) Intended use 27
2. Explosives, Blasting, and Rock Ripping 28
a. Submit storage locations and guidelines for using explosives. 29
b. For rock ripping and blasting, submit means and methods prior to Pre-30
Earthwork meeting for review. 31
c. Provide a list of personnel and employer who will be handling and using 32
explosives. Provide reference information including previous projects and 33
certifications proving explosive qualifications. 34
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37
A. Excavation Safety 38
1. Perform all excavations in a safe manner. 39
2. Comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements 40
when performing excavation, sheeting, and bracing. 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material prior to any excavation 3
activities beginning in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 4
2. Store excavated material to be used in other areas within the right-of-way (ROW) 5
or easement limits unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 6
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of excavated materials 7
within ROW or easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location 8
off-site. 9
3. Store material and equipment in approved areas that are at least 30 feet from edge 10
of road limits. Install erosion control fencing around staging areas. 11
4. For urban areas with limited staging areas, designate offsite location for storing and 12
staging of materials and equipment. If this is not feasible, obtain approval from the 13
City to stage and store materials within project site. 14
5. All offsite staging areas to be in accordance with SWPPP and Watershed Protection 15
requirements. Offsite staging areas are considered part of the project site and will 16
need to be included with the SWPPP and Watershed Protection review. 17
6. If excavated material is stored off-site: 18
a. Provide an authorized letter from property owner approving the storage of 19
excavated materials. 20
b. Contractor is responsible for negotiating and coordinating with the property 21
owner. 22
c. The City is not responsible for establishing an off-site location. 23
d. The City is not liable for any damage resulting in off-site storage of excavated 24
materials. 25
7. Remove any excavated material not used in other areas within 48 hours of 26
excavation activities. 27
8. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways with excavation activities or 28
materials. 29
9. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 30
10. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans or as 31
approved by the City if excavation is performed during active traffic. 32
11. Do not store material within the drip line of any tree or in landscaped areas. 33
12. Install tree protection in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 35
A. Existing Conditions 36
1. Any data provided regarding subsurface conditions of excavated material is not 37
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity of proposed 38
excavated material. 39
2. The City is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the 40
Contractor regarding the existing material to be excavated. 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION 9
A. Surface Preparation 10
1. If needed, provide temporary drainage to maintain positive drainage throughout 11
excavation activities. Any temporary drainage construction will be considered 12
subsidiary to excavation. 13
2. Dewatering and temporary storm drain activities will be considered part of the 14
SWPPP and Watershed Protection review and are required to be in accordance with 15
all requirements listed therein. 16
B. Demolition / Removal 17
1. Remove any existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 and 02 41 13. 18
3.4 EXCAVATION 19
A. General 20
1. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 21
in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. City is not responsible for 22
any disposed material or disposal activities. 23
2. Perform excavations while material to be excavated is dry aside from water applied 24
for dust control. 25
3. Contractor is responsible for the condition of the subgrade until the pavement is in 26
place. 27
4. Over-excavate and replace any portion of subgrade that becomes damaged or 28
unstable due to weather or construction activities prior to stabilizing the subgrade, 29
installing base material, or placing the pavement. This will be at no cost to the City. 30
5. Separate, remove, and dispose of unacceptable fill material as defined in Section 31 31
24 00 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 32
6. Maintain positive drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to any existing 33
structures, proposed structures, and the roadway. 34
7. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grade. 35
8. Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 36
37
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Earth Cut 1
1. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 2
2. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 3
replace over-excavated material at no cost to City. Anticipated reasons for over 4
excavation can include, but are not limited to: 5
a. Excavation below an acceptable subgrade tolerance 6
b. Soils damaged due to weather or construction activities 7
3. Shape and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 8
4. Subgrade Tolerances 9
a. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 10
b. In areas of over excavation, provide fill material approved by the City at no cost 11
to City. 12
C. Rock Cut 13
1. Do not use dynamite or rock ripping within 500 feet of residences or commercial 14
development. 15
2. Blasting 16
a. Obtain City approval prior to any blasting. 17
b. Send notification at least 15 days in advance to all property owners within 18
1,000 feet of the blasting site. 19
c. Follow all OSHA regulations for explosives and blasting agents, including but 20
not limited to requirements in the OSHA Technical Manual Section 5, and 21
OSHA Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 22
Constructions. 23
d. Use only authorized workers with training, knowledge, or experience in the 24
field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives. 25
1) Authorized workers also need to have working knowledge of State and 26
local laws and regulations pertaining to explosives. 27
e. If there are concerns that seismic vibrations may cause damage to adjacent 28
structures, provide: 29
1) A structural engineer to determine safe limits to prevent any damage. 30
2) All equipment, monitors, tools, and engineering design necessary at no cost 31
to the City. 32
f. Use blasting mats or other approved containment equipment to ensure that no 33
rocks or debris will be thrown into the air. 34
g. Comply with all City of Denton noise ordinances when blasting. 35
3. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 36
4. For small pockets or thin layers, remove rock to at least 12-inches below subgrade. 37
5. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 38
replace over excavated material at no cost to City. 39
D. Water for Construction 40
1. Provide water as needed for site preparation, compaction, dust control, and other 41
incidental activities in accordance with local requirements in accordance with 42
Section 01 35 13. 43
44
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. Dewatering 1
1. Dewatering is subsidiary to excavation and includes the installation and operation 2
of all pumping, bailing, well-pointing, sumps, and draining necessary to keep the 3
excavation free from groundwater, seepage water, water from storm drains, 4
wastewater collection systems, ditches, creeks, ponds, and other sources. 5
2. Keep channels, trenches, pits, and other low point excavations drained as much as 6
practical during construction at no cost to the City. 7
3. Construction will not be permitted in standing water. 8
4. Conform all discharge from dewatering activities to Federal, State, and local 9
requirements in a manner approved by the City. 10
5. Control outlet velocities from dewatering discharges to prevent erosion. 11
F. Excavated Material 12
1. Maintain safe and convenient access to private and public properties adjacent to 13
excavation activities unless specified in the Drawings. Obtain approval from the 14
City for maintenance of access methods. 15
2. Acceptable fill material may be used for embankment in accordance with 31 24 00. 16
3. Stockpile acceptable excavated materials on-site in accordance with Sections 31 10 17
00 and 31 24 00. Proper erosion control and BMPs to be utilized in accordance with 18
the Drawings, local guidelines, and approved by the City. 19
G. Methods of Excavation 20
1. Submit means and methods for review by the City prior for any method of 21
excavation that is not using traditional excavation methods. 22
2. Comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations when developing and 23
submitting for approval any alternative method. 24
3. If an alternative method is requested and approved after contract execution, perform 25
excavation at no additional cost to the City beyond the stated excavation unit price 26
in the bid form. 27
3.5 REPAIR 28
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to excavation 29
activities: 30
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 31
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 32
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 33
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 34
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 35
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 36
7. Landscape beds or planters 37
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 38
9. Retaining walls 39
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 40
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 24 00 1
EMBANKMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing, placing, and compacting approved soils for construction. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 13
4. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Embankment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 19
method of Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 20
Drawings. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 23
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 24
cubic yard for “Embankment.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Transporting or hauling material 27
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 28
3) Construction Water 29
4) Dust Control 30
5) Proof Rolling 31
6) Disposal of excess materials 32
7) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 33
2. Select Fill Embankment 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method 36
of Select Fill Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 37
Drawings. 38
39
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 2
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 3
cubic yard for “Select Fill Embankment”. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Transporting or hauling material 6
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 7
3) Construction Water 8
4) Dust Control 9
5) Clean-up 10
6) Proof Rolling 11
7) Disposal of excess materials 12
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 13
1.3 REFERENCES 14
A. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17
unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. ASTM Standards: 19
a. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 20
(Unified Soil Classification System). 21
b. D4318, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 22
Plasticity Index of Soils. 23
c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 24
Soil Using Standard Effort. 25
d. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 26
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Permits 29
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 30
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 31
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 32
b. Any excavation or embankment activities performed prior to an executed 33
construction contract and an assigned City inspector is subject to additional 34
testing, compaction, and site requirements at no cost to the City. 35
B. Sequencing 36
1. Install all erosion control measures in accordance with Section 31 25 14 prior to 37
commencing any earthwork activities. 38
2. Complete all site clearing in accordance with Section 31 10 00 prior to commencing 39
any earthwork activities. 40
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 41
1. A Pre-Earthwork Meeting is not required for Capital Improvement projects. 42
2. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 43
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44
45
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 1
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 10 00. 2
b. Excavation limits 3
c. Cut/fill stakes 4
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 5
with Section 01 57 13 prior to Excavation activities. 6
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10
treating activities. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Information Submittal 13
1. Equipment Information 14
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15
1) Equipment name 16
2) Size 17
3) Intended use 18
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20
1. All test reports generated during testing. 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
2. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 28
a. Store soil within existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction 29
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 31
c. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 32
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33
d. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34
landscaped areas. 35
3. Designated Storage Areas 36
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 37
or temporary construction easement, secure and maintain an adequate storage 38
location. 39
b. Provide an affidavit verifying rights have been secured to store the materials on 40
private property. 41
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Do not block drainage ways. 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2
A. Ambient Conditions 3
1. Surface temperature must be at least 40°F and the ambient temperature must be 4
45°F and rising. 5
2. Do not install embankment during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper 6
work placement of the material and compaction. 7
a. Prior to resuming compaction operations: 8
1) Let soil dry to optimal density. 9
2) Remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted 10
materials. 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14
2.2 MATERIALS 15
A. General 16
1. Furnish material capable of forming a stable embankment. 17
2. Furnish material free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious 18
materials. 19
B. Acceptable Fill Material 20
1. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with ASTM 21
D2487. 22
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 23
3. Can be placed free from voids. 24
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 25
5. Meets the requirements of Table 1. 26
Table 1 – Acceptable Fill Material Requirements 27
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 50
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 35
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 3000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
C. Blended Fill Material 28
1. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487. 29
2. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material in accordance with the 30
requirements of this Section. 31
3. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 32
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 1
5. Final blended product meets the requirements of Table 1. 2
D. Unacceptable Fill Material 3
1. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 4
D2487 5
E. Select Fill Material 6
1. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 7
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 8
3. Can be placed free from voids. 9
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 10
5. Meets the requirements of Table 2. 11
12
Table 2 – Select Fill Material Requirements 13
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 20
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 16
A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 17
1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation, and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 18
from each source. 19
a. All testing listed above shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D698, 20
D6913, and D4318 respectively. 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24
3.3 PREPARATION 25
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 26
1. Pavement 27
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 28
designated to remain. 29
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 30
contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 31
cost. 32
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Trees 1
a. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 2
00. 3
b. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 4
canopy. 5
c. Prune or trim tree limbs as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 6
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 7
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 8
3. Above ground Structures 9
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 10
B. Surface Preparation 11
1. Backfill stump holes or other small incidental excavations due to site clearing with 12
material of same properties as in-situ material. 13
2. Scarify base soil surface on which the embankment will be constructed to a 14
minimum depth of 6 inches. 15
3. Bench slopes before placing new material. 16
3.4 EMBANKMENT 17
A. General 18
1. Provide material type as specified in the Drawings. 19
2. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area. 20
3. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material 21
and proof roll existing surface. 22
4. After spreading the loose lifts to required thickness and adjusting its moisture 23
content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed 24
embankment material. 25
5. Compact material in loose lifts no greater than 8 inches. 26
6. Roll with enough passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. 27
7. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 28
specified compaction. 29
8. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 30
B. Surface Water Control 31
1. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse 32
slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 33
2. Conduct fills so no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. 34
3. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 35
amounts of runoff collect. 36
4. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free 37
from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 38
C. Earth Embankments 39
1. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in 40
lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 41
2. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 42
and incorporate it into uniform layers. 43
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Construct embankments in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the 1
street. 2
4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 3
ensure no abrupt changes in the material. 4
5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 5
material is attained. 6
6. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections specified in the Drawings. 7
7. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 8
requirements until the project is accepted. 9
D. Rock Embankments 10
1. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 12
cross-section with a depth of 18 inches or less. 13
3. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 inches in any 14
case. 15
4. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 16
placement and filling operations. 17
5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 18
of any rock. 19
6. Do not place rock greater than 18 inches in its maximum dimension. 20
7. Do not place rock embankments in any location where future utilities are 21
anticipated. 22
8. Construct the final layer with graded material so the density and uniformity is in 23
accordance with compaction requirements. 24
E. Density Control 25
1. Determine maximum dry density and moisture content using ASTM D698 and 26
submit moisture-density curves to City for review. 27
2. Compact each lift to meet the following requirements: 28
a. For soils with a PI less than 35, compact to 98% of maximum dry density, plus 29
or minus 2%. 30
b. For soils with a PI greater than 35, compact to at least 98% of maximum dry 31
density. 32
F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 33
1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 34
2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 35
percentage points below optimum. 36
3. Rework the material to obtain specified compaction when the material loses the 37
required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 38
4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 39
specified density as directed by City. 40
3.5 REPAIR 41
42
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Embankment 1
activities: 2
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 3
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 4
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 5
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 6
5. Utility pipes 7
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 8
7. Landscape beds or planters 9
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 10
9. Retaining walls 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Tests and Inspections 14
1. Proctors 15
a. Perform Proctor Tests in accordance with ASTM D698. 16
b. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 17
c. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 18
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 19
2) If notified by the Engineer 20
3) At the convenience of the City 21
d. For Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 22
Proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 23
2. Proof Rolling 24
a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 25
b. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 26
one tire width. 27
c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping and unstable or non-uniform areas in 28
accordance with this Section. 29
3. Density Testing of Embankments 30
a. Density Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D6938. 31
b. City must be on site during density testing. 32
c. For Embankments under future pavement: 33
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations 34
are being conducted. 35
2) Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 36
3) City to determine density testing locations. 37
d. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 38
1) The City will perform density testing once per working day when 39
compaction operations are being conducted. 40
2) Measure density every 250’ along embankment. 41
3) City to determine density testing locations. 42
e. Test reports shall include: 43
1) Location of test by station number 44
2) Time and date of test 45
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Depth of testing 1
4) Field moisture 2
5) Dry density 3
6) Proctor identifier 4
7) Percent Proctor Density 5
B. Non-Conforming Work 6
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the 7
City. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 31 25 14 1
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent 7
and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 32 05 26 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per linear foot of Triangular Sediment Filter Dike installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 22
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 23
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Triangular Sediment Filter 24
Dike” installed. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Triangular Sediment Filter Dike as specified 27
by the Drawings 28
2) Filter fabric 29
3) Net reinforcement 30
4) Fasteners 31
5) Stone overflows 32
6) Cleaning 33
7) Disposal of silt 34
8) Repair of damaged Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 35
2. Silt Fence 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed. 38
b. Payment 39
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 40
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 41
price bid per linear foot for “Silt Fence” installed. 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Silt Fence as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Posts 3
3) Filter fabric 4
4) Net reinforcement 5
5) Fasteners 6
6) Stone overflows 7
7) Safety caps 8
8) Cleaning 9
9) Disposal of silt 10
10) Repair of damaged Silt Fence 11
3. Check Dam 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot for “Check Dam” installed. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings 20
2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric 21
3) Excavation 22
4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 23
5) Cleaning 24
6) Disposal of silt 25
7) Repair of damaged Check Dam 26
4. Organic Filter Tube 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per linear foot for “Organic Filter Tube” installed. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Containment mesh 36
3) Core material 37
4) Posts 38
5) Rock bags 39
6) Cleaning 40
7) Disposal of silt 41
8) Repair of damaged Organic Filter Tube 42
5. Inlet Protection 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed. 45
b. Payment 46
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48
price bid per each for “Inlet Protection” installed. 49
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings 2
2) All items pertaining to Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 3
control as needed 4
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 5
4) Cleaning 6
5) Disposal of silt 7
6) Repair of damaged Inlet Protection items 8
6. Erosion Control Blanket 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per square yard for “Erosion Control Blanket” installed. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the 17
Drawings 18
2) Blanket and staples 19
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 20
4) Cleaning 21
5) Disposal of silt 22
6) Repair of damaged Erosion Control Blanket 23
7. Stabilized Construction Exit 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 28
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 29
be allowed. 30
8. Mulching 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per square yard for “Mulching” installed. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings 39
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 40
9. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 41
a. Measurement 42
1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed. 43
b. Payment 44
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 45
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 46
price bid per each for “Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap” installed. 47
c. The price bid shall include: 48
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 1
Drawings 2
2) Filter stone 3
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 4
4) Cleaning 5
5) Disposal of silt 6
6) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps 7
10. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per each for “Stone Outlet Sediment Trap” installed. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 16
Drawings 17
2) Filter stone 18
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 19
4) Cleaning 20
5) Disposal of silt 21
6) Repair of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps 22
11. Turf Reinforcement Mat 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per square yard for “Turf Reinforcement Mat” installed. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the 31
Drawings 32
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 33
3) Cleaning 34
4) Disposal of silt 35
5) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items 36
12. Dewatering Controls 37
a. Measurement 38
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 42
be allowed. 43
13. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Device Installation 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 46
b. Payment 47
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Storm Water Pollution 2
Prevention Device Installation”. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing all items under Storm Water Pollution Prevention 5
Device Installation as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Excavation 7
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 8
4) Cleaning 9
5) Disposal of silt 10
6) Repair of damaged Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 11
14. Remove Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Remove Storm Water 17
Pollution Prevention Devices.” 18
19
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Removing all items previously installed as part of the Storm Water 2
Pollution Prevention Plan as specified by the Drawings 3
2) Loading, unloading, and hauling 4
3) Cleaning 5
4) Disposal of silt 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater 12
Management (iSWM) Technical Manual. 13
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 14
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 15
a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets. 16
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material 17
Specifications (DMS): 18
a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 19
b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric. 20
c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets. 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Sequencing 23
1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to any earth disturbing 24
activities begin. 25
2. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection prior to any earth 26
disturbing activities. 27
3. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment 28
Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed. 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS 30
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section 34
01 57 13. 35
B. Product Data 36
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment 37
Control devices and accessories. 38
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 39
a. Manufacturer name 40
b. Date 41
c. Material description 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
d. Point of delivery 1
e. Data and test results as specified in this Section 2
f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 3
g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with 12
manufacturer’s recommendations. 13
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 19
1. Fabric 20
a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 21
22
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
23
2. Wire Mesh Support 24
a. The dike structure shall be 6-gauge 6” x 6” wire mesh folded into 25
triangular form being 18-inches on each side. 26
B. Silt Fence 27
1. Fabric 28
a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 29
30
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
1
2. Posts 2
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet 3
in length minimum. 4
b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic. 5
c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less 6
than 90 days. 7
3. Net Reinforcement 8
a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, 9
with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches. 10
11
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
4. Stone Overflows 1
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 2
26. 3
C. Check Dam 4
1. Aggregate 5
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 6
dam heights of 24 inches or less. 7
b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 8
dam greater than 24 inches in height. 9
2. Wire 10
a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire. 11
3. Fabric 12
a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in 13
accordance with the following criteria: 14
15
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
16
D. Organic Filter Tube 17
1. Containment Mesh 18
a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with 19
a minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap, 20
twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester. 21
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 22
b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube 23
installation. 24
c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic 25
filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system. 26
2. Core Material 27
a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or 28
coir. 29
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 30
3. Posts 31
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2 32
inches by 2 inches wooden posts. 33
b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic 34
Filter Tube. 35
E. Inlet Protection 36
1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 37
control in accordance with this Section. 38
39
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
F. Erosion Control Blanket 1
1. Blanket 2
a. In accordance with DMS 6370. 3
2. Staples 4
a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer 5
recommendations. 6
G. Stabilized Construction Exit 7
1. Aggregate 8
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 9
H. Mulching 10
1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings. 11
I. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 12
1. Riprap 13
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 14
2. Filter Stone 15
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 16
26. 17
3. Wire 18
a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch 19
by 1/2 inch openings. 20
4. Fabric 21
a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria: 22
23
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
24
5. Concrete Block 25
a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in 26
accordance with ASTM C139. 27
J. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 28
1. Riprap 29
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 30
2. Filter Stone 31
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 32
26. 33
34
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3. Fabric 1
a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 2
3
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
4
K. Turf Reinforcement Mat 5
1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved 6
Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the 7
following criteria: 8
9
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent
Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft
10
L. Dewatering Controls 11
1. Sediment Filter Bag 12
a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile 13
that meets the following criteria: 14
15
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2
16
2. Temporary Sediment Tank 17
a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot 18
for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24
25
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. General 2
1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere 3
with the construction of the erosion control measure. 4
B. Erosion Control Blanket 5
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 6
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 7
C. Mulching 8
1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final 9
vegetation. 10
a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with 11
hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months. 12
D. Turf Reinforcement Mat 13
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 14
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 17
1. The internal support for the dike structure shall be 6-gauge 6 inch x 6 inch 18
wire mesh or 6-guage 4 inch x 4 inch welded wire fabric folded into triangular 19
form eighteen (18) inches on each side. 20
2. Tie-in to the existing grade should be accomplished by: 21
a. embedding the fabric six-inches below the top of ground on the upslope 22
side; 23
b. extending the fabric to form a 12 inch skirt on the upstream slope and 24
covering it with 3 to 5 inches of 1½ inch washed filter stone; or 25
c. entrenching the base of the triangular dike four inches below ground. 26
1) For (b) above, the skirt and the upslope portion of the triangular dike 27
skeleton should be anchored by metal staples on two-foot centers, 28
driven a minimum of six inches into the ground (except where crossing 29
pavement or exposed limestone). When installed on pavement, the 30
washed rock in option (b) may be replaced by bags filled with 1½ inch 31
washed filter stone placed at 4 foot spacing to anchor the end of the 32
filter fabric to the pavement. 33
3. Filter material shall lap over ends six (6) inches to cover dike-to-dike junction; 34
each junction shall be secured by shoat rings. Where the dike is placed on 35
pavement, two rock bags shall be used to anchor the overlap to the pavement. 36
Additional bags shall be used as needed to ensure continuous contact with the 37
pavement (no gaps). 38
4. Sand bags or large rock should be used as ballast inside the triangular dike 39
section to stabilize the dike against the effects of high flows. 40
5. Sufficient room for the operation of sediment removal equipment shall be 41
provided between the dike and other obstructions in order to properly remove 42
sediment. 43
6. The ends of the dike shall be turned upgrade to prevent bypass of stormwater. 44
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
7. When used as a perimeter control on drainage areas larger than 0.5 acres, a 1
stone overflow structure may be necessary at low points to act as a controlled 2
overflow point in order to prevent localized flooding and failure of the dike. 3
8. If used as check dams in small swales (drainage areas less than 3 acres), the 4
dikes shall be installed according to the spacing and other criteria in Check 5
Dam. 6
B. Silt Fence 7
1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept 8
sediment from sheet flow. 9
2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center. 10
3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh. 11
Backfill the trench. 12
4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts 13
in at least four equally spaced locations per post. 14
5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches. 15
6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage 16
or bypass. 17
7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if 18
there is no apparent low point. 19
8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 20
9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or 21
otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 22
C. Check Dam 23
1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings. 24
2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow. 25
D. Organic Filter Tube 26
1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to 27
intercept sediment from sheet flow. 28
2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the 29
length of the Organic Filter Tubes. 30
3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of 31
normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs. 32
a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces. 33
4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together 34
preventing gaps from forming. 35
5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 36
E. Inlet Protection 37
1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturer’s 38
instructions. 39
2. Install Organic Filter Tubes, rock bags, and filter fabric as specified in the 40
Drawings and in accordance with this Section. 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 1
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 2
device clogs. 3
F. Erosion Control Blanket 4
1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is 5
steeper than a 6:1 slope. 6
2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper. 7
3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings. 8
4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 9
5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 10
6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 11
7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 12
8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 13
edges by 6 inches. 14
9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 15
G. Stabilized Construction Exit 16
1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings. 17
2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a 18
construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 19
3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a 20
drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 21
4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site 22
or on top of utility lines. 23
5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way. 24
H. Mulching 25
1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform 26
coverage of the specified area. 27
2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches. 28
3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder, 29
using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the 30
mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper. 31
4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper. 32
I. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 33
1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 34
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 35
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 36
control design storm. 37
3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 38
4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 39
diameter. 40
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 41
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 42
device clogs. 43
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
J. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 1
1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 2
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 3
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 4
control design storm. 5
3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 6
diameter. 7
4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 8
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 9
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 10
device clogs. 11
K. Turf Reinforcement Mat 12
1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturer’s 13
recommendations. 14
2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or 15
channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading. 16
3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes, 17
embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level. 18
4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes 19
below the water surface level. 20
5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 21
6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 22
7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 23
8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 24
9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 25
edges by 6 inches. 26
10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 27
3.5 REPAIR 28
1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in 29
accordance with this Section. 30
2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further 31
damage from equipment operations needed for repairs. 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Field Inspections 35
1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar 36
days with City Watershed Protection Division. 37
2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in 38
operation. 39
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 40
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE 4
A. General 5
1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair 6
and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a 7
device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control 8
devices must be selected. 9
2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain 10
intended operation. 11
3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative 12
cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City. 13
B. Check Dam 14
1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one 15
foot, whichever is less. 16
C. Dewatering Controls 17
1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices 18
to prevent further erosion. 19
2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment. 20
21
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 34 19 1
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcements. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per the square yard of Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per square yard for “Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement” installed. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 23
2) Loading 24
3) Unloading 25
4) Hauling 26
5) Disposal of excess materials 27
6) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34
a. D4632, Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 35
b. D276, Identification of Fibers in Textiles 36
c. D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to 37
Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc-Type Apparatus 38
3. TXDOT Test Procedures: 39
a. Tex-616-J, Construction Fabrics 40
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Name 7
2. Manufacturer 8
3. Chemical composition 9
4. Material Properties 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16
66 00. 17
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 18
A. Ambient Conditions 19
1. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement under appropriate ambient and soil 20
conditions in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 21
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24
2.2 MATERIALS 25
A. Manufacturers 26
1. Manufacturer List 27
a. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 28
1) TriAx Geogrid by Tensar, or 29
2) Approved equal 30
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 31
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32
B. Material Requirements 33
34
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Provide Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement meeting the following requirements: 1
2
Characteristic Test Method Average Roll Minimum Value
Grab Strength ASTM D4632 80-lbs @ 12-in per minute
Elongation at Break ASTM D4632 50% @ 12-in per minute
Asphalt Retention Tex-616-J 0.5-oz per square foot
Melting Point ASTM D276 300° F
Resistance to UV Light ASTM D4355 70%
3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines. 11
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20
21
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 36 00 1
GABIONS 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Furnishing and installing gabions and gabion mattresses. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 31 23 16 – Excavation. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Gabions 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per cubic yard of Gabion installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per cubic yard for “Gabions” installed for: 23
a) Various Types 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Gabions as specified by the Drawings 26
2) Wire baskets, lacing, fasteners filter fabric, and filter material 27
3) Excavation, grading, and backfill 28
2. Gabion Mattresses 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measured per [square yard of surface area or cubic yard] of Gabion 31
Mattress installed. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per [square yard of surface area or cubic yard] for “Gabion 36
Mattresses” installed for: 37
a) Various Types. 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Furnishing and installing Gabion Mattresses as specified by the Drawings 40
2) Wire baskets, lacing, fasteners filter fabric, and filter material 41
3) Excavation, grading, and backfill 42
43
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Definitions 2
1. Gabion: A wire fabric or mesh container, filled with stone, with a height of 1 foot 3
or greater. 4
2. Gabion Mattress: A wire fabric or mesh container filled with stone and with a 5
height less than 1 foot. 6
B. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9
unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. ASTM Standards 11
a. ASTM A975, Standard Specification for Double-Twisted Hexagonal Mesh 12
Gabions and Revet Mattresses (Metallic-Coated Steel Wire or Metallic-Coated 13
Steel Wire With Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Coating). 14
3. TxDOT Test Procedures 15
a. Tex-411-A, Test Procedure for Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate 16
or Magnesium Sulfate. 17
4. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specifications 18
a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 24
A. Product Data 25
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer that is supplying gabion baskets and 26
accessories. 27
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 28
a. Manufacturer name 29
b. Date 30
c. Material description 31
d. Point of delivery 32
e. Data and test results as required in this Section 33
f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 34
g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
39
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
2. Filter Fabric 5
a. Store filter fabric out of direct sunlight. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 7
A. Ambient Conditions 8
1. Ambient temperature must be 15°F and rising above the manufacturer’s listed 9
brittleness temperature of the PVC coating. 10
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13
2.2 MATERIALS 14
A. Gabions 15
1. Provide twisted wire gabions and gabion mattresses, stiffeners, lacing wire, and 16
spiral connectors with Style 3 PVC wire coating in accordance with ASTM A 975. 17
2. Alternate wire fasteners may be allowed if they meet the following minimum 18
connection strength requirements: 19
Application Strength (lb/ft)
Gabions, galvanized 1,400
Gabions, PVC-coated 1,200
Gabion mattresses 700
B. Filler Stone 20
1. Provide stone consisting of clean, hard, durable stone not containing shale, caliche, 21
or other soft particles. 22
2. Provide stones between 3 and 8 inches in their smallest dimension for gabions and 23
between 3 and 6 inches for gabion mattresses. 24
3. Provide stones with a 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness below 18 percent when 25
tested in accordance with Tex-411-A. 26
C. Filter Fabric 27
1. Provide Type 2 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, if required. 28
D. Filter Material 29
1. Provide filter material consisting of hard, durable, clean sand or gravel with a 30
maximum particle size of 3/8 inch, if required. 31
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. Foundation 6
1. Excavate the foundation to the extent shown on the plans or as directed in 7
accordance with Section 31 23 16. 8
2. Remove all loose or otherwise unsuitable material and any debris protruding from 9
the foundation within the limits of the proposed gabion or gabion mattress. 10
3. Backfill and compact voids to a density matching the adjacent foundation. 11
4. A City Inspector is required to inspect the prepared surface immediately before 12
gabion or gabion mattress placement. 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. Filter Fabric 15
1. Install filter fabric in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 16
2. Install filter fabric with the long axis parallel to the centerline of the structure, 17
highway, or dam. 18
3. Keep the fabric material free of tension, stress, folds, wrinkles, or creases. 19
4. Lap the material at least 18 inches along the longitudinal joint of material. 20
5. Lap the ends of rolls at joints by at least 3 feet. 21
6. Securing pins: 22
a. Place securing pins through both strips of material at lapped joints at 23
approximately the midpoint of the overlap. 24
b. Place securing pins in lapped longitudinal joints on approximately 10-foot 25
centers. 26
c. Place additional securing pins as necessary to hold fabric in position. 27
7. Repair torn or punctured fabric by placing a layer of fabric over the damaged area, 28
overlapping at least 3 feet beyond the damaged area in all directions. 29
8. Any defects, rips, holes, flaws, or damage to the material may be cause for 30
rejection. 31
9. Cover filer fabric as soon as possible, but no later than 3 days after placing. 32
B. Assembly 33
1. Gabion baskets shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 34
instructions. 35
2. Ensure all sides, ends, and diaphragms erected are level and in the correct position. 36
C. Basket Placement 37
1. Place gabion baskets into final position while empty. 38
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Place the front row of gabion or gabion mattress units first, and successively 1
construct units toward the top of the slope or the back of the structure. 2
3. Bind baskets together along all contacting edges in order to form one continuous, 3
connecting unit. 4
4. Partially fill initial row of gabion or gabion mattress units to provide anchorage 5
against deformation and displacement. 6
5. Stretch and hold empty baskets to remove kinks and provide a uniform alignment. 7
D. Stone Placement 8
1. Place stones by hand in layers no greater than 12 inches ensuring maximum density 9
and minimum voids. 10
2. For gabions 2 feet or greater in height, install looped inner tie wires connecting 11
front to back faces after each 12-inch layer. 12
3. Do not fill any cell more than 12 inches above any adjacent cell unless looped inner 13
tie wires run in both directions. 14
4. Place vertical outside faces with select stone to achieve the best appearance and to 15
ensure stones are larger than wire openings. 16
5. Overfill final layer of stone uniformly by 1 inch. 17
E. Basket Closing 18
1. Close the lid tightly along all edges, ends, and internal diaphragms. 19
2. Do not use crowbars or other single-point leverage bars for lid closing. 20
3. Tie lid to the edges, ends, and internal diaphragms in same manner basket units 21
were tied together. 22
4. Tie adjacent lids together in same manner basket units were tied together. 23
5. Ensure all protruding wires are bent in toward basket. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33
34
31 36 00
GABIONS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
[2019 JAN 01]
4
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 37 00 1
RIPRAP 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provide and place concrete, stone, cement-stabilized, or special riprap. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Riprap 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per square yard of Riprap installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per square yard for “Riprap” installed for: 23
a) Various depths. 24
b) Various types. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Riprap as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Aggregate, filter fabric, expansion joint material, concrete, grout, mortar, 28
and reinforcing steel 29
3) Excavation for wingwalls and toe wall trenches 30
4) Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as 31
applicable 32
5) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 33
6) Shaping of slopes, as applicable 34
7) Bedding 35
8) Clean-up 36
37
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 6
a. D5519, Standard Test Methods for Particle Size Analysis of Natural and Man-7
Made Riprap Materials. 8
3. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS): 9
a. DMS 6200, Filter Fabric. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19
66 00. 20
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 21
A. Ambient Conditions 22
1. Place mortar or grout only when the air temperature is above 35° F and rising. 23
2. For concrete riprap, follow all field condition requirements for concrete in 24
accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 MATERIALS 29
A. Filter Fabric 30
1. Provide Type 2 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, if required. 31
B. Concrete Riprap 32
1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days in accordance 33
with Section 03 30 00. 34
35
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Stone Riprap 1
1. Use durable natural stone with a bulk specific gravity of at least 2.50 and a 2
maximum weight loss of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution. 3
2. Common 4
a. Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. 5
b. Use stones at least 3 inches in their least dimension. 6
c. Use stones at least twice as wide as they are thick. 7
3. Protection 8
a. Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. 9
b. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a least 1/3 of 10
the length. 11
c. Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements shown in 12
Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 13
d. Determine the gradation of the finished, in-place, riprap stone under the direct 14
supervision of the City in accordance with ASTM D5519. 15
Table 1 16
Riprap Gradation Requirements 17
Thickness Maximum Size
(lb.)
90 percent Size1
(lb.)
50 percent Size2
(lb.)
8 percent Size3,
Minimum (lb.)
12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3
15 in. 320 170-300 60-165 20
18 in. 530 290-475 105-220 22
21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25
24 in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30
30 in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40
1. Defined such that 10% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 90% is smaller. 18
2. Defined such that 50% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 50% is smaller. 19
3. Defined such that 92% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 8% is smaller. 20
Table 2 21
Bedding Stone Gradation 22
Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent by Weight Passing
3 inches 100
1-1/2 inches 50-80
3/4 inches 20-60
No. 4 0-15
No. 10 0-5
D. Grout 23
1. Provide grout with a ratio of 1-part portland cement to 3-parts sand and mixed with 24
water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into and completely fill all voids. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Grading 5
1. Grade and compact the slopes and other areas to be protected with riprap to match 6
the line and grade shown on the plans. 7
3.4 INSTALLATION 8
A. Filter Fabric 9
1. Place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope, if required. 10
2. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 11
3. Secure fabric with nails at least 2 inches long or U-shaped pins with legs at least 9 12
inches long. 13
4. Space nails or pins at a maximum 10 feet in each direction and 5 feet along seams. 14
B. Concrete Riprap 15
1. Reinforcement 16
a. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 17
18 inches in each direction unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18
b. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at all splices. 19
c. Place the first parallel bar no more than 6 inches from the edge of concrete and 20
ensure between 1 and 3 inches of horizontal cover at the edge of riprap. 21
d. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant 22
from the top and bottom surface of the slab. 23
e. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 24
f. Provide 2-inch weep holes on 10-foot centers located 2 feet above finished 25
grade backed by 1 cubic foot of gravel and galvanized hardware cloth. 26
g. Provide additional rows of 2-inch weep holes for each 20 feet of riprap height, 27
offset by 5 feet from the first row. 28
2. Subgrade 29
a. Sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed ensuring all 30
surfaces are moist. 31
b. Compact each layer to a minimum of 98 percent standard proctor density with a 32
moisture content not to exceed plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 33
3. Compact and shape the concrete once it has been placed in accordance with the 34
dimensions shown on the plans. 35
4. Finish the surface with a wood float after it has set sufficiently. 36
5. Provide a smooth surface or broom finish, as approved. 37
6. Cure the riprap immediately after the finishing operation in accordance with 38
Section 32 13 13. 39
40
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Stone Riprap 1
1. Provide the following types of stone riprap as specified in the Drawings: 2
a. Dry Riprap 3
1) Stone riprap with voids filled entirely with only spalls or small stones. 4
2) Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and 5
voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 6
3) Do not exceed a 6-inch variation between the tops of adjacent stones. 7
4) Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the 8
allowable amount above the finished surface. 9
b. Grouted Riprap 10
1) Common stone riprap with voids grouted after all stones are in place. 11
2) Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the 12
stones. 13
3) Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place, fill the spaces between 14
the stones with grout, and pack. 15
4) Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 16
5) Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. 17
2. Common 18
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1. 19
b. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. 20
c. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. 21
d. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding 22
course. 23
3. Protection 24
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. 25
b. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits specified in the Drawings. 26
c. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well-27
graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. 28
d. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. 29
e. Avoid displacing the bedding material. 30
f. Ensure the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from 31
objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. 32
g. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place by dumping into chutes, 33
dumping from the top of the slope, pushing from the top of the slope, or any 34
method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 35
h. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the 36
mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other 37
methods of placement that will produce the specified results. 38
i. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary 39
to obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. 40
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43
A. Field Tests and Inspections 44
1. Perform a size verification test in accordance with ASTM D5519 at least once per 45
5,000 square yards of finished riprap for all types of stone. 46
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. For installations greater than 5,000 square yards, do not place additional riprap until 1
the initial size verification test has been approved. 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS 9
10
11
Figure 1 – Common Stone Riprap, dry or grouted 12
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
Figure 2 – Protection Stone Riprap 2
3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 01 17 1
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Flexible Paving Repair including: 6
a. Flexible Paving Repair 7
b. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) 8
c. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks 9
d. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 10
e. Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 18
4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19
5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 20
6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 21
7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 22
8. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealants. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Flexible Paving Repair 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per square yard for “Flexible Paving Repair” installed for: 32
a) Various street classifications. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair as specified by the 35
Drawings 36
2) Removal of existing asphalt pavement and base material. 37
3) Loading 38
4) Unloading 39
5) Storing 40
6) Hauling 41
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Handling of materials 1
8) Traffic control for all testing 2
9) Trial batches (as needed) 3
10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 4
informational submittals 5
11) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 6
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7
13) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 8
14) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 9
2. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per square yard of Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) installed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per square yard for “Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving)” installed. 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Furnishing and installing Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) as specified by 18
the Drawings 19
2) Loading 20
3) Unloading 21
4) Storing 22
5) Hauling 23
6) Handling of materials 24
7) Traffic control for all testing 25
8) Trial batches (as needed) 26
9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 27
informational submittals 28
10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 29
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 30
12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 31
13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 32
3. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured by the pound of “Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks” 35
installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per pound for “Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Flexible 40
Paving)” installed. 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Cracks as specified by the 43
Drawings 44
2) Loading 45
3) Unloading 46
4) Storing 47
5) Hauling 48
6) Handling of materials 49
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Traffic control for all testing 1
8) Trial batches (as needed) 2
9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 3
informational submittals 4
10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 5
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 7
13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 8
4. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair for Utility installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per square yard for “Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 15
installed for: 16
a) Various street classifications. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 19
specified by the Drawings 20
2) Removal of temporary material 21
3) Loading 22
4) Unloading 23
5) Storing 24
6) Hauling 25
7) Handling of materials 26
8) Traffic control for all testing 27
9) Trial batches (as needed) 28
10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 29
informational submittals 30
11) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 31
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 32
13) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 33
14) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 34
5. Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 37
Trench installed. 38
b. Payment 39
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 40
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 41
price bid per square yard for “Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 42
Trench” installed for: 43
a) Various street classifications. 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 46
Trench as specified by the Drawings 47
2) Loading 48
3) Unloading 49
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Storing 1
5) Hauling 2
6) Handling of materials 3
7) Traffic control for all testing 4
8) Trial batches (as needed) 5
9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 6
informational submittals 7
10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 8
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 9
12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 10
13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 11
1.3 REFERENCES 12
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 13
1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 14
B. Definitions 15
1. Concrete Base Material – Class D Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16
a. Referred to as 2-sack concrete backfill on the City Standard Details. 17
C. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22
a. ASTM C457 – Standard Test Method for Microscopical Determination of 23
Parameters of the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete 24
3. TxDOT Standards: 25
a. Tex-414-A – Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric 26
Method 27
b. Tex-415-A – Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 28
c. Tex-416-A – Air Content of Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 29
d. Tex-422-A – Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 30
Concrete 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36
A. Shop Drawings 37
1. Product Data 38
a. Submit product data for all products used for Pot Hole Repair and Cleaning and 39
Sealing Joints and Cracks. Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 40
12 73 and this Section. 41
42
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Asphalt Mix Design 1
a. Provide an asphalt mix design for TY C, TY D, and TY B asphalt in 2
accordance with Section 32 12 16. 3
3. Concrete Mix Design 4
a. Provide a mix design for Class D concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5
4. Rolling Pattern 6
a. Provide the proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 7
B. Information Submittals 8
1. Equipment Information 9
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 10
1) Equipment name and description 11
2) Size 12
3) Intended use 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19
66 00. 20
B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 21
Sections 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00. 22
C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 23
requirements specified in the product data. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 25
A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 32 05 16, 26
32 11 23, 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00. 27
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30
2.2 MATERIALS 31
A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 32
embedment, and backfill. 33
B. Asphalt Paving: 34
1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 35
2. Use TY C or TY D for the 2-inch surface course. Refer to street classification in 36
this Section and the City Standard Detail. 37
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Use TY B for the intermediate and/or base courses. 1
C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 2
1. Concrete Class: Class D in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 3
2. Production Materials: 4
a. Cement 5
1) Type II in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 6
b. Fly Ash 7
1) Class F Fly Ash F in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 8
c. Water 9
1) In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10
d. Chemical Admixtures 11
1) Air entraining admixture in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12
e. Aggregate: 13
1) Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 14
2) Fine Aggregate: 15
a) Provide fine aggregate with maximum of 12 percent of fine aggregate 16
passing the number 200 sieve. 17
3) Coarse Aggregate: 18
a) Use pea gravel that is no larger than 3/8 inch. 19
D. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 20
1. Provide sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73. 21
E. Subgrade or Subbase Course 22
1. Provide a Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for all 23
base course installation and repair unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 24
directed by the City. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Tests and Inspections 28
1. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 29
a. Provide Class D concrete conforming to all the testing requirements specified 30
in Section 03 00 00. 31
B. Perform all tests and inspections required for asphalt, concrete, and flexible base in 32
accordance with Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00 00, and 32 11 23. 33
C. Non-Conforming Work 34
1. If the materials do not meet the requirements of Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00 35
00, and 32 11 23, or the product data sheet, the material will be considered non-36
conforming and will be rejected or removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Surface Preparation for Pothole Repair 2
1. Square the edges of the pothole by saw-cutting 1’ from the edge of the pothole to 3
the depth of the pothole around the entire pothole. 4
2. Remove any loose and foreign material. 5
3. Clean and dry the repair area thoroughly. 6
B. Surface Preparation for Asphalt Pavement Repair 7
1. Full-depth sawcut and remove asphalt pavement and base material within the limits 8
shown on the Drawings in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 9
3.4 PAVEMENT REPAIR 10
A. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 11
1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 02 41 15. 12
B. Concrete Base for Trench Repair 13
1. Install concrete base material in accordance with the requirements for Class D 14
concrete in Section 03 00 00. 15
2. Install to the depth and width specified in the Drawings and the City Standard 16
Details. 17
C. Asphalt Pavement Repair 18
1. General 19
a. Refer to City Standard Details for flexible pavement sections and subgrade 20
depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 21
Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 22
2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 23
a. Subgrade: 24
1) After the asphalt and base material is removed, replace the subgrade to the 25
depth specified on the City Standard Detail based on the street 26
classification. 27
2) Install subgrade material Flexible Base TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with 28
Section 32 11 23. 29
3) Install the full-depth of asphalt courses and subgrade specified on the City 30
Standard Detail. Use flexible base for the subgrade at the depth specified. 31
4) Installation of base and full-depth asphalt material is considered subsidiary 32
to Asphalt Pavement Repair. 33
b. Pavement Section 34
1) Compare the existing flexible pavement section with the City Standard 35
Details for Asphalt Paving based on the street classification specified on the 36
Drawings. 37
a) If the existing flexible pavement section matches the Detail or is 38
thicker, match the existing pavement section. 39
b) If the existing flexible pavement section is thinner than the Detail, 40
install asphalt pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard 41
Detail. 42
2) Full-depth installation of all courses of asphalt pavement is considered 43
subsidiary to Asphalt Pavement Repair. 44
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Pavement Section for Utility Trench: 1
a. If a street classification is specified in Drawings: 2
1) Follow the same process for selecting a pavement section as for standard 3
pavement repair. 4
2) Full-depth installation of all courses of asphalt pavement is considered 5
subsidiary to Asphalt Pavement Repair for Utility Service Trench. 6
b. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 7
1) Pavement Section: 8
a) Surface Course: 3 inches TY C 9
(1) Unless approved by City in writing, surface course shall not be less 10
than 2 inches. 11
b) Base Asphalt Course: 9 inches TY B 12
c) Subgrade Depth: 12 inches of flexible base or Class D Concrete 13
D. Pothole Repair 14
1. After the surface is prepared, apply a tack coat to the exposed asphalt surface. 15
2. Hot-Mix Asphalt 16
a. Use TY D asphalt for hot-mix asphalt. 17
3. Cold-Mix Asphalt 18
a. Provide a high-performance polymer-modified cold asphalt. Submit a product 19
data submittal for material approval. 20
4. After material is placed, finish to grade and compact to conform to the existing 21
roadway surface. Compact with a hand tamp, mechanical tamps, or rollers as 22
directed or approved. Compact until full consolidation is achieved. 23
5. Clean roadway surface after repair operations and remove and dispose of any 24
excess material. 25
6. Maximum pot hole size: 26
a. The maximum allowable size of a pothole is roughly 3 feet by 3 feet or larger 27
and 3 inches deep. 28
b. If the pothole measures larger than 3 feet by 3 feet, or if the depth of the 29
pothole is 3 inches or greater, perform a full depth removal of asphalt and base 30
material. Refer to Section 02 41 15 for paving removal limits. 31
c. Any base repair will be considered subsidiary to the square yards of asphalt for 32
pot hole repair. 33
d. Use a flexible base course in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for repair of any 34
base material. 35
e. If a full depth repair is needed, coordinate with the City prior to performing 36
repair activities on that pot hole. The City may choose to allow a temporary 37
patch of the pothole. Obtain written permission from the City if a temporary 38
patch is allowed and follow all requirements provided by the City. 39
E. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 40
1. Prepare the site and install sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73. 41
F. Temporary Paving Repair for Utility Trenches 42
1. Refer to City Standard Details for additional information. 43
2. Refer to Section 02 41 15 for paving removal. 44
3. Pavement thickness 45
a. Match existing pavement thickness. 46
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. If street classification is specified in Drawings: 1
1) Provide pavement section as shown on City Standard Details for full depth 2
of asphalt. The depth should include the surface and both base depths. 3
2) Example: Arterial Street – 3 inches of TY C on 9 inches of TY B. 4
c. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 5
1) Minimum thickness: 2 inches TY C or TY D 6
2) If existing asphalt is rutting: 7
a) Surface Course: 3 inches TY C or TY D 8
b) Base Course: 6 inches TY B 9
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 10
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 12
A. Crack Sealant, Polymer-Modified Cold Mix Asphalt, and other Products 13
1. Perform placement testing in accordance with this Section. 14
B. Asphalt Paving 15
1. Perform all testing requirements for asphalt pavement in accordance with Section 16
32 12 16. 17
C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 18
1. Testing Frequency: 19
a. Test Class D concrete each day for a concrete mixture of up to 25 cubic yards. 20
For each additional 50 cubic yards, perform an additional test. 21
2. Testing of Fresh Concrete: 22
a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 23
3. Concrete Strength Test 24
a. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for required strength for Class D 25
concrete. 26
b. Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast and test cylinders in 27
accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 28
c. Test cylinders after 7 days to verify the concrete base material is in accordance 29
with the strength requirements for Class D concrete. 30
d. If the concrete does not meet the concrete strength, the Contractor may ask the 31
City for a waiver. 32
1) If the City does not approve, remove and replace all non-conforming Class 33
D concrete at no cost to the City. 34
2) If the City does approve, obtain approval in writing. 35
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 37
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 38
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 40
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 41
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 01 29 1
CONCRETE REPAIR 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete Repair Including: 6
a. Concrete Paving Repair 7
b. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 8
c. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 9
d. Concrete Structure Repair, Concrete Crack Repair 10
e. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 18
4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19
5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 20
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 21
7. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Concrete Paving Repair 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair” installed for: 31
a) Various Street Classifications. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Subgrade removal and replacement as specified on the Drawings 36
3) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 37
4) Removal of base material as needed 38
5) Water 39
6) Loading 40
7) Unloading 41
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Storing 1
9) Hauling 2
10) Handling of materials 3
11) Traffic control for all testing 4
12) Trial batches (as needed) 5
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
14) Concrete 7
15) Aggregate 8
16) Supplementary cementing materials 9
17) Concrete additives 10
18) Mixing 11
19) Placement of concrete 12
20) Finishing of concrete 13
21) Curing and curing compounds 14
22) Joint sealant 15
23) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 16
24) Disposal of excess material 17
25) Clean-up 18
2. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 21
installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 26
installed for: 27
a) Various Street Classifications. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 30
specified by the Drawings 31
2) Sawing 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
12) Concrete 42
13) Aggregate 43
14) Supplementary cementing materials 44
15) Concrete additives 45
16) Mixing 46
17) Placement of concrete 47
18) Finishing of concrete 48
19) Curing and curing compounds 49
20) Joint sealant 50
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
21) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 1
22) Disposal of excess material 2
23) Clean-up 3
3. Concrete Structure Repair 4
a. Measurement 5
1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Structure Repair installed. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per square foot for “Concrete Structure Repair” installed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Structure Repair as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 14
3) Removal of base material as needed 15
4) Water 16
5) Loading 17
6) Unloading 18
7) Storing 19
8) Hauling 20
9) Handling of materials 21
10) Traffic control for all testing 22
11) Trial batches (as needed) 23
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24
13) Concrete 25
14) Aggregate 26
15) Supplementary cementing materials 27
16) Concrete additives 28
17) Mixing 29
18) Placement of concrete 30
19) Finishing of concrete 31
20) Curing and curing compounds 32
21) Joint sealant 33
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 34
23) Disposal of excess material 35
24) Clean-up 36
4. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42
price bid per square foot for Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair as specified 45
by the Drawings 46
2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 47
3) Removal of base material as needed 48
4) Water 49
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Loading 1
6) Unloading 2
7) Storing 3
8) Hauling 4
9) Handling of materials 5
10) Traffic control for all testing 6
11) Trial batches (as needed) 7
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 8
13) Concrete 9
14) Aggregate 10
15) Supplementary cementing materials 11
16) Concrete additives 12
17) Mixing 13
18) Placement of concrete 14
19) Finishing of concrete 15
20) Curing and curing compounds 16
21) Joint sealant 17
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 18
23) Disposal of excess material 19
24) Clean-up 20
5. Concrete Crack Repair 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Crack Repair installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for Concrete Crack Repair installed. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Crack Repair as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Sawing 31
3) Concrete 32
4) Aggregate 33
5) Supplementary cementing materials 34
6) Concrete additives 35
7) Mixing 36
8) Placement of concrete 37
9) Finishing of concrete 38
10) Curing and curing compounds 39
11) Joint sealant 40
12) Loading 41
13) Unloading 42
14) Storing 43
15) Hauling 44
16) Handling of materials 45
17) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 46
informational submittals. 47
18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 48
19) Tools 49
20) Equipment 50
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 3
2) This item is considered subsidiary to other pertinent items when used, 4
which can include, but is not limited to, Concrete Paving and Concrete 5
Paving Repair. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per linear foot for Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Joints as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Cleaning and joint sealant materials 14
3) Loading 15
4) Unloading 16
5) Storing 17
6) Hauling 18
7) Handling of materials 19
8) Traffic control for all testing 20
9) Trial batches (as needed) 21
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 22
11) Joint sealant 23
12) Clean-up 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 26
1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 27
B. Definitions 28
C. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 33
a. ASTM C928 – Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening 34
Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. 35
3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36
4. TxDOT Standards: 37
a. Tex-418-A – Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 38
b. Tex-448-A – Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam Third-Point 39
Loading. 40
c. DMS-4655, Concrete Repair Materials. 41
d. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS 44
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 45
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Shop Drawings 3
1. Product Data 4
a. Submit product data for all products used for Cleaning and Sealing Joints. 5
Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 13 73 and this Section. 6
2. Concrete Mix Design 7
a. Provide a mix design for each class or type of concrete used in accordance with 8
Section 03 00 00 and DMS-4655. 9
3. Structural Repair 10
a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval at least 3 weeks prior 11
to performing any structural repair work. 12
4. Crack Repair 13
a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval prior to performing 14
any crack repair work. 15
B. Information Submittals 16
1. Equipment Information 17
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 18
1) Equipment name and description 19
2) Size 20
3) Intended use 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 26
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for concrete in Section 32 05 29
16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 30
C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 31
requirements specified in the product data. 32
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 33
A. Follow all field condition requirements in Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 34
73, and 03 00 00. 35
B. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for field conditions specified in the product 36
data. 37
C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 38
1. Place concrete if the air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 39
40
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 MATERIALS 4
A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 5
embedment, and backfill. 6
B. Concrete Paving Repair: 7
1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 8
2. Concrete Class: 9
a. Standard Concrete Pavement: Concrete Class P2 or HES 10
1) Provide HES concrete designed to attain a minimum compressive strength 11
in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Use HES when concrete needs to be 12
open to traffic within 72 hours. 13
2) Provide Class P2 concrete when possible. 14
3) Use standard concrete pavement unless otherwise approved by the City or 15
specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Alternate Concrete Material: Type A or B concrete listed on TxDOT’s DMS-17
4655 Concrete Repair Materials. 18
1) The Contractor may request to use Type A or B concrete. The Contractor 19
must obtain approval in writing unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Reinforcing Steel, Dowel Bars, and Tie Bars 21
a. Provide reinforcing steel, dowel bars, and tie bars in accordance with Section 22
03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 23
C. Concrete Structure Repair 24
1. Concrete Repair Materials: 25
a. Provide repair materials suitable for the appropriate horizontal, vertical, or 26
overhead application in accordance with the requirements in DMS-4655. 27
b. Trowel-Applied: 28
1) Use Type C in vertical and overhead applications that are less than 3 inches 29
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 30
c. Horizontal or Form-and-Pour Applications: 31
1) Use neat Type A or Type D materials for applications that are less than 3 32
inches thick. 33
2) Use extended Type A or Type D for repairs exceeding 3 inches in depth. 34
d. Use Type D instead of Type A if rapid strength gain is not necessary. 35
e. Use Type B only if specified in the Drawings or approved by the City. 36
f. The City may reject any product based on structural compatibility. 37
2. Pneumatically Applied Materials: 38
a. Provide concrete conforming to TxDOT Item 431 – Pneumatically Placed 39
Concrete. 40
b. Only use pneumatically applied materials when specified in Drawings or 41
approved by the City. 42
c. Prepare trail batches of any proposed repair material and application method as 43
specified by Item 431, this Section, the Drawings, and/or directed by the City. 44
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Epoxy Mortars 1
a. Use Type 8 neat epoxy or epoxy mortar per DMS-6100 – Epoxies and 2
Adhesives for repairs less than 1 inch thick unless otherwise noted on the plans. 3
4. Concrete: 4
a. Concrete Class: Class C for substructures, Class S for decks, or concrete 5
designed to the strength specified in the Drawings unless the following 6
conditions apply: 7
1) An option for vertical/overhead repairs greater than 6 inches thick, 8
2) For full or partial depth slab repairs, 9
3) For replacement of entire members or elements, or 10
4) As an option for horizontal repairs greater than 4 inches thick. 11
5) If the previous conditions apply, stop work until the City provides written 12
direction on how to proceed. 13
b. Do not use corrosion-inhibiting admixtures unless specified in the Drawings or 14
approved by the City. 15
5. Steel 16
a. Provide reinforcing in accordance with the Drawings and Section 03 00 00. 17
D. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair: 18
1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 19
2. Concrete Type: 20
a. Provide Type B concrete in accordance with DMS-4655 unless otherwise 21
specified in the Drawings. 22
b. Use a packed blend of cement, sand, and gravel (maximum size 3/8 inch) which 23
requires the addition of water and has a maximum shrinkage of 0.15 percent in 24
accordance with ASTM C928. 25
3. Do not use chlorides, magnesium, or gypsum to accelerate setting time. 26
4. Demonstrate the mixture meets a minimum compressive strength of 5,100 psi in 7 27
days and 6,300 psi in 28 days before spall repair operations. Test in accordance 28
with Tex-418-A and Tex-448-A. Provide test results as part of concrete submittal. 29
5. Do not use polymeric patching material unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 30
or approved by the City. 31
E. Concrete Crack Repair 32
1. Use epoxy injection, gravity filling, routing and sealing, or surface sealing. 33
2. Provide materials in accordance with TxDOT’s Concrete Repair Manual. Select a 34
pre-approved material meeting the requirements of the applicable DMS when 35
available. 36
3. Provide materials and application methods for approval prior to crack repair. 37
F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 38
1. Provide joint and crack sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41
PART 3 - EXECUTION 42
43
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.1 EQUIPMENT 1
A. Provide equipment necessary to complete the specified concrete repair in accordance 2
with Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. Concrete Paving Repair (Non-Structural) 6
1. Remove the existing concrete pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 7
B. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 8
1. Prepare the site in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 9
3.4 CONCRETE REPAIR 10
A. Concrete Paving Repair 11
1. General 12
a. Half-depth repairs will not be allowed. Perform only full-depth concrete 13
pavement repairs. 14
b. Refer to City Standard Details for concrete pavement sections and subgrade 15
depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 16
Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 17
2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 18
a. Subgrade Repairs: 19
1) Once the pavement has been removed, repair any damaged subgrade using 20
Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 or as 21
specified in the Drawings. 22
2) Remove and replace subgrade under paving repair section with Flexible 23
Base TY A, GR 1-2 if specified in the Drawings. This will be considered 24
subsidiary to the Concrete Paving Repair item. 25
3) After removing the pavement, if the existing subgrade is found to be 26
deficient by the City, stop work and obtain approval from the City 27
indicating how to proceed. 28
b. Pavement Section 29
1) Compare the existing concrete pavement section with the City Standard 30
Details for Concrete Paving based on the street classification specified on 31
the Drawings. 32
2) If the existing concrete pavement section matches or is thicker than the 33
Standard Detail, match the existing pavement section. 34
3) If the existing concrete pavement section is thinner than the detail, install 35
concrete pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard Detail. 36
4) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 37
Concrete Paving Repair. 38
3. Pavement Section for Utility Service Trench 39
a. If a street classification is specified in the Drawings: 40
1) Follow the same process for selecting a pavement section for standard 41
pavement repair. 42
2) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 43
Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Service Trench. 44
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 1
1) Match thickness specified on the City Standard Detail for Existing 2
Pavement Trench. 3
4. Concrete Installation: 4
a. Reinforcing: 5
1) Use tie bars and epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 6
2) Place tie bars as shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 7
3) Drill holes in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 into the 8
existing concrete at least 10 inches deep unless otherwise directed. Inject 9
the holes with Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 10
before inserting tie bars. 11
4) Place reinforcing steel and dowel bars of the size and spacing shown on the 12
Drawings or in the City Standard Details. Lap all longitudinal steel at least 13
25 inches. Provide and place steel supports in accordance with Section 03 14
00 00 and 32 13 13 as needed. 15
b. Concrete Placement and Joints: 16
1) Mix, place, cure, and test concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 17
32 13 13. 18
2) Install and restore joints in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 19
B. Concrete Structure Repair 20
1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 21
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 22
C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 23
1. General: 24
a. Saw at least 1.5 inches deep around the repair area before concrete removal 25
unless otherwise directed. Provide a vertical face around the perimeter of the 26
repair area. 27
b. Protect and maintain existing reinforcing if encountered, unless it is damaged or 28
otherwise directed by the City. 29
c. If the City determines that the existing reinforcing is damaged, full-depth 30
remove and replace concrete. Perform full-depth paving repair in accordance 31
with this Section. 32
2. Removal of Concrete: 33
a. Remove deteriorated concrete to a depth of at least 1.5 inches or the maximum 34
depth of the deteriorated concrete, whichever is greater. 35
b. If deteriorated concrete is deeper than 1.5 inches in depth, use chipping 36
hammers not heavier than the nominal 15-pound class or hydro-demolition 37
equipment. 38
3. Concrete Placement: 39
a. Clean the surface so it is free of loose particles. 40
b. Mix, place, and cure the concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 41
13 13. 42
c. Screed concrete to the existing roadway surface. 43
4. Texture: Match existing pavement. 44
D. Concrete Crack Repair 45
1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 46
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 47
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Submit application methods for review and approval prior to performing any crack 1
repair. 2
E. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 3
1. Install joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 4
F. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling 5
1. Perform in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 9
A. Concrete Testing 10
1. Perform testing in accordance with this specification and Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 11
00, and 32 13 13. 12
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
END OF SECTION 20
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 05 16 1
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Coarse and fine aggregate requirements for asphalt and concrete. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Aggregate materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for 14
separately. All items required for the testing and furnishing of aggregates is subsidiary 15
to other pertinent items. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18
1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 19
Program (Tex-499-A) 20
2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 21
Catalog 22
3. CRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Concrete Rated Source Quality 23
Catalog 24
4. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 25
5. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 26
6. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 27
7. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 28
8. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 29
9. WWARP – Wet Weather Accident Reduction Program 30
B. Reference Standards 31
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33
unless a date is specifically cited. 34
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 35
Specifications (DMS) 36
a. DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA). 37
3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 38
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Tex-100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways. 1
b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils. 2
c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 3
d. Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test. 4
e. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 5
Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures). 6
f. Tex-221-F, Sampling Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures, Surface Treatments, 7
and Limestone Rock Asphalt. 8
g. Tex-280-F, Determining Flat and Elongated Particles. 9
h. Tex-402-A, Fineness Modulus of Fine Aggregate. 10
i. Tex-406-A, Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 11
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 12
j. Tex-408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete. 13
k. Tex-410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles Machine. 14
l. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 15
Sulfate. 16
m. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate. 17
n. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 18
o. Tex-499-A, Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 27
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28
66 00. 29
B. Storage and Stockpiling of Aggregates 30
1. General 31
a. Selected stockpiling location should be relatively flat. Clean the area of trash, 32
weeds, and grass. 33
b. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. 34
c. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles. 35
d. Prevent segregation of the aggregates and maintain the stockpiles. 36
2. Coarse Aggregates 37
a. Separate the stockpiles into different gradations. 38
b. The stockpiles should be separated so that the grading requirements of final 39
product are met when the piles are combined. 40
c. No more than 20 percent by weight of material that passes a number 8 sieve 41
will be allowed in the coarse aggregate stockpile unless specified in the 42
Drawings. 43
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Fine Aggregates 1
a. Stockpiles may contain coarse aggregate of up to 20-percent by weight. 2
b. The coarse aggregate included in the fine aggregate stockpile is required to 3
meet the quality tests specified in Table 2. 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MATERIALS 9
A. General 10
1. Provide aggregates free from loam, clay balls, or other injurious foreign matter 11
occurring either free or as a coating. 12
2. Provide aggregates in accordance with the definitions in Tex-100-E. 13
3. Perform, document, and provide all test results for aggregate testing. 14
4. Provide aggregates from sources that stockpile each type of aggregate separately. 15
5. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210, “Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)” 16
when used. 17
6. Provide aggregates for asphalt production from TxDOT’s Bituminous Rated Source 18
Quality Catalog (BRSQC). 19
7. Provide aggregates for concrete production from TxDOT’s Concrete Rated Source 20
Quality Catalog (CRSQC). 21
8. Submit material tests from source locations to verify the aggregates are in 22
accordance with this Section. 23
9. Conform aggregate sampling to Tex-221-F. 24
Table 1 25
Aggregate Types 26
Type Material
A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
B. Coarse Aggregate 27
1. The portion of the total aggregates retained on the number 10 sieve. 28
2. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 29
3. Asphalt Requirements 30
a. General 31
1) Provide aggregates from stockpiles that have no more than 20% material 32
passing the number 8 sieve. 33
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Provide aggregates that meet the definitions of crushed gravel or crushed 1
stone in accordance with Tex-100-E. 2
3) Use only the rated values on the BRSQC for hot-mix. Rated values for 3
surface treatment do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot-mix 4
asphalt. 5
4) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth 6
to prevent particle on particle contact issues. 7
b. RAP 8
1) Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet the requirements of Table 2 9
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by the City. 10
c. SAC Requirements 11
1) Furnish aggregate with a minimum SAC of A for all surface course asphalt 12
lifts used on travel lanes. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the 13
AQMP. 14
2) Do not blend aggregate to meet the SAC unless otherwise approved. 15
3) If blending is approved by the City: 16
a) Class A and Class B aggregates are defined in TxDOT WWARP. 17
b) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be 18
blended with a Class A aggregate to meet requirements for Class A 19
materials. 20
(1) Ensure that at least 50 percent by weight, or volume if required, of 21
the material retained on the Number 4 sieve comes from the Class 22
A aggregate source. 23
c) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of Class A and B 24
aggregates differ by more than 0.300. 25
d) Coarse aggregate from RAP and RAS will be considered as Class B 26
aggregate for blending purposes. 27
4. Concrete Requirements 28
a. General 29
1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel, crushed 30
blast furnace slag in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C989 31
Grade 100 or 120, recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, crushed 32
stone, or combinations which are free from frozen material and from 33
injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable 34
material. 35
2) Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 36
37
38
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 2 1
Coarse Aggregate Requirements 2
Property Test Method Requirement
Sampling Tex-221-F –
SAC Tex-499-A
(AQMP)Note 1
Deleterious material, percent maximum Tex-217-F, Part 1 1.5
Decantation, percent maximum Tex-406-A, Part 2 1.5
Los Angeles Abrasion, percent maximum Tex-410-A 40
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,3 5 cycles, percent
maximum (non-air-entrained concrete and asphalt)Tex-411-A 25
Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, percent
minimum Tex-460-A, Part 1 85
Additional Requirements for Asphalt
Flat and elongated particles at 5:1, percent maximum Tex-280-F 10
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,4 5 cycles, percent
maximum (air-entrained concrete)Tex-411-A 18
Weight of Clay Lumps, percent maximum
Tex-413-A
0.25
Weight of Shale, percent maximum 1.0
Weight of Laminate and Friable Particle, percent
maximum 5.0
1. SAC A for All Surface Courses Unless Otherwise Noted on Drawings.
2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness
requirements.
3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
4. FOR CONCRETE ONLY: If the material finer than the number 200 sieve is determined to be at least 85%
calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A:
Increase the decantation limit to 3.0 percent for all classes of concrete.
Increase the decantation limit to 5.0 percent for Class A, B, and P concrete.
Provide test results with concrete action submittals.
C. Fine Aggregate 3
1. Consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, and/or limestone or steel slag 4
screenings 5
2. Provide fine aggregate, except for field sand, from coarse aggregate sources that 6
meet the requirements of this specification. 7
3. Asphalt Requirements 8
a. Provide sand, limestone, or steel slag screenings passing the number 40 sieve 9
that conform to the requirements shown in Table 3. 10
b. Provide aggregates free from impurities. 11
c. Use fine aggregate, with the exception of field sand, from coarse aggregate 12
sources that conform to requirements in Table 3. 13
d. Sand 14
1) No more than 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other 15
uncrushed fine aggregate. 16
2) Gradation – The gradation of the sand is the portion of the total aggregate 17
that passes the No. 10 sieve. Provide sand that is well graded and composed 18
of sound, durable sand particles. 19
20
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Concrete Requirements 1
a. Provide fine aggregate consisting of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a 2
combination of the two, that is clean, hard, durable, uncoated, and free from 3
clay lumps. 4
b. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt, 5
alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material. 6
Table 3 7
Fine Aggregate Requirements 8
Property Test Method Requirement
Requirements for Asphalt
Linear Shrinkage, Percent, Maximum Tex-107-E 3
Organic Impurities Tex-408-A None allowed
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Weight of clay lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.50
Sand Equivalent, percent maximum Tex-203-F 80
Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1
Organic Impurities* Tex-408-A None allowed
* - Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 10
A. Aggregate Quality Requirements 11
1. Submit material tests from source location to verify the aggregates are in 12
accordance with the applicable requirements in Tables 2 and 3. 13
a. Test and Evaluation Reports 14
a) Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material 15
being used to prepare concrete pavement. Test samples or provide 16
product data verifying source material complies with all requirements 17
in this Section. Materials to be tested include, but are not limited to: 18
(1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 19
(a) Provide verification that the material source location is listed 20
on TxDOT’s CRSQC. If listed, source quality testing may be 21
waived. 22
(b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s CRSQC, 23
provide all testing and evaluation reports to verify the source 24
material complies with all requirements in Section 32 05 16. 25
(2) Cement and Supplementary Cementing materials 26
(3) Manufacturer supplied testing and product data 27
2. Submit new material tests from any new source location. 28
B. Non-Conforming Work 29
1. General 30
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 31
this Section. 32
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 33
Concrete Pavement if any material used is found to be non-conforming at no 34
cost to the City. 35
36
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Aggregates 1
a. Test in accordance with specified ASTM and TxDOT Test Methods in this 2
Section. 3
b. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of this Section will be rejected. 4
c. Aggregate source locations may be rejected if supplied aggregates do not meet 5
the requirements of this Section. 6
d. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 11
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 11 23 1
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Foundation course for surface course or other base course composed of flexible 6
base constructed in one or more courses in accordance with the typical section 7
specified in the Drawings. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Flexible Base 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured by the square yard of Flexible Base Course installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard for Flexible Base Course installed for: 24
a) Various depths. 25
b) Various grades. 26
c) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Base Course as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Loading 31
3) Unloading 32
4) Hauling 33
5) Storing 34
6) Disposal of excess materials 35
2. Rework 36
a. Payment 37
1) Material used and work performed for reworking will not be paid for 38
directly but will be subsidiary to original item bid. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Definitions 2
1. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 3
B. Reference Standards 4
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6
unless a date is specifically cited. 7
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 9
Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 10
b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 11
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 12
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13
a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 14
b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 15
c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 16
d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils 17
e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 18
Base Material 19
f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 20
g. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 21
h. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 22
Sulfate 23
i. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery of materials. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Informational Submittals 30
1. Proposed source and supplier of flexible base material. 31
2. Equipment Information 32
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33
1) Equipment name and description 34
2) Size 35
3) Intended use 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38
1. All test reports generated during testing. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 4
1. Deposit material directly on subgrade and spread and shape same day. 5
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
2. Stockpiling 9
a. When required, stockpile base material at a location approved by City. 10
b. Create stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick. 11
c. Stockpile must have a total height between 6 feet and 12 feet. 12
d. Do not load material from stockpile until City has approved stockpile 13
construction. 14
e. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the 15
stockpile. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 20
A. Existing Products 21
1. Recycled Concrete 22
a. Recycled concrete may only be used in Type D Flexible Base when obtained 23
from the City. 24
1) Coordinate with City regarding quantity available for use in the Work. 25
a) Contractor will not be entitled to additional payment or to submit a 26
Contract Claim if recycled concrete is not available for their use. 27
b. City-furnished recycled concrete is not subject to the requirements of Table 1. 28
c. The final blended product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1. 29
2.2 MATERIALS 30
A. General 31
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with this 32
Section and as specified in the Drawings. 33
2. Notify City of changes to material sources. 34
3. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 35
throughout the duration of the project to assure materials accordance with this 36
Section. 37
38
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Aggregates 1
1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade specified in the Drawings and in 2
accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 3
2. If blending of sources is approved by the City, ensure each source is in accordance 4
with the requirements of Table 1. 5
3. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify 6
aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless approved by the City. 7
a. Additives may be used during final placing as directed by the geotechnical report. 8
9
Table 1 10
Material Requirements 11
Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2
Master gradation sieve size
(% retained)
Tex-110-E
2-1/2 in. – 0
1-3/4 in. 0 0–10
7/8 in. 10–35 –
3/8 in. 30–50 –
No. 4 45–65 45–75
No. 40 70–85 60–85
Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40
Plasticity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12
Wet ball mill, % max.2
Tex-116-E
40 45
Wet ball mill, % max. increase
passing the No. 40 sieve 20 20
Classification3
Tex-117-E
1.0 1.1–2.3
Min. compressive strength3, psi
lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35
lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175
1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex 107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as 12
defined in Tex 104-E. 13
2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex 411-A. 14
3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 15
C. Flexible Base Types 16
1. Type A 17
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from single, 18
naturally occurring source in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 19
b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type A Flexible Base Course. 20
2. Type B 21
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from two or 22
more naturally occurring sources in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 23
b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type B Flexible Base Course. 24
3. Type D 25
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of Type A material in addition to up to 30% 26
recycled material. 27
b. Ensure final blended material is in accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 28
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Recycled Materials 1
1. General 2
a. Obtain City approval prior to using any recycled materials. 3
b. Furnish recycled materials free from reinforcing steel and other objectional 4
material. 5
c. Furnish recycled materials with at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when 6
tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 7
2. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 8
a. Up to 30% of Flexible Base Course material may be RAP when approved by 9
the City. 10
b. Crush RAP such that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve. 11
E. Water 12
1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION 16
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18
3.3 PREPARATION 19
A. Surface Preparation 20
1. Shape subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade according to the 21
typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 22
2. Proof roll subgrade material and correct soft spots as directed. 23
3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 24
4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 25
new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 26
B. Demolition / Removal 27
1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as specified in the 28
Drawings. 29
3.4 INSTALLATION 30
A. General 31
1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the 32
required density and moisture content. 33
2. Maximum layer depth of flexible base course in single layer not to exceed 6 inches. 34
3. Minimum layer depth of flexible base course is 2 inches. 35
4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more 36
courses of equal thickness not exceeding 4 inches. 37
5. Provide a smooth surface in accordance with the typical sections, lines, and grades 38
specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Equipment 1
1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2
work. 3
2. Compaction 4
a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 5
1) Alternate Equipment 6
a) Contractor may use alternative compaction equipment that produces 7
equivalent results if approved by City prior to use. 8
b) Discontinue use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 9
equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 10
2) City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11
quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12
C. Placement 13
1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 14
day as delivered unless otherwise approved by City. 15
2. Move all material from the location in which it is deposited no more than once. 16
3. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 17
4. Construct layers to the thickness specified in the Drawings while maintaining the 18
shape of the course. 19
5. Control dust by sprinkling. 20
6. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 21
7. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 22
methods required for the first course. 23
8. When required to use multiple lifts, ensure successive base courses and finish 24
courses are placed such that section breaks do not align. 25
D. Compaction 26
1. Compact using density control unless otherwise specified in the Contract 27
Documents. 28
2. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 29
material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density as 30
specified in this Section. 31
3. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm 32
and stable under construction equipment. 33
4. Density Control 34
a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density 35
not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 36
D698. 37
b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 38
E. Finishing 39
1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade surface with a maintainer or 40
subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 41
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 42
3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic 43
tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 44
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 1
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in accordance with the typical sections, 2
lines, and grades as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 3
6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 4
inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire 5
width of the cross-section. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 8
A. Reworking a Flexible Base Section 9
1. Rework any constructed course which fails to meet the requirements of this Section. 10
2. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 11
if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Test and Inspections 14
1. Test in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 15
2. Density Test 16
a. City must be on site during density testing 17
b. Measure density of flexible base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 18
c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor or as directed by City. 19
d. City to determine density testing locations. 20
3. Depth Test 21
a. City must be on site during density testing 22
b. Measure depth of flexible base course in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 23
excavated holes. 24
c. Measure depth every 300’ along corridor or as directed by City. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE 31
A. Maintain the completed flexible base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to 32
grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 33
34
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 11 29 1
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of lime. 6
2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 7
B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 12
3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 13
4. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 14
5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 15
6. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16
7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Commercial Lime Slurry 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured by ton (dry weight) as calculated from minimum percent dry 22
solids content of slurry multiplied by weight of Commercial Lime Slurry 23
installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 26
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 27
for “Commercial Lime Slurry.” 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing Commercial Lime Slurry as specified by the Drawings 30
2) Hauling 31
3) Unloading 32
4) Storing 33
5) Handling 34
2. Quicklime 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured by ton (dry weight) of Quicklime installed. 37
38
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 2
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 3
of “Quicklime” installed. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing Quicklime as specified by the Drawings. 6
2) Hauling 7
3) Unloading 8
4) Storing 9
5) Handling 10
3. Lime Treatment 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured by square yard of base course treated. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 15
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 16
square yard of “Lime Treatment” for: 17
a) Various depths. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 20
2) Subgrade preparation 21
3) Excavation 22
4) Loading 23
5) Unloading 24
6) Hauling 25
7) Disposal of excess material 26
8) Compaction 27
9) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Definitions 30
1. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 31
delivered to a project in slurry form. 32
2. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in Grade DS – 33
“pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. 34
B. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 37
unless a date is specifically cited. 38
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 39
a. C977, Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil 40
Stabilization. 41
b. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 42
Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 43
c. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 44
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 45
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 46
Specifications (DMS) 47
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry. 1
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 2
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 3
b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer. 4
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 8
treating activities. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 10
A. Informational Submittals 11
1. Proposed source and supplier of lime treatment material. 12
2. Equipment Information 13
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 14
1) Equipment name and description 15
2) Size 16
3) Intended use 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 18
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 19
1. All test reports generated during testing. 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
1. List the weight of lime measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 25
2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 26
delivery of lime to the site. 27
3. When using slurry, spread lime across treatment area when delivered in accordance 28
with this Section. 29
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
2. Store Quicklime pellets in closed, weatherproof containers. 33
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 34
A. Ambient Conditions 35
1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 36
45°F and rising. 37
B. Suspend Lime Treatment if: 38
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 1
2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.2 MATERIALS 6
A. General 7
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 8
Drawings and this Section. 9
2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and changes to material sources. 10
3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 11
4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 12
5. Furnish lime in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C977. 13
6. Furnish lime in slurry or Quicklime pebble form. 14
B. Slurry Grades 15
1. Prior to treating the base select a grade to be used and notify the City. 16
2. Furnish Commercial Lime Slurry in accordance with DMS-6350 and the applicable 17
grade requirements below: 18
19
Minimum Dry Solids
Contents by Percentage
of the Slurry
Grade 2 35
Grade 3 46
20
C. Quicklime 21
1. Furnish Grade DS Quicklime only in accordance with DMS-6350. 22
D. Flexible Base Courses 23
1. Furnish base material in accordance with Section 32 11 23, for the type and grade 24
specified in the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 25
E. Embankment 26
1. Furnish Embankments in accordance with Section 31 24 00 before the addition of 27
lime. 28
F. Water 29
1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 30
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Surface Preparation 5
1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 6
accordance with typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed. 7
2. Proof roll the subgrade and correct any rutting. 8
3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 9
4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 10
new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 11
B. Demolition / Removal 12
1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown in the 13
Drawings. 14
2. Remove existing soil in accordance with Section 31 23 16 as shown in the 15
Drawings. 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. General 18
1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 19
a. Uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 20
b. Uniform density and moisture content 21
c. Well bound for full depth 22
d. A smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses 23
2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of lime treatment in single layer. 24
3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of lime treatment. 25
4. For treated subgrades exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, 26
compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 27
B. Equipment 28
1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 29
work. 30
2. Pulverization Equipment 31
a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 32
1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 33
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. 34
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 35
3) Uniformly mixes the materials. 36
3. Compaction 37
a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 38
39
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Proof Rolling 1
a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 2
pump. 3
1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 4
minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 5
5. Slurry Equipment 6
a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 7
b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 8
6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 9
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 10
a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11
quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12
C. Pulverization 13
1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 14
inch sieve. 15
2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 16
excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 17
processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 18
D. Application of Lime 19
1. General 20
a. Uniformly apply lime in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the 21
City. 22
b. Add lime in accordance with percentage specified in Geotechnical report or as 23
directed by the City. 24
c. Apply lime slurry only on an area where mixing can be completed during the 25
same working day. 26
d. Apply Quicklime pebbles only on an area where mixing can be completed 27
immediately after placement. 28
2. Slurry Placement 29
a. Apply Commercial Lime Slurry with a percentage not less applicable for grade 30
used. 31
b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 32
moisture and lime content have been achieved. 33
3. Quicklime Pebble Placement 34
a. Spread Quicklime pebbles using a rotary vane spreader. 35
E. Mixing 36
1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 37
2. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 38
3. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free 39
from all clods and lumps. 40
4. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than specified stabilization depth. 41
5. Mix materials containing plastic clay or other materials not readily mixed with lime 42
as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application. Bring mixture to the 43
proper moisture content and seal with a pneumatic roller. 44
6. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours. 45
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. When Quicklime pebble is used allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days as 1
directed. 2
8. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve 3
adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 4
9. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 5
10. After mixing, City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 6
accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the following 7
gradation requirements: 8
9
Sieve Size Minimum % Passing
1-3/4 in. 100
3/4 in. 85
No. 4 60
10
F. Compaction 11
1. General 12
a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. 13
b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. 14
c. When multiple lifts are required bring each layer to moisture content as directed 15
by the City. 16
2. Proof Rolling 17
a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 18
b. Minimum of 2 passes made with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 19
one tire width. 20
c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-21
uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 22
3. Density Control 23
a. Compact until entire depth of mixture has achieved a uniform density of not 24
less than 98 percent of the maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698. 25
b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 26
G. Finishing 27
1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 28
2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 29
subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 30
3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 31
4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 32
surface is attained. 33
5. Maintain density control by adding small amounts of water as needed during 34
rolling. 35
6. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 36
lines, and grades shown in the Drawings or as directed. 37
H. Curing 38
1. Allow lime treatment to cure in accordance with finished pavement type. 39
a. Concrete pavement 40
1) Sprinkle with water 41
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Maintain moisture during curing 1
3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 2
required for sprinkling. 3
b. Asphalt Pavement 4
1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 5
0.20 gallon per square yard. 6
2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 7
2. Allow lime treatment to cure for minimum number of days in accordance with 8
requirements for PI of untreated material: 9
10
Untreated Material Curing (Days)
PI 35 2
PI > 35 5
3. Begin paving operations or add other courses within 14 calendar days of final 11
compaction. 12
4. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses 13
are placed. 14
5. If the pavement or other courses are not to be placed within 14 days of final 15
compaction apply a seal coat to the treated subgrade surface in accordance with 16
Section 32 12 16. 17
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 19
A. Reworking 20
1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material, or removing unacceptable material, 21
if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 22
2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 23
moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 24
is accepted. 25
a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 26
b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 27
3. A minimum of 72 hours of curing time after the initial mixing of the subgrade will 28
be required before remixing is allowed and the placement of base courses or other 29
construction activities are permitted. 30
4. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, 31
add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. 32
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Field Test and Inspections 34
1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 35
2. Density Test 36
a. City must be on site during density testing 37
b. Measure density of lime treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 38
c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 39
d. City determines density testing locations. 40
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Depth Test 1
a. City must be on site during density testing. 2
b. Measure depth of lime treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 3
excavated holes. 4
c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE 11
A. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition and satisfactory to the City as 12
to grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 13
B. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses are 14
placed. 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 11 33 1
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes 5
1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of 6
cement. 7
2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13
3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14
4. Section 31 24 00 - Embankment. 15
5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16
6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Cement 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured by the ton of Cement installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 24
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 25
of Cement installed. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing Cement as specified in the Drawings 28
1) Hauling 29
2) Unloading 30
3) Storing 31
4) Handling 32
2. Cement Treatment 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured by the square yard of base course treated. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 37
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 38
square yard of “Cement Treatment” for: 39
a) Various depths. 40
41
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 2
2) Subgrade preparation 3
3) Excavation 4
4) Loading 5
5) Unloading 6
6) Hauling 7
7) Disposal of excess material 8
8) Compaction 9
9) Clean-up 10
1.3 REFERENCES 11
A. Reference Standards 12
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14
unless a date is specifically cited. 15
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 16
a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 17
b. D558, Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of 18
Soil-Cement Mixtures. 19
c. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 20
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 21
3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 22
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 23
b. Tex-120-E, Soil-Cement Testing 24
c. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS 27
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any cement 29
treatment activities. 30
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31
A. Informational Submittals 32
1. Proposed source and supplier of cement treatment material. 33
2. Equipment Information 34
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 35
1) Equipment name and description 36
2) Size 37
3) Intended use 38
3. Cement Mix Design 39
a. Submit mix design detailing target cement content and optimum moisture 40
content in accordance with Tex-120-E. 41
42
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 2
1. All test reports generated during testing. 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7
1. List the weight of cement measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 8
2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 9
delivery of cement to the site. 10
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12
66 00. 13
2. Store cement in closed, weatherproof containers. 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 15
A. Ambient Conditions 16
1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 17
45°F and rising. 18
B. Suspend cement treatment if: 19
1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 20
2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 21
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24
2.2 MATERIALS 25
A. General 26
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 27
Drawings and this Section. 28
2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 29
3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 30
4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 31
B. Cement 32
1. Furnish cement in accordance with ASTM C150 Type I, II or IP. 33
34
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Flexible Base Courses 1
1. Furnish base material in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 11 23 for 2
the type and grade specified in the Drawings, before the addition of cement. 3
D. Embankment 4
1. Furnish embankment in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 24 00 5
before the addition of cement. 6
E. Water 7
1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Surface Preparation 15
1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 16
accordance with the typical sections shown in the Drawings or as directed. 17
2. Proof roll roadbed in accordance with Paragraph 3.4 unless specified otherwise. 18
3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 19
4. When material is imported from a borrow source manipulate and thoroughly mix 20
new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture before shaping. 21
B. Demolition / Removal 22
1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown on the 23
Drawings. 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. General 26
1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 27
a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 28
b. Uniform density and moisture content 29
c. Well bound for full depth 30
d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 31
2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of cement treatment in single layer. 32
3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of cement treatment. 33
4. For treated subgrade exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 34
compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 35
36
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Equipment 1
1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2
work. 3
2. Pulverization Equipment 4
a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 5
1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 6
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 7
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 8
3) Uniformly mixes the materials 9
3. Compaction 10
a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction purposes. 11
4. Proof rolling 12
a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 13
pump. 14
1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 15
minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 16
5. Slurry Equipment 17
a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 18
b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 19
6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 20
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21
a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 22
quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 23
C. Pulverization 24
1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry 25
weight passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve 26
exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves. 27
2. No gravel or stone should be greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. 28
3. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 29
excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 30
processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 31
D. Application of Cement 32
1. General 33
a. Uniformly apply cement as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 34
b. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate 35
specified in the Drawings. 36
c. All the operations are to be continuous and completed in daylight within 6-37
hours of initial application. 38
d. Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture 39
of soil and cement during dry-mixing operations 40
e. No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass 41
over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil. 42
2. Dry Placement 43
a. Before applying cement, bring the prepared roadbed to approximately 2 44
percentage points above optimum moisture content. 45
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved 1
method during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement. 2
c. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind 3
conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous 4
to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5
3. Slurry Placement 6
a. Apply slurry within 2 hours of adding water and when the roadbed is at a 7
moisture content drier than optimum. 8
b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 9
moisture and cement content have been achieved. 10
E. Mixing 11
1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment. 12
2. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free 13
from all clods and lumps. 14
3. Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation. 15
4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer. 16
5. After mixing City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 17
accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 18
requirements: 19
Sieve Size Minimum % Passing
1-3/4 in. 100
3/4 in. 85
No. 4 60
F. Compaction 20
1. General 21
a. Begin compaction after mixing, and after gradation and moisture requirements 22
have been met. 23
b. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the 24
mixture is uniformly compacted. 25
c. At start of compaction, percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un-26
pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil-27
cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 28
d. Reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at the sole expense of 29
the Contractor if average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the 30
time of final compaction. 31
e. Uniformly compact the mixture to specified density within 2-hours. 32
f. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as 33
needed and thoroughly mix in. 34
g. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. 35
h. Lightly scarify surface to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping 36
equipment. 37
2. Rolling 38
a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, 39
overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. 40
b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 41
high side. 42
c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 43
d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. 44
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Proof roll the cement treated base course in accordance with the following: 1
1) Proof Rolling 2
a) City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 3
b) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 4
c) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 5
f. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-6
uniform areas in accordance with Article 3.6. 7
3. Density Control 8
a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of 9
not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 10
D558. 11
b. Final moisture content shall be minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 12
G. Finishing 13
1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 14
2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 15
subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 16
3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 17
4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 18
increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 19
5. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 20
course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 21
in the Drawings or as directed. 22
6. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 23
not more than 2-hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 24
material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown in the Drawings. 25
7. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 26
shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 27
sections. 28
8. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 29
other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro-fractures. 30
H. Micro-fracturing 31
1. Maintain moisture content of the finished cement treated base for a period of 24 to 32
48 hours. 33
2. During this time, but not sooner than 24 hours, roll the finished course with a 34
vibratory roller to induce micro-fracturing. 35
3. Rolling 36
a. Vibratory roller must have a static weight equal to or greater than 12 tons. 37
b. Vibratory roller must be at least 20 inches wide. 38
c. Make 2 to 4 passes vibrating at maximum amplitude traveling at a speed of 2 39
mph. 40
d. Additional passes may be required to achieve the desired cracking pattern, as 41
directed by the City. 42
e. Notify the City 24 hours before the micro-fracturing begins. 43
I. Curing 44
1. General 45
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Cure for 72 hours after micro-fracturing is complete. 1
b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 2
points below optimum. 3
2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 4
a. Concrete pavement: 5
1) Sprinkle with water 6
2) Maintain moisture during curing 7
3) Do not allow equipment on finished course during curing except as 8
required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 9
b. Asphalt Pavement: 10
1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 11
0.20 gallon per square yard. 12
2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 13
3. Continue curing until paving operations begin. 14
3.5 RESTORATION [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 16
A. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at least 17
2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 18
B. Remedy any low area of subbase or base by replacing the material for the full depth of 19
subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized material to the 20
completed work. 21
C. Reworking a Section 22
1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 23
if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 24
2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 25
moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 26
is accepted. 27
a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 28
b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 29
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 30
A. Field Test and Inspections 31
1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 32
2. Density Test 33
a. City must be on site during density testing 34
b. Measure density of cement treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 35
c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 36
d. City determines density testing locations. 37
3. Depth Test 38
a. City must be on site during density testing. 39
b. Measure depth of cement treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in 40
hand excavated holes. 41
c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 42
32 11 33
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE 6
A. Maintenance 7
1. Maintain the soil-cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 8
work until all work shall is completed. 9
2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 10
cement is applied. 11
3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense and 12
repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 13
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14
END OF SECTION 15
16
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
17
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 1 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 12 16 1
ASPHALT PAVING 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 7
a. Asphalt Pavement 8
b. Asphalt Level-Up 9
c. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 17
4. Section 32 11 29 – Lime Treated Base Courses. 18
5. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Paving Joint Sealants. 19
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 20
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. Asphalt Pavement (SY) 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per square yard of Asphalt Pavement installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per square yard for “Asphalt Pavement (SY)” for: 30
a) Various types. 31
b) Various depths. 32
c) Various performance grade binders. 33
d) Various SAC requirements. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 37
3) Testing and trial batches 38
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 39
informational submittals 40
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 2 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 1
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 2
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 3
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 4
2. Asphalt Pavement (TON) 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured tons of Asphalt Pavement (TON) installed 7
a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 8
yard/pavement inch) 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12
price bid per ton for “Asphalt Pavement (TON)” for: 13
a) Various types. 14
b) Various depths. 15
c) Various performance grade binders. 16
d) SAC requirements. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 19
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 20
3) Testing and trial batches 21
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 22
informational submittals 23
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 24
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 25
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 26
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 27
28
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 3 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Asphalt Level-Up 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured ton of Asphalt Level-Up installed 3
a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 4
yard/pavement inch) 5
b. Payment 6
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8
price bid per ton for “Asphalt Level-Up”. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Level-Up as specified by the Drawings 11
2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 12
3) Testing and trial batches 13
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 14
informational submittals 15
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 16
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 17
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 18
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 19
4. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Asphalt Pavement installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per square yard for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement for: 26
a) Various depths of TY B asphalt pavement. 27
b) Various types of subgrade. 28
c) Examples: 29
(1) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 4” of TY B on 6” of 30
Flexbase Subgrade 31
(2) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 6” of TY B on 8” of 32
Cement Stabilized Subgrade 33
(3) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 8” of TY B on 10” of Lime 34
Stabilized Subgrade 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement as 37
specified by the Drawings 38
2) Installation and of temporary asphalt 39
3) Any subgrade required per the drawings or requested by the Contractor due 40
to site conditions. Subgrade could consist of compacted subgrade, treated 41
subgrade, or flexible base. 42
4) Maintaining temporary asphalt for the duration of the traffic control phase 43
it is used for. 44
5) Removal of the temporary asphalt is considered subsidiary to the 45
installation. 46
6) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 47
7) Testing and trial batches (as needed) 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 4 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 1
informational submittals 2
9) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 3
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4
11) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 5
12) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 8
1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 9
Program (Tex-499-A) 10
2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 11
Catalog 12
3. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 13
4. MPL – Texas Department of Transportation’s Material Producer List 14
5. MTD – Material Transfer Device 15
6. PCE – Prime, Cure, and Erosion Control 16
7. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 17
8. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 18
9. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 19
10. TCEQ – Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 20
11. TGC – Texas Gyratory Compactor 21
12. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 22
13. VMA – Voids in Mineral Aggregate 23
B. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 28
a. Handbook 44 – Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements 29
for Weighing and Measuring Devices. 30
3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 31
Standards: 32
a. M323, Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design 33
b. R35, Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt 34
c. T48, Standard Method of Test for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open 35
Cup 36
d. T201, Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens) 37
e. T202, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary 38
Viscometer 39
f. T315, Standard Method of Test for Determining the Rheological Properties of 40
Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) 41
g. T316, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder 42
Using Rotational Viscometer 43
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 5 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
h. T313, Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt 1
Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR) 2
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 3
a. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 4
b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 5
c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 6
d. Tex-204-F, Design of Bituminous Mixtures 7
e. Tex-205-F, Laboratory Method of Mixing Bituminous Mixtures 8
f. Tex-206-F, Compacting Specimens Using the Texas Gyratory Compactor 9
(TGC) 10
g. Tex-207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures 11
h. Tex-211-F, Recovery of Asphalt from Bituminous Mixtures by the Abson 12
Process 13
i. Tex-212-F, Determining Moisture Content of Bituminous Materials 14
j. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 15
Aggregates 16
k. Tex-222-F, Sampling Bituminous Mixtures 17
l. Tex-226-F, Indirect Tensile Strength Test 18
m. Tex-227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures 19
n. Tex-236-F, Determining Asphalt Content from Asphalt Paving Mixtures by the 20
Ignition Method 21
o. Tex-242-F, Hamburg Wheel-Tracking Test 22
p. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion 23
q. Tex-244-F, Thermal Profile of Hot Mix Asphalt 24
r. Tex-406-A, Material Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 25
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 26
s. Tex-499-A, Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality 27
Monitoring Program (AQMP) 28
t. Tex-530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures 29
u. Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified 30
Asphalt Systems 31
v. Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders 32
w. Tex-923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 35
1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Asphalt Paving. 36
2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 37
3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 38
a. Paving Plan including: 39
1) Paving widths 40
2) Joint offsets 41
3) Lift thicknesses for each paving course 42
b. Paving Process including: 43
1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 44
continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 45
2) Procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints 46
3) Proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Asphalt Placement. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 6 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved: 1
1) Product Data 2
2) Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design 3
3) Trial Batch Testing 4
4) Certifications 5
5) Testing and Evaluation Reports 6
6) Equipment Submittal 7
7) Location of all Material Sources 8
8) Testing Laboratory 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS 10
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Asphalt 12
Paving activities. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Shop Drawings 15
1. Product Data 16
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying 17
asphalt binder, tack coat, Fog Seal, PCE, mineral filler, or additives to be used 18
on the project. 19
b. Product data sheets will include: 20
1) Manufacturer name 21
2) Date 22
3) Material description 23
4) Point of delivery 24
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 25
6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all 26
additives) 27
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 28
8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 29
9) Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 30
a) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended 31
addition temperature 32
b) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 33
c) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 34
2. Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design – Provide the project mix design using the template 35
provided in Tex-204-F. The submittal will include: 36
a. The combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each 37
material used. 38
b. Asphalt binder content and aggregate gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Paving 39
(RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) stockpiles. 40
c. The target laboratory-molded density. 41
d. Results of all applicable tests in accordance with Delivery, Storage, and 42
Handling, Materials, and Source Quality Control. 43
e. Additive information including type, quantity, addition rate, and moisture 44
resistance requirements 45
f. The mixing and molding temperatures. 46
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 7 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
g. The signature of the person or persons performing the design. 1
h. The date the mixture design was performed. 2
i. The unique identification number for the mixture design. 3
B. Informational Submittals 4
1. Source Locations 5
a. Provide the location of all material sources 6
2. Equipment Information 7
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 8
1) Equipment name 9
2) Size 10
3) Intended use 11
3. Certificates 12
a. Provide material certifications for all asphalt paving materials certifying the 13
material complies with this Section. 14
b. Additional PCE Certifications 15
1) Provide a certification letter from an approved analytical lab per TxDOT’s 16
MPL with the product data sheet for PCE that has been signed by a lab 17
official indicating the PCE formulation does not: 18
a) Meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act 19
(RCRA) hazardous waste. 20
b) Contain any or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in the product. 21
4. Test and Evaluation Reports 22
a. Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material being used 23
to prepare asphalt pavement. Test samples to verify source material complies 24
with all requirements in this specification. Materials to be tested include, but 25
are not limited to: 26
1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 27
a) Provide verification material source location is listed on TxDOT’s 28
BRSQC. If it is listed, source quality testing may be waived. 29
b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s BRSQC, provide all 30
testing and evaluation reports to verify the source material complies 31
with all requirements of Section 32 05 16. 32
2) Asphalt Binder 33
a) Manufacturer Supplied Testing Reports for Performance Grade Asphalt 34
Binder 35
b) Daily records of asphalt binder temperatures in accordance with section 36
Placement Operations. 37
b. Gyratory Compactor 38
1) Supply the City with the gyratory compactor correlation factor determined 39
as part of Source Quality Control. 40
c. Trial Batch 41
1) Provide a testing and evaluation report to the City for the trial batch 42
prepared in accordance with Source Quality Control. The trial batch will be 43
a representative sample verifying that the mix design meets the 44
requirements of this specification. 45
2) Provide the mix design that was used to produce the trial batch with the 46
trial batch test and evaluation reports. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 8 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Testing Laboratory 1
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 2
laboratory used on the project: 3
1) Testing Laboratory Name 4
2) Location 5
3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 7
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 8
1. All test reports generated during testing. 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 13
00. 14
B. Provide electronic copies of asphalt pavement delivery tickets that include: 15
1. Asphalt Plant Name 16
2. Date 17
3. Project Identification Number 18
4. Purchase order number 19
5. Delivery ticket number 20
6. Plant Identification 21
7. Mix Identification 22
8. Vehicle Identification 23
9. Point of delivery 24
10. Total Weight of the Load 25
11. Tare Weight of the Vehicle 26
12. Quantity delivered 27
13. Weight of Mixture in each Load 28
14. Load Number or Sequential Ticket Number for the Day 29
C. Storage, Heating, and Application Temperatures of Bituminous Materials 30
1. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. 31
2. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 1. 32
3. No material will be heated above the maximum temperature shown. 33
4. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for agitation requirements in storage. 34
5. Manufacturer’s instructions regarding application and storage temperatures 35
supersede those in Table 1. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 9 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 1 1
Storage and Application Temperatures 2
Type – Grade
Application Storage Maximum
Degrees
Fahrenheit
Recommended Range
Degrees Fahrenheit
Maximum Allowable
Degrees Fahrenheit
CSS-1h 50 – 130 140 140
PCE 50 – 130 140 140
PG Binders 275 – 350 350 350
D. Storage and Stockpiling of Recycled Materials 3
1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 4
a. Test any RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) for decantation in accordance with 5
Tex-406-A, Part 1. 6
b. Determine the plasticity index for RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) in 7
accordance with Tex-106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent. 8
c. Decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples 9
with asphalt removed by extraction or ignition. 10
2. Recycled Asphalt Shingles 11
a. Stockpile to contain less than 0.5 percent deleterious materials. 12
b. Test stockpile in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part 3 to determine deleterious 13
material content. 14
E. Storage of Hot-Mix Asphalt 15
1. Do not store mixture long enough to affect the quality of the mixture. 16
2. Do not store mixture at the plant for longer than 12 hours unless otherwise 17
approved by City. 18
3. Provide asphalt storage sufficient to meet the plant requirements. 19
4. Heat asphalt by steam coils. Steam coils to be tight enough to prevent leakage of 20
moisture into the asphalt. 21
5. Store asphalt in accordance to the temperature requirements in Table 1. 22
6. Direct fire heating will not be permitted. 23
7. Agitating asphalt with steam or air will not be permitted. 24
8. Steam heating in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 25
F. Storage of Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 26
1. Store temporary asphalt paving using the same storage requirements as Hot-Mix 27
Asphalt Paving. 28
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 29
A. Weather Conditions 30
1. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 31
a. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is at or above the 32
temperatures listed in Table 2 unless otherwise approved or as specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
b. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a hand-held thermal camera or 35
infrared thermometer. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 10 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
c. If roadway temperatures will reach the required temperature within 2 hours, the 1
City may allow placement before the roadway surface reaches the required 2
temperature. 3
d. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the 4
roadway surface are suitable as determined by the City. 5
e. The City may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is 6
likely to drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit within 12 hours of paving. 7
Table 2 8
Pavement Surface Temperatures 9
High Temperature
Binder Grade
Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures
(degrees Fahrenheit)
Subsurface Layers or Night
Paving Operations
Surface Layers Placed in
Daylight Operations
PG 64-22, PG 70-22,
And Prime Coat 60 50
1. Temporary Asphalt Paving 10
a. Install temporary asphalt paving using the same temperature requirements as 11
Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving. 12
2. Prime Coat 13
a. Apply the mixture in accordance with Table 2. 14
b. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. 15
c. The City will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application. 16
d. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly 17
constructed prime coats. 18
e. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or 19
acceptance of the work. 20
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23
2.2 MATERIALS 24
A. Use materials shown in Table 3, unless otherwise approved by City or specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
Table 3 27
Typical Material Use 28
Material Application Allowable Material
Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Asphalt Mixtures PG 64-221 and PG 70-221
Tack Coat and Fog Seal Type CSS-1h
Prime Coat PCE
Erosion Control PCE
1. Refer to Asphalt Binder for information on when each performance grade binder is allowed.
29
30
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 11 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Aggregate 1
1. Provide aggregates in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 2
2. Provide aggregates from sources in accordance with this Section and 32 05 16. 3
3. Notify the City of all source locations and any changes to material source or mix 4
design. 5
4. Aggregates for Asphalt Pavement to be approved by the City prior to use in 6
accordance with this Section. 7
5. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on 8
the washed sieve analysis given in Tex-200-F, Part 2. 9
6. The Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) will be SAC-A unless otherwise 10
specified in the Drawings for all surface courses. The SAC will only apply to the 11
aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 12
Provide aggregates in accordance with all SAC requirements in Section 32 05 16. 13
7. Coarse Aggregate 14
a. Provide aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 05 16. 15
8. Fine Aggregate 16
a. Provide fine aggregates that consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, 17
and/or limestone or steel slag screenings in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18
b. Provide fine aggregate in accordance with the gradation requirements shown in 19
Table 4. 20
c. No more than 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed 21
fine aggregate. 22
d. Limestone or Steel Slag Screenings 23
1) Limestone or steel slag screenings may constitute part of or all of the fine 24
aggregate. 25
2) Provide screenings that conform to the requirements for Fine Aggregate in 26
Section 32 05 16. 27
Table 4 28
Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate 29
Sieve Size percent Passing by Weight or Volume
3/8-inch 100
No. 8 70–100
No. 200 0–30
C. Mineral Filler 30
1. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise specified in the Drawings and should 31
consist finely divided material such as: 32
a. Stone dust 33
b. Crushed fines 34
c. Hydrated lime 35
1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 36
2) Use no more than 1 percent if a substitute binder is used (refer to Table 10) 37
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 38
d. Portland cement 39
1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 40
e. Fly ash 41
2. Provide mineral fillers that: 42
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 12 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Are sufficiently dry, free flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter 1
b. Meet the gradation requirements shown in Table 5 when performing Tex-200-F 2
Part 1 (based on weight) or Part 3 (based on volume). 3
c. In accordance with the requirements listed in Source Quality Control. 4
Table 5 5
Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler 6
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
No. 8 100
No. 200 55–100
D. Asphalt Binder 7
1. Asphalt binder will be PG64-22 for TY B mix designs unless otherwise approved 8
by the City or specified in the Drawings. 9
2. Asphalt binder will be PG70-22 for TY D and TY C mix designs unless otherwise 10
approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 11
3. Provide material that: 12
a. Is produced from crude petroleum. 13
b. Is homogenous and free from water and residue from distillation of coal, coal 14
tar, or paraffin oil. 15
c. Will not foam when heated to 347 degrees Fahrenheit 16
d. In accordance with the requirements shown in Table 6 for performance grade 17
asphalt binder. 18
e. Shows no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C 19
20
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 13 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 6 1
Performance Grade Asphalt Binder 2
Property and Test Method
Performance Grade
PG 64 PG 70
-22 -22
Average 7-Day Max Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius
1 < 64 <70
Min Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1
(i.e. design temperature shall be greater than shown)>-22 >-22
Original Binder
Flash Point Temperature, AASHTO T48:
Minimum, degrees Celsius 230
Viscosity, AASHTO T482,3 or T3162,3
Maximum, 3.0 Pa*s, Test Temperature, Degrees Celsius 135
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:4
G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.00-kPa7
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Elastic Recovery, D 6084, 50 Degrees Fahrenheit, percent minimum- 30
Rolling Thin Film Oven (Tex-541-C)
Maximum Loss, maximum percent 1.0
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:
G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.20-kPa, Maximum, 5.0-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R28)
PAV Aging Temperature, degrees Celsius 100
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:
G*/sin(δ), Maximum, 5,000-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
25 25
Creep Stiffness, AASHTO T313:5,6
S, Maximum, 300-MPa
m-value, Minimum 0.300
Text Temperature at 60 s, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
Direct Tension, AASHTO T314:6
Failure Strain, Minimum, 1.0 percent
Test Temperature at 1.0-mm/min, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in the TxDOT
PGEXCEL3.XLS software program, may be provided by the City, or by following the procedures as outlined
in AASHTO MP2 and PP28.
2. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the City if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can
be adequately pumped, mixed and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental,
and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable
standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or
rotational viscometry (AASHTO T48 or T316). A waiver will need to be submitted to the City for approval
prior to asphalt paving.
3. Viscosity at 135 degrees Celsius is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in
the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant
variation can occur from batch to batch. Be aware that variation could significantly impact mixing and
compaction operations. Contractor is responsible for addressing any constructability issues which may arise.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 14 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original
asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(δ) at test temperatures where the
asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including
capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO TP48 or T316).
5. Silicone beam molds as described in AASHTO TP 1-93 are acceptable for use.
6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600
MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m-
value requirement must be satisfied in both cases.
E. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 1
1. Use cationic emulsion CSS-1h in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 2
7 unless approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 3
2. The material will be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with 4
water. 5
3. The material will be homogenous throughout and when stored will show no signs of 6
separation within 3-days after delivery. 7
4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 8
location before use. 9
5. Temperature 10
a. Never raise the temperature of the emulsion above 160 degrees Fahrenheit after 11
it is loaded for transportation from refinery to the purchaser. 12
b. Tack coat and prime coat may be reheated 13
c. Prevent localized overheating when reheating the material. 14
d. Do not allow the material to cool to a temperature of less than 40 degrees 15
Fahrenheit. 16
e. Apply the material at the manufacturer’s recommended temperature. 17
f. Provide a thermometer capable of testing the temperature of the asphalt binder 18
on site at all times. 19
20
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 15 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 7 1
Tests and Properties of Cationic Emulsions 2
Property
Test
Procedure
Slow Setting
Type – Grade
CSS-1h
Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second
T 72 20
–
100
–
Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1
Cement Mixing, percent T 59– 2.0
Coating Ability and Water
Resistance:
Coating, Dry Aggregate, After Spraying
Coating, Wet Aggregate, After Spraying
T 59
–
–
–
–
Demulsibility, 35 ml 0.8 percent
Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, percent T 59 – –
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59– 1
Particle Charge Test T 59 Positive
Distillation Test:
Residue by Distillation, percent by weight
Oil Distillate, percent by volume of Emulsion
T 59 60
–
–
0.5
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 100-g, 5-
seconds
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent
Ductility at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 5 cm/min, cm
T 49
T 44
T 51
70
97.5
80
110
–
–
F. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 3
1. Use slow setting PCE in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 8 unless 4
approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 5
2. PCE may be used as a prime coat for base materials, curing seal for stabilized base 6
materials, and erosion control applications such as dust control, soil surface 7
stabilization, or mulch binder. 8
3. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 9
location before use. 10
11
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 16 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 8 1
Tests and Properties of PCE Emulsions 2
Property
Test
Procedure
Type – Grade
Slow Setting
PCE1
Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second
T 72
10
–
100
–
Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1
Miscibility T 592 Pass –
Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N CaCl2, percent T 59 – –
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 – –
Particle Size5, percent by volume < 2.5 µm Tex-238-F3 90 –
Asphalt Emulsion Distillation to 500 degree Fahrenheit
Followed by Cutback Asphalt Distillation of Residue to
680 degrees Fahrenheit
Residue after both distillations, percent by weight
Total oil distillate from both distillations, percent
by volume of emulsion
T 59 &
T 78
–
–
–
–
Residue by Distillation, percent by weight T59 – –
Residue by Evaporation, percent by weight T 594 60 –
Tests on Residue after all Distillation(s):
Viscosity, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, poise
Kinematic Viscosity5, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, cSt
Flash Point C.O.C, degrees Fahrenheit
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent
Float Test, 122 degrees Fahrenheit, seconds
T 202
T 201
T 48
T 44
T 50
–
100
400
–
–
–
350
–
–
–
1. Each PCE shipment will include the information indicated under Source Quality Control
2. Except the dilution shall use 350-mL distilled or deionized water and a 100-mL beaker.
3. Use Tex-238-F, beginning at “Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction”, with distilled or deionized water as
a medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method.
4. Except the sample shall remain in the oven until foaming ceases, then cooled and weighed.
5. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement
G. Additives 3
1. General: 4
a. Only use additives when they are specified in the Drawings unless otherwise 5
approved by the City. 6
b. If additives are used, additive information to be provided as part of the HMA 7
Mix Design Action Submittal. 8
c. Stop production if the production mixture does not meet moisture resistance 9
requirements and correct the problem. 10
d. Verify when antistripping agents are added at the plant (batch or source 11
location) that: 12
1) The measuring device for the addition of the agent is connected into the 13
automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply to the plant 14
production and provide consistent percentage in the mixture. 15
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 17 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Set automatic plant controls so that an interruption of asphalt antistripping 1
agent’s flow causes plant shutdown. 2
2. Lime Antistripping Agent: 3
a. Do not allow lime to be added directly into the mixing drum at any plant where 4
lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or 5
dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum. 6
b. If lime is used, provide only commercial lime slurry in accordance with Section 7
32 11 29. 8
c. Add between 0.5 and 2.0 percent commercial lime slurry by weight of the 9
individual aggregate treated. 10
d. Mix the lime slurry in a suitable pug mill mixer with the aggregate. 11
e. Mix with aggregate between the plant cold feeds and the dryer or mixing drum 12
during mixture production. 13
3. Liquid Antistripping Agent 14
a. Add to the binder in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Do not 15
exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended dosage rate. 16
b. Provide a liquid antistripping agent uniform and shows no evidence of 17
crystallization, settling, or separation. 18
c. Ensure all liquid antistripping agents arrive in: 19
1) Properly labeled and unopened containers shipped directly from the 20
manufacturer 21
2) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities 22
d. Handle in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 23
e. Add at the manufacturer’s recommended addition temperature. 24
f. Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device and a blending 25
device to disperse the agent. 26
g. Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0.1 gallons or less. 27
4. Antistripping Additive Meters 28
a. Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for liquid and lime 29
additives. 30
b. For liquid additive meters, verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-31
923-K. 32
c. Ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 5.0 percent. 33
H. Recycled Materials 34
1. General 35
a. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 36
b. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in 37
Table 9 unless specified in the Drawings. 38
c. Determine asphalt binder content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles 39
for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex-236-F. 40
d. The City may verify the asphalt binder content of the stockpiles at any time 41
during production. 42
e. Perform all tests specified in the Drawings and listed under Source Quality 43
Control. 44
f. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder. 45
g. Calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder 46
does not exceed percentages shown in Table 10 during mixture design ad HMA 47
production when RAP or RAS is used. 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 18 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS during HMA 1
production. 2
i. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Table 9 and 10 are defined 3
as follows: 4
1) Surface –This is the pavement course placed at the top of the pavement 5
structure. RAP or RAS will not be permitted for use in the surface course. 6
2) Intermediate – TY B asphalt courses placed directly under the surface 7
course and above the base course. 8
3) Base – TY B asphalt course placed directly under the intermediate course in 9
the HMA pavement structure. 10
2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 11
a. Consists of salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement. 12
b. Use of RAP is permitted for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in 13
the Drawings. 14
c. Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the No. 2 sieve. 15
d. Fractionated RAP is defined as 2 or more RAP stockpiles that are divided into 16
coarse and fine fractions. 17
e. Ensure that the coarse RAP stockpile contains only material retained on a 3/8 18
inch or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 19
f. Ensure that the fine RAP stockpile contains only material passing the 3/8 inch 20
or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 21
g. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or 22
fine fractionated RAP. 23
h. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may also be a combination of 24
both coarse and fine fractionated RAP. 25
i. Provide RAP material free from dirt or other objectionable materials. 26
j. Do not use any RAP material if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the 27
plasticity index is greater than 8. 28
k. Conform storing and stockpiling RAP to the requirements under Delivery, 29
Storage, and Handling. 30
Table 9 31
Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1 32
Maximum Allowable
Fractionated RAP2 (percent)
Maximum Allowable
Unfractionated RAP3, (percent)
Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base
0.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 10.0 10.0
1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 10.
2. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP
3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS.
3. Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) 33
a. RAS is processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt 34
roofing shingles or from re-roofing residential structures. 35
b. Post-manufactured RAS is processed manufacturer’s shingle scrap by-product. 36
c. Post-consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential 37
structures. 38
d. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the TCEQ. 39
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 19 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Use of post-manufactured RAS or post-consumer RAS (tear-offs) is permitted 1
for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 2
f. RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP. 3
g. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for 4
fractionated RAP in accordance with Table 9 and 10. 5
h. Process RAP by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100 percent of the 6
particles pass the 3/8 inch sieve when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, 7
Part 1. 8
i. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material before extraction (or 9
ignition) of the asphalt binder. 10
j. Add sand meeting the requirements of fine aggregate in Section 32 05 16 and 11
fine aggregate gradation to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 12
material workable. 13
k. Fine RAP may also be added to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 14
material workable. 15
l. Any stockpile that contains RAS will be considered a RAS stockpile. 16
m. RAS is limited to no more than 5.0 percent of the HMA mixture in accordance 17
with Table 9. 18
n. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS-11000, “Evaluating Using 19
Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines.” 20
o. Treat RAS as an established nonhazardous recyclable material if it has not 21
encountered any hazardous materials. 22
p. Use RAS from shingle sources on the TxDOT MPL or approved by City. 23
q. Substantially remove all materials before use that are not part of the shingle 24
such as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper. 25
r. Do not use RAS if the deleterious materials content is more than 0.5 percent of 26
the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved. 27
Table 10 28
Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios 29
Originally
Specified
PG Binder
Allowable
Substitute
PG Binder
Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder to Total
Binder1, (percent)
Surface Intermediate Base
PG 64-222 None 0.0 30.0 30.0
PG 70-222 64-22 0.0 20.0 20.0
1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS
2. Use no more than 20.0 percent recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder.
I. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Mix Design 30
1. Prepare a mix design for each asphalt type specified in the Drawings (TY B, C, or 31
D) in accordance with the requirements listed in Table 11. 32
2. Design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC). 33
3. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with the 34
requirements in this Section. 35
a. Superpave Mix Design: Prepare in accordance with M323 and R35. 36
37
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 20 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 11 1
Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight of Volume) 2
and VMA Requirements 3
Sieve Size B
Fine Base
C
Coarse Surface
D
Fine Surface
2 inch – – –
1-1/2 inch 100.01 ––
1 inch 98.0 – 100.0 100.0
1 –
3/4 inch 84.0 – 98.0 95.0 – 100.0 100.0
1
1/2 inch – – 98.0 – 100.0
3/8 inch 60.0 – 80.0 70.0 – 85.0 85.0 – 100.0
No. 4 40.0 – 60.0 43.0 – 63.0 50.0 – 70.0
No. 8 29.0 – 43.0 32.0 – 44.0 35.0 – 46.0
No. 30 13.0 – 28.0 14.0 – 28.0 15.0 – 29.0
No. 50 6.0 – 20.0 7.0 – 21.0 7.0 – 20.0
No. 200 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0
Design VMA, Percent Minimum
– 13.0 14.0 15.0
Production (Plant-Produced) VMA, Percent Minimum
– 12.5 13.5 14.5
Allowable PG Binder
- PG64-22 PG 70-22 PG70-22
1. Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerances allowed.
J. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 4
1. Temporary HMA Pavement in accordance with all the requirements of TY B 5
asphalt. 6
2. Submit a mix design if TY B Asphalt Paving is not being used as a pavement 7
course other than for temporary hot-mix asphalt. 8
3. No trial batches will be required to verify mix design for temporary HMA 9
pavement. 10
K. Trial Batch Production and Testing 11
1. Trial Batch 12
a. Produce a trial batch of the mix design based on the requirements of the 13
specified asphalt mix (TY B, C, or D) in a large enough quantity to ensure the 14
mixture meets the Section requirements. Perform testing on the trial batch to 15
verify the mixture produced using the submitted mix design in accordance with 16
the requirements in Table 11, 12, 13, and 14. 17
b. Provide the necessary quantity of each material to the laboratory for testing and 18
production of the trial batch. 19
c. Perform testing on the trial batch to verify the mix design is in conformance 20
with the requirements of this specification. 21
d. If the trial batch does not meet the requirements of this Section, prepare a 22
revised mix design. Produce and test trial batches until a trial batch is produced 23
that meets all of the requirements in this Section. 24
e. Use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project to produce 25
the trial batch. 26
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 21 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Use materials to produce the trial batch in accordance with all requirements in 1
this Section. 2
g. Use a TxDOT MPL laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test. Refer to 3
Table 18 for requirements. 4
h. Provide a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed. 5
2. Gyratory Compactor 6
a. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex-914-K, Part 2 when designing 7
the mixture in accordance with Tex-204-F, Part 2 for molding production 8
samples. 9
b. Use the dense-graded design procedure provided in Tex-204-F. 10
c. Use Tex-206-F, Part 2 to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the 11
City uses a different gyratory compactor during verification testing. Apply the 12
correlation factor to all subsequent production test results when applicable. 13
3. Target laboratory-molded density when the TGC is used 14
a. Design the mixture at a 96.5 percent target laboratory-molded density. Increase 15
the target laboratory-molded density to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the 16
Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 17
b. Use an approved laboratory from the TxDOT MPL to perform the Hamburg 18
Wheel test and provide the results with the mix design. Refer to Table 18 for 19
requirements. 20
c. The mix design in accordance with the requirements under section Materials 21
and Source Quality Control. 22
4. Ignition Oven Correction Factor 23
a. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven 24
in accordance with Tex-236-F. 25
b. Provide the City with split samples of the mixtures including all additives 26
(except water) and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for 27
the ignition oven used for QA testing during production. 28
5. Boil Test 29
a. Perform Tex-530-C and retain the tested sample until completion of the project 30
or as directed. 31
b. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production. 32
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 22 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 12 1
Laboratory Mixture Design Properties 2
Mixture Property Test Method Requirement
Target Laboratory-Molded Density (TGC),
percent
Tex-207-F 96.51
Indirect Tensile Strength (dry), psi Tex-226-F 85-200
2
Boil test3 Tex-530-C –
1. Increase to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings.
2. The City may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater
than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm.
3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved.
Table 13 3
Operational Tolerances for Mix Design and Trial Batch Testing 4
Description
Test
Method
Allowable Difference
Between Trial Batch
and
Mix Design
Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
Must be Within Master
Grading Limits in Table
11
Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than
No. 8 and larger than No. 200
Percent passing the No. 200 sieve
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F +/- 0.5
Laboratory-molded density, percent
Tex-207-F
+/- 1.0
In-place air voids, percent N/A
Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 1
Theoretical maximum specific (Rice)gravity Tex-227-F N/A
1. Test and verify Table 11 requirements are met.
L. Production Operations 5
1. General 6
a. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production 7
suspension for noncompliance to the specification. 8
b. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt binder 9
content of: 10
1) Any RAP stockpile used in the mix more than 0.5 percent higher than the 11
value shown on the mixture design report. 12
2) Any RAS stockpile used in the mix more than 2.0 percent higher than the 13
value shown on the mixture design report. 14
2. Mixture and Discharge of Materials 15
a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture 16
within 25 degrees Fahrenheit of the target. 17
b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure 18
temperature does not exceed 350 degrees Fahrenheit and does not fall lower 19
than 215 degree Fahrenheit. 20
c. The City will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced above 21
350 degree Fahrenheit. 22
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 23 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Control the mixing time and temperature so that all moisture is substantially 1
removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant. 2
e. Production Testing – Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the 3
mixture into the truck and perform the production testing in accordance with 4
Source Quality Control promptly. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 7
A. Tests and Inspections 8
1. Verification Testing 9
a. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 10
2. Material Source Testing and Submittals 11
a. Perform testing on all materials that have changed source locations to verify the 12
material conforms to all requirements in this specification. 13
b. Provide new submittals for all materials produced from a new source location. 14
c. Perform all Source Quality Control tests required. Use the test results from the 15
Source Quality Control tests as a comparison during construction. 16
d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 17
1) Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18
e. Mineral Filler 19
1) Refer to Table 14 for testing requirements. 20
f. Asphalt Binder Quality Requirements 21
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 22
2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 23
g. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 24
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 25
2) Testing will be done in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 26
3) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 27
h. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 28
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 29
2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 30
Table 14 31
Material Source Quality Testing 32
Material Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Aggregate Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16
Mineral Filler Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E 3 percent maximum
Asphalt Binder
Perform all tests specified under Materials and Source Quality
Control. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with
Action Submittals
Tack Coat and
Fog Seal (CSS-1h)
Prime Coat, Curing,
and Erosion Control
(PCE)
3. HMA Mix Design and Trial Batch 33
a. Perform the required tests specified under Materials and provide testing and 34
evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 35
4. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 24 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Source Quality Control testing and inspections is not required for temporary 1
HMA pavement. 2
5. Asphalt Production Acceptance 3
a. General 4
1) Perform Tex-226-F on the first day of production to confirm the indirect 5
tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. 6
2) Take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance 7
if the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi unless otherwise directed. 8
b. Production Lot 9
1) A production lot consists of 4 equal sublots. 10
2) The default quantity of a lot is: 11
a) 1,000 tons 12
b) 9,000 SY for 2” pavement course thickness 13
c) 4,500 SY for 4” pavement course thickness 14
d) 3,000 SY for 6” pavement course thickness 15
e) 2,500 SY for 8” pavement course thickness 16
f) 1,500 SY for 12” pavement course thickness 17
3) The City may change the standard lot size based on the anticipated daily 18
production to ensure there are 3 or 4 sublots produced each day. 19
c. Production Sampling 20
1) Mixture Sampling 21
a) Obtain hot-mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with 22
Tex-222-F. 23
b) Blind Samples 24
(1) The City may select “blind” samples throughout the project for 25
verification testing. 26
(2) Test the blind sample in accordance with asphalt production testing 27
and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in accordance 28
with Action Submittals. 29
2) Asphalt Binder Sampling 30
a) Obtain a 1 quart sample of the asphalt binder at approximately the same 31
time the mixture sample is obtained for regular samples and blind 32
samples. 33
b) Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing 34
drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 2. 35
c) Label the can with the date and sequential testing number that 36
corresponds with the mixture sample obtained at the same time. 37
d. Production Testing 38
1) General 39
a) Control the production process and perform production tests to verify 40
the asphalt produced is within the operational tolerances listed in Table 41
15. 42
b) The City may sample and test at any time during production to verify 43
compliance. 44
c) Take immediate corrective action if the laboratory-molded density on 45
any test is less than 95 percent or greater than 98 percent to bring the 46
mixture within these tolerances. 47
d) The City may suspend work at any time if a sample does not conform 48
to the requirements in this specification. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 25 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e) The City may suspend operations if the Contractor’s corrective actions 1
do not produce acceptable results. 2
f) The City will allow production to resume when test results or other 3
information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within 4
operational tolerances. 5
e. Operational Tolerances 6
1) Gradation 7
a) Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is 8
retained on the maximum sieve size shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix 9
Master Gradation Limits. 10
b) Production will be suspended when test results for gradation exceed the 11
operational tolerances for: 12
(1) 3 consecutive tests on the same sieve 13
(2) 4 consecutive tests on any sieve unless otherwise directed 14
2) Asphalt Binder Content 15
a) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the test results 16
deviate from the mix design by more than the operational tolerance 17
shown in Table 15 for any asphalt binder content test. 18
3) Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) 19
a) Take immediate action if the VMA for any test is less than the 20
minimum VMA requirement shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master 21
Gradation Limits. 22
b) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the City’s VMA 23
results: 24
(1) On 2 consecutive tests are below the minimum VMA requirement. 25
(2) Is more than 0.5 percent below the minimum VMA requirement 26
c) For asphalt installed with non-conforming VMA, the City may: 27
(1) Require removal and replacement of any asphalt installed 28
(2) Allow the asphalt to remain in place without payment. 29
f. Moisture Content 30
1) Determine the moisture content, if requested, by oven-drying in accordance 31
with Tex-212-F, Part 2 and verify that the mixture conforms to the 32
requirements in Table 15. 33
g. Individual Loads of Hot-Mix 34
1) The City may reject individual truckloads of hot-mix at any time if the City 35
suspects the load does not conform to the requirements of this specification. 36
2) When a load of hot-mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature, 37
contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request 38
that the rejected load be tested within 4 hours of rejection. 39
3) Sample and test the mixture. If the test results are within the operational 40
tolerances in Table 15, payment will be made for the load. If the test results 41
are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made. 42
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 26 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 15 1
Production Testing 2
Description
Test
Method
Operational
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency
City Verification
Testing Frequency
Individual percent retained for
No. 8 sieve and larger
Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
+/- 5.01
1 per sublot The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
Individual percent retained for
sieves smaller than No. 8 and
larger than No. 200
+/- 3.01
Percent passing the No. 200
sieve +/- 2.01
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F 0.5 1 per sublot
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 2 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded density,
percent Tex-207-F
+/- 1.0 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded bulk
specific gravity N/A 1 per sublot
Theoretical maximum specific
(Rice) gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt shingles
(RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A
As requested
Moisture content, maximum
percent Tex-212-F 0.2
Boil test4 Tex-530-C –
Hamburg wheel test Tex-242-F See Table
18
1. When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits. The
percent passing the No. 200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the mater grading limits.
2. Test and verify that mix design requirements are met.
3. For all tests that have N/A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
4. The City may wave the sampling and testing requirements.
B. Non-Conforming Work 3
1. General 4
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 5
this specification. 6
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 7
Asphalt Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-8
conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 9
2. Aggregates 10
a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 11
rejected by the City. 12
b. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. It is 13
the responsibility of the Contractor to provide materials that comply with the 14
requirements of this specification. 15
3. Asphalt Binder 16
a. Material may be rejected at any time based on the following: 17
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 27 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) If the certified letters provided by the manufacturer indicate the supplied 1
asphalt binder is not in conformance with the Products section of this 2
specification. 3
2) For failure to meet requirements of this specification. 4
3) For any defect causing it to be unsuitable for the intended use. 5
b. If during verification testing, the material does not conform to the requirement 6
of this specification, the City may stop work until the Contractor can determine 7
the source of the problem at no cost to the City. The City may require that the 8
area installed using the non-conforming asphalt binder be removed and 9
replaced at no cost to the City. 10
4. HMA Mix Design and Verification 11
a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 12
of this specification. Any asphalt installed using a non-conforming mix design 13
will be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 14
b. If the trial batch does not conform to the requirements specified in this 15
specification, the Contractor will produce trial batches at no cost to the City 16
until the trial batch meets the requirements specified. 17
c. The City may perform verification testing on all trial batches to verify the 18
conformance of the mixture. 19
5. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 20
a. If the temporary HMA pavement fails due to materials non-conforming to the 21
requirements of TY B asphalt, the City may require the Contractor to remove 22
and replace the temporary asphalt pavement. 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION 27
A. Hauling 28
1. Equipment for Lay-Down Operations 29
a. Use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture. 30
b. Except for miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in 31
conjunction with a Material Transfer Device (MTD) with remixing capability 32
unless otherwise allowed. 33
c. When end dump trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver 34
when raised. 35
2. Operations 36
a. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated. 37
b. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss. 38
c. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins. 39
d. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with a City approved release agent. 40
e. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel will not be allowed. 41
B. Surface Preparation 42
1. Asphalt Placement 43
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 28 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable 1
material such as moisture, dirt, sand leaves, and other loose impediments from 2
the surface before placing. 3
b. Remove vegetation from pavement edges. 4
2. Prime Coat 5
a. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods. 6
b. When directed lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying prime 7
coat to control dust and ensure application. 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Equipment 10
1. General 11
a. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement. 12
b. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles 13
c. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactorily results when 14
approved. 15
2. Batching Equipment 16
a. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 17
14 00. 18
3. Asphalt Paver 19
a. General 20
1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal 21
and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements 22
2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling 23
equipment other than the connection. 24
3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other 25
motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality. 26
4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system 27
and an automatic, transverse-grade control system. 28
b. Tractor Unit 29
1) The tractor unit will be able to push or propel vehicles dumping directly 30
into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to 31
eliminate any hand finishing. 32
2) Equip the unit with a hitch that is able to maintain contact between the 33
hauling equipment’s rear wheels and the finishing machine’s pusher rollers 34
while mixture is loaded. 35
c. Screed 36
1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface 37
that meets the longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and 38
placement requirements. 39
2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as 40
the main unit unless otherwise approved. 41
d. Grade Reference 42
1) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum 43
deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports. 44
2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls operate from any longitudinal grade 45
reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching 46
shoes. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 29 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Material Transfer Devices (MTD) 1
a. Provide the specified type of device if showed on drawings. 2
b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the paver. 3
5. Remixing Equipment 4
a. Provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable 5
diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8 6
tons. 7
6. Motor Grader 8
a. Provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12 feet and a 9
wheelbase of at least 16 feet. 10
7. Hand-Held Thermal Camera or Thermal Imaging System 11
a. Provide a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system meeting the 12
requirements of Tex-244-F. 13
b. A thermal imaging system is the preferred method for obtaining temperatures. 14
8. Rollers 15
a. Provide rolling equipment required to achieve adequate compaction based on 16
site conditions. If compaction is not achieved based on Site Quality Testing due 17
to inadequate rollers, provide new rolling equipment. Any rolled utilizing 18
inadequate rollers is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 19
b. Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines 20
occurs. 21
c. Provide rollers meeting the requirements in Table 16 for each type of roller 22
required for compaction. 23
Table 16 24
Roller Requirements1 25
Roller Type Materials to be
Compacted
Load
(Tons)
Contact
Pressure
Roller Speed
(MPH)
Steel Wheel Asphalt Greater than or
equal to 10
Greater than or
equal to 325
pounds per inch
of wheel width
2 – 3
Vibratory Asphalt
Type A< 6
Type B > 6
Type C as
specified in the
Drawings
Per equipment
specification and
as approved
As approved
Light Pneumatic
Asphalt,
Prime Coat,
Tack Coat,
Fog Seal
4.5 – 90 Greater than or
equal to 45 psi 4 – 12
Medium
Pneumatic Asphalt 12 – 25
Greater than or
equal to 80 psi,
as directed
4 – 12
1. Unless otherwise specified by the City or the drawings.
9. Straightedges and Templates 26
a. Furnish 10 foot straightedges and other templates as required or approved. 27
10. Distributor Vehicles 28
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 30 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Furnish vehicles that can achieve a uniform placement 1
b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height, and distribution pressure must work 2
together to produce uniform application. 3
c. The vehicle should be set to provide a “double lap” or “triple lap” coverage. 4
d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor 5
spray bar. 6
e. Spray bar height should remain constant. 7
f. Pressure within the distributor must be able to force the tack coat, fog seal, 8
and/or PCE material out of spray nozzles at a constant rate. 9
B. Coring Equipment 10
1. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions 11
for testing when coring is required. 12
C. Ride Quality Equipment 13
1. Surface Test Type A 14
a. Provide a 10-foot straightedge 15
b. A high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 16
Transportation Institute may be used when approved by the City. 17
2. Surface Test Type B 18
a. Provide a high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 19
Transportation Institute. 20
b. Provide equipment certification documentation. 21
c. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration 22
date. 23
d. Use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s MPL or as approved by the 24
City. When requested, furnish documentation for the person certified to operate 25
the profiler. 26
3. Diamond Grinding Equipment 27
a. Provide self-propelled powered grinding equipment specifically designed to 28
smooth and texture pavements using circular diamond blades when grinding is 29
required. 30
b. Provide equipment with automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 3 31
feet of width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the pavement. 32
D. Placement Operations 33
1. General 34
a. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and 35
provide to the City as directed. 36
b. Measure and record the internal temperature of the asphalt mixture using a 37
hand-held thermal camera or an infrared thermometer when a thermal imaging 38
system is not used. A thermal imaging system is the City’s preferred method for 39
measuring temperatures. 40
c. Measure the temperature as it is discharged from the truck or Material Transfer 41
Device (MTD) to the paver. Do not measure the temperature after the mix has 42
already entered the paver. 43
d. Record an approximate station number or GPS coordinate on each ticket. 44
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 31 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide 1
to the City at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise 2
directed. 3
f. The City may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide 4
haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day. 5
g. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a 6
smooth finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture. 7
h. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot-mix asphalt between 3 8
and 5 feet. The City may require any successive course that is not placed with 9
an offset to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 10
i. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with 11
lane lines or as directed. 12
j. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly. 13
k. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place 14
it adequately due to space restrictions. 15
l. Receive approval from the City prior to placing any asphalt pavement by hand. 16
m. Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and 17
surface texture issues. 18
n. All hand placement will be checked with a straightedge or template before 19
rolling to ensure uniformity. 20
o. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness specified in the Drawings. 21
p. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 pounds per square yard 22
per inch of pavement unless another rate is specified in the Drawings. 23
q. Install asphalt lifts in accordance with the recommended thicknesses shown on 24
Table 17. 25
Table 17 26
Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height 27
Mixture Type
Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines Minimum
Untrimmed Core
Height (inch) Eligible
for Testing
Minimum
(inch)
Maximum
(inch)
Recommended
(inch)
B
(Intermediate and
Base Course)
2.50 5.0 3.0 1.75
C
(Surface Course) 2.0 4.0 3.0 1.50
D
(Residential Only
Surface Couse)
1.50 3.0 2.0 1.25
1. Testing 28
a. Perform coring and testing in accordance with Site Quality Control. 29
2. Tack Coat 30
a. Tack coat is required when the current lift is not paved the same day as the 31
previous lift, during overlay procedures, or any time an asphalt layer is added 32
on top of cold asphalt. 33
b. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. 34
c. Tack coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 35
used. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 32 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per 1
square yard of surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified 2
in the Drawings. 3
e. Apply a uniform tack coat at the specified rate unless otherwise directed. 4
f. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular 5
patterns. 6
g. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing 7
pavements, and all structures in actual contact with asphaltic mixes. 8
h. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely before placing any 9
material. 10
i. Prevent splattering of tack coat onto adjacent features or structures. 11
j. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive 12
properties and may suspend paving operations if the tack coat is considered 13
non-conforming. 14
k. Place the tack coat in advance of paving to allow enough time to break or set 15
before applying hot-mix asphalt layers. 16
l. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to remove streaks and other 17
irregular patterns when directed. 18
m. Do not allow traffic on tack coat unless covered with blotter material. 19
n. Blotter Material 20
1) Blotter material is subsidiary to tack coat when used. 21
2) Provide blotter material consisting of either base course sweepings obtained 22
from cleaning the base or native sand unless otherwise specified in the 23
Drawings or directed by the City. 24
3) A typical application rate for blotter material is 4 to 8 pounds per square 25
yard. 26
3. Prime Coat 27
a. Prime coat is required to be placed on any subgrade that is not paved 28
immediately. 29
b. Prime coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 30
used. 31
c. Apply material within 15 degrees Fahrenheit of the approved temperature in 32
accordance with Deliver, Storage, and Handling. 33
d. Do not exceed maximum temperatures in accordance with Delivery, Storage, 34
and Handling. 35
e. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard of 36
surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the 37
Drawings. 38
f. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to ensure 39
penetration when directed. 40
g. Before allowing traffic to use a primed surface, apply asphalt base course or 41
blotter material. 42
h. Provide blotter material in accordance with Tack Coat. 43
4. Lay-Down Operations 44
a. Thermal Profile 45
1) General 46
a) Use a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system to obtain a 47
continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex-244-F. 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 33 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Use a thermal imaging system where possible. The use of a hand-held 1
thermal camera is only permitted when it is not feasible to use a 2
thermal imaging system. Receive approval from the City before using a 3
hand-held thermal camera. 4
2) Thermal Segregation 5
a) Moderate 6
(1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25 7
degrees Fahrenheit, but not exceeding 50 degrees Fahrenheit are 8
deemed as having moderate thermal segregation. 9
b) Severe 10
(1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50 11
degrees Fahrenheit are deemed as having severe thermal 12
segregation. 13
3) Thermal Imaging System 14
a) This is the preferred method by the City to prepare thermal profiles and 15
measure thermal segregation. 16
b) Review the output results when a thermal imaging system is used. 17
c) Provide the automated report described in Tex-244-F to the City daily 18
unless otherwise directed. 19
d) Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring 20
(moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the thermal 21
imaging system. 22
e) The City may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot 23
successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe 24
thermal segregation. 25
f) Density profiles are not required when using a thermal imaging system. 26
g) Provide the City with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be 27
used with the thermal imaging system software to general temperature 28
profile plots upon completion of the project or as requested. 29
4) Thermal Camera 30
a) Refer to Asphalt Production Acceptance for size of lots and sublots. 31
b) Take immediate corrective action to eliminate recurring moderate 32
thermal segregation when a hand-held thermal camera is used. 33
c) Provide the City with the thermal profile produced in accordance with 34
Tex-244-F of every sublot within one working day of the completion of 35
each lot in accordance with Site Quality Control. 36
d) Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate 37
severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed. 38
e) Resume operations when the City determines that subsequent 39
production will meet the requirements of this specification. 40
f) Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density 41
profiles in accordance with Site Quality Control. 42
g) Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe 43
thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density 44
Profile) unless otherwise directed. 45
h) Any asphalt removed and replaced due to non-conformance with the 46
requirements of this specification will be at no cost to the City. 47
b. Screed Heaters 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 34 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat if the paver stops 1
for more than 5 minutes. 2
2) The City may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Site Quality 3
Control if the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the 4
paver is stopped. 5
E. Compaction 6
1. General 7
a. Compact the pavement uniformly to contain between 3.8 percent and 8.5 8
percent in-place air voids. 9
b. Take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within 3.8 percent and 10
8.5 percent when the in-place air voids exceed the range of these tolerances. 11
c. The City will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is 12
likely to yield between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent in-place air voids. 13
2. Rollers 14
a. Provide rollers that meet the Equipment requirements of this specification. 15
b. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks. 16
c. Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other 17
compaction equipment unless otherwise directed. 18
d. Use the control strip method shown in Tex-207-F, Part 4 on the first day of 19
production to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place 20
air voids unless otherwise directed. 21
e. Use the approved rolling pattern for the remainder of the project unless 22
otherwise directed. 23
3. Tamps 24
a. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, 25
headers, and similar structures. 26
b. Use tamps only in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with 27
rollers. 28
c. The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, 29
and in other limited areas. 30
4. Temperature 31
a. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops 32
below 160 degrees Fahrenheit unless otherwise allowed. 33
b. The City may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static 34
mode for pavement temperatures below 160 degrees Fahrenheit. 35
c. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees Fahrenheit or lower 36
before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed. 37
d. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite 38
opening the roadway to traffic. 39
3.5 REPAIR 40
A. Repair flexible pavement in accordance with Section 32 01 17. 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 43
A. Placement Acceptance 44
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 35 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1. General 1
a. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc 2
1) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 3
turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless otherwise 4
specified in the Drawings. 5
2) Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by 6
the City. 7
3) Production Lot – Refer to Production Acceptance 8
b. Miscellaneous Areas 9
1) Areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving 10
operations. These would include: 11
a) Temporary detours 12
b) Driveways 13
c) Mailbox turnouts 14
d) Crossovers 15
e) Gores 16
f) Spot level-up areas 17
g) Other similar areas 18
2) Miscellaneous areas also include level-ups and thin overlays when the layer 19
thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core 20
height eligible for testing shown in Table 17. 21
3) Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling 22
locations. 23
4) Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Compaction. 24
5) Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination, 25
thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint 26
density evaluations. 27
2. Placement Sampling 28
a. General 29
1) Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on-site. 30
2) Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement area is 31
completed unless otherwise approved. 32
3) Random coring locations may be requested by the City based on visual 33
irregularities in the pavement. 34
4) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 35
turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location. 36
b. Coring Location, Sizes, and Identification 37
1) Coring Set: 38
a) Is defined as all of the pavement cores across the full width of the 39
roadway for the station location determined at the beginning of each 40
day. 41
b) Provide one core on the inside an outside edge of each travel lane 42
across the full width of the roadway. 43
c) Provide a 2 foot clearance from a longitudinal joint or edge of 44
pavement. 45
2) Location 46
a) Mark station locations where core sampling is to be taken at the 47
beginning of each day. 48
b) For projects placing more than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 36 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
(1) Perform tests in accordance with Table 19 and Site Quality 1
Control. 2
c) For projects placing less than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 3
(1) Provide a Coring Set at only one location per day unless additional 4
cores are requested by the City based on irregularities or suspicion 5
that the pavement is non-conforming. 6
(2) Request approval from the City for the core location prior to 7
coring. 8
d) For projects placing less than 100 tons of asphalt per day: 9
(1) City may exempt the Contractor from collecting pavement cores 10
each day. 11
(2) Coordinate with the City to determine how many pavement core 12
sets will be required for testing. 13
(3) The City may request pavement cores at any time for verification 14
testing. 15
3) Sizes 16
a) For TY D pavement, cores will be 4 inch in diameter 17
b) For TY B and TY C pavement, cores will be 6 inch in diameter. 18
4) Identification: 19
a) Identification number 20
b) Station location 21
c) The untrimmed core height 22
c. Pavement Cores 23
1) The City inspector will witness the coring operation and measurement of 24
the core thickness. 25
2) The inspector should visually inspect each core to verify current paving 26
layer is bonded to the underlying layer. 27
3) Take corrective action if an adequate bond does not exist between the 28
current and underlying layer to ensure an adequate bond will be achieved 29
during subsequent placement operations. 30
4) The untrimmed core height must be in accordance with the requirements in 31
Table 17. 32
5) If the cores are an acceptable height, trim the cores immediately after 33
obtaining the cores in accordance with Tex-207-F. 34
6) Any core that does not meet the requirements in Table 17 will be rejected. 35
7) The City may request additional cores to be taken within the area. If more 36
than 2 cores are non-conforming, the pavement area may be subject to 37
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38
8) Trim the cores on-site in the presence of the inspector. The cores may be 39
trimmed by the testing lab if approved by the City. 40
9) Blind Coring Locations 41
a) The City may select “blind” coring locations throughout the project for 42
verification testing. 43
b) Test the blind pavement cores in accordance with asphalt placement 44
testing and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in 45
accordance with Action Submittals. 46
d. Core Hole repair 47
1) Dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom immediately after 48
obtaining the cores. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 37 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the 1
mixture. 2
3) Holes may be repaired with other methods approved by the City. 3
3. Placement Testing 4
a. General 5
1) Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 19 and 20. 6
2) The City may suspend work at any time if any of the test results are non-7
conforming with the requirements of this specification. 8
3) Verification Testing 9
a) The City may request the Contractor to perform additional testing to 10
verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing 11
utilizing a third-party testing laboratory. 12
b) The City may request verification testing at any time if production is 13
suspected to be non-conforming. 14
b. In-Place Air Voids 15
1) Measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F. 16
2) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre-dried using a Corelok 17
or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture. 18
3) Average the values obtained for all cores taken during each production day 19
to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity. 20
4) Use the average air void content for in-place air voids. 21
5) Use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex-207-F. 22
6) Remove and replace any area with in-place air voids less than 2.8 percent 23
or greater than 9.5 percent. 24
c. Segregation (Density Profile) 25
1) Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex-207-F, 26
Part 5. Density profiles are not required if a thermal imaging system is 27
used. 28
2) Perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60 29
seconds on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the City as 30
having thermal segregation. Perform density profiles on any visibly 31
segregated areas unless otherwise approved. 32
3) Perform a minimum of one profile per sublot if the paver does not stop for 33
more than 60 seconds and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that 34
are identified as having thermal segregation. 35
4) Provide the City with the density profiles of every sublot in the lot within 36
one working day of the completion of each lot. 37
5) The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table 38
20. 39
6) The City may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in 40
question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as 41
defined in Irregularities. Remove and replace the failing area at no cost to 42
the City. 43
7) Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during 44
production and placement to eliminate the segregation. 45
8) Suspend production if 2 consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise 46
approved. 47
9) Resume production after the City approves changes to production or 48
placement methods. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 38 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Longitudinal Joint Density 1
1) Informational Tests 2
a) Perform joint density evaluations while establishing the rolling pattern 3
and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pounds per cubic 4
foot below the density taken at or near the center of the mat. 5
b) Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint 6
density. 7
c) Perform additional joint density evaluations as directed by the City. 8
2) Record Tests 9
a) Perform a joint density test 2 to 4 times a day or as directed by the City 10
along all joints that will become a longitudinal joint. 11
b) Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described as 12
Miscellaneous Areas. 13
c) Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex-207-F, Part 7. 14
d) Record the joint density information and submit results to the City. 15
e) The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3.0 16
pounds per cubic foot below the density taken at the nearest core 17
sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90 percent. 18
f) Provide the City with the density profile of every test within 1 working 19
day of the completion of each working day. 20
g) Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during 21
production and placement to improve joint density. Suspend production 22
if the evaluations on 2 consecutive tests fail unless otherwise approved. 23
h) Resume production after Engineer approves changes to production or 24
placement methods. 25
e. Hamburg Wheel Test 26
1) The City may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production 27
or placement including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from 28
the materials submitted for the trial batch. 29
2) The City may request additional cores to be taken and the Hamburg Wheel 30
test to be performed where rutting is observed. 31
3) Suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified 32
values when the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test 33
criteria in Table 18. 34
4) Obtain core samples from the center of the finished mat or other areas 35
excluding the vehicle when path. 36
5) The City may require up to the entire area of any mixture failing the 37
Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s 38
expense. 39
6) If the City determines the material to be removed and replaced, the 40
Contractor may request the City re-test the failing material. 41
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 39 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 18 1
Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements 2
High-Temperature
Binder Grade Test Method
Minimum Number of Passes at 12.5 mm1
Rut Depth, Tested at 50 degrees Celsius
PG 64 Tex-242-F 10,0002
PG 70 15,0003
1. When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the City may require the
Contractor to increase the target laboratory-molded density (TGC) by 0.5 percent to no more than 97.5 percent.
2. May be decreased to no less than 5,000 passes when specified in the Drawings.
3. May be decreased to no less than 10,000 passes when specified in the Drawings
f. Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) and Aging Ratio 3
1) The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the 4
DSR value of the original unaged binder. 5
2) The City may request an aging ratio test be performed on production 6
samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered 7
asphalt properties. 8
3) Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the 9
requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed 10
defective. 11
4) Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASTO T 315 at the specified high 12
temperature performance grade of the asphalt. 13
5) Recover the asphalt binder for testing from production samples or cores in 14
accordance with Tex-211-F. 15
6) The City may require removal and replacement of the defective material at 16
the Contractor’s expense. 17
g. Irregularities 18
1) Identify and correct irregularities including segregation, rutting, raveling, 19
flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller 20
marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken 21
aggregate particles. 22
2) If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement 23
performance, the City may require the Contractor remove and replace the 24
non-conforming area at no cost to the City. 25
3) If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to 26
immediately suspend operations. The City may allow the Contractor to 27
continue operations for more than one day while the Contractor is taking 28
appropriate corrective action. 29
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 40 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 19 1
Placement Testing 2
Description
Test
Method
Allowable
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency1
City Verification
Testing
Frequency
In-place air voids,
percent
Tex-207-F
and Tex-
227-F
+/- 1.0 1 per sublot The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
Segregation (density
profile)
Tex-207-F,
Part 4 N/A 1 per sublot
Longitudinal joint
density
Tex-207-F,
Part 7 N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt
shingles (RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Thermal profile2 Tex-244-F N/A 1 per sublot
Asphalt binder
sampling and testing Tex-500-C N/A 1 per sublot
Tack coat sampling and
testing
Tex-500-C,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Aging ratio, maximum
ratio
AASHTO
T315 3.5 As requested
Establish a Rolling
Pattern Tex-207-F See Compaction
Ride quality Tex-1001-S See Ride Quality
1. For projects placing less than 700 tons of asphalt pavement per day, refer to Placement Sampling.
2. If using a thermal imaging system, provide the automated report daily unless otherwise directed. If using a
thermal camera, provide a thermal profile per sublot daily unless otherwise directed.
3. For all tests that have N./A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
Table 20 3
Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria 4
Mixture Type
Maximum Allowable
Density Range
(Highest to Lowest)
Maximum Allowable
Density Average
(Average to Lowest)
Type B 8.0 pounds per cubic foot 5.0 pounds per cubic foot
Type C and Type D 6.0 pounds per cubic foot 3.0 pounds per cubic foot
B. Ride Quality 5
1. General 6
a. Provide pavement to have a finished grade that is smooth and true to the 7
established line, grade, and cross-section. 8
b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 9
(transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 10
2. Transverse Profile Measurements 11
a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 12
lightweight inertial profiler that has been certified at the Texas A&M 13
Transportation Institute. 14
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 41 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 1
display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 2
expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 3
Material Producer List. 4
2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 5
3) Provide documentation of profiles when requested by the City. 6
b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 7
c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 8
completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 9
d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 10
manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 11
e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 12
traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 13
drawings. 14
3. Acceptance Plan 15
a. General 16
1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify there is not more 17
than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 contacts. Perform corrective action 18
on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 19
contacts 20
2) Fog seal the aggregate exposed by diamond grinding or other approved 21
work methods. 22
3) When a fog seal is required, use a fog seal that conforms to the 23
requirements for cationic emulsified asphalt, CSS-1h, within this 24
specification. 25
b. Localized Roughness 26
1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 27
each wheel path. 28
2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 29
variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 30
3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 31
resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 32
paths. 33
c. Corrective Action 34
1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 35
localized roughness. 36
2) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify that 37
corrections have produced the required improvements. 38
3) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 39
may require: 40
a) Continued corrective action 41
b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 42
negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 43
place. 44
C. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 45
1. Does not require any placement sampling or testing. 46
2. Acceptance Plan 47
a. Acceptable ride quality includes: 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 42 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) A maximum depth of potholes to be 0.25 inches. 1
2) Maintain temporary hot-mix asphalt in accordance with 32 01 17. 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 12 73 1
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sealant for cracks in asphalt paving. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving 13
4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Measurement 17
a. Crack sealant materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary 18
to the installation of asphalt paving and paving repair in accordance with 19
Section 32 12 16 and 32 01 17. 20
2. Payment 21
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of crack 23
sealant, and will not be measured or paid for separately. 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Reference Standards 26
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 28
unless a date is specifically sited. 29
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 30
a. D4-86, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content. 31
b. D113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Asphalt Materials. 32
c. D5329, Standard Test Methods for Sealants and Fillers, Hot-Applied, for Joints 33
and Cracks in Asphaltic and Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. 34
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Product Data 3
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying asphalt crack 4
sealant. 5
2. Product data sheets including: 6
a. Manufacturer name 7
b. Date 8
c. Material description 9
d. Point of delivery 10
e. Provide data and test results in accordance with this Section 11
f. Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all additives) 12
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 13
h. Application Recommendations (if applicable) 14
i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 15
1) Specific gravity of the agent at manufacturer’s recommended addition 16
temperature 17
2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 18
3) Manufacturer’s recommended storage and handling instructions 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 24
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25
66 00. 26
B. Keep material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 27
foreign matter. 28
C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30
A. Ambient Conditions 31
1. Ambient temperature must be between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 105 degrees 32
Fahrenheit. 33
B. Suspend sealing activities if: 34
1. Ambient condition requirements are not met, or 35
2. City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 36
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Manufacturers 4
1. Manufacturer List 5
a. Rubberized Crack Seal 6
1) Poly Flex 3 made by Crafco, Inc 7
2) Approved equal 8
b. Provide rubber used to make sealant free from fabric, wire, core, or other 9
contaminating material. Recycled rubber is not allowed. 10
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 11
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 12
B. Material Requirements 13
1. Provide rubberized crack seal meeting the following requirements: 14
Table 1 15
Criteria ASTM Specification
Softening Point 210°F (99°C) N/A
Ductility at 77°F (25°C) 30 cm min. ASTM D113
Cone Penetration 15-45 mm ASTM D5329
Resilience 30% min. ASTM D5329
Bitumen Content 60% min. ASTM D4-86
Tensile Adhesion 400% min. ASTM D5329
16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Use crack cleaning equipment to clean and prepare the cracks for sealing. 23
3.4 INSTALLATION 24
25
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. General 1
1. Clean and seal cracks greater than 1/16 inch in width. 2
2. Clean cracks to a minimum depth of at least twice the crack width using an air 3
compressor with an air lance to remove debris and moisture from the crack. 4
3. Cracks must be free of moisture before sealing. 5
4. Apply sealant to cleaned cracks as directed by the manufacturer. 6
5. Level sealant with a squeegee in a narrow band not to exceed 2 inches wide and 1/8 7
inch above the pavement surface. 8
6. Prevent tracking material offsite using an application of fine aggregate as specified 9
in the Drawings and directed by the City. 10
7. Do not apply sealant over existing sealant in good condition. 11
8. Disposal of Materials: 12
a. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 13
B. Equipment 14
1. Hot Pour Sealing Equipment 15
a. Heat in a double-jacketed heater using a heat transfer oil so no direct flame 16
meets shell of the vessel containing the sealing compound. 17
b. Provide a heater capable of circulating and agitating the sealant during heating 18
process to achieve a uniform temperature rise and maintain desired temperature. 19
c. Provide gauges to monitor temperature of the vessel contents and avoid 20
overheating the material. 21
d. Provide a heater equipped with a gear-driven asphalt pump with adequate 22
pressure to dispense sealant. 23
2. Crack Cleaning Equipment 24
a. Provide equipment capable of delivering dry compressed air at 185 cubic feet 25
per minute to remove all loose debris from cracks in accordance with depth 26
specified in Article 3.4 of this Section. 27
b. Provide at least one handheld pressure wand per crew to clean cracks. 28
3. Condition of Equipment 29
a. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 30
b. Subject to the approval of City. 31
c. If equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 32
replacing non-conforming equipment at no cost to City. 33
d. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal 34
and replacement at no cost to City. 35
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 36
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 38
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 39
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 40
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 41
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 42
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 13 13 1
CONCRETE PAVING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 6
a. Concrete pavement classes 7
b. Concrete pavement 8
c. Concrete street header 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16
4. Section 32 01 29 – Concrete Paving Repair. 17
5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 18
6. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 19
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Concrete Pavement 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 25
concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement installed for: 30
a) Various depths. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement as specified by the Drawings 33
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 34
3) Water 35
4) Loading 36
5) Unloading 37
6) Storing 38
7) Hauling 39
8) Handling of materials 40
9) Traffic control for all testing 41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Trial batches (as needed) 1
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 2
12) Concrete 3
13) Aggregate 4
14) Supplementary cementing materials 5
15) Concrete additives 6
16) Mixing 7
17) Placement of concrete 8
18) Finishing of concrete 9
19) Curing and curing compounds 10
20) Sawing 11
21) Joint sealant 12
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 13
23) Disposal of excess material 14
24) Clean-up 15
2. Concrete Pavement (HES) 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 18
concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed for: 23
a) Various depths. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement (HES) as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28
3) Water 29
4) Loading 30
5) Unloading 31
6) Storing 32
7) Hauling 33
8) Handling of materials 34
9) Traffic control for all testing 35
10) Trial batches (as needed) 36
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37
12) Concrete 38
13) Aggregate 39
14) Supplementary cementing materials 40
15) Concrete additives 41
16) Mixing 42
17) Placement of concrete 43
18) Finishing of concrete 44
19) Curing and curing compounds 45
20) Sawing 46
21) Joint sealant 47
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 48
23) Disposal of excess material 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
24) Clean-up 1
3. Concrete Street Header 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Street Header installed. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for Concrete Street Header installed. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Street Header as specified by the 10
Drawings 11
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 12
3) Water 13
4) Loading 14
5) Unloading 15
6) Storing 16
7) Hauling 17
8) Handling of materials 18
9) Traffic control for all testing 19
10) Trial batches (as needed) 20
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 21
12) Concrete 22
13) Aggregate 23
14) Supplementary cementing materials 24
15) Concrete additives 25
16) Mixing 26
17) Placement of concrete 27
18) Finishing of concrete 28
19) Curing and curing compounds 29
20) Sawing 30
21) Joint sealant 31
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 32
23) Disposal of excess material 33
24) Clean-up 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36
1. ACI – American Concrete Institute 37
2. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 38
3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 39
4. HES – High Early Strength 40
5. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 41
6. W/C – Water to cement ratio 42
7. SCM – Supplementary Cementing Materials 43
8. UFFA – Ultra-Fine Fly Ash 44
9. MFFA – Modified Class F Fly Ash 45
10. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11. KSI – Kilopound per Square Inch 1
B. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 6
a. AASHTO T26, Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in 7
Concrete 8
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 9
a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 10
Field 11
b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 12
Specimens 13
c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 14
Beams of Concrete 15
d. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 16
Hydraulic Cement Concrete 17
4. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 18
a. ACI 305.1-14, Standard Specification for Hot Weathering Concreting 19
b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weathering Concreting 20
c. ACI 301-16, Specifications for Structural Concrete 21
d. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 22
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 23
Specifications (DMS) 24
a. DMS–4515, Multiple-Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavement 25
b. DMS–4600, Hydraulic Cement 26
c. DMS–4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 27
d. DMS–4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 28
Retardants 29
e. DMS–6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 30
f. DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers 31
6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 32
a. Tex-422-A, Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 33
b. Tex-423-A, Determining Concrete Thickness by Direct Measurement 34
c. Tex-424-A, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores of Concrete 35
d. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 36
Mix Designs 37
e. Tex-472-A, Uniformity of Concrete 38
f. Tex-612-J, Acid Insoluble Residue for Fine Aggregate 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 41
1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Concrete 42
Paving. 43
2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44
3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 45
46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Paving Plan 1
1) Paving widths 2
2) Jointing plan: 3
a) Locations and labels for all joint types including longitudinal and 4
transverse construction joint locations 5
3) Confirm rebar sizes for pavement reinforcing. 6
4) Confirm hand-pour location and equipment to be used for forming, 7
pouring, compacting, and finishing concrete. 8
5) Texturizing method (broom or tining) and direction (longitudinal or 9
transverse) 10
6) Consolidation methods at joints 11
b. Paving Process 12
1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 13
continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 14
c. All Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved prior to 15
Pre-Paving Meeting. 16
4. During the Pre-Paving Meeting, determine whether tining or a broom finish is 17
preferred by the City unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18
B. Night Work and Noise 19
1. Comply with all City Noise Ordinance in accordance with the General Conditions. 20
2. Night work will require prior City approval in accordance with the General 21
Conditions. 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Concrete 25
Paving activities. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27
A. Shop Drawings: 28
1. Concrete Mix Design 29
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
b. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 31
handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 32
2. Jointing Layout 33
a. Provide a jointing layout if one is not provided in the Drawings. 34
3. Product Data 35
a. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 36
accordance with Section 03 00 00: 37
1) Curing compounds 38
2) Evaporation retardant 39
3) Joint fillers 40
4) Chemical additives 41
5) Epoxy 42
43
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Informational Submittals: 1
1. Source Locations 2
a. Location of all material sources 3
2. Testing Laboratory 4
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 5
laboratory used on the project: 6
1) Testing Laboratory Name 7
2) Location 8
3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 9
4) ACI Certification – All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete 10
testing must be ACI certified. 11
3. Equipment Information 12
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 13
1) Equipment name and description 14
2) Size 15
3) Intended use 16
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 17
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 18
1. All test reports generated during testing. 19
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 22
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 23
00. 24
B. Storage and Stockpiling 25
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 26
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
2. Steel Reinforcement 28
a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 29
b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 30
caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 31
3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 32
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 33
temperatures of material. 34
4. Epoxy 35
a. Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 36
b. Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety 37
information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 38
c. Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the 39
manufacturer. 40
41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 7 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1
A. Weather Conditions 2
1. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature exceeds 95 degrees 3
Fahrenheit. 4
2. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 5
degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved in writing by the City. 6
3. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature in the shade is above 35 7
degrees Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 8
4. Protect the pavement with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the 9
concrete for the specified curing period when temperatures warrant protection 10
against freezing. 11
5. Submit proposed measure to protect the concrete from anticipated freezing weather 12
for the first 72 hours after a concrete pour to the City for review. 13
6. Repair or replace all concrete damaged by freezing at no cost to the City. 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1. CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2. MATERIALS 18
A. Concrete Production Materials 19
1. Produce Class P1, P2, or HES concrete for concrete paving in accordance with 03 20
00 00. 21
a. Temperature 22
1) Pour concrete that is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when 23
measured in accordance with Tex-422-A at the time of discharge. 24
2) Take immediate corrective action or cease concrete placement when the 25
concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit. 26
2. Provide Cementitious Material and Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
3. Aggregate 28
a. General 29
1) Recycled crushed concrete may be used as coarse or fine aggregate in Class 30
A, B, E, and P concrete. 31
2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 32
crushed concrete. 33
b. Coarse Aggregates 34
1) Provide coarse aggregate in accordance with Tex-470-A and Section 03 00 35
00 for P1, P2, or HES concrete based on the concrete classes specified on 36
the Drawings. 37
c. Fine Aggregates 38
1) Fine aggregate will consist of clean, hard, durable fragments in accordance 39
with Section 32 05 16. 40
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
≥ 60 percent
2) Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60 percent by 1
weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to 2
direct traffic. 3
3) Use the following equation to determine if aggregate combination meets the 4
acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate: 5
6
(A1×P1) + (A2×P2) 7
100 8
Where: 9
A1 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 1 10
A2 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 2 11
P1 = percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend 12
P2 = percent by weight of the fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend 13
14
a) Instead of using the above equation, the following blending may be 15
done. 16
(1) Blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12 17
percent when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A with at least 40 18
percent of a fine aggregate that has an acid insoluble residue of at 19
least 60 percent. 20
21
4) Provide fine aggregates in accordance with gradation shown in Table 1. 22
Table 1 23
Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart 24
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
3/8” 100
#4 95– 100
#8 80– 100
#16 50– 85
#30 25– 65
#50 10– 351
#100 0– 10
#200 0– 32
1. 6 – 35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85 when tested in accordance with Tex-203-F.
2. 0 – 6 for manufactured sand.
4. Chemical Admixtures 25
a. General 26
1) Provide chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
b. Water Reducing Admixture 28
1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
c. Air-Entraining Admixture 30
1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
B. Concrete Placement Materials 32
1. Reinforcing Steel 33
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34
2. Tie Bars 35
a. General 36
1) Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 37
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 9 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Use tie bars in longitudinal contraction and longitudinal construction joints. 1
3) Use support baskets to support the tie bars during concrete placement. Do 2
not use chairs or other support devices without prior approval from the 3
City. 4
4) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 5
b. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 6
1) Use multiple piece tie bars along all longitudinal construction joints unless 7
otherwise approved by the City. 8
2) Do not use multiple piece tie bars for contraction joints or any transverse 9
joints. 10
3) Provide multiple piece tie-bars conforming to DMS-4515. 11
c. Single Piece Tie Bars 12
1) Use single piece tie bars for contraction joints only. 13
2) Single piece tie bars will only be accepted for longitudinal construction 14
joints when the existing concrete is already hardened in widening projects 15
or when performing maintenance work such as panel replacement or 16
concrete repair. 17
3. Dowel Bars 18
a. General 19
1) Provide dowel bars and dowel caps in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20
2) Use dowel bars in transverse contraction joints and expansion joints. 21
3) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 22
4. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 23
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 24
5. Epoxy 25
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 26
6. Evaporation Retardant 27
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 28
7. Curing 29
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
8. Joint Fillers (Expansion Joints) 31
a. Provide boards at the size, shape, and type specified in the Drawings. Use 32
redwood if the type of board is not specified in the Drawings. 33
1) Provide redwood timber boards for expansion joints in accordance with 34
DMS-6310. 35
b. Provide wood boards free of deformities and are smooth, flat, straight 36
throughout, and sufficiently rigid to allow for easy installation. 37
9. Joint Sealants 38
a. Provide joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39
2.3. ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41
A. Tests and Inspections 42
1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 43
a. Resubmit Action Submittals affected if any material source locations or 44
concrete supplier is changed. 45
46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 10 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Cementitious Materials 1
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 2
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4600 3
3) Furnish in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4
c. Water 5
1) Perform testing to verify the water is in accordance with the requirements 6
of AASHTO T26. 7
2) Mix water in accordance with ASTM C1602. 8
d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 9
1) Provide aggregates in accordance with all requirements in Section 32 05 16 10
and this Section. 11
e. Chemical Admixtures 12
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 13
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4640 14
f. Epoxy, Evaporation Retardants, Curing Compounds, Joint Fillers, and Joint 15
Sealants 16
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports and product data in accordance with 17
this Section. 18
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4650, DMS-6100, and DMS-19
6310. 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1. INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2. EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3. PREPARATION 24
A. Class P1, P2, and HES Preparation 25
1. Hauling 26
a. Clean delivery equipment as necessary to prevent accumulation of old concrete 27
before loading fresh concrete. 28
b. Deliver concrete to the site in accordance with Section 41 14 00. 29
c. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 30
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
d. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 32
will be rejected. 33
e. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 34
1) Adding chemical admixtures is not permitted at the jobsite. 35
2) Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 36
slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not 37
permitted unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 38
3) When water or an admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at least 30 39
additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 40
mixing of the concrete. 41
4) When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 42
cementitious material ratio. 43
5) Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 44
discharged. 45
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 11 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Provide the delivery ticket for the concrete in accordance with Section 41 14 1
00. 2
2. Subgrade 3
a. Hot-Mix Asphalt Base 4
1) Prepare surface by removing, sweeping, or other approved methods. 5
b. Lime, Cement or Flexible Base Subgrade: 6
1) Correct all irregularities in the subgrade of more than 1/2 inch., as shown 7
by straightedge or template. 8
2) Verify subgrade meets all requirements for the applicable subgrade type. 9
3) Spray prepared subgrade with water, if needed, in advance of placing the 10
pavement to ensure it is in a firm and moist condition. 11
4) Take density tests no more than 72-hours prior to placement of concrete. 12
c. If rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the 13
subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 14
3.4. INSTALLATION 15
A. Class P1, P2, and HES Equipment 16
1. General 17
a. Furnish and maintain all equipment necessary for the construction of concrete 18
pavement in good working condition. 19
b. The equipment to include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 20
tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete 21
shall provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 22
2. Forming Equipment 23
a. Pavement Forms 24
1) Pavement forms shall only be used when hand-pouring concrete. Use a 25
slip-form paver for all machine-poured concrete unless otherwise approved 26
by the City. 27
2) Provide metal or wood side forms unless otherwise approved by the City. 28
3) Provide side forms of sufficient cross-section, strength, and rigidity to 29
support paving equipment and resist the impact and vibration of the 30
operation without visible springing, settling, or deflection. 31
4) Use forms that extend the full depth of concrete and shall be: 32
a) a minimum of 1.5 inches in thickness when wooden forms are used 33
b) of a gauge that provides equivalent rigidity and strength when metal 34
forms are used. 35
5) Use forms that are clean, oiled, and free from detrimental kinks, bends, or 36
warps that could affect ride quality or alignment. 37
6) Provide flexible or curved forms made of metal or wood for curves that 38
have a radius of 250 feet or less. 39
7) Secure forms on a base or firm subgrade accurately graded and that 40
provides stable support without deflection and movement. 41
8) Pin every form at a minimum in the middle and near each end. Tightly join 42
and key form sections together to prevent displacement. 43
9) Forms to be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports if 44
subgrade becomes unstable. 45
10) Obtain approval of formwork from the City prior to placement of concrete. 46
11) Forms are to be placed to provide pavement at final grade as specified in 47
the Drawings. 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 12 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Check conformity of the grade, alignment, and stability of forms 1
immediately before pouring concrete and make necessary corrections. 2
13) Use a straight edge or other approved method to test the top of forms to 3
ensure ride quality requirements for the completed pavement will be met. 4
14) Submit a request to the City for any alternative pavement form equipment 5
for review. 6
b. Curb Forms 7
1) Provide curb forms for separately placed curbs not slip-formed in 8
accordance with the requirements of Section 31 16 00. 9
c. Settling 10
1) Stop paving operations if forms settle or deflect more than 1/8 inch under 11
finishing operations. 12
2) Reset the forms and refinish concrete surface to correct grade. 13
3. Paving, Consolidating, and Finishing Equipment 14
a. Do not add water to concrete after discharged from delivery equipment unless 15
approved by the City. 16
b. Misting/fogging only allowed during Finishing. Refer to this Section for 17
additional information. 18
c. Machine-Poured Concrete Pavement 19
1) Use a slip-form paver with a stringline that uniformly distributes the 20
concrete with minimal segregation and provides a smooth finish in 21
accordance with the plan line and grade for machine-poured concrete. 22
2) The Contractor is responsible for establishing the location and elevation of 23
the stringline to ensure pavement will be at the correct final grade specified 24
in the Drawings. 25
3) Provide mechanically-operated finishing floats capable of producing a 26
uniformly smooth pavement surface. 27
4) Provide watering equipment capable of providing a fine, light, water fog 28
mist. 29
5) Provide a stake line for the stringline every 25 feet and at every horizontal 30
and vertical geometry point as specified in the Drawings. 31
d. Hand-Poured Concrete Pavement 32
1) Receive approval of all equipment used for hand-pouring concrete during 33
Pre-Paving Meeting. 34
2) Refer to this Section for additional requirements. 35
e. Consolidating 36
1) Provide mechanically-operated vibratory equipment capable of adequately 37
consolidating the concrete. 38
2) Provide immersion vibrators on paving equipment at sufficiently close 39
intervals to provide uniform vibration and consolidation of the concrete 40
over the entire width and depth of the pavement and in accordance with the 41
manufacturer’s recommendations. 42
3) Provide immersion vibrator units that operate at a frequency in air of at 43
least 8,000 cycles per minute on the paving equipment. 44
4) Provide enough hand-operated immersion vibrators for timely and proper 45
consolidation of the concrete along forms, at all joints, and in areas not 46
covered by other vibratory equipment. 47
5) Surface vibrators may be used to supplement equipment-mounted 48
immersion vibrators. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 13 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6) Provide tachometers to verify the proper operation of all vibrators. 1
f. Finishing 2
1) Floats 3
a) Use a float attached to the slip-form paver or as a separate machine 4
where possible. 5
b) When using a hand float or trowel, take care to not distort the surface. 6
The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 7
to the improper use of a float to be removed and replaced at no cost to 8
the City. 9
2) Straightedge 10
a) Use a 10 or 15 foot long square tube straightedge made of magnesium 11
or steel. 12
b) The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 13
to the improper use of a straightedge to be removed and replaced at no 14
cost to the City. 15
4. Texturing Equipment 16
a. A baker broom or tining are the approved methods for texturizing concrete. 17
b. Provide a baker broom of sufficient transverse length to span the full width of 18
pavement being placed. 19
c. Request approval to use an evaporation retardant if there is concern the 20
concrete surface will dry too quickly before texturing and curing can occur. 21
d. Tining Equipment 22
1) Provide a self-propelled metal tine device equipped with steel tines to 23
obtain groves that are 1/12-inch-wide and a depth of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch. 24
2) Tine Spacing: 25
a) Transverse tining spaced at approximately 1-inch center-to-center. 26
b) Longitudinal tining spaced at approximately 3/4-inch center-to-center. 27
3) Manual methods may be used that produce an equivalent texture when it is 28
impractical to use self-propelled equipment. However, manual methods 29
should be minimized. Obtain approval before using manual tining methods. 30
5. Curing Equipment 31
a. Provide a self-propelled machine for applying membrane curing compound 32
using mechanically-pressurized spraying equipment with atomizing nozzles 33
where possible. 34
b. If manually applying a curing compound, use equipment with a nozzle capable 35
of producing the desired coverage based on the requirements of this 36
specification. 37
c. Provide equipment and controls that maintain the required uniform rate of 38
application over the entire paving area. 39
d. When reinforcing is exposed, provide plastic covers to prevent the bars from 40
being coated in curing compound. Remove any curing compound on exposed 41
reinforcing with a steel brush or by sand blasting. 42
6. Sawing Equipment 43
a. Provide power-driven concrete saws to saw joints specified in the Drawings. 44
7. Grinding Equipment 45
a. Provide grinding equipment specifically designed to smooth and texture 46
concrete pavement using circular diamond blades when required. 47
b. Provide equipment with an automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 48
a 3-foot width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the concrete. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 14 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Coring Equipment 1
a. Provide coring equipment capable of extracting cores in accordance with Tex-2
424-A. 3
9. Miscellaneous Equipment 4
a. Provide both a 5-foot and a 10-foot steel or magnesium long-handled, standard 5
straightedge. 6
b. Provide enough work bridges long enough to span the pavement for finishing 7
and inspection operations. 8
10. The City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 9
requirements. 10
B. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Placement 11
1. General 12
a. This section outlines the requirements for the placement of Class P1, P2, and 13
HES concrete. Refer to other specifications for the placement requirement of 14
other concrete items. 15
b. Contractor to notify the City at least two working days in advance of 16
installation of concrete pavement. 17
c. Take care when placing concrete to keep all foreign material out. 18
d. Remove any foreign material from concrete pavement without damaging the 19
concrete. 20
e. Concrete may be poured by hand in situations where a slip-form paver cannot 21
be used due to space restrictions. 22
f. Receive approval from the City prior to hand pouring concrete. Hand pouring 23
should be minimized. 24
g. Do not allow pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line by 25
more than 1/2 inches at any point. 26
h. Place the concrete as near as possible to its final location and minimize 27
segregation and re-handling. 28
i. Distribute concrete using shovels where hand spreading is necessary. Do not 29
use rakes or vibrators to distribute concrete. 30
2. Removing Forms 31
a. Cleaning 32
1) Clean forms thoroughly after each use. 33
b. Removal 34
1) Forms to remain in place until the concrete is set and the removal will not 35
cause damage to the concrete. Leave the forms in place for 12 hours after 36
concrete has been poured unless approved by the City. 37
2) If forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 38
apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 39
3) Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 40
4) Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 41
mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 42
5) Remove and replace any damaged concrete that was not repaired within 24 43
hours at no cost to the City. 44
3. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembles 45
a. General 46
1) Place reinforcing steel, dowels, and tie bars in position specified in the 47
Drawings. 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 15 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Provide reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 1
3) Secure reinforcing bars at alternate intersections with wire ties or locking 2
support chairs. 3
4) Tie all splices with wire. 4
5) Install all bars in their required position as specified in the Drawings. 5
b. Splicing 6
1) Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 7
2) In accordance with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not 8
specified in the Drawings. 9
c. Installing and Supporting Reinforcing Steel 10
1) Layout reinforcing steel in accordance with Drawings. Support reinforcing 11
steel using approved chairs or baskets. 12
2) Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. 13
Replace any chair that is broken prior to concrete placement. 14
3) Steel pins may also be used to hold the reinforcement in place. 15
4) If reinforcing steel is found to be at incorrect depth: 16
a) Prior to concrete being poured, Contractor to adjust steel to correct 17
depth as specified in the Drawings. 18
b) If concrete has been poured, Contractor to remove and replace at no 19
cost to the City. 20
4. Joints 21
a. General 22
1) Place joints shown on the Drawings. If jointing layout is not provided on 23
the Drawings, submit a jointing layout for review and approval to the City. 24
2) Maintain a right angle with the surface of the pavement for all joints. 25
3) Maintain an angle of greater than 75 degrees between all joints if 90 26
degrees is not achievable unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 27
4) If uncontrolled cracking occurs during sawing, the City may require the 28
panel with the crack to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29
5) Use dowel baskets to support dowels and tie bars in the location shown on 30
the Drawings. Do not manually or mechanically insert tie bars or dowels 31
into wet or hardened concrete unless otherwise approved by the City. 32
6) Secure the dowel baskets into the subgrade or hot-mix asphalt base so that 33
the baskets to not tip or move during concrete placement. Set up rebar and 34
support baskets at least 12 hours prior to concrete placement for inspection. 35
7) Use the appropriate bar based on the Drawings and the requirements under 36
Materials. 37
8) Clean and seal all joints before opening the pavement to traffic. 38
9) Joint Dimensions and Spacing 39
a) Match width and depth of the joint shown on the Drawings. 40
b) Dimensions of the sealant reservoir to match manufacturer's 41
recommendations. 42
c) Ensure the joint depth after curing is 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the 43
pavement surface at the center of the joint. If joint depth exceeds 1/4 44
inch, The City may request corrective action to be taken that may 45
include remove and replace at no cost to the City. 46
d) Maintain a maximum 15 foot longitudinal joint spacing. 47
e) Ensure longitudinal joints follow the proposed lane lines where 48
possible. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 16 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Contraction Joints 1
1) Transverse Contraction Joints 2
a) Only used in plain-jointed concrete pavement. 3
b) Maintain joint spacing as shown on the Drawings. 4
c) Do not install transverse contraction joints in continuously reinforced 5
concrete pavement. 6
d) Use dowel bars that are coated with a thin film of grease or other 7
approved de-bonding material to prevent concrete from bonding to the 8
bar. See Materials. 9
e) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the 10
Drawings. 11
f) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 12
2) Longitudinal Contraction Joints 13
a) Used in plain-jointed and continuously reinforced concrete. 14
b) Maintain joint spacing as specified in the Drawings. 15
c) Use single piece tie bars. See Materials. 16
d) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 17
Drawings. 18
e) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 19
c. Construction Joints 20
1) General 21
a) Use reinforcing support chairs to hold reinforcing bars that extend 22
through the bulkhead in place. 23
b) Splicing is not allowed within 10 feet of a transverse construction joint. 24
c) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
2) Transverse Construction Joints 27
a) A transverse construction joint shall be formed at the close of each 28
day's work or when the placing of concrete has been stopped for 30-29
minutes or longer. 30
b) Provide a bulkhead (header) of sufficient cross-sectional area to prevent 31
deflection and accurately notched to allow longitudinal rebar to 32
continue through the bulkhead. 33
c) Provide bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished pavement and 34
cleaned. 35
d) Plain-Jointed Concrete 36
(1) Select the construction joint location to be either at planned 37
transverse contraction joint or halfway between two planned 38
transverse contraction joints. 39
e) Continuously Reinforced Concrete 40
(1) Additional steel may be required. See Drawings for additional 41
information. 42
(2) Ensure longitudinal steel is supported and protected to prevent 43
damage, vibration, and impact. 44
3) Longitudinal Construction Joints 45
a) Use multiple piece tie bars where possible. See Materials. 46
b) Bent tie bars are not permitted. 47
c) Drill and epoxy single piece tie bars only for widening or maintenance 48
projects where new concrete is being poured adjacent to existing 49
concrete. 50
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 17 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Inserting Tie Bars 1
(1) When approved, insert tie bars per this Section. 2
(2) Fresh Concrete Installation: 3
(a) Mechanically insert the tie bars using the paving machine when 4
possible. 5
(b) If the tie bar is inserted manually, check the insertion depth and 6
location to ensure proper placement and evaluate if there has 7
been any surface drop down. 8
(c) If any surface drop down has occurred, repair concrete to the 9
City’s satisfaction. 10
(d) Take care to avoid moving the reinforcing mat or any other 11
reinforcing in the concrete when inserting the tie bar. 12
(3) Hardened Concrete Installation: 13
(a) Mark tie bar location and drill holes into the hardened concrete 14
at least 10-inches deep with a drill bit that is 1/8-inch greater in 15
diameter than the tie bar diameter. 16
(b) Clean the hole with a wire brush and compressed air to remove 17
all the dust and moisture. 18
(c) Follow the epoxy manufacturer’s instruction to apply the 19
epoxy. Fill the entire hole with Type 3, Class C epoxy before 20
inserting the tie bars. 21
(d) When installing tie bars into hardened concrete, perform a 22
pullout test. 23
(4) Pullout Test: 24
(a) Perform pullout tests on tie bars designated by the City. 25
(b) Install the tie bar in accordance with this Section and the 26
Drawings. 27
(c) Perform a pullout test in accordance with ASTM E488 within 28
the epoxy manufacturer’s recommended curing time. 29
(d) Verify the tie bar meets a pullout strength of at least 3/4 of the 30
yield strength of the tie bar. 31
(5) Corrective Measures 32
(a) Perform corrective measures to provide adequate pullout 33
resistance if any of the tests do not meet the required minimum 34
pullout strength. 35
(b) Repair any damage caused by testing at no cost to the City. 36
(c) Acceptable corrective measures include, but are not limited to, 37
installation of additional or longer tie bars. 38
d. Expansion Joints 39
1) Install expansion joints perpendicularly to the surface at the locations 40
shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. 41
2) Use dowels for expansion joints with a thin film of grease or other 42
approved de-bonding material with dowel caps on the lubricated end of 43
each dowel bar. 44
3) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the Drawings. 45
4) When the proposed pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, 46
install expansion joints along the entire length of an existing structure. 47
5) Joint Filler 48
a) Provide joint fillers that conform to the requirements under Materials 49
and Source Quality Control. 50
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 18 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Provide timber boards that are accurately notched to allow rebar to 1
continue through the expansion joint as needed. 2
c) Extend joint filler past or slightly below the bottom of concrete slab. 3
d) Use timber boards that span the length of the pavement width. Take 4
care to ensure the timber board does not break, crack, or shift during 5
concrete placement. 6
e) If the timber boards cracks, breaks, or shifts, remove and replace the 7
adjacent pavement panels and reconstruct the pavement with a 8
compliant timber board at no cost to the City. 9
e. Curb Joints 10
1) Provide joints in the curb of the same type and location as the adjacent 11
pavement. 12
2) Extend expansion joints through the curb. 13
3) Extend sawed joints through the curb. 14
4) Construct curb joints at all transverse pavement joints. 15
5) For non-monolithic curbs, drill and epoxy tie bars as specified in the 16
Drawings. 17
f. Sawing Joints 18
1) Joints to be sawed into concrete as soon as can be accomplished without 19
damage to the pavement within 24 hours of concrete pavement placement 20
as shown on Drawings. 21
2) Saw joints to the depth and spacing shown on the Drawings. 22
3) Use a chalk line, stringline, saw template, or other approved method to 23
provide a true joint alignment. 24
g. Joint Sealing 25
1) See Section 32 13 73. 26
5. Concrete Placement 27
a. General 28
1) Use a slip-form paving machine. Hand paving is only permitted in areas 29
such as intersections or other areas where use of paving machine is not 30
practical. 31
2) If hand-pouring does not produce the required consolidation and finishing 32
results, take immediate action. The City may require corrective action that 33
may include removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to the City. 34
a) Do not use rakes or vibrators to move concrete. Only use shovels or the 35
augers on the spreader and paver to move the concrete. 36
3) Do not allow the pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line 37
by more than 1/2 inch at any point. 38
a) Consistency 39
4) Provide concrete with following consistency qualities: 40
a) Mortar clings to coarse aggregate 41
b) Aggregate does not segregate in concrete when transported to the place 42
of deposit 43
c) Concrete should flatten out at the center of the pile with edges standing 44
and not flowing when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the 45
mixer. 46
d) Concrete and mortar shows no free water when removed from the 47
mixer 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 19 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e) Concrete to slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 1
chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 2
f) Surface of the finished concrete to be free from a surface film or 3
laitance 4
b. Honeycombing 5
1) Prevent honeycombing by taking special care placing and spading the 6
concrete against forms and joints. 7
2) The City may reject concrete with excessive voids and honeycombing on 8
the edge of the pavement. The City may request corrective action to be 9
taken that may include removal and replacement at no cost to the City 10
6. Consolidation 11
a. Consolidate all concrete by approved mechanical vibrators in accordance with 12
the requirements of this Section. 13
b. Ensure the vibrators don’t dislodge or disturb the reinforcement. 14
c. Use hand-operated vibrators to consolidate concrete along forms, at all joints, 15
and in areas not accessible to the machine-mounted vibrators. 16
d. Do not operate machine-mounted vibrators while the paving equipment is 17
stationary. 18
7. Curb 19
a. Construct concrete curb in accordance with Section 32 16 13. 20
8. Spreading and Finishing 21
a. General 22
1) Finish concrete using approved finishing equipment per this specification. 23
2) If excessive surface slurry or bleeding occurs: 24
a) Do not finish concrete 25
b) Contact concrete supplier and review on-site conditions to verify too 26
much water is not being added to the concrete mix by the Contractor or 27
at the plant. 28
c) A fine mist of water may be used during dry conditions when approved 29
by the City and only when under City supervision. 30
3) Use minimal amount of water to maintain a moist surface. 31
4) Reduce misting if float or straightedge finishing operations result in an 32
excess amount of surface slurry. 33
5) Do not apply water from a nozzle or a garden-type hose. 34
6) Do not finish the concrete if there is free standing water on the surface of 35
the concrete. Wait until the water evaporates before finishing. 36
7) Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 37
finishing machine. 38
b. Quality Checks 39
1) Perform sufficient checks with a long-handled 10-foot or 15-foot 40
straightedge on fresh concrete to ensure the final surface is within the 41
tolerances specified in Ride Quality. 42
a) Verify there is not more than 1/16-inch variation between the 43
straightedge and the surface of the pavement. 44
b) Rework and refinish any surface not within the tolerance limits. 45
2) Edging 46
a) Tool all edges of slabs and all joints with an edger of the radius 47
specified in the Drawings. 48
b) All concrete work to be left smooth and true to lines. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 20 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Texturing 1
a. Complete final texturing using approved texturing equipment in accordance 2
with this Section. 3
10. Curing 4
a. Surface Moisture 5
1) Prevent surface drying of pavement before application of the curing 6
compound by means that may include water fogging/misting, wind screens, 7
and evaporation retardants. Obtain approval from the City before using any 8
of these methods. 9
2) If an evaporation retardant is approved, reapply as needed to maintain the 10
concrete surface in a moist condition until the curing compound is applied. 11
3) Do not use evaporation retardant as a finishing aid. 12
4) If there is pavement failure due to poor surface moisture, City may require 13
corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no cost to 14
the City. 15
b. A curing day is defined as a 24-hour period when either the temperature taken 16
in the shade away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 17
19 hours or the surface temperature of the concrete is maintained above 40 18
degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours. 19
c. Curing begins when the concrete curing compound or system has been applied. 20
d. Maintain and promptly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces 21
of concrete pavement continuously for at least 3 curing days. 22
e. Ensure curing compound does not disintegrate, peek, or crack. 23
f. The City may reject the curing compound based on visual and odor inspection. 24
g. Application 25
1) Apply the curing compound in accordance with DMS-4650. 26
2) Manage finishing and texturing operations to ensure placement of curing 27
compound on a moist concrete surface relatively free of water. 28
3) Maintain curing compounds in a uniformly agitated condition free of 29
settlement before and during application. 30
4) Do not thin or dilute the curing compound. 31
5) Apply two coats of the curing compound. 32
6) Apply to damp concrete as a fine mist through atomizing nozzles, at a rate 33
of no more than 180 square feet per gallon, that covers entire surfaces 34
thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 35
7) Coat sides of concrete slab after side forms are removed and earth is 36
banked against them. 37
h. Alternative Curing Methods 38
1) If an alternative curing method is preferred, submit a request to City with 39
all product data needed at least 72 hours prior to a concrete pour. 40
2) If the alternative method for curing does not produce desire results, cease 41
concrete paving activities and implement another method of curing. 42
11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 43
a. Protection of Pavement 44
1) Erect and maintain barricades and other standard and approved devices, 45
excluding all vehicles and equipment from the newly placed pavement for 46
the periods specified. 47
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 21 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Maintain an adequate supply of sheeting or other material to cover and 1
protect fresh concrete surface from weather damage. Apply as needed to 2
protect the pavement surface from weather. 3
b. Opening to Traffic 4
1) All traffic to be excluded from new concrete pavement for a minimum of 5
14 days. 6
2) Early Opening to Traffic 7
a) If traffic needs to be open earlier than 14 days post pavement activities, 8
use HES concrete. 9
b) Perform concrete cylinder breaks at 24 hours. If the compressive 10
strength is 3,200 psi or higher, pavement may be opened to traffic after 11
72 hours. 12
3) Emergency Opening to Traffic 13
a) Open the pavement to traffic under emergency conditions when 14
directed in writing by the City and the pavement is at least 72 hours 15
old. 16
b) Remove all obstructing materials, place stable material against the 17
pavement edges, and perform other work involved in providing for the 18
safety of traffic as required for emergency opening. 19
c. Clean and fill all joints prior to opening pavement to traffic. 20
12. Pavement Leaveouts 21
a. Provide pavement leaveouts as necessary for local traffic at locations specified 22
in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 23
b. Provide a suitable crossover connection for traffic movements based on a 24
location that is determined in the field by the City. 25
C. Batching Equipment 26
1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 27
00. 28
3.5. REPAIR 29
A. Repair concrete pavement in accordance with 32 01 29. 30
B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 31
to concrete paving activities: 32
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 33
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 34
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 35
4. Subgrade or base material 36
5. Utility pipe 37
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 38
7. Landscape beds or planters 39
8. Sod 40
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 41
10. Retaining walls 42
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 22 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.6. RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7. SITE QUALITY CONTROL 2
A. Verification Testing 3
1. General: 4
a. At the request of the City, the Contractor is to perform additional testing to 5
verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing utilizing a third-6
party testing laboratory. 7
b. The City may request verification testing at any time if production is suspected 8
to be non-conforming. 9
c. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM C42. 10
d. Verification testing will be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 11
2. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 12
a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 13
evaluation reports. 14
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 15
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16
3. Concrete Production Acceptance 17
a. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the 18
concrete is in conformance with the requirements in Section 03 00 00 for the 19
admixtures, mix design, slump, and compressive strength. 20
b. Aggregate Moisture Testing 21
1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16. 22
4. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23
a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 24
evaluation reports. 25
b. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 26
and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27
c. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests 28
in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
B. Class P1, P2, and HES Pavement Thickness Test 30
1. Sampling 31
a. Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic yards of 32
concrete. 33
b. Obtain pavement cores in accordance with Tex-424-A. Check the pavement 34
thickness in accordance with Tex-423-A. 35
c. Collect pavement cores every 500 feet at the center of each concrete paving 36
run. If lanes are paved separately, collect a pavement core at the center of each 37
set of paved lanes. 38
d. For hand poured concrete collect pavement cores every 250 feet. 39
e. Fill core holes using an approved concrete mixture and method. 40
2. Acceptance 41
a. The Contractor will not be paid over the contract unit price for any pavement 42
that is thicker than what is specified in the Drawings. 43
b. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.2 inches but less than 0.5-44
inches less than the thickness designated on the Drawings: 45
1) Obtain additional cores every 150 feet at locations designated by the City. 46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 23 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Additional cores may be requested by the City if the pavement is suspected 1
to be deficient. 2
3) Obtain cores until the variation between the thickness designated on the 3
Drawings is less than 0.2-inches. 4
4) For deficit concrete limit: 5
a) Remove limits of deficient concrete and replace at no cost to the City, 6
or 7
b) Concrete to remain and City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the 8
unit price of concrete specified in the bid documents. 9
c. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.5 inches less than the 10
thickness designated on the Drawings: 11
1) Remove and replace deficient concrete at no cost to the City. 12
C. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Ride Quality 13
1. General 14
a. Provide a pavement to have a finished grade smooth and true to the established 15
line, grade, and cross-section. 16
b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 17
(transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 18
2. Profile Measurements 19
a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 20
lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation 21
Institute. 22
1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 23
display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 24
expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 25
Material Producer List. 26
2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 27
3) Provide documentation of the profiles when requested by the City. 28
b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 29
c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 30
completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 31
d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 32
manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 33
e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 34
traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 35
Drawings. 36
3. Acceptance Plan 37
a. General 38
1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify not more than 1/8-39
inch variation between any 2 contacts. 40
2) Perform corrective action on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch 41
variation between any 2 contacts. 42
b. Localized Roughness 43
1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 44
each wheel path. 45
2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 46
variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 47
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 24 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 1
resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 2
paths. 3
c. Corrective Action 4
1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 5
localized roughness. 6
2) Reprofile the corrected area and provide results indicating the corrective 7
action was successful. 8
3) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify 9
corrections have produced the required improvements. 10
4) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 11
may require: 12
a) Continued corrective action, or 13
b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 14
negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 15
place. 16
D. Non-Conforming Work 17
1. General 18
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 19
this specification. 20
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 21
Concrete Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-22
conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 23
c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 24
2. Aggregates 25
a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 26
rejected by the City. 27
3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 28
a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 29
of this specification and section 03 00 00. 30
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 31
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 32
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials verify the 33
conformance of the mixture. 34
3.8. SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35
3.9. ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36
3.10. CLEANING [NOT USED] 37
3.11. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 38
3.12. PROTECTION [NOT USED] 39
3.13. MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 40
41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 25 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14. ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 13 16 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Decorative Concrete Pavement 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15
6. Section 32 84 00 – Irrigation Installation and Repair. 16
7. Section 32 93 00 – Plantings. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Decorative Concrete 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per square yard of Decorative Concrete installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per square yard for Decorative Concrete Pavement installed for: 26
a) Various depths 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Decorative Concrete as specified by the Drawings 29
1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 30
2) Water 31
3) Loading 32
4) Unloading 33
5) Storing 34
6) Hauling 35
7) Disposal of excess materials 36
8) Testing and trial batches 37
9) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 38
10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 39
informational submittals. 40
11) Concrete, aggregate, supplementary cementing materials, and additives 41
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Stamps and color 1
13) Mixing, placing, and finishing 2
14) Curing and curing compounds 3
15) Reinforcing steel and chairs 4
16) All reinforcing and materials required for joints 5
17) Joint sealant 6
18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 7
19) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 14
a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 15
Curing Concrete. 16
b. C979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 17
c. C1315 Type 1, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming 18
Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20
A. Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 21
1. Prior to installing decorative concrete (hardscape) and landscape, conduct a 22
meeting. Invite the City and their appropriate representatives. Prior to the meeting, 23
the following need to be prepared or approved: 24
a. Product Data and Concrete Mix Design in accordance with this Section 25
b. Mock sample in accordance with this Section 26
c. Paving Plan 27
1) Jointing locations 28
2) Paving Schedule 29
d. All irrigation and planting requirements in accordance with Sections 32 84 00 30
and 32 93 00. 31
1.5 SUBMITTALS 32
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 35
A. Shop Drawing 36
1. Concrete Mix Design 37
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00 38
2. Product Data 39
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying stamps, 40
color, antiquing releases, and curing compounds Provide the following data for 41
all product data sheets: 42
1) Manufacturer name 43
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Date 1
3) Material description 2
b. Data and test results as specified in this Section 3
1) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 4
Compounds) 5
2) Stamp pattern and size 6
3) Integral color shade name and number 7
4) Dosage recommendations 8
5) Manufacturer recommended storing data (if applicable) 9
6) Application recommendations (if applicable) 10
7) Manufacturer’s recommended storage and handling instructions 11
8) Manufacturer’s curing and sealing recommendations. 12
3. Integral Color Concrete Mix Design 13
a. Provide concrete mix design that in accordance with the requirements of 14
Section 03 00 00. 15
B. Samples 16
1. Provide 3-foot by 3-foot square mock-up 4-inches thick of the integral stamped and 17
stained concrete of selected color and stamp pattern with specified releasing agents 18
at the site for review by City. 19
a. If the sample is not satisfactory, City may request up to 3 additional samples to 20
be prepared. 21
b. Leave sample on-site until decorative concrete has been completed. 22
c. Remove sample within 72 hours after decorative concrete activities have been 23
completed. 24
C. Information Submittals: 25
1. Source Locations 26
a. Location of all material sources 27
2. Testing and Evaluation Reports 28
a. Provide test results required in accordance with this Section and any other 29
related Sections. 30
3. Equipment Submittals 31
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 32
1) Equipment name 33
2) Size 34
3) Intended use 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 36
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 37
1. All test reports generated during testing. 38
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 39
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 40
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 41
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 42
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1
66 00. 2
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 3
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 4
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
2.2 MATERIALS 8
A. Concrete Production and Placement Materials 9
1. Refer to the following Sections based on uses: 10
a. Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Section 32 13 13 11
b. Sidewalks or Driveways – Section 32 16 00 12
c. General Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing – Section 03 00 00 13
B. Integral Color 14
1. Provide integrally colored concrete. Do not use surface stains or dyes to color the 15
concrete unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 16
2. Use non-fading synthetic iron oxide pigments with resistance to ultraviolet 17
radiation. 18
3. Provide pigments for colored concrete in accordance with ASTM C979. 19
4. Add integral concrete colorant according to manufacturer's instructions. Provide a 20
copy of manufacturer instructions to City in accordance with this Section. 21
5. Provide SCOFIELD Integral Colors SG or approved equal. 22
a. Provide the following approved colors in the designated locations unless 23
otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City: 24
1) Median Areas: 25
a) SCOFIELD Integral Color SG: Red Brick or approved equal 26
b) SCOFIELD LITHOTEX Antiquing Release Pro: A-24, Russet 27
2) Other locations: 28
a) Integral color and antiquing release in accordance with the Drawings 29
C. Curing Compound 30
1. Use SCOFIELD Cureseal-W Concrete Curing Compound and Sealer or approved 31
equal. 32
a. Any approved equal needs to be clear with a low-gloss finish that complies 33
with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type 1 requirements for liquid membrane 34
forming compounds. 35
b. Provide product data in accordance with this Section. 36
2. No other curing methods will be allowed. 37
D. Admixtures 38
1. Furnish admixtures designed for use with and compatible with colored concrete 39
pigments. 40
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Do not use calcium chloride or other admixtures containing chlorides. 1
E. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 2
1. Concrete Classes 3
a. Provide concrete in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 00 00 for 4
the designated concrete class specified in the Drawings. 5
b. If no class is specified, provide decorative concrete based on the following 6
uses: 7
1) Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Class P1, P2, HES, or as specified in the 8
Drawings. 9
2) Sidewalks or Driveways – Use Class A or the concrete specified in the 10
Drawings. 11
c. Mix Design Options: No variations or substitutions will be approved for 12
cementitious material, slump, additives, or mix design options. Conform to all 13
requirements in Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in this Section or 14
in the Drawings. 15
2. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 16
a. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 17
the concrete mix design. Provide a concrete mix design that conforms to the 18
requirements of Section 03 00 00. 19
b. Obtain City approval for colored concrete mixes before placing decorative 20
concrete. 21
c. Maintain mix characteristics for colored concrete requiring a matching finish. 22
d. Use the same source, brand, type, and color of Portland cement, supplementary 23
cementitious materials, aggregates, and admixtures for colored concrete 24
throughout the project. 25
e. Use constant cement content, supplementary cementitious material content, and 26
water/cementitious materials ratio to maintain consistent color. 27
3. Trail Batches 28
a. The contractor may use preliminary laboratory or field trial batching to 29
establish the mix proportions necessary to conform to the contract-required 30
color. 31
b. Provide samples in accordance with Action Submittals and discuss during the 32
Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 33
1) Produce samples using the same workers and materials designated to 34
perform the contract work. 35
c. Produce at least 2 cubic yards of the colored concrete to make the sample. 36
d. Submit the final mix design including color after the City has approved the 37
decorative concrete sample. 38
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40
PART 3 - EXECUTION 41
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 1
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2
3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. In accordance with preparation requirements in Section 32 13 13. 5
3.4 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PLACEMENT 6
A. Imprinting Tools 7
1. Stamped Concrete 8
a. Use SCOFIELD stamp tools or approved equal to install the stamp pattern 9
designated on the Drawings or by the City. 10
b. Any approved equal tool needs to provide the texture, stamp, and finish that is 11
specified in the Drawings. If the required affect is not produced by the tools 12
provided, as determined by City, stop work immediately, identify the problem, 13
and supply different tools capable of producing the texture, stamp, and finish 14
specified. 15
c. Provide the following approved patterns in the designated locations: 16
1) Median Areas: 17
a) Pattern: New Brick – Running Bond (SCOFIELD LITHOTEX 18
Pavecrafters) 19
2. If specified texture is baker’s broom or tining, provide tools and equipment 20
a. in accordance with requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 21
13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 22
b. in accordance with requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 23
00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 24
driveways. 25
B. Concrete Placement 26
1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 27
13 for any decorative concrete used by vehicular traffic. 28
2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 29
00 for any decorative concrete used in medians, sidewalks, or driveways. 30
3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 31
a. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to rapid drying conditions, wind, and 32
full sun, before applying curing compound. 33
b. Do not place colored concrete if rain, snow, or freezing temperatures are 34
forecast within 24-hours. 35
c. Cover or otherwise protect adjacent concrete work from discoloration and 36
spillage while placing and curing colored concrete. 37
d. Remove and replace discolored concrete as directed by the City. 38
C. Spreading and Finishing 39
1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 40
13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 41
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 1
00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 2
driveways. 3
3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 4
a. Perform finishing operations consistently to avoid color variation. 5
b. Do not begin finishing while bleed water is present. 6
c. City will order removal and replacement of colored concrete if the contractor 7
adds water to the surface to aid in finishing. 8
d. Apply strokes in the same direction during final finishing and texturing. 9
D. Texturing 10
1. Reference Drawings for location of texturing and stamping used for decorative 11
concrete. 12
2. If the decorative concrete requires a baker’s broom or tining: 13
a. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 14
32 13 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 15
b. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16
16 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 17
driveways. 18
3. If the decorative concrete requires a stamp pattern: 19
a. Apply the stamp pattern using approved tools that produce the texture, stamp, 20
and finish specified in the Drawings. 21
b. If the required affect is not produced by the tools provided, stop work 22
immediately, identify the problem, and supply different tools capable of 23
producing the texture, stamp, and finish specified. 24
c. Use the manufacturer’s recommendation for: 25
1) Using release agents 26
a) Approved release agents include: 27
(1) Designated antiquing release: Follow the manufacturer’s 28
instructions when using an antiquing release and stamping. 29
(2) LITHOTEX Liquid Release 30
(3) SCOFIELD Liquid Release SG 31
(4) Or approved equal 32
2) Antiquing agents 33
3) Aligning, placing, and removing the tools 34
4) Any other manufacturer requirements or recommendations not listed. 35
E. Curing 36
1. Apply approved curing compound in accordance with manufacturer’s 37
recommendations. 38
2. Protect colored concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot 39
temperatures by promptly applying curing compound. 40
a. Do not allow plastic sheeting to come in contact with colored concrete. 41
F. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 42
1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 32 13 13. 43
2. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for allowing traffic onto decorative 44
concrete. 45
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. If traffic is allowed onto decorative concrete prior to sealing, patch and touch-up 1
any chips in the decorative concrete. 2
4. Where possible, finish placing, stamping, and sealing large sections of decorative 3
concrete before opening to traffic. 4
3.5 REPAIR 5
A. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 6
B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 7
to decorative concrete paving activities: 8
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 9
2. Adjacent sidewalk 10
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 11
4. Subgrade or base material 12
5. Utility pipe 13
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 14
7. Landscape beds or planters 15
8. Sod 16
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 17
10. Retaining walls 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20
A. Tests and Inspections 21
1. Perform all testing in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 00, and 32 13 13. 22
B. Non-Conforming Work 23
1. Decorative Concrete Production Acceptance 24
a. Produce consistently colored concrete. 25
b. Any concrete that has visible variations in color, texture, or stamp pattern will 26
be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City 27
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33
34
32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 13 73 1
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sealants for Concrete Joints. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid 14
for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are 15
subsidiary to other pertinent items. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22
a. ASTM D5249 – Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold 23
and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt 24
Joints. 25
3. TxDOT Standards: 26
a. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Seals. 27
1.4 SUBMITTALS 28
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 30
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31
A. Product Data 32
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete 33
joint sealants to be used on the project. 34
2. Product data sheets will include: 35
a. Manufacturer name 36
b. Date 37
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Material description 1
d. Point of delivery 2
e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section 3
f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives 4
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 5
h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 6
i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 7
1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended addition 8
temperature 9
2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 10
3) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 11
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17
66 00. 18
B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 19
foreign matter. 20
C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 21
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 22
A. Ambient Conditions 23
1. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 24
1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.2 MATERIALS 28
A. Joint Sealant 29
1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless 30
otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 31
B. Backer Rod 32
1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred 33
product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal. 34
2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If 35
requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the 36
following: 37
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the 1
requirements of the sealant manufacturer. 2
b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint 3
reservoir width. 4
c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber 5
stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer 6
rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical-7
resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 EQUIPMENT 12
A. Condition of Equipment 13
1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 14
2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City. 15
3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 16
replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to 17
the City. 18
4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and 19
replacement at no cost to the City. 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2-23
inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 24
the City. 25
B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir. 26
C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides 27
to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting. 28
D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if 29
joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain. 30
E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with 31
high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant. 32
3.4 INSTALLATION 33
A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of 34
joints and sealants to be used. 35
B. Install joint sealant per manufacturer’s recommendations. If backer rods are required, 36
install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 37
and this Section. 38
39
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Backer Rods: 1
1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on 2
application. 3
2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material. 4
3. Hold the backer rod in compression. 5
4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for 6
joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter 7
rod selection. 8
5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary. 9
D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface. 10
Table 1 11
Types of Joints Requirements 12
Joint Type Requirement
Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant
Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant
Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
E. Disposal of Materials: 13
1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
24
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 16 00 1
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Curbs 6
2. Sawtooth Curb 7
3. Gutters 8
4. Sidewalks 9
5. Curb Ramps 10
6. Driveways 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 18
4. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 19
5. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Concrete Curb 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb” installed. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb as specified by the Drawings 31
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1
12) Concrete 2
13) Aggregate 3
14) Supplementary cementing materials 4
15) Concrete additives 5
16) Mixing 6
17) Placement of concrete 7
18) Finishing of concrete 8
19) Curing and curing compounds 9
20) Sawing 10
21) Joint sealant 11
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 12
23) Disposal of excess material 13
24) Clean-up 14
2. Concrete Sawtooth Curb and Gutter 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Sawtooth Curb and Gutter 17
installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 20
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 21
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Sawtooth Curb and 22
Gutter” installed. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sawtooth Curb as specified by the 25
Drawings 26
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 27
3) Water 28
4) Loading 29
5) Unloading 30
6) Storing 31
7) Hauling 32
8) Handling of materials 33
9) Traffic control for all testing 34
10) Trial batches (as needed) 35
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 36
12) Concrete 37
13) Aggregate 38
14) Supplementary cementing materials 39
15) Concrete additives 40
16) Mixing 41
17) Placement of concrete 42
18) Finishing of concrete 43
19) Curing and curing compounds 44
20) Sawing 45
21) Joint sealant 46
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 47
23) Disposal of excess material 48
24) Clean-up 49
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Concrete Curb and Gutter 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb and Gutter” installed. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb and Gutter as specified by the 9
Drawings 10
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 11
3) Water 12
4) Loading 13
5) Unloading 14
6) Storing 15
7) Hauling 16
8) Handling of materials 17
9) Traffic control for all testing 18
10) Trial batches (as needed) 19
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 20
12) Concrete 21
13) Aggregate 22
14) Supplementary cementing materials 23
15) Concrete additives 24
16) Mixing 25
17) Placement of concrete 26
18) Finishing of concrete 27
19) Curing and curing compounds 28
20) Sawing 29
21) Joint sealant 30
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 31
23) Disposal of excess material 32
24) Clean-up 33
4. Concrete Valley Gutter 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Valley Gutter installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Valley Gutter” installed. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Valley Gutter as specified by the 42
Drawings 43
2) Excavation 44
3) Loading 45
4) Unloading 46
5) Hauling 47
6) Disposal of excess material 48
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 49
8) Clean-up 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Concrete Ribbon Curb 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Ribbon Curb installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Ribbon Curb” installed. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Ribbon Curb as specified by the 9
Drawings 10
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 11
3) Water 12
4) Loading 13
5) Unloading 14
6) Storing 15
7) Hauling 16
8) Handling of materials 17
9) Traffic control for all testing 18
10) Trial batches (as needed) 19
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 20
12) Concrete 21
13) Aggregate 22
14) Supplementary cementing materials 23
15) Concrete additives 24
16) Mixing 25
17) Placement of concrete 26
18) Finishing of concrete 27
19) Curing and curing compounds 28
20) Sawing 29
21) Joint sealant 30
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 31
23) Disposal of excess material 32
24) Clean-up 33
6. Concrete Sidewalk 34
35
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Measurement 1
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed. 2
b. Payment 3
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 6
a) Various depths. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk as specified by the Drawings 9
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 10
3) Water 11
4) Loading 12
5) Unloading 13
6) Storing 14
7) Hauling 15
8) Handling of materials 16
9) Traffic control for all testing 17
10) Trial batches (as needed) 18
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 19
12) Concrete 20
13) Aggregate 21
14) Supplementary cementing materials 22
15) Concrete additives 23
16) Mixing 24
17) Placement of concrete 25
18) Finishing of concrete 26
19) Curing and curing compounds 27
20) Sawing 28
21) Joint sealant 29
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 30
23) Disposal of excess material 31
24) Clean-up 32
7. Concrete Sidewalk with Curb 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk with Curb installed to the 35
back of curb. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk with Curb” installed for: 40
a) Various depths. 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Curb as specified by the 43
Drawings 44
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 45
3) Water 46
4) Loading 47
5) Unloading 48
6) Storing 49
7) Hauling 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Handling of materials 1
9) Traffic control for all testing 2
10) Trial batches (as needed) 3
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4
12) Concrete 5
13) Aggregate 6
14) Supplementary cementing materials 7
15) Concrete additives 8
16) Mixing 9
17) Placement of concrete 10
18) Finishing of concrete 11
19) Curing and curing compounds 12
20) Sawing 13
21) Joint sealant 14
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 15
23) Disposal of excess material 16
24) Clean-up 17
8. Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed to the face of 20
Retaining Wall. 21
2) Retaining Wall portion will be measured and paid for under Section 32 32 22
13. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 27
a) Various depths. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall as 30
specified by the Drawings 31
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
12) Concrete 42
13) Aggregate 43
14) Supplementary cementing materials 44
15) Concrete additives 45
16) Mixing 46
17) Placement of concrete 47
18) Finishing of concrete 48
19) Curing and curing compounds 49
20) Sawing 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
21) Joint sealant 1
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 2
23) Disposal of excess material 3
24) Clean-up 4
9. Curb Ramp 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured by Each of Curb Ramp installed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 9
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10
price bid per each for “Curb Ramp” installed for: 11
a) Type specified. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Furnishing and installing Curb Ramp as specified by the Drawings 14
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 15
3) Water 16
4) Loading 17
5) Unloading 18
6) Storing 19
7) Hauling 20
8) Handling of materials 21
9) Traffic control for all testing 22
10) Trial batches (as needed) 23
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24
12) Concrete 25
13) Aggregate 26
14) Supplementary cementing materials 27
15) Concrete additives 28
16) Mixing 29
17) Placement of concrete 30
18) Finishing of concrete 31
19) Curing and curing compounds 32
20) Sawing 33
21) Joint sealant 34
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 35
23) Disposal of excess material 36
24) Clean-up 37
25) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 38
26) Adjacent flares or side curb 39
10. Driveway Approach 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measured per square yard of Driveway Approach installed. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Driveway Approach” installed for: 46
a) Various types. 47
b) Various depths. 48
49
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Driveway Approach as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 3
3) Water 4
4) Loading 5
5) Unloading 6
6) Storing 7
7) Hauling 8
8) Handling of materials 9
9) Traffic control for all testing 10
10) Trial batches (as needed) 11
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 12
12) Concrete 13
13) Aggregate 14
14) Supplementary cementing materials 15
15) Concrete additives 16
16) Mixing 17
17) Placement of concrete 18
18) Finishing of concrete 19
19) Curing and curing compounds 20
20) Sawing 21
21) Joint sealant 22
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 23
23) Disposal of excess material 24
24) Clean-up 25
11. Driveway 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per square yard of Driveway installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per square yard for “Driveway” installed for: 32
a) Various types. 33
b) Various depths. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Driveway as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 37
3) Water 38
4) Loading 39
5) Unloading 40
6) Storing 41
7) Hauling 42
8) Handling of materials 43
9) Traffic control for all testing 44
10) Trial batches (as needed) 45
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 46
12) Concrete 47
13) Aggregate 48
14) Supplementary cementing materials 49
15) Concrete additives 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
16) Mixing 1
17) Placement of concrete 2
18) Finishing of concrete 3
19) Curing and curing compounds 4
20) Sawing 5
21) Joint sealant 6
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 7
23) Disposal of excess material 8
24) Clean-up 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards 12
2. TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 13
B. Definitions 14
1. Curb: concrete edging or barrier measuring 18” or less in maximum height. 15
C. Reference Standards 16
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 17
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 18
unless a date is specifically cited. 19
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 22
a. Hold a pre-paving meeting in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 23
B. Sequencing 24
1. Sidewalk Construction 25
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, and 26
Driveway activities: 27
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 28
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 29
route to City for review. 30
2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 31
Control items included with the project. 32
b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 33
State, and local guidelines. 34
c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Concrete Mix Design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40
B. Asphalt Mix Design in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 41
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Product Data 1
1. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 2
accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 16: 3
a. Curing compounds 4
b. Evaporation retardant 5
c. Joint fillers 6
d. Chemical additives 7
e. Epoxy 8
f. Fiber reinforcing 9
D. Equipment Submittals 10
1. Submit an equipment list of all major equipment in accordance with Sections 32 12 11
16 and 32 13 13. 12
E. Test and Evaluation Reports 13
1. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 14
00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 16
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 17
1. All test reports generated during testing. 18
B. TDLR Inspection 19
1. Submit TDLR Proof of Inspection. Remove and replace any portions found to be 20
failing in accordance with Article 3.7. 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 28
Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30
A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in accordance with 31
Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35
36
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Refer to City standard details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation and 2
backfill. 3
B. Concrete 4
1. Provide Class A in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5
2. Production Materials 6
a. Provide cementitious materials, admixtures, water, forms, joint filler, joint 7
sealant, and reinforcing chairs in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 8
3. Aggregate: 9
a. Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 10
b. Use coarse aggregate that is no larger than 1-1/2 inch. 11
4. Reinforcement: 12
a. Curb 13
1) When constructing Concrete Curb, Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete 14
Valley Gutter, or Concrete Ribbon Curb use fiber reinforcing in accordance 15
with Section 03 00 00. 16
2) When constructing Concrete Curb (Monolithic) use reinforcing steel in 17
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18
b. Sidewalk and Curb Ramps 19
1) When constructing sidewalk less than 6” in thickness use fiber 20
reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 21
2) When constructing sidewalk 6” in thickness or greater use steel 22
reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23
c. Driveway and Driveway Approaches 24
1) Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
C. Asphalt 26
1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 27
2. Use Type D for Asphalt Driveway surface courses. 28
3. Use Type B for Asphalt Driveway intermediate and/or base courses. 29
D. Curb Ramps 30
1. Provide detectable warning surface in accordance with TAS. 31
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Follow all source quality control requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 03 34
00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 35
PART 3 - EXECUTION 36
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 37
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 38
39
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Surface Preparation 2
1. Excavate and remove materials as required for the construction of curbs, sidewalks, 3
and driveways in accordance with Sections 02 41 15, 31 10 00, and 31 23 16. 4
2. Shape and compact subgrade or foundation surface to the line, grade, and cross-5
section specified in the Drawings. 6
3. If required, treat subgrade in accordance with Sections 32 11 29 and 32 11 33. 7
4. Lightly sprinkle subgrade or foundation surface immediately before final concrete 8
or asphalt placement. 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. General 11
1. Provide finished work with a well-compacted mass and a surface free from voids 12
meeting the required shape, line, and grade as specified in the Drawings. 13
2. Place concrete and asphalt in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 14
3. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 15
slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 16
Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS at no 17
cost to the City. 18
B. Equipment 19
1. Use equipment in accordance with Section 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 20
2. Smart level: 21
a. Use approved Smart Level to verify all sidewalk, curb ramp, and driveway 22
grades. 23
b. Calibrate Smart Level with City inspector prior to performing tests. 24
C. Curbs 25
1. Integral 26
a. Place integral curb while the pavement is still plastic. 27
b. Spade and consolidate concrete material with pavement in order to obtain a 28
thorough bond. 29
2. Formed 30
a. Extend forms to full depth of concrete. 31
b. Pour concrete into forms and strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 in. less than 32
the dimensions of the finished curb. 33
c. When removing forms, take caution to prevent marring or spalling or concrete. 34
d. After initial set, plaster surface with mortar consisting of 1 part hydraulic 35
cement and 2 parts fine aggregate. 36
e. Brush exposed surfaces to a uniform texture. 37
3. Slip-formed 38
a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. 39
b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. 40
c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment. 41
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form 1
machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of 2
the machine to provide variable heights required to maintain established 3
grade line. 4
d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so a continual comparison can be 5
made between the extruded or slip form work and grade guideline. 6
e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slip forming. 7
4. Joints 8
a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at 9
intersection returns and other rigid structures. 10
b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and 11
pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 12
c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs, 13
buildings, and other curb and gutters. 14
d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full 15
depth of the concrete. 16
e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. 17
f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished work down to 18
finished grade. 19
g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with concrete expansion 20
joints. 21
h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are 22
required. 23
i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each 24
expansion joint. 25
j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with dowel cap. 26
1) Dowel cap required to provide a minimum of 1 inch free expansion. 27
k. Support dowels by an approved method. 28
D. Sidewalk 29
1. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 30
thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as specified in the Drawings. 31
2. Terminate workday production at an expansion joint. 32
3. Formed 33
a. Provide pre-molded or board expansion joints of the thickness specified in the 34
Drawings for sidewalk section lengths greater than 8 feet but less than 40 feet. 35
4. Slip-formed 36
a. Provide any additional surface finishing immediately after extrusion of slip-37
forming. 38
b. Construct joints at locations as specified in the Drawings. 39
5. Joints 40
a. Place expansion joints at 40 foot intervals. 41
b. Place expansion joints at sidewalks with concrete driveways, intersections with 42
other sidewalks, and at other adjacent old concrete work. 43
c. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 44
d. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks 45
shall be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing 46
tool. 47
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 1
marking tool. 2
f. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall match those in the 3
curb. 4
E. Curb Ramps 5
1. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions. 6
F. Driveways 7
1. Provide concrete driveways and driveway approaches unless specified otherwise. 8
2. Provide uninterrupted access to adjacent property unless otherwise directed. 9
3. When curb is required, construct monolithically with the driveway pavement. 10
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Concrete Placement Acceptance 14
1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 15
13. 16
B. Asphalt Placement Acceptance 17
1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 18
16. 19
C. Non-conforming work 20
1. Any work found to be non-conforming to the Contract Documents will be removed 21
and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 22
2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 23
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
31
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 17 23 1
PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Pavement Markings: 6
a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7
b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8
c. Preformed retroreflective polymer pavement markings tape 9
d. Reflectorized multipolymer, spray pavement markings 10
e. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 11
f. Pavement markings, paint 12
2. Pavement Marking Legends. 13
3. Raised Pavement Markers. 14
4. Work Zone Markings. 15
5. Removal of Pavement Markings and Markers. 16
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17
1. None. 18
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 19
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20
Contract. 21
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Pavement Markings 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per linear foot of pavement markings installed for: 31
a) Various Widths. 32
b) Various Types. 33
c) Various Materials. 34
d) Various Colors. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Glass beads, if required 38
3) Surface preparation 39
4) Clean-up 40
5) Testing, if required 41
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pavement Marking Legends 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each pavement marking legend installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each pavement marking legend installed for: 7
a) Various Types. 8
b) Various Materials. 9
c) Various Applications. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing pavement marking legend as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Glass beads, if required 14
3) Surface preparation 15
4) Clean-up 16
5) Testing, if required) 17
3. Raised Pavement Markers 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each raised pavement marker installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each raised pavement marker installed for: 24
a) Various Types. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing raised pavement markers as specified by the 27
Drawings 28
2) Surface preparation 29
3) Clean-up 30
4) Testing, if required 31
4. Work Zone Tab Markers 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each tab marker installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each tab marker installed. 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Furnishing and installing tab markers as specified by the Drawings 40
2) Surface preparation 41
3) Clean-up 42
5. Pavement Marking Removal 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings removed. 45
b. Payment 46
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48
price bid per linear foot of pavement markings removed for: 49
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Various Widths. 1
b) Various Types. 2
c) Various Materials. 3
d) Various Colors. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Removing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Hauling 7
3) Disposal of excess materials 8
4) Clean-up 9
6. Pavement Marking Legend Removal 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per each pavement marking legend removed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per each pavement marking legend removed for: 16
a) Various Types. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Removing pavement marking legend as specified by the Drawings 19
2) Hauling 20
3) Disposal of excess materials 21
4) Clean-up 22
7. Raised Pavement Markers Removal 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each raised pavement marker removed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per each raised pavement markers removed for: 29
a) Various Widths. 30
b) Various Types. 31
c) Various Materials. 32
d) Various Colors. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Removing and disposing raised pavement markers as specified by the 35
Drawings 36
2) Hauling 37
3) Disposal of excess materials 38
4) Clean-up 39
8. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Removal for Utility 40
Trenching 41
a. Measurement 42
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 43
or stormwater piping. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item are 46
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 47
stormwater piping installed. 48
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility 1
Trenching 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item shall be 6
paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Pavement Marking, Legend, and 7
Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility Trenching”. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings, legends, and raised pavement 10
markers to match pre-construction conditions 11
2) Hauling 12
3) Disposal of excess materials 13
4) Clean-up 14
15
1.3 REFERENCES 16
A. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), 2011 Edition: 21
a. Part 3, Markings. 22
3. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA): 23
a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139. 24
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 25
Specifications (DMS): 26
a. 4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized). 27
b. 4300, Traffic Buttons. 28
c. 8200, Traffic Paint. 29
d. 8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic. 30
e. 8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 31
f. 8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 32
g. 8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs. 33
h. 8290, Glass Traffic Beads. 34
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Pavement Marking Handbook: 35
a. Special Specification 1513 – Reflectorized Multipolymer Pavement Markings- 36
Houston District. 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and /or fabrication for 41
special. 42
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Manufacturers 12
1. Pavement Markings 13
a. Preformed Retroreflective Polymer Pavement Markings Tape 14
1) SWARCO Director 60 15
2) 3M Stamark High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES 16
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 17
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 18
B. Materials 19
1. Pavement Markings 20
a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 21
1) Width of longitudinal lines as specified in Drawings. 22
2) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings. 23
3) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 24
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions, nor exhibit a tacky 25
exposed surface. 26
4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 27
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 28
5) Retain original color, dimensions, and placement under normal traffic 29
conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees Fahrenheit and 30
below. 31
6) Uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and no evidence of 32
tracking. 33
7) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 34
the length and width of the markings. 35
8) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 36
days after application. 37
9) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 38
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice, because of the oil 39
content of pavement markings, from oil droppings, or other effects of 40
traffic. 41
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 1
some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 2
a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 3
no splitting or separation takes place. 4
11) Markings placed on driving surfaces shall be completely retroreflective 5
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 6
retro-directive reflectance. 7
b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 8
1) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings 9
2) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 10
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 11
exposed surface. 12
3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 13
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 14
4) Markings shall retain their original color, dimensions, and placement under 15
normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 16
Fahrenheit and below. 17
5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and 18
no evidence of tracking. 19
6) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 20
the length and width of the markings. 21
7) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 22
days after application 23
8) Minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane formed 24
by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center of the 25
marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of 1/2 inch from the edge. 26
9) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 27
10) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 28
chloride, or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 29
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 30
traffic. 31
11) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 32
some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 33
a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 34
no splitting or separation takes place. 35
12) Markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective both 36
internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform retro-37
directive reflectance. 38
c. Glass traffic beads 39
1) Manufactured from glass 40
2) Spherical in shape 41
3) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 42
4) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or surface 43
scratching 44
5) Water white in color 45
6) Applied at a uniform rate 46
7) In accordance with requirements of DMS-8290 47
d. Reflectorized Multipolymer, spray Pavement Markings Tape 48
1) Material in accordance with TxDOT Special Specification 1513. 49
50
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 1
1) HotTape preformed thermoplastic 2
a) 0.125 mil thickness 3
f. Pavement Markings, Paint 4
1) In accordance with DMS-8200. 5
2. Raised Pavement Markers 6
a. In accordance with the requirements of the TMUTCD. 7
b. Non-reflective markers: 8
1) Round Ceramic Marker Types 9
a) Type Y (yellow body) 10
b) Type W (white body) 11
2) In accordance with DMS-4300 12
c. Reflective markers: 13
1) Manufactured of plastic 14
2) In accordance with DMS-4200 15
3) Marker Types: 16
a) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 17
b) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 18
c) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 19
3. Work Zone Markings 20
a. Temporary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs 21
1) In accordance with DMS-8242 22
2) Do not use to simulate edge lines. 23
3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 24
pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 25
b. Raised Pavement Markers 26
1) In accordance with DMS-4200 27
c. Striping 28
1) In accordance with DMS-8200 29
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 31
A. Performance 32
1. Maintain minimum retroreflectivity level for longitudinal markings as detailed 33
below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 34
35
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
2
Posted Speed (mph)
≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55
2-lane roads with centerline
markings only (1) n/a 100 250
All other roads (2) n/a 50 100
(1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 3
(2) Exceptions: 4
A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 5
longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 6
long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 7
line during nighttime conditions. 8
B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 9
pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Surface Preparation 15
1. Remove dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing markings, and other forms of 16
contamination from existing roadway surface. 17
2. Remove curing membrane from new concrete surfaces. 18
3. Apply material after pavement surface is completely dry. 19
a. The pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation after 15 minutes of 20
observation on the underside of 1 square foot piece of clear plastic placed on 21
pavement surface and weighted on the edges on a sunny day. 22
4. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage existing 23
pavement or create a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. General 26
1. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 27
2. Apply markings and markers on clean, dry pavement with a surface temperature 28
above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and/or within temperature limits recommended by the 29
material manufacturer. 30
3. Ensure proper safety precautions and traffic control when markings are applied on 31
roadways open to traffic. Provide traffic control in accordance with TMUTCD. 32
4. Protect freshly applied markings from traffic damage and disfigurement. 33
5. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 34
prior to restoring traffic. 35
36
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Pavement Markings 1
1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 2
a. For installation and replacement of long lines – centerlines, lane lines, edge 3
lines, turn lanes, and dots. 4
b. Application Thickness: 5
1) 100 mils 6
a) For applications over existing markings, install 90 mils. 7
c. Use sealer on concrete or asphalt pavement older than three (3) years. 8
d. Provide a typical setting time between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending 9
upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 10
e. Supplement roadway centerlines, lane lines, and turn lanes with retroreflective 11
raised pavement markers. Place markers as specified in the Drawings. 12
2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 13
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks and stop-lines. 14
b. Apply markings at a 125 mil thickness. 15
3. Preformed Polymer Tape 16
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 17
b. Apply markings to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 18
and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 19
4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 20
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 21
b. Apply marking to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 22
and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 23
C. Raised Pavement Markers 24
1. Install on concrete roadways with epoxy adhesive. 25
a. Bituminous adhesive is not permitted. 26
2. Install on new asphalt roadways with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 27
3. Ensure proper alignment of individual marker using a chalk line, chain, or 28
equivalent. Place markers uniformly along the line to achieve a smooth continuous 29
appearance. 30
D. Work Zone Markings 31
1. Minimize disruption to traffic. 32
2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 33
3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 34
installed. 35
4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as 36
specified in the Drawings. 37
5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 38
of a surface treatment, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39
6. Place in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings. 40
7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 41
transverse lines. 42
8. Marking visibility is required for at least a distance of 300 feet in daylight 43
conditions and 160 feet in nighttime conditions on a low-beam automobile 44
headlight illumination. 45
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 1
or yellow. 2
10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 3
11. Epoxy adhesives are not permitted for work zone markings 4
E. Removals 5
1. Pavement Marking and Pavement Marker Removal 6
a. Use best practices to remove existing pavement markings and markers. 7
b. If the roadway is damaged during marker removal, coordinate with the City 8
prior to continuing removal operations. 9
c. Minimize color and texture contrast of the pavement surface as a result of 10
removals. 11
d. Repair damages greater than ¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of 12
pavement markings and markers from asphaltic surfaces. 13
1) Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage 14
to asphaltic surfaces. 15
e. Dispose of markers in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 16
f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
1) Surface Treatment Method 18
a) Apply surface treatment at rates specified in the Drawings. 19
b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the 20
existing marking. 21
c) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 22
of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 23
involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 24
2) Burn Method 25
a) Use burning method approved by City. 26
b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 27
markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking 28
material prior to blast cleaning. 29
c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 30
d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 31
3) Blasting Method 32
a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 33
abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive 34
blasting, or brush blasting as approved by City. 35
b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by blasting method 36
only. 37
4) Mechanical Method 38
a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 39
b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 40
concrete surfaces. 41
2. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing markings and markers at 42
the location to be paved over or where pavement is to be removed. 43
44
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 45
46
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 1
A. Remove and replace markings placed by faulty application methods or in the wrong 2
position or alignment by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 3
B. Replace or remedy faulty markings on the same day of notification if markings create 4
motorist confusion or hazard, as determined by City. Replace and remedy all other 5
faulty markings within 5 days of notification. 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7
A. Maintain uniform cross-section with clean edge and square ends for all markings. 8
B. Maintain uniform density and quality of markings throughout its thickness. 9
C. More than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids on the applied markings is not 10
acceptable. Applied markings shall be free of blisters. 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 31 00 1
FENCES AND GATES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing and installing, removing, or replacing wooden, metal, chain link, or wire 6
fences and gates. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 14
4. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Fence 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per linear foot of Fence installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot for “Fence” installed for: 24
a) Various Types. 25
b) Various Heights. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Fence as specified by the Drawings 28
2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 29
3) Excavation and embankment 30
4) Loading 31
5) Unloading 32
6) Hauling 33
7) Storing 34
8) Mow strip, if required 35
2. Gate 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each Gate installed. 38
39
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Gate” installed for: 4
a) Various Types. 5
b) Various Heights. 6
c) Various Widths. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Gates as specified by the Drawings 9
2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 10
3) Excavation and embankment 11
4) Loading 12
5) Unloading 13
6) Hauling 14
7) Storing 15
8) Mow strip, if required. 16
3. Cattle Guard 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each Cattle Guard installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per each “Cattle Guard” installed for: 23
a) Various Widths. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Cattle Guards as specified by the Drawings 26
2) Excavation and embankment 27
3) Loading 28
4) Unloading 29
5) Hauling 30
6) Storing 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 37
a. A116, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel-Woven Wire Fence 38
Fabric 39
b. A121, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire 40
c. A392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 41
d. A491, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence 42
Fabric 43
e. A702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts, Hot Wrought 44
f. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 45
g. F668, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polyolefin and 46
Other Polymer-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 47
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. F934, Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain 1
Link Fence Materials 2
i. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 3
(Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 4
3. American Wood-Preservers’ Association (APWA). 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS 7
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 10
A. Product Data 11
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer that is supplying fence, gate, or cattle 12
guard materials and accessories. 13
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 14
a. Manufacturer name 15
b. Date 16
c. Material description 17
d. Data and test results as required in this Section 18
e. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 19
f. Installation Recommendations, if applicable 20
B. Shop Drawings 21
1. Provide shop drawings for all fence, gates, and cattle guards showing: 22
a. Installation layout with details and dimensions 23
b. Material type 24
c. Material finish 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. General 6
1. Provide only new materials of the size, weight, and material specified in the 7
Drawings. 8
2. Provide materials of good commercial quality and design. 9
B. Posts 10
1. Metal 11
a. Do not use rerolled or open-seam material. 12
b. Provide steel pipe in accordance with ASTM F1083. 13
c. Provide T-posts in accordance with ASTM A702. 14
d. Paint all non-galvanized posts with an anti-corrosive paint approved by the 15
City. 16
2. Wood 17
a. Provide posts free of all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects that would 18
weaken or otherwise make the posts unsuitable for the purposes intended. 19
b. Ensure all knots are sound, tight, trimmed flush, and not exceeding 1/3 the 20
small dimension of the post. 21
c. Ensure posts are straight, such that a line drawn between the center of each end 22
does not fall outside the center of the post at any point by more than 2 inches. 23
d. For untreated posts use cedar, redwood, cypress, or live oak. 24
e. For treated posts use pine, spruce, or fir preservative treated in accordance with 25
all applicable AWPA standards. 26
3. Concrete 27
a. Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
b. Bagged concrete is allowed. 30
C. Chain Link Fabric 31
1. Provide chain link fabric made of at least 9 gauge steel wire in accordance with 32
ASTM A392 or ASTM A491. 33
2. Provide knuckled selvages at the top and bottom edge of fabric. 34
3. Provide 7 gauge steel tension wire with a minimum breaking strength of 1,950 35
pounds for the bottom edge, and top edge when railing is not used, of all chain link 36
fence. 37
4. When directed provide PVC vinyl coated fabric in accordance with ASTM F668 38
and colored in accordance with ASTM F934. 39
40
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Wire Mesh Fabric 1
1. Provide wire mesh fabric made of at least 10 gauge wire for the top and bottom 2
wires and at least 12-1/2 gauge wire for the intermediate wire and vertical stays in 3
accordance with ASTM A116. 4
E. Barbed Wire 5
1. Provide barbed wire made of 2 strands 12-1/2 gauge wire, twisted with 2-point 14 6
gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart in accordance with ASTM A121, 7
Class 1. 8
F. Wood Slats 9
1. Provide redwood or cedar slats free from all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects 10
that would weaken or otherwise make the slats unsuitable for the purposes intended. 11
G. Gates 12
1. Provide gates of the same material used in the adjacent fence, unless otherwise 13
specified in the Drawings. 14
2. Provide all gate materials in accordance with the Section. 15
H. Cattle Guards 16
1. Provide cattle guards of the dimensions and materials specified in the Drawings. 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES 18
A. Miscellaneous 19
1. Provide galvanized bolts, nuts, washers, staples, screws, braces, straps, and other 20
suitable devices needed to erect fence. 21
2. For metal posts, provide fittings from pressed or rolled steel, forged steel, malleable 22
iron, or wrought iron. 23
3. Paint all non-galvanized metal accessories with anti-corrosive paint approved by 24
the City. 25
B. Post Caps 26
1. Provide malleable iron post caps designed to exclude all moisture. 27
C. Chain Link Accessories 28
1. Provide fittings and other appurtenances in accordance with ASTM F626. 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33
34
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Clearing 2
1. Remove all stumps, brush, rocks, trees, or other obstructions that would interfere 3
with construction of the fence to a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the 4
centerline of the fence. 5
2. Grub or excavate any stumps in fence clearing area. 6
3. Remove any existing fence in a position to interfere with the new fence location in 7
accordance with Section 02 41 13. 8
4. Backfill and compact all holes remaining after post and stump removal with 9
suitable soil. 10
3.4 INSTALLATION 11
A. General 12
1. Stake the locations for corner, pull, gate, and end posts as specified in the 13
Drawings, for City approval. 14
2. Follow the finished ground elevations for fencing panels between corner, pull, gate, 15
and end posts. 16
3. Level off minor ground elevation irregularities in the path of the fencing. 17
B. Post Installation 18
1. Space fence posts as specified in the Drawings, to match existing, or to meet the 19
minimum requirements below. 20
21
Post Type Required Spacing or Placement
Line posts Max 8 feet on centers
Pull posts
Max 500 feet on centers;
Each horizontal change between 15° and 30°;
Each vertical change greater than 20°
Corner posts Each horizontal change greater than 30°
22
2. Post Holes 23
a. T-posts for wire fence may be hand driven. For all other posts, drill holes for 24
concrete footings. 25
b. Set posts at a minimum depth of 2 feet for line posts, and 4 feet or 1/3 the 26
length of the post, whichever is greater, for corner and pull posts under tension. 27
c. Drill holes to provide a minimum 3 inches of space between the post and drilled 28
hole on all sides, including the bottom. 29
d. Place concrete to fill all voids around post in a continuous pour. Maintain 30
plumbness and post position as concrete is poured. 31
e. Trowel finish around post sloping to direct water away from post. 32
f. Allow concrete footing to cure for 3 days prior to hanging gates or tensioning 33
cables. 34
g. If bagged concrete is used pull emptied bags from post holes before curing. 35
3. Plumb and permanently position posts with anchorages firmly set. 36
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Brace corner and pull posts in two directions. 1
5. Brace end and gate posts in one direction. 2
6. Set end, corner, pull, and gate posts prior to stretching wire or wire mesh fabric 3
between posts. 4
7. Gate Posts 5
a. Set gate posts such that the line between both tops is level, regardless of the 6
grade at the groundline. 7
b. When the grade at the groundline is not level, set posts such that the minimum 8
height requirement is met for the downgrade post. 9
C. Chain Link Fence 10
1. Fasten fabric to corner, pull, end, and gate posts using steel stretcher bars. 11
2. Fasten one end of fabric and apply tension to the other end to remove all slack 12
before making attachments. 13
3. Place bottom of fabric approximately 2 inches above the finished grade. 14
4. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the fabric and 15
ground is 6 inches. 16
5. Fasten fabric to the tension wires, top rail, and intermediate line posts at 16-inch 17
intervals using 9 gauge galvanized steel ties. 18
6. Connect existing fence to new fence at existing or newly installed corner post. 19
D. Wire Mesh Fabric and Wire Fence 20
1. Fasten wire mesh fabric or wire fence to posts using galvanized ties or staples while 21
drawing the fencing taut. 22
2. Guy Wire 23
a. Secure fencing with guy wire at the critical point of grade depressions where 24
tension tends to pull posts out of the ground with a double 9 gauge galvanized 25
wire. 26
b. Connect the guy wire to the top and bottom wire of wire mesh fabric or each 27
strand of wire fence and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pounds, buried in 28
the ground. 29
c. Stretch the wire fence prior to guying. 30
3. Connect existing cross fences to new fences and corner posts at junction with 31
existing fences. 32
E. Wood Fence 33
1. Place wood fence slats approximately 2 inch above the finished grade and on a 34
straight grade between posts. 35
2. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the slats and 36
ground is 6 inches. 37
3. Attach slats to rails using galvanized screws. 38
F. Gates 39
1. Install horizontal stiffeners on gates 7 feet or taller, and vertical stiffeners on 40
maximum 8-foot centers. 41
2. Install swing gates to open 180 degrees from the closed position. 42
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 32 00 1
RETAINING WALLS 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Installation and construction of retaining walls. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16
6. Section 33 46 00 – Subdrainage. 17
7. Section 34 41 24 – Drilled Shaft Foundations. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Retaining Wall 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per [each, square foot of wall face, or cubic yard] of Retaining 23
Wall installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per [each, square foot of wall face, or cubic yard] for Retaining 28
Wall installed for: 29
a) Various Types. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Retaining Wall as specified by the Drawings 32
2) Excavation for Retaining Wall footings 33
3) Backfill 34
4) Cement stabilization 35
5) Proof rolling 36
6) Waterproofing material 37
7) Filter fabric 38
8) Loading 39
9) Unloading 40
10) Storing 41
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11) Hauling 1
12) Handling of Materials 2
13) Clean up 3
d. The price bid shall not include the following: 4
1) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in embankment areas 5
2) Drilled shaft foundations 6
2. Temporary Retaining Wall 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measured per [each, square foot of retaining wall face, or cubic yard] of 9
Temporary Retaining Wall installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per [each, square foot of retaining wall face, or cubic yard] for 14
Temporary Retaining Wall installed for: 15
a) Various Types. 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Furnishing and installing Retaining Wall as specified by the Drawings 18
2) Excavation for Retaining Wall footings 19
3) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in excavation areas 20
4) Leveling pads 21
5) Copings 22
6) Traffic rail foundations 23
7) Fabricating wall blocks or panels 24
8) Anchorage systems 25
9) Loading 26
10) Unloading 27
11) Storing 28
12) Hauling 29
13) Handling of Materials 30
14) Clean up 31
d. The price bid shall not include the following: 32
1) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in embankment areas 33
2) Drilled shaft foundations 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36
1. MSE – Mechanically Stabilized Earth 37
2. CIP – Cast-in-Place 38
3. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement 39
4. LRA – Limestone Rock Asphalt 40
B. Definitions 41
1. Permanent Wall 42
a. A retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years. All walls are presumed 43
to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 44
2. Temporary Wall 45
a. A retaining wall with a design service life of 3 years or less. 46
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. MSE Wall 1
a. A wall consisting of a volume of select backfill with tensile earth reinforcement 2
elements distributed throughout. 3
4. Concrete Block Wall 4
a. A retaining wall that uses machine-made, precast concrete block units as facing 5
elements. 6
C. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9
unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 11
a. C90, Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units. 12
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 14
b. Tex-129-E, Measuring the Resistivity of Soil Materials. 15
c. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 16
Sulfate. 17
d. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23
A. Working Drawings 24
1. When proprietary wall systems are used submit casting drawings, construction 25
drawings, and design calculations signed and sealed by a professional engineer 26
licensed in the State of Texas. 27
2. For any retaining wall with a maximum height of 4 feet or greater provide casting 28
drawings, construction drawings, and design calculations signed and sealed by a 29
professional engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 30
B. Casting Drawings 31
1. Provide all information necessary for casting wall elements, including: 32
a. Railing and coping when prefabricated 33
b. Shape and dimensions of panels 34
c. Size, quantity, and details of the reinforcing steel 35
d. Size, quantity, type, and details of connection and lifting hardware 36
C. Construction Drawings 37
1. Provide a numbered panel layout showing horizontal and vertical alignment of the 38
walls as well as the existing and proposed groundlines. 39
2. Provide all information necessary to erect walls including: 40
a. Proposed leveling pad elevations 41
b. The type and details of the soil reinforcing system 42
c. The details and manufacturer of all pads, fillers, and filter fabric 43
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Limits, dimensions, and type of structural backfill 1
e. Details necessary to incorporate coping, railing, inlets, drainage, and electrical 2
conduit 3
D. Design Calculations 4
1. Provide calculations covering the range of heights and loading conditions on the 5
project. 6
2. Provide calculations for both internal and external stability as described on the 7
plans. 8
3. Provide summary of all design parameters used, including: 9
a. Material types, strength values, and assumptions 10
b. Loads and loading combinations 11
c. Factor of safety parameters 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 13
A. Record Documentation 14
1. Upon completion of construction, submit a set of reproducible as-built drawings. 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 19
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 20
66 00. 21
2. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 22
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23
3. Steel Reinforcement 24
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
4. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 26
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 27
temperatures of material. 28
5. Epoxy 29
a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 30
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 31
A. Ambient Conditions 32
1. Surface temperature must be at least 40° F and the ambient temperature must be 45° 33
F and rising. 34
2. Do not install retaining walls during or shortly after rain events which prevent 35
proper placement of wall elements, backfill, or embankments. 36
a. Do not resume retaining wall construction until area within wall limits dries to 37
optimal density. 38
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 39
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Concrete 4
1. Provide concrete for retaining walls in accordance with Section 03 00 00, Section 5
03 30 00, and in accordance with the criteria below: 6
7
Application Concrete
Cast-in-place Class F, 4,000 psi
Precast Class H, 4,000 psi
B. Reinforcing Steel 8
1. Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9
2. Epoxy coat all steel used in concrete panels and coping including connectors, 10
dowels, stirrups, and reinforcing steel when the Drawings specify epoxy coating of 11
steel earth reinforcements. 12
C. Concrete Blocks 13
1. Provide machine-made concrete block units in accordance with ASTM C90, Class 14
1, Type II, with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi and a 15
maximum moisture absorption of 7 percent. 16
2. Provide units with molded dimensions within 1/8 inch of specified dimension 17
horizontally and 1/16 inch vertically. 18
3. Provide sample block units displaying the color, texture, and finish prior to 19
delivery. 20
D. Backfill 21
1. General 22
a. Provide backfill free from organic or otherwise deleterious materials. 23
b. Provide backfill free from shale, caliche, or other soft, poor-durability coarse 24
aggregate particles. 25
c. RAP is not allowed. 26
d. Crushed concrete is not allowed. 27
e. Manufactured sand is allowed for temporary walls only. 28
2. Non-Select 29
a. Furnish non-select backfill in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 30
b. Use non-select backfill for walls other than temporary and permanent MSE and 31
concrete block walls as specified in the Drawings. 32
3. Select 33
a. Use select backfill for permanent and temporary MSE and concrete block walls 34
as specified in the Drawings. 35
36
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide backfill in accordance with the gradation requirements of the table 1
below for the type specified in the Drawings. 2
3
Type Material Recommended Use Sieve
Size
Percent
Retained
AS
Gravel, crushed
slag, crushed
stone, or LRA
As directed in Drawings
3” 0
1/2” 50-100
#4 See Note*
#200 95-100
BS
Crushed gravel,
crushed slag,
crushed stone, or
LRA
Permanent Walls
3” 0
#4 See Note*
#40 40-100
#200 85-100
CS
Gravel, crushed
slag, or crushed
stone
Temporary Walls
3” 0
#4 See Note*
#200 75-100
DS
Crushed gravel,
crushed slag, or
crushed stone
Walls subject to
inundation; wall below the
100-year flood elevation
3” 0
3/8” 85-100
#200 95-100
* - When the backfill gradation results in 85 percent or more material retained 4
on the #4 sieve, the backfill will be considered rock backfill. 5
6
c. Furnish gravel with a minimum 95 percent of aggregates with two or more 7
mechanically induced crushed faces in accordance with Tex-460-A. 8
d. All select backfill particles larger than 1/4 inch must be angular or completely 9
crushed. 10
e. Rounded rock or rounded gravel is not allowed. 11
f. Natural sand in accordance with the requirements of this Section is allowed. 12
g. When nonmetallic or epoxy coated earth reinforcements are used furnish rock 13
backfill with a maximum backfill particle size of 3/4 inch. 14
4. Drainage Aggregate 15
a. When specified in the Drawings provide drainage aggregate in accordance with 16
the gradation limits below. 17
18
Sieve Size Percent Retained
1” 0
3/4" 25-50
1/2" 50-100
#4 75-100
19
5. Cement Stabilized Backfill 20
a. Stabilize Type CS backfill with 5% hydraulic cement by dry weight of the 21
backfill material when specified in the Drawings. 22
6. Electrochemical Requirements 23
a. When using permanent retaining wall systems with galvanized metallic earth 24
reinforcements provide backfill with the following additional criteria: 25
1) The pH is between 5.5 and 10.0 in accordance with Tex-128-E. 26
2) Resistivity is more than 3,000 ohm-cm in accordance with Tex-129-E. 27
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. Filter Fabric 1
1. Provide Type 1 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200. 2
2. Provide UV-resistant filter fabric when used as part of the exposed facing for a 3
temporary wall. 4
F. Earth Reinforcements 5
1. Furnish earth reinforcements as specified in the Drawings. 6
2. Galvanize or epoxy coat all steel elements for permanent walls in contact with soil. 7
3. Furnish nonmetallic, galvanized, or epoxy coated connection hardware to match the 8
earth reinforcement. 9
G. Subdrainage 10
1. In accordance with to Section 33 46 00. 11
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Backfill Material Quality 14
1. Submit material tests from each backfill source location to verify they are in 15
accordance with this Section. 16
a. Test each source of backfill for durability and soundness in accordance with 17
Tex-411-A. 18
b. Backfill material with a maximum 5-cycle soundness loss exceeding 25 percent 19
will be rejected. 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION 24
A. General 25
1. Grade the foundation for the wall to a width equal or exceeding the length of the 26
reinforcing system. 27
2. Proof rolling 28
a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 29
pump. 30
1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 31
minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 32
b. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 33
c. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 34
one tire width. 35
d. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 inch and unstable or non-36
uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 37
3. Place drilled shaft foundations in accordance with Section 34 41 24. 38
4. Place subdrainage in accordance with Section 33 46 00. 39
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. General 2
1. Construct walls to a horizontal tolerance of 3/4 inch when measured along a 10-foot 3
straightedge. 4
2. Construct walls to an overall vertical tolerance of 1/2 inch per 10 feet of wall 5
height. 6
3. Prevent surface water from damaging the retaining wall during construction. 7
a. Shape the backfill form to prevent water from ponding or flowing on the 8
backfill or against the wall face. 9
b. Remove and replace all portions of the retaining wall damaged or moved out of 10
tolerance. 11
B. Cast-in-Place Concrete Walls 12
1. Construct cast-in-place concrete walls in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 13
C. Permanent MSE Walls 14
1. Concrete Leveling Pad 15
a. Place concrete leveling pad as specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Wait a minimum of 24 hours before beginning panel erection. 17
c. Shim the first row of panels as necessary to achieve correct alignment. 18
1) Use plastic shims or other material that will not deteriorate. 19
2) If the required shim height exceeds 1 inch remove and replace the leveling 20
pad or provide grout level-up as directed. 21
2. Place filter fabric behind the wall along the joint between the leveling pad and the 22
panels. Grout areas where filter fabric spans more than 6 inches at leveling pad 23
steps. 24
3. Place and compact fill material over the leveling pad to an elevation even with or 25
above the surrounding ground after backfilling the first row of panels. Do not allow 26
water to accumulate and stand at the base of the wall. 27
4. Place filter fabric behind all wall joints and at the intersection of retaining walls 28
with other structures. Cover joints at least 6 inches on each side and use adhesive 29
to hold the fabric in place. 30
5. Place panels with care to prevent damage. 31
a. Stop any operation that results in chipping, spalling, or cracking of panels. 32
b. Remove and replace damaged panels. 33
6. Provide external bracing for the initial row of panels. 34
a. Use wooden wedges, clamps, or other means necessary to maintain position 35
and stability of panels during placement and compaction of backfill. 36
b. Remove wooden wedges as soon as the panel or coping above the wedged 37
element is erected and backfilled. 38
c. Remove all wedges after completing the wall. 39
7. Construct walls so the maximum offset at any panel joint is 3/4 inch and no joint is 40
open to the extent the filter fabric is visible from the front of the wall. 41
8. Check each row of panels for plumbness and position before placing the subsequent 42
row. Remove and rebuild any portion of the wall out of tolerance. 43
44
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Place backfill and embankment material in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 1
a. Place backfill to closely follow the erection of each row of panels. 2
b. Place the select and embankment backfill to the same elevation where possible 3
and operate the compaction equipment over the interface. 4
c. Do not create a continuous, distinct, vertical joint between the select and 5
embankment backfill. 6
d. When using cement stabilized backfill place and compact the backfill within 2 7
hours of mixing. 8
e. Replace any panels or earth reinforcements damaged or displaced during 9
backfill and embankment placement or compaction. 10
10. Maintain the stability of the interface area between the existing ground and the 11
select fill when building a wall against existing ground. Remove and recompact 12
any material that loosens, caves, or falls. 13
11. Earth Reinforcements 14
a. Place and compact backfill to each reinforcement level prior to placing 15
reinforcement. 16
b. Place earth reinforcements perpendicular to the face of the wall. 17
c. Remove slack in connections prior to placing backfill. 18
d. Pre-tension each layer of reinforcement to remove slack prior to placing 19
backfill for systems using nonmetallic earth reinforcements. 20
e. Do not operate tracked equipment directly on any reinforcement. 21
12. Place filter fabric over rock backfill any time backfill type transitions to finer 22
gradation within the wall volume. 23
a. Overlap fabric at least 18 inches at splices, and extend it past the edge of the 24
rock backfill at least 18 inches. 25
13. Complete embankment and compaction after wall is fully constructed. 26
D. Temporary MSE Walls 27
1. Provide a facing system rigid enough to maintain a smooth and straight wall face 28
both during and after construction. 29
2. Place facing elements and filter fabric with no gaps in the facing or fabric. 30
3. Place earth reinforcements and compact backfill in accordance with this Section. 31
E. Concrete Block Walls 32
1. Place concrete block facing units in accordance with the approved working 33
drawings. 34
2. Fill voids within the units and fill the 1-foot zone immediately behind the facing 35
with drainage aggregate as specified in the Drawings. 36
3. Place facing elements with maximum 1/4 inch gaps between block units. 37
4. Place earth reinforcements and compact backfill in accordance with this Section. 38
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 39
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 40
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 41
A. Field Tests and Inspections 42
1. Perform testing in accordance with Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and 31 24 00. 43
32 32 00
RETAINING WALLS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Non-Conforming Work 1
1. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to not be in accordance with 2
this Section. 3
2. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 4
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11
END OF SECTION 12
13
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
14
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 84 00 1
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Product and installation requirements for: 6
a. Irrigation System Installation 7
b. Irrigation System Restoration 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15
4. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers – Locators. 16
5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Irrigation System Installation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Installation. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Installation installed. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Installation as specified by the 28
Drawings 29
2) Trench excavation and backfill 30
3) All products required to install irrigation system 31
4) Product and installation testing 32
5) Licensed irrigator 33
6) Equipment 34
7) Tools 35
8) Equipment 36
9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 37
2. Irrigation System Restoration 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Restoration. 40
41
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Restoration. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Restoration as specified by the 6
Drawings 7
2) Trench excavation and backfill 8
3) All products required to install irrigation system 9
4) Product and installation testing 10
5) Licensed irrigator 11
6) Equipment 12
7) Tools 13
8) Equipment 14
9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 15
1.3 REFERENCES 16
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 17
1. CWP – Cold Working Pressure 18
2. GPM – Gallons per Minute 19
3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 20
4. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 21
B. Reference Standards 22
1. ASTM International (ASTM): 23
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 25
b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 26
Pipe (SDR Series). 27
2. NSF International (NSF): 28
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 29
3. Uniform Plumbing Code 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Preinstallation Meetings 32
1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing irrigation system 1 week prior to 33
holding the preinstallation meeting. 34
2. Hold a preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 35
Irrigation Installation and Repair. Invite the City and the current owner (if other 36
than the City) of any existing irrigation system along with any appropriate 37
representatives. Prior to the preinstallation meeting, the following needs to be 38
prepared or conducted: 39
a. Irrigation Plan: 40
1) Provide an irrigation plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 41
irrigator. 42
2) Test the existing system prior to meeting in accordance with Quality 43
Assurance. 44
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings 5
1. Product Data 6
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying irrigation 7
products to be used on the project. 8
b. Product data sheets will include: 9
1) Manufacturer name 10
2) Date 11
3) Product description 12
4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 13
specification. 14
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 15
6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 16
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 17
8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 18
B. Information Submittals 19
1. Trench Safety Plan 20
a. Provide a trench safety plan if required in accordance with Occupational Safety 21
and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety regulations, Subpart P-22
Excavations. If required provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 33 23
05 05. 24
2. Backflow Prevention Testing 25
a. Provide backflow prevention test results performed by a Certified Backflow 26
Tester. 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 28
A. Operation and Maintenance Data 29
1. Provide any manufacturer recommended operation and maintenance information to 30
the City and irrigation system owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation 31
system is installed. 32
B. Warranty Documentation 33
1. Provide any manufacturer warranty information to the City and irrigation system 34
owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation system is installed. 35
2. Transfer any manufacturer irrigation warranties to the City or irrigation owner 36
following irrigation installation if applicable. 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39
A. Qualifications 40
41
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Licensed Professionals 1
a. Provide an irrigator licensed in the State of Texas to oversee the construction of 2
all Irrigation Installation and Restoration work performed. 3
B. Preconstruction Testing 4
1. Coordinate with the owners of any existing irrigation systems to schedule a 5
preconstruction test. Invite the irrigation system owners and the City along with 6
their appropriate representatives to witness the preconstruction test. 7
2. Perform a preconstruction test of any existing irrigation systems and provide 8
documentation of the working condition of any existing irrigation system. Include 9
the following documentation: 10
a. Photos, videos, and site notes that adequately document the existing condition 11
of each zone, controller equipment, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 12
b. Provide any additional documentation that is available such as record drawings. 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16
66 00. 17
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 18
A. Ambient Conditions 19
1. In accordance with applicable specifications and manufacturer recommendations 20
for all water products. Applicable specifications include, but are not limited to 21
Section 33 14 11. 22
B. Existing Conditions 23
1. Prior to performing work: 24
a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with State and local requirements 25
b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems 26
c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 27
Requirements, if applicable 28
d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 29
to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
2.2 PRODUCTS 34
A. General 35
1. Provide products specified in the Drawings or approved equal. 36
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models shall be processed in accordance 37
with Section 01 25 00. 38
B. Manufacturers 39
40
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Control Valves 1
a. Drip Zones 2
1) Rain Bird, XCZ-100-PRB-COM 3
b. Master Valve, 1” 4
1) Rain Bird, 100-PEB 5
c. Master Valve, 1.5” 6
1) Rain Bird, 150-PEB 7
d. Master Valve, 2” 8
1) Rain Bird, 200-PEB 9
e. Flow Meter, 1” 10
1) Netafilm, 1" Water Meter Cast Iron 11
f. Flow Meter, 2” 12
1) Netafilm, 2" Water Meter Cast Iron 13
g. Isolation Valve 14
1) Spears HD, CWV 15
h. Quick Coupler 16
1) Rain Bird, 33-DRC 17
2. Drip Tubing and Fitting 18
a. Standard Drip 19
1) Rain Bird, XFS-09-12 20
b. Check Valve Drip 21
1) Rain Bird, XFCV-09-12 22
c. Drip Tube Fittings 23
1) Rain Bird, XF™ Series 17mm Insert Fittings 24
d. Tree Bubbler 25
1) Hunter, PCN-50 26
e. Tree Bubbler Head, 4” 27
1) Hunter, 1804-SAM-PRS 28
f. Operation Indicator 29
1) Rain Bird, XFS OPERIND X17500 30
3. Controllers 31
a. Motorola, IRRInet AC/DC 32
b. Rain Bird, WR2-RFC Rain/Freeze Combo 33
c. Others as specified by the City 34
4. Backflows 35
a. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 115 Lead Free 36
b. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 020 Lead Free 37
5. Backflow Enclosures 38
a. Dekorra, 302-BG-C3 39
b. Dekorra, 603GN 40
6. Valve Boxes 41
a. Large Rectangle Box (21”x15”x13”) 42
1) NDS, 117BC 43
b. Standard Rectangle Box (17”x12”x12”) 44
1) NDS, 113BC 45
c. 6” Round Box 46
1) NDS, 107BC 47
d. 10” Round Box 48
1) NDS, 111BC 49
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Flow Sensor 1
a. Arad, AC Flow Meter 2
b. Others as specified by the City 3
C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4
1. Provide PVC pipe in accordance with: 5
a. ASTM D1784 6
b. ASTM D2241 7
c. NSF 61 8
d. Uniform Plumbing Code 9
2. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation mainline. 10
3. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation lateral line. 11
4. Provide PVC Schedule 40 for pipe sleeves. 12
5. Provide Detectable Warning Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 13
D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings 14
1. Provide PVC fittings in accordance with: 15
a. ASTM D1784 16
b. ASTM D2241 17
c. NSF 61 18
d. Uniform Plumbing Code 19
2. Provide fittings that are solvent weld type, schedule 40, and of the type 20
recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the size and intended use. 21
3. If connecting to a metal pipe or metal accessory, use a PVC adapter with female 22
thread. Any PVC pipe that is connected by any other means may be considered 23
non-conforming. Obtain written approval from the City if another connection 24
method has been approved. 25
E. Irrigation Heads or Bubblers 26
1. Refer to the Drawings for the nozzle sets, circle angles, and product series. 27
2. Provide irrigation heads or bubblers that conform to the requirements of the 28
manufacturer designated on the Drawings or approved equal. 29
F. Wire and Wire Connectors 30
1. Provide copper wiring UL approved, Type UF, PVC insulated, 14 gage, suitable for 31
direct burial, and in accordance with the requirements for a NEC Class 2 circuit (30 32
volts AC or less). 33
2. Provide direct burial wire connectors that have a one-piece PVC housing that when 34
filled with silicone forms a reusable, one-piece, moisture-proof wire splice 35
connector. 36
3. Provide wire connectors that are U.L. listed, rated 60C, 500 volts, for PVC 37
insulated wire. 38
4. Do not use epoxy type wire connectors. 39
G. Gate Valves 40
1. Provide a gate valve rated for a minimum 150 PSI working pressure. 41
2. Provide a gate valve in accordance with the size specified in the Drawings. 42
3. For any gate valve 2 inches in size or smaller, use Ohio bras or approved equal. 43
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Install the gate valve per City Standard Details or Drawings. 1
H. Valve Boxes 2
1. For any electric valves, provide a plastic valve box rated for use with electric 3
control valves. 4
I. Electric Section Control Valves 5
1. Provide the size specified in the Drawings. 6
2. Only one electric section should operate at one time on any one controller. 7
3. Electric sectional control valves 8
a. Globe-type diaphragm valves of normally open design 9
b. 24 VAC electric solenoid control operated, 10
c. Equipped with flow adjustment stems, 11
d. Cold working pressure (CWP) of 150 PSI 12
e. Plastic bodies and covers. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION 16
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18
3.3 PREPARATION 19
A. Demolition / Removal 20
1. Prior to removal or shut-off of any existing irrigation systems, notify the owner 21
within 48 hours. 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. Trench Excavation and Backfill 24
1. Trenching and backfilling are considered subsidiary to the irrigation installation bid 25
items. 26
2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05 unless 27
otherwise specified in the Drawings or this Section. 28
3. Trench Excavation 29
a. Maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches between parallel lines. 30
b. Excavate to a depth that provides the following cover from finished grade: 31
1) 30 inches minimum under vehicle traffic area 32
2) Non-vehicle traffic areas: 33
a) 18 inches minimum for lateral lines 34
b) 24 inches minimum for main lines 35
4. Backfill 36
a. Backfill the trench after the irrigation system is operational and required testing 37
and inspection has been performed by the City and a licensed irrigator. 38
b. Embedment material is not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39
40
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Backfill Material: 1
1) Initial Backfill 2
a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 1 inch from the backfill 3
material for 6 inches above the top of pipe. 4
b) Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance 5
with Section 33 05 97. 6
2) Final Backfill 7
a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 3 inches in diameter. 8
3) All in-situ materials are considered acceptable unless otherwise specified in 9
the Drawings. 10
d. Compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
e. For trenches that will have plantings installed at finished grade, flood the 12
backfill prior to installing plantings using a jetting process. 13
B. Pipe Laying 14
1. Lay pipe at a minimum 1 foot from the back of curb, sidewalks, buildings, walls, 15
and other objects, or as directed by the City. 16
2. Install all PVC pipe connections and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17
recommendations and Section 33 14 11. 18
C. Pipe Joints 19
1. Install joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 20
33 14 11. 21
2. Allow adequate time for joint solvent to form a chemical bond before disturbing the 22
joint. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations. If no recommendation is given, do 23
not disturb the joint for 15 minutes after joint is installed on pipe. 24
D. Closing and Flushing of PVC Pipe 25
1. Cap or plug pipes after installation to prevent entry of foreign materials that would 26
obstruct the flow of water. 27
2. Leave caps or plugs in place until it is time for final completion. 28
3. At final completion, remove the caps, thoroughly flush all water lines, and perform 29
any final testing necessary for final completion. 30
E. Sprinkler Heads and Drip Tubing 31
1. Install sprinkler heads and drip tubing in accordance with the manufacturer’s 32
recommendations at locations specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 33
F. Wiring 34
1. Install wire in trenches below the pipe or in a minimum 1-inch PVC pipe with at 35
least 12 inches of cover of its entire run. 36
2. Install wire in continuous lengths. 37
3. Splice wire, if required, in valve boxes using waterproof materials. 38
G. Valve and Valve Box Placement 39
1. Install valves and valve boxes at a minimum 2 foot from the back of curb, 40
sidewalks, buildings, walls, and other objects, or as directed by the City. 41
2. Place valves and valve boxes in accordance with City Standard Details, applicable 42
specifications, and the Drawings. 43
44
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Valves 1
a. Install all gate, check, and control valves with a valve box to the same depth as 2
the irrigation pipe. 3
b. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from the top of the valve to the 4
surface of the valve box. 5
c. After valves are installed, fully open and fully close valves to ensure that all 6
parts are in working condition. 7
4. Valve Boxes 8
a. Set valve boxes plumb vertically and concentric with the valve stem. 9
b. If a valve box is relocated due to incorrect installation location, relocate at no 10
cost to the City. 11
c. Coil any excess wires inside the valve box. 12
d. When valve is located in pavement, install concrete collar around valve box in 13
accordance with City Standard Details. 14
e. Adjust valve box height to be flush with finished grade. 15
H. Controller 16
1. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations at locations 17
shown on the Drawings. 18
I. Backflow Prevention 19
1. Install backflow prevention in accordance with the manufacturer’s 20
recommendations at locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. 21
2. Install the double check valve in a concrete meter box per City Standard Details or 22
the Drawings. 23
J. Sleeves & Encasement 24
1. Coordinate with the paving contractor to install sleeves as shown on the Drawings. 25
2. Install wiring and irrigation piping in separate encasements when under pavement. 26
3. For encasement pipes, provide a minimum of 12 inches of cover over the pipe. 27
a. For areas with surface improvements, cover is measured from the top of the 28
pipe to the bottom of subgrade or to the bottom of the sidewalk slab. 29
K. Boring 30
1. Boring is only allowed when specified in the Drawings. Coordinate with the City 31
for approval of boring locations and requirements. 32
3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 33
A. Restore all existing surfaces and repair any existing structures or pipes that have been 34
damaged due to irrigation installation at no cost to the City. 35
B. If any existing irrigation systems have been damaged as a result of any construction 36
activities, repair and restore the existing irrigation system to the original condition. 37
1. Obtain approval from the irrigation system owner and provide approval to the City. 38
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40
A. General 41
1. Provide a licensed irrigator to perform all required Site Quality Control testing. 42
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Perform inspections throughout the duration of installation. 1
B. Sprinkler/Dripline Layout and Spacing Inspection 2
1. Verify the irrigation design is accurately installed in the field. 3
2. If spacing is not within 5 percent of the design spacing, adjust the layout at no cost 4
to the City. 5
3. If design cannot be met due to site constraints, obtain written approval from the 6
City and the licensed irrigator before modifying the layout. 7
C. Pipe Installation Depth Inspection 8
1. Verify the irrigation pipes were installed to the minimum depths in accordance with 9
this Section. 10
2. Verify all joints were installed correctly and there are no loose or non-compliant 11
joints. 12
D. Hydrostatic Tests 13
1. Provide a licensed irrigator during hydrostatic testing and notify the City in writing 14
48 hours in advance of testing. 15
2. Center load piping with initial backfill to prevent arching or slipping under 16
pressure. 17
3. After all welded joints have cured for at least 24 hours, test the mainlines from the 18
meter to the valves, with all valves closed, for at least 2 consecutive hours by 19
applying a continuous and static minimum 80 PSI water pressure. Repair leaks if 20
necessary and retest. 21
4. Maintain all mainline and lateral lines under static pressure for 24 hours without 22
leaks before final approval. 23
5. If the Hydrostatic Test indicates any leaks, repair at no cost to the City. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28
A. Demonstration 29
1. After installation is complete, hold a demonstration meeting and invite the licensed 30
irrigator who prepared the irrigation plans, the City, and the current owner (if other 31
than the City) of any existing irrigation systems along with any appropriate 32
representatives. At this meeting, perform the following tasks: 33
a. If there is an existing system: 34
1) Test the irrigation system and compare the functionality with the 35
documented conditions of any existing irrigation system. 36
b. If there is not an existing system: 37
1) Test the irrigation system to verify all zones, controllers, sprinkler heads, 38
and drip lines function as designed. 39
c. Obtain in writing the City and the irrigation owner (if other than the City) have 40
agreed the irrigation system functions as designed after the demonstration 41
meeting is held. 42
d. The meeting is required to be performed prior to final acceptance. 43
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Record of Installation 1
1. Provide a Record of Installation set of Drawings to any existing irrigation system 2
owners with any warranties and product information at the completion of irrigation 3
system installation. 4
2. If the City is the owner of the irrigation system, provide the record drawings to the 5
prime contractor to be included with the overall record drawing set at the end of the 6
project. 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 1 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 32 93 00 1
PLANTINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for: 7
a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings) 8
b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers) 9
c. Landscape Edging 10
d. Landscape Restoration 11
e. General Site Landscaping 12
f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking, 13
and Water) 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 21
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 22
5. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 23
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 24
7. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Tree 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per each Tree planted. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per each for Tree planted for: 34
2) Various caliper inches. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Preparing excavation pit 38
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 39
4) Plant supports 40
5) Loading 41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 2 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
6) Unloading 1
7) Storing 2
8) Hauling 3
9) Handling all materials 4
10) Placing 5
11) All maintenance activities 6
2. Shrub 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measured per each Shrub planted. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12
price bid per each of Shrub planted for: 13
a) Various sizes. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings 16
2) Preparing excavation pit 17
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 18
4) Plant supports 19
5) Loading 20
6) Unloading 21
7) Storing 22
8) Hauling 23
9) Handling all materials 24
10) Placing 25
11) All maintenance activities 26
3. Ground Cover 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Preparing excavation pit 36
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 37
4) Plant supports 38
5) Loading 39
6) Unloading 40
7) Storing 41
8) Hauling 42
9) Handling all materials 43
10) Placing 44
11) All maintenance activities 45
4. Miscellaneous Planting 46
a. Measurement 47
1) Measured per each of Miscellaneous Planting planted. 48
b. Payment 49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 3 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each for Miscellaneous Planting installed. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the 5
Drawings 6
2) Preparing excavation pit 7
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 8
4) Plant supports 9
5) Loading 10
6) Unloading 11
7) Storing 12
8) Hauling 13
9) Handling all materials 14
10) Placing 15
11) Tools 16
12) Equipment 17
13) All maintenance activities 18
5. Landscape Edging 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for: 25
a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths 26
(1) 6” wide, 12” depth, 6”x12” 27
(2) 12” wide, 12” depth, 12”x12” 28
(3) 12” wide, 24” depth, 12”x24” 29
b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12”x12” 30
c) Plastic Landscape Edging 31
d) Metal Landscape Edging 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Loading 35
3) Unloading 36
4) Storing 37
5) Hauling 38
6) Handling all materials 39
7) Placing 40
8) All maintenance activities 41
6. Topsoil 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed. 48
49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 4 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Salvaging existing topsoil 3
3) Loading 4
4) Unloading 5
5) Storing 6
6) Hauling 7
7) Handling all materials 8
8) Placing 9
9) All maintenance activities 10
7. Seeding 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for: 17
a) Grass Seeding. 18
b) Wildflower Seeding. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings 21
2) Rolling and tamping 22
3) Loading 23
4) Unloading 24
5) Storing 25
6) Hauling 26
7) Handling all materials 27
8) Placing 28
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 29
10) Fertilizer, if required 30
11) Watering, until established 31
12) All maintenance activities 32
8. Sodding 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per square yard of Sodding installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings 41
2) Rolling and tamping 42
3) Loading 43
4) Unloading 44
5) Storing 45
6) Hauling 46
7) Handling all materials 47
8) Placing 48
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 5 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
10) Fertilizer, if required 1
11) Watering, until established 2
12) All maintenance activities 3
9. Landscape Restoration 4
a. Measurement 5
1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Restoration installed 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per lump sum for Landscape Restoration. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Restoration as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Preparing excavation pit 14
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 15
4) Plant supports 16
5) Loading 17
6) Unloading 18
7) Storing 19
8) Hauling 20
9) Handling all materials 21
10) Placing 22
11) All maintenance activities 23
10. General Site Landscaping 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured lump sum of General Site Landscaping installed 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per lump sum for General Site Landscaping installed. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing General Site Landscaping as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Preparing excavation pit 34
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 35
4) Plant supports 36
5) Loading 37
6) Unloading 38
7) Storing 39
8) Hauling 40
9) Handling all materials 41
10) Placing 42
11) All maintenance activities 43
1.3 REFERENCES 44
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 45
1. PSF – Pounds per Square Foot 46
2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 47
3. B&B – Balled and Burlapped 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 6 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Definitions 1
Figure 1 2
Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil 3
4
5
C. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 10
a. Standardized Plant Names 11
3. American National Standard Institute ANSI: 12
a. ANSI Z60.1 – American Standard for Nursery Stock 13
14
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 7 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards: 1
a. Texas Seed Law 2
b. Texas Fertilizer Law 3
5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5
a. Item 7, Article 7, “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the 6
Environment” 7
6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 8
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 9
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 10
A. Coordination 11
1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount 12
of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with 13
this Section. 14
B. Pre-Planting Meetings 15
1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to 16
holding the pre-planting meeting. 17
2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 18
Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding 19
activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the 20
City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas 21
along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the 22
following needs to be prepared or conducted: 23
a. Landscape Plan: 24
1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 25
landscape architect. 26
2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming 27
season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and 28
condition of all existing landscape areas. 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
C. Shop Drawings 34
1. Product Data 35
a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting 36
activities. 37
1) Tacking Agents 38
2) Fertilizer 39
3) Tree Trunk Protection 40
4) Landscape Edging 41
5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 42
a. Product data sheets will include: 43
1) Manufacturer name or source location 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 8 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2) Date 1
3) Product description 2
4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 3
specification. 4
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 5
6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 6
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 7
8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 8
9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable 9
2. Plantings 10
a. Provide the following information for any plantings: 11
1) Nursery Name and Location 12
2) Date 13
3) Plant description 14
4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements 15
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 16
6) Planting recommendations 17
7) Maintenance recommendations 18
3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging 19
a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal 20
landscape edging material being used. . 21
4. Topsoil 22
a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results. 23
5. Sod 24
a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site. 25
6. Seed 26
a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower 27
seeding. 28
7. Mulch 29
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas. 30
b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and 31
composition for all mulch used on site. 32
8. Concrete 33
a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all 34
concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections 35
03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 36
D. Informational Submittals 37
1. Licensed Landscaper 38
a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape 39
architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings. 40
2. Equipment Submittals: 41
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 42
1) Equipment name and description 43
2) Size 44
3) Intended use 45
46
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 9 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Maintenance Recommendations 2
1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of 3
plants and plant materials to the City. 4
B. Warranty Documentation 5
1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City. 6
2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable. 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 8
A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance 9
period. 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11
A. Qualifications 12
1. Licensed Professionals 13
a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting. 14
2. Planting Substitutions 15
a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The 16
following is required when requesting a plant substitution: 17
1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of 18
equivalent material. 19
2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed 20
upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price 21
will be given. 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
1. Plants 25
a. General: 26
1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site. 27
2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon 28
delivery. 29
3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed. 30
b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 31
1) Set plants in the shade 32
2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage 33
3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable 34
means of retaining moisture. Water as needed. 35
2. Trees 36
a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 37
b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 38
designation of botanical and common name. 39
c. Use protective covering during delivery. 40
d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 41
analysis, and name of nursery. 42
43
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 10 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 2
66 00. 3
2. Trees 4
a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site. 5
b. Do not prune prior to planting. 6
c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark, 7
break branches, or alter the natural shape. 8
C. Stockpiling 9
1. Topsoil 10
a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within 11
the right of way or easements. 12
b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained. 13
c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site 14
to existing conditions or better. 15
2. Seed 16
a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100 17
miles of the site. 18
b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety. 19
3. Sod 20
a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. 21
b. Keep stacked sod moist. 22
4. Fertilizer 23
a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled 24
with the analysis. 25
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 26
A. Ambient Conditions 27
1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions 28
for installation. 29
2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and 30
sodding timeframes. 31
B. Existing Conditions 32
1. Prior to performing work: 33
a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local 34
requirements. 35
b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems. 36
c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 37
Requirements, if applicable. 38
d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 39
to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 40
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 41
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 42
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 11 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Plants 2
1. General: 3
a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for 4
planting schedule and locations. 5
b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 6
c. Provide plants with the following characteristics: 7
1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants 8
2) with well-formed crowns 9
3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species 10
d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants. 11
2. Plant Supports: 12
a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree 13
chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or 14
similar product. 15
b. Deadman Anchoring System: 16
1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products 17
and installation method prior to planting trees. 18
c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product. 19
3. Trees 20
a. Tree characteristics: 21
1) True to species and variety specified 22
2) Straight and symmetrical 23
3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the 24
project for at least 2 years 25
4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season 26
5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for 27
Nursery Stock 28
6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved 29
7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location 30
b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 31
the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 32
bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 33
c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the 34
tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree 35
specified. 36
d. Balled and Burlapped Trees 37
1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was 38
grown in. 39
2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery 40
Stock. 41
3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible. 42
4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap 43
using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine. 44
5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of 45
the ball after wrapping. 46
6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be 47
accepted. 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 12 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
e. Caliper Measuring: 1
1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches 2
above the top of root ball. 3
2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12 4
inches above the top of root ball. 5
3) Caliper Measurements: 6
a) By diameter tape measure 7
b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 8
c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted. 9
4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix: 10
a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil 11
mix as specified in the Drawings. 12
b. Provide a mix free of: 13
1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses 14
2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter 15
c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings. 16
B. Landscape Edging 17
1. Concrete 18
a. Concrete Class: Class A 19
2. Decorative Concrete 20
a. Concrete Class: Class A 21
b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 22
the concrete mix design. 23
c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section 24
32 13 16. 25
3. Plastic and Metal 26
a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified 27
in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City. 28
b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where 29
the proposed landscape edging is matching existing. 30
c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the 31
landscape edging. 32
C. Topsoil 33
1. Approved Topsoil Sources: 34
a. Within the Right of Way: 35
1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or 36
embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 37
b. Outside the Right of Way: 38
1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7 39
“Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment”. 40
2. Topsoil characteristics: 41
a. Easily cultivated and fertile 42
b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil 43
materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter 44
c. Resists erosion 45
d. Able to support plant growth 46
e. When tested: 47
1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 13 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less 1
3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less 2
4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve 3
D. Seeding 4
1. General 5
a. Provide seed from the previous season’s crop in accordance with Texas Seed 6
Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x 7
Germination). 8
b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or 9
containers. 10
c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis. 11
d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate 12
(KNO3). 13
2. Availability of Seed 14
a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed 15
is not available. 16
b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety. 17
3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties 18
a. Johnson Grass 19
b. Nut Grass 20
c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the 21
total of pure live seed of weed seed. 22
4. Approved Seed Varieties 23
a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes: 24
1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot 25
2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway 26
b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding: 27
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 28
29
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 14 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
Table 1 1
Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix 2
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Sideoats Grama (Haskell)
Texas Grama (Atascosa)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0.8
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Slender Grama (Dilley)
Sand Lovegrass (Mason)
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.4
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.8
Wildflower Seed Mixes
Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Illinois Bundleflower
Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau)
0.6
0.75
1.3
0.2
Partridge Pea (Comanche)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Purple Prairie Clover
0.6
0.75
0.3
c. Urban Area Seeding 3
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 4
Table 2 5
Urban Area Seed Mix 6
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop
Sideoats Grama (El Reno)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
0.3
3.6
1.6
2.4
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
0.3
1.6
3.6
0.4
d. Cool Weather Seeding 7
1) Plant between September 1 and November 30 8
Table 3 9
Cool Weather Seed Mix 10
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Tall Fescue
Western Wheatgrass
Wheat (Red, Winter)
4.5
5.6
34
e. Warm Weather Seeding 11
1) Plant between May 1 and August 31 12
Table 4 13
Warm Weather Seed Mix 14
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Foxtail Millet 34
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 15 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
E. Sodding 1
1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out. 2
2. Approved Sod Varieties 3
a. St. Augustine grass 4
b. Common Bermudagrass 5
c. Buffalograss 6
d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass 7
e. Match existing grass varieties where possible. 8
3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties: 9
a. St. Augustine: 10
1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil 11
b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass: 12
1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils 13
4. Sod characteristics: 14
a. Block, rolled, or solid 15
b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any 16
matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod 17
c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings 18
d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the 19
soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch 20
5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions 21
a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 22
b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without 23
breaking. 24
c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch 25
d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches 26
6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with 27
dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots 28
will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29
7. Mulch sod is not approved for use. 30
8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming 31
and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City. 32
F. Landscape Restoration 33
1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity. 34
2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to 35
construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or 36
better. 37
G. Water 38
1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the 39
growth of vegetation. 40
H. Fertilizer 41
1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 42
and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service. 43
2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition 44
a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium 45
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 16 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium 1
c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-2
coated urea. 3
I. Mulch 4
1. For Use on Seeding: 5
a. Straw Mulch: 6
1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw 7
b. Hay Mulch: 8
1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses. 9
c. Characteristics: 10
1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials. 11
2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material. 12
2. For Use on Landscape Areas: 13
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal. 14
b. Mulch characteristics: 15
1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and 16
2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture. 17
J. Tacking Materials 18
1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or 19
a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations. 20
2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23
A. Tests and Inspections 24
B. Non-Conforming Work 25
1. Rejection of Plants 26
a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection: 27
1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae 28
2) Dried or damaged root system or crown 29
3) Excessive abrasion of the bark 30
4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds 31
5) Disfiguring knots 32
6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions 33
7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are 34
specified or are normal for the species 35
8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused 36
9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls 37
10) Processed balled roots (bench balled) 38
11) Root balls encased in impervious material 39
12) Overgrown or root-bound plants 40
13) Undersized or unsound containers 41
14) Containers with less than ¾ planting medium depth 42
15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species 43
16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 17 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock 1
standards 2
18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable 3
appearance 4
C. Manufacturer Services 5
D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9
3.3 PREPARATION 10
A. Surface Preparation 11
1. Plants 12
a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines 13
1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations, 14
types of plants, and the outline of planting beds. 15
2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of 16
the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin. 17
2. Plant Bed Preparation 18
a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other 19
materials as specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Plant Soil Preparation 21
a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign 22
materials. 23
b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting. 24
4. Erosion Control Blanket 25
a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and 26
Section 31 25 14. 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Finishing of Parkways 29
1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be 30
paid for separately. 31
2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 32
3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any 33
Plantings within the site. 34
4. Standard Parkway Slopes 35
a. Minimum: 1 percent 36
b. Maximum: 4:1 37
c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 38
directed by the City. 39
40
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 18 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance 1
with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope: 2
1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge 3
2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk 4
e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the 5
back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope. 6
B. Plants 7
1. Plant Pit Excavation 8
a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same 9
type and size equipment used to dig the plants. 10
b. Depth: 11
1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth 12
specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball. 13
2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system. 14
3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at 15
least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit. 16
c. Horizontal Dimensions: 17
1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root 18
ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the 19
Drawings: 20
a) 15 gallon or larger pots 21
b) 14 inch or larger boxes 22
c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants 23
2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter 24
across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 25
a) Less than 15-gallon pots 26
b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants. 27
3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the 28
supplier’s recommendations and allows the roots to spread without 29
crowding or curving around the walls of the pit. 30
2. Plant Installation 31
a. General Plant Installation: 32
1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade 33
any planting pit to remain open overnight. 34
2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins. 35
3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting 36
harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls. 37
4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill 38
in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed. 39
5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball. 40
6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets. 41
b. Containerized Plants: 42
1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material 43
before planting. 44
2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife. 45
3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat. 46
4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant. 47
48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 19 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants 1
1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after 2
plant has been set. 3
2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets. 4
a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum 5
of the top two-thirds of balls. 6
3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. 7
d. For mechanically collected plants: 8
1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting 9
blades. 10
2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root 11
ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities. 12
e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings. 13
f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after 14
settlement. 15
3. Pruning: 16
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 17
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 18
b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to 19
improve the appearance and health of the plants. 20
c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris. 21
4. Plant Supports: 22
a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as 23
specified in the Drawings. 24
b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed. 25
5. Trunk Protection: 26
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 27
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 28
6. Landscape Edging Installation 29
a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips) 30
1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick 31
2) Finish: Trowel 32
3) Sawing: 1.5” deep sawcut spaced at 6’ on center 33
4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement 34
structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and 35
pavement. 36
b. Plastic or Metal Edging 37
1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and 38
manufacturer’s recommendations. 39
7. Mulching 40
a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
C. Landscape Edging 43
1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete 44
a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 45
2. Plastic and Metal 46
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 20 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
D. Topsoil 1
1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before 2
starting work. 3
2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is 4
installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements. 5
3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified 6
in the Drawings. 7
4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 8
5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 9
E. Seeding 10
1. General: 11
a. In Areas Without Existing Grass: 12
1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed. 13
2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. 14
b. In Areas with Existing Grass: 15
1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed. 16
2. Broadcast Seeding: 17
a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 18
b. After placing seeds, perform the following: 19
1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas: 20
a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 21
2) In urban seeding areas: 22
a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed. 23
3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seed’s diameter. 24
c. Wildflower Seeding: 25
1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before 26
spreading wildflower seeds. 27
3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 28
a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings. 29
b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 30
that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 31
c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 32
drill. 33
d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes. 34
e. After planting: 35
1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller 36
referred to as a “Cultipacker.” 37
2) Roll sloped areas on the contour. 38
4. Hydromulching is not allowed. 39
5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area. 40
6. Watering and Finishing 41
a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 42
b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the 43
slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 44
1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until 45
grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City. 46
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 21 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
7. Final Turf Requirements 1
a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas. 2
b. Established Turf: 3
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 4
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 5
c. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 6
F. Sodding 7
1. General: 8
a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed 9
to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn 11
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 12
c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks 13
before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas 14
Almanac for the project area. 15
d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 16
excavating, hauling, and planting. 17
e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 18
2. Installation: 19
a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod. 20
b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being 21
installed. 22
c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in 23
accordance with the Drawings. 24
d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 25
e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp. 26
f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 27
g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to 28
the firm earth in areas that may slide. 29
h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf 30
before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at 31
no cost to the City. 32
i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 33
any other adjacent structure. 34
3. Watering and Finishing 35
a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are 36
receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings 37
during construction until final acceptance. 38
b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting. 39
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 40
d. Established Turf: 41
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 42
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 43
3) Roots have started to peg down 44
4) There are no dead blocks of sod. 45
e. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 46
47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 22 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
G. Erosion Control Blanket 1
1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 2
and Section 31 25 14. 3
2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has 4
occurred unless otherwise directed. 5
H. Mulching 6
a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 7
any other adjacent structure. 8
2. For Use on Grass Sod: 9
a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area. 11
c. Application Rate: 12
1) Straw Mulch: 13
a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre 14
2) Hay Mulch: 15
a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre 16
I. Fertilizer 17
1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas. 18
2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry. 19
3. Fertilizer Rate: 20
a. Seeding: 21
1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation. 22
2) Not required for wildflower seeding. 23
3) Grass Seeding: 24
a) Newly Established – 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 25
b) Established Seeding Areas – 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 26
b. Sod: 27
1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings. 28
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE 37
A. Maintenance 38
1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project. 39
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 23 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be 1
paid for separately. 2
3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging 3
a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits. 4
b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season 5
unless otherwise directed. 6
c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height. 7
d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage. 8
e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work. 9
4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance 10
a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures, 11
and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless 12
otherwise directed. 13
b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary. 14
c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed. 15
d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing 16
desirable plants. 17
e. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for herbicides and pesticides. 18
5. Plant Supports 19
a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the 20
Drawings. 21
b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks. 22
c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed. 23
6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 24
a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days. 25
b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures 26
in writing for approval. 27
c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and 28
regulations. 29
d. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for handling and applying pesticides. 30
7. Plant Replacement 31
a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed. 32
b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification. 33
c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance. 34
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35
END OF SECTION 36
37
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
38
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 10 1
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cleaning, disinfecting, and testing of water mains, valves, and appurtenances prior 6
to making permanent connections to the distribution system to meet the standards 7
established by the Water Utilities Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 8
of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on 9
Environmental Quality (TCEQ). 10
2. Hydrostatic testing of sewer force mains and appurtenances to meet the standards 11
established by the Water Utilities Department and the requirements of Chapter 217 12
of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on 13
Environmental Quality (TCEQ). 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Measurement 23
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the water or sewer force main being 24
cleaned and tested. 25
2. Payment 26
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water main complete in 28
place. 29
1.3 REFERENCES 30
A. Reference Standards 31
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33
unless a date is specifically cited. 34
2. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 35
(AWWA/ANSI): 36
a. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 37
b. C655, Field De-Chlorination. 38
3. Texas Administration Code: 39
a. Chapter 290, (30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water. 40
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), Design Criteria for Sewerage System. 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5
C. Submittals 6
1. Water mains 7
a. Cleaning Plan – Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning 8
plan detailing the methods and schedule, including: 9
1) A detailed description of cleaning procedures 10
2) Pigging entry and exit ports for mains 16-inch and larger 11
3) Flushing procedures 12
4) Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing 13
velocities, or demonstrate conformance with the conditions outlined in 14
AWWA C651 Table 3 15
5) Control of water 16
6) Disposal 17
b. Disinfection Plan – prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan, 18
including: 19
1) Method of mixing and introducing chlorine 20
2) Flushing 21
3) Bacteriological sampling 22
4) De-chlorination in accordance with AWWA C655 23
5) Disposal of chlorinated water 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 26
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 27
1. All test reports generated during testing. 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 31
1.11 FIELD [NOT USED] 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [OR] CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35
2.2 MATERIALS 36
37
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Pigs 1
1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 2
2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 3
3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 4
4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for 5
the particular application. 6
5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross-sectional area of the 7
nominal pipe diameter. 8
6. Able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90-degree bends, tees, 9
crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 ERECTION / INSTALLATION / APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20
A. Hydrostatic Testing 21
1. Hydrostatically test all water mains and force mains intended to be pressurized to 22
meet the following criteria: 23
a. Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 24
1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to 25
make such hydrostatic tests. 26
b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City water 27
main. 28
c. Gradually fill the section of main to be tested with water, carefully expelling 29
the air and apply the specified pressure. 30
d. Test Pressure 31
1) PVC, Ductile Iron, and HDPE water mains 32
a) Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working 33
pressure of the water main measured at the highest elevation along the 34
test section 35
b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure 36
at the lowest elevation of the test section. 37
38
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type and Buried Steel water mains 1
a) Not less than 1.25 (250 psi minimum) times the stated working 2
pressure of the water main measured at the highest elevation along the 3
test section. 4
b) Not less than 1.5 (300 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure 5
at the lowest elevation of the test section. 6
3) Sewer Force Mains 7
a) Not less than 50 psi above the normal working pressure and in 8
accordance with 30 TAC §217. 9
e. Test Conditions 10
1) Install main and backfill prior to hydrostatic testing. 11
2) Test Duration 12
a) Water mains: 2 hours 13
b) Sewer force mains: 4 hours 14
c) Special Considerations for HDPE mains: Under no circumstances 15
should the total time for initial pressurization and time at test pressure 16
exceed 8-hours at 1.5 times the system pressure rating. 17
3) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 18
4) Fire Hydrants: Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. 19
a) Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the 20
hydrostatic testing. 21
5) Service Lines: Test service lines to curb stop 22
a) Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the 23
hydrostatic testing. 24
6) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 25
7) Makeup water must come from a fixed 55-gallon container that does not 26
have a water source. 27
f. Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or 28
measure the difference in volume within a 55-gallon container. 29
1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly 30
provided for in the Drawings or approved by the City. 31
2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system 32
valve, then plug and test the pipe at no additional cost. 33
g. Hydrostatic Test Failures 34
1) For any main that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 35
a) Identify the cause. 36
b) Repair the leak. 37
c) Restore the trench and surface. 38
d) Retest. 39
(1) For HDPE, allow pipe to relax for a period of 8-hours before 40
beginning next test. 41
2) All costs associated with repairing the main to pass the hydrostatic test is 42
the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear 43
foot of pipe. 44
3) If the City determines that an existing system valve is the cause for the 45
failed hydrostatic test, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the main 46
without the use of the system valve. 47
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) No additional payment will be made to the Contractor if the existing 1
valve is unable to sustain the hydrostatic test. All work required to 2
facilitate suitable test conditions shall be included in the price per linear 3
foot of pipe. 4
2. Allowable Leakage 5
a. Water Mains 6
1) No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is 7
greater than that determined using the following formula: 8
In inch-pound units, 9
L = SD P 10
148,000 11
12
Where: 13
L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour 14
S = length of pipe tested, ft. 15
D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. 16
P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi 17
18
b. Sewer Force Mains 19
1) Do not exceed more than 10.0 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe 20
per day. 21
2) No greater leakage rate in gallons per hour per 1,000 feet of pipe than that 22
determined using the following formula: 23
In inch-pound units, 24
L = SD P 25
155,400 26
27
Where: 28
L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour 29
S = length of pipe tested, ft. 30
D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. 31
P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi 32
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34
3.10 CLEANING 35
A. General 36
1. Clean water mains prior to bacteriological testing. 37
a. Pig all 16-inch to 36-inch water mains. 38
b. Pigging may be required for water mains smaller than 16-inch upon repeated 39
failed bacteriological tests. 40
c. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. 41
d. Flushing in lieu of pigging is only permitted when specifically designated in the 42
Drawings or if pigging is deemed impractical with approval from the City. 43
B. Pigging Method 44
45
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Prepare main for installation and removal of pig, including: 1
a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning wye, 2
remove cleaning wye covers, etc. 3
b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead-ended conduit: 4
1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 5
2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and 6
smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 7
3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12-8
inches to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 9
4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main in accordance 10
with flushing method approved by City. 11
c. Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig in accordance with 12
flushing method approved by City. 13
d. Once pigging is complete: 14
1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the 15
Contract Documents. 16
2) Install blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs on cleaning wye. 17
3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 18
4) Backfill. 19
5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed 20
with disinfection. 21
C. Flushing Method 22
1. Prepare the main by installing temporary blow-offs at appropriate locations, of 23
sufficient sizes and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum 24
velocity in the main of 3.0 feet per second. 25
a. Minimum blow-off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 26
1) 4-inch through 8-inch main – 3/4-inch blow-off 27
2) 10-inch through 12-inch main – 1-inch blow-off 28
3) 16-inch and greater main – 2-inch blow-off 29
b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 30
1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water 31
main. 32
2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 33
3) Do not damage private property. 34
4) Do not create a traffic hazard. 35
c. Once Flushing is complete: 36
1) Plug all corporation stops used for flushing. 37
D. Daily Main Cleaning 38
1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 39
2. Sweep each joint and maintain cleanliness during construction. 40
3. Install a temporary, water-tight plug on all exposed mains at the end of each 41
working day or at the end of an extended period of work stoppage. 42
4. Follow procedures of AWWA C651 for preventing contamination during 43
installation of new water main. 44
E. Disinfection 45
46
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. General 1
a. Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the “continuous feed” 2
method or the “slug” method as determined by the Contractor. 3
b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require 4
higher rates. 5
1) Use calcium hypochlorite granules as the source of chlorine. 6
c. Continuous Feed Method 7
1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 8
a) Use the existing distribution system or other approved water source. 9
2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the 10
main, dose the water entering the new main with chlorine. 11
a) Free chlorine concentration: 25 mg/L minimum, or as required by 12
AWWA C651, whichever is greater. 13
b) Do not cease chlorine applications until the entire main is filled with 14
heavily chlorinated water. 15
3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. 16
a) During this time, operate valves and hydrants in the treated section to 17
disinfect the appurtenances. 18
b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water back into active mains. 19
c) Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, 20
minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 21
4) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. 22
a) If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the 23
main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. 24
b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks or 25
another approved storage facility. 26
(1) Treat any evacuated water with Sodium Bisulfate, another de-27
chlorination chemical, or method appropriate for potable water and 28
approved by the City until the chlorine residual is reduced to 4 29
mg/L or less. 30
c) After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may be 31
discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. 32
5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 33
manner and at a location accepted by the City in accordance with AWWA 34
C651. 35
d. Slug Method 36
1) Water from the existing distribution system, or other approved water 37
supply, shall flow at a constant rate in the main. 38
2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the 39
main, dose the water entering the new main with chlorine. 40
a) Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, AWWA C651 41
whichever is greater. 42
b) Apply chlorine continuously and for a sufficient amount of time to 43
develop a solid column or “slug” of chlorinated water. Ensure exposure 44
of all interior surfaces to “slug” for a minimum of 3 hours. 45
3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to 46
disinfect the appurtenances. 47
4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water back into active mains. 48
5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 49
manner and at a location accepted by the City. 50
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. 1
a) Maintain chlorine levels of 4 mg/l or less. 2
2. Contractor Requirements 3
a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for 4
the disinfection method approved by the City, including adequate provisions for 5
sampling. 6
b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, 7
unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 8
c. After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by 9
the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the 10
remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure 11
the main. 12
F. Dechlorination 13
1. General. All chlorinated water shall be de-chlorinated before discharge into the 14
environment. Use chemical amounts, as listed in ANSI/AWWA C651: 15
“Disinfecting Water Mains”, to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using 16
de-chlorination procedures listed in ANSI/AWWA C655: “Field De-Chlorination”. 17
Continue de-chlorination until chlorine residual is non-detectable. 18
2. Testing. Continuously test for the chlorine residual level immediately downstream 19
of the de-chlorination process during the entire discharge of the chlorinated water. 20
Periodically conduct chlorine residual testing and check for possible fish kills at 21
locations where discharged water enters the existing watershed. 22
3. Fish Kill Coordination: In the event a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge 23
of water from the distribution system or any other construction activities: 24
a. Immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. 25
b. Immediately notify City inspector. 26
c. Coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. 27
d. Any fines assessed by TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish kills 28
will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 29
G. Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 30
1. General 31
a. Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. 32
b. The City will obtain water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the City’s 33
laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 34
1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. 35
2. Water Sampling 36
a. Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the 37
existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. 38
b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with 39
sodium thiosulfate. 40
c. Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, 41
from the new main. 42
d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main 43
(or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated 44
by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the main and at least 1 set from each 45
branch. 46
33 01 10
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the 1
opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new 2
main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear 3
feet. 4
f. Obtain samples from water that has remained in the main for at least 16 hours 5
after formal flushing. 6
3. Repetition of Sampling 7
a. Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re-8
sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 12 1
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity of: 6
a. Concrete pressure pipe (bar-wrapped steel cylinder or pre-stressed) 7
b. Mortar coated steel pipe 8
c. Dielectrically coated steel pipe 9
d. Ductile iron pipe 10
2. Electrical isolation devices for installation at: 11
a. Connections to existing piping 12
b. Laterals 13
c. Cased crossings 14
d. Tunnels 15
e. Selected below grade to above ground piping transitions 16
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17
1. None. 18
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to 19
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 20
Contract. 21
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 22
3. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection exists: 26
a. Measurement 27
1) This item is subsidiary to Cathodic Protection construction. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for “Cathodic Protection” for each 31
material of utility pipe bid, no other compensation will be allowed. 32
2. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection does not exist: 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this item is by lump sum. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 38
lump sum price bid for “Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation”. 39
40
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation as specified 2
by the Drawings 3
2) Mobilization 4
3) Excavation 5
4) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 6
5) Field welding 7
6) Connections 8
7) Adjustments 9
8) Testing 10
9) Clean-up 11
10) Start-up/Commissioning 12
1.3 REFERENCES 13
A. Abbreviations 14
1. THHN – Thermoplastic High Heat Resistance Nylon Coated 15
2. AWG – American Wire Gauge 16
B. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. ASTM International (ASTM). 21
a. A366, Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon, (0.15 22
Maximum Percent) Cold-Rolled 23
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 24
a. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 25
4. NACE International (NACE). 26
5. NSF International (NSF): 27
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 28
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34
A. Product Data 35
1. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets shall be submitted for each item. 36
a. Include the manufacturer's name and provide sufficient information to show the 37
materials meet Contract Document requirements for: 38
1) Flange Isolation 39
2) Bonding Clips for Concrete Cylinder Pipe 40
3) Petrolatum tape 41
2. Where more than 1 item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut sheet, clearly 42
identify the item proposed. 43
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Test and Evaluation Reports 1
1. Record results of Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection and submit to City for 2
approval prior to backfilling. 3
2. Record results of bonded joint testing and submit to City for approval prior to 4
backfilling. 5
3. Record results of continuity test for casing to carrier pipe and submit to City for 6
approval prior to backfilling. 7
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 8
A. Test results for electrical continuity, flange isolation, and casing to carrier pipe isolation 9
shall be submitted to the City. 10
B. Results of all testing are to be submitted to City for inclusion in the O&M manual. 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 16
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 17
equipment are ready for operation. 18
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 19
site. 20
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 21
extremes in temperature. 22
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 23
66 00. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 28
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 29
A. Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation Materials to be incorporated into the project 30
include, but are not limited to: 31
1. Electrical continuity bonds 32
2. Flange isolation assemblies 33
3. Casing spacers 34
4. Casing end seals 35
36
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Electrical Continuity Bonds 1
1. Applications for Electrical Continuity Bonding include: 2
a. Bonding across bolted joint assemblies 3
b. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies 4
C. Flange Isolation 5
1. Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include, but are not 6
limited to, selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to 7
existing piping. 8
2. Gasket 9
a. Isolate and seal gasket 10
b. G-10 Epoxy Glass material 11
c. Full face 12
d. 1/8-inch thickness 13
e. Minimum of one (1) EDPM sealing element placed in a tapered groove. 14
f. NSF 61 and 372 certified 15
g. Minimum of 800 volts/mil dielectric strength is required. 16
h. Flange shall seal for the test pressure without leaking. 17
3. Sleeves 18
a. Provide full length mylar sleeves. 19
4. Washers 20
a. Provide double G-10 washer sets. 21
D. Casing Spacers 22
1. For piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between 23
piping and casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation in accordance with 24
Section 33 05 15. 25
E. Casing End Seals 26
1. See Section 33 05 15. 27
F. Electrical Bond Wires 28
1. Electrical bond wires are to be a minimum No. 4 AWG, 7 stranded, copper cable 29
with THHN wire insulation. 30
2. Remove 1 inch of THHN wire insulation from each end of the bond wire. 31
3. Thermite weld the bond wires to the pipeline. 32
G. Electrical Bond Clip 33
1. Weld 3 ASTM A366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.13 inches thick, 2.5 34
inches long, and 1.25 inches wide, with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot 35
of adjacent pre-stressed concrete cylinder pipe or steel pipe with rubber gasketed 36
joints. 37
2. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished 38
joints. 39
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
A. Preparation of Concrete Pipe for Bonding 5
1. General 6
a. Fabrication 7
1) Establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe and 8
joints. 9
b. Acceptable Methods 10
1) Establish electrical continuity as indicated in the Contract Documents. 11
2. Criteria for Electric Continuity 12
a. Tensile Wire 13
1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms 14
between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from chosen 15
wire. 16
2) Manufacturer is to report values obtained and method of measurement. 17
b. Internal Pipe Joint Components 18
1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between 19
any component and steel pipe cylinder. 20
3. Tensile Wire Continuity 21
a. Establish continuity between tensile wire coils and steel cylinder on embedded 22
cylinder type pre-stressed pipe by tightly wrapping tensile wire over 23
longitudinal mild steel straps during pipe manufacture. 24
b. Use and install 2 continuous straps 180 degrees apart longitudinally along the 25
pipe. 26
1) These straps must maintain electrical continuity between metallic 27
components. 28
c. Use steel straps made of mild steel and free of grease, mill scale, or other high 29
resistance deposits. 30
d. Make longitudinal straps electrically continuous with pipe cylinder by steel 31
fasteners of suitable dimensions placed between steel cylinder and longitudinal 32
straps. 33
1) Connect fasteners so as to remain intact during pipe fabrication process. 34
4. Steel Cylinder Continuity 35
a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. 36
1) These components include anchor socket brackets, anchor socket, spigot 37
ring, and bell ring. 38
b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms 39
between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity. 40
41
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Preparation of Steel Pipe for Bonding 1
1. Bonding wires are not required for welded steel pipe. 2
2. Mechanical jointed steel pipe requires the installation of bond wires across the joint 3
as shown on the Drawings. 4
C. Preparation of Ductile Iron Pipe for Bonding 5
1. Install insulated bond wires as shown on the Drawings. 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Installation of Electrical Continuity Bonds by Thermite Welding 8
1. Inspection 9
a. Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the 10
conductor. 11
2. General 12
a. Attach bond wires at required locations by thermite welding process. 13
3. Thermite Welding Methods 14
a. Perform thermite welding of bond wires to piping in the following manner: 15
1) Clean and dry pipe to which the wires are to be attached. 16
2) Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease, and dirt 17
from an area approximately 3 inches square. 18
a) Grind surface to bright metal. 19
3) Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of wire to be 20
thermite welded to pipe exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. 21
4) Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. 22
Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 23
5) Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 24
6) Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to 25
spread ignition powder over charge. 26
7) Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 27
8) After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike 28
weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. 29
9) Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. 30
10) If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire. 31
11) If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ 32
tape. 33
12) Provide the minimum number of bond wires as shown on Drawings for 34
steel or ductile iron pipe. 35
4. Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection 36
a. Contractor is responsible for all testing. 37
b. All testing is to be performed by or under the supervision of certified NACE 38
personnel. 39
c. Visually examine each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable 40
coating prior to backfilling. 41
d. Measure resistance through selected bonded joints with a digital low resistance 42
ohmmeter (DLRO). 43
1) Resistance of 0.001 ohms or less is acceptable. 44
2) If the above procedure indicates a poor-quality bond connection, reinstall 45
the bond. 46
3) Record results and submit to City for approval prior to backfilling. 47
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Backfilling of Bonded Joints 1
a. Perform backfilling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the 2
bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. 3
b. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. 4
c. Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not 5
destroy the bonded connections. 6
d. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire. 7
B. Installation of Pipeline Flange Isolation Devices 8
1. Placement 9
a. Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the Drawings. 10
2. Assembly 11
a. Place gasket, sleeves, and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. 12
b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. 13
3. Testing 14
a. Immediately after an electrical isolation fitting has been installed, contact the 15
City to perform testing for electrical isolation effectiveness. 16
4. Painting 17
a. Do not use metal base paints on electrical isolation devices. 18
5. Encapsulation 19
a. Encapsulate below-grade isolation joints with the Denso Densyl Tape system 20
after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. 21
C. Installation of Casing Spacers 22
1. Casing spacers shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 23
D. Installation of End Seals 24
1. End seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 25
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28
A. Testing of Joint Continuity Bonds and Isolation Joints 29
1. After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints, but before the 30
pipe is backfilled, test each bonded joint for electrical continuity. 31
2. Impress a DC current on the pipe on 1 side of the joint being tested using a portable 32
12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. Connect battery with positive terminal 33
connected to the ground rod and negative terminal connected to the pipe section 34
under test. 35
a. The magnitude of test current is not important as long as it causes a change in 36
pipe-to-soil potential on the section of pipe that is in the test current circuit. 37
3. Measure the pipe-to-soil potential on each side of the isolation joint using a high 38
impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference electrode with 39
the test current “on” and “off’. 40
4. A joint is considered electrically continuous if the “on” and “off’ potentials are the 41
same on either side of the joint under test. 42
5. Use this same procedure to test individual isolation joints. 43
33 01 12
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. The joint is considered effective if the pipe-to-soil potential is not the same 1
when measured on each side of the joint when the test current is “on”. 2
6. Record results and submit in accordance with this Section. 3
B. Casing to Carrier Pipe Isolation Tests 4
1. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting 5
the line, make pipe available for testing. Contact the City to perform an electrical 6
continuity test to determine that the casing is electrically isolated from the pipeline. 7
2. Continuity test shall be fully documented and approved by the City prior to 8
backfilling. 9
3. Record results and submit in accordance with this Section. 10
4. If electrical isolation between carrier pipe and casing is not effective, the cause shall 11
be immediately investigated and situation remedied. 12
5. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. 13
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
23
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 30 1
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 6
all new sanitary sewer mains and services or storm sewer mains prior to: 7
a. Final Acceptance 8
b. At the end of the warranty period 9
2. If the Contractor elects to perform any pre-construction CCTV Inspection for their 10
own reference, inspection and payment will be the sole responsibility of the 11
Contractor. 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Measurement 22
a. Measurement for this item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 23
Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 24
distance recorded on the video log. 25
2. Payment 26
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 27
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 28
bid per linear foot for “Post-CCTV Inspection”. 29
1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 30
3. The price bid shall include: 31
a. Mobilization 32
b. Cleaning 33
c. Digital file 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Reference Standards 36
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 37
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 38
unless a date is specifically cited. 39
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) 1
3. National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3
A. Coordination – Coordinate with Inspector 48 hours in advance of work. 4
B. Scheduling: 5
1. CCTV cannot be performed until final surface repair and manhole adjustments are 6
completed. 7
2. CCTV cannot be performed until all items listed in Paragraph 3.3 A have been 8
completed. 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS 10
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12
C. Log sheet report must utilize PACP reporting standards. 13
D. Video submittal shall be a digital mpeg file unless otherwise directed by the City and 14
must be compatible with the City’s equipment. 15
E. All information gathered must be legible, easily read or viewed, and of high definition 16
color in accordance with NASSCO. 17
F. Inspection Report shall include: 18
1. Asset 19
a. Date and Time 20
b. City 21
c. Address and/or Project Name 22
d. Main Number – GIS ID (If Available) or Station 23
e. Upstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 24
f. Downstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 25
g. Pipe Diameter 26
h. Material 27
i. Pipe Length 28
2. Inspection 29
a. Inspection Number (i.e. 1st,2nd, etc…) 30
b. Crew Number 31
c. Operator Name 32
d. Operator Comments 33
e. Reason for Inspection 34
f. Equipment Number 35
g. Camera Travel Direction (Upstream/Downstream) 36
h. Inspected Length (feet) 37
i. City Contract Name and Number 38
j. Contractor Company Name 39
k. Contractor Contact Name 40
l. Contractor Contact Phone Number 41
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Post-CCTV submittals 2
1. Provide PDF copies of CCTV video and Inspection Reports on 2 USB drives. 3
2. Provide 2 hard copies of CCTV Inspection Report. 4
3. Submit to the City for review prior to scheduling a project final walk through. 5
4. The City maintains the right to reject CCTV submittals if the submittals fail to 6
conform to the quality or administrative requirements as specified in this Section 7
(e.g., obstructions on lens, foggy lens, insufficient data, etc.). 8
a. Any additional CCTV inspections performed by the Contractor due to a 9
rejected submittal will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 13
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY 15
A. A second television inspection by the Contractor shall be started no sooner than 16
630 calendar days after date of Final Acceptance and finished no later than 690 calendar 17
days after the date of Final Acceptance. 18
B. Should the Contractor fail to provide a second original television inspection video with 19
proper documentation to the City by the 690th calendar day, written notice to perform a 20
second television inspection shall be given by the City to the Contractor and the Surety. 21
C. If the Contractor or Surety fail to perform a second televised inspection within 10 22
calendar days of notification, City shall have the right to perform a second television 23
inspection or cause the same to be done, either by contract or otherwise, and to pay for 24
the cost of the second television inspection. 25
1. If such cost of repairs, so made, shall not be paid by the Contractor or Surety upon 26
receipt of notice of the amount thereof: 27
a. City shall have the right of action on the Performance Bond; or 28
b. In case the second television inspection shall not actually be made by City after 29
such failure on the part of the Contractor or Surety: 30
1) City shall have the right to ascertain and determine the cost of such repairs 31
and to maintain an action against the Contractor or Surety; or both under 32
said bond, to recover the amount so determined in any court of competent 33
jurisdiction, and the amount so determined shall be conclusive upon the 34
Contractor and Surety in any action upon said bond. 35
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36
2.1 EQUIPMENT 37
38
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Closed Circuit Television Camera 1
1. One specifically designed and constructed for sewer inspection 2
2. Be operative in 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions 3
3. Capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the 4
camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. 5
4. Solid state color and have remote control of the rotational lens. 6
5. Capable of viewing the complete circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, 7
including the cone-section or corbel. 8
6. Lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled manual override. 9
7. Equipment will provide a view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features 10
to the side of the equipment through turning and rotation of the lens. 11
8. Lighting for camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery 12
of the pipe. 13
a. Lights shall be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 14
B. Video Capture System 15
1. The video and audio recordings of the CCTV inspections shall be made using 16
digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, but 17
not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 18
capture CCTV inspection on USB drive, with each segment (from upstream 19
manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an individual file in 20
.MPEG format. 21
2. Capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with captured images of defects or 22
other related significant visual information on a standard color printer. 23
3. Store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital format on a USB drive. 24
4. Able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all observation points and 25
pertinent data. 26
5. Camera footage, date, main number, and manhole numbers shall be maintained in 27
real time and shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 28
generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 29
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS [NOT USED] 30
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
PART 3 - EXECUTION 33
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 34
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 35
3.3 PREPARATION 36
A. General 37
1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the 38
plans or City to be used during inspections, if available. 39
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. If identification numbers are not available at the time of inspection: 1
1) Use pipe and manhole stations corresponding with the design plans. 2
2) Pipe and manhole identification numbers are to be included at the time of 3
the warranty inspection. 4
2. Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been 5
completely cleaned in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 6
a. Sewer system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be 7
active; or 8
b. Sewer may be flooded with clean water, not jetted, in lieu of active sewer. 9
3. Inspection of newly installed sewers not yet in service shall not begin prior to 10
completion of the following: 11
a. Pipe testing 12
b. Completion of all manhole work 13
c. Installation of all lateral services 14
d. Vacuum test of manholes 15
e. Final surface repair 16
4. Temporary Bypass Pumping in accordance with Section 33 32 11, if required. 17
3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 18
A. General 19
1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 20
2. Move camera through line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 21
necessary to permit proper documentation of the main’s condition. 22
3. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 23
4. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 24
obstruct camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 25
5. During investigation, stop camera at each defect along the main. 26
a. Record the nature, location, and orientation of the defect or infiltration location. 27
6. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 28
a. Manholes 29
1) Pan camera around to see condition of manhole including installation of 30
epoxy liner, if applicable. 31
a) Visual confirmation does not relieve the Contractor from performing 32
Quality Control on epoxy liners in accordance with Section 33 01 40. 33
b. Service connections 34
1) Pan camera to get a complete overview of service connection including 35
zooming into service connection, include location (i.e. 3 o’clock, 9 o’clock, 36
etc.) 37
c. Joints 38
1) Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. 39
d. Visible pipe defects 40
1) Including but not limited to cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 41
joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). 42
a) If debris has been found in the pipe during the post-CCTV inspection, 43
additional cleaning is required and pipe shall be re-televised. 44
e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 45
f. Pipe material transitions 46
g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 47
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 1
7. Provide accurate distance measurement. 2
a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 3
8. CCTV inspections are to be continuous. 4
a. Do not provide a single segment of main on more than 1 USB drive. 5
b. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 6
3.5 REPAIR 7
A. Make repairs or clean the line if the City notes problems, including but not limited to 8
the following: 9
1. Pulled or slipped joints. 10
2. Rolled gaskets. 11
3. Water infiltration. 12
4. Cracked or damaged pipe. 13
5. Sagging or deformed pipe. 14
6. In pipes with gradients less than 0.7 percent, a maximum one-half inch of standing 15
water will be allowed in 6" through 24" diameter pipes. 16
7. In pipes with gradients 0.7 percent or greater, no standing water is allowed. 17
a. The depths of standing water allowable for mains that are greater than 24" in 18
diameter will be evaluated by the City. 19
8. Structural damage to the pipe. 20
9. Services coming into the main at an angle other than according to the Drawings. 21
10. Services not installed on lots indicated by plans. 22
11. Pipe or manhole invert has debris, soil or residue. 23
12. Failed manhole liners. 24
B. After any repairs, another televised inspection is to be run at no additional cost is 25
required. 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30
3.10 CLEANING 31
A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 32
1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
37
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 31 1
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service 6
a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test for 36-inch and smaller 7
sanitary sewer mains 8
1) Excludes pipe with flow. 9
2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 10
b. Individual Joint Test for greater than 36-inch sanitary sewer mains 11
1) Excludes pipe with flow. 12
2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 13
c. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 14
1) Non-standard manholes or manholes installed over an existing sewer main 15
may not require vacuum testing. 16
2. All newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes shall be cleaned and tested 17
prior being placed into service. 18
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 19
1. None. 20
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 21
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 22
Contract. 23
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 24
3. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 25
4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 26
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 27
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28
A. Measurement and Payment 29
1. Pipe Testing 30
a. Measurement 31
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) 32
completed in place. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this 35
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer 36
main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 37
2. Manhole Testing 38
a. Measurement 39
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the manhole completed in place. 40
41
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each manhole complete in 3
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 4
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS 7
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 11
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 12
1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 13
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15
A. Certifications 16
1. Mandrel Equipment 17
a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification verifying the 18
equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 19
required specifications. 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Materials 27
1. Mandrel used for deflection test 28
a. Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after certification 29
will invalidate the deflection test. 30
b. Mandrel requirements 31
1) Odd number of legs with minimum of 9 legs 32
2) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 33
3) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 34
4) Fitted with pulling rings at each end 35
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating the 1
following: 2
a) Pipe material specification 3
b) Nominal size 4
c) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 5
6) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 6
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 7
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION 9
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11
3.3 PREPARATION 12
A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe) 13
1. Clean the sewer main before testing, in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 14
2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 15
B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 16
1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 17
2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 18
C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 19
1. Perform as pipe installation progresses. 20
2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 21
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 22
1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 23
2. Plug pipes and stub-outs entering the manhole. 24
3. Secure stub-outs, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while 25
vacuum is drawn. 26
4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 27
5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 28
3.4 INSTALLATION 29
A. Low pressure air test (Pipe) 30
1. Install plug with inlet tap. 31
2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 32
3. Start the stop watch after the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure). 33
34
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Determine the time in seconds required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 1
psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 2
is computed from the following equation: 3
4
T = (0.0850*D*K) 5
Q 6
Where: 7
T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 8
K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 9
D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 10
L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 11
Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 12
5. UNI-B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 13
through 60-inch based on the equation above. 14
6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 15
calculated testing time. 16
B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 17
1. The mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to ensure maximum allowable 18
deflection is not exceeded. 19
2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 20
21
Nominal Pipe Size
Inches
Percent Deflection Allowed
12 and smaller 5.0
15 through 30 4.0
Greater than 30 3.0
C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 22
1. Follow procedures in Section 3.4.A, but each individual joint to be 100% tested. 23
The time allowed for the pressure drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig is 10-seconds. 24
2. No joint shall be air tested until the pipe has been backfilled. Perform air testing as 25
pipe installation progresses. Pipe installation shall not exceed 100-feet from the 26
last joint tested. 27
3. Perform visual inspection of each joint immediately after testing. 28
4. If the joint fails to pass the joint air test, necessary repairs as recommended by the 29
pipe manufacturer may be made if approved by City, and the joint retested. 30
a. Failure to pass the air test after repairs have been made may be cause for 31
rejection. 32
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) (prior to backfill) 33
1. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 34
2. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 35
36
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: 1
2
Depth of
Manhole, feet
4-foot Dia
Seconds
5-foot Dia
Seconds
6-foot Dia
Seconds
8 20 26 33
10 25 33 41
12 30 39 49
14 35 45 57
16 40 52 67
18 40 59 73
** T=5 T=6.5 T=8
** - For manholes over 18-feet deep, add “T” seconds as shown for each respective 3
diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18-foot 4
depth. (Example: A 30-foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 seconds. 5
40+6(5) = 70 seconds) 6
4. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury, fail the 7
test. 8
3.5 REPAIR 9
A. Non-Conforming Work 10
1. Low pressure air test 11
a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 12
2. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 13
a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered over-deflected. 14
b. Uncover over-deflected pipe and allow pipe to recover. Reinstall and compact 15
backfill and embedment in accordance with Section 33 05 05 if pipe is not 16
permanently deformed or otherwise damaged. 17
c. If damaged, remove and replace. 18
3. Vacuum test (Manhole) 19
a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 20
1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 21
a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 22
2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 23
externally. 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28
3.10 CLEANING 29
A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 30
1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 31
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 32 1
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Procedures for cleaning sanitary sewer mains to remove all debris, solids, sand, 6
grease, grit, etc. from the pipelines and manholes prior to television inspection. 7
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 8
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 9
Contract. 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Measurement 14
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main being cleaned. 15
2. Payment 16
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sewer pipe complete in 18
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 19
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
32
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Materials 2
1. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 3
property or affect treatment plant processes. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING 17
A. General 18
1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of the 19
sanitary sewer main and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating 20
the sewer manhole or line segment and beginning the cleaning process. 21
2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to 22
comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti-pollution laws, 23
ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, 24
debris, and rubbish. 25
3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations 26
of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 27
4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shall be 28
provided until time of disposal. 29
a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site 30
for the disposal of this material. 31
b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or 32
manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or 33
sanitary sewers. 34
5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc. 35
from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s). 36
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the 1
condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work commences and will be 2
subject to approval by the City. 3
7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 4
8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sanitary sewer mains and 5
manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning 6
process or equipment. 7
9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be 8
repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 9
10. Cleaning shall also include washing the manhole wall by high pressure water jet. 10
11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the 11
cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. 12
a. If the results obtained by the proposed sanitary sewer cleaning equipment are 13
not satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or 14
attachments, as required, to meet City satisfaction. 15
b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location. 16
12. When high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap, weir, dam, or 17
suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole to trap all solids and debris 18
for removal. 19
13. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and 20
responsibility of the Contractor. 21
14. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 22
provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 23
15. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 24
in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used 25
unnecessarily. 26
a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area. 27
b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a fire hydrant water meter and 28
establish responsibility for all related charges for the set-up, including the water 29
usage bills from respective water purveyor agency. 30
c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing 31
sanitary sewer mains. 32
B. Methods 33
1. High-Velocity Cleaning 34
a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 35
be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 36
1,500 psi, for the sanitary sewer line and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure 37
at the pump. 38
1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved in advance by the 39
City. 40
2) To prevent damage to older sewer mains and property, a pressure less than 41
1,500 psi can be used with City approval. 42
3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high 43
pressure water pumps. 44
4) For sewers 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional 45
nozzles, use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the 46
pipe. 47
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Operate the equipment so the pressurized nozzle continues to move at all 1
times. 2
6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is 3
on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 4
2. Mechanical Cleaning 5
a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be 6
with equipment and accessories typically used for this application driven by 7
power winching devices. 8
b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the 9
City, which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. 10
c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators to ensure 11
no damage to the pipe occurs in the process of cleaning. 12
d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other 13
debris-removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and 14
necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. 15
e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, 16
snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in 17
conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled 18
devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. 19
3. Hydraulic Cleaning (pipe flooding) is not allowed. 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 33 1
SANITARY SEWER PIPE BURSTING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements to rehabilitate existing sanitary sewers by the pipe enlargement 6
system, herein called Pipe Bursting (Pipe Bursting/Crushing). 7
a. Sizes range from 6-inch through 20-inch for the new pipe. 8
1) Pipe larger than 20-inch will require City approval. 9
b. The system includes splitting or bursting the existing pipe to install a new high-10
density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and reconnecting existing sewer service 11
connections. 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 19
4. Section 33 05 62 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 20
5. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21
6. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 22
7. Section 33 32 11 – Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Pipe Installation by Pipe Bursting 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 28
line of the manhole or appurtenance of HDPE Pipe installed by Pipe 29
Bursting. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per linear foot for “Pipe Bursting” installed for: 34
a) Various sizes. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Pre-CCTV 38
3) Pavement removal 39
4) Excavation 40
5) Hauling 41
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6) Launching pit 1
7) Receiving pit 2
8) Obstruction removal and disposal 3
9) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 4
10) Disposal of excess material 5
11) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 6
12) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
13) Fittings or couplings if necessary 8
14) Reinstatement of benches/inverts 9
15) Anchoring new pipe and sealing manholes 10
16) Clean-up 11
17) Cleaning 12
18) Testing 13
2. Point Repair 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface following the pipe 16
centerline for the length identified during the Pre-CCTV inspection and 17
directed by the City. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per linear foot for “Sewer Pipe, Point Repair” installed for: 22
a) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 25
2) Pre-CCTV 26
3) Repair clamps or couplings 27
4) Pavement removal 28
5) Excavation 29
6) Hauling 30
7) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 31
8) Disposal of excess material 32
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 33
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34
11) Clean-up 35
12) Cleaning 36
13) Testing 37
3. Service Reinstatement, Pipe Bursting 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured per each service to be reinstated. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 43
unit price bid per each “Service Reinstatement, Pipe Bursting.” 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 46
2) Repair clamps or couplings 47
3) Pre-CCTV 48
4) Pavement removal 49
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Excavation 1
6) Hauling 2
7) Launching pit, if necessary 3
8) Receiving pit, if necessary 4
9) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 5
10) Disposal of excess material 6
11) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 7
12) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
13) Clean-up 9
14) Cleaning 10
15) Testing 11
1.3 REFERENCES 12
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 13
1. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 14
2. CCTV – Closed Circuit Television 15
B. Definitions 16
1. Pipe Bursting/Crushing/Enlargement 17
a. The reconstruction of gravity sewer pipe by installing an approved pipe 18
material by use of a static, hydraulic or pneumatic hammer “moling” device, 19
suitably sized to break out the old pipe or by using a modified boring “knife” 20
with a flared plug that implodes and crushes the existing sewer pipe. 21
b. Forward progress of the "mole" or the "knife" may be aided by the use of 22
hydraulic equipment or other apparatus. 23
c. The replacement pipe is either pulled or pushed into the bore. 24
d. The method allows for replacement of pipe sizes from 6-inches through 20-25
inches and/or upsizing in varying increments up to 20-inches. 26
e. No other Pipe Enlargement system, other than those listed in this Section, is 27
acceptable. 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29
A. Coordination 30
1. Coordinate with City, franchise utilities, etc. as specified in the Drawings. 31
2. Provide advanced notice prior to commencing actual pipe enlargement activities, as 32
specified in the Drawings, in order to allow the City to provide appropriate 33
advanced notice to affected residents. 34
3. Review the location and number of insertion or access pits with the City Inspector 35
prior to excavation. 36
B. Sequencing 37
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan, for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, 38
detailing collection and discharge locations and method of bypass pumping in 39
accordance with Section 33 32 11, prior to the start of construction. 40
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 41
construction. 42
43
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 4
A. Special Procedure Submittals 5
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, in 6
accordance with Section 33 32 11. 7
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 8
construction. 9
B. Submit Contractor and personnel experience records in accordance with this Section 10
1.7 CLOSOUT SUBMITTALS 11
A. Record Documentation 12
1. Provide Post-Construction CCTV inspection reports in accordance with Section 33 13
01 30. 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16
A. Qualifications 17
1. The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Enlargement system 18
manufacturer that such firm is a licensed installer of their system. 19
2. The Contractor shall be able to show that the personnel directly involved with Pipe 20
Enlargement have adequate experience with similar work and shall have performed 21
a minimum of 50,000 feet of successful installation in the United States. 22
B. Pre-construction and Post-Construction Testing 23
1. Inspection and payment for any Pre-Construction CCTV Inspection will be the sole 24
responsibility of the Contractor. 25
2. Provide Post-Construction CCTV Inspection of the pipeline to be replaced and/or 26
enlarged in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 27
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 29
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 30
66 00. 31
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 35
2.2 MATERIALS 36
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. HDPE Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 14. 1
B. Service Saddles/lateral connections in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 2
C. Repair Clamps in accordance with Section 33 14 14. 3
D. Manhole Inverts and Benches requiring replacement in accordance with Section 33 05 4
62. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION 10
A. Verification of Conditions 11
1. Perform Pre-Construction CCTV Inspection of the pipeline to be replaced/enlarged. 12
a. Inspection of the pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained 13
in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by Closed Circuit Color 14
Television. 15
B. Evaluation and Assessment 16
1. Identify, by location, the presence of line obstructions in the existing sewer (heavy 17
solids, dropped joints, protruding service taps, or collapsed pipe) which will prevent 18
completion of the pipe bursting/crushing process and which cannot be removed by 19
conventional sewer cleaning equipment. 20
2. Identify, by location, the presence of sags in the sewer line(s) by the following 21
procedure: 22
a. Perform CCTV inspection. 23
b. Provide CCTV inspection results to the City. 24
c. The City Inspector will review the Pre-CCTV to determine if any excessive 25
sags exist and will inform the Contractor which segments of pipe are to be 26
replaced by point repair. 27
3.3 PREPARATION 28
A. Bypassing Sewage 29
1. Bypass pump sewage in accordance with Section 33 32 11. 30
B. Line Obstructions 31
1. If identified in the CCTV inspection, remove line obstruction. 32
a. Removal of obstruction is considered subsidiary to pipe bursting. 33
C. Point Repairs 34
1. Perform point repair as specified in the Drawings and at the discretion of the City 35
including: 36
1) Pipe replacement 37
2) Digging a sag elimination pit and bringing the bottom of the pipe trench to 38
a uniform grade in line with the existing pipe invert 39
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Site Organization 2
1. Locate insertion or access pits to minimize the total number required and to 3
maximize the length of replacement pipe installed in a single pull. 4
a. Use existing manholes wherever practical. 5
1) Manhole inverts and bottoms may be removed to permit access for 6
installation equipment. 7
2. Locate equipment used to perform the Work away from buildings so as to minimize 8
noise impact. 9
a. Provide silencers or other devices to reduce machine noise as needed in 10
accordance with City noise ordinance. 11
3. Insertion pits shall be of sufficient length to allow the bursting head and new HDPE 12
pipe to enter the host pipe at an angle that will maintain the grade of the existing 13
sanitary sewer. 14
B. Schedule 15
1. Do not begin pipe bursting/enlargement operations if segment cannot be completed 16
before the end of the same work day. 17
C. Finished Pipe 18
1. The installed replacement pipe shall be continuous over the entire length of each 19
pipe segment from manhole to manhole and free from visual defects such as foreign 20
inclusions, concentrated ridges, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, pipe 21
separation, and other deformities. 22
2. Carefully cut out the replacement pipe passing through or terminating in a manhole 23
in manner approved by the City. 24
3. Streamline and improve the manhole invert and benches to ensure smooth flow. 25
4. The installed pipe shall meet the leakage requirements of the pressure test specified 26
herein. 27
D. Pipe Jointing 28
1. Assemble and join sections of HDPE replacement pipe on the job site above 29
ground. 30
2. Use the heating and butt-fusion system for jointing in strict accordance with the 31
manufacturer's printed instructions and in accordance to Section 33 14 14. 32
3. Ensure butt-fusion joints have a smooth, uniform, double rolled back bead made 33
while applying the proper melt, pressure, and alignment. 34
4. Make all joints available for inspection by City prior to insertion. 35
5. Join the replacement pipe on site in appropriate working lengths near the insertion 36
pit. 37
a. Limit the maximum length of continuous replacement pipe assembled above 38
ground and pulled on the job site at any one time to 500 linear feet. 39
6. For situations where the replacement pipe is not pulled all the way to the manhole, 40
utilize a repair clamp to connect segments of the HDPE pipe, as approved by the 41
City. 42
E. New Pipe Installation 43
1. Install new pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 44
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
F. Anchoring New Pipe and Sealing Manholes 1
1. After the new pipe has been installed in the entire length of the sewer section, 2
anchor the pipe at manholes. 3
a. The new pipe shall protrude in the manholes for enough distance to allow 4
sealing and trimming, but not less than 4 inches. 5
2. Wait a minimum of 10 hours after installation before sealing the new pipe at 6
manholes. 7
3. Provide a flexible gasket connector in the manhole wall at the end of the new pipe, 8
centered in the existing manhole wall. 9
4. Grout flexible connector in the manhole, filling all voids the full thickness of the 10
manhole wall. 11
5. Restore manhole bottom and invert if required, in accordance with Section 33 05 12
62. 13
G. Sewer Service Connections 14
1. Install service connections in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 15
H. Rescue 16
1. The cost for rescue of static, hydraulic, or pneumatic hammer “moling” devices or 17
modified boring “knives” that become stuck or excessively buried and require 18
additional excavation to retrieve shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 19
I. Surface Restoration 20
1. Any damage caused to paving structures or any surface fracture resulting from the 21
pipe enlargement shall be repaired or replaced to the same condition, or better, at 22
the expense of the Contractor. 23
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 26
A. Post-Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 27
1. Video Inspection 28
a. Conduct a Post-Construction CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 29
01 30. 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
37
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 34 1
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP) 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 4-inch through 60-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 6
rehabilitation. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 14
4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 15
5. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 16
6. Section 33 32 11 – Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 22
the manhole or appurtenance. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for “CIPP” installed for: 27
a) Various sizes. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Mobilization 30
2) Bypass pumping 31
3) Pre-CCTV 32
4) Furnishing and installing CIPP as specified by the Drawings 33
5) Hauling 34
6) Disposal of excess material 35
7) Clean-up 36
8) Cleaning 37
9) Testing 38
39
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Hydraulic Mechanical Cleaning (Chain Knocking) 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface following the pipe 3
centerline for the length identified during Pre-CCTV inspection and 4
directed by the City. 5
b. Payment 6
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8
price bid per linear foot for “Sewer Pipe, Hydraulic Mechanical Cleaning”. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Mobilization 11
2) Furnishing equipment 12
3) Cleaning 13
4) Disposing of excess material 14
5) Clean-up 15
3. Point Repair 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface following the pipe 18
centerline for the length identified during the Pre-CCTV inspection and 19
directed by the City. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot for “Sewer Pipe, Point Repair” installed for: 24
a) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Pre-CCTV 28
3) Repair clamps or couplings 29
4) Pavement removal 30
5) Excavation 31
6) Hauling 32
7) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 33
8) Disposal of excess material 34
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 35
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 36
11) Clean-up 37
12) Cleaning 38
13) Testing 39
4. Service Reinstatement, CIPP 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each service reconnected. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per each “Service Reinstatement, CIPP”. 46
c. The price bid shall include: 47
1) Mobilization 48
2) Furnishing and installing CIPP as specified by the Drawings 49
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Hauling 1
4) Disposal of excess material 2
5) Clean-up 3
6) Cleaning 4
7) Testing 5
1.3 REFERENCES 6
A. Abbreviations 7
1. CIPP – Cured in Place Pipe 8
2. CCTV – Closed Circuit Television 9
B. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 14
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 15
a. D5813, Standard Specification for Cured-In-Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer 16
Piping Systems. 17
b. F1216, Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits 18
by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube. 19
c. F1743, Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits 20
by Pulled-in-Place Installation of Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe 21
(CIPP). 22
4. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 23
a. 9000, Quality Management System - Fundamentals and Vocabulary. 24
5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 26
A. Coordination 27
1. Coordinate with City, franchise utilities, etc. as specified in the Drawings. 28
2. Provide advanced notice prior to commencing actual lining activities, as specified 29
in the Drawings, in order to allow the City to provide appropriate advanced notice 30
to affected residents. 31
3. Review the location and number of insertion or access pits with the City Inspector 32
prior to excavation. 33
B. Sequencing 34
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan, for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, 35
detailing collection and discharge locations and method of bypass pumping in 36
accordance with Section 33 32 11, prior to the start of construction. 37
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 38
construction. 39
1.5 SUBMITTALS 40
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 41
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 42
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Special Procedure Submittals 2
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, in 3
accordance with Section 33 32 11. 4
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 5
construction. 6
B. Product Data 7
1. Flexible Liner (tube) 8
a. Tabular summary by sewer segment noting required CIPP thickness per section 9
2. Resin 10
a. Technical data sheet showing physical and chemical properties 11
b. Test results of chemical resistance testing performed by resin manufacturer 12
C. Shop Drawings 13
1. Provide calculations to support CIPP design thickness after curing. List the 14
following criteria used for the calculations: 15
a. Assumed host pipe condition 16
b. Ground water table elevation 17
c. Depth of cover at deepest location 18
d. Modulus of soil stiffness 19
e. Long term modulus of elasticity 20
f. Live loading 21
g. Factor of safety against buckling 22
h. Assumed pipe ovality 23
D. Certificates 24
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all CIPP is in accordance with all applicable ASTM 25
standards and this Section. 26
E. Source Quality Control Submittals 27
1. Manufacturer to provide third party test results supporting the long-term 28
performance and structural strength of the pipe being manufactured 29
F. Submit Contractor and personnel experience records in accordance with Article 1.9. 30
G. Submit manufacturer and installer certifications in accordance with Article 1.9. 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 34
A. Qualifications 35
1. Manufacturing and Installation 36
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 37
b. Liner manufacturing operations shall be performed at 1 location. 38
c. The pipe manufacturer shall: 39
1) Have performed a minimum of 50,000 feet of successful installation in the 40
United States 41
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. All pipe furnished and installed shall be in conformance with ASTM D5813 and 1
F1216 (8-inch through 60-inch). 2
B. Certifications 3
1. Manufacturing 4
a. Operate pipe manufacturing under a quality management system certified by 5
third party ISO 9000. Provide proof of certification upon request. 6
2. Installation 7
a. If the installer is not also the manufacturer, then installer must provide 8
certification from the manufacturer stating he/she is licensed and fully trained 9
as an installer of the product upon request. 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 12
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13
66 00. 14
2. Follow manufacturer’s recommendation on all storage and handling requirements. 15
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 20
A. General 21
1. All pipe furnished and installed shall be in conformance with ASTM D5813 and 22
F1216 (8-inch through 60-inch). 23
B. Performance / Design Criteria 24
1. Liner (tube) 25
a. Design liner for a 50-year service life under continuous loading conditions. 26
b. Consider no bonding to the original pipe wall. 27
c. Base design on a fully deteriorated host pipe condition as defined in 28
ASTM F1216. 29
1) Partially deteriorated design is not permitted. 30
d. Calculate wall thickness per ASTM F1216 Appendix X1. 31
1) Assume the following values for the design: 32
a) Safety Factor (N) = 2.0 33
b) Ovality (C) = 5 percent 34
c) Enhancement Factor (K) = 7.0 35
d) Groundwater Depth (Hw) = at proposed ground surface, feet 36
e) Soil Depth (H) = per Drawings, feet 37
f) Soil Modulus (E’) = 1,000, psi 38
g) Soil Density (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 39
h) Live Load = ASSHTO HS 20 40
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) The minimum allowable wall thickness for fiberglass liner is 2.8 1
millimeters and can be increased as necessary to meet ASTM F1216 2
Appendix X1 design formula. 3
3) The minimum allowable wall thickness for felt liner is 6.0 millimeters and 4
can be increased as necessary to meet ASTM F1216 Appendix X1 design 5
formula. 6
4) Fiberglass or felt products below the stated minimum wall thickness will 7
not be allowed under any circumstances. 8
C. Materials 9
1. Liner (tube) 10
a. The liner consists of absorbent non-woven felt or seamless spirally wound glass 11
fiber. 12
b. Construct liner to withstand installation pressures, have sufficient strength to 13
bridge missing pipe, and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections. 14
c. The wet-out liner shall have a relatively uniform thickness that, when 15
compressed at installation pressures, will equal or exceed the calculated 16
minimum design CIPP wall thickness. 17
d. Manufacture liner to a size sufficient to tightly fit the internal circumference 18
and length of the original pipe. Make allowance for circumferential stretching 19
during construction. 20
e. Manufacture to length necessary to fully span the distance between manholes. 21
Include sufficient amount of material for sealing at manholes and product 22
sample, if required. 23
f. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a 24
light reflective color so a clear, detailed examination with CCTV inspection per 25
Section 33 01 30 can be made. 26
2. Resin 27
a. The resin system will be manufactured by an approved company selected by the 28
CIPP liner manufacturer. Provide documentation of approval, if requested. 29
b. The resin system shall be corrosion resistant polyester or vinyl ester system 30
including all required catalysts and initiators to create a composite system in 31
accordance with the requirements of ASTM F1216, ASTM D5813, and ASTM 32
F1743. 33
c. Produce a proper CIPP system resistant to abrasion caused by solid, grit, or 34
sand. 35
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 36
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
41
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Inspection 2
1. Prior to installation, conduct an inspection of the existing pipe identified for 3
rehabilitation along with surrounding job site conditions. 4
2. Complete a Pre-CCTV inspection. 5
3. Observe flows at different times of the date to determine or verify flow conditions 6
in preparation for bypass pumping. 7
4. Verify accessibility conditions and coordinate with city regarding easement access 8
and limitations. 9
5. Confirm full circumference of the host pipe prior to lining to ensure the pipe can be 10
rehabilitated without compromising the CIPP system. 11
B. Host Pipe Preparation 12
1. Clean pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 13
2. Inspect pipe in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 14
3. Prepare for bypass pumping in accordance with Section 33 32 11. 15
4. If host pipe is severely tuberculated, perform hydraulic mechanical cleaning (chain 16
knocking). 17
C. Liner (tube) Preparation 18
1. Resin Impregnation 19
a. Impregnate the liner in a saturation facility where the environment can be 20
consistently controlled. 21
b. Use sufficient quantity of resin to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with 22
additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the potential loss of 23
resin during installation through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe 24
wall. 25
c. Vacuum impregnate the resin utilizing a motorized pinch roller to set proper 26
thickness. 27
2. If transported to the site, refrigerate as necessary to maintain stable environment for 28
the impregnated liner. 29
3.4 INSTALLATION 30
A. Safety 31
1. Carry out operation in accordance with all OSHA and manufacturer safety 32
requirements including, but not limited to, safety requirements involving confined 33
space entry. 34
B. Liner installation 35
1. The impregnated liner can be placed in the pipe by either direct inversion or the pull 36
in place method. 37
2. Direct inversion installation in accordance with ASTM F1216. 38
3. Pulled in place installation in accordance with ASTM F1743. 39
4. The finished CIPP should be continuous over the entire length of the run and be 40
smooth and free from substantial wrinkles, as well as defects and improper service 41
connections. 42
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Curing 1
1. Curing of the CIPP may be done by water, steam or Ultra Violet (UV) light source, 2
depending on the liner type and resin. Each method must follow the 3
recommendation of the manufacturer. 4
2. Place a sufficient amount of temperature and/or monitoring gauges within the 5
system to insure curing throughout the liner is consistent and uniform. A minimum 6
of 2 gauges are required, 1 at each end of the liner. 7
3. Upon completion of the curing process provide the City with the monitoring data. 8
D. Reinstatement of lateral connections 9
1. After the liner pipe is cured in place have the lateral connections reinstated within 10
18 hours. 11
2. Reinstate the service by cutting the liner from the inside of the pipe. For small 12
diameter pipe a remote operated cutting device may be used. For larger pipe the 13
liner may be cut by hand. 14
3. An internal cut is considered acceptable if the bottom 1/3 of the opening matches 15
the existing tap invert, there are no jagged edges and a minimum of 95 percent of 16
the tap opening is restored. 17
4. Blind holes, over cutting and holes that miss the tap must be repaired to the 18
satisfaction of the City. 19
5. If additional work is required to restore the lateral connection outside of the pipe 20
follow the requirements of Section 33 31 16. 21
3.5 REPAIR 22
A. If the CIPP is deemed unacceptable by the City, provide a method of repair or 23
replacement for review and approval by the City. 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26
A. Field Tests and Inspections 27
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 28
a. Perform a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 29
2. The inspection must be completed and the quality of installation must be acceptable 30
to the City prior to restoring services. 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING 34
A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 35
1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 36
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 37
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 38
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 39
33 01 34
CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP)
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 01 40 1
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Application of a lining system to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 6
station wet wells, junction boxes, or other concrete facilities that may require 7
protection from corrosive materials. 8
a. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary sewer structures and newly 9
installed sanitary sewer structures. 10
2. Structures to be lined include all force main discharge manholes, pre-cast manholes, 11
junction structures, lift station wet wells, the manhole preceding a wet well, and any 12
other manhole or structure as specified in the Drawings. 13
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Manholes 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per vertical foot of lining, as measured from the benching to the 23
bottom of the grade rings for new Cast-in-Place manhole installation and 24
from the benching to the bottom of the frame for all types of manhole 25
rehabilitations. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per vertical foot of “Manhole Liner” applied for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal of roots 34
2) Removal of existing liner 35
3) Eliminating any leaks 36
4) Removal of steps 37
5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 38
6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 39
bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 40
7) Surface cleaning and preparation 41
8) Furnishing and installing liner as specified by the Drawings 42
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Hauling 1
10) Disposal of excess material 2
11) Site Clean-up 3
12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 4
13) Testing 5
2. New Precast Concrete Manholes 6
a. Measurement 7
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Precast Concrete Manhole 8
installation. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each Precast Concrete Manhole, and 12
per vertical foot of extra depth Precast Concrete Manhole installed. 13
3. Non-Manhole Structures 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per square foot of area where the liner is applied. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per square foot of “Structure Liner” applied. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Removal of roots 22
2) Removal of existing liner 23
3) Eliminating any leaks 24
4) Removal of steps 25
5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 26
6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 27
bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 28
7) Surface cleaning and preparation 29
8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 30
9) Lining of wet well floor in new applications only 31
10) Hauling 32
11) Disposal of excess material 33
12) Site Clean-up 34
13) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 35
14) Testing 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Definitions 38
1. Lining and coating may be used interchangeably. 39
B. Reference Standards 40
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42
unless a date is specifically cited. 43
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 44
a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 45
Reagents. 46
b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 47
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 1
d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 2
Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 3
e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 4
the Taber Abraser. 5
f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 6
Gages. 7
3. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 8
a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. 9
b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 10
Conductive Substrates. 11
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 12
A. Sequencing 13
1. All paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 14
pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. 15
2. After liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 16
liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21
A. Product Data 22
1. Technical data sheet on each product used. 23
2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used. 24
3. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be top-coated 25
with the lining product including application, cure time, and surface preparation 26
procedures. 27
4. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This applies to 28
repair work on both existing structures, manholes, and newly installed manholes 29
(including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, voids, signs of 30
infiltration, other structural defects, or other related construction damage. 31
B. Certification 32
1. Current documentation from lining product manufacturer certifying Contractor’s 33
training (and/or licensure) as an approved installer and equipment compliance with 34
the Quality Assurance requirements. 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 36
A. Testing Documentation 37
1. Provide test results required in Article 3.7 to City. 38
a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 39
1) Station number. 40
2) GIS ID number, if provided during construction. 41
b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested. 42
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
A. Qualifications 3
1. Contractor 4
a. Trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the lining product 5
manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application, and inspection of the lining 6
product(s) to be used. 7
b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the lining 8
product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 9
standards. 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 12
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13
66 00. 14
2. Keep materials dry, protected from weather, and stored under cover. 15
3. Store lining materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 16
4. Do not store near flame, heat, or strong oxidants. 17
5. Handle lining materials according to their material safety data sheets. 18
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 19
A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion, and/or bypass plans as necessary to 20
perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 21
required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Manufacturer List 28
a. SprayWall by Sprayroq, Inc. 29
b. SpectraShield 30
B. Repair and Resurfacing Products 31
1. Compatible with the specified lining product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 32
forming a composite system 33
2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 34
3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 35
a. 100 percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 36
top coating compatibility 37
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-shrink 1
repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 2
specifically formulated to be suitable for top coating with the specified lining 3
product used 4
C. Lining Product 5
1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or other concrete 6
structure. 7
2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 8
sanitary sewer systems, and capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 9
substrates. 10
D. 100 Percent Solids, Rigid, Ultra High-build Polyurethane Lining System: 11
1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 12
2. Thickness – 125 mils minimum for newly installed structures. 13
3. Color – Beige 14
4. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D695 – 19,000 psi minimum 15
5. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D638 – 7,400 psi minimum 16
6. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 90 minimum 17
7. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel – 17.7 mg 18
loss maximum 19
8. Flexural Modulus, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 529,000 psi minimum 20
9. Flexural Strength, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 14,000 psi minimum 21
10. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 22
Substrate (concrete) failure 23
11. Chemical Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D543/G20, all types of service for: 24
a. Municipal sanitary sewer environment 25
b. Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 26
c. Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 27
E. Multi-layer Modified Polyurea and Polyurethane Lining System: 28
1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 29
2. Thickness – SpectraSheild, 500 mils minimum 30
3. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 31
a. Color – Pink 32
b. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 2550 psi minimum 33
c. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D2240 – 56 minimum 34
d. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 – 20 mg loss maximum 35
e. Percent Elongation, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 269 36
4. Surfacer 37
a. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D1621 – 100 psi minimum 38
b. Density, in accordance with ASTM D1622 – 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 39
c. Shear Strength, in accordance with ASTM C273 – 230 psi minimum 40
d. Closed Cell Content, in accordance with ASTM D1940 – >95% 41
F. Lining Application Equipment 42
1. Manufacturer approved, heated, plural component spray equipment. 43
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Hard to reach areas, primer application, and touch-up may be performed using hand 1
tools. 2
3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment adequate in size, capacity, and 3
number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS 8
A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 9
shall use adequate number of skilled, trained, experienced workmen for the approved 10
product. 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION 13
A. Manhole Preparation 14
1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging, or diverting as required to ensure all 15
liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 16
2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 17
3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 18
source. 19
a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, lining installation should be 20
scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 21
B. Surface Preparation 22
1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing linings, waxes, form release, 23
curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 24
affect the performance and adhesion of the lining to the substrate. 25
2. Remove any steps found in the structure. 26
3. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack, or other 27
means of degradation so only sound substrate remains. 28
4. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, to be used are high 29
pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, shotblasting, 30
grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting, and others in 31
accordance with SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6. 32
5. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 33
clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified lining product. 34
6. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 35
rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. 36
7. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 37
with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 38
methods approved by the Manufacturer. 39
a. All new rebar shall be embedded in 1 1/2-inch epoxy mastic. 40
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Replace/seal connection between existing frame and chimney if found loose or 1
not attached. 2
3.4 INSTALLATION 3
A. General 4
1. Perform lining after the sewer line installation/repairs, grade adjustments, and 5
grouting are complete. 6
2. Perform application procedures in accordance with the recommendations of the 7
lining product manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, 8
mixing, and application. 9
B. Temperature 10
1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 11
2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 12
hours after application. 13
C. Lining 14
1. Spray apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation at a minimum 15
film thickness as noted in Section 2.2. 16
2. Apply lining from and including the bench to the bottom of the grade rings for new 17
installations and to the bottom of the frame for rehab projects. 18
3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at a 19
minimum the same thickness as the walls. 20
4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product’s recoat window. 21
a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 22
5. Allow a minimum of 3 hours of cure time or be hard to touch before reactivating 23
flow. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 28
application. 29
B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero. 30
C. All pipe connections shall be open and clear. 31
D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 32
delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 33
according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 34
E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged, and coated immediately with 35
protective epoxy resin lining. 36
1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 37
F. Lining Thickness Testing 38
39
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Wet Film Thickness Testing 1
a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements in accordance with ASTM D4414 2
at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 3
on the bench. 4
1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 5
2. Thickness Testing for modified polymer liner system 6
a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier, insert probe into substrate for 7
depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 8
equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 9
1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 10
G. Post Installation Lining Tests 11
1. Holiday Detection Testing 12
a. Holiday Detection test the liner in accordance with NACE SP0188. Mark all 13
detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer’s 14
recommendations. 15
1) Document and attest all test results and repairs made, and provide to the 16
City. 17
2) Contractor shall mark any location that shows a spark or potential for a 18
pinhole and repair these locations in accordance with manufacturer 19
recommendations. 20
H. Non-Conforming Work 21
1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 22
a. City will select testing locations. 23
2. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 31
END OF SECTION 32
33
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
34
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 33 01 50 1
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2
GRADE 3
4
PART 1 - GENERAL 5
1.1 SUMMARY 6
A. Section Includes: 7
1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 8
stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 18
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 19
7. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 20
8. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 21
9. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 22
10. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 23
11. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24
12. Section 33 14 40 – Fire Hydrants. 25
13. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 26
14. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 27
15. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 28
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29
A. Measurement and Payment 30
1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade 33
specified in the Drawings. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Minor” completed. 38
39
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Pavement removal 2
2) Excavation 3
3) Hauling 4
4) Disposal of excess material 5
5) Grade rings 6
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 8
8) Concrete base material 9
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10
10) Clean-up 11
2. Manhole – Major Adjustment 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and 14
requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings. 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major” completed. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Pavement removal 21
2) Excavation 22
3) Hauling 23
4) Disposal of excess material 24
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 25
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 26
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 27
8) Concrete base material 28
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 29
10) Clean-up 30
3. Manhole – Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring 33
structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in 34
the Drawings. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover” 39
completed. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Pavement removal 42
2) Excavation 43
3) Hauling 44
4) Disposal of excess material 45
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 46
6) Frame and cover 47
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 48
8) Concrete base material 49
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 1
10) Clean-up 2
4. Inlet Adjustment 3
a. Measurement 4
1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications 5
to the grade specified in the Drawings. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment” completed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Pavement removal 12
2) Excavation 13
3) Hauling 14
4) Disposal of excess material 15
5) Structural modifications 16
6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable) 17
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 18
8) Concrete base material, as required 19
9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 20
required 21
10) Clean-up 22
5. Valve Box Adjustment 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment” completed. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Pavement removal 32
2) Excavation 33
3) Hauling 34
4) Disposal of excess material 35
5) Adjustment device 36
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 37
7) Concrete base material, as required 38
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 39
required 40
9) Clean-up 41
6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the 44
grade specified in the Drawings. 45
46
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment” 4
completed. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Pavement removal 7
2) Excavation 8
3) Hauling 9
4) Disposal of excess material 10
5) Adjustment device 11
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 12
7) Concrete base material, as required 13
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 14
required 15
9) Clean-up 16
7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to 19
the grade specified in the Drawings. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem Extension” completed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Pavement removal 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Hauling 28
4) Disposal of excess material 29
5) Adjustment materials 30
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 31
7) Concrete base material, as required 32
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 33
required 34
9) Clean-up 35
8. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each structure adjustment requiring structural modifications 38
to the grade specified in the Drawings. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42
price bid per each “Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment” completed. 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Pavement removal 45
2) Excavation 46
3) Hauling 47
4) Disposal of excess material 48
5) Structural Modifications 49
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 1
7) Concrete base material 2
8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 3
9) Clean-up 4
1.3 REFERENCES 5
A. Abbreviations 6
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 7
B. Definitions 8
1. Minor Adjustment 9
a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing 10
manhole which does not require structural modifications. 11
2. Major Adjustment 12
a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an 13
existing manhole which requires structural modification. 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 27
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00 28
B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 29
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13 30
C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 31
1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00 32
33
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
D. Grade Rings 1
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 2
E. Frame and Cover 3
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 4
F. Backfill material 5
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05 6
G. Water valve box extension 7
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20 8
H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 9
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40 10
I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 11
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61 12
J. Precast Concrete Manholes 13
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62 14
K. Fiberglass Manholes 15
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION 21
A. Verification of Conditions 22
1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect 23
grade adjustment. 24
a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 25
3.3 PREPARATION 26
A. Grade Verification 27
1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 28
with field measurements. 29
a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning 30
adjustment. 31
3.4 ADJUSTMENT 32
A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 33
1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies 34
with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies. 35
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to 1
prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments. 2
a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom. 3
3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 4
a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more 5
than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings. 6
b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary. 7
1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings. 8
c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be 9
considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to 10
existing structure to accommodate this requirement. 11
B. Valve Boxes 12
1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown 13
on the Drawings. 14
C. Fire Hydrants 15
1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet. 16
2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete 17
replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40. 18
D. Backfill and Grading 19
1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section 20
33 05 05. 21
E. Pavement Repair 22
1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or 23
Section 32 01 29. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33
34
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 05 02
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 02 1
WATER LINE LOWERING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Locations where existing water lines are crossed by a new storm sewer, sanitary 6
sewer, or water transmission main and the existing water line is to be lowered under 7
proposed improvement without a design profile provided in the Drawings 8
2. Locations where a new water line is installed and crosses an existing underground 9
conflict which requires the water line to be lowered greater than two feet below the 10
standard depth and has not been detailed in the Drawings 11
3. Water lines 12-inch and larger are excluded from this Section and should be 12
specifically designed for lowering and paid for by unit price items 13
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 16
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 17
Contract. 18
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 19
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 20
4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 21
5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 22
6. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Water Line Lowering 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each by size of each Water Line 28
Lowering performed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 31
item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Line Lowering” 32
installed for: 33
a) Various Sizes. 34
b) Various Materials. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron or PVC Pipe and Ductile Iron 37
Fittings 38
2) Polyethylene encasement 39
3) Paving removal 40
4) Excavation 41
33 05 02
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Hauling 1
6) Disposal of excess material 2
7) Furnishing and placement of embedment 3
8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 4
9) Thrust restraint 5
10) Bolts and nuts 6
11) Gaskets 7
12) Clean-up 8
13) Cleaning 9
14) Disinfection 10
15) Testing 11
16) Connections to the existing water line 12
1.3 REFERENCES 13
A. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. Texas Administration Code: 18
a. Chapter 290, (30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 26
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 31
A. Materials 32
1. If existing pipe material is ductile iron, use ductile iron pipe in accordance with this 33
Section. For all other pipe materials, use PVC in accordance with this Section. 34
2. When crossing under storm drain pipe 24-in and larger, use ductile iron pipe in 35
accordance with this Section. 36
33 05 02
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. When crossing under sanitary sewer, use ductile iron pipe in accordance with this 1
Section. 2
4. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 3
5. Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 4
10. 5
6. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 6
11. 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION 12
A. Evaluation and Assessment 13
1. Verify elevation of conflict which requires the water line to be relocated. 14
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. General 17
1. Water lines lowered to resolve conflicts between the water line and a proposed 18
utility shall be lowered to maintain a 2-foot separation between the outside 19
diameters of the water line and the other buried utilities. 20
a. When approved by the City, the separation may be reduced to 12-inches. 21
B. Water Lines Crossing Sanitary Sewer 22
a. Water lines crossing sanitary sewer shall be in accordance with Chapter 290, 23
(30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water and with Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), 24
Design Criteria for Sewerage System, no exceptions will be made. 25
C. Water Lines Crossing under Storm Drains 26
1. Water lines crossing less than 2 feet below storm drains shall be constructed of 27
Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 28
D. Install Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 29
E. Install Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 30
F. Install Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 11. 31
G. Disinfect and test water line in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 32
H. Complete connections to existing water mains in accordance with Section 33 14 25. 33
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
36
33 05 02
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1
A. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 2
1. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING 6
A. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 7
1. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 8
Section 33 01 10. 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 05 1
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill for: 6
a. Pressure Applications 7
1) Water Distribution Mains 8
2) Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 9
3) Reclaimed Water Mains 10
b. Gravity Applications 11
1) Sanitary Sewer Gravity Mains 12
2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 13
3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 14
2. Including: 15
a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 16
b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 17
c. Site specific trench safety 18
d. Pumping and dewatering 19
e. Clay Dams 20
f. Embedment 21
g. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22
h. Backfill 23
i. Compaction 24
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 25
1. None. 26
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 27
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28
Contract. 29
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 30
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 31
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 32
5. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 33
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 34
7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 35
8. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 36
9. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 37
10. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 38
11. Division 34 - Transportation. 39
40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
A. Measurement and Payment 2
1. Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill associated with the installation of an 3
underground utility 4
a. Measurement 5
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 9
2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill” per plan 16
quantity for: 17
a) Various embedment/backfill materials. 18
c. The price bid shall include 19
1) Furnishing of backfill or embedment in accordance with this Section 20
2) Hauling to the Site 21
3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 22
3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per 29
plan quantity. 30
c. The price bid shall include 31
1) Furnishing, hauling, placing, and finishing concrete in accordance with 32
Section 03 30 00 33
2) Clean-up 34
4. Groundwater Control 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a groundwater control plan is 37
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 38
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Groundwater Control”. 42
43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
a) Submittals 2
b) Additional Testing 3
c) Groundwater control system installation 4
d) Groundwater control system operations and maintenance 5
e) Disposal of water 6
f) Removal of groundwater control system 7
5. Clay Dams 8
a. Measurement 9
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed where indicated 10
in the Drawings. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 14
6. Trench Safety 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 17
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 18
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health Regulations for Construction). 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 23
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health 24
Regulations for Construction). 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Submittals 27
2) Conformance with trench safety plan 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Abbreviations 30
1. CSS – Cement Stabilized Sand 31
2. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 32
B. Definitions 33
1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 34
ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 35
noted. 36
37
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 1
haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone, and foundation are defined as shown in 2
the following schematic: 3
4
3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts, and organic 5
material 6
4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 7
or the trench foundation 8
5. Final Backfill Depth 9
a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 10
initial backfill to the surface 11
b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 12
initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 13
C. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. ASTM Standards: 18
a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 19
b. C40, Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for 20
Concrete. 21
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium 1
Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. 2
d. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 3
e. C123, Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate. 4
f. C131, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 5
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 6
g. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 7
h. C142, Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in 8
Aggregates. 9
i. D448, Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge 10
Construction. 11
j. C535, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size 12
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 13
k. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 14
Stand and Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 15
l. D1632, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression 16
and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 17
m. D1633, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-18
Cement Cylinders. 19
n. D1556, Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by 20
Sand Cone Method. 21
o. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 22
(Unified Soil Classification System). 23
p. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 24
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 25
q. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity 26
Index of Soils. 27
3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 28
a. 29 CFR, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P: 29
Excavations. 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Coordination 32
1. Utility Company Notification 33
a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 34
and holidays, before starting excavation. 35
b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 36
work. 37
B. Sequencing 38
1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 39
and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 40
2. Sequence work such that Proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 41
prior to commencement of construction activities. 42
C. Excavation Protection 43
1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 44
standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 45
Construction). 46
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 1
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 2
accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 4
that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 5
federal law. 6
b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 7
under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 8
3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 9
be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 10
4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 11
requirements. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals 17
1. Designated storage area affidavit for storage on private property, if applicable. 18
B. Shop Drawings 19
1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for groundwater and surface water 20
control, if required. 21
2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Article 1.4. 22
3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 23
a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 24
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 25
easement. 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 27
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 28
1. All test reports generated during testing. 29
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Storage Requirements 33
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34
66 00. 35
2. Within Existing Rights-of-way (ROW) 36
a. Spoils and imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 37
existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction easements, unless 38
specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents or the City’s Right-of-Way 39
Ordinance. 40
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 41
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 1
d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 2
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 3
landscaped areas. 4
3. Designated Storage Areas 5
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 6
backfill materials within the ROW, easement, or temporary construction 7
easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 8
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 9
private property. 10
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 11
d. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 12
e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 13
zone. 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 15
A. Existing Conditions 16
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 17
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 18
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 19
for interpretations or conclusions drawn by the Contractor, in accordance with 20
Section 00 72 00. 21
a. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Materials 27
1. Utility Sand 28
a. Granular and free flowing 29
b. Generally, meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 2 of 30
ASTM C33 for fine aggregate 31
c. Reasonably free of organic material 32
d. Gradation tested in accordance with ASTM C136: 33
Sieve Size Percent Retained
1 inch 0
3/8 inch 0-10
#30 40-75
#100 95
2. Crushed Rock 34
a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 35
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 36
c. May be unwashed 37
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 38
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 1
or C535 2
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 3
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 4
3. Pea Gravel 5
a. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles 6
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size number 8 7
4. Fine Crushed Rock (Chat) 8
a. Durable crushed rock 9
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 10
c. May be unwashed 11
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 12
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 13
or C535 14
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 15
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 16
5. Ballast Stone 17
a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 18
b. May be unwashed 19
c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 20
d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 21
e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 22
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 23
6. Native Backfill Material 24
a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with 25
ASTM D2487 26
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics 27
c. Free from voids 28
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 29
7. Blended Backfill Material 30
a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 31
b. Blended with in-situ or imported backfill material in accordance with the 32
requirements of Native Backfill Material 33
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 34
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 35
8. Unacceptable Backfill Material 36
a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 37
D2487 38
9. Select Fill 39
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 40
b. Liquid limit less than 35 41
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 42
10. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 43
a. Sand 44
1) Clean and durable, in accordance with grading requirements for fine 45
aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 46
a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 47
of ASTM D2487 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Deleterious materials 1
(1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 2
(2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 3
(3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 4
color 5
(4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 6
D4318. 7
b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 8
c. Water 9
1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 10
deleterious substances, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 11
d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch, or continuous mixing plant. 12
e. Strength 13
1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 14
D1633, Method A 15
2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 16
D1633, Method A 17
3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. 18
a) Backfill that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be 19
removed by the Contractor for no additional compensation. 20
f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 21
delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 22
prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 23
11. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 24
a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 25
12. Trench Geotextile Fabric 26
a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 27
1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 28
2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 29
3) Inert to biological degradation 30
4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 31
5) UV Resistant 32
6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 33
b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 34
1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 35
2) 8 to10 percent open area 36
3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 37
4) Inert to biological degradation 38
5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 39
6) UV Resistant 40
7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 41
13. Concrete Encasement 42
a. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 43
14. Clay Dam 44
a. Provide clay (SC, CL, or CH) with a plasticity index of no less than 18. 45
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION 5
A. Verification of Conditions 6
1. Review all known, identified, or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 7
excavation. 8
2. Locate and protect all known, identified, or marked utilities or underground 9
facilities as excavation progresses. 10
3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 11
excavation. 12
4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 13
approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 14
observed within the project limits. 15
5. Coordinate with the owner(s) of underground facilities. 16
6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 17
from construction activities. 18
7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 19
B. Differing Site Conditions 20
1. Notify the City immediately of any differing site condition in accordance with 21
Section 00 72 00. 22
3.3 PREPARATION 23
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 24
1. Pavement 25
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 26
designated to remain. 27
1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 28
roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 29
damage. 30
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 31
Contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 32
cost to the City. 33
2. Drainage 34
a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 35
swales and culverts affected by construction. 36
3. Trees 37
a. When operating outside of existing right-of-way (ROW), stake permanent and 38
temporary construction easements. 39
b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 1
00. 2
d. Conduct excavation, embedment, and backfill in a manner such that there is no 3
damage to the tree canopy. 4
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 5
specifically allowed by the City. 6
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 7
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 8
f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 9
accordance with Section 31 10 00. 10
4. Above ground Structures 11
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 12
b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 13
accordance with Sections 02 41 13, 02 41 15, and 31 10 00. 14
5. Traffic 15
a. Maintain existing traffic in accordance with Division 34, except as modified by 16
the traffic control plan. 17
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 18
1) Alternative access has been provided; 19
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident; 20
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan. 21
c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 22
6. Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 23
a. Notify the City a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation that could 24
impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. 25
b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit, 26
and detector loops. 27
c. Notify the City immediately of damage to any component of the traffic signal 28
due to the construction activities. 29
d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 30
cabinets, conduit, and detector loops as a result of the construction activities in 31
accordance with Division 34. 32
7. Fences 33
a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 34
b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 35
3.4 INSTALLATION 36
A. Excavation 37
1. Excavate to the depth indicated on the Drawings. 38
2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 39
granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 40
3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 41
and bracing in accordance with the Trench Safety Plan. 42
4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 43
a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 44
for a firm trench bottom. 45
b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 46
bedding. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or City, the limits of the excavation 1
shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so the trench may be backfilled in the 2
same day. 3
B. Over Excavation 4
1. Fill over excavated areas with bedding material specified for pipe installation. 5
2. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 6
material. 7
C. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 8
1. Separate in-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material from acceptable 9
backfill materials. 10
2. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 11
Section, store material in a suitable location until the material is blended. 12
3. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 13
blended or modified. 14
D. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 15
1. Furnish, install, and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the Trench 16
Safety Plan and as required by Federal, State, or local safety requirements. 17
2. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 18
Trench Safety Plan, engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas 19
to modify the Trench Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the City. 20
3. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Trench Safety 21
System in quantities of sufficient amount to adversely affect the suitability of the 22
Trench Protection System. 23
4. Movable bracing, shoring plates, or trench boxes used to support the sides of the 24
trench excavation shall not: 25
a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower, 26
b. Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Trench Protection System is removed, 27
or 28
c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 29
the pipe and in the haunching. 30
E. Water Control 31
1. Surface Water 32
a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 33
direct surface water away from the excavation. 34
2. Groundwater 35
a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater groundwater by a method which 36
preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 37
b. Do not allow submergence of pipe within 24 hours after placement. 38
c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 39
d. Engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas to prepare a 40
Groundwater Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 41
1) A Groundwater Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 42
Documents 43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) If in the sole judgment of the City, groundwater is so severe that an 1
Engineered Groundwater Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 2
the installation of the pipe. Such situations may include, but are not limited 3
to: 4
a) Groundwater levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below the 5
top of the bedding. 6
b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to groundwater. 7
c) Groundwater entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 8
excavation. 9
d) Groundwater entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 10
quantities of soils through the Trench Safety System. 11
e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Groundwater Control Plan and the 12
City requires an Engineered Groundwater Control Plan due to conditions 13
discovered at the site, the Contractor will be eligible to submit a Contract 14
Claim. 15
f. Control of groundwater shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 16
1) No Groundwater Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 17
Contract Documents. 18
g. Groundwater Control Plan installation, operation, and maintenance 19
1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate, and 20
maintain the Groundwater Control Plan. 21
2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all groundwater control 22
equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 23
h. Water Disposal 24
1) Dispose of groundwater in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 25
2) Do not discharge groundwater onto or across private property without 26
written permission. 27
3) Permission from City is required prior to disposal into the sanitary sewer 28
system. 29
4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State, or local regulations. 30
F. Embedment and Pipe Placement 31
1. Water Lines less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 32
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 33
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 34
c. If groundwater is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, use crushed 35
rock, fine crushed rock, or pea gravel as embedment. 36
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 37
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 38
f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 39
g. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the pipe. 40
h. Where gate valves are present, extend initial backfill to 6 inches above the 41
elevation of the valve nut. 42
i. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 43
Drawings. 44
j. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 45
k. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 46
Section 33 05 97. 47
2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 48
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Use crushed rock or fine crushed rock for embedment. 1
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 2
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 3
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 4
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 5
f. The pipe line shall be within: 6
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings 7
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 8
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 9
h. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 10
pipe. 11
i. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 12
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 13
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 14
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 15
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 16
l. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 17
Section 33 05 97. 18
3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter (non-HDPE): 19
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 20
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 21
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 22
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 23
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 24
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 25
f. The pipe line shall be within: 26
1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings 27
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 28
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 29
h. For steel pipe, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to 30
compaction. 31
i. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 32
pipe. 33
j. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 34
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 35
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 36
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 37
l. Wrap trench geotextile fabric around entirety of pipe embedment. 38
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 39
Section 33 05 97. 40
4. HDPE Pipe (All Uses), Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe (All Materials), and Force 41
Mains (All Materials) by Open Cut: 42
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 43
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 44
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 45
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 46
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 47
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 48
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 1
g. The pipe line shall be within: 2
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 24-inch and smaller water 3
lines and force mains 4
2) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 5
and force mains 6
3) ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and consistent with the grade shown on the 7
Drawings for gravity sanitary sewer. 8
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 9
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 10
i. For lines 30 inches and greater in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed 11
the spring line prior to compaction. 12
j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 13
pipe. 14
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 15
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 16
l. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 17
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 18
Section 33 05 97. 19
5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 20
a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 21
material. 22
b. Use crushed rock for embedment up to the spring line. 23
c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 24
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 25
e. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 26
storm sewer pipe line. 27
f. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 28
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 29
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 30
h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with 31
the grade shown on the Drawings. 32
i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 33
1) Place embedment to ensure adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 34
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 35
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 36
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 37
6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 38
a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 39
b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 40
1) Crushed rock, or 41
2) Native backfill material compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard 42
Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698 43
c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 44
d. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 45
storm sewer pipe line. 46
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the box. 47
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM in 1
accordance with 03 34 13. 2
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 3
h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with the 4
grade shown on the Drawings. 5
i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 6
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 7
7. Water Services (2 inches and smaller in Diameter) 8
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 9
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 10
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 11
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 1 inch below the service line. 12
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 13
f. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 1-inch minimum 14
above the service line. 15
g. Compact the initial backfill. 16
8. Sanitary Sewer Services 17
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 18
b. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 19
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 20
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 21
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 22
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding, a minimum of 2 inches below the service line. 23
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 24
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 25
g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 2 inches above the 26
service line. 27
h. Compact the initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor 28
density in accordance with ASTM D698. 29
G. Trench Backfill 30
1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 31
and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 32
pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 33
a. Meeting the requirements of this Section does not relieve the responsibility to 34
damages associated with the Work. 35
2. Backfill Material 36
a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet 37
1) Backfill with: 38
a) Native backfill material, 39
b) Blended backfill material, or 40
c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 41
b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 42
1) Backfill depth from 0 to15 feet deep 43
a) Backfill with: 44
(1) Native backfill material, 45
(2) Blended backfill material, or 46
(3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 47
48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 1
a) Backfill with: 2
(1) Select Fill, 3
(2) CSS, or 4
(3) CLSM when specifically required. 5
c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (not under pavement or future pavement) 6
1) Backfill with: 7
a) Native backfill material, or 8
b) Blended backfill material. 9
d. Backfill for water and sewer service lines: 10
1) Match backfill requirement of the main being tapped. 11
3. Required Compaction and Density 12
a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet) 13
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material or select 14
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent of Standard Proctor density in 15
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 16
percentage points of the optimum moisture. 17
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 18
b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 19
1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in 20
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 21
percentage points of optimum moisture. 22
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 23
c. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 24
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material, or select 25
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in accordance with 26
ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 percentage points of 27
optimum moisture. 28
4. Saturated Soils 29
a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 4 percentage 30
points over optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 31
b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 32
c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 33
Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 34
procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 4 35
percentage points above optimum moisture content.. 36
d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 37
Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 38
1) The Contractor shall: 39
a) Immediately notify the City. 40
b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 41
City. 42
2) The City shall: 43
a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 44
location. 45
b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 46
saturated soils that may include: 47
(1) Imported backfill 48
(2) A site specific backfill design 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Placement of Backfill 1
a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 2
particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 3
trench. 4
b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 5
c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches. 6
d. Compact to specified densities. 7
e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench, or previously 8
compacted backfill. 9
f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box, shoring, 10
or sloughing of the trench wall. 11
g. Install appropriate markers for water and sanitary sewer trenches in accordance 12
with Section 33 05 97. 13
6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 14
a. Demonstration will be required to be performed at the City’s discretion. 15
b. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 16
and perform Standard Proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 17
c. The results of the Standard Proctor 18
d. Test must be received prior to beginning excavation. 19
e. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project, demonstrate means 20
and methods to obtain the required densities. 21
f. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 22
1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 8 inches 23
2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 24
3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 25
4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 26
5) Compaction techniques around structure 27
g. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 28
material. 29
h. The Contractor will provide a qualified testing lab full time during backfill 30
operations to randomly test density and moisture continent. 31
1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 32
7. Varying Ground Conditions 33
a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 34
Proctors. 35
b. Request additional Proctors when soil conditions change. 36
c. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 37
Methods demonstration. 38
H. Clay Dam 39
1. Install for a minimum of 8 linear feet along the pipe center line at the top of the clay 40
dam and 4 linear feet minimum along the bottom of the trench. 41
2. Install Clay Dam a minimum of 4 feet above top of pipe to bottom of pavement 42
base to topsoil. 43
3. Compact clay to 90 percent of Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM 44
D698. 45
4. Clay shall have a plasticity index of no less than 18. 46
5. Key Clay Dam minimum 12 inches into the bottom of trench. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3
A. Field Tests and Inspections 4
1. Proctors 5
a. Perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 6
b. Make test results available within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 7
1) City Project Manager 8
2) City Inspector 9
3) Engineer 10
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 11
d. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 12
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 13
2) If notified by the City 14
e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths: 15
1) Base Proctors on the mixture of the soils. 16
2. Density Testing of Backfill 17
a. In accordance with ASTM D6938. 18
b. Provide testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 19
c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate any 20
City performed tests. 21
d. For final backfill depths less than 15 feet and trenches of any depth not under 22
existing or future pavement: 23
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 24
are being conducted. 25
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 26
the available trench. 27
e. For final backfill depths 15 feet and greater deep and under existing or future 28
pavement: 29
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 30
are being conducted. 31
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 32
the available trench. 33
3) The testing lab will remain onsite sufficient time to test 2 additional lifts. 34
f. Make the excavation available for City performed tests. 35
g. Provide results to the City’s Inspector upon completion of the testing. 36
h. Provide a formal report to the City within 48 hours including: 37
1) Location of test by station number 38
2) Time and date of test 39
3) Depth of testing 40
4) Field moisture 41
5) Dry density 42
6) Proctor identifier 43
7) Percent Standard Proctor density 44
45
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Density of Embedment 1
a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with native backfill material, blended 2
backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material will 3
follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 4
b. Test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance with ASTM 5
D6938 or ASTM D1556. 6
B. Non-Conforming Work 7
1. Remove and replace all non-conforming work. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 07 1
STEEL CASING PIPE 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing, and transporting Steel 7
Casing Pipe to be installed by Open Cut or by Other than Open Cut at the locations 8
specified in the Drawings. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 16
4. Section 33 05 10 – Auger Boring. 17
5. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 18
6. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Open Cut 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Steel Casing Pipe 24
installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per linear foot for “Casing by Open Cut” installed for: 29
a) Various Sizes. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Open Cut as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Pavement Removal 34
3) Excavation 35
4) Hauling 36
5) Disposal of excess material 37
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 38
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 39
8) Clean-up 40
41
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. By Other than Open Cut 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 3
installed. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for “Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate by Other than 8
Open Cut” installed for: 9
a) Various Sizes. 10
2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12
price bid per linear foot for “Casing by Other than Open Cut” installed for: 13
a) Various Sizes. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Other than Open Cut as 16
specified by the Drawings 17
2) Launching Shaft 18
3) Receiving Shaft 19
4) Contact grouting, if required 20
5) Pavement Removal 21
6) Excavation 22
7) Hauling 23
8) Disposal of excess material 24
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 25
10) Clean-up 26
B. In-House Design Measurement and Payment [Used only when approved by the City on 27
projects where geotechnical information is not available, encountered rock shall be as 28
dictated in this Section. If not used delete this Paragraph B and all subparagraphs.] 29
1. In-House Design By Other than Open Cut (Common Excavation) 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 32
installed 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 36
unit price bid per linear foot for “In-House Design Casing by Other than 37
Open Cut (Common Excavation)” installed for: 38
a) Various Sizes 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Other than Open Cut for 41
City In-House Design as specified by the Drawings 42
2) Launching Shaft 43
3) Receiving Shaft 44
4) Contact grouting, if required 45
5) Pavement Removal 46
6) Excavation 47
7) Hauling 48
8) Disposal of excess material 49
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
10) Clean-up 2
2. In-House Design By Other than Open Cut Additive for Rock Excavation [The 3
quantity for this bid-item should be same as for “In-House Design By Other than 4
Open Cut (No Rock Encountered)”.] 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 7
installed 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 11
unit price bid per linear foot for “In-House Design by Other than Open Cut 12
Additive for Rock Excavation” performed, only if the Contractor 13
successfully demonstrates that rock was excavated in accordance with this 14
Section for: 15
a) Various Sizes 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Auger boring or hand tunneling through rock 18
2) Excavation 19
3) Hauling 20
4) Disposal of excess material 21
1.3 REFERENCES 22
A. Definitions [Used only if “In-House Design By Other than Open Cut (Common 23
Excavation)” and “In-House Design By Other than Open Cut Additive for Rock 24
Excavation” bid items are used. If not used delete this Paragraph A and all 25
subparagraphs.] 26
1. Common Excavation – All excavation not included as rock excavation or 27
excavation otherwise classified. Soils included in common excavation are clays, 28
silts, sands, and gravels. 29
2. Rock Excavation – Includes firm, rigid and unweathered sedimentary, igneous and 30
metamorphic rock that is naturally in-place. Boulders or detached stones with a 31
volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more are classified as rock excavation. When common 32
excavation is interlayered with the rock excavation, and the common excavation 33
makes up 25 percent or less of the volume, the entire volume is classified as rock 34
excavation. 35
B. Reference Standards 36
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 37
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 38
unless a date is specifically cited. 39
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 40
a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe 41
(NPS Sizes 4 and Over). 42
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 43
a. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe and Fittings. 44
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 45
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Rock Excavation [Used only if “In-House Design By Other than Open Cut (Common 1
Excavation)” and “In-House Design By Other than Open Cut Additive for Rock 2
Excavation” bid items are used. If not used delete this Paragraph A and subparagraph 3
1.] 4
1. If the City determines that the excavation can be defined as Rock Excavation as 5
defined above, the Contractor shall be entitled to full payment in accordance with 6
the Additive Rock Excavation bid item. Otherwise the Contractor will not be 7
entitled to additional payment beyond the Common Excavation bid item. 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS 9
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Product Data 13
1. Exterior Coating 14
a. Material data 15
b. Field touch-up procedures 16
2. Interior Coating 17
a. Material data 18
b. Field touch-up procedures 19
B. Shop Drawings 20
1. Shop drawings are not required for installation of steel casing pipe by open cut. 21
2. Provide the following shop drawings for installation of steel casing pipe by other 22
than open cut: 23
a. Furnish details for Steel Casing Pipe outlining the following: 24
1) Grout/lubrication ports 25
2) Joint details 26
3) Other miscellaneous items for furnishing and fabricating pipe 27
b. Submit calculations in a neat, legible format sealed by a Professional Engineer 28
Licensed in Texas, consistent with the information provided in the geotechnical 29
report (if applicable), including: 30
1) Calculations confirming pipe jacking capacity is adequate to resist 31
anticipated jacking loads for each crossing with a minimum safety factor of 32
2 33
2) Calculations confirming pipe capacity is adequate to safely support all other 34
anticipated loads, including earth and groundwater pressures, surcharge 35
loads, and handling loads 36
3) Calculations confirming jointing method will support all loading conditions 37
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 39
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 40
41
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Delivery, Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
2. Prior to delivery of the pipe, end/internal bracing shall be furnished and installed as 5
recommended by the manufacturer, for protection during shipping and storage. 6
3. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s 7
recommendations to protect coating systems. 8
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 MATERIALS 13
A. Performance / Design Criteria 14
1. Contractor is fully responsible for the design of steel casing pipe which must meet 15
or exceed the design requirements of this Section for the intended installation 16
method. 17
2. For steel casing pipe to be installed by other than open cut: 18
a. Design of the casing pipe shall account for all installation and service loads 19
including: 20
1) Jacking loads 21
2) External groundwater and earth loads 22
3) Traffic loads 23
4) Practical consideration for handling, shipping and other construction 24
operations 25
5) Any other live or dead loads reasonable anticipated. 26
b. Design shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 27
Texas. 28
c. The allowable jacking capacity shall not exceed 50 percent of the minimum 29
yield 30
31
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Steel casing pipe shall have minimum wall thickness as follows. The Drawings or 1
other design criteria listed in this Section may require a higher wall thickness, but in 2
no case should the pipe wall thickness be less than the following: 3
Casing Pipe Diameter
(inches)
Minimum Wall Thickness
All Other Locations
(inches)
32 and smaller .5 (1/2)
36 – 42 .625 (5/8)
44 – 48 .6875 (11/16)
Greater than 48 Project specific design
Greater than 20-ft deep Project specific design
4. Provide steel casing pipe with inside diameter sufficient to install the required 4
carrier pipe with casing spacers and in accordance with the minimum casing 5
diameter requirements in Section 33 05 15. 6
5. Furnish in lengths that are compatible with Contractor’s shaft sizes and allowable 7
work areas. 8
6. Random segments of pipe will only be allowed for closing segments. 9
7. When required by installation method, provide grout/lubricant ports along the pipe 10
at intervals of 10 feet or less. 11
a. Attach ports and fittings to the pipe in a manner that will not materially affect 12
the strength of the pipe nor interfere with the installation of carrier pipe. 13
b. Provide plugs for sealing the fittings which are capable of withstanding all 14
external and internal pressures and loads without leaking. 15
B. Materials 16
1. Provide new, smooth-wall, carbon steel pipe in accordance with ASTM A139, 17
Grade B. 18
2. Allowed Dimensional Tolerances: 19
a. Minimum wall thickness (at any point): Minimum 87.5 percent of the nominal 20
wall thickness. 21
b. Outside circumference: Within 1.0 percent or 3/4 inch of the nominal 22
circumference, whichever is less. 23
c. Outside diameter: Within 1/8 inch of the nominal outside diameter. 24
d. Roundness (difference between the major and minor outside diameters): 25
Maximum 0.5 percent of the specified nominal outside diameter or 1/4 inch, 26
whichever is less. 27
e. Maximum allowable straightness deviation: 1/8 inch in any 10-foot length. 28
3. Provide square ends for all steel pipe. 29
a. Ensure pipe end section variations do not exceed 1/8 inch at any point from a 30
true plane perpendicular to the axis of the pipe and passing through the center 31
of the pipe at the end. 32
b. When pipe ends require a beveled edge for welding, bevel on the outside to an 33
angle of 35 degrees with a tolerance of ± 2½ degrees and with a width of root 34
face 1/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. 35
4. Fabricate steel casing pipe with longitudinal or spiral-welded seams. 36
a. Grind all girth weld seams flush. 37
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Finishes 1
1. Clean and prepare steel casing pipe for coating and lining application in accordance 2
with the requirements of AWWA C210. 3
2. Coat and line steel casing pipe with a coal-tar epoxy in accordance with the 4
requirements of AWWA C210, meeting the following requirements: 5
a. Color: Black 6
b. Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 16 mils 7
c. Applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 14
3.4 INSTALLATION 15
A. Install steel casing pipe By Other Than Open Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 10 16
or Section 33 05 11 where specified in the Drawings. Install steel casing pipe By Open 17
Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 05 where specified in the Drawings. 18
1. Steel casing pipe connections shall be achieved by full penetration field butt 19
welding or an integral machine press-fit connection (Permalok or equal) prior to 20
installation of the pipe. 21
a. Install integral machined press-fit connections in accordance with the 22
manufacturer’s installation procedures and recommendations. 23
2. Butt welding a square end piece of steel pipe to a 35-degree beveled end of steel 24
pipe in the field is acceptable. 25
B. Install carrier pipe inside steel casing pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 26
C. Perform contact grouting of the annulus outside the casing pipe in accordance with 27
Section 33 05 10 or Section 33 05 11. 28
3.5 REPAIR 29
A. Touch-up external coating after field welds in accordance with manufacturer’s 30
recommendations. 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 36
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 08 1
TUNNEL LINER PLATE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing, and transporting Tunnel 6
Liner Plate to be used for excavation support as installed by Hand Tunneling. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 14
4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Tunnel Liner Plate 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Tunnel Liner Plate 20
installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for “Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate by Other than 25
Open Cut” installed for: 26
a) Various Sizes. 27
2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per linear foot for “Tunnel Liner Plate by Hand Tunneling” 30
installed for: 31
a) Various Sizes. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Tunnel Liner Plate as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Launching Shaft 35
3) Receiving Shaft 36
4) Contact grouting 37
5) Pavement Removal 38
6) Excavation 39
7) Hauling 40
8) Disposal of excess material 41
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 42
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Clean-up 1
1.3 REFERENCES 2
A. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5
unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 7
a. LRFD, Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 8
b. M190, Bituminous-Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. 9
3. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 10
a. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot- Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron 11
and Steel Products. 12
b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel 13
Hardware. 14
c. A1011, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, 15
Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with 16
Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 18
1.5 SUBMITTALS 19
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 20
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22
A. Product Data 23
1. Tunnel liner plate fasteners 24
a. Material data 25
2. Exterior Coating 26
a. Material data 27
b. Field touch-up procedures 28
3. Annular Grout Mix 29
a. Material data 30
B. Shop Drawings 31
1. Calculations for design of the tunnel liner plate sealed by a Professional Engineer 32
Licensed in the State of Texas 33
2. Detailed plan for grouting the void space on the exterior of the tunnel liner plate 34
3. Grout coupling location and spacing 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
39
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Delivery, Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
2. Deliver, store, and handle tunnel liner plate in accordance with manufacturer’s 5
recommendations to protect coating systems. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Manufacturers 12
1. 2-Flange Tunnel Liner Plate: 13
a. Contech Engineered Solutions, LLC. 14
B. Performance / Design Criteria 15
1. Manufacturer to design tunnel liner plate in accordance with the methods and 16
criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD, Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 17
2. Soil parameters shall be determined by the tunnel liner plate manufacturer. 18
3. Allow a maximum deflection of 3 percent. 19
4. Design for H20 loading angle of 0. 20
C. Materials 21
1. Tunnel Liner Plate 22
a. Provide new, unused, corrugated metal tunnel liner plates made from steel 23
sheets suitable for their intended purpose in accordance with ASTM A1011. 24
1) Potable and Reclaimed Water, and Sewer Force Main Carrier Pipe 25
a) Galvanized and Coated 26
(1) Plate to be galvanized with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM 27
A123 with the following exception: 28
(a) Apply zinc at a rate of 2.0 ounces per square foot on each side. 29
(2) Plate to be coated with a bituminous coating in accordance with the 30
requirements of AASHTO M190 31
(a) Uniformly coat inside and outside of liner plate to minimum 32
thickness of 0.05 inches, measured on crests of corrugations. 33
2) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe 34
a) Black Steel Plate 35
(1) Only allowed where annulus between plate and carrier pipe is grout 36
filled. Otherwise, provide galvanized steel plate as indicated above. 37
b. Provide tunnel liner plates and fasteners in accordance with AASHTO LRFD, 38
Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 39
c. Punch liner plates for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams. 40
Fabricate to permit complete erection from the inside of the tunnel. 41
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Galvanize bolts and nuts in accordance with ASTM A153. 1
e. Use gasketed liner plates where groundwater is encountered. 2
f. Provide uniformly fabricated plates. 3
1) Plates intended for 1 size tunnel shall be interchangeable. 4
g. Field welding of tunnel liner plate, including grout couplings is not permitted. 5
h. Tunnel liner plate shall be 2-flanged. 6
1) 4-flanged tunnel liner plate is not permitted. 7
i. Wall Thickness: 8
1) 12-gauge minimum is applicable for: 9
a) 72-inches nominal diameter and smaller tunnel liner plate 10
b) Bury depths between 8 feet and 16 feet 11
c) Any application outside of these requirements will require a project 12
specific design for gauge thickness, but wall thickness shall be no less 13
than 12-gauge. 14
j. Provide tunnel liner plate with inside diameter sufficient to install the required 15
carrier pipe as specified in Section 33 05 15. 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. Install tunnel liner plate in accordance with the requirements of Section 33 05 11. 24
B. Install carrier pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 25
C. Contact grout the annulus outside the tunnel liner plate in accordance with Section 33 26
05 11. 27
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 28
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 29
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 10 1
AUGER BORING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for Auger Boring using 48-inch and smaller casing pipe 6
with lengths less than 300 feet at the locations as specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 14
4. Section 33 05 07 – Steel Casing Pipe. 15
5. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Measurement 19
a. This item is considered subsidiary to steel casing pipe construction. 20
2. Payment 21
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of “Casing By Other Than Open 23
Cut” to be complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Reference Standards 26
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 28
unless a date is specifically cited. 29
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 30
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 31
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 33
A. Preinstallation 34
1. Provide notice to the City a minimum of 3 workings days in advance of the planned 35
launch of Auger Boring operations. 36
37
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings 5
1. Submit the following: 6
a. Detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used in completing 7
each reach of boring operation. 8
b. Description of intended survey methods to ensure the tunnel is advanced and 9
within the line and grade tolerances specified in the Drawings. 10
c. Shaft layout drawings 11
1) Detailing dimensions and locations of all equipment, including overall 12
work area boundaries, crane, front-end loader, forklift, spoil stockpiles, 13
spoil hauling equipment, pumps, generator, pipe storage area, tool trailer or 14
containers, fences, and staging area 15
2) Required for all shaft locations and shall be to scale or show correct 16
dimensions. 17
3) Layout such that all equipment and operations are completely contained 18
within the allowable construction areas specified in the Drawings. 19
d. Schedule in accordance with Division 1 to include the following activities as 20
independent items: 21
1) Mobilization 22
2) Shaft excavation and support 23
3) Water control at shafts 24
4) Working slab construction 25
5) Thrust wall construction 26
6) Auger Boring 27
7) Shaft backfill 28
8) Site restoration 29
9) Cleanup 30
10) Demobilization 31
B. Daily Records 32
1. Submit samples of the boring logs or records to be used a minimum of 7 days prior 33
to beginning Auger Boring. 34
2. Submit daily records to the City’s Inspector by noon on the day following any data 35
or records taken. 36
3. Daily records shall include: 37
a. Date 38
b. Time 39
c. Name of operator 40
d. Bore drive identification 41
e. Installed casing and corresponding tunnel length 42
f. Time required to bore each ring 43
g. Time required to set subsequent ring 44
h. Spoil volumes 45
i. Grout volumes and pressures (if required) 46
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
j. Soil conditions, including occurrences of unstable soils and estimated 1
groundwater inflow rates, if any 2
k. Line and grade offsets 3
l. Any movement of the guidance system 4
m. Problems encountered during boring 5
n. Durations and reasons for delays 6
o. Manually recorded observations made: 7
1) At intervals of not less than 2 every 5 feet 8
2) As conditions change 9
3) As directed by the City 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13
A. Qualifications 14
1. Contractor 15
a. All boring work shall be performed by an experienced Subcontractor or 16
Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing auger boring 17
work and has completed at least 5 boring projects of similar diameter and 18
ground conditions. 19
1) At least 1 of the projects shall have an individual boring length equal to or 20
greater in length than the longest tunnel on this project. 21
2) Submit details of referenced projects including owner’s name and contact 22
information, project superintendent, and machine operators. 23
b. The project superintendent shall have at least 5 years of experience supervising 24
boring construction. 25
1) The Contractor may be required to submit details of any referenced project 26
including owner’s name, contact information, and project superintendent. 27
c. The site safety representative and personnel responsible for air quality 28
monitoring shall be experienced in tunnel construction and shall have current 29
certification by OSHA. 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 31
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 32
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 33
66 00. 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 37
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 38
39
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Description 2
1. Steel Casing Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 07. 3
2. Tunnel Liner Plate is not permitted for use with Auger Boring. 4
B. Design Criteria 5
1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of 6
ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports. 7
2. Use methods and equipment to control ground movement (surface settlement and 8
heave) above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and 9
improvements. 10
a. Limit any ground movements to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent 11
utilities or surface features. 12
b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 13
c. Provide settlement monitoring to measure ground movement during Auger 14
Boring operations, as required by all applicable Federal, State, or local 15
requirements. 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Commence boring operations upon completion of the following: 23
1. Review available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities 24
in all areas where excavation is to be performed. 25
a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid 26
interference with the existing conduits and utilities in accordance with Division 27
1. 28
b. Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no additional 29
cost to the City. 30
c. Provide and follow notification requirements of permit provider (ie TxDOT, 31
Railroad) if applicable. 32
2. Complete pit excavations and support systems for each drive in accordance with the 33
requirements of the Contract Documents. 34
3.4 INSTALLATION 35
A. General 36
1. Immediately notify the City if any problems are encountered with equipment or 37
materials or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are materially and 38
significantly different than those represented within the Contract Documents. 39
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Where pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under 1
highways, streets, or other facilities, perform construction in such a manner to not 2
interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway, or other facility, and to 3
not weaken or damage any embankment or structure. 4
3. During construction operations, furnish and maintain barricades and lights to 5
safeguard traffic and pedestrians until the backfill has been completed. Once 6
complete, remove barricades and lights from the site. 7
4. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance 8
with requirements of applicable Sections and all permit conditions. 9
a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without 10
approval in writing from City. 11
5. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water, and utilities for tunneling, spoil 12
removal and disposal, grouting, and other associated work required for the methods 13
of construction. 14
6. Promptly clean up, remove, and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 15
7. Do not disturb roadways, railroads, canal channels, adjacent structures, landscaped 16
areas, or existing utilities. 17
a. Immediately repair any damage caused to original or better condition and to the 18
satisfaction of the City, at no additional cost. 19
8. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the 20
excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including 21
weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer 22
jeopardize the stability of the Work. 23
9. Notify the Texas One Call system (800-245-4545) to request marking of utilities by 24
utility owners/operators that subscribe to One Call. Individually notify all other 25
known or suspected utilities to request marking of these utilities. 26
a. Confirm all requested locates are performed prior to commencing boring 27
operations. 28
b. Visually confirm and stake necessary existing lines, cables, or other 29
underground facilities. Expose necessary crossing utilities and utilities within 30
10 feet laterally of the designed tunnel. 31
c. Control drilling and grouting practices to prevent damage to existing utilities. 32
B. Boring Methods 33
1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used for Auger Boring. 34
2. Limit boring slopes/grades to less than 8-percent where profiles are not included, or 35
otherwise approved by City. 36
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for insuring the methods used are 37
adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property, and the public. 38
4. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing a finished product as 39
required. 40
5. Blasting is not allowed. 41
C. Pits and Trenches 42
1. If the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, excavate suitable pits 43
or trenches for the purpose of conducting the jacking operations and for placing end 44
joints of the pipe. 45
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Securely sheet and brace all areas of open excavation in a manner to prevent earth 1
from caving in where end trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or 2
beyond it. 3
3. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the City. 4
4. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled in 5
accordance with Section 33 05 05 immediately after the casing and carrier pipe 6
installation has been completed. 7
D. Boring 8
1. Install steel casing pipe by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously 9
jacking pipe into place. 10
2. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and 11
workmen. 12
3. Pilot Hole 13
a. Required for Casing installed by bore for the following conditions: 14
1) Auger bore lengths exceeding 150-ft in length 15
2) Casing diameters exceeding 20-inches 16
b. Pilot bore approximate 2-inch hole the entire length of the crossing. Check for 17
line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. 18
c. Pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. 19
d. Place excavated material near the top of the working pit and dispose of as 20
required. 21
1) If sufficient room is unavailable, immediate haul-off is required. 22
e. In lieu of boring a pilot hole, auger shall be pulled, at a minimum, after every 23
40 linear feet of progress of steel casing pipe and line and grade shall be 24
evaluated. 25
1) Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be 26
acceptable, if approved by City. 27
4. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be 28
permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. 29
a. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. 30
5. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting 31
of at least 10 percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to: 32
a. Consolidate cuttings of the bit 33
b. Seal the walls of the hole 34
c. Furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the 35
pipe immediately thereafter 36
6. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified in this Section. 37
E. Contact Grouting 38
1. Contact grout any voids in excess of 2-inches caused by, or encountered during, the 39
boring or encountered outside of shafts. 40
a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive 41
settlements or damage. 42
b. Perform contact grouting procedures in accordance with Section 33 05 11. 43
F. Control of Line and Grade 44
1. Tolerance 45
46
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Pressurized Carrier pipe 1
1) Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the 2
line and grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the 3
extent of 1 inch in 10 feet. 4
a) Variation allowed must be regular and only in the direction that will not 5
detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from 6
other underground utilities or structures. 7
b. Gravity Carrier Pipe 8
1) Lateral variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the line and 9
grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the extent of 1 10
inch in 10 feet. 11
a) Variation allowed must be regular and only in the direction that will not 12
detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from 13
other underground utilities or structures. 14
2) Grades shown in Drawings must be maintained vertically with no allowable 15
variation. 16
2. Monitor line and grade continuously during boring operations. 17
a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each casing 18
joint. 19
3. If pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, 20
including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of 21
necessary easements. 22
4. See pilot bore requirements in this Section. 23
G. Obstructions 24
1. If the boring operations encounter an object or condition that impedes the forward 25
progress of the casing or adversely affects line and grade per this Section, notify the 26
City immediately. 27
2. Correct the condition and remove, clear, or otherwise make it possible for the 28
casing to advance past any objects or obstructions that impede forward progress. 29
3. Proceed with removal of the object or obstruction by methods submitted by the 30
Contractor and accepted by the City. 31
4. Compensation will be allowed by change order for removal of obstructions, as 32
defined as metallic debris, reinforced concrete, rocks, whole trees and other hard 33
objects with a maximum dimension larger than 40 percent of the outer diameter of 34
the casing pipe which: 35
a. Cannot be broken up by the cutting tools with diligent effort 36
b. Are located partially or wholly within the cross-sectional area of the bore 37
c. Contain utilities or ditch lines located longitudinally within the auger bore 38
horizon 39
5. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing, clearing or otherwise 40
making it possible for the casing to advance past objects consisting of cobbles, 41
boulders, wood, reinforced concrete, and other objects or debris with maximum 42
lateral dimensions less than 40 percent of the outer diameter of the casing. 43
6. Compensation 44
a. Payment will be negotiated with the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. 45
b. Provide the City an opportunity to view obstruction prior to removal. 46
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Any removal process that does not allow direct inspection of the nature and 1
position of the obstruction will not be considered for payment. 2
3.5 RESTORATION 3
A. After completion of the boring, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease, and other 4
materials shall be removed from the pipe, pits, and all work areas. 5
1. Cleaning shall be incidental to the construction. 6
B. Plug ends of casing with plywood and place temporary backfill if carrier pipe is 7
installed at a later date. 8
C. Backfill bore pits within 48 hours of successful installation of carrier pipe 9
D. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses. 10
1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft 11
excavation or boring. 12
2. Any property damaged or destroyed shall be restored to a condition equal to or 13
better than existing condition prior to construction. 14
3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 14 days after boring is complete, or 15
earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 16
4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction 17
operations. 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20
A. Field Tests and Inspections 21
1. Allow access to the City and furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in 22
the observations, measurements, data, and sample collection, including, but not 23
limited to the following: 24
a. The City shall have access to the boring system prior to, during, and following 25
all boring operations. 26
b. The City shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during, and 27
following all boring operations. 28
1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe 29
and verification of line and grade. 30
2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety 31
regulations. 32
c. The City shall have access to spoils removed from the boring excavation prior 33
to, during, and following all boring operations. 34
1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or 35
spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes 36
in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. 37
B. Safety 38
1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 39
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 40
Federal, State and local agencies. 41
b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable 42
requirement. 43
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. 1
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic, and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject 2
to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 3
3. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 4
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 5
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 6
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 7
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 8
4. Perform all work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety 9
requirements of the Federal, State and local agencies. 10
5. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, 11
Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 12
a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 13
6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 14
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 15
a. Keep all equipment required for emergency response at the Site in accordance 16
with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 11 1
HAND TUNNELING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for Hand Tunneling using tunnel liner plate or steel casing 6
pipe where specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 07 – Steel Casing Pipe. 14
4. Section 33 05 08 – Tunnel Liner Plate. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Measurement 18
a. This item is considered subsidiary to installation of Tunnel Liner Plate or Steel 19
Casing Pipe By Other than Open Cut. 20
2. Payment 21
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22
considered subsidiary the unit price bid per linear foot of installation of Tunnel 23
Liner Plate or Steel Casing Pipe By Other than Open Cut to be completed in 24
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Definitions 27
1. Contact Grouting: Installation of grout in the annulus outside of casing pipe or 28
tunnel liner plate. 29
B. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 34
a. HB-17, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 35
3. ASTM International (ASTM) 36
a. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 37
Specimens. 38
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. C109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 1
Mortars 2
c. C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 5
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 6
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 7
A. Pre-installation 8
1. Provide notice to the City at least 72 hours in advance of the planned launch of 9
tunneling operations. 10
1.5 SUBMITTALS 11
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Shop Drawings 15
1. Submit the following: 16
a. Detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used in completing 17
each reach of tunnel. 18
b. Description of intended survey methods to ensure the tunnel is advanced and 19
within the line and grade tolerances specified in the Drawings. 20
c. Shaft layout drawings 21
1) Detailing dimensions and locations of all equipment, including overall 22
work area boundaries, crane, front-end loader, forklift, spoil stockpiles, 23
spoil hauling equipment, pumps, generator, pipe storage area, tool trailer or 24
containers, fences, and staging area 25
2) Required for all shaft locations and shall be to scale or show correct 26
dimensions. 27
3) Layout such that all equipment and operations are completely contained 28
within the allowable construction areas specified in the Drawings. 29
d. Tunneling schedule in accordance with Division 1 to include the following 30
activities as independent items: 31
1) Mobilization 32
2) Shaft excavation and support 33
3) Water control at shafts 34
4) Working slab construction 35
5) Thrust wall construction 36
6) Tunneling 37
7) Shaft backfill 38
8) Site restoration 39
9) Cleanup 40
10) Demobilization 41
2. Contact Grouting: Provide the following: 42
a. Contact Grouting Work Plan and Methods including: 43
1) Grouting methods 44
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Details of equipment 1
3) Grouting procedures and sequences including: 2
a) Injection methods 3
b) Injection pressures 4
c) Monitoring and recording equipment 5
d) Pressure gauge calibration data 6
e) Materials 7
4) Grout mix details including: 8
a) Proportions 9
b) Admixtures including: 10
(1) Manufacturer’s literature 11
(2) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout 12
mix 13
(3) Proposed grout densities 14
(4) Viscosity 15
(5) Initial set time of grout 16
(a) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches 17
from an approved testing laboratory. 18
5) Reference projects: minimum of 3 other similar projects in which the 19
proposed grout mix design was used. 20
6) Grout volumes: calculations for anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped 21
for each application and reach grouted. 22
B. Daily Records 23
1. Submit samples of the tunneling logs or records to be used a minimum of 7 days 24
prior to beginning Hand Tunneling. 25
2. Submit daily records to the City’s Inspector by noon on the day following any data 26
or records taken. 27
3. Daily records shall include: 28
a. Date 29
b. Time 30
c. Name of operator 31
d. Tunnel drive identification 32
e. Installed liner ring and corresponding tunnel length 33
f. Time required to tunnel each ring 34
g. Time required to set subsequent ring 35
h. Spoil volumes (muck carts per liner ring and estimated volume of spoil in each 36
muck cart) 37
i. Grout volumes and pressures 38
j. Soil conditions, including occurrences of unstable soils and estimated 39
groundwater inflow rates, if any 40
k. Line and grade offsets 41
l. Any movement of the guidance system 42
m. Problems encountered during tunneling 43
n. Durations and reasons for delays 44
o. Manually recorded observations made: 45
1) At intervals of not less than 2 every 5 feet 46
2) As conditions change 47
3) As directed by the City 48
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3
A. Qualifications 4
1. Failure to meet the qualification requirements is failure to fulfill the Contract and 5
the Contractor will be required to obtain a Subcontractor that meets the 6
qualification requirements. 7
2. All tunneling work shall be performed by an experienced Subcontractor or 8
Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing tunneling work and 9
has completed at least 5 projects of similar diameter in similar ground conditions. 10
3. All Work shall be performed in the presence of the City unless the City grants prior 11
written approval to perform such work in City’s absence. 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 15
66 00. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 20
2.2 MATERIALS 21
A. Description 22
1. Casing Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 07. 23
2. Tunnel Liner Plate in accordance with Section 33 05 08. 24
B. Design Criteria 25
1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of 26
ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports. 27
2. Tolerance 28
a. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow 29
the absolute minimum amount of void space outside the casing/liner plate. 30
b. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the 31
casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. 32
c. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the 33
casing/liner outer diameter (O.D.). 34
3. Use methods and equipment to control ground movement (surface settlement and 35
heave) above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and 36
improvements. 37
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Limit any ground movements to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent 1
utilities and surface features. 2
b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 3
c. Provide settlement monitoring to measure ground movement during tunneling 4
operations, as required by a specific agency or entity. 5
C. Contact Grout: 6
1. Cement 7
a. Type II or Type V Portland cement in accordance with ASTM C150 8
2. Bentonite 9
a. Commercially processed powdered bentonite, Wyoming type, such as Imacco-10
gel, Black Hills, or equal 11
3. Fluidifier 12
a. Capable of holding the solid constituents of the grout in colloidal suspension 13
b. Compatible with the cement and water used in the grouting work 14
c. In accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 937 15
4. Other Admixtures 16
a. May be used subject to the written approval of the City to improve the 17
pumpability, control set time, and prevent segregation and bleeding. 18
5. Equipment: 19
a. Equipment for mixing and injecting grout shall be adequate to satisfactorily 20
mix and agitate the grout and force it into the grout ports, in a continuous flow 21
at the desired pressure. Provide pumps capable of continuously developing a 22
sustained pressure of 15 psi greater than existing groundwater pressures at the 23
grout port connection. 24
b. Provide two pressure gauges, one at the grout pump and one at the collar of 25
each port being grouted. Check accuracy of the gauges periodically with an 26
accurately calibrated pressure gauge. Make available a minimum of two spare 27
pressure gauges on the site at all times. 28
c. The grouting equipment shall be provided with a meter to determine the volume 29
of grout injected. The meter shall be calibrated in cubic feet to the nearest one-30
tenth of a cubic foot. 31
d. Maintain grouting equipment in satisfactory operating condition throughout the 32
course of the Work to ensure continuous and efficient performance during 33
grouting operations. 34
e. Provide suitable stop valves at the collar of each port for use in maintaining 35
pressure as required until the grout has set. 36
f. Provide grout hoses with an inside diameter not less than 1-1/2 inches and 37
capable of withstanding the maximum water and grout pressures to be used. 38
6. Grout Mixes: 39
a. Develop one or more grout mixes designed to completely fill the voids outside 40
the casing, product pipe, or shafts, and to provide acceptable strength to prevent 41
settlement. 42
b. Provide grout used outside shaft excavations of sufficient strength that allows 43
for efficient excavation by the tunneling equipment. 44
c. Determine 24-hour and 28-day strength of each grout mix in accordance with 45
ASTM C39 or C109. 46
d. All grout mix proportions shall be subject to review and acceptance by the City. 47
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Grout Composition: 1
a. Grout Materials: Portland cement, bentonite, fluidifier as necessary, and water 2
in the proportions specified herein, or as approved by the City. 3
b. Sand may be added to the grout mix in instances of very high grout takes, as 4
approved in writing by the City. 5
1) The addition of sand may require additional water or fluidifier to be added 6
to the grout mix. 7
8. Compressive Strength: 8
a. 24-hour minimum compressive: 10 psi. 9
b. 28-day minimum compressive strength: 50 psi. 10
c. The grouting contractor shall coordinate with the trenchless subcontractor to 11
ensure the maximum anticipated grout strength can be efficiently excavated by 12
the tunneling equipment without damaging the equipment or causing excessive 13
wear of cutting tools. 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19
3.3 PREPARATION 20
A. Commence tunneling upon completion of the following: 21
1. All required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the City. 22
2. Review available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities 23
in all areas where excavation is to be performed. 24
a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid 25
interference with the existing conduits and utilities. 26
1) Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no 27
additional cost to the City. 28
3. Shaft excavations and support systems for each drive completed in accordance with 29
the requirements of the Specifications. 30
4. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices in accordance with 31
OSHA requirements. 32
a. Provide a copy to the City prior to starting shaft construction or tunneling. 33
b. Hold safety meetings and provide safety instruction for new employees as 34
required by OSHA. 35
5. All specified settlement monitoring points have been installed, approved, and 36
baselined in accordance with the Contract Documents. 37
B. Verification of Stability 38
1. Confirm the ground will remain stable without movement of soil or water while the 39
entry/exit location shoring is removed and while the tunnel is launched or received 40
into a shaft. 41
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Demonstrate all soils have been stabilized at all tunnel portal locations to: 1
a. Prevent the inflow of weak, running, or flowing soils. 2
b. Prevent the inflow of loose rock. 3
c. Prevent and control groundwater inflows. 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Tunnel Methods 6
1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used where auger boring or jacking methods are 7
used, or where not allowed on the Drawings or permits. 8
2. Wood box tunneling is not allowed. 9
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to: 10
a. Ensure the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, 11
property and the public 12
b. Provide a finished product as required. 13
B. General 14
1. Immediately notify the City if and when any problems are encountered with 15
equipment or materials, or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are 16
materially and significantly different than those represented within the Contract 17
Documents. 18
2. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance 19
with requirements of applicable Sections and all permit conditions. 20
a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without 21
proper approval and permits. 22
3. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water, and utilities for tunneling, spoil 23
removal and disposal, grouting, and other associated work required for the methods 24
of construction. 25
4. Promptly clean up, remove, and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 26
5. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the 27
excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including 28
weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer 29
jeopardize the stability of the Work. 30
C. Installation with Steel Casing Pipe 31
1. Jack the pipe from the low or downstream end, unless specified otherwise. 32
a. Provide heavy duty jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment. 33
1) When operating jacks, apply pressure evenly. 34
b. Provide a suitable jacking head and bracing between jacks so that pressure will 35
be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. 36
c. Provide a suitable jacking frame or back stop. 37
d. Set the pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support the 38
section of the pipe and to direct it in the proper line and grade. 39
e. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade 40
of the pipe. 41
f. In general, excavate embankment material just ahead of the pipe and remove 42
material through the pipe. 43
g. Force the pipe through the embankment with jacks into the space excavated. 44
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Provide a clearance of at least 1/3 of the circumference of the pipe for the underside 1
of the pipe. Ensure clearance is in accordance with the contour and grade of the 2
pipe. 3
3. Provide a clearance of not more than 2 inches for the upper half of the pipe. 4
a. Taper clearance to 0 at the point where the excavation conforms to the contour 5
of the pipe. 6
4. Extend the distance of the excavation beyond the end of the pipe depending on the 7
character of the material, but do not exceed 2 feet in any case. 8
a. Decrease the distance if the character of the material being excavated makes it 9
desirable to keep the advance excavation closer to the end of the pipe. 10
5. If desired, use a cutting edge of steel plate around the head end of the pipe, 11
extending a short distance beyond the end of the pipe with inside angles or lugs, to 12
keep the cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. 13
6. When jacking of pipe has begun, carry on the operation without interruption to 14
prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. 15
a. Remove and replace any pipe damaged in the jacking operations, at no cost to 16
the City. 17
b. No vertical deflection is allowed casing during installation. 18
D. Installation with Tunnel Liner Plate 19
1. Install the tunnel liner plates to the limits specified in the Drawings and in 20
AASHTO HB-17, Section II-26, Construction of Tunnels Using Steel Tunnel Liner 21
Plates. 22
a. Assemble liner plates into circumferential rings. 23
b. Liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed completely 24
from inside the tunnel. 25
2. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel to allow the 26
absolute minimum of void space outside the casing/liner plate. 27
a. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the 28
casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. 29
b. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the liner O.D. 30
3. Install liner plate as closely as possible behind the excavation. 31
a. Excavation shall at no time be more than 6 inches ahead of the required space 32
to install an individual tunnel liner plate. 33
b. Use breast plates, poling boards, or other suitable devices to maintain accurate 34
excavation with the minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. 35
c. No vertical deflection is allowed for tunnel liner plate during installation. 36
4. Control ground movement (surface settlement and heave) above the pipeline to 37
prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and improvements. 38
a. In no case shall ground movements cause damage to adjacent structures, 39
roadways, or utilities. 40
b. Repair any damage resulting from construction activities at no additional cost 41
to the City and without extensions of schedule for completion. 42
E. Contact Grouting 43
1. Grout any voids caused by or encountered during the tunneling or encountered 44
outside of shafts. 45
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive 1
settlements or damage. 2
2. Install contact grout in the void space between the outside of the casing/tunnel liner 3
plate and the excavation. 4
a. For tunnel liner plate, install pressure grout mix at the end of each work day or 5
more often, as conditions warrant. 6
3. Install grout through fittings for the casing/tunnel liner plate 42-inches in diameter 7
or larger. 8
a. Grout fittings shall be fabricated into tunnel liner plate at a maximum spacing 9
of 6 feet. 10
b. Remove and plug grout fittings after pressure grouting. 11
4. Install grout from the low end for all crossings where grout fittings are not used. 12
a. Seal the low end and install grout until grout is extruded from the opposite end. 13
5. Seal pipe grout fittings with screw type plugs upon completion of grouting. 14
F. Control of Line and Grade 15
1. Confirm all established benchmarks and control points provided for the 16
Contractor’s use are accurate. 17
a. Use these benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for 18
tunneling. 19
b. Use lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe using a laser or 20
theodolite guidance system. 21
c. Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades 22
and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each 23
tunneling drive. 24
d. Provide access for the City to perform survey checks of the guidance system 25
and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis during tunneling 26
operations. 27
e. The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the 28
correction of inaccurate work, as required. 29
2. The casing/tunnel liner shall be installed in accordance with the following 30
tolerances: 31
a. Variations from design line or grade: ± 2 inches maximum 32
1) If the installation is off line or grade, make the necessary corrections and 33
return to the design alignment and grade at a rate of not more than 1 inch 34
per 25 feet. 35
3. Monitor line and grade continuously during tunneling operations. 36
a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint 37
and submit records to City daily. 38
4. If pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, 39
including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of 40
necessary easements. 41
G. Obstructions 42
1. If the tunneling operations encounter an object or condition that impedes the 43
forward progress of the casing/liner plate or adversely affects line and grade per this 44
Section, notify the City immediately. 45
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Correct the condition and remove, clear, or otherwise make it possible for the 1
casing to advance past any objects or obstructions that impede forward progress. 2
3. Proceed with removal of the object or obstruction by methods submitted by the 3
Contractor and accepted by the City. 4
4. Compensation will be allowed by change order for removal of obstructions, as 5
defined as metallic debris, reinforced concrete, rocks, whole trees and other hard 6
objects with a maximum dimension larger than 50 percent of the outer diameter of 7
the casing pipe which: 8
a. Cannot be broken up by the cutting tools with diligent effort 9
b. Are located partially or wholly within the cross-sectional area of the bore 10
c. Contain utilities or ditch lines located longitudinally within the tunnel horizon 11
5. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing, clearing or otherwise 12
making it possible for the casing to advance past objects consisting of cobbles, 13
boulders, wood, reinforced concrete, and other objects or debris with maximum 14
lateral dimensions less than 50 percent of the outer diameter of the casing or liner 15
plate. 16
6. Compensation 17
a. Payment will be negotiated with the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. 18
b. Provide the City an opportunity to view obstruction prior to removal. 19
1) Any removal process that does not allow direct inspection of the nature and 20
position of the obstruction will not be considered for payment. 21
3.5 RESTORATION 22
A. After completion of the tunneling, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease, and other 23
materials shall be removed from the tunneling pipe, shafts, and all work areas. 24
1. Cleaning shall be incidental to the construction. 25
B. Plug ends of casing with plywood and place temporary backfill if carrier pipe is 26
installed at a later date. 27
C. Backfill pits/shafts within 48 hours of successful installation of carrier pipe 28
D. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses and shall be completed as 29
soon as reasonably possible. 30
1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft 31
excavation or tunneling. 32
2. Any property damaged or destroyed, shall be restored to equal to or better than the 33
condition prior to construction. 34
3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 14 days after tunneling is complete, or 35
earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 36
4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction 37
operations. 38
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40
41
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Field Test and Inspections 1
1. Allow access to the City and furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in 2
the observations, measurements, and data and sample collection including, but not 3
limited to: 4
a. The City shall have access to the tunneling system prior to, during, and 5
following all tunneling operations. 6
b. The City shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during, and 7
following all tunneling operations. 8
1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe 9
and verification of line and grade. 10
2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety 11
regulations. 12
c. The City shall have access to spoils removed from the tunnel excavation prior 13
to, during, and following all tunneling operations. 14
1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or 15
spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes 16
in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. 17
B. Safety 18
1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 19
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 20
Federal, State and local agencies. 21
b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable 22
requirement. 23
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. 24
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject 25
to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 26
3. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 27
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 28
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 29
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 30
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 31
4. Perform all Work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety 32
requirements of the Federal, State, and local agencies. 33
5. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, 34
Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 35
a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 36
6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 37
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 38
a. Keep on-site all equipment required for emergency response in accordance with 39
the agency having jurisdiction. 40
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 41
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 42
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 43
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 44
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 15 1
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements for the installation of carrier pipe into steel casing pipe or tunnel liner 6
plate at locations specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 14
4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15
5. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 16
6. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17
7. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 18
8. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe. 19
9. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 20
10. Section 33 31 10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 21
11. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Installation of Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Sanitary Sewer Carrier 27
Pipe installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per linear foot for “Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe” installed for: 32
a) Various Sizes. 33
b) Various Materials. 34
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel 2
Liner Plate as specified by the Drawings 3
2) Annular grouting, if required 4
3) Casing spacers 5
4) End seals 6
5) Excavation 7
6) Hauling 8
7) Disposal of excess material 9
8) Clean-up 10
2. Installation of Force Main Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Force Main Carrier 13
Pipe installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot for “Force Main Carrier Pipe” installed for: 18
a) Various Sizes. 19
b) Various Materials. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing Force Main Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner 22
Plate as specified by the Drawings 23
2) Annular grouting, if required 24
3) Casing spacers 25
4) End seals 26
5) Excavation 27
6) Hauling 28
7) Disposal of excess material 29
8) Clean-up 30
3. Installation of Water Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Water Carrier Pipe 33
installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per linear foot for “Water Carrier Pipe” installed for: 38
a) Various Sizes. 39
b) Various Materials. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Water Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 42
as specified by the Drawings 43
2) Annular grouting, if required 44
3) Joint restraint 45
4) Casing spacers 46
5) End seals 47
6) Excavation 48
7) Hauling 49
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Disposal of excess material 1
9) Clean-up 2
1.3 REFERENCES 3
A. Abbreviations 4
1. LDCC – Low Density Cellular Concrete (Grout) 5
2. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 6
3. DIP – Ductile Iron Pipe 7
4. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 8
5. FRP – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 9
B. Definitions 10
1. Carrier Pipe – Permanent pipe for operational use that is used to convey flows. 11
2. Casing – A steel pipe or tunnel liner that supports the ground and provides a stable 12
underground excavation for installation of the carrier pipe. 13
3. Annular Grouting – Grouting of the space between the casing and carrier pipe. 14
C. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17
unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 19
a. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 20
Specimens. 21
b. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 22
Mortars (Using 2-in or [50 mm] Cube Specimens). 23
c. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 24
Pipe (SDR Series). 25
3. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 26
a. 9001, Quality Management Systems - Requirements. 27
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 28
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 29
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 30
5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 31
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 Inches and Larger. 32
b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. 33
c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 34
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 35
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40
41
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Product Data 1
1. Casing Spacers 2
a. Material Data 3
2. Annular Grout Mix 4
a. Material Data 5
B. Shop Drawings 6
1. Casing Spacers 7
a. Detail drawings and manufacturer’s information for the casing spacers that will 8
be used. 9
1) Include dimensions, component materials, and documentation of 10
manufacturer’s ISO 9001:2000 certification. 11
b. Alternatives to casing spacers may be allowed by the City on a case-by-case 12
basis. 13
1) For consideration of an alternate method, submit a substitution request in 14
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 15
2. End seal or bulkhead designs and locations for casing/liners. 16
3. Annular Grouting Work Plan and Methods including: 17
a. Grouting methods 18
b. Details of equipment 19
c. Grouting procedures and sequences including: 20
1) Injection methods 21
2) Injection pressures 22
3) Monitoring and recording equipment 23
4) Pressure gauge calibration data 24
5) Materials 25
d. Grout mix details including: 26
1) Proportions 27
2) Admixtures including: 28
a) Manufacturer’s literature 29
b) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout mix 30
c) Proposed grout densities 31
d) Viscosity 32
e) Initial set time of grout 33
(1) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches from 34
a qualified testing laboratory. 35
e. Submit a minimum of 3 other similar projects where the proposed grout mix 36
design was used. 37
f. Submit anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped for each application and 38
reach grouted. 39
4. Additional requirements for installations of carrier pipe 24-inch and larger: 40
a. Submit work plan describing the carrier pipe installation equipment, materials 41
and construction methods to be employed. 42
b. For installations without holding jacks or a restrained spacer, provide buoyant 43
force calculations for the pipe during grouting, and measures which will be 44
employed to prevent pipe flotation. 45
1) Calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of 46
Texas 47
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Description of methods and devices to prevent buckling of carrier pipe during 1
annular grouting, if required. 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5
A. Certifications 6
1. Casing spacer manufacturer shall be certified in accordance with ISO 9001:2000. 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. Performance / Design Criteria 17
1. Install carrier pipe within the horizontal and vertical tolerances as indicated in Part 18
3 of this Section, incorporating all support/spacer dimensions required. 19
2. The following carrier pipe materials are permitted for installation in casing as 20
indicated: 21
Diameter
(inches) Material Section Reference
Water Line
6-12
DIP (Restrained)
PVC (C900, Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 11
33 14 14
16-30
DIP (Restrained)
AWWA C303 (Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 12
33 14 14
36 and greater
DIP (Restrained)
AWWA C303 (Restrained)
AWWA C200 (Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 12
33 14 13
33 14 14
22
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
Diameter
(inches) Material Section Reference
Gravity
Sanitary
Sewer
8-12
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
PVC (D2241 or D3034)
PVC (C900)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 31 14
33 14 11
33 14 14
14-16
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
PVC (C900)
PVC (D3034)
33 14 10
33 14 11
33 31 14
18-24
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
FRP
PVC (C900)
PVC (D3034)
33 14 10
33 31 10
33 14 11
33 31 14
30 and greater DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
FRP
33 14 10
33 31 10
Sewer Force
Main All Sizes
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy,
Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 14
2
3. The minimum casing pipe or liner diameter required for nominal carrier pipe 3
diameters will be as indicated below: 4
Nominal Carrier Pipe Size,
All Materials (inches)
Minimum Casing
Diameter (inches)
Minimum Liner Plate
Diameter (inches)
8 and Smaller 18 48
10 - 15 24 48
16 – 18 30 48
20 - 21 36 48
24 – 27 42 48
30 48 54
Greater than 30 Project Specific Design Project Specific Design
4. Annular Grouting 5
a. Water Line and Sewer Force Main 6
1) No annular grouting will be required. 7
b. Gravity Sanitary Sewer 8
1) Fill all voids between the carrier pipe and the casing or liner plate with low 9
density cellular concrete grout. 10
5. Grout Mixes 11
a. Low Density Cellular Concrete (Grout) 12
1) Portland cement based grout mix with the addition of a foaming agent for 13
the purpose of annular grouting. 14
2) Develop 1 or more grout mixes designed to completely fill the annular 15
space based on the following requirements: 16
a) Provide adequate retardation to completely fill the annular space in 1 17
monolithic pour. 18
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Provide less than 1 percent shrinkage by volume. 1
c) Minimum compressive strength of 10 psi in 24 hours, 300 psi in 28 2
days 3
d) Design grout mix with the proper density and use proper methods to 4
prevent floating of the carrier pipe. 5
e) Proportion grout to flow and to completely fill all void between the 6
carrier pipe and the casing or liner plate. 7
6. End Seals 8
a. Provide end seals at each end of the casing or liner plate to contain the grout 9
backfill and/or to close the casing/liner ends to prevent the inflow of water or 10
soil. 11
1) Water Piping and Sewer Force Mains less than 24-inch diameter: 12
a) Mortared brick with non-shrink grout, 13
b) Link Seal manufactured by GPT, or 14
c) Approved equal. 15
2) Water Piping and Sewer Force Mains 24-inch diameter and greater: 16
a) Use pull-on, 1/8 inch thick synthetic rubber end seals, Model C 17
manufactured by GPT, or 18
b) Approved equal. 19
3) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Piping: 20
a) No end seals are required if the annulus is grouted. 21
7. Casing Spacers (Insulators) 22
a. Provide casing spacers to support the carrier pipe during installation and 23
grouting (where grout is used). 24
1) For AWWA C303 and C200 pipe, mortar bands may be allowed in lieu of 25
casing spacers in accordance with Section 33 14 12 and Section 33 14 13. 26
b. Provide restrained-style casing spacers to hold carrier pipe stable during 27
grouting operations and prevent floating or movement. 28
c. Provide dielectric strength sufficient to electrically isolate each component 29
from one another and from casing/liner. 30
d. Carrier pipe less than 12-inch diameter and in casing or liner less than or equal 31
to 150 linear feet: 32
1) Provide high density polyethylene spacers manufactured by Raci Spacers 33
North America, Inc. 34
2) Provide sufficient height to allow a minimum clearance of 2 inches 35
between the outside of carrier pipe bells or external restraint system and the 36
inside of the casing/liner surface. 37
e. Carrier pipe 12-inch diameter and larger, or all piping in casing/liner greater 38
than 150 linear feet: 39
1) Minimum 14 gauge 40
2) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 41
3) Coated steel for gravity sanitary sewer 42
4) Suitable for supporting weight of carrier pipe without deformation or 43
collapse during installation 44
5) Risers: 45
a) Design for proposed loading 46
b) 10 gauge steel 47
c) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 48
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Provide sufficient height with attached runner to allow a minimum 1
clearance of 2 inches between the outside of carrier pipe bells or 2
couplings and the inside of the casing/liner surface. 3
6) Bands: 4
a) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 5
b) Provide polyvinyl chloride inner liner with: 6
(1) Minimum thickness of 0.09 inches 7
(2) Durometer “A” of 85-90 hardness 8
(3) Minimum dielectric strength of 58,000 volts 9
7) Runners: 10
a) Pressure-molded glass reinforced polymer or UHMW 11
b) Minimum 2 inches in width 12
c) Minimum 11 inches in length 13
d) Attach to the band or riser with minimum 3/8 inch welded steel or 14
stainless steel studs. 15
e) Recess runner studs and nuts well below wearing surface of the runner. 16
(1) Fill recess with corrosion inhibiting filler. 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 18
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
PART 3 - EXECUTION 20
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 21
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 23
3.4 INSTALLATION 24
A. General 25
1. Carrier pipe installation may not begin until completion of the following tasks: 26
a. All required submittals have been provided, reviewed, and accepted. 27
b. All casing/liner joints are watertight and no water is entering casing or liner 28
from any sources. 29
c. All contact grouting is complete, if required. 30
d. Casing/liner alignment record drawings have been submitted and accepted by 31
City to document deviations due to casing/liner installation. 32
e. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices and an 33
emergency plan in accordance with applicable requirements. 34
2. Install the carrier pipe within the casing or liner between the limits and to the lines 35
and grades specified in the Drawings. Utilize methods which include due regard for 36
safety of workers, adjacent structures and improvements, utilities, and the public. 37
B. Control of Line and Grade 38
1. Install carrier pipe inside the casing or liner within the following tolerances: 39
a. Horizontally +/- 2 inches from design line 40
b. Vertically +/- 1 inch from design grade 41
2. Check line and grade set up prior to beginning carrier pipe installation. 42
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Perform survey checks of line-and-grade of carrier pipe during installation 1
operations. 2
4. Contractor is fully responsible for the accuracy of the carrier pipe installation, and 3
correction of the installation, if required. 4
a. Where the carrier pipe installation does not satisfy specified tolerances, correct 5
the installation, including if necessary, redesign of the pipe or structures at no 6
additional cost to City. 7
C. Installation of Carrier Pipe 8
1. Pipe Installation 9
a. Remove all loose soil from casing or liner. 10
b. Grind smooth all rough welds at casing joints. 11
c. Install carrier pipe so that there is no metallic contact between the carrier pipe 12
and the casing or liner. 13
d. Install carrier pipe without sliding or dragging it on the ground or in the 14
casing/liner in a manner that could damage the pipe or coatings. 15
1) If guide rails are used, place cement mortar on both sides of the rails. 16
e. Electrically isolate the carrier pipe from the casing spacers and from the 17
casing/liner. 18
f. Grade the bottom of the trench adjacent to each end of the casing/liner to 19
provide firm, uniform, and continuous support for the pipe. If the trench 20
requires backfilling to establish the final trench bottom grade, place the backfill 21
in 6-inch lifts and compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05 prior to 22
installing the carrier pipe. 23
g. After the casing/liner has been placed, pump dry and maintain a dry surface 24
until the carrier pipe and end seals are installed. 25
2. Installation of Casing Spacers 26
a. Provide casing spacers, insulators, or other approved devices to prevent 27
flotation, movement, or damage to the pipe during installation and grout 28
backfill placement. 29
b. Assemble and securely fashion casing spacers to pipeline to be installed in 30
casing or liner. 31
c. Correctly assemble, evenly tighten, and prevent damage to pipe or casing 32
spacer during tightening and pipe insertion. 33
d. Install spacers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 34
e. Coat the casing spacer runners with a non-corrosive/environmentally safe 35
lubricant to minimize friction when installing the carrier pipe. 36
3. Casing Spacer Spacing 37
a. Maximum distance between spacers is 6 feet 6 inches. 38
b. For 18 and 20-foot-long joints, install a minimum of 5 spacers for PVC and 39
HDPE pipe, and 4 spacers for all other materials. 40
1) Install 2 spacers within 1 foot on each side of bell or flange. 41
2) Space remaining 2 or 3 spacers evenly between pipe ends. 42
c. If the casing or liner is angled or bent, add 1 additional spacer and adjust 43
spacing evenly. 44
d. Provide 2 end spacers at each casing/liner end, within 6 inches of end of 45
casing/liner. 46
e. Install spacers on PVC pipe at the insertion line to prevent over-insertion of the 47
spigot into the bell. 48
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. After Carrier Pipe Installation 1
a. Mortar inside and outside of the joints, as applicable. 2
b. Verify electrical discontinuity between water carrier pipe and the casing/liner. 3
1) If continuity exists, remedy the short by all means necessary, including 4
removing and reinstalling the carrier pipe, prior to installing the annular 5
grout (if applicable). 6
c. If steel pipe is used and not welded prior to installing in casing/liner, welding of 7
pipe will only be allowed after annular grouting is complete (if applicable). 8
D. Installation of End Seals (Water and Sewer Force Main) 9
1. Pipe less than 24 inches in diameter: 10
a. Install mortared brick or Link Seal 11
2. Pipe 24-inches and greater in diameter: 12
a. Ground end of casing/liner minimum 6 inches and maximum 12 inches. 13
b. Place pull-on synthetic rubber end seals on the pipe and pull over the end 14
casing/liner. Securely fasten with stainless steel bands. 15
E. Annular Grouting (For Gravity Sewer Only) 16
1. Prepare pipe as necessary to prevent the pipe from floating during grouting 17
operations as necessary. 18
2. Mixing of Grout 19
a. Mix material in equipment of sufficient size to provide the desired amount of 20
grout material for each stage in a single operation. 21
1) The equipment shall be capable of mixing the grout at the required densities 22
for the approved procedure and shall be capable of changing the densities 23
as required by field conditions. 24
3. Backfill Annular Space with Grout 25
a. Prior to filling the annular space, test the gravity sewer carrier pipe in 26
accordance with Section 33 01 31. 27
b. Verify from the manufacturer, the maximum allowable external pressure the 28
carrier pipe may experience, and do not exceed this grout injection pressure. 29
c. After the installation of the carrier pipe, fill the remaining space (all voids) with 30
LDCC grout. 31
1) All exterior surfaces of the carrier pipe wall and interior surfaces of the 32
casing/liner shall be in contact with grout. 33
2) Pump grout through a pipe or hose. 34
3) Use grout pipes, or other appropriate materials, to avoid damage to carrier 35
pipe during grouting. 36
4. Injection of LDCC Grout 37
a. Grout injection pressure shall not exceed the carrier pipe manufacturer’s 38
recommendations, or 5 psi, whichever is lower. 39
b. Provide pumping equipment of a size sufficient to inject grout at a volume, 40
velocity, and pressure compatible with the size/volume of the annular space. 41
c. Once grouting operations begin, proceed with uninterrupted grouting, unless 42
grouting procedures require multiple stages. 43
d. Grout placements shall not be terminated until the estimated volume of annular 44
grout has been injected. 45
5. Block the carrier pipe during grouting to prevent flotation during grout installation. 46
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Protect and preserve the interior surfaces of the casing from damage during 1
grouting. 2
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5
A. Grouting Reports and Records 6
1. Required for the following scenarios: 7
a. Carrier pipe 24-inch and greater 8
b. Carrier pipe of any size longer than 150 feet 9
2. Maintain and submit daily logs of grouting operations including: 10
a. Grouting locations 11
b. Pressures 12
c. Volumes 13
d. Grout mix pumped 14
e. Time of pumping 15
f. Any problems or unusual observations 16
B. Grout Strength Tests 17
1. Perform testing for 24-hour and 28 day compressive strength for the cylinder molds 18
(ASTM C39) or grout cubes (ASTM C109) obtained during grouting operations. 19
2. Provide and test at least 1 set of 4-cylinder molds or grout cutes for each 100 cubic 20
yards of grout injected, but not less than 1 set for each grouting shift. 21
3. Test remaining samples as directed by City. 22
C. Safety 23
1. Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 24
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 25
Federal, State and local agencies. 26
1) Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, 27
Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 28
2) In the event of a conflict, comply with the more stringent requirement. 29
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in jacking/launching shafts and 30
receiving shafts/pits. 31
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic, and air powered equipment is acceptable subject to 32
applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 33
3. Methods of construction shall be such as to ensure the safety of the Work, 34
Contractor, subcontractor, other personnel on the Site, and the public. 35
4. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 36
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 37
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 38
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 39
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 40
5. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 41
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 42
a. Keep all equipment required for emergency response at the Site in accordance 43
with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. 44
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 61 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Cast-in-6
Place Concrete Manholes. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 17
7. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18
8. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 19
9. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 20
10. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 21
11. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22
12. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Manhole 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Excavation 37
3) Forms 38
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 39
5) Concrete 40
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6) Foundation 1
7) Drop pipe, if required 2
8) Vent piping, if required 3
9) Pipe stubs 4
10) Frame 5
11) Cover 6
12) Grade rings 7
13) Pipe connections 8
14) Pavement removal 9
15) Hauling 10
16) Disposal of excess material 11
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
18) Clean-up 13
2. Extra Depth Manhole 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 16
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 21
a) Various sizes. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 24
Drawings 25
2) Excavation 26
3) Forms 27
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 28
5) Concrete 29
6) Foundation 30
7) Drop pipe (if required) 31
8) Pipe stubs 32
9) Frame 33
10) Cover 34
11) Grade rings 35
12) Pipe connections 36
13) Pavement removal 37
14) Hauling 38
15) Disposal of excess material 39
16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
17) Clean-up 41
3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per each Sewer Junction Structure installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per each “Sewer Junction Structure” installed. 48
49
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing junction structure as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Excavation 3
3) Forms 4
4) Reinforcing steel 5
5) Concrete 6
6) Foundation 7
7) Drop pipe, if required 8
8) Vent piping, if required 9
9) Pipe stubs 10
10) Frame 11
11) Cover 12
12) Grade rings 13
13) Pipe connections 14
14) Pavement removal 15
15) Hauling 16
16) Disposal of excess material 17
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 18
18) Clean-up 19
1.3 REFERENCES 20
A. Definitions 21
1. Manhole Type 22
a. Standard Manhole 23
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 24
b. Standard Drop Manhole 25
1) Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 26
c. Extra Depth Manhole 27
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 28
B. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 33
a. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 34
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 35
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40
A. Product Data 41
1. Drop connection materials 42
2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 43
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Stubs and stub plugs 1
4. Concrete mix design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 7
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 8
66 00. 9
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13
2.2 MATERIALS 14
A. Materials 15
1. Class ‘S’ Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16
2. Reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 17
3. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 18
4. Pipe Connections 19
a. Utilize an elastomeric PVC or rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular 20
block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 21
5. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 22
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 23
6. Steps are not allowed. 24
B. Finishes 25
1. Interior lining in accordance with Section 33 01 40, if required. 26
2. Exterior coating not required for cast-in-place concrete manholes. 27
C. Manhole Sizing 28
1. 4-foot diameter 29
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 30
2. 5-foot diameter 31
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 32
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 33
3. 6-foot diameter 34
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 35
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION 5
A. Evaluation and Assessment 6
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 7
3.3 PREPARATION 8
A. Foundation Preparation 9
1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 10
2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 11
33 05 05. 12
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 13
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 14
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 15
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength or 7-days have elapsed. 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. Manhole 18
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 19
2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 20
a. A cold joint with PVC water stop will only be allowed when the manhole depth 21
exceeds 12-feet. 22
b. No other joints are allowed unless specified in the Drawings. 23
3. Place, finish, and cure concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 24
a. Allow concrete for manholes to cure a minimum of 3 days before backfilling 25
around structure. 26
B. Pipe connection at Manhole 27
1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 28
C. Invert 29
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 30
at pipe-manhole connections. 31
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 32
possible radius of curvature. 33
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 34
3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 35
largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 36
D. Drop Manhole Connection 37
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 38
above the manhole invert. 39
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 1
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 2
E. Final Rim Elevation 3
1. Grade Rings 4
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 5
close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 6
12-inches of grade rings. 7
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 8
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 9
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 10
watertight seal. 11
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 12
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 13
2. Frame and Cover 14
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 15
with Section 33 05 81. 16
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 17
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 18
F. Internal Coating 19
1. Install manhole liner where specified in the Drawings in accordance with Section 20
33 01 40. 21
G. External Coating 22
1. No external coating is required for cast-in-place manholes. 23
H. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 24
I. Junction Structures to be installed as specified in the Drawings. 25
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 28
A. Site Tests and Inspections 29
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
37
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 62 1
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 6
Concrete Manholes. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 14
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 15
5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 16
6. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
8. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 19
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 20
10. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. Manhole 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Excavation 35
3) Forms 36
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 37
5) Concrete 38
6) Foundation 39
7) Drop pipe, if required 40
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Vent piping, if required 1
9) Pipe stubs 2
10) Interior lining 3
11) Frame 4
12) Cover 5
13) Grade rings 6
14) Pipe connections 7
15) Pavement removal 8
16) Hauling 9
17) Disposal of excess material 10
18) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 11
19) Clean-up 12
2. Extra Depth Manhole 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 15
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 20
a) Various sizes. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 23
Drawings 24
2) Excavation 25
3) Forms 26
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 27
5) Concrete 28
6) Foundation 29
7) Drop pipe, if required 30
8) Pipe stubs 31
9) Interior lining 32
10) Frame 33
11) Cover 34
12) Grade rings 35
13) Pipe connections 36
14) Pavement removal 37
15) Hauling 38
16) Disposal of excess material 39
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
18) Clean-up 41
1.3 REFERENCES 42
A. Definitions 43
1. Manhole Type 44
a. Standard Manhole 45
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 46
b. Standard Drop Manhole 47
1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 48
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Extra Depth Manhole 1
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 2
B. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5
unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 7
a. C443 – Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 8
Rubber Gaskets. 9
b. C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 10
Sections. 11
c. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 12
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 13
d. D1187 – Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for Use as 14
Protective Coatings for Metal. 15
e. D1227 – Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 16
Coating for Roofing. 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 18
1.5 SUBMITTALS 19
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 20
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22
A. Product Data 23
1. Precast Concrete Manhole 24
2. Drop connection materials 25
3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 26
4. Stubs and stub plugs 27
B. Shop Drawings 28
1. Pre-cast manhole drawings 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 32
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 34
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35
66 00. 36
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Materials 4
1. Precast reinforced concrete sections shall be in accordance with ASTM C478. 5
2. Precast Joints 6
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with ASTM C443. 7
b. Minimize number of joints. 8
c. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 9
1) For example, use long joints at the bottom of manhole and shorter joints 10
toward the top. 11
d. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 12
3. Lifting Devices 13
a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 14
1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 15
2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 16
installation. 17
4. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 18
5. Pipe Connections 19
a. Utilize an elastomeric PVC or rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular 20
block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 21
6. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 22
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 23
7. Steps are not allowed. 24
B. Finishes 25
1. Interior lining is required for all pre-cast concrete manholes in accordance 26
with Section 33 01 40. 27
2. Exterior Coating 28
a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 29
Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 30
C. Manhole Sizing 31
1. 4-foot diameter 32
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 33
2. 5-foot diameter 34
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 35
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 36
3. 6-foot diameter 37
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 38
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION 3
A. Evaluation and Assessment 4
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Foundation Preparation 7
1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 8
2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 9
33 05 05. 10
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 11
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 12
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 13
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength, or 7-days have elapsed. 14
3.4 INSTALLATION 15
A. Manhole 16
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 17
2. Precast Sections 18
a. Provide bell-and-spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 19
compound for wastewater use. 20
1) Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all precast joints. 21
b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate, and join. 22
c. Minimize number of segments. 23
d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 24
B. Invert 25
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 26
at pipe-manhole connections. 27
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 28
possible radius of curvature. 29
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 30
3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 31
largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 32
C. Drop Manhole Connection 33
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 34
above the manhole invert. 35
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 36
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 37
38
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Final Rim Elevation 1
1. Grade Rings 2
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 3
close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 4
12-inches of grade rings. 5
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 6
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 7
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 8
watertight seal. 9
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 10
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 11
2. Frame and Cover 12
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 13
with Section 33 05 81. 14
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 15
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 16
E. Internal Coating 17
1. Install manhole liner for all precast concrete manholes in accordance with 18
Section 33 01 40. 19
F. External coating 20
1. Remove dirt, dust, oil, and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 21
the coating. 22
2. Install coating in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 23
G. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Site Tests and Inspections 28
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
36
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 05 63
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 63 1
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete vaults to be used in water utility applications. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 14
5. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 15
6. Section 33 01 40 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 16
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
8. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-In-Place Concrete Manholes. 18
9. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 19
10. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 20
11. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. Concrete Water Vault 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This item is considered subsidiary to water meters 3 inches and larger and 26
butterfly valves (if required by the Drawings). 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each “Water Meter” and “Butterfly 30
Valve”. 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 37
33 05 63
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 1
and Commentary. 2
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 3
a. C857, Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for 4
Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 5
b. C858, Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility 6
Structures. 7
c. C891, Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete 8
Utility Structures. 9
d. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 10
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 11
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 12
a. 29 CFR 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes 13
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 14
1.5 SUBMITTALS 15
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 16
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 17
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18
A. Product Data 19
1. Precast Concrete Vault (if applicable) 20
2. Connection materials 21
3. Pipe connections at vault walls 22
4. Stubs and stub plugs 23
5. Ladder 24
6. External coating material 25
7. Wall penetration materials 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29
A. Qualifications 30
1. In accordance with the requirements of ACI 350 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 33
1. Precast Vaults: 34
a. Deliver vault or panels (units) to project site in such quantity to assure 35
continuity of installation. 36
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 37
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 38
66 00. 39
33 05 63
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Store units at the project site in a manner which prevents cracking, distortion, 1
staining, or other physical damage. 2
3. Lift units by designing lifting points or supports. 3
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
2.2 MATERIALS 8
A. Performance / Design Criteria 9
1. Vault 10
a. Dimensions in accordance with the Drawings. 11
b. Opening in accordance with the Drawings. 12
c. Incorporate a sump into the base or floor of the vault. 13
1) Avoid conflicts with piping 14
2) Do not locate directly under the access location, if applicable 15
d. Place floor on a minimum 2 percent slope toward the sump. 16
e. Design precast vaults in accordance with ASTM C857 and C858. 17
2. Water Pipe Penetrations 18
a. Use adjustable-linked rubber seal devices or epoxy grout to provide seals 19
around pipe penetrations. 20
3. Vault Access 21
a. Cover/Door 22
1) Meter Vaults: 23
a) H20 load rated 48-inch x 72-inch aluminum double leaf door, Bilco 24
Type JAL-H20 model 25
2) Other Vaults: 26
a) H20 load rated 48-inch x 72-inch aluminum double leaf door, Bilco 27
Type JAL-H20 model or standard 30-inch clear opening frame and 28
cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81 as specified in the Drawings 29
3) Where hatches are used, provide the following: 30
a) An automatic hold-open arm with release handle and locking device 31
b) Bilco type fall protection grating under aluminum door that meets 32
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.23 requirements or approved equal 33
c) Drain gutter with an outlet to the exterior of the vault lid 34
b. Ladder 35
1) Provide aluminum ladder in accordance with the Drawings. 36
2) Provide ladder to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 37
B. Materials 38
1. Concrete and reinforcing steel in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 39
2. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 40
3. Sanitary sewer pipe connections in accordance with Sections 33 05 61, 33 05 62, 41
and 33 05 76. 42
33 05 63
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Adjustable-linked rubber seal devices 1
a. Manufactured by Link-Seal or approved equal. 2
5. Interior coating or liner in accordance with Section 33 01 40 if specified in the 3
Drawings. 4
6. Exterior Coating 5
a. Coal tar bitumastic for below grade damp proofing 6
b. Dry film thickness (DFT) no less than 12 mils and no greater than 30 mils 7
c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume +/- 2 percent 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION 13
A. Evaluation and Assessment 14
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. Vault 18
1. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C891. 19
2. Construct vault to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Precast Sections 21
a. Clean bell and spigot gaskets 22
1) Lubricate and join 23
b. Minimize number of segments 24
4. Vault Base 25
a. Place vault base on 6-inch minimum compacted crushed rock (in accordance 26
with Section 33 05 05) over undisturbed soils and grade level to elevation 27
specified in the Drawings. 28
B. Water Pipe Penetrations 29
1. Install adjustable-linked rubber seal devices around pipe penetrations in accordance 30
with manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with ASTM C923. 31
C. Modifications and pipe penetrations into vaults in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 32
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 33
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 37
33 05 63
CONCRETE WATER VAULTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
[2019 JAN 01]
8
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 76 1
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester (Fiberglass) Sanitary Sewer Manholes. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 15
6. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 16
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
8. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 18
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 19
10. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 20
11. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21
12. Section 33 31 10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 22
13. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Manhole 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Excavation 37
3) Forms 38
4) Concrete foundation 39
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Drop pipe, if required 1
6) Vent piping, if required 2
7) Pipe stubs 3
8) Frame 4
9) Cover 5
10) Grade rings 6
11) Pipe connections 7
12) Pavement removal 8
13) Hauling 9
14) Disposal of excess material 10
15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 11
16) Clean-up 12
2. Extra Depth Manhole 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 15
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 20
a) Various sizes. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 23
Drawings 24
2) Excavation 25
3) Forms 26
4) Concrete foundation 27
5) Drop pipe, if required 28
6) Pipe stubs 29
7) Frame 30
8) Cover 31
9) Grade rings 32
10) Pipe connections 33
11) Pavement removal 34
12) Hauling 35
13) Disposal of excess material 36
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37
15) Clean-up 38
1.3 REFERENCES 39
A. Definitions 40
1. Manhole Type 41
a. Standard Manhole 42
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 43
b. Standard Drop Manhole 44
1) Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 45
c. Extra Depth Manhole 46
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 47
48
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Reference Standards 1
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 2
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 3
unless a date is specifically cited. 4
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 5
a. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain 6
and Sewer Pipe. 7
b. D3753, Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester 8
Manholes and Wetwells. 9
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10
1.5 SUBMITTALS 11
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Product Data 15
1. Fiberglass material data 16
2. Installation instructions for Fiberglass Manholes 17
3. Drop connection materials 18
4. Pipe connections at manhole walls 19
5. Materials for stubs and stub plugs, if applicable 20
6. Grade ring materials 21
7. External coating materials 22
8. Plugs for hydrostatic testing 23
B. Shop Drawings 24
1. Design and fabrication details of Fiberglass Manholes 25
C. Certifications 26
1. Manufacturer’s certification verifying fiberglass manholes meet or exceed the 27
requirements of ASTM D3753. 28
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31
A. Certifications 32
1. Upon completion of fabrication provide independent certification consisting of the 33
manufacturer’s testing report including test results verifying the manhole has been 34
sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with and meets all the requirements of 35
ASTM D3753. 36
37
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Manufacturer List 11
a. L.F. Manufacturing, Inc. 12
b. Containment Solutions, Inc. 13
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 14
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 15
B. Materials 16
1. Resin 17
a. Commercial grade unsaturated polyester resin or other suitable vinyl ester resin. 18
2. Reinforcing Materials 19
a. Commercial grade “E” type glass in the form of mat, continuous roving, chop 20
roving, roving fabric, or a combination of the above, with a coupling agent that 21
will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. 22
3. Interior Surfacing Material 23
a. Resin-rich layer of 0.010 to 0.020 inch thick. 24
4. Exterior Surface 25
a. Provide a UV inhibitor in the resin to a minimum of 0.125 inches. 26
1) Gel coat, paint, or other coatings are not permitted. 27
5. Fillers and Additives 28
a. Inert to the environment and manhole construction. 29
b. Thixotropic agents, catalysts, promoters, etc. may be added as required by the 30
specific manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements of this 31
Section. The resulting reinforced-plastic material be in accordance with the 32
requirements of this Section. 33
1) Sand is not permitted as a filler. 34
6. Stub Outs 35
a. Factory install and glass in pipe stubs for all connections. 36
1) Field cuts of fiberglass manhole are not permitted. 37
2) Boot type connectors are not permitted. 38
b. Pipe stubs to be installed shall be in accordance with Sections 33 14 10, 33 14 39
11, 33 14 14, 33 31 10, or 33 31 14. 40
1) Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 41
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Invert and manhole bench should be factory installed. 1
a. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 2
largest pipe at manhole wall. 3
C. Performance / Design Criteria 4
1. Provide Prefabricated Fiberglass Manholes in accordance with the shape, size, 5
dimensions, and details specified in the Drawings. 6
2. Unless modified in the Drawings, use manhole sections in accordance with ASTM 7
D3753. 8
3. Provide the following markings in 1-inch minimum tall stenciled letters on the 9
inside and outside of the barrel: 10
a. Manufacturer’s name or trademark 11
b. Manufacturer’s factory location 12
c. Manufacturer’s serial number 13
d. Total height and nominal diameter 14
e. Complies with ASTM D3753 15
4. Provide wall section thickness for depth of manhole according to ASTM D3753, 16
but not less than 0.48 inches in thickness. 17
5. Provide fabricated reducer bonded at factory to form a continuous unit at top of 18
manhole barrel to accept grade rings, frame, and cover. 19
6. Provide factory installed fiberglass bottom with 3-inch minimum anti-flotation 20
flange. 21
7. Load Rating 22
a. Complete manhole shall be designed to meet the following requirements: 23
1) HS-20 load rated, allowing a minimum dynamic load rating of 16,000 24
pounds when tested in accordance with ASTM D3753. 25
a) To establish this rating, the manhole may not leak, crack, or suffer 26
other damage when load tested to 40,000 pounds and shall not deflect 27
vertically downward more than 0.25-inches at the point of load 28
application when loaded to 24,000 pounds. 29
8. Stiffness 30
a. The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe stiffness value as indicated 31
below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3753: 32
33
Height (feet) F/AY (psi)
0 to 10 1.26
10 to 20 2.01
21 to 25 3.02
26 to 30 5.24
34
D. Manhole Sizing 35
1. 4-foot diameter 36
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 37
2. 5-foot diameter 38
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 39
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 40
41
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. 6-foot diameter 1
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 2
E. Fiberglass Manhole Locations 3
1. Only permitted in non-paved areas which will not be paved in the future, unless 4
approved by City. 5
F. Drop Piping 6
1. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10, 33 14 11, or 33 31 14. 7
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 8
G. Concrete Manhole Base 9
1. Class ‘S’ concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10
H. Reinforcing Steel 11
1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00 12
I. Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 13
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION 19
A. Evaluation and Assessment 20
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Foundation Preparation 23
1. Excavate 20-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 24
2. Replace bottom 12-inches of excavated soil with crushed rock in accordance with 25
Section 33 05 05. 26
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 27
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 28
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 29
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength, or 7-days have elapsed. 30
3. Replace top 8-inches of excavated soil with Class ‘A’ concrete a minimum of 12-31
inches outside proposed manhole barrel, and install in accordance with Section 03 32
30 00. 33
4. Embed No. 4 steel reinforcement hooks at 12-inch centers in concrete foundation 34
circumferentially to prevent manhole flotation. 35
5. Do not place fiberglass manhole on foundation until concrete is demonstrated to 36
have cured to 3,000 psi compressive strength, or 14-days have elapsed. 37
38
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Manhole 2
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 3
2. Lower manhole barrel onto base section. 4
3. Ensure circumferential hooks are oriented to anchor flanges. 5
4. Pour additional 4-inches of Class ‘A’ concrete on hooks in accordance with the 6
Drawings and Section 03 30 00. 7
5. Backfill entire excavation to 12-inches below final grade with cement stabilized 8
sand (CSS) or controlled low strength material (CLSM) in accordance with Section 9
33 05 05 or 03 34 13. 10
a. Native backfill or select backfill will not be permitted. 11
B. Drop Manhole Connection 12
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 13
above the manhole invert. 14
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 15
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13. 16
C. Final Rim Elevation 17
1. Grade Rings 18
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is no 19
more than 6-inches. 20
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 21
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 22
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 23
watertight seal. 24
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 25
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 26
2. Frame and Cover 27
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 28
with Section 33 05 81. 29
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 30
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 31
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Site Tests and Inspections 35
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 81 1
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast iron and compression molded composite frame and cover used as access port 6
into water, sanitary sewer, and storm drain structures such as manholes or vaults. 7
2. Concrete and HDPE grade rings for adjusting frame and cover grades. 8
3. Concrete collars for manholes in unimproved areas and asphalt pavement. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18
to Grade. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Cast-Iron Frame Cover and Grade Rings 22
a. Measurement 23
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, 24
cover, and grade rings. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place and 28
no other compensation will be allowed. 29
2. Concrete Collars 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each concrete collar installed on an existing manhole. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each “Concrete Collar” installed on an existing manhole. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Concrete Collar 38
2) Excavation 39
3) Forms 40
4) Reinforcing Steel 41
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Concrete 1
6) Backfill 2
7) Pavement Removal 3
8) Hauling 4
9) Disposal of excess material 5
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 6
11) Clean-up 7
12) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for 8
rim adjustment on existing manhole 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Reference Standards 11
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13
unless a date is specifically cited. 14
2. ASTM International (ASTM) 15
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 16
b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 17
3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 18
a. AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 19
Related Castings 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS 22
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 23
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25
A. Product Data 26
1. All castings shall be cast with: 27
a. Approved foundry’s name 28
b. Part number 29
c. Country of origin 30
2. Manufacturers: 31
a. Specifications 32
b. Load tables 33
c. Dimension diagrams 34
d. Anchor details 35
e. Installation instructions 36
B. Certificates 37
1. Manufacturer shall certify castings are manufactured in accordance with applicable 38
ASTM and AASHTO designations, including but not limited to, ASTM A48, A536, 39
and AASHTO M306. 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 MATERIALS 7
A. Manufacturers 8
1. Water and Sanitary Sewer 9
a. Standard Cast Iron Frame and Cover 10
1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 11
2) EJ – V1480A 32” Solid Cover Sanitary Sewer Min. 200 Lbs. 12
b. Water-Tight Cast Iron Frame and Ductile Iron Cover 13
1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 14
2) EJ – V1480 CAM LOCK Cover 15
c. Composite Molded Frame and Cover 16
1) Composite Access Products – CAP ONE-30 17
2. Storm Drain 18
a. Manholes and Junction Structures 19
1) Bass & Hays – 400-24 BASS Cover 20
2) Bass & Hays – 400-24D Ring 21
b. Inlets 22
1) Bass & Hays – 226L Locking Inlet Cover 23
2) Bass & Hays – 226L Inlet Ring 24
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 25
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 26
B. Castings – Allowed in all Areas 27
1. Cast iron castings in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 28
2. Ductile iron castings in accordance with ASTM A536, Grade 70-50-05 or better. 29
a. Ductile iron will only be allowed for water-tight manhole covers, all other 30
castings shall be cast-iron. 31
3. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading with 32
permanent deformation 33
4. Covers 34
a. Size to set flush with frame with no larger than a 1/8-inch gap between frame 35
and cover 36
b. Provide 2-inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes 37
c. Provide gasket in frame and cover 38
39
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Moldings – Allowed in Non-Traffic Areas Only 1
1. Consist of thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or combined with reinforcing 2
fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent nonmetallic reinforcing 3
structure(s) 4
2. Thermosetting resin matrix shall be polymer, vinylester or a blend of both. 5
3. Thoroughly deflash and clean all moldings at parting lines, holes, notches, and 6
exposed edges before removing from molding operation. 7
4. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle loading with 8
permanent deformation. 9
5. Frame wall thickness shall be a minimum of 0.75 inches. 10
6. Add UV stabilizers with concentrations between 0.05% and 5% prior to shaping by 11
injection molding. 12
D. Standard Dimensions 13
1. Sanitary Sewer and Water 14
a. Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and cover 15
assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 16
2. Storm Drain 17
a. Provide a clear opening of 22 inches for all storm drain inlet, manhole, and 18
junction structure frame and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the 19
Contract Documents. 20
E. Standard Labels 21
1. Water 22
a. Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 1-inch minimum letters across the lid and 23
in accordance with the Drawings. 24
2. Sanitary Sewer 25
a. Cast lid with the words “SANITARY SEWER” in 1-inch minimum letters 26
across the lid and in accordance with the Drawings. 27
3. Storm Drain 28
a. Cast lid with the phrases “DUMP NO WASTE DRAINS TO RIVER”, 29
“STORM SEWER”, and bass picture, in accordance with the Drawings. 30
F. Hinged Covers are not permitted 31
G. Grade Rings 32
1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2 inch up to 6 inch. 33
2. New structures should be constructed such that the total height of grade rings is no 34
more than 6 inches. 35
3. Total grade ring height on existing structures as result of an adjustment shall be 36
limited to the height specified in Section 33 01 35. 37
4. Materials 38
a. Concrete in traffic loading areas 39
b. Concrete or HDPE in non-traffic areas 40
1) HDPE shall have a minimum allowable traffic loading meeting AASHTO 41
HS-25. 42
43
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
H. Joint Sealant 1
1. Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable flat tape 2
form. 3
2. Provide a sealant that is not dependent on a chemical action for its adhesive 4
properties or cohesive strength. 5
3. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 6
accordance with the Drawings. 7
I. Concrete Collar 8
1. Concrete and reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9
2. Cast concrete collar in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. Grade Rings 18
1. Place as indicated in the Drawings. 19
2. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones, or other unspecified material to obtain final 20
surface elevation of the manhole frame. 21
3. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 22
4. Seal each grade ring with sealant specified in this Section and as indicated in the 23
Drawings. 24
B. Frame and Cover 25
1. Water 26
a. For water structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the 27
Drawings. 28
2. Sanitary Sewer 29
a. For sanitary sewer structures outside the 100-yr flood plain, install standard 30
frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 31
b. For sanitary sewer structures within the 100-yr flood plain, install water-tight 32
frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 33
3. Storm Drain 34
a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance 35
with the Drawings. 36
C. Joint Sealing 37
1. Seal frame, grade rings, and structure with specified sealant. 38
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 1
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 2
D. Concrete Collar 3
1. Install concrete collar in accordance with the Drawings in unimproved and asphalt 4
areas. 5
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 97 1
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction 6
2. Surface utility markers for water and sewer mains as indicated in the Drawings 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will 19
be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Utility Markers”. 20
3. The price bid shall include: 21
a. Furnishing and installing Utility Markers as specified in the Drawings 22
b. Mobilization 23
c. Pavement removal 24
d. Excavation 25
e. Hauling 26
f. Disposal of excess material 27
g. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 28
h. Clean-up 29
1.3 REFERENCES 30
A. Reference Standards 31
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33
unless a date is specifically cited. 34
2. American Public Works Association (APWA): 35
a. Uniform Color Code. 36
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Buried Marker 7
2. Surface Marker 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16
2.2 MATERIALS 17
A. Manufacturers 18
1. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the 19
manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. 20
B. Materials 21
1. Buried Markers 22
a. Detectable Warning Tape 23
1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 24
2) Width – 3 inch minimum 25
3) Weight – 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 26
4) Triple Layer with: 27
a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a 28
protective inert plastic jacket 29
(1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene 30
(2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and 31
solvents within soil 32
(3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 33
5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 34
6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub-off 35
7) Color and Legends 36
a) Potable water lines 37
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
(1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 1
(2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 2
inches) 3
b) Reclaimed water lines 4
(1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 5
(2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 6
inches) 7
c) Sewer Line 8
(1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 9
(2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 10
2. Surface Markers 11
a. Provide as follows: 12
1) 4-inch wide, 6-feet minimum length, fiberglass composite, double-sided 13
marker, or approved equal 14
2) Posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant decals as follows: 15
a) Water Lines 16
(1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 17
(2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below 18
b) Reclaimed water lines 19
(1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 20
(2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below 21
c) Sewer lines 22
(1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 23
(2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 INSTALLATION 31
A. Buried Markers 32
1. Detectable Warning Tape – For all underground water and sanitary sewer lines 33
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations below natural 34
ground surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. 35
1) Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. 36
2) Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum 37
protection and detectability. 38
B. Surface Markers 39
1. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 40
2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including decaled 41
portion). 42
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Place surface markers near fixed objects, if possible 1
4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: 2
a. Unimproved areas only 3
b. Buried Features 4
1) Place directly above a buried feature. 5
c. Above-Ground Features 6
1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature. 7
d. Water lines 12-inches and larger: 8
1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: 9
a) Highway crossings 10
b) Railroad crossings 11
2) Utility crossings such as: 12
a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines 13
b) Fiber optic lines 14
c) Underground electric transmission lines 15
d) Or other locations specified in the Drawings or directed by the City 16
e. For sanitary sewer lines: 17
1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an 18
above-ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 19
f. Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 20
g. As specified in Drawings. 21
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 31
32
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 98 1
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of existing underground utilities 6
at proposed connection points or that may conflict with proposed facilities, by use 7
of: 8
a. Exploratory Excavation 9
b. Vacuum Excavation 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Location of Existing Utilities 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Location of Existing 25
Utilities” at proposed connection points and all proposed crossings. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Coordination with utility owners 28
2) Grade survey 29
3) Pavement removal 30
4) Excavation 31
5) Vacuum excavation 32
6) Utility location 33
7) Hauling 34
8) Disposal of excess material 35
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 36
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37
11) Clean-up 38
12) Surface restoration 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
41
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Definitions 1
1. Exploratory Excavation: Commonly referred to as “potholing”, a method used to 2
locate existing 10” and smaller underground utilities through the use of standard 3
excavation equipment. 4
2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utilities of all 5
sizes, but which must be used for utilities 12 inches and larger, through the use of 6
geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum excavation. 7
B. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 12
a. ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and 13
Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15
A. Coordination 16
1. Stake areas for location at least 1 week prior to commencement of location. 17
2. Coordinate location of all utilities within vicinity of excavation prior to 18
commencing location. 19
3. Coordinate with City at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for location of 20
utilities. 21
B. Sequencing 22
1. Location of utilities shall be performed prior to construction of the entire Work. 23
C. Scheduling 24
1. For critical utility locations, City may choose to be present during excavation. 25
2. Alter schedule for location of existing utilities to accommodate City personnel. 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 29
A. Report of Utility Location 30
1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 31
2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed 32
a. Top of utility 33
b. Spring line of utility 34
c. Existing ground 35
3. Material type, diameter, and description of the condition of existing utility 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION 10
A. Verification of Conditions 11
1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with Division 1 and the Drawings. 12
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. Exploratory Excavation 15
1. Do not perform Exploratory Excavation on 12 inch and larger utilities. 16
2. Verify location of all existing 10 inch and smaller utilities which cross or connect 17
to proposed facilities for construction. 18
a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 19
necessary to locate utility. 20
b. Expose to utility spring line. 21
c. Excavate and backfill trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with 22
Section 33 05 05. 23
B. Vacuum Excavation 24
1. Verify location of all existing 12 inch and larger utilities which cross or connect to 25
proposed facilities for construction. 26
a. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities using 27
geophysical prospecting equipment. 28
b. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 29
necessary to locate utility. 30
c. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and 31
procedures described in ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38. 32
C. Submit a report of the findings upon completion of location of existing utilities. 33
D. Notify City for appropriate design modifications if location of utility is in conflict with 34
the proposed facilities indicated in the Drawings. 35
E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 36
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 1
1. Obtain a safe driving surface, if applicable 2
2. Ensure the safety of the general public 3
3. The satisfaction of the City 4
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14
END OF SECTION 15
16
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
[2019 JAN 01]
17
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 05 1
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All nuts, bolts, and gaskets associated with pressurized water utility lines including: 6
a. T-Bolts and Nuts 7
b. Flange Bolts and Nuts 8
c. Threaded Rods 9
d. Push-on Gaskets 10
e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets 11
f. Flange Gaskets 12
g. Flange Isolation Kits 13
h. Petrolatum Tape Systems 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 21
4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 29
item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Hydrocarbon 30
Resistant Gaskets”. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets as specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
2. All Other Items 35
a. Measurement 36
1) The items in this Section are considered subsidiary to the item being 37
installed. 38
39
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
are subsidiary to the unit price bid for the item being installed and no other 3
compensation will be allowed. 4
1.3 REFERENCES 5
A. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 10
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 11
a. PCC-1-2012 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly. 12
4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 13
a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless-Steel Bolting for 14
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 15
Applications. 16
b. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for 17
High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 18
c. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon Structural 19
Steel. 20
d. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 21
5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22
a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 23
Fittings. 24
b. C115, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded 25
Flanges. 26
c. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. 27
(100 mm Through 3,600 mm). 28
d. C217, Microcrystalline Wax and Petrolatum Tape Coating Systems for Steel 29
Water Pipe and Fittings. 30
e. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. 31
f. M11, Steel Pipe. 32
g. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 33
6. Fastener Quality Act (FQA): 34
a. Public Law 106-34 (P.L. 106-34). 35
7. NSF International (NSF): 36
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 37
a. 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. 38
8. Society for Protective Coating (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards (SP): 39
a. SP1, Solvent Cleaning. 40
b. SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 41
c. SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. 42
d. SP5, White Metal Blast Cleaning. 43
e. SP10, Near White Blast Cleaning. 44
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 45
46
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Product Data 5
1. Bolts and nuts for mechanical and/or flange joints 6
2. Gaskets 7
B. Certificates 8
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the 9
Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). 10
2. Furnish an affidavit certifying the Xylan coating is applied by Whitford 11
Corporation or a Whitford Corporation certified applicator. 12
3. Furnish a certificate stating buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117. 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16
A. Qualifications 17
1. Manufacturers 18
a. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets, and coatings) shall be 19
performed under the control of the manufacturer. 20
b. All gaskets shall be in accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61, NSF 372, 21
and the requirements of this Section. 22
B. Preconstruction Testing 23
1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 24
independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 25
a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 26
b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 27
grounds for rejecting the entire order. 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 36
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 1
A. Regulatory Requirements 2
1. All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall be in accordance with the Fastener Quality 3
Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34), including the marking requirements. 4
B. T-Bolts and Nuts 5
1. Standard Xylan Coated T-bolt sand Nuts 6
a. High strength, corrosion-resistant, low-carbon weathering steel in accordance 7
with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and ASTM A242. 8
b. Xylan Coating in accordance with this Section. 9
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts 10
1. Stainless Steel Bolts and Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nuts 11
a. In accordance with AWWA C207 or C115 depending on pipe material 12
b. Bolts 13
1) ASTM A193, Grade B8M, Class 1 (AISI 316 Stainless Steel, carbide 14
solution treated) 15
c. Nuts and Washers 16
1) ASTM A194, Grade 8M Nuts with AISI 316 Stainless Steel Washers 17
2) Coat nuts and washers with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 18
D. Threaded Rods 19
1. In accordance with AWWA C207. 20
2. Rods 21
a. ASTM A193, Grade B8M, Class 1 (AISI 316 Stainless Steel, carbide solution 22
treated) 23
3. Nuts and Washers 24
a. ASTM A194, Grade 8M Nuts with AISI 316 Stainless Steel Washers 25
b. Coat nuts and washers with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 26
E. Push-on Gaskets 27
1. In accordance with physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA 28
C111/A21.11. 29
2. In accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 30
3. Free from porous areas, foreign material, and other defects that make them unfit for 31
intended use. 32
4. Size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive force against the plain 33
end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under all combinations of 34
joint and gasket tolerances. 35
5. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 36
otherwise specified in Drawings. 37
F. Mechanical Joint Gaskets 38
1. In accordance with the physical and marking requirements specified in 39
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 40
2. In accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61 and 372. 41
3. Free from porous areas, foreign material, and other defects that make them unfit for 42
intended use. 43
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 1
otherwise specified in Drawings. 2
G. Flange Gaskets 3
1. Class E Flanges 4
a. Full face 5
b. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock of a 6
thickness not less than 1/8 inch 7
c. Virgin stock 8
d. In accordance with the physical and test requirements specified in 9
AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 10
e. All gaskets shall be in accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61 and 372. 11
f. Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall match 12
the flange pattern in every respect. 13
g. Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. 14
h. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable. 15
H. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 16
1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, or approved equal, hydrocarbon resistant 17
gaskets, when required. 18
I. Flange Isolation Kits 19
1. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 20
2. For bolts used with isolation sleeves in accordance with Section 33 01 12, threading 21
must extend to bolt head with no grip to ensure sleeves fit properly. 22
J. Petrolatum Tape System 23
1. In accordance with AWWA C217 24
a. Petrolatum Tape Primer: Denso Paste or approved equal 25
b. Molding and Filler mastic: Densyl Mastic or approved equal 26
c. All Purpose Petrolatum Tape: Densyl Tape or approved equal 27
K. Xylan Coating 28
a. Coat nuts and bolts with a ceramic-filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin, when 29
required. 30
b. Coated nuts and bolts shall be prepared “near white” (SSPC SP10) or “white” 31
(SSPC SP5) when coated to the coating manufacturer’s recommended thickness 32
by a certified applicator. 33
c. Manufactured by Whitford Corporation and applied by Whitford Corporation 34
or Whitford Corporation certified applicator. 35
d. Free from holidays and defects. 36
e. Thickness shall be between 0.0007-inches and 0.0012-inches and shall be such 37
that the nut turns freely on the bolt. 38
f. Test in accordance with the performance requirements of ASTM B117, “Salt 39
Spray Test”, and provide a certificate of conformance. 40
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 41
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 42
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Mechanical Joints 6
1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 7
Appendix A, AWWA C600, and AWWA Manual M41. 8
B. Flanged Joints 9
1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 10
2. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301, or C303 pipe with a 11
Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with AWWA C217. 12
a. If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum 13
tape wrapping will be required. 14
b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be 15
polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 16
3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass method in 17
accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 18
a. First pass 19
1) Tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent 20
misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 21
b. Second pass 22
1) Tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 23
2) Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between 24
bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation. 25
c. Third pass 26
1) Check each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut should be tightened until 27
it will no longer turn. This step compensates for elastic interaction and 28
brings all bolts into parity. 29
4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of 1/2-inch from the nuts. 30
C. Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 31
1. Flange Isolation Kits installed in accordance with Section 33 01 12. 32
2. Prior to backfilling connection, verify Electrical Isolation in accordance with 33
Section 33 01 12. 34
D. Threaded Rod 35
1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual M11. 36
2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 37
3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a two-pass method in 38
accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 39
a. First pass 40
1) Tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent 41
misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 42
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Second pass 1
1) Tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 2
4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of 1/2-inch from the nuts. 3
5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. 4
E. Petrolatum Tape System 5
1. Install in accordance with AWWA C217. 6
2. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale, or flaking coatings. 7
a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP1, SP2, or SP3. 8
1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable. 9
b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water. 10
3. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff 11
brush, gloved hand, or rag at normal ambient temperatures. 12
4. Apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to fill irregular shapes 13
and reduce sharp-edged surfaces by hand application. 14
5. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch. 15
a. For severely corrosive environments or pipe soil-to-air areas, an overlap of 50 16
percent is recommended. 17
b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 18
6. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase impact 19
strength and electrical resistance. 20
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 21
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23
A. Field Inspections 24
1. All buried flanges and joint harnesses require City inspection prior to installation of 25
embedment and backfill. 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32
33
33 14 05
BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 1 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 10 1
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Ductile Iron Pipe 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and reuse 6
applications. 7
2. Ductile Iron Fittings 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and 8
reuse applications for use with Ductile Iron Pipe (all sizes) and C900 Polyvinyl 9
Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4-inch through 12-inch). 10
3. Mechanical wedge type retainer glands. 11
4. Ductile Iron external joint restraint harness for 4-inch through 12-inch C900 PVC 12
Pipe. 13
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 16
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 17
Contract. 18
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 19
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 20
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 21
5. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 22
Mains. 23
6. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 24
7. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 25
1. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 26
2. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 27
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 28
4. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets. 29
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 30
A. Measurement and Payment 31
1. Ductile Iron Pipe 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 34
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of Ductile Iron Pipe installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per linear foot for “Ductile Iron Pipe” installed for: 39
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 2 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Various sizes. 1
b) Various types of backfill. 2
c) Various linings. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Pipe as specified by the Drawings 5
2) Polyethylene encasement 6
3) Lining 7
4) Coating 8
5) Pavement Removal 9
6) Excavation 10
7) Hauling 11
8) Disposal of excess material 12
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 13
10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 14
11) Clay Dams 15
12) Thrust restraint 16
13) Ductile Iron Fittings with Restraint 17
14) Bolts and nuts 18
15) Gaskets 19
16) Clean-up 20
17) Cleaning 21
18) Disinfection 22
19) Testing 23
2. Ductile Iron Fittings with Restraint 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Ductile Iron Pipe or Polyvinyl 26
Chloride (PVC) Pipe installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of Ductile Iron Pipe or 30
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) installed. 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Abbreviations 33
1. DFT – Dry Film Thickness 34
B. Definitions 35
1. Gland or Follower Gland 36
a. Non-restrained, mechanical joint fitting 37
2. Retainer Gland 38
a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting, consisting of multiple 39
gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable 40
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 41
C. Reference Standards 42
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 43
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 44
unless a date is specifically cited. 45
46
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 3 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 2
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 3
a. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 4
b. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for 5
Water or Other Liquids. 6
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 7
a. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 8
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 9
(AWWA/ANSI): 10
a. C104/A21.4, Cement–Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 11
b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 12
c. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 13
d. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 14
e. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 15
Threaded Flanges. 16
f. C150/A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. 17
g. C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 18
h. C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 19
i. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 20
6. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 21
a. 8179-1, Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and their Joints – External 22
Zinc-Based Coating – Part 1: Metallic Zinc with Finishing Layer. 23
7. NSF International (NSF): 24
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 25
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 26
8. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 27
a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS 30
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to fabrication and delivery. 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Product Data 34
1. Ductile Iron Pipe 35
a. Pressure or special thickness class 36
b. Interior lining 37
c. Exterior coating 38
d. Joint type 39
2. Ductile Iron Fittings 40
a. Pressure class 41
b. Interior lining 42
c. Exterior coating 43
d. Joint type 44
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 4 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Polyethylene encasement and tape 1
a. Planned method of installation 2
b. Polyethylene type 3
c. Polyethylene thickness 4
4. Interior Lining 5
a. If other than cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 6
C104/A21.4, provide: 7
1) Material. 8
2) Application Recommendations. 9
3) Field touch-up procedures. 10
5. Thrust Restraint 11
a. Retainer glands 12
b. PVC joint harnesses 13
c. Other means 14
6. Gaskets 15
a. In accordance with Section 33 14 05. 16
7. Isolation Flanges 17
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 18
8. Bolts and Nuts 19
a. Mechanical Joints 20
1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 21
b. Flanged Joints 22
1) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. 23
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 24
9. Flange Coatings 25
a. Connections to Steel Flanges 26
1) Coat buried connections with steel flanges with a Petrolatum Tape System 27
in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 28
B. Shop Drawings 29
1. For 16-inch and 20-inch diameter Ductile Iron Pipe used in the water distribution 30
system or wastewater force mains, provide: 31
a. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings, valves and deflections sealed by a 32
Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 33
b. Lay schedule sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas including: 34
1) Pipe class 35
2) Joint type 36
3) Fittings 37
4) Stationing 38
5) Transitions 39
6) Joint deflection 40
2. For 24-inch and greater diameter Ductile Iron Pipe used in the water distribution 41
system or wastewater force mains, provide: 42
a. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed 43
in Texas including: 44
1) Working Pressure 45
2) Surge Pressure 46
3) Deflection 47
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 5 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings, valves, and deflections sealed by a 1
Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 2
c. Lay drawings (with schedule) sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 3
Texas including: 4
1) Pipe class 5
2) Joint type 6
3) Fittings 7
4) Stationing 8
5) Transitions 9
6) Joint deflection 10
C. Certificates 11
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the Ductile Iron Pipe meets the provisions of this 12
Section, all inspections have been made, and that all tests have been performed in 13
accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 14
2. Furnish an affidavit certifying the Ductile Iron Fittings meet the provisions of this 15
Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 or 16
AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20
A. Qualifications 21
1. Manufacturers 22
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 23
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 24
manufacturer upon City approval. 25
b. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 26
under the control of the manufacturer. 27
c. Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings, lining, and coatings) shall be 28
performed under the control of the manufacturer. 29
d. Ductile Iron Pipe 30
1) Manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51 31
a) Perform quality control tests and maintain results as outlined within 32
standard to assure compliance. 33
b) Hydrostatically test each pipe segment to 500 psi for a minimum 34
duration of 10 seconds. 35
e. Ductile Iron Fittings 36
1) Manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 or 37
AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 38
a) Perform quality control tests and maintain results as outlined within 39
standards to assure compliance. 40
B. Preconstruction Testing 41
1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random lengths of pipe and random fittings 42
for testing by an independent laboratory for compliance with this Section. 43
a. The compliance test will be performed in the United States. 44
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 6 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 1
grounds for rejecting the entire order. 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 5
00. 6
2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41. 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 MATERIALS 12
A. Manufacturers 13
1. Manufacturer List 14
a. Ductile Iron Pipe 15
1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company 16
a) Fastite Joint Pipe – Sizes 4” to 64” 17
b) Flex-Ring Restrained Joint Pipe – Sizes 4” to 54” 18
c) Lok-Ring Restrained Joint Pipe – Sizes 54” to 64” 19
2) McWane Ductile 20
a) Tyton Joint Pipe – Sizes 3” to 36” 21
b) TR Flex Restrained Joint Pipe – Sizes 4” to 36” 22
3) US Pipe 23
a) Tyton Joint Pipe – Sizes 3” to 64” 24
b) TR Flex Restrained Joint Pipe – Sizes 4” to 36” 25
c) HP LOK Restrained Joint Pipe – Sizes 30” to 64” 26
b. Ductile Iron Fittings 27
1) Tyler Union 28
2) Star Pipe Products 29
3) SIP Industries 30
c. Retainer Glands 31
1) Star Pipe Products – StarGrip 3000, 3100, 4000, 4100 32
2) EBAA Iron – Megalug 1100, 2000PV 33
3) Ford Meter Box – Uni-Flange 1400, 1500 34
d. PVC Joint Harness 35
1) Star Pipe Products – Series 1100 Pipe Restrainers 36
2) EBAA Iron – Series 1900 Split Serrated Restraint Harness 37
3) Ford Meter Box – Uni-Flange Series 1390 38
e. Restrained Flange Adapters 39
1) EBAA Iron – Series 2100 Mega Flange 40
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 41
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 42
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 7 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Ductile Iron Pipe 1
1. In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11, AWWA/ANSI C150/A21.15 and 2
AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 3
2. All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 and 372. 4
3. Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 feet or 20 feet except for special fittings or 5
closure pieces and as necessary to comply with the Drawings. 6
4. As a minimum the following pipe classes apply. The Drawings or the pressure and 7
deflection design criteria may require a higher wall thickness, but in no case should 8
the pipe classes be less than the following: 9
10
Nominal Diameter
(inches)
Min Pipe Class
3 through 24 Special Thickness
Class 52
30 through 64 Pressure Class 350
11
5. Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI 12
C151/A21.51. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 13
a. “DI” or “Ductile” shall be clearly labeled on each pipe 14
b. Weight, pressure, or special thickness class, and nominal thickness of each pipe 15
c. Year and country pipe was cast 16
d. Manufacturer’s mark 17
6. Pressure and Deflection Design 18
a. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions, design pressure and as 19
specified in the Drawings. 20
b. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA/ANSI 21
C150/A21.50, AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51, and AWWA M41 for trench 22
construction, using the following parameters: 23
1) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 24
2) Live Load 25
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 26
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 27
3) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum or as indicated in Drawings 28
4) Bedding Conditions = Type 4 29
5) Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi 30
6) Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi 31
7) Design Internal Pressure (Pi) = Pw + Ps or 2:1 safety factor of the actual 32
working pressure plus the actual surge pressure, whichever is greater. 33
a) Test Pressure 34
(1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure 35
(187.5 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest 36
elevation along the test section. 37
(2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi 38
minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 39
8) Maximum Calculated Deflection (Dx) = 3 percent 40
41
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 8 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Trench depths shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 1
1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 2
conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 3
depth. 4
2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 5
7. Provisions for Thrust 6
a. Mechanically restrain all bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings with retainer 7
glands in accordance with this Section. 8
b. Restrain all joints within casing pipe. 9
c. No thrust restraint contribution allowed for the restrained length of pipe within 10
the casing. 11
d. Utilize restrained joints for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, 12
plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust developed at the design pressure of 13
the pipe. For the purpose of thrust, the following shall apply: 14
1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 15
2) Restrained Joint Safety Factor (Sf) = 1.5 16
3) Design Internal Pressure (Pi) = Pw + Ps 17
a) Pw = 150 psi and Ps = 100 psi, or 18
b) 2:1 safety factor of the actual working pressure plus the actual surge 19
pressure, whichever is greater. 20
4) Restrained joints consist of approved mechanical restrained or push-on 21
restrained joints as listed in this Section. 22
5) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 23
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 24
needs as specified herein. 25
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 26
Drawings. 27
e. Thrust restraint design 28
1) The length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust forces shall be the 29
complete responsibility of the pipe manufacturer in accordance with 30
AWWA M41 and the following: 31
a) Calculate the weight of earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 32
prism above the pipe. 33
(1) Soil Density 34
(a) Unsaturated soil conditions = 110 pounds per cubic foot 35
(maximum value to be used) 36
(b) Locations with groundwater = buoyant weight for the backfill 37
below the water table 38
8. Joints 39
a. In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 40
b. Push-On Joints 41
c. Mechanical Joints 42
d. Push-On Restrained Joints 43
1) Restraining Push-on joints by means of a special gasket is not permitted 44
2) Push-on Restrained Joint bell and spigot 45
a) Only those products listed in this Section. 46
b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 47
line. 48
49
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 9 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Flanged Joints 1
1) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15 and ASME B16.1, Class 2
125. 3
f. Flange bolt circles and bolt holes in accordance with ASME B16.1, Class 125. 4
g. Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 5
9. Exterior Coatings 6
a. 12-inch and smaller Ductile Iron Pipe: 7
1) Minimum 1-mil thick asphaltic coating. 8
b. 16-inch and larger Ductile Iron Pipe: 9
1) Minimum 200 grams per square meter application of metallic zinc in 10
accordance with ISO 8179-1. 11
2) Minimum 1-mil thick asphaltic finishing layer. 12
10. Interior Lining 13
a. Cement Mortar Lining 14
1) Line all Ductile Iron Pipe for potable water with a cement mortar lining. 15
a) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.04, NSF 61, and 372. 16
b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 17
1) Line all Ductile Iron Pipe for use in wastewater applications with a ceramic 18
epoxy or epoxy lining. 19
2) Apply lining at minimum of 40 mils DFT. 20
3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area, and spigot end up to 6 21
inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils 22
nominal, 10 mils maximum, using a joint compound as supplied by the 23
manufacturer. 24
a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. 25
b) Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess 26
buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 27
c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 28
4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s 29
recommendations. 30
5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with 31
the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 32
6) Test the interior lining of all pipe barrels for pinholes with a non-33
destructive 2,500-volt test. 34
a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 35
7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along 36
with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records 37
maintained by the applicator of his work. 38
8) For all Ductile Iron Pipe in wastewater service where the pipe has been cut, 39
coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended by the 40
manufacturer 41
a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. 42
C. Ductile Iron Fittings 43
1. In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 and AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 44
2. All fittings for potable water service shall be in accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 45
3. Ductile Iron Fittings, at a minimum, shall meet or exceed the pressures rating of the 46
pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the Drawings. 47
48
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 10 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Fitting body types shall be as indicated below: 1
2
Nominal Diameter
(inches) Allowable Fitting Body Type
12” and Smaller AWWA C153 (Compact Body)
AWWA C110 (Full Body)
16” and Larger AWWA C110 (Full Body)
5. Fittings Markings 3
a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 4
b. Minimum markings shall include: 5
1) “DI” or “Ductile” cast or metal stamped on each fitting 6
2) Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting 7
3) Pressure rating 8
4) Number of degrees for all bends 9
5) Nominal diameter of the openings 10
6) Year and country fitting was cast 11
7) Manufacturer’s mark 12
6. Joints 13
a. Mechanical Joints with mechanical restraint 14
1) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and applicable parts of 15
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 16
2) Minimum retainer gland rated working pressure: 17
a) Ductile Iron Pipe 18
(1) 3-inch – 16-inch, 350 psi 19
(2) 18-inch – 48-inch, 250 psi 20
b) PVC C900 21
(1) 3-inch – 12-inch, 305psi 22
c) Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety 23
factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes. 24
3) Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and be 25
easily differentiated. 26
4) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from 27
Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 28
5) Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation 29
procedures as outlined in AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical 30
joint deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after 31
assembly. 32
6) Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque 33
limiting twist off nuts. 34
7) A minimum of 6 wedges shall be required for 8-inch diameter PVC pipe. 35
b. Flanged Joints 36
1) AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 37
2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes in accordance with ASME B16.1, Class 38
125. 39
3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 40
c. PVC Joint Harness 41
1) Restrainer 42
a) Manufactured for use with C900 PVC pipe bells. 43
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 11 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 1
2) Restraining rods and bolts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 2
3) Clamping bolts and nuts in accordance with flange bolt and nut 3
requirements as indicated in Section 33 14 05. 4
d. Restrained Flange Adapters 5
1) ASTM A536 and ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 6
2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes in accordance with ASME B16.1, Class 7
125. 8
3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 9
4) Minimum 2 to 1 Safety Factor 10
7. Exterior Coatings 11
a. All ductile iron fittings shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil thick, 12
on the exterior. 13
8. Interior Lining 14
a. Cement Mortar Lining 15
1) Line all Ductile Iron Fittings for potable water shall with a cement mortar 16
lining. 17
2) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4, NSF 61, and 372. 18
b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 19
1) Line all Ductile Iron Fittings for use in wastewater applications with a 20
ceramic epoxy or epoxy lining. 21
2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT. 22
3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 23
inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils 24
nominal, 10 mils maximum, using a Joint Compound as supplied by the 25
manufacturer. 26
a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. 27
b) Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess 28
buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 29
c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 30
4) Prepare surface in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 31
5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with 32
the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 33
6) Test the interior lining of all fittings for pinholes with a non-destructive 34
2,500-volt test. 35
a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 36
7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along 37
with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records 38
maintained by the applicator of his work. 39
8) For all Ductile Iron Fittings in wastewater service where the fitting has 40
been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as 41
recommended by the manufacturer. 42
9) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. 43
D. Gaskets 44
1. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 45
E. Isolation Flanges 46
1. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 47
48
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 12 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
F. Bolts and Nuts 1
1. Mechanical Joints 2
a. Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05 3
2. Flanged Joints 4
a. In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15 5
b. Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05 6
G. Flange Coatings for buried Flange Connections 7
1. Provide Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 14 05 8
H. Polyethylene Encasement 9
1. Polyethylene encase all buried Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings as follows: 10
a. 12-inch and smaller 11
1) Inner Layer - 8 mil V-Bio polyethylene in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 12
C105/A21.5 13
2) Outer Layer - 4 mil high density cross-laminated (HDCL) polyethylene 14
encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM 15
A674. 16
b. 16-inch and larger 17
1) 8 mil V-Bio polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 18
2. Use only virgin polyethylene material. 19
3. Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the polyethylene 20
film with the following information: 21
a. Manufacturer’s name or trademark 22
b. Year of manufacturer 23
c. AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 24
d. Minimum film thickness and material type 25
e. Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes 26
f. Warning – Corrosion Protection – Repair Any Damage 27
4. Special Markings/Colors 28
a. Reclaimed water, perform one of the following: 29
1) Label polyethylene encasement with “RECLAIMED WATER”; 30
2) Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public 31
Works Association Uniform Color Code; or 32
3) Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap 33
b. Wastewater, perform one of the following: 34
1) Label polyethylene encasement with “WASTEWATER”; 35
2) Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public Works 36
Association Uniform Color Code; or 37
3) Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 38
39
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 13 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Minimum widths 1
Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push-On Joint Pipe and Fittings 2
Nominal Pipe Diameter
(inches)
Min. Width – Flat Tube
(inches)
Min. Width – Sheet
(inches)
3 14 28
4 14 28
6 16 32
8 20 40
10 24 48
12 27 54
14 30 60
16 34 68
18 37 74
20 41 82
24 54 108
30 67 134
36 81 162
42 81 162
48 95 190
54 108 216
60 108 216
64 121 242
3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. General 11
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 12
AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 13
2. Lay pipe and fittings to the lines and grades indicated in the Drawings. 14
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 15
4. At the close of each operating day: 16
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 17
after the laying operation. 18
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 14 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 1
5. Embed Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 2
6. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 15. 3
B. Pipe Handling 4
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 5
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 6
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 7
lowering into the trench. 8
b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining. 9
c. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 10
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 11
C. Pipe Jointing 12
1. Mechanical Joints 13
a. Bolt the follower ring into compression against the gasket with the bolts 14
tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. 15
b. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be 16
permitted. 17
2. Push-on Joints 18
a. Install Push-on joints in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 19
b. Wipe gasket seat inside the bell clean of all extraneous matter. 20
c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position specified by the manufacturer. 21
d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 22
gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 23
1) Do not apply lubricant to the bell socket or the surface of the gasket in 24
contact with the bell socket. 25
e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut and scarf in 26
accordance with AWWA C600. 27
3. Flanged Joints 28
a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 29
1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 30
2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. 31
b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 32
1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in one direction. 33
4. PVC Joint Harness 34
a. Install joint harness in accordance with manufacturer requirements. 35
b. Provide full 360-degree contact with restrainer and pipe. 36
c. Do not distort the pipe when installing the restrainer. 37
5. Joint Deflection 38
a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 39
and grades and shown in the Drawings. 40
b. In accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. 41
c. The maximum deflection allowed is 80 percent of that indicated in AWWA 42
C600. 43
D. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 44
45
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 15 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Preparation 1
a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to 2
installation of polyethylene encasement. 3
1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe 4
and polyethylene. 5
b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to ensure a snug, but not tight, 6
encasement with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. 7
1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene 8
where it bridges irregular surfaces, such as bell-spigot interfaces and bolted 9
joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling 10
operations. 11
2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. 12
c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 13
both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 14
2. Tubular Type (Method A) 15
a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. 16
b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent 17
pipe section, and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe 18
ends. 19
c. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. 20
d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 21
e. After assembling pipe joint, overlap polyethylene tube, pull bunched 22
polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the new length 23
of pipe and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. 24
f. Secure overlap in place. 25
g. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel 26
of pipe, securing fold at quarter points. 27
h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. 28
i. Proceed with installation of next pipe in same manner. 29
3. Tubular Type (Method B) 30
a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section. 31
b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. 32
c. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel 33
of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 34
d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 35
proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise. 36
e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 37
overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 38
by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 39
4. Sheet Type 40
a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 41
section. 42
b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching 43
it until it clears the pipe ends. 44
c. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top 45
quadrant of pipe. 46
d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 47
e. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section 48
of pipe. 49
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 16 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 1
g. After completing joint, overlap and secure ends. 2
h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. 3
i. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. 4
5. Pipe-Shaped Appurtenances 5
a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with 6
polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 7
6. Odd-Shaped Appurtenances 8
a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses, and other odd-shaped 9
pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 10
sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 11
b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 12
c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 13
penetrations. 14
7. Repairs 15
a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures, or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 16
or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 17
fitting to cover damaged area and secured in place. 18
8. Openings in Encasement 19
a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow-offs, air valves, and similar 20
appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 21
folding back film. 22
b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 23
cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 24
c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 25
resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. 26
9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: 27
a. Where polyethylene-wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 28
extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 29
b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 30
c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 31
tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe. 32
E. Blocking 33
1. Install concrete blocking for all 24-inch and smaller fittings, at all bends, tees, 34
crosses, and plugs as indicated in the Drawings. 35
a. Blocking is not permitted for fittings 30-inch and larger. 36
2. Provide and install concrete in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 37
3. Place the concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, 38
normal to the thrust. 39
4. In no instance should the supporting area for each block be smaller than those 40
specified in Drawings. Each block shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, 41
including water hammer, which may develop. 42
5. Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. If the 43
Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was used to 44
calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the 45
Engineer prior to the installation of the blocking. 46
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 17 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. Patching 2
1. Excessive field-patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 3
2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 4
exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 5
3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 6
any 1 joint of pipe or any 1 fitting. 7
4. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe or fittings: 8
a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 9
b. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately 10
cured and approved for laying by the City. 11
5. Promptly remove rejected pipe or fittings from the site. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. Potable Water Mains 15
1. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 16
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 17
B. Sewer Force Mains 18
1. Hydrostatic testing of sewer force mains: 19
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 20
C. Gravity Sewer Mains 21
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 22
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 23
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 24
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING 28
A. Potable Water Mains 29
1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 30
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance 31
with Section 33 01 10. 32
B. Sewer Force Mains 33
1. Cleaning of sewer force mains: 34
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 35
C. Gravity Sewer Mains 36
1. Cleaning of sewer mains 37
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 38
33 14 10
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 18 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 11 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
Section Includes: 5
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch for potable water 6
and reuse applications 7
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 14-inch through 24-inch for pressure rated 8
gravity sanitary sewer applications. 9
Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 15
Mains 16
4. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17
5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 18
6. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains 19
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 20
8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators 21
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
Measurement and Payment 24
1. PVC Water Pipe 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 27
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per linear foot for “PVC Water Pipe” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types of backfill. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with Section 37
33 14 10 38
3) Pavement removal 39
4) Excavation 40
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Hauling 1
6) Disposal of excess material 2
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 3
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4
9) Clay Dams 5
10) Thrust restraint 6
11) Gaskets 7
12) Clean-up 8
13) Cleaning 9
14) Disinfection 10
15) Testing 11
2. PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 14
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 15
b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 16
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid 17
per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe” installed for: 18
1) Various sizes. 19
2) Various types of backfill. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 22
2) Pavement removal 23
3) Excavation 24
4) Hauling 25
5) Disposal of excess material 26
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 27
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 28
8) Clay Dams 29
9) Gaskets 30
10) Clean-up 31
11) Cleaning 32
12) Testing 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
Abbreviations and Acronyms 35
1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 36
Reference Standards 37
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 38
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 39
unless a date is specifically cited. 40
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 41
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 42
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) 43
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 44
b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using 45
Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 46
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1
a. M23, PVC Pipe – Design and Installation. 2
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 3
(AWWA/ANSI): 4
a. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 5
b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and 6
Fittings for Water. 7
c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 8
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 9
6. NSF International (NSF): 10
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 11
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 12
7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 13
a. 1285, Standard for Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented 14
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service 15
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
Product Data 21
1. For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution or wastewater gravity 22
mains, including: 23
a. PVC Pressure Pipe 24
b. Manufacturer 25
c. Dimension Ratio 26
d. Joint Types 27
2. Restraint 28
a. Retainer glands 29
b. Thrust harnesses 30
c. Any other means of restraint 31
3. Gaskets 32
Certificates 33
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this 34
Section, all inspections have been made, and all tests have been performed in 35
accordance with AWWA C900. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1
Qualifications 2
1. Manufacturers 3
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 4
otherwise approved by the City. 5
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 6
manufacturer upon City approval. 7
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 8
manufacturer. 9
c. Furnish all pipe in accordance with AWWA C900. 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 12
1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 13
by the City. 14
Storage and Handling Requirements 15
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16
66 00. 17
2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 18
a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 19
is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 20
air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 21
accumulation. 22
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 MATERIALS 27
Manufacturers 28
1. Manufacturer List 29
a. Diamond Plastics 30
b. JM Eagle 31
c. Northern Pipe Products 32
d. North American Pipe 33
e. Certa-Lok by CertainTeed 34
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers not indicated above shall be processed in 35
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 36
Pipe 37
1. Manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900. 38
2. Pipe for potable water shall be in accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories, in accordance with UL 1
1285. 2
4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces 3
necessary to comply with the Drawings. 4
5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a 5
cell classification of 12454. 6
6. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 7
7. The following minimum Dimension Ratio’s apply: 8
9
Application Diameter
(inch)
Min Pressure Class
(psi)
Potable Water 4 through 12 DR 14
Pressure Rated
Gravity Sewer Main
14 through 24 DR 18
8. Pipe Markings 10
a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings 11
shall be as follows and shall be applied at intervals of not more than 5 feet: 12
1) Manufacturer’s name or trademark and production run record or lot code 13
2) Nominal pipe size in inches and outer diameter base 14
3) Dimension Ratio 15
4) Pressure class 16
5) Hydrostatic integrity test pressure on all standard length hydrostatic-tested 17
pipe 18
6) AWWA C900 19
7) 20
8) Mark of certifying agency for pipe intended for potable-water service or if 21
not intended for potable water “NOT FOR POTABLE USE” 22
9) For deflectable joints, the maximum allowable axial joint deflection in 23
degrees 24
Pressure and Deflection Design 25
1. Base pipe design on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the 26
Drawings. Pipe shall be designed in accordance with the methods indicated in 27
AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: 28
a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 29
b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 30
c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum or as indicated in Drawings 31
d. Maximum E’ = 1,000 max 32
e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 33
f. Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi 34
g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum 35
h. Test Pressure = 36
1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of 37
the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 38
2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at 39
the lowest elevation of the test section. 40
i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent 41
j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 42
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 1
recommendations. 2
2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 3
a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 4
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 5
b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 6
3. Provisions for Thrust 7
a. Mechanically restrain all bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings with retainer glands 8
in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 9
b. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 10
each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will 11
be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the 12
following shall apply: 13
1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 14
2) Design pressure shall be greater than both the pressure class of the pipe and 15
the internal pressure (Pi). 16
3) Restrain joints with the following: 17
a) External mechanical joint restraint system in accordance with Section 18
33 14 10; or 19
b) Certa-Lok by CertainTeed restrained joint system. 20
c. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to 21
resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 22
1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 23
prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 24
2) Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil 25
conditions 26
3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to 27
its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. 28
a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 29
4. Joints 30
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, and push-on type in accordance with 31
ASTM D3139. 32
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints, gaskets 33
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 34
c. Lubricant must be non-toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. 35
5. Detectable Markers 36
a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 37
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 39
PART 3 - EXECUTION 40
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 41
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 42
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 43
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
General 2
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 3
AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23, and the pipe manufacturer’s 4
recommendations. 5
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades indicated in the Drawings. 6
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 7
4. At the close of each operating day: 8
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 9
the laying operation. 10
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 11
5. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 12
6. Installation of PVC pipe within casing is only permitted with restrained joints. 13
Pipe Handling 14
1. Haul and distribute pipe at the project site. 15
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 16
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 17
lowering into the trench. 18
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 19
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 20
Pipe Jointing 21
1. Mechanical Joints 22
a. Install mechanical joints in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 23
2. Push-on Joints 24
a. Install push-on joints as defined in AWWA C900. 25
b. Wipe gasket seat inside the bell clean of all extraneous matter. 26
c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position specified by the manufacturer. 27
d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 28
gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 29
e. Assemble the pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed 30
bell end to the reference mark on the spigot. 31
f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform 32
to AWWA C605. 33
3. Joint Deflection 34
a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 35
and grades shown in the Drawings. 36
b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 37
recommendation. 38
Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 39
1. See Section 33 05 97. 40
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Potable Water Mains 1
1. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 2
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 3
Gravity Sewer Mains 4
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 5
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 6
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 7
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING 11
Potable Water Mains 12
1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 13
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 14
Section 33 01 10. 15
Gravity Sewer Mains 16
1. Cleaning of Sewer Mains 17
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 12 1
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type (Concrete Pressure 6
Pipe) 16-inch through 72-inch for potable water applications in conformance with 7
AWWA C303. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 15
4. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 16
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
6. Section 33 14 05 – Nuts, Bolts, and Gaskets. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Concrete Pressure Pipe 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 23
the fitting or appurtenance of Concrete Pressure Pipe installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per linear foot for “AWWA C303 Concrete Pipe” installed for: 28
a) Various sizes. 29
b) Various types of backfill. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pressure Pipe as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Mobilization 34
3) Coating 35
4) Lining 36
5) Pavement removal 37
6) Excavation 38
7) Hauling 39
8) Disposal of excess material 40
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 41
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Clay Dams 1
11) Joint restraint 2
12) Concrete Pressure Pipe Fittings 3
13) Bolts and nuts 4
14) Welding 5
15) Gaskets, if allowed 6
16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
17) Clean-up 8
18) Cleaning 9
19) Disinfection 10
20) Testing 11
21) Test Bulkheads 12
2. Concrete Pressure Pipe Fittings 13
a. Measurement 14
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Concrete Pressure Pipe installed. 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of Concrete Pressure Pipe 18
installed. 19
1.3 REFERENCES 20
A. Reference Standards 21
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 22
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 23
unless a date is specifically cited. 24
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 25
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 26
b. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC). 27
3. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 29
b. C144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 30
c. C150, Specification for Portland Cement. 31
d. C497, Methods of Testing Concrete Pipe. 32
e. E165, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry. 33
4. American Welding Society (AWS): 34
a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive 35
Examination. 36
b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. 37
c. D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel. 38
5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 39
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe, 6 IN and Larger 40
b. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 41
c. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 42
d. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. 43
e. M9, Concrete Pressure Pipe. 44
6. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 45
(AWWA/ANSI). 46
7. International Organization for Standardization (ISO). 47
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): 1
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 2
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 3
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 4
1.5 SUBMITTALS 5
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 6
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to fabrication and delivery. 7
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 8
A. Qualifications 9
1. Submit manufacturer and welder qualifications in accordance with Article 1.9. 10
B. Product Data 11
1. Exterior Coating 12
a. Material data 13
b. Application recommendations 14
c. Field touch-up procedures 15
2. Joint Wrappers 16
a. Material data 17
b. Installation recommendations 18
3. Flexible Joint Couplings 19
a. Manufacturer 20
b. Model 21
4. Mixes 22
a. Mortar for interior joints and patches 23
b. Bonding agents for patches 24
5. Gaskets 25
C. Shop Drawings 26
1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 27
Texas including: 28
a. Internal pressure 29
1) Working Pressure 30
2) Test Pressure 31
3) Surge pressure 32
b. External pressure 33
1) Deflection 34
2) Buckling 35
c. Special physical loading such as supports or joint design 36
d. Thermal expansion and/or contraction, if applicable for the proposed 37
installation 38
2. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings, valves, and deflections, including the 39
restraint length, sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 40
3. Fabrication and lay drawings showing a schematic location with profile and a 41
tabulated layout schedule sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas 42
including: 43
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Pipe class 1
b. Joint types 2
c. Fittings 3
d. Thrust Restraint 4
e. Stationing (in accordance with the Drawings) 5
f. Transitions 6
g. Joint deflection 7
h. Outlet locations for welding, ventilation, and access 8
i. Welding requirements 9
j. Test bulkhead location plan 10
4. Pipe within Casing 11
a. Provide drawings detailing how pipe is restrained to prevent floating within 12
casing. 13
5. Shop and field welding data: 14
a. Provide a weld map indicating the location, type, size, and extent of proposed 15
welds in accordance with AWS A2.4. 16
1) Submit welding terms in accordance with AWS A3.0. 17
2) Indicated by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints, and 18
preparation of base metal. 19
3) Distinguish between shop and field welds. 20
D. Certificates and Test Reports 21
1. Prior to shipment of pipe, pipe manufacturer shall submit the following: 22
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating the pipe to be furnished complies 23
with AWWA C303 and this Section. 24
b. Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests. 25
c. Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results, for each heat of 26
steel. 27
1) Perform the tests described in AWWA C303 for all pipe and fittings. 28
a) Absorption test detailed in this Section supersedes the requirements of 29
the applicable portion of AWWA C303. 30
d. Certified test reports for welder certification for factory and field welds in 31
accordance with AWWA C303, Section 5 32
e. Certified test reports for cement mortar tests 33
f. Certified test reports for steel cylinder tests 34
E. Daily Records 35
1. Submit daily welding records in accordance with Article 3.7. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38
1. All test reports generated during testing. 39
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 41
A. Qualifications 42
43
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Manufacturers 1
a. American Concrete Pressure Pipe Association (ACPPA) Quality Program 2
certified, I.S.O. Quality Certification Program certified or equal for Concrete 3
Pressure Pipe and accessory manufacturing. 4
b. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 5
under the control of the manufacturer. 6
c. Pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer with no less than 5 years successful 7
experience manufacturing AWWA C303 pipe of the particular type and size 8
indicated. 9
1) The manufacturer’s experience record will be thoroughly investigated by 10
the City, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the City. 11
2) Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, and coating) shall be 12
performed at 1 location, unless otherwise approved by the City. 13
d. Manufacture pipe in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA C303. 14
2. Welders 15
a. Use only competent, skilled, and qualified workmen. 16
b. Welder Qualifications Records (WQR) in accordance with AWWA C206, 17
ASME BPVC Section IX or AWS D1.1 as required for both factory and field 18
welders. 19
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 20
A. Packing 21
1. Prepare pipe for shipment to: 22
a. Afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 23
b. Allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition. 24
2. Do not deliver pipe damaged in shipment to the project site unless such damaged 25
pipe is properly repaired. 26
3. After the completed pipe and fittings have been removed from the final cure at 27
the manufacturing plant: 28
a. Protect pipe lining from drying by means of plastic end covers banded to the 29
pipe ends. 30
b. Maintain covers over the pipe ends at all times until ready to be installed. 31
c. Maintain moisture inside the pipe by periodic addition of water as necessary. 32
4. Carefully support pipes during shipment and storage. 33
a. Separate pipe, fittings, and specials so they do not bear against each other 34
and securely fasten the whole load to prevent movement in transit. 35
b. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie-down straps approximately over stulling. 36
c. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means 37
to protect the pipe from damage. 38
d. For pipe, fittings, or specials 42-inches and larger, internally support and 39
brace with stulls to maintain a true circular shape. 40
1) Internal stulls shall consist of timber or steel firmly wedged and secured 41
so that stulls remain in place during storage, shipment, and installation. 42
2) Rotate pipe so one stull remains vertical during storage, shipment, and 43
installation. 44
3) At a minimum, place stulls at each end, each quarter point, and center. 45
B. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 46
1. Once the first shipment of pipe has been delivered to the site, jointly inspect the 47
pipe’s interior coating with the City to identify excessive cracking locations. 48
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. If cracking is found exceeding the allowance in AWWA C303, modify 1
shipping procedures to reduce or eliminate cracking. 2
2. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's 3
recommendations to protect coating systems. 4
C. Point of Delivery 5
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 6
01 66 00. 7
2. Haul pipe directly from the manufacturing plant to the Site and string along 8
pipeline alignment to minimize additional handling of the pipe. Pipe damaged as 9
a result of re-handling shall be removed from the Site and replaced at no 10
additional cost to the City. 11
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. Materials 17
1. General 18
a. Manufacture pipe in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA C303, 19
AWWA M9, and this Section. 20
b. All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 and 372. 21
2. Cement 22
a. For concrete and mortar – Type I or II Portland Cement. 23
3. Aggregates 24
a. For concrete lining and coating – In accordance with ASTM C33. 25
4. Sand 26
a. For inside and outside joints – Silica base, in accordance with ASTM C144. 27
5. Special Coating (Raised Mortar Rings) 28
a. Pipe to be installed in casing shall have 2 raised mortar rings, each 29
approximately 2 feet long and sufficiently higher than the outside diameter of 30
the pipe bell, and allow for raised mortar ring loss as pipe is pushed into casing. 31
b. Apply raised mortar rings at the quarter points of the pipe section. 32
6. Steel 33
a. In accordance with AWWA C303. 34
b. Cylinders for pipe and fittings 35
1) Minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. 36
7. Bushings, Couplings, and Plugs 37
a. Where outlets or taps are threaded, furnish and install brass reducing bushings 38
in larger steel half couplings for the outlet size indicated. 39
b. Threaded plugs shall be brass. 40
8. Mixes 41
a. Cement Mortar 42
1) Cement mortar used for pouring joints: 43
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) 1 part Portland Cement 1
(1) ASTM C150, Type I or II 2
b) 2 parts clean, fine, sharp silica sand 3
c) Mixed with water 4
d) No manufactured sand shall be permitted. 5
e) Exterior joint mortar shall be mixed to the consistency of thick cream. 6
f) Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so 7
the mortar is very stiff, but workable. 8
g) Cement – ASTM C150, Type I or Type II. 9
h) Sand – ASTM C144. 10
2) Cement mortar used for patching shall be mixed as per cement mortar for 11
inside joints. 12
9. Joint Wrappers 13
a. Joint wrappers shall be manufactured by Mar-Mac Manufacturing Company or 14
approved equal. 15
b. For pipe within casing that can be welded from the interior, Flex Protex joint 16
filler manufactured by Alva-Tech, Inc. or approved equal may be used. 17
10. Flexible Joint Couplings 18
a. Dresser Style 38, 19
b. Smith-Blair Style 411, or 20
c. Approved equal. 21
11. Pipe Ends 22
a. Carnegie steel joint ring with a continuous solid rubber ring gasket in 23
accordance with AWWA M9 and C303 for areas not requiring thrust restraint. 24
b. Provide welded joints as required for thrust restraint, and as indicated in the 25
Drawings. 26
12. Gaskets 27
a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 28
13. Bolts and Nuts 29
a. Flanged Ends 30
1) Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 31
a) Match drilling pattern of valve or fitting proposed to be attached. 32
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 33
14. Isolation Flanges 34
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 35
15. Flange Coatings 36
a. Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 37
16. Threaded Outlets and Taps 38
a. Provide CC Threads and furnish and install brass bushings for the outlet size 39
indicated. 40
17. Weld Lead Outlets (if applicable) 41
a. Additional outlet configurations are required to be approved by the City prior to 42
fabrication. 43
b. Outlets shall be flanged, not threaded. 44
c. Spacing of outlets shall be no closer than 500 feet. 45
d. Weld a plate onto the outlet for closure and encase in cement mortar. 46
e. Record northing, easting, and top of flange elevation on job set of Record 47
Drawings in accordance with Section 01 78 39. 48
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
18. Snap Rings 1
a. Snap rings are not permitted. 2
B. Performance / Design Criteria 3
1. Pipe Design 4
a. Design, manufacture, and test in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA 5
C303, AWWA M9, and the special requirements of this Section. 6
b. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class 7
specified in the Drawings. 8
c. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods outlined in AWWA C303 and 9
AWWA M9 for trench construction, using the following parameters: 10
1) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 11
2) Live Load 12
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 13
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 14
3) Trench Depth = As indicated on the Drawings 15
4) Coefficient Ku' = 0.150 16
5) Trench Width (Bd) as indicated on Drawings 17
6) Bedding Conditions = as indicated on Drawings 18
7) Pressure Class = 200 psi min. working pressure 19
8) Surge Allowance = 100 psi minimum 20
a) where: Total Pressure (including surge) = 200 psi + 100 psi = 300 psi. 21
9) Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 22
10) Maximum Calculated Deflection: 23
a) Delta x = D2/4,000 24
11) Soil Reaction Modulus (E’): < (less than or equal to) 1,000 25
d. Trench depths indicated on Drawings shall be verified after existing utilities are 26
located. 27
1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 28
conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 29
depth. 30
2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 31
e. Steel Provided 32
1) Bar reinforcement = 40% of the total area of circumferential reinforcement 33
2) Steel Cylinder = 60% of the total area of circumferential reinforcement 34
f. Minimum gauge thickness of steel cylinder for pipe and fittings shall be as 35
designed, but not less than the following: 36
37
Nominal Pipe
Size (in)
Minimum
Gauge No.
Minimum Gauge
Thickness (in)
16 - 24 18 0.0478
30 16 0.0598
36 14 0.0747
42 13 0.0897
48 12 0.1046
54 11 0.1196
60 10 0.1345
66 10 0.1345
72 9 0.1495
38
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Provisions for Thrust 1
a. Resist thrust at bends, tees, or other fittings by welding joints. 2
1) Restrain thrust at bends adjacent to casing by welding joints through the 3
casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 4
2) No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for pipe in casing unless 5
the annular space in the casing is filled with grout. 6
3) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 7
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 8
needs as specified herein. 9
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 10
Drawings. 11
b. Utilize restrained joints for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, 12
plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design 13
pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust restraint, the following shall 14
apply: 15
1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 16
2) Design pressure shall be 300 psi (working pressure + surge allowance). 17
3) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 18
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 19
needs in accordance with this Section. 20
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 21
Drawings. 22
4) Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. 23
5) In areas where restrained joints are used for thrust restraint, the pipe shall 24
have adequate cylinder thickness to transmit the thrust forces. 25
c. Thrust restraint design 26
1) The length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust forces shall be the 27
complete responsibility of the pipe manufacturer in accordance with 28
AWWA M9, the Thrust Restraint Design Program (TRDP), and the 29
following: 30
a) Calculate the weight of earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 31
prism above the pipe. 32
(1) Soil Density 33
(a) Unsaturated soil conditions = 110 pounds per cubic foot 34
(maximum value to be used) 35
(b) Locations with groundwater = buoyant weight for the backfill 36
below the water table 37
(c) Soil Type = Class V in accordance with AWWA M9 table 9-1 38
b) Coefficient of friction 39
(1) Unsaturated soil conditions = 0.3 (maximum value to be used) 40
(2) Locations with groundwater = 0.25 (maximum value to be used) 41
c) Use the minimum soil cover indicated in the Drawings over the entire 42
restrained area. 43
d. Thrust collars will only be permitted for temporary plugs. 44
1) Thrust collars may not be used for any other application, unless approved in 45
writing by the City. 46
3. Inside Diameter 47
a. The inside diameter of the cement mortar lining shall be the nominal diameter 48
specified, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 49
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connections, and Flange Gaskets 1
1. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 2
D. Fittings 3
1. All bend fittings shall be long radius (minimum 2.5 times the pipe inner diameter) 4
to permit passage of pipeline pigs. 5
E. Flanges 6
1. Flanged joints shall be provided at connections to valves and where indicated on the 7
Drawings. 8
2. Ends to be fitted with slip-on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral welds 9
ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. 10
3. Pipe flanges and welding of flanges to Concrete Pressure Pipe shall be in 11
accordance with AWWA C207 and AWWA C206. 12
4. Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent pipe 13
class. 14
5. Flanges shall match the fittings or appurtenances which are to be attached. 15
6. Provide Class E flanges in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME B16.1 Class 16
125. 17
F. Test Bulkheads 18
1. Submit proposed test bulkhead location plan to City for review, unless indicated in 19
the Drawings. 20
2. Design each test plug or bulkhead to withstand the test pressure on either side with 21
only atmospheric pressure on the opposite side. The manufacturer may use either 22
one or two plugs to allow testing on each side. 23
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Marking for Identification 26
1. For each joint of pipe and each fitting, plainly mark on 1 end: 27
a. Class for which it is designated 28
b. Date of manufacture 29
c. Identification number 30
d. Top centerlines on all specials. 31
B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 32
1. Manufacturer shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C303 Section 4.6 – 33
Fabrication. 34
a. Hydrostatically test each pipe cylinder with rings welded to its ends prior to 35
application of lining or coating. 36
b. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75 37
percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. 38
c. Each pipe cylinder tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test 39
pressure. 40
d. Hold test pressure for sufficient time to observe the weld seams, but not less 41
than 30-seconds. 42
e. Maintain a recording of the pressure gauge report and provide to the City. 43
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Fabricate fittings from hydrostatically tested pipe or fabricated of welded steel 1
sheets or plates. 2
a. Test fittings in accordance with AWWA C303. 3
3. Factory Testing 4
a. Cement Mortar Coating - Absorption Test 5
1) Perform a water absorption test on samples of cured mortar coating taken 6
from each working shift. 7
a) Cure the mortar coating samples in the same manner as the pipe. 8
b) A test value shall consist of the average of a minimum of 3 samples 9
taken from the same working shift. 10
c) The test method shall be in accordance with ASTM C497, Method A. 11
d) The test value for any working shift shall not exceed 9 percent and no 12
individual sample shall have an absorption exceeding 11 percent. 13
e) Perform tests for each working shift on a daily basis until conformance 14
to the absorption requirements has been established by 10 consecutive 15
passing test results, at which time testing may be performed on a 16
weekly basis for each working shift. 17
(1) Daily testing shall be resumed for each working shift with failing 18
absorption test results and shall be maintained until conformance to 19
the absorption requirements is re-established by 10 consecutive 20
passing test results. 21
C. Cement Mortar Lining 22
1. Test shop-applied cement mortar linings in accordance with AWWA C303. 23
D. City Testing and Inspection 24
1. The City reserves the option to have an independent testing laboratory inspect pipe 25
and fittings at the pipe manufacturer's plant, at the City's expense. 26
a. The City and their testing laboratory shall have free access to the 27
manufacturer's plant. 28
b. The pipe manufacturer shall provide the City a proposed fabrication schedule at 29
least 2 weeks prior to start of fabrication. The City will then advise the 30
manufacturer whether the tests will be required to be performed by an 31
independent testing laboratory. 32
c. In the event the City elects to retain an independent testing laboratory to make 33
material tests and weld tests, it is the intent that the tests be limited to 1 spot 34
testing of each category unless the tests fail to meet the standard. 35
1) In the event of failed tests, the City reserves the right to have the laboratory 36
make additional tests and observations. 37
2. Inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that 38
production of pipe shall be completed over a normal period of time and without 39
"slow-downs" or other abnormal delays. 40
a. In the event that an abnormal production time is required and the City is 41
required to pay excessive costs for inspection, the Contractor is required to 42
reimburse the City for such costs over and above those which would have been 43
incurred under a normal schedule of production as determined by the City. 44
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. General 6
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA M9, 7
this Section, and the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 8
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades show on the Drawings. 9
3. Excavate, embed, and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 10
4. At the close of each operating day: 11
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 12
after the laying operation. 13
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 14
5. If pipe is placed in casing, restrain pipe from floating. 15
6. Bond all pipe joints, excluding welded joints and insulated joints, in accordance 16
with Section 33 01 12. 17
B. Pipe Handling 18
1. Haul and distribute pipe fittings at the project site. 19
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 20
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 21
lowering into the trench. 22
b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining. 23
c. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 24
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 25
C. Pipe Jointing 26
1. General 27
a. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot rings before laying each joint of pipe by 28
brushing and wiping. 29
b. If any damage to the protective coating on the metal has occurred, repair the 30
damage before laying the pipe. 31
c. Lubricate the gasket, the gasket groove of the spigot, and the inside surface of 32
the bell with an approved commercial vegetable-type lubricant which will 33
facilitate the telescoping of the joint. 34
1) Petroleum based lubricants shall not be used. 35
d. Tightly fit together sections of pipe and exercise care to secure true alignment 36
and grade. 37
e. When a joint of pipe is being laid, place the gasket on the spigot ring and enter 38
the spigot end of the pipe into the bell of the adjoining pipe and force into 39
position. 40
1) The inside joint space between ends of the pipe sections shall have an 41
opening within the tolerances as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. 42
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. No "blocking up" of pipe or joints will be permitted. If pipe is not uniformly 1
supported or the joint not made properly, remove the joint and properly prepare 2
the trench. 3
g. After joining, check the position of the gasket with a steel feeler gauge. 4
1) If the gasket is out of position, disassemble the joint and repeat joint laying 5
procedure. 6
h. For interior welded joints, complete backfilling before welding. 7
i. For exterior field-welded joints, provide adequate working room under and 8
beside the pipe. 9
2. Exterior Joints 10
a. Make the exterior joint by placing a joint wrapper around the pipe and secure in 11
place with 2 steel straps. 12
1) Joint Wrapper 13
a) 9 inches wide for pipe 36-inches and larger 14
b) 7 inches wide for smaller pipe. 15
c) Hemmed on each side. 16
d) Fiberglass reinforced or burlap cloth, with lengths encircling the pipe, 17
leaving enough opening between ends to allow the mortar to be poured 18
inside the wrapper into the joint. 19
2) Fill the joint with mortar from one side in one continuous operation until it 20
has flowed entirely around the pipe. 21
3) During the filling of the joint, pat or manipulate the sides of the wrapper to 22
settle the mortar and expel any entrapped air. 23
4) Protect the top of the grout band from penetration of backfill into the grout 24
by allowing the grout to stiffen for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to 25
backfilling. 26
5) Do not remove the band from the joint. 27
3. Interior Joints 28
a. Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, fill the inside joint recess 29
with a stiff cement mortar/high-strength grout. 30
b. Prior to placing of mortar/grout, clean out dirt or trash which has collected in 31
the joint and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by spraying or 32
brushing with a wet brush. 33
c. Ram or pack the stiff mortar/grout into the joint space and take extreme care to 34
ensure no voids remain. 35
d. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar/grout with 36
the interior surfaces of the pipe using a steel trowel to ensure a smooth surface. 37
e. Interior joints of pipe 24-inches and smaller shall have the back of the face of 38
the bell buttered with grout, prior to inserting the spigot, such that when the 39
spigot is pushed into position it will extrude surplus grout from the joint. 40
1) Strike off surplus mortar flush with the inside of the pipe by pulling a filled 41
burlap bag or inflated ball through the pipe with a rope. 42
4. Welded Joints 43
a. Weld joints in accordance with the AWWA M9. 44
1) Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation for welders and for the City to 45
observe welds. 46
2) Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, welds shall be full circle fillet 47
welds. 48
b. Pipe 36-inches and smaller 49
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Weld from the outside. 1
2) Weld by laying a filler rod between the steel bell of one section and the 2
steel spigot of the other and welding the bell to the outside of the spigot. 3
3) Use no less than 3 complete passes to make the weld. 4
4) Once joint weld is complete, pour the exterior joint with mortar as indicated 5
in this Section. 6
5) After all sections are in final position, fill the interior joint as indicated in 7
this Section. 8
c. Pipe 42-inches and larger 9
1) Weld from the inside. 10
2) Trim the joint ring behind the gasket groove. 11
3) Align adjacent pipe sections and tack weld. 12
4) Weld the bell to the spigot with a full fillet weld. 13
5) Once joint weld is complete, grout the inside joint and pour the exterior 14
joint with mortar as indicated in this Section. 15
d. General weld requirements: 16
1) Weld joints in accordance with AWWA C206. 17
2) Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the 18
responsibility of the Contractor. 19
3) Before welding: 20
a) Thoroughly clean pipe ends. 21
b) Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric arc process. 22
4) Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. 23
5) Furnish labor, equipment, tools, and supplies, including shielded type 24
welding rod. 25
a) Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. 26
b) If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or 27
carton. 28
6) In all hand welding: 29
a) The metal shall be deposited in successive layers. 30
b) Not more than 1/8 inch of metal shall be deposited in each pass. 31
c) Each pass except the final, whether in butt or fillet welds, shall be 32
thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to 33
remove dirt, slag, or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. 34
d) Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the 35
welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the 36
center of the weld. 37
e) Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 38
7) Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, 39
undercutting, and/or any other defects. 40
8) If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split, or damaged to the extent that 41
satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the 42
line. 43
44
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Furnish each welder employed with a distinct steel stencil for marking 1
welds to easily identify work of individual welders. 2
a) Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil 3
assigned to him. 4
(1) In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided 5
and not duplicated if another welder is employed. 6
e. Welders 7
1) Field welding shall be performed by one of the following firms: 8
a) Thompson Pipe Group, Nels Thomsen, (972) 262-3600 9
b) Fuller’s Service Company, Barry Fuller, (817) 477-3841 10
c) Scott’s Welding, Scott Fowler, (972) 978-7865 11
d) Fletcher’s Welding, Darrell Fletcher 12
e) Eddie’s Welding Service, Eddie Pierce, (817) 909-6089 13
f) National Welding Corporation, Nash Williams, (801) 255-5959 14
g) The Rangeline Group, (800) 346-5971 15
2) After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to in 16
Article 1.9, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. 17
a) Inspection to be performed by a Certified Welding Inspector retained 18
by the City. 19
3) Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue. 20
5. Butt-Strap Closure Joints 21
a. Where necessary to make closure to pipe previously laid, install closure joints 22
using butt-strap joints in accordance with AWWA C206 and applicable 23
provisions of this Section. 24
6. Protection of Exposed Metal 25
a. Protect exposed ferrous metal by a minimum of 1-inch coating of cement 26
mortar as previously specified for inside joints, unless otherwise specified in 27
the Drawings. 28
b. Apply coating reinforced with galvanized wire mesh to exposed large flat 29
surfaces such as flanges, bolts, caulked joints, threaded outlets, closures, etc. 30
c. Thoroughly clean and wet the surface receiving a cement mortar coating with 31
water just prior to placing the cement mortar coating. 32
d. After placing, take care to prevent cement mortar from drying out too rapidly 33
by covering with damp earth or burlap. 34
e. Cement mortar coating shall not be applied during freezing weather. 35
D. Blocking 36
1. Install concrete blocking for 24-inch and smaller pipe at all bends (11-1/4 degree 37
and larger), outlets (6-inch and larger), and dead-ends as indicated in the Drawings. 38
a. Blocking is not permitted for 30-inch and larger pipe. 39
2. Provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 40
3. Place concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, normal 41
to the thrust. 42
4. In no instance should the supporting area for each block be smaller than those 43
specified in Drawings. Each block shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, 44
including water hammer, which may develop. 45
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. If the 1
Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was used to 2
calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the 3
City prior to the installation of the blocking. 4
3.5 REPAIR 5
A. Patching 6
1. Excessive field-patching of lining or coating shall not be permitted. 7
2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 8
exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 9
3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 10
any 1 joint of pipe. 11
4. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make patch with cement mortar as previously 12
specified for interior joints. 13
5. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured 14
and approved for laying by the City. 15
6. Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site. 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 18
A. Daily Records 19
1. Submit daily welding reports for field welding showing welder and joint welded 20
monthly. Include the following at a minimum: 21
a. Welder’s name 22
b. Joint welded 23
1) Joint identification number assigned to match lay drawings 24
2) Pipe Station 25
3) Observations made 26
B. Field Tests and Inspections 27
1. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 28
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 29
2. Weld Testing 30
a. Perform dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165 or magnetic 31
particle test in accordance with AWWA C206 and set forth in AWS D.1.1. 32
under the supervision and inspection of the City’s Representative or an 33
independent testing laboratory on all full welded joints. 34
1) Welds that are defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed 35
necessary by the City, at the Contractor's expense. 36
2) If the Contractor disagrees with the City's interpretation of welding tests, 37
test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The Contractor 38
shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the results of 39
physical testing. 40
3) The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the City before 41
proceeding. 42
C. Manufacturer’s Technician for Pipe Installation 43
33 14 12
CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE, BAR-WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER TYPE
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. During the construction period, the pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a 1
factory trained, qualified, job experienced technician to advise and instruct, as 2
necessary, in pipe laying and pipe jointing. 3
a. The technician shall assist and advise the Contractor in his pipe laying 4
operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint assembly 5
and joint inspection procedures. 6
b. The technician is not required to be on-site full time. 7
c. The technician shall be regularly on-site during the first 2 weeks of pipe laying 8
and thereafter as requested by the City or Contractor. 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING 12
A. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 13
1. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 14
Section 33 01 10. 15
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
END OF SECTION 20
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 1 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 13 1
BURIED STEEL PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Buried Steel Pipe 36-inches and larger for potable water applications in 6
conformance with AWWA C200. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 14
4. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 15
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 16
6. Section 33 14 05 – Nuts, Bolts, and Gaskets. 17
7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Buried Steel Pipe 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 23
the fitting or appurtenance of Buried Steel Pipe installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per linear foot for “AWWA C200 Steel Pipe” installed for: 28
a) Various sizes. 29
b) Various types of backfill. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Buried Steel Pipe as specified by the Drawings 32
2) Mobilization 33
3) Coating 34
4) Lining 35
5) Pavement removal 36
6) Excavation 37
7) Hauling 38
8) Disposal of excess material 39
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 40
10) Clay Dams 41
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 2 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11) Joint restraint 1
12) Buried Steel Pipe Fittings 2
13) Bolts and nuts 3
14) Welding 4
15) Gaskets, if allowed 5
16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 6
17) Clean-up 7
18) Cleaning 8
19) Disinfection 9
20) Testing 10
21) Test Bulkheads 11
2. Buried Steel Pipe Fittings 12
a. Measurement 13
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Buried Steel Pipe installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of Buried Steel Pipe 17
installed. 18
1.3 REFERENCES 19
A. Abbreviations 20
1. DFT – Dry Film Thickness 21
2. Mil – Thousandth of an Inch 22
3. PDV – Pressure-diameter value 23
B. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AASHTO). 28
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 29
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250). 30
b. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC). 31
4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 32
a. C33, Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates. 33
b. C144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 34
c. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 35
d. C216, Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made 36
from Clay or Shale). 37
e. D16, Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and 38
Applications. 39
f. DD522, Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic 40
Coatings. 41
g. D2240, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 42
h. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable 43
Adhesion Testers. 44
i. E165, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry. 45
5. American Welding Society (AWS): 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 3 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive 1
Examination. 2
b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. 3
c. D1.1, Structure Welding Code - Steel. 4
6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 5
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 Inches and Larger. 6
b. C205, Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 Ins 7
and Larger Shop-Applied. 8
c. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 9
d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 10
e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 11
f. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel 12
Water Pipelines. 13
g. C216, Heat Shrinkable Cross-Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of 14
Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. 15
h. C222, Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe 16
and Fittings. 17
i. M11, Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 18
7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 19
(AWWA/ANSI). 20
8. International Organization for Standardization (ISO). 21
9. NACE International (NACE): 22
a. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 23
Conductive Substrates. 24
10. NSF International (NSF): 25
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 26
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 27
11. Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (SPFA). 28
12. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)/National Association of Corrosion 29
Engineers (NACE): 30
a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 31
b. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. 32
c. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 33
d. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. 34
e. SP 10/NACE No. 2, Near-White Blast Cleaning. 35
f. SP 0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 36
Conductive Substrates. 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to fabrication and delivery. 41
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 42
A. Qualifications 43
1. Submit manufacturer and welder qualifications in accordance with Article 1.9. 44
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 4 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Product Data 1
1. Exterior Coating 2
a. Material data 3
b. Application recommendations 4
c. Field touch-up procedures 5
2. Heat Shrink Sleeves, if applicable 6
a. Material data 7
b. Installation recommendations 8
3. Joint Wrappers, if applicable 9
a. Material data 10
b. Installation recommendations 11
4. Mixes 12
a. Mortar for interior joints and patches 13
b. Bonding agents for patches 14
5. Gaskets 15
C. Shop Drawings 16
1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 17
Texas, including: 18
a. Internal pressure 19
1) Working Pressure 20
2) Test Pressure 21
3) Surge pressure 22
b. External pressure 23
1) Deflection 24
2) Buckling 25
3) Extreme loading conditions 26
c. Special physical loading such as supports or joint design 27
d. Thermal expansion and/or contraction 28
2. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings, valves, and deflections, including the 29
restraint length, sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 30
3. Fabrication and lay drawings showing a schematic location with profile and a 31
tabulated layout schedule that is sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 32
Texas, including: 33
a. Pipe class 34
b. Joint types 35
c. Fittings 36
d. Outlets 37
e. Thrust Restraint 38
f. Stationing (in accordance with the Drawings) 39
g. Transitions 40
h. Joint deflection 41
i. Interior lining 42
j. Outlet locations for welding, ventilation, and access 43
k. Welding requirements and provisions for thermal stress control 44
4. Pipe within Casing 45
a. Provide drawings detailing how pipe is restrained to prevent floating within 46
casing. 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 5 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Shop and field welding data: 1
a. Provide a weld map indicating the location, type, size, and extent of proposed 2
welds in accordance with AWS A2.4. 3
1) Submit welding terms in accordance with AWS A3.0. 4
2) Indicated by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints, and 5
preparation of base metal. 6
3) Distinguish between shop and field welds. 7
D. Certificates and Test Reports 8
1. Prior to shipment of the pipe, the pipe manufacturer shall submit the following: 9
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the pipe to be furnished 10
complies with AWWA C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C210, AWWA C222, 11
and this Section. 12
b. Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests shall be provided to the City. 13
c. Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of 14
steel. 15
d. A Certified Test Report from the polyurethane coating manufacturer indicating 16
that the coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's requirements 17
and in accordance with this Section. 18
e. Certified test reports for welder certification for factory and field welds in 19
accordance with AWWA C200, Section 4.11. 20
f. Certified test reports for cement mortar tests. 21
g. Certified test reports for steel cylinder tests. 22
E. Daily Records 23
1. Submit daily welding records in accordance with Article 3.7 – Field Quality 24
Control. 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 26
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 27
1. All test reports generated during testing. 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 30
A. Qualifications 31
1. Manufacturer Requirements: 32
a. Certified under S.P.F.A. or I.S.O. quality certification program for steel pipe 33
and accessory manufacturing. 34
b. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 35
c. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 36
under the control of the manufacturer. 37
d. The pipe manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years successful experience 38
manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated and be able to 39
demonstrate an experience record that is satisfactory to the City. 40
1) Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, and coating) shall be 41
performed at 1 location, unless otherwise approved by the City. 42
e. Manufacture pipe and fittings in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA 43
C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C208, AWWA C210, and AWWA C222. 44
2. Welders 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 6 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Use only competent, skilled, and qualified workmen. 1
b. Welder Qualifications Records (WQR) in accordance with AWWA C206, 2
ASME BPVC Section IX, or AWS D1.1 as required for both factory and field 3
welders. 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Packing 6
1. Prepare pipe for shipment to: 7
a. Afford maximum protection from normal hazard of transportation. 8
b. Allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition. 9
2. Do not deliver pipe damaged in shipment to the project site unless such damaged 10
pipe is properly repaired. 11
3. After the completed pipe and fittings have been removed from the final cure at the 12
manufacturing plant: 13
a. Protect pipe lining from drying by means of plastic end covers banded to the 14
pipe ends. 15
b. Maintain covers over the pipe ends at all times until ready to be installed. 16
c. Maintain moisture inside the pipe by periodic addition of water as necessary. 17
4. Carefully support pipes during shipment and storage. 18
a. Separate pipe, fittings, and specials so they do not bear against each other and 19
securely fasten the whole load to prevent movement in transit. 20
b. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie-down straps approximately over stulling (in 21
accordance with AWWA M11). 22
c. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means to 23
protect the pipe from damage. 24
d. Internally support and brace pipe, fittings, and specials in accordance with 25
AWWA M11. 26
1) Do not remove stulls until backfill operations are complete (excluding final 27
clean up), unless it can be demonstrated to the City’s satisfaction that 28
removal of stulls will not adversely affect pipe installation. 29
B. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 30
1. Inspection of pipe’s interior coating for excessive cracking by both the City and the 31
Contractor to occur once the 1st shipment of pipe is delivered to the Site. 32
a. If excessive cracking is found, modify shipping procedures to reduce or 33
eliminate cracking. 34
2. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's 35
recommendations to protect coating systems. 36
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37
66 00. 38
4. Haul pipe directly from the plant to the Site and string along pipeline alignment to 39
minimize rehandling of the pipe. Pipe damaged as a result of handling shall be 40
removed from the Site and replaced at no additional cost to the City. 41
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 42
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 43
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 7 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Manufacturers 4
1. Allowed Manufacturers: 5
a. Thompson Pipe Group 6
b. Northwest Pipe 7
c. American Spiralweld 8
2. Submit Substitution requests for manufacturers not indicated above in accordance 9
with Section 01 25 00. 10
B. Materials 11
1. General 12
a. Manufacture pipe and fittings in accordance with AWWA C200, AWWA 13
C205, AWWA C208, AWWA C210, and AWWA C222. 14
b. All pipe lining material in contact with potable water shall be in accordance 15
with NSF 61 and 372. 16
2. Steel Requirements: 17
a. In accordance with the requirements of AWWA C200 18
b. Continuous casting 19
c. Homogeneous 20
d. Suitable for field welding 21
e. Fully killed 22
f. Fine austenitic grain size 23
g. Minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi 24
3. Fittings 25
a. Fabricate all fittings from hydrostatically tested pipe. 26
b. Design fittings and specials in accordance with AWWA C208 and AWWA 27
M11, except for the following: 28
1) Utilize crotch plates for outlet reinforcement for all PDVs greater than 29
6,000 unless indicated otherwise in the Drawings. 30
2) Where indicated on the Drawings, utilize collars or wrapper in lieu of 31
crotch plates to allow for working space and supports. 32
c. All bend fittings shall be long radius (minimum 2.5 times the pipe inner 33
diameter) to permit easy passage of pipeline pigs. 34
4. Exterior Polyurethane Coating 35
a. Pipe: 36
1) Polyurethane Coating shall be factory applied and meet the requirements of 37
AWWA C222. Use a Coating Standard ASTM D16, Type V system which 38
is a 100-percent solids, 2-component polyurethane (or 2-package 39
polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane) coating. 40
a) Components shall have balanced viscosities in their liquid state and 41
shall not require agitation during use. 42
b) Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent ± 3 percent 43
c) Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 150 degrees F 44
d) Minimum Adhesion: 1500 psi, when applied to steel pipe which has 45
been blasted to comply with SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 2 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 8 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
(1) Cure Time: For handling in 2-3 minutes at 120 degrees F and full 1
cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F 2
e) Maximum Specific Gravities 3
(1) Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20 4
(2) Polyol resin, 1.15 5
f) Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch-pounds using 1-inch diameter 6
steel ball 7
g) Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi 8
h) Hardness: Minimum Durometer hardness of 65 on the Shore D scale in 9
accordance with ASTM D2240 10
i) Flexibility Resistance 11
(1) ASTM D522 using 1-inch mandrel 12
(2) Allow coating to cure for 7 days. 13
(3) Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature 14
extremes specified above. 15
j) Dry Film Thickness: 35 mils 16
k) Coating shall be a self-priming, plural component, 100 percent solids, 17
non-extended polyurethane, suitable for burial or immersion and shall 18
be: 19
(1) Durashield 110, Durashield 210, or Durashield 310 as 20
manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., 21
(2) Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings, or 22
(3) City approved equal. 23
2) The coating manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience in 24
the production of this type coating. 25
b. Specials, Fittings, Repair, and Connections 26
1) Provide shop-applied and field-applied coating as follows: 27
a) Durashield 210, Durashield 310, or Durashield 310 JARS as 28
manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., or 29
b) Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings. 30
c) Mix and apply polyurethane coatings in accordance with the coating 31
manufacturer's recommendations. 32
5. Special Coatings in Tunnels and Casings 33
a. Pipe to be placed in tunnel or casing shall have a full, continuous mortar 34
coating over the polyurethane coating. 35
b. Mortar coating shall have at least 2 raised mortar rings, each approximately 2 36
feet long and sufficiently higher than the outside diameter of the pipe bell, 37
including heat shrink sleeve, and to allow for band mortar ring loss as pipe is 38
pushed into casing. 39
6. Cement Mortar Linings 40
a. Shop apply cement mortar linings. 41
b. Shop-apply cement mortar linings in accordance with the requirements of 42
AWWA C205 with the following modifications: 43
1) Sand shall be silica sand in accordance with ASTM C33. 44
2) Curing of the linings shall be in accordance with the requirements of 45
AWWA C205. 46
7. Gaskets 47
a. Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 48
b. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 9 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Bolts and Nuts 1
a. Flanged Ends 2
1) Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 3
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 4
9. Isolation Flanges 5
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 6
10. Flange Coatings 7
a. Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 8
11. Threaded Outlets and Taps 9
a. Provide CC Threads and furnish and install brass bushings for the outlet size 10
indicated. 11
12. Weld Lead Outlets 12
a. Additional outlet configurations are required to be approved by the City prior to 13
fabrication. 14
b. Outlets shall be flanged, not threaded. 15
c. Spacing of outlets shall be no closer than 500 feet. 16
d. Weld a plate onto the outlet for closure and encase in cement mortar. 17
e. Record northing, easting, and top of flange elevation on job set of Record 18
Drawings in accordance with Section 01 78 39. 19
13. Mixes 20
a. Mortar for Joints 21
1) 1 part Portland Cement to 2 parts sand. 22
2) Cement – ASTM C150, Type I or II. 23
3) Sand 24
a) Sharp silica base 25
b) ASTM C144 26
4) Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that 27
the mortar is very stiff, but workable. 28
5) Water for cement mortar shall be from a potable water source. 29
b. Mortar for Patching 30
1) Same as for interior joints 31
c. Bonding Agent 32
1) Cement Mortar Lining 33
a) In accordance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 if cement lining is in contact 34
with potable water. 35
2) Cement Mortar Lining Patching 36
a) Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B 37
b) Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, or 38
c) Approved equal. 39
14. Heat Shrink Sleeves for Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe 40
a. Primer 41
1) Provide as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 42
b. Filler Mastic 43
1) Provide mastic filler as recommended by the heat shrink sleeve 44
manufacturer. 45
2) Size and type shall be as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer for type 46
of pipe and joint. 47
48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 10 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Joint Coating 1
1) Cross-linked polyolefin wrap or sleeve with a mastic sealant, 85 mils total 2
thickness, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, sleeve material 3
recovery as recommended by the manufacturer. 4
a) High recovery sleeves shall be provided for bell and spigot and 5
coupling style joints with a minimum of 50 percent recovery. 6
b) Sleeve length shall provide a minimum of 3 inches overlap onto intact 7
pipe coating on each side of the joint. 8
c) Width to take into consideration shrinkage of the sleeve due to 9
installation and joint profile 10
d. Heat shrink sleeves in accordance with AWWA C216, as manufactured by: 11
1) Canusa, 12
2) Raychem, or 13
3) Approved equal. 14
e. Provide heat shrink sleeve suitable to interior joint welding without damage to 15
heat shrink sleeve. 16
C. Performance / Design Criteria 17
1. Pipe Design 18
a. Design, manufacture, and test steel pipe in accordance with AWWA C200, 19
AWWA M11, and the special requirements of this Section. 20
b. Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown below. 21
c. For the purposes of pipe design, working pressure plus transient pressure shall 22
be as indicated below. 23
d. Fittings, specials, and connections shall be designed for the same pressures as 24
the adjacent pipe. 25
e. Base pipe design on trench conditions and the design pressure in accordance 26
with AWWA M11 using the following parameters: 27
1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 28
2) Live Load 29
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 30
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 31
3) Trench Depth = As indicated on the Drawings 32
4) Deflection Lag Factor (Dl) = 1.0 33
5) Coefficient (K) = 0.10 34
6) Maximum Calculated Deflection (Dx): 35
a) Dx = 3 percent (for polyurethane coated and cement mortar lined pipe) 36
b) Dx = 2 percent (for cement mortar coated and lined pipe) 37
7) Soil Reaction Modulus (E'): < (less than or equal) to 1,000 psi 38
8) Working Pressure = 200 psi 39
a) Test Pressure 40
(1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (250 41
psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation 42
along the test section. 43
(2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (300 psi 44
minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 45
9) Surge Allowance = 100 psi, minimum 46
a) Where Total Pressure (including surge) = 200 psi + 100 psi = 300 psi 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 11 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified 1
maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to 2
furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. 3
1) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner 4
where this method is required. 5
g. Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 6
1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 7
conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 8
depth. 9
2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 10
h. Field fabrication or cutting is not allowed, unless otherwise approved by the 11
City. 12
i. Design pipe for full vacuum conditions without buckling or damage to lining, 13
coating, or pipe joints. 14
2. Provisions for Thrust 15
a. Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. Resist thrust at bends, tees, or 16
other fittings by welding joints. 17
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 18
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 19
2) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 20
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 21
needs as specified herein. 22
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 23
Drawings. 24
b. Provide joint restraint for sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, 25
plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design pressure of the 26
pipe. 27
c. The length of pipe designed with restrained joints to resist thrust shall be the 28
complete responsibility of the pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA 29
M11 and the following: 30
1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 31
prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions: 32
a) Soil Density 33
(1) Unsaturated soil conditions = 110 pounds per cubic foot (maximum 34
value to be used) 35
(2) Locations with groundwater = buoyant weight for the backfill 36
below the water table 37
2) Coefficient of friction = 0.25 (maximum value to be used for polyurethane 38
coated steel pipe) 39
3) Use the minimum soil cover indicated in the Drawings over the entire 40
restrained area. 41
4) Design pressure shall be 300 psi (working pressure + surge allowance). 42
3. Inside Diameter 43
a. The inside diameter, including the cement mortar lining, shall be a minimum of 44
the nominal diameter of the pipe specified unless otherwise indicated on the 45
Drawings. 46
47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 12 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Wall Thickness 1
a. The minimum pipe wall steel thickness shall be as designed, but not less than 2
0.1875 inches or pipe D/230, whichever is greater for pipe and fittings, with no 3
minus tolerance, where D is the nominal inside pipe diameter. 4
b. Where indicated on the Drawings, pipe and fittings shall have thicker steel pipe 5
wall. 6
c. The minimum steel wall thickness shall also be such that the fiber stress shall 7
not exceed: 8
1) 50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel for working pressure, 9
or 18,000 psi (whichever is less), and 10
2) 75 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at the maximum 11
pressure (including transient pressure), or 27,000 psi (whichever is less), 12
nor the following, at the specified working pressure: 13
Pipe Type
Maximum Stress at
Working Pressure
Polyurethane Coated Steel 23,000 psi
Mortar Coated Steel
(for Casing Only)18,000 psi
14
d. Pipe which is placed in casing or tunnel shall have a minimum pipe wall steel 15
thickness of 0.25 inches or pipe D/144, whichever is greater, where D is the 16
nominal pipe diameter. 17
e. Pipe and fittings that are above grade or exposed (not in a trench, casing, or 18
tunnel) shall have a minimum pipe wall steel thickness of 0.375 inches or pipe 19
D/144, whichever is greater. 20
f. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be designed such that the maximum stresses in 21
the pipe due to thrust loading will not exceed 18,000 psi. 22
5. Seams 23
a. Except for mill-type pipe, the piping shall be made from steel plates rolled into 24
cylinders or sections thereof with the longitudinal and girth seams butt welded 25
or shall be spirally formed and butt welded. 26
1) There shall be not more than 2 longitudinal seams. 27
2) Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall not be spaced closer than 6 feet 28
except in specials and fittings. 29
6. Joint Length 30
a. Maximum joint length shall not exceed 50 feet. 31
b. Maximum joint length of steel pipe installed in casing shall meet the project 32
requirements. 33
c. Manufactured random segments of pipe will not be permitted for straight runs 34
of pipe. 35
1) Closing piece segments, however, shall be acceptable. 36
7. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connections, and Flange Gaskets 37
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 38
8. Pipe Ends 39
a. Allowable pipe ends include: 40
1) Lap welded slip joints 41
2) Butt strap joint 42
3) Flanged joint 43
4) Flexible coupled joint 44
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 13 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Roll groove gasket joint 1
b. Weld or harness pipe ends where indicated and as necessary to resist thrust 2
forces. 3
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 4
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 5
c. Rubber Gasket Joint (O-ring or Carnegie Joints) 6
1) Allowed for pipe sizes 54-inch diameter and smaller. 7
2) In accordance with AWWA C200. 8
3) Joint Configuration: 9
a) Bell 10
(1) Flared bell end formed and sized by forcing the pipe or a plug die 11
or by expanding on segmental dies. 12
b) Spigot 13
(1) Rolled spigot or carnegie-shaped steel joint ring in accordance with 14
AWWA C200 and as shown as Item F or H in Figure 8-1 of the 15
AWWA M11. 16
4) Check the welded area of bell and spigot pipe ends after forming by the dye 17
penetrant or magnetic particle method. 18
5) The difference in diameter between the interior diameter (I.D.) of the bell 19
and the outer diameter (O.D.) of the spigot shoulder at point of full 20
engagement with an allowable deflection shall be no more than 0.04 inches 21
as measured on the circumference with a diameter tape. 22
6) The gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately fill the area of the 23
groove and shall conform to AWWA C200. 24
7) The joint shall be suitable for the specified test and/or surge pressure and 25
deflection. 26
8) Joints shall be of clearances such that water tightness shall be provided 27
under all operating and test conditions with a pipe diameter deflection 28
based upon the supplied pipe coating. 29
9) Joints shall be electrically continuous. 30
d. Lap Welded Slip Joint 31
1) Provided in all locations for pipe where joints are welded for thrust 32
restraint. 33
2) Inside/Outside Weld Requirements: 34
a) Weld from the inside or outside for pipe diameters 42-inches and 35
larger. 36
b) Weld from the outside for 36-inch pipe diameters. 37
3) Ends of pipe, fittings, and specials for field welded joints shall be prepared 38
with 1 end expanded in order to receive a plain end making a bell and plain 39
end type of joint. 40
a) Clearance between the surfaces of lap joints shall not exceed 1/8 inch at 41
any point around the periphery. 42
4) In addition to the provisions for a minimum lap of 1-1/2 inches as specified 43
in AWWA C200, the depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a 44
minimum distance of 1 inch between the weld and the nearest tangent of 45
the bell radius when welds are to be located on the inside of the pipe. 46
5) Precisely paint a circumferential 3/4-inch insertion band on pipe spigots. 47
a) Leading edge of band to indicate minimum insertion. 48
b) Trailing edge of band indicating maximum insertion. 49
c) Pulled joints to occur within the band around the entire circumference. 50
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 14 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Flanges 1
1) Provide flanged joints at connections to valves and where indicated on the 2
Drawings. 3
2) Ends to be fitted with slip-on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral 4
welds ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. 5
3) Provide pipe flanges and welding of flanges to steel pipe in accordance 6
with AWWA C207 and AWWA C206. 7
4) Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent 8
pipe class. 9
5) Match flanges, including bolt pattern, to the fittings or appurtenances which 10
are to be attached. 11
6) Provide Class E flanges in accordance with AWWA C207 and drilled in 12
accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 125. 13
7) When Isolation Flanges are required by the Drawings, accommodate the 14
require spacing for drillings for mylar sleeves in accordance with Section 15
33 01 12. 16
f. Flexible Couplings 17
1) Provide flexible couplings where specified on the Drawings. 18
2) Ends to be joined by flexible couplings shall be: 19
a) Plain end type, prepared in accordance with AWWA C200. 20
b) Grind welds flush to permit slipping of the coupling in at least 1 21
direction to clear the pipe joint. 22
c) Harness bolts and lugs in accordance with AWWA M11. 23
g. Butt Strap Closure Joints 24
1) Install where necessary to make closure to pipe previously installed. 25
2) Provide in accordance with AWWA C206 and applicable provisions of this 26
Section. 27
9. Polyurethane Coating 28
a. Applicator Qualifications 29
1) Equipment shall be certified by the coating manufacturer to meet the 30
requirements for: 31
a) Material mixing 32
b) Temperature control 33
c) Application rate 34
d) Ratio control for multi-part coatings 35
2) Equipment not meeting the written requirements of the coating 36
manufacturer shall be rejected for coating application until repairs or 37
replacement of the equipment is made to the satisfaction of the City. 38
3) Personnel responsible for the application of the coating system shall: 39
a) Provide certification of attendance at the coating manufacturer’s 40
training class within the last 3 years. 41
b) Be present during all coating application work and be responsible for 42
controlling all aspects of the coating application. 43
b. Surface Preparation 44
1) Remove visible oil, grease, dirt, and contamination in accordance with 45
SSPC SP 1. 46
2) Remove surface imperfections such as metal slivers, burrs, weld splatter, 47
gouges, or delamination in the metal by filing or grinding prior to abrasive 48
surface preparation. 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 15 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) In cold weather or when moisture collects on the pipe and the temperature 1
of the pipe is less than 45 degrees F, preheat pipe to a temperature between 2
45 and 90 degrees F but no lower than 5 degrees F above dew point. 3
4) Clean pipe by abrasive blasting with a mixture of steel grit and shot to 4
produce the surface preparation cleanliness as required by coating 5
manufacturer and in accordance with this Section. 6
a) Recycled abrasive shall be cleaned of debris and spent abrasive in an 7
air wash separator. 8
5) Blast media mixture and gradation shall be adequate to achieve a sharp 9
angular surface profile as required by coating manufacturer and to the 10
minimum depth specified. 11
6) Protect prepared pipe from humidity, moisture, and rain. 12
7) Keep pipe clean, dry, and free of flash rust. 13
a) Remove all flash rust, imperfections, or contamination on cleaned pipe 14
surface by re-blasting prior to primer application. 15
8) Complete priming and coating of pipe in a continuous operation the same 16
day as surface preparation. 17
9) Abrasive blast exterior surfaces to a near-white blast cleaning with a 18
minimum 3.0 mil angular profile in bare steel in accordance with SSPC SP 19
10/NACE No. 2. 20
c. Equipment 21
1) 2-component, heated airless spray unit in accordance with coating 22
manufacturer’s recommendation 23
d. Temperature 24
1) Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature. 25
2) Surface temperature not less than 60 degrees F during application. 26
e. Humidity 27
1) Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of this 28
Section if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. 29
f. Resin 30
1) Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. 31
2) Store resins at a temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer. 32
g. Application 33
1) Applicator shall be certified by the coating manufacturer and conform to 34
coating manufacturer's recommendations. 35
a) Thinning is not permitted. 36
2) Apply directly to pipe to achieve a total dry film thickness (DFT) in 37
accordance with Article 2.2.B.2. 38
3) Multiple-pass, 1 coat application process is permitted provided maximum 39
allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. 40
4) Provide cutbacks in accordance with coating manufacturer’s 41
recommendations as appropriate for the type of joint and heat shrink sleeve 42
to be used. 43
h. Recoating 44
1) Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by 45
coating manufacturer. 46
2) When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush-blast, or 47
thoroughly sand the surface. 48
3) Blow-off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 49
50
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 16 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
i. Curing 1
1) Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure, per 2
manufacturer's recommendations. 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 5
A. Marking for Identification 6
1. For each joint of pipe and each fitting, plainly mark on 1 end: 7
a. Class for which it is designated 8
b. Date of manufacturer 9
c. Identification number 10
d. Top centerlines on all specials 11
B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 12
1. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with AWWA C200. 13
2. Hydrostatically test each joint of pipe prior to application of lining or coating. 14
a. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75 15
percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. 16
b. Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test 17
pressure. 18
c. Test pressure shall be held for sufficient time to observe the weld seams. 19
d. Maintain a recording pressure gauge, reference number of pipe tested, etc. 20
1) The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. 21
C. Test fittings by: 22
1. Hydrostatic test 23
2. Magnetic particle test 24
3. Ultrasonic 25
4. Radiography 26
5. Dye penetrant test 27
D. Factory Testing 28
1. Cement Mortar Lining 29
a. Test shop-applied cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C205. 30
2. Polyurethane Coating 31
a. Test in accordance with AWWA C222. 32
b. Thickness: Test thickness of coating in accordance with SSPC PA 2. 33
1) Test coating system applied to the pipe for holidays in accordance with the 34
procedures outlined in NACE SP0188 using a high voltage spark tester 35
(operating at 100 volts per mil), for the dry film thickness (DFT) as 36
indicated in this Section. 37
c. Adhesion Testing 38
1) Polyurethane coatings or linings shall have an adhesion to steel of 1,500 39
pounds per square inch, minimum. 40
2) Test polyurethane coating adhesion to steel substrates using pneumatic pull 41
off equipment, such as HATE Model 108 or Delfesko Positest, in 42
accordance with ASTM D4541 and AWWA C222, except as modified in 43
this Section. 44
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 17 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Adhesion testing records shall include: 1
a) Pipe identification 2
b) Surface tested (interior or exterior) 3
c) Surface temperature 4
d) Coating thickness 5
e) Tensile force applied 6
f) Mode of failure 7
g) Percentage of substrate failure relative of dolly surface 8
4) Glue dollies for adhesion testing to the coating surface and allowed to cure 9
for a minimum of 12 hours. 10
a) Score polyurethane coatings around the dolly prior to conducting the 11
adhesion test. 12
5) Failure shall be by adhesive and cohesive failure only. 13
a) Adhesive failure is defined as separation of the coating from the steel 14
substrate. 15
b) Cohesive failure is defined as failure within the coating, resulting in 16
coating remaining both on the steel substrate and dolly. 17
6) Retest partial adhesion and glue failure if the substrate failure is less than 18
50 percent relative of the dolly surface area and the applied tension was less 19
than the specified adhesion. 20
7) Glue failures in excess of the minimum required tensile adhesion are 21
accepted as meeting the specified adhesion requirements. 22
8) Conduct, accept, and reject adhesion tests on polyurethane pipe coating and 23
lining independently (where applicable). 24
9) Frequency of adhesion testing in accordance with AWWA C222. 25
10) Randomly select repair patches on the polyurethane coating for adhesion 26
testing in a manner as described herein and at the discretion of the coating 27
inspector conducting the adhesion tests. 28
a) Adhesion of repairs shall be as specified by the coating manufacturer 29
for the type of repair. 30
E. City Testing and Inspection 31
1. The City reserves the option to have an independent testing laboratory inspect pipe 32
and fittings at the pipe manufacturer's plant, at the City's expense. 33
a. The City and their testing laboratory shall have free access to the 34
manufacturer's plant. 35
b. The pipe manufacturer shall provide the City a proposed fabrication schedule at 36
least 2 weeks prior to start of fabrication. The City will then advise the 37
manufacturer whether the tests will be required to be performed by an 38
independent testing laboratory. 39
c. In the event the City elects to retain an independent testing laboratory to make 40
material tests and weld tests, it is the intent that the tests be limited to 1 spot 41
testing of each category unless the tests fail to meet the standard. 42
1) In the event of failed tests, the City reserves the right to have the laboratory 43
make additional tests and observations. 44
2. The inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that 45
production of pipe shall be completed over a normal period of time and without 46
"slow- downs" or other abnormal delays. 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 18 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. In the event that an abnormal production time is required and the City is 1
required to pay excessive costs for inspection, the Contractor is required to 2
reimburse the City for such costs over and above those which would have been 3
incurred under a normal schedule of production as determined by the City. 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. General 10
1. Install steel pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA 11
M11, the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations, this Section, and as required for 12
the proper functioning of the completed pipe line. 13
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 14
3. Excavate, embed, and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 15
4. At the close of each operating day: 16
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 17
after the laying operation. 18
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 19
5. Install in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 20
6. Inspect and test each joint for holidays immediately prior to pipe being lowered into 21
the ditch. 22
a. All damaged areas and holidays are to be repaired before the pipe is lowered 23
into the trench. 24
7. Place and consolidate embedment and backfill prior to removing pipe stulls (where 25
stulls are required per AWWA M11). 26
8. Maximum allowable pipe deflection is limited to: 27
a. 2 percent for mortar coated and lined steel pipe. 28
b. 3 percent for polyurethane coated and mortar lined steel pipe. 29
9. Bond all pipe joints, excluding welded joints and insulated joints, in accordance 30
with Section 33 01 12. 31
B. Pipe Handling 32
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 33
2. Handle pipe with care to avoid damage. 34
a. Pipe shall be handled at all times with sufficient non-abrasive slings, belts, or 35
other equipment designed to prevent damage to the coating or lining. 36
b. The spacing of pipe supports required to handle the pipe shall be adequate to 37
prevent cracking or damage to the lining or coating. 38
c. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 39
lowering into the trench. 40
d. The equipment shall be kept in such repair that its continued use is not injurious 41
to the coating. 42
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 19 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Do not lay pipe in wet conditions. 1
C. Line Up at Bends 2
1. Line up pipe for joining to prevent damage to pipe joints. 3
a. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot ends of each joint of pipe of foreign 4
matter, rust, and scale before placing spigot into bell. 5
2. Where abrupt changes in grade and direction occur, employ special shop fabricated 6
fittings for the purpose. 7
a. Field cutting the ends of the steel pipe to accomplish angular changes in grade 8
or direction of the line shall not be permitted. 9
D. Pipe Jointing 10
1. Rubber Gasket Joints 11
a. Join rubber gasket joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s 12
recommendations. 13
b. Clean bell and spigot of foreign material. 14
c. Lubricate gaskets and bell, and relieve gasket tension around the perimeter of 15
the pipe. 16
d. Engage spigot as far as possible in bell, allowing for a minimum gap of 0.5 inch 17
for inside joint grouting after any joint deflection. 18
e. Joint deflection or pull shall not exceed 80 percent of the manufacturer’s 19
recommendation. 20
f. Check gasket with feeler gauge all around the pipe. 21
g. In areas of petroleum hydrocarbon soil contamination, install hydrocarbon 22
resistant gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 23
2. Welded Joints 24
a. Weld joints in accordance with AWWA C206. 25
1) Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation for welders and for City's 26
representative to observe welds. 27
2) Welds shall be full circle fillet welds, unless otherwise specified. 28
3) Welding shall be completed after application of field applied joint coating. 29
b. Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the 30
responsibility of the Contractor. 31
c. After the pipe has been joined and properly aligned and prior to the start of the 32
welding procedure: 33
1) The spigot and bell shall be made essentially concentric by shimming or 34
tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around the periphery of the joint. 35
2) In no case shall the clearance tolerance be permitted to accumulate. 36
d. Before welding: 37
1) Thoroughly clean pipe ends. 38
2) Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric arc process. 39
3) Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. 40
4) Cover polyurethane coating as necessary to protect from weld splatter. 41
e. Furnish labor, equipment, tools, and supplies including shielded type welding 42
rod. 43
1) Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. 44
2) If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or carton. 45
f. Hand Welding 46
1) The metal shall be deposited in successive layers. 47
2) Not more than 1/8 inch of metal shall be deposited in each pass. 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 20 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Each pass except the final, whether in butt or fillet welds, shall be 1
thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to remove 2
dirt, slag, or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. 3
4) Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the 4
welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the center of 5
the weld. 6
5) Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 7
g. Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, 8
undercutting, and/or any other defects. 9
h. If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split, or damaged to the extent that 10
satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the line. 11
i. Furnish each welder employed with a steel stencil for marking the welds to 12
easily identify work of individual welders. 13
1) Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil 14
assigned to him. 15
a) In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided and 16
not duplicated if another welder is employed. 17
j. Welders 18
1) Field welding shall be performed by one of the following firms: 19
a) Thompson Pipe Group, Nels Thomsen, (972) 262-3600 20
b) Fuller’s Service Company, Barry Fuller, (817) 477-3841 21
c) Scott’s Welding, Scott Fowler, (972) 978-7865 22
d) Fletcher’s Welding, Darrell Fletcher 23
e) Eddie’s Welding Service, Eddie Pierce, (817) 909-6089 24
f) National Welding Corporation, Nash Williams, (801) 255-5959 25
g) The Rangeline Group, (800) 346-5971 26
2) After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to in 27
Article 1.9, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. 28
a) Inspection to be performed by a Certified Welding Inspector retained 29
by the City. 30
3) Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue. 31
3. Exterior Joint Protection 32
a. Heat Shrink Sleeves 33
1) General 34
a) Field coat buried pipe joints after pipe assembly in accordance with 35
AWWA C216, using Heat Shrink Sleeves. 36
b) Width of heat shrink sleeve shall be sufficient to overlap the 37
polyurethane coating by a minimum of 3 inches. 38
c) Overlapping of 2 or more heat shrink sleeves to achieve the necessary 39
width will not be permitted. 40
2) Installation 41
a) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust, 42
and other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 43
SSPC SP 2 or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by 44
solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC 45
SP 1. 46
(1) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 47
onto the existing coating. 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 21 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 1
coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, 2
where reasonable and practical. 3
c) Complete joint bonding of non-welded pipe joints before application of 4
joint coating. 5
d) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around 6
the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 7
e) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 8
(1) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 9
(2) Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a 10
temperature between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as 11
recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 12
f) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust, and flash rusting prior to 13
sleeve application. 14
g) Preheat pipe uniformly to between 140 degrees F and 160 degrees F or 15
as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 16
(1) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, 17
infrared thermometer, or color changing crayons. 18
(2) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with 19
tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 20
h) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps 21
with mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s 22
recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. 23
i) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 24
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the 25
preheat temperature specified. 26
j) Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and 27
center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch overlay 28
onto the existing pipe coating. 29
k) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or 30
wrap around heaters. 31
(1) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 32
(2) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 33
(3) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 34
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 35
(4) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with 36
appropriate temperature gauges. 37
(5) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 38
l) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 39
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the 40
full circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or 41
excessive burns on the sleeves. 42
(1) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed 43
and the joint recoated as directed by the City. 44
(2) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 45
m) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling, or backfilling. In 46
hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 47
(1) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the 48
sleeve manufacturer. 49
4. Interior Joint Grouting 50
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 22 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, clean out dirt or trash which 1
has collected in the joint and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by 2
spraying or brushing with a wet brush. 3
b. Fill the inside of the joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. 4
c. Where the mortar joint opening is 1 inch or wider, such as where trimmed 5
spigots are required, apply a bonding agent to mortar and steel surface prior to 6
placing joint mortar. 7
d. Ram or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to ensure 8
that no voids remain. 9
e. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the 10
interior surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. 11
5. Protective Welded Joints Coating System – Weld After Backfill 12
a. General 13
1) Apply protective coating at the pipe joints as follows: 14
a) Apply a 3-layer joint coating system consisting of a factory applied 15
polyurethane coating with a DFT in accordance with this Section. 16
b) A field applied 60-mil by 6 inch wide strip of CANUSA HCO Wrapid 17
Tape heat resistant tape at the location of the welding 18
c) A field applied 110-mil (full recovered thickness) by 18 inch wide 19
CANUSA AquaWrap high shrink heat shrinkable joint sleeve 20
d) After the heat shrinkable joint sleeve is installed, backfill the trench and 21
weld the joint. 22
2) The Contractor is responsible for his operations so they do not damage the 23
factory applied coating system. 24
3) When applying the 3-layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, 25
the Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint 26
coating system to the City’s satisfaction. 27
4) The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 28
selected at random by the City to visually inspect and test the joint after 29
welding. Any damage must be repaired. 30
a) If the Contractor’s welding procedure damages the 3-layer joint coating 31
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the City, will be required to 32
modify his welding procedure. 33
b. Joint Coating (3 Layer) 34
1) Apply 3-Layer Joint Coating System before welding the joint 35
2) Pipe Manufacturing and Heat Tape 36
a) Polyurethane coating shall be applied over entire length of pipe with 37
thickness in accordance with Article this Section. 38
b) The Contractor shall field apply 60-mil thick by 6 inch wide strip of 39
CANUSA HCO Wrapid Tape heat resistant tape to the exterior bell end 40
of the pipe, centered on the location of the welding, over factory 41
applied polyurethane coating. 42
3) Surface Preparation and Installation for Heat Shrinkable Joint Sleeve 43
a) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust, 44
and other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 45
SSPC SP 2 or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by 46
solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC 47
SP 1. 48
(1) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 49
onto the existing coating. 50
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 23 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 1
coating in accordance with this Section or increase the length of the 2
joint coating, where reasonable and practical. 3
c) Complete joint bonding of pipe joints before application of joint 4
coating. 5
(1) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices 6
around the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 7
d) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 8
(1) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 9
(2) Store off ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature 10
between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as recommended by the 11
sleeve manufacturer. 12
e) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust, and flash rusting prior to 13
sleeve application. 14
f) Preheat pipe uniformly to between 140 degrees F and 160 degrees F or 15
as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 16
(1) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, 17
infrared thermometer or color changing crayons. 18
(2) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with 19
tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 20
g) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps 21
with mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s 22
recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. 23
h) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 24
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the 25
preheat temperature specified. 26
(1) Apply sleeve in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and 27
center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch 28
overlay onto the existing pipe coating. 29
i) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or 30
wrap around heaters. 31
(1) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 32
(2) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 33
(3) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 34
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 35
(4) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 36
(5) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with 37
appropriate temperature gauges. 38
j) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 39
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the 40
full circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or 41
excessive burns on the sleeves. 42
(1) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed 43
and the joint recoated as directed by the City. 44
(2) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 45
k) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling, or backfilling. 46
(1) In hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 47
(2) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the 48
sleeve manufacturer. 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 24 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
l) Perform holiday testing using a high voltage holiday tester (operating at 1
100 volts per mil) at each joint after field application of heat shrinkable 2
joint sleeve in accordance with NACE SP0188. 3
(1) If any holidays or cuts are detected, the sleeve shall be repaired 4
using the heat shrink sleeve manufacturer’s recommendation. 5
(2) The damaged area shall be covered with a minimum of 50-mm 6
overlap around the damaged area. 7
E. Protection of Buried Metal 8
1. Coat buried ferrous metal such as bolts and flanges, which cannot be protected with 9
factory or field-applied polyurethane coatings or heat shrink sleeves, with 10
petrolatum tape in accordance with Section 33 14 05 and encase in Controlled Low 11
Strength Material in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 12
3.5 REPAIR 13
A. Repair and Field Touchup of Polyurethane Coating 14
1. For repair and field touch-up of polyurethane coating, apply: 15
a. Lifelast Durashield 210, 310, or 310 JARS, or 16
b. Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings. 17
c. Coating manufacturer’s recommendation. 18
2. Holidays 19
a. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other debris. 20
b. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 21
c. Apply a coat of repair material described above with the same thickness as the 22
factory applied polyurethane in accordance with this Section. 23
d. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing or rolling in 24
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 25
e. Retest for Holiday. 26
3. Field Cuts or Large Damage 27
a. If in the opinion of the City the polyurethane coating is excessively damaged, 28
the pipe segment will be rejected until the coating system is removed and 29
replaced so that the system is in a like-new condition. 30
b. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of 31
polyurethane coating. 32
c. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other debris. 33
d. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 34
e. Feather edges and include overlap of 2 inches of roughened polyurethane in 35
area to be patched. 36
f. Apply a coat of repair material described above with the same thickness as the 37
factory applied polyurethane as indicated in this Section, in accordance with 38
manufacturer's recommendations. 39
g. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. 40
h. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. 41
i. Cover at least 1 inch of roughed area surrounding damage or adjacent to field 42
cut. 43
j. Test repairs for holidays. 44
B. Patch of Cement Mortar Lining 45
1. Repair cracks larger than 1/16 inch. 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 25 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pipes with dis-bonded linings will be rejected. 1
3. Excessive patching of lining shall not be permitted. 2
4. Repair in accordance with AWWA C205 and as follows: 3
a. Apply bonding agent to patch area. 4
b. Patching of lining shall be allowed where area to be repaired does not exceed 5
100 square inches and has no dimension greater than 12 inches. 6
c. In general, there shall be not more than 1 patch in the lining of any joint of 7
pipe. 8
5. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make the patch with the mortar indicated. 9
6. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured, 10
unless approved by the City. 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Daily Records 14
1. Submit daily welding reports for field welding showing welder and joint welded 15
monthly. Include the following at a minimum: 16
a. Welder’s name 17
b. Joint welded 18
1) Joint identification number assigned to match lay drawings 19
2) Pipe Station 20
3) Observations made 21
B. Field Tests and Inspections 22
1. Quality Control of Field Applied Polyurethane Coating 23
a. Surface Preparation 24
1) Visually inspect surface preparation to ensure cleanliness and dryness 25
requirements have been met. 26
2) Use Testex tape on at least 1 joint per day to ensure that adequate profile is 27
being achieved. 28
b. Visual 29
1) Visually inspect cured coating to ensure that the coating is completely 30
cured with no blisters, cracks, pinholes, missed areas, excessive roughness, 31
"sticky", or "gooey" areas. 32
2) Check to ensure that the coating completely covers the steel and existing 33
coating. 34
c. Thickness 35
1) Use a magnetic dry film thickness (DFT) gauge on cured coating to ensure 36
adequate thickness has been achieved according to SSPC PA 2. 37
a) If the thickness of the coating is below the minimum specified millage 38
anywhere along the length of the pipe, adjustments must be made to the 39
spray system to correct the problem. 40
2) At a minimum, the thickness shall be measured for every 50 square feet of 41
sprayed area. 42
d. Adhesion 43
1) Perform the following procedure on a minimum of 1 joint per day: 44
a) Select area to test that has cured for at least 1 hour for fast setting 45
coatings. 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 26 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Test and repair in accordance with AWWA C222 Dolly Pull-off Test. 1
e. Holiday Testing 2
1) Perform in accordance with NACE SP0188. 3
2) Holiday test using a high voltage holiday tester at each joint no sooner than 4
1 hour after field application of polyurethane coating. 5
f. Inspection at Welding Joints 6
1) When applying the 3-layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, 7
the Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint 8
coating system to the City's satisfaction. 9
2) The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 10
selected at random by the City or City to visually inspect and test the joint 11
after welding. 12
3) Any damage must be repaired. 13
4) If the Contractor's welding procedure damages the 3-layer joint coating 14
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the City, will be required to 15
modify his welding procedure. 16
2. Weld Testing 17
a. Dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165 or magnetic particle test in 18
accordance with AWWA C206 and set forth in AWS D.1.1. shall be performed 19
by the Contractor under the supervision and inspection of the City’s 20
Representative or an independent testing laboratory on all full welded joints. 21
1) Welds that are defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed 22
necessary by the City, at the Contractor's expense. 23
2) If the Contractor disagrees with the City's interpretation of welding tests, 24
test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The Contractor 25
shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the results of 26
physical testing. 27
3) The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the City before 28
proceeding. 29
b. City may reject any areas not meeting the deflection requirements of this 30
Specification. 31
3. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 32
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 33
C. Manufacturer’s Technician for Pipe Installation 34
1. Pipe Manufacturer’s Representative 35
a. If required by the City or requested by the Contractor during construction, the 36
pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory trained, qualified, job 37
experienced technician to advise and instruct as necessary in pipe laying and 38
pipe jointing. 39
1) The technician shall assist and advise the Contractor in his pipe laying 40
operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint 41
assembly and joint inspection procedures. 42
2) The technician is not required to be on-site full time. 43
3) The technician shall be regularly on-site during the first 2 weeks of pipe 44
laying and thereafter as requested by the City or Contractor. 45
2. Polyurethane Coating Manufacturer’s Representative 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 27 of 27
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. The pipe manufacturer shall provide services of polyurethane coating 1
manufacturer's representative and a representative from the heat shrink joint 2
manufacturer for a period of not less than 3 days at beginning of actual pipe 3
laying operations to advise Contractor and City regarding installation, including 4
but not limited to: 5
1) Handling and storage 6
2) Cleaning and inspecting 7
3) Coating repairs 8
4) Field applied coating 9
5) Heat shrink installation procedures 10
6) General construction methods and how they may affect pipe coating 11
b. Representative shall be required to return if, in the opinion of the City, the 12
polyurethane coating or the Contractor's construction methods do not comply 13
with Contract Specifications. 14
1) Cost for the manufacturer’s representatives to return to the site shall be at 15
no additional cost to the City. 16
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18
3.10 CLEANING 19
A. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 20
1. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 21
Section 33 01 10. 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 14 1
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. HDPE Pipe 1-inch and 2-inch for potable water services. 6
2. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 60-inch for water distribution. 7
3. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch for gravity sanitary sewer. 8
4. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 60-inch for sanitary sewer force mains and reuse 9
applications. 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 17
Mains. 18
4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 19
5. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 20
6. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 21
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 22
8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 23
9. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets. 24
10. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. HDPE Water Service Line 28
a. Measurement 29
1) This item is considered subsidiary to New Water Service installed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each water service installed. 33
2. HDPE Pressure Pipe 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 36
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of HDPE Pressure Pipe installed. 37
b. Payment 38
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per linear foot for “HDPE Pressure Pipe” installed for: 3
a) Various sizes. 4
b) Various types of backfill. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Furnishing and installing HDPE Pipe as specified by the Drawings 7
2) Pavement Removal 8
3) Excavation 9
4) Hauling 10
5) Disposal of excess material 11
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 12
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 13
8) Clay Dams 14
9) Fusion of joints 15
10) HDPE fittings 16
11) Ductile Iron Fittings with Restraint (if required) 17
12) Bolts and nuts 18
13) Clean-up 19
14) Cleaning 20
15) Disinfection (for potable) 21
16) Testing 22
3. HDPE Gravity Pipe 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 25
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of HDPE Gravity Pipe installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per linear foot for “HDPE Gravity Pipe” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types of backfill. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing HDPE Pipe as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Pavement Removal 35
3) Excavation 36
4) Hauling 37
5) Disposal of excess material 38
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 39
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
8) Clay Dams 41
9) Fusion of joints 42
10) HDPE fittings 43
11) Clean-up 44
12) Cleaning 45
13) Testing 46
47
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 3
B. Reference Standards 4
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6
unless a date is specifically cited. 7
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. D3035, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) 9
Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 10
b. D3350, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings 11
Materials. 12
c. F2620, Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and 13
Fittings. 14
d. F1290, Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. 15
e. D3261, Standard Specifications for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic 16
Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. 17
f. F714, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) 18
Based on Outside Diameter. 19
g. F2164: Standard Practice for Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene (PE) Pressure 20
Pipeline Systems Using Hydrostatic Pressure. 21
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22
a. C901, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4-inch through 3-inch, 23
for Water Service. 24
b. C906, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch through 63-inch, for 25
Water Distribution. 26
c. M55, PE Pipe Design and Installation. 27
4. NSF International (NSF) (for use in potable applications): 28
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 29
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 31
1.5 SUBMITTALS 32
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 35
A. Qualifications 36
1. Submit manufacturer and butt fusion welder qualifications in accordance with 37
Article 1.9 and the following: 38
a. Documentation that each Fusion Technician has met requirements for joining 39
proficiency for each type of fusion joint performed by the Fusion Technician 40
under this specification. 41
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Documentation of conformance with this Section and applicable standards, 1
including written documentation regarding any intended variance from this 2
Section and applicable standards. This will include fusion joint warranty 3
information and recommended project specific fusion parameters, including 4
criteria logged and recorded by data logger. 5
2. The following AS-RECORDED DATA is required from the Contractor and/or 6
Fusion Provider: 7
a. Fusion reports for each fusion joint performed on the project, including joints 8
that were rejected. Submittals of the Fusion Technician’s joint reports are 9
required as requested by the Owner or Engineer. Specific requirements of the 10
Fusion Technician’s joint report shall include: 11
1) Pipe or fitting size and DR or pressure class rating 12
2) Fusion equipment size and identification 13
3) Fusion Technician Identification 14
4) Job Identification Number 15
5) Fusion Number 16
6) Fusion joining parameters 17
7) Ambient Temperature 18
B. Product Data 19
1. Manufacturer 20
2. Nominal pipe diameter 21
3. Pressure Rating 22
4. Standard Dimension ratio (DR) 23
5. Cell classification 24
6. Laying lengths 25
C. Shop Drawings 26
1. HDPE Pipe for water distribution or sanitary sewer force mains for 24-inch and 27
greater diameters: 28
a. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed 29
in Texas including: 30
1) Working Pressure 31
2) Surge Pressure 32
3) Deflection 33
D. Certificates 34
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all HDPE pipe has been tested and is in accordance 35
with this Section and all ASTM and AWWA standards as listed herein. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39
A. Qualifications 40
1. Manufacturers 41
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 42
otherwise specified by the City. 43
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 1
manufacturer upon City approval. 2
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 3
manufacturer. 4
c. Certified copies of test reports required with each delivery, stating all pipe is in 5
accordance with ASTM F714, ASTM D3350, ASTM D3035 as applicable. 6
2. Butt-Fusion Welding 7
a. Butt-fusion welding of pipe sections shall be performed by a fusion technician 8
certified by the pipe manufacturer. Manufacturer’s recommended practices 9
shall be followed. 10
b. Each Fusion Technician performing butt fusion, saddle fusion, or electrofusion 11
joints shall be qualified to make butt fusion joints in accordance with ASTM 12
F2620/1290. Qualification shall have occurred not more than 12 months before 13
performing fusion joining on site in accordance with this Section. Qualification 14
shall be a documented demonstration of proficiency by making joints in 15
accordance with ASTM F2620/1290 that are proved to be satisfactory by 16
destructive testing in accordance with ASTM F2620/1290. 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 19
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 20
00. 21
2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M55. 22
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 MATERIALS 27
A. Manufacturers 28
1. HDPE Pipe and Fittings 29
a. Performance Pipe 30
b. JM Eagle 31
c. Pipeline Plastics 32
d. ISCO Pipe 33
e. WL Plastics 34
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 35
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 36
B. HDPE Pipe 37
1. Pipe and Fittings 38
a. As a minimum the following pipe classes apply. The Drawings or the pressure 39
and deflection design criteria may require a higher wall thickness, but in no 40
case should the pipe classes be less than the following: 41
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
Type of Use Min Pipe Class
Potable Service Lines DR-9
Potable Distribution DR-11
Force Main DR-13.5
Gravity Sewer DR-17
Pipe Bursting Method DR-11
2
b. Material 3
1) Extra High Molecular Weight, High Density Polyethylene PE 4710, Cell 4
Class PE445474C with colored striping the entire length of pipe in 5
accordance with AWWA C901 or AWWA C906. 6
a) Striping shall be Cell Class PE445474E. 7
b) Cell Classifications are to be in accordance with ASTM D3350. 8
2) Homogeneous throughout and free of: 9
a) Abrasion, cutting, or gouging of the outside surface extending to more 10
than 10 percent of the wall thickness in depth 11
b) Cracks 12
c) Kinking 13
d) Flattening 14
e) Holes 15
f) Blisters 16
g) Other defects 17
c. All pipe shall be color coded for the intended service. The color coding shall be 18
permanently co-extruded stripes on the pipe outside surface as part of the pipe’s 19
manufacturing process. Painting HDPE pipe to accomplish color coding is not 20
permitted. Color coding shall be as follows: 21
1) Sewer – green 22
2) Water – blue 23
3) Reuse – purple 24
d. Pipe with gashes, nicks, abrasions, or any such physical damage which may 25
have occurred during storage and/or handling, which are larger/deeper than 10 26
percent of the wall thickness, shall not be used and shall be removed from the 27
construction site. 28
e. Pipe and fittings shall be uniform in color, opacity, density, and other physical 29
properties. 30
f. Pipe Markings 31
1) In accordance with ASTM D3350 32
2) Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 33
a) Intervals uniformly at 6-inch 34
b) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 35
c) Nominal pipe size 36
d) ASTM or Dimension Ratio (DR) designation 37
e) Cell classification 38
f) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 39
g. Dimension Classification 40
1) Potable and force main applications shall be Ductile Iron Pipe Size 41
(DIPS/DIOD). 42
2) 1-inch and 2-inch potable water service lines shall be of copper tube size 43
(CTS) and in accordance with all AWWA C901 standards. 44
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) All other uses may be Iron Pipe Size (IPS). 1
2. Connections 2
a. Use only manufactured fittings in accordance with ASTM D3261 3
b. HDPE fabricated fittings shall have pressure class ratings not less than the 4
pressure class rating of the pipe to which they are joined. 5
1) For pressure applications, a minimum pressure rating of 200 psi is required 6
for all fittings. 7
3. Detectable Metallic Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 8
4. Polyethylene Repair Clamp 9
a. Smith-Blair Full Circle Clamp Style 228 or 263. 10
b. Should any other mechanical restraints be required, they shall be in accordance 11
with Sections 33 14 05 and 33 14 10. 12
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
PART 3 - EXECUTION 15
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 16
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 18
3.4 INSTALLATION 19
A. General 20
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section 21
and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 22
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 23
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 24
4. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25
B. Pipe Handling 26
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 27
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 28
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 29
lowering into the trench. 30
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 31
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 32
3. At the close of each operating day: 33
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 34
after the laying operation. 35
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 36
C. Pipe Joining 37
1. Join pipe in accordance with ASTM F2620. 38
2. Operators must be certified by the manufacturer to use the fusion equipment. 39
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Follow the time and temperature recommendations of the manufacturer. 1
4. Joints shall be stronger than the pipe itself, be properly aligned, and contain no gaps 2
or voids. 3
5. Remove the internal bead created by the thermo butt-fusion welding process (for 4
sizes smaller than 8-inch). The internal bead shall be removed using equipment 5
specifically designed for this application. After the bead is cut from the pipe joint 6
the scrap bead shall be removed from the pipe. 7
a. For trenchless installations, the external bead may be required to be removed as 8
directed by City. 9
6. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device 10
(data logger) connected to the fusion machine that shall register and/or record the 11
parameters required by the manufacturer and these specifications. Data not logged 12
by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the Fusion 13
Technician’s joint report. 14
D. Tracer Wire/Detectable Metallic Tape Installation in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 15
16
3.5 REPAIR 17
A. Repair any damaged pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this 18
Section and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. Faulty fusion joints must be 19
removed and remade. 20
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 22
A. Potable Water Mains 23
1. Hydrostatic testing: 24
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 25
B. Sewer Force Mains 26
1. Hydrostatic testing: 27
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 28
C. Gravity Sewer Mains 29
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 30
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 31
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 32
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 33
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35
3.10 CLEANING 36
A. Potable Water Mains 37
1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 38
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance 39
with Section 33 01 10. 40
41
33 14 14
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Sewer Force Mains 1
1. Cleaning of sewer force mains 2
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 3
C. Gravity Sewer Mains 4
1. Cleaning of sewer mains: 5
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 1 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 17 1
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of-way, 6
fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings, and 7
specified in this Section for: 8
1. New Water Service 9
2. New Bored Water Service 10
3. New Water Service (City Performed) 11
4. Private Water Service 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 19
4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 20
5. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 21
6. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 22
7. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. New Water Service 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each new “Water Service” complete 28
in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and 29
associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut 30
construction. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per each “Water Service” installed for: 35
a) Various sizes. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 38
2) Submitting product data 39
3) Tapping saddle 40
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 2 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Corporation stop 1
5) Angle stop 2
6) Fittings 3
7) Service line installed by open cut 4
8) Connection to meter 5
9) Meter Box and Lid 6
10) Temporary lighting 7
11) Traffic Control associated with connection 8
12) Plating of open trenches 9
13) Pavement removal 10
14) Excavation 11
15) Hauling 12
16) Disposal of excess material 13
17) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment 14
18) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of backfill 15
19) Surface restoration 16
20) Clean-up 17
21) Disinfection 18
22) Testing 19
2. New Bored Water Service 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each new “Bored Water Service” 22
complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter 23
box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by 24
directional drilling. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per each “Water Service” installed for: 29
a) Various sizes. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 32
2) Submitting product data 33
3) Tapping saddle 34
4) Corporation stop 35
5) Angle stop 36
6) Fittings 37
7) Service line installed by directional drilling 38
8) Connection to meter 39
9) Meter Box and Lid 40
10) Temporary lighting 41
11) Traffic Control associated with connection 42
12) Plating of open trenches 43
13) Pavement removal 44
14) Excavation 45
15) Hauling 46
16) Disposal of excess material 47
17) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment 48
18) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of backfill 49
19) Surface restoration 50
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 3 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
20) Clean-up 1
21) Disinfection 2
22) Testing 3
Note to Assembler: This bid item should only be used if it is specifically indicated in the 4
Drawings 5
3. New Water Service (City Performed) 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 10
item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Service (City 11
Performed)” installed for: 12
a) Various sizes. 13
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 14
not limited to: 15
1) Preparing submittals (if necessary) 16
2) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 17
3) Coordination and notification 18
4) Remobilization 19
5) Temporary lighting 20
6) Traffic Control associated with connection 21
7) Plating of open trenches 22
8) Pavement removal 23
9) Plating of open trenches 24
10) Excavation 25
11) Hauling 26
12) Disposal of excess material 27
13) Clean-up 28
14) Surface restoration 29
15) Disinfection 30
16) Testing 31
d. The price bid shall not include the following: 32
1) Fees paid to City to perform connection in accordance with City 33
Development Code 35.21.8 Tapping Fees will be the responsibility of the 34
Contractor. 35
4. Private Water Service Relocation 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measurement for this item shall be per linear foot of Private Service 38
relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the 39
existing service line on private property. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation 42
where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any 43
direction from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished 44
in accordance with the item and measured as provided under 45
“Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of 46
“Private Water Service” performed for: 47
a) Various service sizes. 48
49
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 4 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Obtaining required permit(s) 2
2) Obtaining Right of Entry 3
3) Submitting product data 4
4) Private service line 5
5) Fittings 6
6) Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if 7
applicable 8
7) Connection to existing private service line 9
8) Pavement removal and replacement 10
9) Temporary lighting 11
10) Traffic Control associated with connection 12
11) Plating of open trenches 13
12) Excavation 14
13) Hauling 15
14) Disposal of excess material 16
15) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment and backfill 17
16) Surface restoration 18
17) Clean-up 19
18) Cleaning 20
19) Disinfection 21
20) Testing 22
1.3 REFERENCES 23
A. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 28
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 29
b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 30
c. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 31
d. B98, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. 32
e. C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 33
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 34
f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 35
g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural 36
Concrete. 37
h. C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for 38
Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures 39
i. D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. 40
j. D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene 41
Plastics 42
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 43
a. C700, Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. 44
b. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 45
c. C901, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4-inch through 3-inch, 46
for Water Service. 47
48
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 5 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. NSF International (NSF): 1
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 2
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 3
5. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act 4
a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 5
6. General Services Administration (GSA): 6
a. RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole 7
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 8
A. Scheduling 9
1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner in accordance 10
with Section 01 35 13. 11
2. Service interruptions may only occur during normal business hours from Monday 12
through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City. 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS 14
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17
A. Product Data, if applicable: 18
1. Tapping Saddle 19
2. Corporation Stop 20
3. Angle Stop 21
4. Service Line 22
5. Meter Box 23
6. Meter Box Lid 24
B. Certificates and Test Reports 25
1. Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit 26
the following: 27
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating the components furnished comply 28
with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section including: 29
1) The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) 30
2) AWWA C800 31
3) NSF 61 and 372 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 35
A. Qualifications 36
1. Manufacturers 37
a. In accordance with AWWA C800, NSF 61 and 372, the Reduction of Lead in 38
Drinking Water Act, and this Section. 39
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 6 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Protect parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 3
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 4
equipment are ready for operation. 5
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 6
site. 7
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 8
extremes in temperature. 9
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 15
A. When tapping fees are paid for City to perform the work, City shall furnish all fittings, 16
service lines, and other appurtenances from the main to the meter box. 17
B. Water meters for various sizes. 18
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 19
A. Manufacturers 20
1. Manufacturer List 21
a. Water Service Tapping Saddle (Brass Double Strap with CC Threads) 22
1) Mueller/BR2B, 23
2) Ford Meter Box/202B 24
b. Corporations Valves 25
1) Mueller/P15008N, P25008N (for 1" Line) 1": Brass, CC Inlet Threads & 26
Pack Joint Filling 27
2) Ford Meter Box/F1000NL, FB1000NL (for 1" Line) Key or Ball Type 28
3) Mueller/E25009N (for 2" Line) 2": Brass, CC Inlet Threads & Pack Joint 29
Fitting 30
4) Ford Meter Box/FBNL1000NL (for 2" Line) Ball type, NSF 372 compliant 31
c. Angle Meter Valves 32
1) Mueller/P24258N (for 1" Line) Brass, Angle Meter with Pack Jointing & 33
Lock Wing 34
2) Ford Meter Box/BA43NL (for 1" Line) Ball type 35
3) Mueller/P24276N (for 2" Line) 36
4) Ford Meter Box/BFA43NL (for 2" Line) 37
2. Water Meter Box/Can 38
a. Unpaved areas: 39
1) 3/4": Bass & Hays/34B 40
2) 1": Bass & Hays/548A 41
3) 1 1/2" & 2": Bass & Hays/55A 42
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 7 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Paved areas (not requiring H-20 loading): 1
1) 3/4": Bass & Hays/ P34PD18 2
2) 1": Bass & Hays/ P55PD18 3
3) 1 1/2" & 2": Bass & Hays/ P55PD18 4
c. Paved areas (H-20 loading): 5
1) 3/4" and 1”: Old Castle B1324 6
2) 1 1/2" & 2": Old Castle B1730 7
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 8
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 9
4. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 10
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 11
similar service and size. 12
B. Materials/Design Criteria 13
1. Service Lines 14
a. Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88. 15
1) Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the 16
Contract Documents. 17
2) Copper is required for use crossing gas station sites and other sites where 18
hydrocarbon is present in the soil. 19
b. HDPE pipe and fittings 20
1) In accordance with AWWA C901 and Section 33 14 14. 21
2) Tracer wire 22
a) Continuous, insulated TW, THW, THWN, or HMWPE insulated 23
copper, 10 gauge or thicker wire for pipeline location purposes by 24
means of an electronic line tracer. 25
2. Service Couplings 26
a. Fitting Ends 27
1) Pack joints with external clamp and CC thread dimensions in accordance 28
with AWWA C800. 29
2) Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the 30
tubing outer diameter (O.D.). 31
b. Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with coupling size. 32
c. Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead 33
in Drinking Water Act. 34
3. Brass Fittings 35
a. Pack joint type for copper service line. 36
b. Compression, grip joint, or quick joint fittings are only allowed for HDPE 37
service lines. Stainless steel stiffener shall be used on all compression fittings. 38
4. Corporation stops 39
a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for: 40
1) Bodies 41
2) Plugs 42
3) D washers 43
4) Bottom nuts 44
b. Machining and Finishing of Surfaces 45
1) Provide 1 ¾ inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch ± 0.007 inch per inch 46
taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body. 47
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 8 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer 1
or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface 2
of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body. 3
3) Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end. 4
4) Extend small end of the key there-through to prevent the wearing of a 5
shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key. 6
5) Design key, key nut, and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to 7
failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture. 8
6) Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3 9
times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any 10
manner. 11
7) Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in 12
the flow way. 13
8) Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the 14
following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine: 15
a) Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops 16
b) Four 15/16-inch for 2-inch corporation stops 17
c. Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in 18
Drinking Water Act. 19
5. Straight Adapters 20
a. Brass castings and threads in accordance with AWWA C800. 21
b. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 22
6. Three Part Copper Unions 23
a. Brass castings and threads in accordance with AWWA C800. 24
b. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 25
7. Straight Meter Couplings 26
a. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800. 27
b. Threads in accordance with AWWA C700. 28
c. Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread 29
d. Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut. 30
e. Machine inside and outside of tailpiece. 31
f. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 32
8. Branch Connections 33
a. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800. 34
b. Inlet and outlet connections in accordance with AWWA C800. 35
c. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 36
9. Service Saddles 37
a. Brass castings in accordance AWWA C800. 38
1) Free of porosity with sharp edges removed 39
2) Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main with 40
approximately 180 degrees wrap around. 41
3) Outlet 42
a) Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments. 43
b) Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA 44
C800. 45
b. Straps 46
1) In accordance with ASTM B98. 47
2) Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main. 48
3) Double straps required 49
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 9 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side. 1
5) Threaded 5/8 inch (11-NC-2A) for a distance such that ½ inch remains after 2
clamp is fully tightened on the pipe 3
6) Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads. 4
7) Threads shall be full and free from shear. 5
8) 4-inch and larger pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 25. 6
c. Nuts 7
1) Bronze material 8
a) Same material as straps. 9
2) Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts. 10
3) Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B). 11
d. Gaskets 12
1) Neoprene rubber material 13
2) Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation 14
10. Brass Flanged Angle Valve 15
a. For 1-inch and 2-inch services 16
b. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800 17
c. Locking wing and pack joint fitting 18
d. Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat 19
e. Key and body fit together by turning key and reaming body 20
1) Key with O-ring seal seat at the upper end 21
2) Lap key and body seat in accordance with corporation stop requirements of 22
this Section. 23
3) The outlet flange shall contain an O-ring seat or a uniform flat drop-in 24
flange gasket surface. 25
4) Drop-in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled 26
circular about the axis of the flange. 27
5) The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes 28
in accordance with AWWA C700. 29
6) The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit 30
connection to l ½ -inch meters. 31
7) The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered in accordance with AWWA 32
C800 taper pipe thread. 33
8) The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed 34
arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed. 35
9) Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap) 36
a) Brass material in accordance with AWWA C800. 37
b) O-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat 38
c) Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to key by means of a 39
strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s) depressed 40
between key cap and the top of the valve main body. 41
d) Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in closed position. 42
e) Uniform application of cold-water valve grease between the body and 43
the key 44
f) Capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs 45
g) The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for 46
minimum pressure loss and free of burrs or fins. 47
h) Strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water-tight and entirely 48
adequate for the intended purpose. 49
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 10 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
i) Either a high-quality rubber drop-in gasket or an O-ring seal required 1
depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice. 2
f. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 3
11. Meter Boxes: 4
a. Materials: 5
1) Galvanized Steel 6
a) Coated cast gray iron, ASTM A48 CL35B 7
2) Polymer, black polyethylene material in accordance with ASTM D883 and 8
ASTM D1693. 9
a) Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout, free of blowing agents 10
or foaming plastics 11
b) Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture, 12
and have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35 percent 13
Post Industrial/ Pre-Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed 14
Product Documentation. 15
c) Tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi). 16
d) Smooth edges and corners such that the unit can be handled safely 17
without gloves. 18
e) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. 19
f) Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box. 20
g) Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide 21
in adjustment to grade. 22
h) Not to be installed in roadway – designed to withstand loading in non-23
deliberate and incidental traffic only. 24
3) Concrete 25
a) Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed 26
b) Type I or Type II Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150, 27
portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330 28
(1) Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C131 29
(2) Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 30
(3) Be designed in accordance with ASTM C857 31
b. Other Requirements: 32
1) Placed in unpaved areas primarily or other areas not requiring H-20 33
loading. Concrete meter boxes with ductile iron lids are only required when 34
H-20 loading is necessary. 35
2) Withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load 36
3) Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load. 37
4) Pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2” x 3-1/4”. 38
5) Standard Sizes: 39
a) For unpaved areas: 40
(1) 3/4-inch: 18-inch Depth x 18-inch Diameter 41
(2) 1-inch: 18-inch Depth x 24-inch Diameter 42
(3) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: 18-inch Depth x 28-inch Diameter 43
b) For paved areas (not requiring H-20 loading): 44
(1) 3/4-inch: 18-inch Depth x 18-inch Diameter 45
(2) 1-inch: 18-inch Depth x 30-inch Diameter 46
(3) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: 18-inch Depth x 30-inch Diameter 47
c) For paved areas (H-20 loading) Concrete Meter Box: 48
(1) 3/4-inch and 1-inch: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-49
inches, 12 inches high 50
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 11 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
(2) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-1
inches, 12 inches high 2
12. Meter Box Lid 3
a. General Requirements: 4
1) Solid throughout with reinforcing ribs. 5
2) Bear the Manufacturer’s IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin. 6
3) Designed both with and without AMI receptacles 7
4) Molded tread-plate 8
5) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top 9
edge of the meter box. 10
6) Molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool. 11
7) Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for 12
number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box. Caps for AMI 13
receptacle shall be UV resistant. 14
8) Have an opening to accept the AMI end-point. Opening shall accommodate 15
an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter. 16
9) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over 17
AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8” 18
deep. 19
10) Have built-in anti-flotation devices. 20
b. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron Lid Requirements: 21
1) Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and in 22
accordance with RR-F-621E. 23
2) Should Ductile Iron be used, provide in accordance with ASTM A536 24
3) Withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds 25
4) Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise 26
specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot 27
blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions. 28
5) Within industry standard dimensions of ±1/16 inch per foot. 29
6) Provide a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering 30
through opening until the AMI receptacle is used 31
7) Minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs. 32
8) Casting weights may vary ±5 percent from drawing weight per industry 33
standards. 34
9) Polymer lids are not allowed. 35
13. Service Line Marker 36
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators 37
b. End of service line shall have 3-inch-wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape set at 6” above 38
ground for locating prior to meter box installation. 39
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41
A. Tests and Inspections 42
1. At the City’s option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification 43
records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to this Section. 44
2. Perform test procedures in accordance with AWWA C800. 45
a. In the event that a chosen valve fails the City’s hydrostatic test, the cost of the 46
test shall be at the expense of the supplier. 47
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 12 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and 1
responsibility of the supplier. 2
c. These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the 3
shipment by the City. 4
3. The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of 5
materials to conform to the applicable Section may result in the rejection of the 6
entire shipment. 7
B. Marking 8
1. Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon 9
showing: 10
a. Manufacturer’s name 11
b. Type 12
c. Size of Pipe 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION 14
3.1 INSTALLERS 15
A. A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter. 16
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 18
3.4 INSTALLATION 19
A. General 20
1. City will perform all tapping connections to the existing water system. The fees 21
charged to perform this work shall be paid for in accordance with the published 22
City tapping fees. 23
2. Water meter installation is performed by the City. 24
3. Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800. 25
4. Install Water Service Lines where shown on Drawings. 26
5. Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of 27
curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 28
6. Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 29
7. Replace existing 3/4-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and 30
corporation. 31
8. Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line 32
being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City. 33
9. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 34
B. Handling 35
1. Haul service lines and fittings at the project site and handle with care to avoid 36
damage. 37
a. Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 38
prior to lowering into the trench. 39
b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 40
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 13 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. At the close of each operating day: 1
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after 2
the laying operation. 3
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 4
C. Service Line Installation 5
1. Service Taps 6
a. Tap Assemblies (when installed by contractor on unpressurized line) 7
1) Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to: 8
a) Copper tubing or HDPE line terminating in accordance with the City’s 9
Standard Detail 10
b) May be required adjacent to gate valves 11
c) Install as shown on the Drawings 12
d) Included in the unit price bid for installing gate valve or other 13
appurtenances, as required. 14
2) Chlorination and testing purposes 15
a) No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and 16
chlorination. 17
2. Installation of Water Services 18
a. Connect to tap and install Service Line in accordance with City Details. 19
b. For HDPE services, install tracer wire in accordance with this Section. 20
c. Install meter box in accordance with City Details. 21
1) Adjustment of Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be 22
considered as part of Meter Box installation. 23
3. Trenching 24
a. Provide a trench with sufficient width to allow for 2 inches of granular 25
embedment on either side of the Service Line which shall be compacted to 95-26
percent of Standard Proctor density. 27
4. Bored Services 28
a. Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter 1/2 inch to 3/4 29
inches larger than the service line 30
b. Installation shall be directional drill only, and no other methods are permitted. 31
5. Arrangement 32
a. Arrange corporation stops, branches, angle stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and 33
other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail. 34
b. Water meter installation is performed by the City. 35
6. Service Marker 36
a. When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation: 37
1) Attach strip of blue vinyl tape to angle stop, fastening at the end of the 38
service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above 39
ground at the Meter Box location. 40
b. Installation of service taps only: 41
1) Attach strip of blue vinyl tape to the corporation stop or plug, extending 42
upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench 43
edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location. 44
7. Corporation stops 45
a. Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill. 46
8. Tracer Wire (HDPE Services Only) 47
a. Install on top of service line along the entire length of the pipe. 48
33 14 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH
Page 14 of 14
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Do not wrap tracer wire around service line. 1
b. Ensure tracer wire extends a minimum of 12 inches into meter box. 2
c. Secure tracer wire to service line every 5 feet with tape. 3
d. Splice sections of wire together using splice caps and waterproof seals. 4
Twisting the wires together is not allowed. 5
3.5 REPAIR 6
A. Tracer Wire 7
1. Where tracer wire insulation is damaged repair with electrical tape. 8
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 9
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 10
A. Field Tests and Inspections 11
1. Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the angle stop 12
at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 13
2. Tracer wire testing 14
a. Contractor shall demonstrate that the tracer wire is continuous and unbroken 15
through the entire run of the service by showing full signal conductivity 16
(including splices) when energizing the wire in the presence of City. 17
b. If the wire is broken, the Contractor shall repair or replace it. Service 18
installation will not be accepted until the tracer wire passes a continuity test. 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
27
END OF SECTION 28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
33 14 18
LARGE WATER METERS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 18 1
LARGE WATER METERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Large Water Meter, Vault, Bypass, and Appurtenances (3-inch and larger) 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 14
5. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 15
6. Section 33 05 63 – Concrete Water Vaults 16
7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 17
8. Section 33 14 17 – Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 18
9. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Measurement 22
a. Measurement for this item shall be per each. 23
b. Measurement includes meter, vault, piping, appurtenances, and bypass line 24
(everything inside the vault, up to and including 18-inches outside the vault 25
walls). 26
1) Piping upstream of vault is measured and paid separately as water pipe, by 27
size. 28
2) Piping downstream of vault is measured and paid separately as water pipe, 29
by size. 30
a) Any licensing requirements for plumbing installation are included in 31
this item’s measurement. 32
2. Payment 33
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Meter and Vault” 35
installed for: 36
1) Various meter sizes 37
3. The price bid shall include: 38
a. Excavation 39
b. Pre-cast or cast in place concrete vault and appurtenances 40
33 14 18
LARGE WATER METERS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Crushed rock foundation 1
d. Access hatch 2
e. Piping and appurtenances 3
f. Fittings 4
g. Test port and ball valve (where not already included on meter) 5
h. Furnishing and Installation of Compound Water Meter with Strainer 6
i. Reconnection of Service (if required) 7
j. Backfill 8
k. Pavement removal 9
l. Hauling 10
m. Disposal of excess material 11
n. Placement and compaction of backfill 12
o. Plumbing Licensing requirements 13
p. Clean-up 14
q. Concrete pipe stands 15
r. Surface restoration around perimeter of water meter vault and piping as 16
required. 17
1.3 REFERENCES 18
A. Reference Standards 19
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 20
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 21
unless a date is specifically cited. 22
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 23
a. M6, Water Meters – Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance. 24
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 25
(AWWA): 26
a. C702, Cold-Water Meters – Compound Type. 27
b. C712, Cold-Water Meters - Single Jet Type. 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS 30
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Product Data 34
1. Precast concrete vault or mix-design for cast-in-place vault 35
2. Piping 36
3. Meter and strainer 37
4. Isolation valves 38
5. Test port and brass ¼ turn ball valve and plug 39
6. Hatch 40
33 14 18
LARGE WATER METERS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 8
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Manufacturer List 11
a. Large Water Meters – Compound 12
1) Tru/Flow (3” – 6”) – Compound – Neptune/Badger 13
2) Protectus III Fire Service (6” – 8”) – Compound – Neptune/Badger 14
b. Large Water Meters – Venturi (only allowed on a case-by-case basis, upon City 15
approval) 16
1) Spectrum 175 (3”) – Venturi Inlet (Single Jet) – Metron-Farnier 17
2) Spectrum 500 D (3” or 4”) – Venturi Inlet (Single Jet) – Metron-Farnier 18
c. Restrained Flange Adapters 19
1) EBAA Iron Series 2100 Mega Flange, in accordance with Section 33 14 10 20
a) No substitutions allowed 21
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 22
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 23
B. Materials – Large Water Meters 24
1. Manufactured in accordance with AWWA C702 and C712 as applicable. 25
C. Other Materials 26
1. Precast Concrete Vault – In accordance with Section 33 05 63 27
2. Cast-in-place concrete – In accordance with Section 03 30 00 and 03 00 00 28
3. Resilient Seated Gate Valves – In accordance with Section 33 14 20 29
4. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings – In accordance with Section 33 14 10 30
5. Test port and brass ¼ turn ball valve and plug – In accordance with Section 33 14 31
17 32
6. Hatch – In accordance with Section 33 05 63 33
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 35
A. Testing 36
33 14 18
LARGE WATER METERS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Test water meters in accordance with AWWA M6, and C702 or C712, as 1
applicable. 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION 5
A. Evaluation and Assessment 6
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Install vault in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance 10
with Section 33 05 63. 11
B. Install large water meter in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and in 12
accordance with AWWA M6, and C712 or C702 as applicable. 13
C. Pipe Penetrations 14
1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00. 15
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 20 1
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 30-inch for use with potable 6
water mains. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 14
2. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets. 15
3. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Gate Valve 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each “Gate Valve” installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Gate Valve” installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves as specified by the Drawings 28
2) Valve box 29
3) Valve nut extension 30
4) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 31
5) Integral bypass (30-inch only) 32
6) Petrolatum tape for connections to flanges 33
7) 2-inch risers (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 34
8) Isolation kits 35
9) Polyethylene encasement 36
10) Pavement removal 37
11) Excavation 38
12) Hauling 39
13) Disposal of excess material 40
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 41
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
16) Clean-up 2
17) Cleaning 3
18) Disinfection 4
19) Testing 5
2. Cut-in Gate Valve 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measured per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” installed. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 11
price bid per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” installed for: 12
a) Various sizes. 13
c. The price bid shall include: 14
1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves as specified by the Drawings 15
2) System dewatering 16
3) Connections to existing pipe materials 17
4) Valve box 18
5) Valve nut extension 19
6) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 20
7) Integral bypass (30-inch only) 21
8) Petrolatum tape for connections to flanges 22
9) 2-inch risers (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 23
10) Isolation kits 24
11) Polyethylene encasement 25
12) Pavement removal 26
13) Excavation 27
14) Hauling 28
15) Disposal of excess material 29
16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 30
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 31
18) Clean-up 32
19) Cleaning 33
20) Disinfection 34
21) Testing 35
1.3 REFERENCES 36
A. Reference Standards 37
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 38
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 39
unless a date is specifically cited. 40
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 41
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 42
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 43
4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 44
45
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. ASTM International (ASTM): 1
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2
b. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 3
Tensile Strength. 4
c. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5
d. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 6
Steel. 7
6. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 8
(AWWA/ANSI): 9
a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 10
b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 11
Fittings. 12
c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 13
Threaded Flanges. 14
d. C509, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 15
e. C515, Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 16
f. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 17
g. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 18
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 19
7. NSF International (NSF): 20
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 21
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS 24
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 25
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27
A. Product Data 28
1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 29
a. Pressure rating 30
b. Coating system 31
c. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 32
d. Joint type 33
e. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 34
2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 35
3. Thrust Restraint 36
a. Retainer glands 37
b. Thrust harnesses 38
c. Any other means 39
4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 40
5. Gaskets 41
B. Certificates 42
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet the 1
provisions of this Section, all inspections have been made and that all tests have 2
been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 3
2. Furnish an affidavit certifying Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer 4
has 5 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 5
service and size with experience record. 6
3. Furnish an affidavit certifying Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer 7
owns or controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can 8
certify that the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of 9
quality control at the foreign factory/foundry. 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13
A. Qualifications 14
1. Manufacturers 15
a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 16
project. 17
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 18
manufacturer upon City approval. 19
b. For valves less than 16-inch, each valve size shall be the product of 1 20
manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 21
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 22
manufacturer upon City approval. 23
c. Valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 24
d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 25
manufacturer as the main valve. 26
e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. 27
f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 28
successful experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 29
service and size and be able to demonstrate an experience record that is 30
satisfactory to the City. 31
1) Experience record will be thoroughly investigated by the City, and 32
acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the City. 33
g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 34
bypass, that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 35
manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 36
ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 37
and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40
1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 41
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 42
equipment are ready for operation. 43
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 44
site. 45
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges with wooden blank flanges. 1
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 2
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 3
extremes in temperature. 4
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Manufacturers 12
1. Gate Valves 13
a. Mueller – A-2362 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 14
b. Mueller – A-2361 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 14” – 30” 15
c. US Pipe – A-USP2 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 16
d. US Pipe – A-USP1 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 14” – 30” 17
e. M&H Valve – Style 4067 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 18
f. M&H Valve – Style 7000 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 14” – 30” 19
g. Clow Valve – Model 2639 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 20
h. Clow Valve – Model 2638 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 14” – 30” 21
i. American Flow Control – Series 2500 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 14” – 30” 22
2. Valve Boxes 23
a. Tyler Union – 6850 24
b. Bass & Hays – 2436S 25
c. EJ - 8550 26
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 27
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 28
B. Description 29
1. Regulatory Requirements 30
a. Valves shall be new and in accordance with AWWA C509, AWWA C515 and 31
this Section. 32
b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 33
requirements of NSF 61 and 372. 34
C. Materials 35
1. Valve Body 36
a. Valve body: Ductile iron per ASTM A536 37
b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. 38
c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 39
C111/A21.11. 40
d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: Fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 41
mils, in accordance with AWWA C550 42
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with 1
AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 2
1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 3
2. Wedge (Gate) 4
a. Resilient wedge: Rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure 5
b. 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 6
3. Bypass 7
a. For 30-inch gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an 8
integrally cast bypass on the body of the valve is required. 9
1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to 10
allow operation of both valves from the vault opening. 11
2) The bypass shall be a minimum 2-inch in size. 12
4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts 13
a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: 14
1) Buried Service – AISI 304 stainless steel 15
2) Non-buried Service 16
a) 4-inch through 12-inch valves – Steel ASTM A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate 17
per ASTM B633, SC3 18
b) 16-inch and larger – AISI 304 stainless steel 19
5. Bolts and Nuts 20
a. Mechanical Joints 21
a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 22
b. Flanged Ends 23
1) In accordance with AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 24
material. 25
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 26
3) Provide flanged isolation kits when connecting to buried steel or concrete 27
pressure pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 12. 28
6. Joints 29
a. Valves: flanged, mechanical-joint, or any combination of these as specified on 30
the Drawings or in the project Specifications 31
1) Flanged-joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 32
a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes in accordance with ASME B16.1, 33
Class 125. 34
b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 35
2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 36
a) Use flange-joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 37
Documents. 38
3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 39
a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands in 40
accordance with Section 33 14 05, unless otherwise specified in the 41
Contract Documents. 42
7. Operating Nuts 43
a. Supply for buried service valves 44
b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 45
c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word “OPEN” on the 46
operating nut base. 47
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the left (counter-clockwise) 1
direction. 2
1) Paint nut black per AWWA specifications 3
e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 4
from transferring torque to shaft or gear box that exceeds the manufacturer’s 5
recommended torque. 6
f. Furnish handwheel operators for non-buried service or when shown in the 7
Drawings. 8
8. Gearing 9
a. Gate valves 20-inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 10
b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 11
c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 12
as an integral part of the gate valve. 13
9. Gaskets 14
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 15
10. Valve Stem 16
a. Provide valves with non-rising stem. 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES 18
A. Provide the following accessories as part of the gate valve installation: 19
1. Extension Stem: Provide a keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring 20
the operating nut up to within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the 21
operating nut on the gate valve is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. 22
a. Extension stems are not required on City stock orders. 23
b. Do not bolt or attach extension stem to the valve-operating nut. 24
c. Provide extension stem of cold rolled steel with a cross-sectional area of 1 25
square inch, fitting loosely enough to allow deflection. 26
2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 27
sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 28
3. Cast iron valve boxes and covers for buried service gate valves 29
a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 20-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 ¼-inch 30
shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 31
b. Design valve box covers to be easily removed to provide access to valve 32
operating nut. 33
c. Design valve box covers to stay in position and resist damage under AASHTO 34
HS 20 traffic loads. 35
d. Cast each cover with the word “WATER”, “RECLAIMED”, or “SEWER” in 36
raised letters on the upper surface. 37
e. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall be in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 38
35B. 39
1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 40
for reclaimed water applications. 41
f. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 42
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5
3.4 INSTALLATION 6
A. General 7
1. Install all valves in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline installation. 8
2. Place valves at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 9
3. Install polyethylene encasement installation in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 10
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Inspections 14
1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, allow City to operate the valve. 15
a. City will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the valve 16
box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened position. 17
b. If access and operation of the valve meet the City’s criteria, valve will be 18
accepted as installed. 19
2. All buried flanges require City inspection prior to installation of embedment and 20
backfill. 21
B. Non-Conforming Work 22
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet City’s 23
criteria, Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets City’s criteria, at 24
Contractor’s expense. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
32
33 14 20
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 21 1
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 36-inch through 72-inch for potable water 6
applications in accordance with AWWA C504. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 14
4. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 15
5. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 16
6. Section 33 05 63 – Concrete Water Vaults. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
8. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Measurement 22
a. Measurement for this item shall be per each “AWWA Butterfly Valve” 23
installed. 24
2. Payment 25
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 26
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 27
bid per each “AWWA Butterfly Valve” installed for: 28
1) Various sizes. 29
3. The price bid shall include: 30
a. Furnishing and installing AWWA Butterfly Valves as specified in the Drawings 31
b. AWWA Butterfly Valve vault/manhole and other appurtenances as indicated in 32
the Drawings 33
c. Valve nut extension 34
d. Isolation kits 35
e. Pavement removal 36
f. Excavation 37
g. Hauling 38
h. Disposal of excess material 39
i. Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 40
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
j. Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 1
k. Clean-up 2
l. Cleaning 3
m. Disinfection 4
n. Testing 5
1.3 REFERENCES 6
A. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9
unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 11
a. B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Thread Series. 12
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 13
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 14
4. ASTM International (ASTM): 15
a. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 16
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 17
(AWWA/ANSI): 18
a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 19
Fittings. 20
6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 21
a. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 22
b. C115, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded 23
Flanges. 24
c. C504, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 25
d. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 26
7. NSF International (NSF): 27
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 28
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 29
8. Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 30
a. SP 10/NACE No. 2, Near-White Blast Cleaning. 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36
A. Product Data 37
1. Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves stating: 38
a. Material 39
b. Valve and Actuator Coating System 40
c. Working pressure rating 41
d. Test pressure rating 42
e. Valve classification 43
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Valve Seat Type and bonding method to disc or body 1
g. Valve-port diameter 2
h. Valve Torque required 3
i. Actuator Type and maximum torque 4
j. Total net assembled weight 5
k. Valve operator and extension stems 6
l. Opening direction 7
B. Shop Drawings 8
1. For below grade applications: 9
a. Cast-in-place concrete vault/manhole in accordance with shop drawing 10
requirements set forth in Section 03 30 00 and 33 05 62. 11
b. Vault appurtenances in accordance with shop drawing requirements set forth in 12
Section 33 05 63. 13
C. Certificates 14
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves meet the 15
provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at the factory and 16
meet the requirements of AWWA C504. 17
2. Furnish an affidavit certifying the coating for all AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly 18
Valves meets the provisions of this Section and meets the requirements of AWWA 19
C504. 20
3. Furnish an affidavit certifying AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve 21
manufacturer owns or controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve 22
casings and can certify the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in 23
control of quality control at the foreign factory/foundry. 24
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Operation and Maintenance Manual 27
1. Furnish Operation and Maintenance Manual in accordance with Division 1. 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29
A. Qualifications 30
1. Manufacturers 31
a. Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves and manual actuators of the same size shall be 32
the product of 1 manufacturer for each project. 33
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 34
manufacturer upon City approval. 35
b. Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves shall be in conformance with AWWA C504. 36
c. Casings for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves not manufactured within the 37
United States of America shall be manufactured by factories/foundries that are 38
owned or controlled (partial ownership) such that the Rubber-Seated Butterfly 39
Valve Manufacturer can control and guarantee quality at the foreign 40
factory/foundry. 41
2. The AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve shall be the product of a manufacturer 42
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 43
having similar service and size. 44
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Unit Responsibility 1
a. All equipment specified under this Section is to be furnished by the valve 2
manufacturer who is responsible for the adequacy and compatibility of all unit 3
components including, but not limited to, the valve, actuator, and extension 4
stems. 5
b. Any component of each complete unit not provided by the valve manufacturer 6
shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and installed by factory-authorized 7
representatives experienced in the design and manufacture of the equipment. 8
1) This includes, but is not limited to, coordination of the torque required to 9
properly operate the valve. 10
2) This does not relieve the Contractor of the overall responsibility for this 11
portion of the work. 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 15
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 16
equipment are ready for operation. 17
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 18
site. 19
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges. 20
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 21
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 22
extremes in temperature. 23
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 24
66 00. 25
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29
2.2 MATERIALS 30
A. Manufacturers 31
1. AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 32
a. Henry Pratt Co. AWWA C-504 – Sizes: 36" – 72” 33
b. Mueller Co. AWWA C-504 – Sizes: 36" – 48” 34
c. Dezurik Valves Co. AWWA C-504 – Sizes: 36" – 72” 35
d. G. A. Industries AWWA C504 – Sizes: 36" – 72" 36
2. Worm-gear Actuators 37
a. Rotork Gears IW Series AWWA C504 & C5PV-3 Quarter-turn Worm Gear 38
Operator 39
b. AUMA GS Part-Turn Gearbox 40
c. Limitorque HBC Worm Gearbox series 41
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. EIM WO series for non-buried applications or WB series for direct-buried 1
applications 2
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 3
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 4
B. Description 5
1. Regulatory Requirements 6
a. AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves shall be new and in accordance with 7
AWWA C504 and this Section. 8
b. All AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve components in contact with potable 9
water shall be in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 and 372. 10
C. Materials 11
1. Valve Body 12
a. Provide short-body, ductile iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 valve body. 13
2. Joints 14
a. Flanged end: 15
1) Class 125 Standard flanged face ends 16
2) Drilled in accordance with ASME B16.1 standard for cast iron flanges 17
3) Designed for the test pressure of the valve 18
4) Used with Buried Steel Pipe or Concrete Pressure Pipe unless otherwise 19
noted in the Contract Documents. 20
a) Provide with flange isolation kits in accordance with Section 33 01 12. 21
b. Mechanical joint end: 22
1) In accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 23
2) Used with Ductile Iron Pipe unless otherwise noted in the Contract 24
Documents. 25
3. Bolts and Nuts 26
a. Flanged Ends 27
1) In accordance with AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 28
material. 29
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 30
b. Tapped Bolts 31
1) Butterfly Valve manufacturer to provide tapped bolts with ANSI B1.1 UNC 32
thread. 33
4. Gaskets 34
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 35
5. Disc Requirements: 36
a. Ductile iron ASTM A536 Grade 64-45-12 37
1) Disc and shaft connection shall be made with tapered pins of either monel 38
or stainless steel. 39
6. Valve Shaft Requirements: 40
a. Type 304 stainless steel 41
b. 1-piece unit or stub-shaft type 42
1) Insert stub shaft into the valve disc hubs for distance of 1.5 times the shaft 43
diameter. 44
c. Minimum diameter in accordance with AWWA C504 45
d. Horizontal orientation 46
47
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Shaft Seal Requirements: 1
a. Self-compensating V-type packing with a minimum of 4 sealing rings. 2
b. Design shall allow adjustment or replacement without removing the valve shaft. 3
c. Match shaft seal material type to the valve seat material type. 4
8. Valve Bearings 5
a. Non-metallic and permanently lubricated. 6
9. Valve Seat 7
a. Seats on Body 8
1) The seat shall be EPDM for water and molded in and bonded to the valve 9
body. 10
2) Provide a 360-degree continuous, uninterrupted seating surface. 11
3) Field adjustable around the full 360-degree circumference and replaceable 12
without dismantling the actuator, disc, or shaft and without removing the 13
valve from the line. 14
4) Retained in the valve body by mechanical means without retaining rings, 15
segments, screws, or hardware of any kind in the flow stream. 16
5) Contain an integral shaft seal protecting the valve bearings and packing 17
from any line debris. 18
10. Performance / Design Criteria 19
a. Valve Classification shall be Class 250B. 20
D. Finishes 21
1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, exterior and interior metallic 22
surfaces of each valve shall be shop fusion bonded epoxy coated in accordance with 23
AWWA C550. 24
2. Painting and Coatings 25
a. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry, and free from grease before 26
applying paint or coating. 27
b. The valve interior and exterior surfaces, except for the seating surfaces, shall be 28
provided with the manufacturer’s standard coating or as specified in the 29
Contract Documents. 30
c. All internal exposed surfaces that are susceptible to corrosion shall be coated 31
with a Polyamide cured, rust inhibiting epoxy. 32
d. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and sand-blasted in accordance with 33
SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 2. 34
e. Final coating thickness shall be 16-mils minimum. 35
f. All surfaces shall be inspected for proper dry film thickness using a magnetic 36
dry film thickness gauge. 37
g. Tests for invisible holidays shall be conducted using a low voltage, wet sponge 38
holiday or leak detector. 39
E. Marking for Identification 40
1. For each Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve, clearly mark with the following 41
information: 42
a. Valve size 43
b. Class for which it is designated 44
c. Name of manufacturer 45
d. Date of manufacturer 46
47
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES 1
A. Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of 2
the valve installation: 3
1. Place below grade Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves within a concrete vault or 4
manhole in accordance with Section 03 30 00 or 33 05 62, or as shown on the 5
Drawings. All vault appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 63. 6
2. Manual Actuators 7
a. Provide all valves with manual actuators, unless otherwise specified in the 8
Drawings. 9
b. Open valves by turning the actuator counter-clockwise and close valves by 10
turning the actuator clockwise. 11
c. Manual actuators shall be fully greased, packed, and have adjustable stops in 12
the open and closed position. 13
1) The actuator shall have an adjustable mechanical stop which will withstand 14
an input torque of 450 foot-pounds against the stop. 15
2) The actuator shall have a built-in packing leak bypass to eliminate possible 16
packing leakage into the actuator housing. 17
d. Butterfly valves in a vault shall be furnished with a 2-inch operating nut. 18
1) The actuator shall be placed in a vault as indicated on the Drawings and 19
have extension to the top of the vault. 20
e. Butterfly valves in plant, pump station, or tank service applications located 21
above ground shall be provided with a 16-inch minimum diameter handwheel 22
operator. 23
1) Handwheels shall be painted black. 24
f. Valve Position Indicator 25
1) Provide position indicator with mechanical dial indicator as follows: 26
a) Highly visible 27
b) Containing “Open” and “Closed” legend at the end of a 90-degree arc 28
c) Pointer to show the disc position (Closed-0 degree and Open-90 29
degree) 30
d) Arc graduated in degrees 31
g. Worm Gear: Provide valves with worm gear, as follows: 32
1) In accordance with AWWA C504. 33
2) Worm gear drive sleeve and worm shaft shall be of solid, 1-piece design; 34
bolted segments or pinned worms will not be acceptable. Drive sleeve shall 35
include an integral spline to accept a removable bottom-entry spline 36
bushing for valve shaft connection. 37
3) If required for torque purposes, spur gear reducers may be provided for 38
increased torque outputs and to reduce handwheel diameter. Worm gear 39
operator shall include handwheel with maximum 80-pound rim pull or a 2-40
inch AWWA Nut with a maximum 150 ft.-lbs required input torque. 41
4) Materials of Construction 42
a) Housing: Ductile Iron 43
b) Drive sleeve: Bronze 44
c) Worm: Alloy steel with splined input drive connection 45
d) Bearings: Heavy duty tapered roller bearings 46
e) Finish: Thermostatically Applied Polyester Powdercoat 47
f) Fasteners: Stainless steel 48
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Manual gears shall be capable of being field retrofit with an electric motor 1
operator in the future without major modifications. 2
a) With spur gear removed, splined worm gear input shaft and motor 3
adapter flange shall be easily added to accept a multi-turn “torque-4
only” electric valve actuator. 5
(1) Supplier shall include the Number of Turns required to complete on 6
Open-to-Close stroke in the Equipment Submittal. 7
3. Extension Stem 8
a. Provide keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating 9
nut up to within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on 10
the valve is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground 11
1) Not required for City stock orders. 12
2) Do not bolt or attach extension stems to the valve-operating nut. 13
3) Extension stems shall be of cold rolled steel with a cross-sectional area of 1 14
square-inch, fitting loosely enough to allow deflection. 15
4. 2-inch Taps 16
a. Provide two, 2-inch taps on each side of the valve, 12 inches from the valve 17
body. 18
1) Taps shall be C.C. thread with flare, with insulated adaptor kit. 19
2) Provide copper riser between corporation stop and curb stop. 20
3) Install curb stop 12 inches from the vault top 21
a) Reachable by hand from the vault lid 22
5. Joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts shall be 23
furnished in sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Tests and Inspections 26
1. Each valve shall be shop tested for leaks in the closed position with the valve 27
horizontal. 28
a. The upper surface of the valve disc shall be visible and covered with a pool of 29
water at 0 psi pressure. 30
b. Air pressure equivalent to the design rating of the valve shall be applied to the 31
lower face of the disc for at least 5 minutes with no indication of leakage (i.e. 32
bubbles in the water pool) during the test period. 33
2. The valve body shall be hydrostatically tested at twice the rated pressure for 10 34
minutes with the valve in the slightly open position. 35
a. During this test, there shall be no leakage or seeping through the valve body, 36
weld, or valve trunnions. 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 41
42
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. General 2
1. Install Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves in accordance with the instructions of the 3
manufacturer and as shown on the Drawings. 4
2. For buried applications, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves shall be: 5
a. Placed in a concrete vault and installed in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 6
All vault appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 63. 7
b. Or directly buried with actuator accessible in concrete manhole and installed in 8
accordance with Section 33 05 62. 9
c. In either case, the installation shall be in accordance with the Drawings. 10
3. All excavations shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. Field Inspections 15
1. Provide the City the opportunity to operate the valve prior to acceptance of the 16
installed Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve. 17
a. The operator will assess the ease of access to the operating nut within the valve 18
box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened position. 19
b. If access and operation of the Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valve meet the City’s 20
criteria, the valve will be accepted as installed. 21
B. Non-Conforming Work 22
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 23
criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 24
the Contractor’s expense. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
32
33 14 21
AWWA RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 25 1
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: 7
a. Extending from an existing water main (dead-end). 8
b. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve (City performed). 9
c. Cutting in a fitting for a branch connection. 10
B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 17
4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 18
5. Section 33 05 98 – Location of Existing Utilities. 19
6. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City to 23
take part of the water system out of service 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 28
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe 29
complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 30
2. City Performed connection to an existing pressurized water main by tapping sleeve 31
and valve 32
Note to Assembler: This bid item should only be used if it is specifically indicated in the 33
Drawings 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 36
37
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2
item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “City Performed 3
Connection to Existing Water Main with tapping sleeve and valve” 4
installed for: 5
a) Various sizes of connecting main. 6
b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main. 7
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 8
not limited to: 9
1) Preparing submittals (if necessary) 10
2) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 11
3) Coordination and notification 12
4) Remobilization 13
5) Temporary lighting 14
6) Traffic Control associated with connection 15
7) Pavement removal 16
8) Plating of open trenches 17
9) Excavation 18
10) Hauling 19
11) Disposal of excess material 20
12) Connecting to City-installed tapping sleeve and valve 21
13) Clean-up 22
14) Cleaning 23
d. Tapping Fees associated with the City performing the connection to the water 24
main are paid for separately in accordance with City Development Code 25
35.21.8 Tapping Fees. 26
3. Connection to an existing water main requiring a shutdown of some part of the 27
water system 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 32
item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Connection to Existing 33
Water Main with Shutdown” installed for: 34
a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main. 35
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 36
not limited to: 37
1) Preparing submittals 38
2) Dewatering 39
3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 40
4) Coordination and notification 41
5) Remobilization 42
6) Temporary lighting 43
7) Polyethylene encasement 44
8) Make-up pieces 45
9) Linings 46
10) Traffic Control associated with connection 47
11) Pavement removal 48
12) Plating of open trenches 49
13) Excavation 50
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
14) Hauling 1
15) Disposal of excess material 2
16) Clean-up 3
17) Cleaning 4
18) Disinfection 5
19) Testing 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Definitions 8
1. Exploratory Excavation - Involves the removal of surface soil, sometimes in several 9
locations, to verify the underground infrastructure or for the purpose of obtaining 10
information on subsurface conditions. 11
a. The City may perform exploratory excavation to locate pipe connections in 12
accordance with Section 33 05 98. 13
B. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 18
a. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 19
3. NSF International (NSF): 20
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 21
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. City performed connections shall only be performed where specifically indicated in the 24
Drawings. 25
B. Pre-installation Meetings 26
1. Required for any connections to an existing City water distribution system main 27
that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system. 28
2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to 29
certain critical businesses/operations, dictated at the City’s discretion. 30
3. Schedule a pre-installation meeting a minimum of 2 weeks prior to proposed time 31
for the work to occur. 32
4. Contractor, City Inspector, and Water Utility Representative(s) are required to 33
attend meeting. 34
5. At the meeting: 35
a. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current 36
field conditions. 37
b. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or 38
blocking. 39
c. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 40
d. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. 41
C. Scheduling 42
43
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing water mains: 1
a. During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by 2
the City. 3
b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise 4
approved by the City. 5
2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to 6
planned disruption to the existing water system. 7
a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to 8
be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an 9
alternate time acceptable to the City. 10
1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested 11
time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling 12
and compensation for mobilization. 13
2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the 14
Contractor’s request. 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19
A. Submittals 20
1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch or larger connections which 21
require shutdowns (critical connections may be required at smaller sizes per City 22
discretion) that includes: 23
a. Results of exploratory excavation 24
b. Dewatering 25
c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main 26
d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when 27
the main is back in service 28
e. Testing and repressurization procedures 29
2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe 30
must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance 31
with AWWA C206. 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 35
A. All valve components in contact with potable water shall be in accordance with NSF 61 36
and NSF 372. 37
B. In accordance with the reduction of lead in Drinking Water Act, any product designed 38
for dispensing potable water shall meet both the NSF 61 and NSF 372 test standards via 39
third-party testing and certification. 40
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 41
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 42
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay 1
from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 2
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 3
site. 4
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges 5
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 6
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 7
extremes in temperature. 8
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9
66 00. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 14
A. City to furnish all tapping sleeves and valves, for City performed connections. 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. For a connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City 17
to shut down the water system, meet the requirements of this Section, Section 33 01 10, 18
and Section 33 14 10. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION 24
A. Verification of Conditions 25
1. Verify existing water main is as depicted in the Drawings and that the location is 26
suitable for a connection to the existing water main. 27
a. If exploratory excavation is needed, excavate, and backfill trench in accordance 28
with 33 05 05. 29
2. Verify all equipment and materials are available on–site prior to the shutdown of 30
the existing main. 31
3. Verify all notices and coordination with the City has taken place. 32
4. Water mains shall be completed, tested, and authorized for connection to the 33
existing system in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 34
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. General 3
1. Upon disruption/shutdown of the existing water main, continue work until the 4
connection is complete and the existing water main is back in service. 5
2. City will perform all tapping sleeve and valve connections to the existing water 6
system. The fees charged to perform this work shall be paid for in accordance with 7
the published City tapping fees. 8
B. Procedure 9
1. Connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City to 10
take part of the water system out of service (Contractor Performed): 11
a. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 12
b. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 13
c. Remove existing dead-end plug/cap on the water main in order to make the 14
connection. 15
d. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 16
e. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 17
water main. 18
f. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 19
g. Clean and disinfect the water main associated with the connection in 20
accordance with Section 33 01 10. This includes the length of pipe from the 21
point of connection, back to the existing valve. 22
h. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 23
i. Request City Valve Crew re-pressurize the water main. 24
j. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 25
k. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 26
2. Connection to an existing pressurized water main by tapping sleeve and valve 27
where the City performs the tap: 28
a. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 29
b. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 30
c. Coordinate with City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance to have City install the 31
tapping sleeve and valve. 32
d. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 33
e. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 34
water main. 35
f. Connect new line to City-installed tapping sleeve and valve. 36
g. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 37
h. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 38
3. Connection to an existing water main that requires a shutdown of some part of the 39
water system (Contractor Performed): 40
a. Verify with City all required equipment and materials are on the site as 41
necessary to perform the connection. 42
b. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 43
c. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully 44
discharged. 45
d. Maintain the water that may bleed from existing valves or plugs during 46
installation within the work area to a reasonable level. 47
33 14 25
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper 1
installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 2
e. Dechlorinate any discharged, chlorinated water in accordance with Section 33 3
01 10. 4
f. Cut and remove existing water main to make the connection. 5
g. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 6
h. Install required connection. 7
i. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 8
j. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 9
water main. 10
k. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 11
l. Clean and disinfect the water main associated with the connection in 12
accordance with Section 33 01 10. 13
m. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 14
n. Request City Valve Crew re-pressurize the water main. 15
o. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 16
p. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 17
18
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 14 30 1
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. 1-inch to 8-inch Combination Air-Release and Air/Vacuum Valve Assemblies 6
(Combination Air Valves) for potable water systems including: 7
a. Combination air-release and air/vacuum valve 8
b. Tap to water main 9
c. Lead-free Inlet piping and appurtenances 10
d. Vent piping and appurtenances 11
e. Vault enclosure and appurtenances 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 19
4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 20
5. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 21
6. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22
7. Section 33 14 17 – Water Services 1-Inch to 2-Inch. 23
8. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24
9. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 25
10. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Water Air Release Valve and Vault 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measured by each “Water Air Release Valve and Vault” installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per each “Water Air Release Valve and Vault installed for: 35
a) Various inlet sizes. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Furnishing and installing Combination Air Valves as specified in the 38
Drawings 39
2) Air valve vault and appurtenances 40
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Tapping the main 1
4) Isolation valves 2
5) Fittings 3
6) Vent piping 4
7) Vent cover and/or enclosure (if required) 5
8) Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection (if required) 6
9) Excavation and backfill 7
1.3 REFERENCES 8
A. Definitions 9
1. Combination Air Valve: A device having the features of both an air-release valve 10
and an air/vacuum valve 11
2. Inlet: The opening at the base of the Combination Air Valve mechanism through 12
which air and water from the pipeline enters 13
3. Inlet Piping: The piping and appurtenances between the pipeline and the valve inlet 14
4. Lead-free: Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less 15
than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water 16
Act (P.L. 111-380) 17
5. Orifice: The opening in the Combination Air Valve mechanism through which air 18
is expelled from or admitted into the pipeline or piping system. Some valves may 19
have multiple orifices 20
6. Outlet: The opening at the top of Combination Air Valve mechanism, including the 21
orifice, through which air enters or exits the Air Valve 22
7. Vent Piping: The piping and appurtenances from the Combination Air Valve outlet 23
to its termination point outside the vault 24
B. Reference Standards 25
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 26
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 27
unless a date is specifically cited. 28
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 29
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 30
a. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip) Galvanized) Coatings on Iron 31
and Steel Products. 32
b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 33
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 34
a. M51, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves. 35
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 36
(AWWA): 37
a. C512, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks 38
Service. 39
6. NSF International (NSF): 40
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 41
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 42
7. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act 43
a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380). 44
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Combination Air Valves 7
a. Application type 8
b. Working pressure rating 9
c. Test pressure rating 10
d. Surge pressure rating 11
e. Inlet size 12
f. Small orifice size 13
g. Large orifice size 14
2. Valve vault and appurtenances 15
3. Tapping appurtenances 16
4. Isolation valves 17
5. Fittings 18
6. Vent piping 19
7. Vent cover and/or enclosure 20
8. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24
A. Qualifications 25
1. Manufacturers 26
a. Combination Air Valves of the same size shall be the product of 1 27
manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 28
b. Combination air valves shall be in conformance with AWWA C512. 29
B. Certifications 30
1. Obtain an Affidavit of Compliance from the valve manufacturer in accordance with 31
AWWA C512. 32
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 34
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 35
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 36
equipment are ready for operation. 37
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 38
site. 39
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges. 1
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 2
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 3
extremes in temperature. 4
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Manufacturers 12
1. Manufacturer List 13
a. A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories, Ltd. 14
1) Model D-060 Combination Air Valves – 2” to 8” 15
b. APCO/DeZURIK 16
1) Series 140C Single Body Combination Air Valves – 1” to 4” 17
c. Val-Matic 18
1) Combination Air Valve – Single Body – 1” to 8” 19
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 20
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21
B. Description 22
1. Regulatory Requirements 23
a. Combination Air Valves in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C512 24
and this Section. 25
b. All Combination Air Valve components in contact with potable water shall 26
conform to the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372. 27
C. Performance / Design Criteria 28
1. Capacities 29
a. Water Application = Potable Water 30
b. Working Pressure from 10 psi to 150 psi 31
c. Test Pressure = 225 psi 32
d. Surge Pressure = 100 psi minimum, unless stated otherwise in the Contract 33
Documents 34
e. Size 35
1) Each orifice size must be sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in 36
AWWA M51 and specified in the Drawings. 37
2. Function 38
a. High volume discharge during pipeline filling 39
b. High volume intake through the large orifice 40
c. Pressurized air discharge 41
42
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Surge Dampening/Controlled discharge rates 1
1) Provide valve with an integral surge alleviation mechanism which operates 2
automatically to limit transient pressure rise or shock induced by closure 3
due to high velocity air discharge or the subsequent rejoining of the 4
separated water columns. 5
a) Achieve the limitation of the pressure rise by decelerating the 6
approaching water, prior to valve closure. 7
D. Materials 8
1. Combination Air Valve 9
a. Internal parts 10
1) Non-corroding material such as stainless steel or high-density polyethylene 11
b. Valve body 12
1) AISI 304 stainless steel or ASTM A536 ductile iron 13
2) Equipped with intake and discharge flanges 14
c. Inlet/Discharge orifice area 15
1) Equal to the nominal size of the valve 16
E. Finishes 17
1. Finish Materials 18
a. Supply all ductile iron Combination Air Valves with a factory applied fusion 19
bonded epoxy coating with a final coating thickness of 16 mils minimum. 20
2.3 ACCESSORIES 21
A. For 1-inch and 2-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 22
1. Tap 23
a. Provide 4-inch flanged outlet with blind flange and threaded tap (C.C. thread 24
with flare) of same size as valve. 25
b. Provide corporation stop of same size as valve in accordance with Section 33 26
14 17. 27
2. Inlet Piping and Isolation Valve 28
a. Same size as valve assembly between the tap and the isolation valve with the 29
following: 30
1) Threaded, lead-free brass piping 31
2) Threaded, lead-free brass elbows 32
3) Threaded, lead-free brass 1/4 turn ball valve. 33
3. Vent Piping 34
a. Hot-dip galvanized steel piping and fittings in accordance with ASTM A123, 35
same size as valve assembly. 36
1) Underground piping should be threaded and include a pipe union inside 37
enclosure to allow disassembly. 38
2) Provide frangible connection at ground level designed to be breakable upon 39
impact. 40
3) Pipe to extend a minimum 2 feet above ground level. 41
4. Vent Screen 42
a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 43
5. Vent Piping - Dropover Enclosure 44
a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 45
46
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Air Valve Enclosure 1
a. Provide a Bass & Hays 55A Water Meter Box/Can in accordance with Section 2
33 14 17. 3
7. Pipe Embedment 4
a. Embed inlet piping in crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 5
b. Embed water main piping in same embedment required for water main 6
specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 7
B. For 3-inch to 8-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 8
1. Tap 9
a. Buried Steel or Concrete Pressure Pipe: 10
1) Fabricated flanged outlet 11
a) 24-inch outlet for 24-inch water mains 12
b) 30-inch outlet for 30-inch and larger water mains 13
2) Fabricated steel reducing flange of same size as valve assembly. 14
3) Provide flange isolation kit between isolation valve and reducing flange in 15
accordance with Section 33 01 12. 16
b. Ductile Iron or PVC Pipe: 17
1) Mechanical joint by flanged ductile iron tee in accordance with Section 33 18
14 10. 19
a) Outlet same size as main for 24-inch and smaller water mains 20
b) 30-inch flanged outlet for 30-inch and larger water mains 21
2) Ductile iron blind flange with threaded by flanged spool piece of same size 22
as valve assembly. 23
2. Isolation Valves 24
a. Flange by flange resilient seated gate valve with hand wheel in accordance with 25
Section 33 14 20, of same size as valve assembly. 26
3. Vent Piping 27
a. Ductile iron piping and fittings in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 28
1) Size pipe to match size of valve assembly outlet, but no less than 4-inch 29
diameter. 30
2) Provide flange joints for all pipe and fittings, except for 1 mechanical joint 31
solid sleeve inside enclosure to allow disassembly. 32
3) Provide frangible connection at ground level designed to be breakable upon 33
impact. 34
4) Pipe to extend a minimum 2 feet above ground level. 35
4. Vent Screen 36
a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 37
5. Vent Piping - Dropover Enclosure 38
a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 39
6. Vault 40
a. Provide a flat top, cast-in-place, or precast concrete manhole in accordance with 41
Sections 33 05 61 and 33 05 62. 42
1) 6-foot diameter manhole for 3-inch and 4-inch combination air valve 43
assemblies 44
2) 7-foot diameter manhole for 6-inch and 8-inch combination air valve 45
assemblies 46
b. Provide frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 13. 47
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Secure Air Valve to vault wall using a galvanized or stainless-steel bracket 1
manufactured by Grinell, or equal, in accordance with the Drawings. 2
d. Provide 4-inch PVC drain pipe and crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 3
05 05 and the Drawings. 4
7. Pipe Embedment 5
a. Concrete encase water main entirely beneath proposed vault in accordance with 6
Section 33 05 05. 7
C. Finishes 8
1. Steel pipe and fittings shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. 9
2. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with Section 10
33 14 10. 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 12
A. Tests and Inspections 13
1. Test and inspect Combination Air Valves in accordance with AWWA C512. 14
B. Markings 15
1. Mark each Combination Air Valve in accordance with AWWA C512. 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 20
3.4 INSTALLATION 21
A. General 22
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in the 23
Drawings. 24
2. Wrap all buried ductile iron pipe and fittings with polyethylene encasement in 25
accordance with Section 33 14 10. 26
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29
A. Field Inspections 30
1. Ensure both the large and small orifices connect to the vent piping. 31
2. The valve shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any 32
kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 33
3. Before acceptance of the installed valve, provide the City the opportunity to inspect 34
and operate the valve. 35
a. The City will assess the ease of operating the ball valves and corporation stops, 36
where applicable. 37
33 14 30
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. The Combination Air Valve assembly shall be free from any leaks. 1
B. Non-Conforming Work 2
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 3
criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 4
the Contractor’s expense. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
14
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 33 14 40 1
FIRE HYDRANTS 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Dry-barrel fire hydrants with 5-1/4-inch main valve for use with potable water 7
mains. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 15
4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 16
5. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 17
6. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Fire Hydrant Assembly 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per each “Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrant Assembly as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Dry-barrel fire hydrant assembly from base to operating nut 31
3) Extension barrel and stem 32
4) Adjusting hydrant to appropriate height 33
5) 6-inch lead line 34
6) 6-inch isolation valve 35
7) Painting 36
8) Pavement Removal 37
9) Excavation 38
10) Freight, loading, unloading, and handling 39
11) Disposal of excess material 40
12) Furnish, placement, and compaction of embedment 41
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
13) Furnish, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
14) Blocking, braces, and rest 2
15) Clean up 3
16) Disinfection 4
17) Testing 5
2. City Installed Fire Hydrant Assembly, on an Existing Water Main 6
Note to Assembler: This bid item should only be used if it is specifically indicated in the 7
Drawings 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each “City Installed Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per each “City Installed Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Preparing submittals (if necessary) 16
2) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 17
3) Coordination and notification 18
4) City Performed connection to an existing pressurized water main by 19
tapping sleeve and valve, in accordance with Section 33 14 25, including: 20
a) Remobilization 21
b) Temporary lighting 22
c) Traffic control associated with connection 23
d) Pavement removal 24
e) Plating of open trenches 25
f) Excavation 26
g) Hauling 27
h) Disposal of excess material 28
i) Clean-up 29
j) Cleaning 30
d. Tapping Fees associated with the City performing the connection to the water 31
main are paid for separately in accordance with City Development Code 32
35.21.8 Tapping Fees. 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. Definitions 35
1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe. 36
B. Reference Standards 37
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 38
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 39
unless a date is specifically cited. 40
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 41
a. M17, Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants. 42
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 43
(AWWA): 44
a. C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants. 45
46
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
4. NSF International 1
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 2
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 3
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4
a. 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections. 5
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 6
a. 246, Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service. 7
7. Factory Mutual (FM) 8
a. Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for 9
Private Fire Service. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 11
A. City performed fire hydrant installation and connections shall only be performed where 12
specifically indicated in the Drawings. 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS 14
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17
A. Product Data 18
1. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: 19
a. Main valve opening size 20
b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes 21
c. Operating nut size 22
d. Operating nut operating direction 23
e. Working pressure rating 24
f. Component assembly and materials 25
g. Coatings and Finishes 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29
A. Qualifications 30
1. Manufacturers 31
a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 32
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 33
manufacturer upon City approval. 34
2. Provide Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502, UL 246, and 35
FM 1510. 36
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 37
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 38
1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and 39
AWWA Manual M17. 40
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Protect all parts so no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay 1
from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 2
equipment are ready for operation. 3
3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 4
site. 5
4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges with wooden blank flanges. 6
5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 7
6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 8
extremes in temperature. 9
7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 15
A. City to furnish all fire hydrants, lead lines, isolation valves, and tapping sleeves for City 16
installed fire hydrant assemblies. 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Manufacturers 19
1. Manufacturer List 20
a. Mueller – Super Centurion A-423 21
b. US Pipe – Sentinel 250 22
c. M&H – Style 129 23
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 24
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 25
B. Description 26
1. Regulatory Requirements 27
a. Provide Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants that meet or exceed the latest revisions of 28
AWWA C502 and meet or exceed the requirements of this Section. 29
b. All Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall be 30
in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372. 31
C. Performance / Design Criteria 32
1. Capacities 33
a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater. 34
2. Design Criteria 35
a. Operating Nut 36
1) 1-1/4-inch Pentagon nut 37
2) Open by turning the operating nut to the left (counter-clockwise) 38
a) Clearly marked with the operating direction and an arrow with the word 39
“OPEN”. 40
3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. 41
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
b. Main Valve 1
1) Minimum 5-1/4-inch opening 2
2) Compression type 3
a) Opening against pressure 4
b) Closing with pressure 5
c. Nozzles 6
1) ‘T’ shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 7
2) Nozzle sizes, threads, and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 8
a) Hose nozzles 9
(1) 2 x 2-1/2-inch (nominal size of connection) 10
(a) 180 degrees apart 11
(b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) 12
b) Pumper nozzle 13
(1) 4-1/2-inch (nominal size of connection) 14
(a) Thread Designation 4.5-4 NH (NFPA 1963) 15
d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 16
1) Upper barrel 17
2) Breakable flange and stem 18
a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 19
3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel 20
a) Extension barrel and stem 21
(1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments 22
e. Drain Valve 23
1) Non-corrodible material 24
2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed 25
D. Function 26
1. Drain Valve 27
a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. 28
E. Materials 29
1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. 30
2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly 31
a. Internal parts 32
1) Threads 33
a) Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel 34
threads against iron or steel parts. 35
2) Stem 36
a) Stem Nuts 37
(1) Bronze 38
(a) Grades in accordance with AWWA C502 39
b) Where required, groove and seal stem with O-rings. 40
3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base in accordance with Section 33 05 41
05. 42
F. Finishes 43
1. Primer Materials 44
a. Furnish primer materials for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with 45
AWWA C502. 46
47
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Finish Materials 1
a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 2
1) Exterior 3
a) Above grade 4
(1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 5
assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 6
(2) Barrel: 7
(a) Silver for public fire hydrants 8
(b) Red for private fire hydrants 9
(3) Weather Shield, Pumper Nozzle Cap, and Hose Nozzle Caps: 10
(a) 1,500 gpm and greater – Blue 11
(b) 1,000 gpm to less than 1,500 gpm – Green 12
(c) Less than 1,000 gpm - Orange 13
(d) All private hydrants – Red 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES 15
A. 6-inch Lead Line: 16
1. Provide PVC Pressure Pipe with restrained joints for leads longer than 1 pipe joint, 17
in accordance with Section 33 14 11, unless otherwise stated in the drawings. 18
B. 6-inch Isolation Valve: 19
1. Provide flange by mechanical joint resilient seated gate valve in accordance with 20
Section 33 14 20. 21
C. Polyethylene Encasement 22
1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 23
D. Embedment 24
1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric for fire hydrant embedment, in accordance 25
with Section 33 05 05. 26
2. Provide utility sand embedment for fire hydrant lead line, in accordance with 27
Section 33 05 05. 28
E. Backfill 29
1. Provide same backfill as water main for fire hydrant lead line, in accordance with 30
Section 33 05 05. 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 32
A. Tests and Inspections 33
1. Testing and inspection of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA 34
C502. 35
B. Markings 36
1. Provide each Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. General 3
1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, 4
manufacturer’s recommendations, and as specified in the Drawings. 5
2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest, and blocking in accordance with City 6
Standard Details. 7
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 05. 8
4. Embed Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 05. 9
a. At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement 10
and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 11
fire hydrant. 12
5. Install polyethylene encasement in accordance with the applicable portion of 13
Section 33 14 10. 14
6. Install class ‘A’ concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Sections 03 00 00, 15
03 30 00, and as specified in the Drawings. 16
7. Place a minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock around the base, in accordance 17
with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain outlets to 18
operate. 19
a. Extend the crushed rock 6 inches above the drain outlets and a minimum of 1 20
foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 21
8. Install fire hydrant lead line with a maximum cover of 7 feet. 22
a. Cover is measured vertically from the invert at the fire hydrant base to ground 23
elevation. 24
b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum 25
cover requirements are met. 26
9. Remove and dispose of pumper and hose nozzle chains. 27
B. City Installed Fire Hydrant Assembly on an Existing Water Main 28
1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 29
2. Verify the existing pipeline is suitable for the proposed connection. 30
3. Coordinate with City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of proposed fire hydrant 31
assembly installation. 32
4. Provide access to the City to install proposed fire hydrant assembly and water main 33
connection. 34
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 37
A. Field Inspections 38
1. The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no 39
deformation, leaking, or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 40
33 14 40
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Provide City the opportunity to inspect and operate the hydrant to ensure the fire 1
hydrant was installed in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice 2
M17. This includes but is not limited to: 3
a. Hydrants are installed as plumb as possible. 4
b. Pumper outlet nozzle faces the street. 5
c. Outlet nozzles are sufficiently high above the ground to allow for attachment of 6
hoses and operation of a hydrant wrench with no obstructions preventing the 7
use of hydrant or hindering removal of outlet nozzle caps. 8
d. Foreign matter is removed from hydrant. 9
e. Operation of nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. 10
f. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged and drains fire hydrant barrel. 11
3. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered until the water line and hydrant is placed in 12
service. 13
B. Non-Conforming Work 14
1. If access and operation of the Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances does not 15
meet the criteria of the AWWA M17, the Contractor will remedy the situation 16
criteria at the Contractor’s expense. 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
26
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 31 10 1
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 18-inch and larger for gravity sanitary sewer 6
applications. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 14
4. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 15
5. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 16
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
7. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 18
8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 19
9. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 25
the manhole or appurtenance. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per linear foot for “Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types of backfill. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Fiberglass Sewer Pipe as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Pavement Removal 36
3) Excavation 37
4) Hauling 38
5) Disposal of excess material 39
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 40
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
8) Clay Dams 2
9) Fittings 3
10) Gaskets 4
11) Clean-up 5
12) Cleaning 6
13) Testing 7
1.3 REFERENCES 8
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 9
1. FRP – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 10
B. Reference Standards 11
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13
unless a date is specifically cited. 14
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 15
a. D3236, Standard Test Method for Apparent Viscosity of Hot Melt Adhesives 16
and Coating Materials. 17
b. D3262, Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced 18
Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer Pipe. 19
c. D3681, Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass" (Glass-20
Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition. 21
d. D3839, Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass-22
Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe and Fittings. 23
e. D4161, Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced 24
Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 25
f. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic 26
Pipe. 27
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 28
a. M45, Fiberglass Pipe Design. 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34
A. Product Data 35
1. Manufacturer 36
2. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, and date manufactured.) 37
3. Nominal Diameter 38
4. Beam load 39
5. Laying lengths 40
6. ASTM designation 41
B. Shop Drawings 42
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. For Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 24-inch diameter and larger: 1
a. Pipe details 2
b. Joint details 3
c. Miscellaneous items to be furnished and fabricated for the pipe 4
d. Dimensions 5
e. Tolerances 6
f. Wall thickness 7
g. Properties and strengths 8
h. Pipe calculations 9
1) Calculations confirming the pipe will handle anticipated loading signed and 10
sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 11
C. Certificates 12
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe has been tested and is in 13
accordance with this Section and ASTM D3262. 14
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17
A. Qualifications 18
1. Manufacturers 19
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project. 20
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 21
manufacturer. 22
c. All pipe furnished shall be in accordance with this Section and ASTM D3262. 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Delivery 25
1. Provide adequate strutting during transport to prevent damage to the pipe, fittings, 26
and appurtenances. 27
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 28
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 29
guidelines. 30
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with 31
Section 01 66 00. 32
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 36
37
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Manufacturers 2
1. Manufacturer List 3
a. HOBAS Pipe 4
b. Flowtite 5
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 6
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 7
B. Performance / Design Criteria 8
1. Pipe 9
a. Fiberglass pipe shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with 10
ASTM D3262 and AWWA M45. 11
b. Design pipe for service loads that include: 12
1) External groundwater and earth loads 13
2) Jacking/pushing loads 14
a) The allowable jacking/pushing capacity shall not exceed 40 percent of 15
the ultimate compressive strength or the maximum allowable 16
compressive strength recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is 17
less. 18
3) Traffic loads 19
4) Practical considerations for handling, shipping, and other construction 20
operations 21
c. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions in accordance with AWWA 22
M45 using the following parameters: 23
1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 24
2) Live Load: 25
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 26
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 27
3) Trench Depth = As indicated on the Drawings 28
4) Deflection Lag Factor (Dl) = 1.0 29
5) Bedding Coefficient (Kx) = 0.10 30
6) Maximum Calculated Deflection: 31
a) Delta x = 3 Percent 32
7) Soil Reaction Modulus (E'): less than or equal to 1,000 psi 33
d. Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified 34
maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to 35
furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. 36
1) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner 37
where this method is required. 38
e. Designed under the supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State 39
of Texas, who shall seal and sign the design. 40
f. Standard lay length of 20 feet, except for special fittings or closure pieces 41
necessary to comply with the Drawings. 42
g. Drawings or deflection design may require a higher pipe stiffness, but in no 43
case should the pipe stiffness be less than 46 psi. 44
h. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 45
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 46
i. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 47
48
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Dimensional Tolerances 1
a. Inside diameter 2
1) Maximum 1/8 inch variance from the nominal inside diameter allowed. 3
b. Roundness 4
1) Difference between major and minor outside diameters not to exceed 0.1 5
percent of the nominal outside or ¼ inch, whichever is less. 6
c. Wall thickness 7
1) Provide minimum single point thickness no less than 98 percent of stated 8
design thickness. 9
d. End Squareness 10
1) Provide pipe ends square to pipe axis with maximum tolerance of 1/8 inch. 11
e. Fittings 12
1) Provide tolerance of angle of elbow and angle between main and leg of wye 13
or tee to ±2 degrees. 14
2) Provide tolerance of laying length of fitting to ±2 inches. 15
C. Materials 16
1. Resin Systems 17
a. Only use polyester resin system with proven history of performance in this 18
particular application. 19
2. Glass Reinforcements 20
a. Use reinforcing glass fibers of highest quality commercial grade E-glass 21
filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnated resins to 22
manufacture components. 23
3. Fillers 24
a. Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 25
b. Use 98 percent silica with maximum moisture content of 0.2 percent. 26
4. Resin Additives 27
a. Not to detrimentally affect the performance of the product. 28
5. Internal liner resin 29
a. Suitable for service as sewer pipe. 30
b. Highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid produced by biological activity 31
from hydrogen sulfide gases. 32
c. In accordance with ASTM D3681. 33
6. Gaskets 34
a. Supply from approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F477 35
and suitable for service intended. 36
b. Affix to pipe by means of suitable adhesive or install in a manner to prevent 37
from rolling out of pre-cut groove in pipe or sleeve coupling. 38
c. Provide the following gaskets in potentially contaminated areas. 39
1) Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) – Viton 40
2) Other contaminants – Manufacturer recommendation 41
7. Couplings 42
a. Field connect pipe with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric 43
sealing gaskets as sole means to maintain joint water tightness. 44
45
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Joints 1
a. In accordance with ASTM D4161 2
9. Pipe markings in accordance with ASTM D3236. Minimum pipe markings shall 3
be as follows: 4
a. Manufacturer 5
b. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, date manufactured, shift, 6
and sequence) 7
c. Nominal diameter 8
d. Beam load 9
e. Laying length 10
f. ASTM designation 11
10. Connections 12
11. Use only manufactured fittings in accordance with Section 33 31 16Detectable 13
Metallic Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 20
3.4 INSTALLATION 21
A. General 22
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 23
AWWA M45, ASTM D3839, and with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 24
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 25
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 26
4. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 27
5. Installation of carrier pipe within casing in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 28
B. Pipe Handling 29
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 30
2. Handle pipe with care to avoid damage. 31
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 32
lowering into the trench. 33
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 34
surface of the pipe for handling pipe. 35
3. At the close of each operating day: 36
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 37
after the laying operation. 38
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 39
40
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Pipe Jointing 1
a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 2
b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 3
end to the reference mark. 4
c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 5
the trench opening. 6
d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to 7
facilitate a seal. 8
D. Connection Installation in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 9
E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 10
3.5 REPAIR 11
A. Repair in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 15
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 16
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 17
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 18
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING 22
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 23
1. Cleaning of sewer mains 24
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 25
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29
30
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 31 14 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 6-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 6
services. 7
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 8-inch through 24-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 8
main applications. 9
3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 8-inch through 12-inch for pressure rated gravity 10
sanitary sewer main applications. 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 18
4. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 19
5. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 20
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 21
7. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 22
8. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 28
the manhole, or appurtenance. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe” installed for: 33
a) Various sizes. 34
b) Various backfills. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe with joints as specified 37
by the Drawings 38
2) Pavement removal 39
3) Excavation 40
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Hauling 1
5) Disposal of excess material 2
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 3
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 4
8) Clay Dams 5
9) Gaskets 6
10) Clean-up 7
11) Cleaning 8
12) Testing 9
2. PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 12
the manhole, or appurtenance. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe” installed 17
for: 18
a) Various sizes. 19
b) Various backfills. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe with joints as 22
specified by the Drawings 23
2) Pavement removal 24
3) Excavation 25
4) Hauling 26
5) Disposal of excess material 27
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 28
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 29
8) Clay Dams 30
9) Clean-up 31
10) Cleaning 32
11) Testing 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 35
1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 36
B. Reference Standards 37
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 38
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 39
unless a date is specifically cited. 40
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 41
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 42
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 43
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 44
b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 45
Pipe (SDR Series). 46
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 1
Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 2
d. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 3
Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4
e. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes 5
Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 6
f. F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter 7
Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 8
4. Texas Administration Code: 9
a. Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), Design Criteria for Sewerage System. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Product Data 16
1. Product data sheet 17
2. Manufacturer 18
3. Nominal pipe diameter 19
4. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 20
5. Cell classification 21
6. Laying lengths 22
B. Certificates 23
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Gravity and Pressure Rated Gravity Sewer 24
Pipe has been air and deflection tested and is in accordance with this Section and 25
ASTM D3034, ASTM F679, or ASTM D2241. 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29
A. Qualifications 30
1. Manufacturers 31
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, 32
unless otherwise approved by the City. 33
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 34
manufacturer upon City approval. 35
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 36
manufacturer. 37
c. Furnish Gravity Sewer Pipe in accordance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 38
15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 27-inch). 39
d. Furnish Pressure Rated Gravity Sewer Pipe in accordance with ASTM D2241 40
(8-inch through 12-inch). 41
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 2
1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 3
by the City. 4
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 6
guidelines. 7
2. Protect pipe from UV exposure. 8
a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 9
is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 10
air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 11
accumulation. 12
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13
66 00. 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
2.2 MATERIALS 19
A. Manufacturers 20
1. Manufacturer List 21
a. 4-inch through 15-inch (ASTM D3034) 22
1) Diamond Plastics 23
2) JM Eagle/Ring-Tite 24
3) Northern Pipe Products 25
4) North American Pipe 26
b. 18-inch through 24-inch (ASTM F679) 27
1) Diamond Plastics 28
2) JM Eagle 29
3) North American Pipe 30
c. 8-inch through 12-inch (ASTM D2241) pressure rated sewer pipe 31
1) Diamond Plastics 32
2) JM Eagle 33
3) Vinyltech Green Pipe 34
4) North American Pipe 35
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 36
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 37
38
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Performance / Design Criteria 1
1. Pipe 2
a. Designed in accordance with 30 TAC §217. 3
b. Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch gravity 4
pipe, ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 24-inch gravity pipe, and ASTM D2241 5
for 8-inch through 12-inch pressure rated gravity pipe. 6
c. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriters 7
Laboratories, Inc. 8
d. Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or 9
closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 10
e. PVC in accordance with ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454 or 11
12364. 12
f. The following Standard Dimension Ratio’s apply: 13
14
Application Diameter
(inch)
Min Performance
Designation
Sewer Service 4 through 6 SDR 35/PS46
Gravity Sewer Main
(< 15-ft bury depth)
8 through 24 SDR 35/PS46
Gravity Sewer Main
(≥ 15-ft bury depth)
8 through 24 SDR 26/PS115
Pressure Rated
Gravity Sewer Main
(All depths)
8 through 12 SDR 26/PR160
15
g. Deflection Design 16
1) Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness, and load on the pipe. 17
2) Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the 18
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the 19
following parameters: 20
a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 21
b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 22
c) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 23
d) Maximum (E’) = 1,000 max 24
e) Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 25
f) Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 26
g) Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings 27
h) Marston’s load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per 28
Drawings 29
i) PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi 30
j) Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per 31
pipe type and size 32
(1) Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches 33
k) Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent 34
35
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds 1
per cubic foot) with at least 1½ pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not 2
subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. 3
Flotation will occur if: 4
5
Fb > Wp + Wf + Wd 6
7
Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot 8
Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot 9
Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot 10
Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot 11
12
Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe 13
manufacturer and site-specific soil conditions. 14
i. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 15
j. If vertical alignment changes due to an existing utility or other conflict, verify 16
whether change in required pipe design stiffness is required. 17
k. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 18
2. Pipe markings 19
a. In accordance with ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 20
b. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 21
1) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 22
2) Nominal pipe size 23
3) PVC cell classification 24
4) ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation or pipe stiffness 25
5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 26
3. Color 27
a. Pipe shall be green in color. 28
1) Any discoloration in the pipe shall be sufficient cause for rejection. 29
b. Fittings shall be green or white in color. 30
4. Joints 31
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push-on type in accordance with 32
ASTM D3212. 33
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints; gaskets 34
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 35
5. Connections 36
a. Only use manufactured fittings. 37
b. In accordance with Section 33 31 16 38
6. Detectable Metallic Tape 39
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 97 40
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 41
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 42
A. Test pipe in accordance with ASTM D2412 assuming minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi 43
at 5 percent deflection. 44
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. General 6
1. Install pipe, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, Section 33 7
05 05, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 8
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 9
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 10
4. Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
B. Pipe Handling 12
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 13
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 14
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 15
lowering into the trench. 16
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 17
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 18
3. At the close of each operating day: 19
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 20
the laying operation. 21
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 22
C. Pipe Joint Installation 23
a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 24
b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 25
end to the reference mark. 26
c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 27
the trench opening. 28
d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to 29
facilitate a seal. 30
D. Connection Installation 31
1. In accordance with Section 33 31 16. 32
E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 33
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 97. 34
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
37
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 2
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 3
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 4
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 5
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 6
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8
3.10 CLEANING 9
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 10
1. Cleaning of sewer mains 11
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 12
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 31 16 1
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Sanitary sewer service connections, service line, and cleanout appurtenances for: 5
1. New Service. 6
2. New Bored Service. 7
3. New Service (City performed). 8
4. Private Service Relocations. 9
5. Service Reinstatement. 10
6. Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout. 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 17
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 18
4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 19
5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 20
6. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21
7. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
1. New Sewer Service 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service” complete in 26
place. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various materials. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 34
the Drawings 35
2) Service line installed by open cut 36
3) Temporary lighting 37
4) Traffic Control associated with connection 38
5) Pavement removal 39
6) Plating of open trenches 40
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Excavation 1
8) Hauling 2
9) Disposal of excess material 3
10) Wye connection to main 4
11) Fittings 5
12) Cleanout and cap with box 6
13) Surface restoration 7
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 8
15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 9
16) Concrete encasement for deep services 10
17) Clean-up 11
2. New Bored Sewer Service 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Bored Sewer Service” 14
complete in place. 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 17
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for: 18
a) Various sizes. 19
b) Various materials. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 22
the Drawings 23
2) Service line installed by directional drilling 24
3) Temporary lighting 25
4) Traffic Control associated with connection 26
5) Pavement removal 27
6) Plating of open trenches 28
7) Excavation 29
8) Hauling 30
9) Disposal of excess material 31
10) Wye connection to main 32
11) Fittings 33
12) Cleanout and cap with box 34
13) Surface restoration 35
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 36
15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37
16) Concrete encasement for deep services 38
17) Clean-up 39
3. New Sewer Service (City Performed) 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 44
item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service (City 45
Performed)” installed for: 46
a) Various sizes of connecting lateral line. 47
b) Various sizes of existing sewer main. 48
c) Various materials. 49
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 1
not limited to: 2
1) Preparing submittals (if necessary) 3
2) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4
3) Coordination and notification 5
4) Remobilization 6
5) Temporary lighting 7
6) Traffic Control associated with connection 8
7) Pavement removal 9
8) Plating of open trenches 10
9) Excavation 11
10) Hauling 12
11) Disposal of excess material 13
12) Clean-up 14
13) Cleaning 15
d. The price bid shall not include the following: 16
1) Fees paid to City to perform connection in accordance with City 17
Development Code 35.21.8 Tapping Fees will be the responsibility of the 18
Contractor. 19
4. Private Service Relocation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 22
the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 25
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 26
unit price bid per linear foot for “Private Sewer Service” installed for: 27
a) Various sizes. 28
b) Various materials. 29
c. The price shall include: 30
1) Obtaining required Permit(s) 31
2) Obtaining Right of Entry 32
3) Performing relocation as specified in the Drawings 33
4) Excavation 34
5) Hauling 35
6) Disposal of excess material 36
7) Service Line - private side by plumber 37
8) Fittings 38
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 39
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
11) Clean-up 41
12) Surface restoration 42
5. Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measurement for this item shall be per each “Sanitary Sewer Mainline 45
Cleanout” complete in place. 46
b. Payment 47
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sanitary Sewer Mainline 2
Cleanout” installed for: 3
a) Various sizes. 4
b) Various materials. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Furnishing and installing Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout as specified by 7
the Drawings 8
2) Temporary lighting 9
3) Traffic Control associated with connection 10
4) Pavement removal 11
5) Plating of open trenches 12
6) Excavation 13
7) Hauling 14
8) Disposal of excess material 15
9) Wye connection to main 16
10) Fittings 17
11) Cleanout and cap with box 18
12) Surface restoration 19
13) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 20
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 21
15) Concrete encasement 22
16) Clean-up 23
24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Reference Standards 26
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 28
unless a date is specifically cited. 29
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 30
a. ASTM D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) 31
(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 32
b. ASTM C1173, Standard Specification for Flexible Transition Couplings for 33
Underground Piping Systems. 34
c. ASTM D1785, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic 35
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 36
d. ASTM D2321, Standard Practice for Underground Installation of 37
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 38
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 39
A. Scheduling 40
1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner in accordance 41
with Section 01 35 13. 42
2. Service interruptions may only occur during normal business hours from Monday 43
through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City. 44
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Product data shall include, if applicable: 5
1. Wye connection or saddle 6
2. Fittings (including type of cleanout) 7
3. Service line 8
B. Certificates 9
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying service line and fittings are in accordance with this 10
Section. 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 16
1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 17
by the City. 18
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 19
1. Pipe and other material shall be stored and handled in accordance with the 20
manufacturer’s guidelines. 21
2. Protect pipe from UV exposure. 22
a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 23
is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 24
air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 25
accumulation. 26
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 32
A. When tapping fees are paid for City to perform the work, City shall furnish all fittings, 33
service lines, and cleanouts. 34
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 35
A. Manufacturers 36
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Manufacturer List 1
a. PVC Fittings 2
1) 4-inch through 15-inch (SDR35, SDR26) (ASTM D3034) 3
a) Plastic Trends 4
b) Multi Fittings 5
c) North American Pipe 6
2) 8-inch through 12-inch (ASTM D2241) pressure rated sewer pipe 7
a) North American Pipe 8
3) 18-inch through 24-inch (SDR35, SDR26) (ASTM F679) 9
a) North American Pipe 10
b) GPK 11
4) 14-inch through 24-inch (AWWA C900) 12
a) North American Pipe 13
5) Flexible Pipe Adapter (ASTM C1173) 14
a) GPK Indiana Seal Flexible Transition Couplings 15
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 16
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 17
3. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 18
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 19
similar service and size. 20
B. Materials/Design Criteria 21
1. Service Line and Fittings (including wye connections) 22
a. Service line pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements and be of the same 23
material as the corresponding main line pipe to which it is connected. 24
1) PVC Pipe and Fittings 25
a) City Right-of-Way 26
(1) In accordance with Section 33 31 14 or 33 14 11. 27
(2) Pipe shall be green in color. Any discoloration in the pipe shall be 28
sufficient cause for rejection. 29
2) Private plumbing 30
a) Schedule 40 in accordance with ASTM D1785. 31
3) Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 32
a) Lined with ceramic epoxy in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 33
4) HDPE Pipe and Fittings 34
a) In accordance with Section 33 14 14. 35
2. Service saddle 36
a. Only allowed when connecting a new service to an existing sanitary sewer main 37
b. Be a 1-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with neoprene 38
gasket for seal against main 39
c. Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main 40
d. Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps 41
e. Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main 42
f. “Inserta Tee” type service connections are only permitted on HDPE pipe. 43
3. Cleanout and Box 44
a. Unpaved Areas: 45
1) PVC cleanout lid 46
2) 18” x 14” Plastic meter box 47
3) Cast iron sewer lid 48
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Paved Areas: 1
1) Cast iron sewer lid with O-ring and Two 1/2-inch stainless steel bolts 2
2) 7-1/2-inch cast iron stack 3
4. Coupling 4
a. For connections between new PVC pipe stub out and existing service line, use 5
rubber sleeve couplings with stainless steel double-band repair sleeves with 6
shear guard to connect to the line. 7
b. Follow manufacturer recommendations for other pipe materials. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS 12
A. A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property. 13
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. General 17
1. Install service line, fittings, and cleanouts in accordance with this Section, Section 18
33 05 05, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 19
B. Handling 20
1. Haul and distribute service lines, fittings, and cleanouts at the project site and 21
handle with care to avoid damage. 22
a. Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 23
prior to lowering into the trench. 24
2. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 25
C. Service Line 26
1. Lay service line at a minimum grade of 2 percent, as shown on City Standard 27
details, or at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 28
2. If service line is installed by bore as an alternative to open cut, the cost associated 29
with open cut installation, such as pavement removal, trenching, embedment, 30
backfill, and pavement patch will not be included as part of the bore installation. 31
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 05. 32
4. Embed pipe in accordance with 33 05 05. 33
D. Cleanout 34
1. Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets, and sidewalks whenever 35
possible. 36
a. When not possible, install cast iron cleanout stack and cap and reference the 37
City Standard Details. 38
E. Service line connection to main 39
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. For service connections, orient fitting wye or service saddle at the 10:00 or 2:00 1
position. 2
2. New service on new or replacement main 3
a. Determine location of service connections before main installation so the 4
service fittings can be installed during main installation. 5
b. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated wye fitting. 6
3. Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement 7
a. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on wye connection may be 8
used. 9
b. Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service 10
installation. 11
1) Follow manufacturer’s recommendation for the length of time needed. 12
c. Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before 13
connecting to the existing service line. 14
4. New service on existing main 15
a. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated wye fitting if possible. 16
b. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on wye connection may be 17
used. 18
F. Private Service Relocation 19
1. Requirements for the relocation of service line on private property: 20
a. A licensed plumber must be used to install service line on private property. 21
b. Obtain permit from City for work on private property. 22
c. Pay for any inspection or permit fees associated with work on private property. 23
d. Verify (by Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities) the elevations at the 24
building cleanout and compare to data on the Drawings before beginning 25
service installation. 26
e. Submit elevation information to the City inspector. 27
f. Verify the 2 percent slope installation requirement can be met. 28
1) If the 2 percent slope cannot be met, verify with the City that the line may 29
be installed at the lesser slope. 30
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 32
A. Service Relocation 33
1. All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall 34
be reinstalled at the Contractor’s expense. 35
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 36
A. Inspections 37
1. Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector 38
before final acceptance. 39
2. Cleanout stack shall be vertical and cleaning wye should be visible from the 40
cleanout above. If cleanout stack is not vertical and the cleanout wye is not visible, 41
then the cleanout stack must be re-installed at no additional cost. 42
43
33 31 16
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 31 23 1
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. 2-inch through 8-inch Combination Air-Release and Air/Vacuum Valve Assemblies 6
(Combination Air Valves) for sanitary sewer force mains to include: 7
Combination air-release and air/vacuum valve 8
Tap to force main 9
Inlet piping and appurtenances 10
Vent piping and appurtenances 11
Vault enclosure and appurtenances 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 19
4. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 20
5. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 21
6. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 22
7. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 23
8. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 24
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25
A. Measurement and Payment 26
1. Measurement 27
1) Measured by each “Sewer Air Release Valve and Vault” installed 28
2. Payment 29
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall 30
be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Air Release Valve and Vault” 31
installed for: 32
1) Various inlet sizes 33
3. The price bid shall include: 34
Furnishing and installing Combination Air Valves with appurtenances as 35
specified in the Drawings 36
Air valve vault and appurtenances 37
Tapping the main 38
Isolation valves 39
Fittings 40
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Vent piping 1
Vent cover and/or enclosure 2
Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection, if required 3
Excavation and backfill 4
1.3 REFERENCES 5
A. Definitions 6
1. Combination Air Valve: A device having the features of both an air-release valve 7
and an air/vacuum valve 8
2. Inlet: The opening at the base of the Combination Air Valve mechanism through 9
which air from the force main enters 10
3. Inlet Piping: The piping and appurtenances between the force main and the valve 11
inlet 12
4. Orifice: The opening in the Combination Air Valve mechanism through which air is 13
expelled from or admitted into the force main 14
5. Outlet: The opening at the top of Combination Air Valve mechanism, including the 15
orifice, through which air enters or exits the force main 16
6. Vent Piping: The piping and appurtenances from the Combination Air Valve outlet 17
to its termination point 18
B. Reference Standards 19
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 20
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 21
unless a date is specifically cited. 22
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 23
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 24
M51, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves. 25
4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 26
(AWWA): 27
C512, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum Valves, and Combination Air Valves for 28
Waterworks Service. 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34
A. Product Data 35
1. Combination Air Valves, air/vacuum valves, or combination air valves stating: 36
Application type 37
Working pressure rating 38
Test pressure rating 39
Surge pressure rating 40
Inlet size 41
Small orifice size 42
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Large orifice size 1
Cleaning ports 2
2. Valve vault and appurtenances 3
3. Tapping appurtenances 4
4. Isolation valves 5
5. Fittings 6
6. Vent piping (elbow) 7
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10
A. Qualifications 11
1. Manufacturers 12
The Combination Air Valve shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 13
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of air release/air vacuum valves having 14
similar service and size. 15
B. Certifications 16
1. Obtain an Affidavit of Compliance from the valve manufacturer in accordance with 17
AWWA C512. 18
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 20
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 21
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 22
equipment are ready for operation. 23
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 24
site. 25
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges. 26
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 27
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 28
extremes in temperature. 29
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 30
66 00. 31
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 35
36
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Manufacturers 2
1. Manufacturer List 3
A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories, Ltd. 4
1) Model D-025 Combination Air valves (nylon body) – 2” 5
2) Model D-023 Combination Air valves (stainless steel body) – 3” to 8” 6
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 7
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 8
B. Description 9
1. Regulatory Requirements 10
Combination Air Valves in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C512 11
and this Section. 12
C. Performance / Design Criteria 13
1. Capacities 14
Application = Sanitary Sewer 15
Working Pressure from 10 psi to 150 psi 16
Test Pressure = 225 psi 17
Surge Pressure = 100 psi minimum, unless stated otherwise in the Contract 18
Documents 19
Size 20
1) Each orifice size must be sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in 21
AWWA Manual M51 and specified on the Drawings. 22
2. Function 23
High volume discharge during force main filling 24
High volume intake through the large orifice 25
Pressurized air discharge 26
Surge Dampening/Controlled discharge rates 27
1) Provide valve with an integral surge alleviation mechanism which operates 28
automatically to limit transient pressure rise or shock induced by closure 29
due to high velocity air discharge or the subsequent rejoining of the 30
separated water columns. 31
a) Achieve the limitation of the pressure rise by decelerating the 32
approaching water, prior to valve closure. 33
Operate effectively with the presence of solids encountered in sanitary sewer 34
D. Materials 35
1. Combination Air Valve 36
Internal parts 37
1) Non-corroding material such as stainless steel 38
Valve body 39
1) Nylon body for 2” valves 40
2) AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel for 3” and larger 41
3) Equipped with intake and discharge flanges 42
Inlet/Discharge orifice area 43
1) Equal to the nominal size of the valve or greater 44
45
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. Finishes 1
1. Finish Materials 2
Supply any ductile iron material with a factory applied fusion bonded epoxy 3
coating with a final coating thickness of 16 mils minimum. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES 5
A. For 2-inch to 8-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 6
1. Tap 7
Ductile Iron Pipe: 8
1) Mechanical joint by flanged outlet ductile iron tee, same size as valve 9
assembly, in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 10
2) Ductile iron blind flange with flange by threaded spool piece. 11
HDPE Pipe: 12
1) HDPE molded or fabricated joint with flanged outlet, same size as valve 13
assembly, in accordance with Section 33 14 14. 14
2) Ductile iron blind flange with threaded by flanged spool piece. 15
3) Provide flange isolation kit between steel and ductile iron flanges in 16
accordance with Section 33 01 12. 17
2. Isolation Valves 18
Flange by flange resilient seated gate valve with hand wheel in accordance, 19
with Section 33 14 20, of same size as valve assembly. 20
3. Vent Piping 21
Same material as valve body 22
1) Size elbow to match size of valve assembly outlet. 23
4. Vault 24
Provide a flat top, cast-in-place or precast concrete manhole in accordance with 25
Sections 33 05 61 and 33 05 62. 26
1) 6-foot diameter manhole for 2-inch through 4-inch combination air valve 27
assemblies 28
2) 7-foot diameter manhole for 6-inch and 8-inch combination air valve 29
assemblies 30
Provide frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 13. 31
Secure Air Valve to vault wall using a galvanized or stainless-steel bracket 32
manufactured by Grinell, or equal, in accordance with the Drawings. 33
Provide 4-inch PVC drain pipe and crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 34
05 05 and the Drawings. 35
5. Pipe Embedment 36
Concrete encase sewer main entirely beneath proposed vault in accordance with 37
Section 33 05 05. 38
B. Finishes 39
1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be asphaltic coated and ceramic epoxy lined in 40
accordance with Section 33 14 10. 41
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 42
A. Tests and Inspections 43
1. Testing and inspection of Combination Air Valves shall be in accordance with 44
AWWA C512. 45
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. General 6
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in the 7
Drawings. 8
2. Paint all ductile iron piping and valves above ground or within the vault interior in 9
accordance with City requirements, unless otherwise stated in the Drawings. 10
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Inspections 14
1. The valve shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking, or damage of any 15
kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 16
2. Before acceptance of the installed valve, provide the City the opportunity to inspect 17
and operate the valve. 18
3. The City will assess the ease of access to the operating nut and ease of operating the 19
corporation stop. 20
4. If access and operation of the valve and its appurtenances meet the City Standard 21
Detail, the valve will be accepted as installed. 22
5. The Combination Air Valve assembly shall be free from any leaks. 23
B. Non-Conforming Work 24
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 25
criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria at 26
the Contractor’s expense. 27
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33
34
33 31 23
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 32 11 1
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Bypass pumping of the existing sewer system for 15-inch and larger sewer mains, 6
unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will 19
be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Bypass Pumping”. 20
3. The price bid shall include: 21
a. Mobilization 22
b. Development of bypass plans 23
c. Transportation and storage 24
d. Setup 25
e. Confined space entry 26
f. Plugging 27
g. Pumping 28
h. Clean up 29
i. Manhole restoration 30
j. Surface restoration 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Occupational Safety and Health Organization (OSHA). 37
38
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Coordination 2
1. Schedule meeting with City to review sewer shutdown prior to replacing or 3
rehabilitating any facilities. 4
2. City reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions or other 5
unexpected emergency within the sewer system. 6
3. Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with City prior to 7
beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with City staff 8
present to affirm the operation is satisfactory to the City. 9
4. After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities, coordinate the reestablishment of 10
sewer flow with City. 11
5. Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using 12
one of the following methods: 13
a. Personnel on site, or 14
b. Portable SCADA equipment. 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19
A. For 15-inch and larger sewer mains, submit a detailed plan and description outlining all 20
provisions and precautions taken with regard to the handling of sewer flows. 21
1. Submit the plan to the City for approval a minimum of 14 days prior to 22
commencing work. Include the following details: 23
a. Schedule for installation and maintenance of the bypass pumping system 24
b. Staging areas for pumps 25
c. Pump sizes, capacity, number of each size, and power requirements 26
d. Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity 27
e. Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves 28
f. Sewer plugging methods 29
g. Size, length, material, joint type, and method for installation of suction and 30
discharge piping 31
h. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required 32
i. Standby power generator size and location 33
j. Suction and discharge piping plan 34
k. Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump 35
failure or sewer spill 36
l. Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts 37
by name and phone numbers (office, mobile) 38
m. A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation 39
has unexpected delays or problems 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 43
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.2 EQUIPMENT 6
A. Pumping 7
1. Provide equipment that will convey the following: 8
a. City-provided flow data. 9
1) Full flow capacity of the sewer main, if data is not available 10
a) Calculate using Manning’s equation assuming the following: 11
(1) Roughness coefficient, n = 0.013 12
2. Provide fully automatic self-priming pumps. 13
a. Foot-valves or vacuum pumps are not permitted for priming the system. 14
3. Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for 15
the cyclical nature of sewer flow. 16
4. Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup 17
pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. 18
5. If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements, provide the necessary 19
fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. 20
6. Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the more stringent of the 21
requirements below: 22
a. City noise ordinance 23
b. No more the 65dB when measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 24
1) The noise level will be the average of sound level meter readings taken 25
consecutively at any given time from 4 or more diametrically opposite 26
positions measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 27
c. May be subject to special noise mitigation as required by the City. 28
B. Piping 29
1. Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage. 30
C. Plugs or Stop Logs 31
1. Plugs 32
a. Select a plug made for the size and potential pressure head that will be 33
experienced. 34
b. Provide an additional anchor, support, or bracing to secure plug when back 35
pressure is present. 36
c. Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation 37
pressure. 38
d. Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the 39
inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. 40
e. Never over inflate the plug beyond pressure rating. 41
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Locate the bypass pipelines in the area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities. 7
Obtain approval from the City for use of locations. 8
B. Make preparations to comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence 9
of sewer gases, oxygen-deficient atmospheres, and confined spaces. 10
C. Do not begin bypass preparation and operation until City approval of the submittals 11
requested in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals 14
provided in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 15
B. Sewer flow stoppage 16
1. Plugging 17
a. Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when 18
necessary. 19
b. Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of the plug. 20
c. Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. 21
d. Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusions that may 22
damage the plug. 23
e. Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressures. 24
f. Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. 25
C. Sewer flow control and monitoring 26
1. Take precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding or damage 27
to public or private property. 28
a. The Contractor is responsible for any damage resulting from bypass pumping 29
operations. 30
2. Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or 31
blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to 32
surcharge conditions. 33
3. Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole, appropriate vehicle, or 34
container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open 35
channel or earthen holding facility. 36
4. Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the 37
piping. 38
a. Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both 39
the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. 40
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3
A. Field Tests and Inspections 4
1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment 5
before actual operation begins. Have City on Site during tests. 6
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 10
A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary, remove in such a way that permits 11
the sewer flow to slowly return to normal – preventing surge, surcharging, and major 12
downstream disturbance. 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
20
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 1 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 42 11 1
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Manufacturer, material, and installation requirements for: 6
a. Reinforced concrete pipe (circular, arch, and elliptical) 7
1) RCP sizes under 18 inches are only permitted when written approval has 8
been provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 9
b. Reinforced concrete box 10
1) RCB extended curb is only permitted when written approval has been 11
provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 12
c. Corrugated Metal Pipe 13
1) Corrugated metal pipe is only permitted when written approval has been 14
provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 15
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 16
1. None. 17
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 18
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 19
Contract. 20
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 21
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 22
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 23
5. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 24
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 25
7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 35
a) Various sizes. 36
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 37
38
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 2 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Pipe as specified by the 2
Drawings 3
2) Hauling 4
3) Fittings 5
4) Joints 6
5) Gaskets 7
6) Dewatering 8
7) Excavation 9
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11
10) Disposal of excess material 12
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 13
12) Plugs 14
13) Repair or replacing of materials 15
14) Clean-up 16
2. Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 23
a) Various sizes. 24
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe as specified by 27
the Drawings 28
2) Hauling 29
3) Fittings 30
4) Joints 31
5) Gaskets 32
6) Dewatering 33
7) Excavation 34
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 35
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 36
10) Disposal of excess material 37
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 38
12) Plugs 39
13) Repair or replacing of materials 40
14) Clean-up 41
3. Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 48
49
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 3 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Various sizes. 1
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 2
c. The price bid shall include: 3
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe as specified 4
by the Drawings 5
2) Hauling 6
3) Fittings 7
4) Joints 8
5) Gaskets 9
6) Dewatering 10
7) Excavation 11
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 12
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 13
10) Disposal of excess material 14
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 15
12) Plugs 16
13) Repair or replacing of materials 17
14) Clean-up 18
4. Reinforced Concrete Box 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Box installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Box installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Box as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Curb less than 12 inches 31
3) Water 32
4) Loading 33
5) Unloading 34
6) Storing 35
7) Hauling 36
8) Handling of materials 37
9) Traffic control for all testing 38
10) Dewatering 39
11) Forms 40
12) Trial batches (as needed) 41
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 42
14) Concrete 43
15) Aggregate 44
16) Supplementary cementing materials 45
17) Concrete additives 46
18) Mixing 47
19) Placement of concrete 48
20) Finishing of concrete 49
21) Curing and curing compounds 50
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 4 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
22) Sawing 1
23) Joint sealant 2
24) Excavation 3
25) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 4
26) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 5
27) Disposal of excess material 6
28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 7
29) Clean-up 8
5. RCB Extended Curb 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per linear foot of RCB Extended Curb installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per linear foot for RCB Extended Curb installed for: 15
a) Various heights (1 through 5 FT). 16
b) Linear foot is measured along the span length of the single or multiple 17
box culvert length that the extended curb is needed. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing and installing RCB Extended Curb as specified by the Drawings 20
2) Water 21
3) Loading 22
4) Unloading 23
5) Storing 24
6) Hauling 25
7) Handling of materials 26
8) Traffic control for all testing 27
9) Dewatering 28
10) Forms 29
11) Trial batches (as needed) 30
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 31
13) Concrete 32
14) Aggregate 33
15) Supplementary cementing materials 34
16) Concrete additives 35
17) Mixing 36
18) Placement of concrete 37
19) Finishing of concrete 38
20) Curing and curing compounds 39
21) Sawing 40
22) Connections 41
23) Fittings 42
24) Joints 43
25) Joint sealant 44
26) Excavation 45
27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 46
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 47
29) Disposal of excess material 48
30) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 49
31) Clean-up 50
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 5 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Corrugated Metal Pipe installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for Corrugated Metal Pipe installed for: 7
a) Various sizes. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing Corrugated Metal Pipe as specified by the 10
Drawings 11
2) Hauling 12
3) Fittings 13
4) Joints 14
5) Dewatering 15
6) Excavation 16
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 17
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 18
9) Disposal of excess material 19
10) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 20
11) Plugs 21
12) Repair or replacing of materials 22
13) Clean-up 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 25
1. CMP – Corrugated Metal Pipe 26
2. LRFD – Load Resistance Factor Design 27
3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 28
4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 29
5. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 30
B. Definitions 31
1. Aluminized Steel Pipe= 32
a. If aluminized steel pipe is referenced in the Drawings or specifications, 33
aluminized steel pipe shall follow all requirements within this section for 34
Corrugated Metal Pipe. 35
2. RCB Curb and Extended Curb 36
a. Any curb shorter than 12 inches from the top of the box to the top of the curb 37
will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb taller than 12 inches will be 38
included under RCB Extended Curb. 39
C. Reference Standards 40
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42
unless a date is specifically cited. 43
44
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 6 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1
a. AASHTO LRFD – AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. 2
b. M36, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for 3
Sewers and Drains. 4
c. M170, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, 5
and Sewer Pipe. 6
d. M206, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm 7
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 8
e. M207, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm 9
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 10
f. M259, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 11
and Sewers. 12
g. M273, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 13
and Sewers with Less Than Two Feet of Cover Subjected to Highway 14
Loadings. 15
h. M274, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated (Type 2), for 16
Corrugated Steel Pipe. 17
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 18
a. ASTM A760, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-19
Coated for Sewers and Drains. 20
b. ASTM A929, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the 21
Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe. 22
c. ASTM C76, Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 23
d. ASTM C270, Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 24
e. ASTM C443, Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using 25
Rubber Gaskets. 26
f. ASTM C506, Arch Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 27
g. ASTM C507, Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 28
Pipe. 29
h. ASTM C655, Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 30
Pipe. 31
i. ASTM C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, 32
and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 33
j. ASTM C1433, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm 34
Drains and Sewers. 35
k. ASTM C1577, Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for 36
Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers Designated According to AASHTO LRFD. 37
l. ASTM C1619, Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Seals for Joining 38
Concrete Structures. 39
m. ASTM C1677, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Box, Using 40
Rubber Gaskets. 41
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 42
Specifications (DMS): 43
a. DMS-7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete 44
Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification. 45
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 46
47
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 7 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings: 5
1. Product Data 6
a. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Reinforced Concrete Box 7
1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 8
a) Product Type 9
b) Class of Concrete 10
c) Average length of pipe or box section 11
d) Type of jointing material used 12
e) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 13
of pipe, boxes, and joints. 14
b. Corrugated Metal Pipe 15
1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 16
a) Manufacturer product sheet for pipe and jointing material used. 17
b) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 18
of pipe and joints. 19
B. Information Submittals: 20
1. Certificates: 21
a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance providing their product 22
meets the physical testing requirements of this specification and DMS 7310 for 23
the materials referenced which may include, but are not limited to: 24
1) Concrete mix design and reinforcing 25
2) Reinforced concrete pipe 26
3) Reinforced concrete arch pipe 27
4) Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe 28
5) Reinforced concrete box 29
6) Jointing materials 30
7) Corrugated Metal pip 31
2. Equipment Information 32
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33
1) Equipment name and description 34
2) Size 35
3) Intended use 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 40
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 41
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 42
66 00. 43
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 8 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. General 1
a. Keep all pipes and boxes clean and drained during storage. 2
b. Transport, handle, and store pipe, boxes, and fittings as recommended by the 3
supplier or manufacturer. 4
c. Replace any pipe or box that is damaged during transport prior to installation at 5
no cost to the City. 6
3. Corrugated Metal Pipe 7
a. Handle the pipe in accordance with the recommendations of the National 8
Corrugated Steel Pipe Association. 9
4. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 10
a. Markings 11
1) Mark each section of reinforced concrete pipe with the following 12
information: 13
a) Class of pipe 14
b) ASTM designation 15
c) Date of manufacture 16
d) Pipe size 17
e) Name or trademark of fabricator and plant location 18
f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 19
g) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 20
h) Designation “SR” for pipe meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 21
requirements (when applicable) 22
2) Clearly mark 1 end of each section during manufacturing or immediately 23
after for elliptical pipes. 24
3) For Non-Circular Pipes: Mark the pipe on the inside and outside of 25
opposite walls to show the location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it 26
should be installed. 27
5. Reinforced Concrete Box 28
a. Store and ship machine-made precast boxes in accordance with DMS-7310. 29
b. Markings: 30
1) Mark precast boxes with the following information: 31
a) Name or trademark of manufacturer 32
b) ASTM designation 33
c) Date of manufacture 34
d) Box size 35
e) Minimum and maximum fill heights 36
f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 37
g) Boxes to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 38
h) Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 39
requirements (when applicable) 40
2) Mark 1 end of each box section without lifting holes on the inside and 41
outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. 42
3) Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with 43
waterproof paint. 44
6. Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants 45
a. Store pre-formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed naturally or 46
artificially to above 70 degrees Fahrenheit in an approved manner when the 47
atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees Fahrenheit. 48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 9 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MANUFACURERS 5
A. Manufacturers 6
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe RCP 7
a. Johnson County Pipe or approved equal. 8
2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (also known as Aluminized Steel Pipe) 9
a. Contech Engineered Solutions, ULTRA FLO or approved equal. 10
1) Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Rib, Corrugated Metal 11
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 12
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 13
B. Concrete (RCP and RCB): 14
1. Class C: 15
a. Provide Class C concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with greater than 16
2 feet of cover. 17
2. Class S: 18
a. Provide Class S concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with 0 to 2 feet 19
of cover. 20
3. Machine-Made Precast: 21
a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Provide 22
machine-made precast reinforced concrete box when possible in accordance 23
with DMS-7310. 24
4. Cast-in-Place: 25
a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Conform to 26
requirements in Section 03 30 00 and DMS-7310. 27
5. Formed Precast: 28
a. Not permitted for use. 29
C. Reinforcement (Cast-in-Place RCB): 30
1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 32
D. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): 33
1. Circular Pipe 34
a. In accordance with ASTM C76, ASTM C655, and AASHTO M170. 35
b. Provide circular pipe based on the classes specified in the Drawings and Table 36
1. Provide the required class of pipe based on the pipe cover from: 37
1) Top of ground to top of pipe 38
2) Top of pavement to top of pipe 39
c. If the Drawings do not show the correct pipe class based on cover, obtain 40
written direction from the City prior to installing the pipe. 41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 10 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 1 1
Circular Pipe Class and D-Load 2
Pipe Class D-Load Minimum Pipe Cover
(FT)
3 (III) 1,350 2
4 (IV) 2,000 1 to 2
5 (V) 3,000 Direct Traffic Loading
(0 to 1)
2. Arch Pipe 3
a. In accordance with ASTM C506 and AASHTO M206. 4
b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 5
pipe. 6
c. Provide arch pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 2. 7
Table 2 8
Arch Pipe 9
Design Size Equivalent
Diameter (in.)
Rise
(in.)
Span
(in.)
1 18 13.5 22
2 21 15.5 26
3 24 18 28.5
4 30 22.5 36.25
5 36 26 – 5/8 43.75
6 42 31 – 5/16 51 – 1/8
7 48 36 58.5
8 54 40 65
9 60 45 73
10 72 54 88
3. Elliptical Pipe 10
a. In accordance with ASTM C507 and AASHTO M207 11
b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 12
pipe. 13
c. Provide elliptical pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 3. 14
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 11 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 3 1
Elliptical Pipe 2
Design Size Equivalent
Diameter (in.)
Rise
(in.)
Span
(in.)
1 18 14 23
2 24 19 30
3 27 22 34
4 30 24 38
5 33 27 42
6 36 29 45
7 39 32 49
8 42 34 53
9 48 38 60
10 54 43 68
E. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 3
1. In accordance with ASTM C1433, AASTHO M259, and AASTHO M273. 4
2. Lifting Holes: 5
a. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 6
b. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no 7
reinforcing has been cut. 8
c. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size 9
and weight of the box section. 10
d. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 11
e. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 12
f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 13
plugs may be used. 14
F. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 15
1. When approved, provide corrugated metal pipe in accordance with Table 4. 16
2. Provide pipe in a circular shape in sizes ranging from 18 inch to 24 inch. 17
a. Provide reinforced concrete pipe for any pipe sizes larger than 24 inch. 18
3. Only circular steel pipe will be allowed. For arch or elliptical pipe, use reinforced 19
concrete pipe. 20
4. Corrugated metal pipe is only permitted: 21
a. In locations where the existing driveway culvert is a steel pipe. 22
b. Within a developed site. 23
5. Steel pipe will not be approved for use: 24
a. Within the City’s right-of-way 25
b. As a connection to City storm sewer infrastructure from an off-site system 26
1) A minimum of 50 feet of reinforced concrete pipe is required to connect to 27
a City storm system. 28
6. Provide any protective coating as required by the manufacturer. 29
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 12 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 4 1
Specification for Corrugated Metal Pipe 2
Pipe Type ASTM/AASHTO Specification
Aluminized Steel Type 2 ASTM A760/AASTO M36
& ASTM 929/AASHTO M274
Circular, Spiral Rib Type IR
G. Jointing Materials 3
1. Corrugated Metal Pipe 4
a. Provide bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 5
for ULTRA-FLO Pipe. 6
2. Concrete Pipe and Box Joints and Fittings 7
a. Use any of the following materials to make joints unless otherwise specified on 8
the Drawings. Provide a manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for all 9
jointing materials except mortar. 10
1) Rubber Gaskets: 11
a) Type: ASTM C1619 Class A or C 12
b) Provide gaskets in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C443 13
for design of the pipe joints and permissible variations in dimensions. 14
2) Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 15
a) Used for sealing tongue-and-groove concrete pipe 16
b) Joint Characteristics: 17
(1) In accordance with the requirements of ASTM C990, and 18
(2) do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating, or chemical action for its 19
adhesive or cohesive strengths, 20
(3) are in extruded rope form, and 21
(4) are in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 22
size and are large enough to properly seal the joint. 23
c) Protect joint sealant with a suitable wrapper that maintains the integrity 24
of the jointing material when the wrapper is removed. 25
H. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 26
1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 27
81. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30
A. Tests and Inspections 31
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 32
a. Provide manufacturer certification the RCP has been tested in accordance with 33
DMS-7310. 34
2. Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts (RCB) 35
a. Machine-Made Precast: 36
1) Provide manufacturer certification the RCB has been tested in accordance 37
with DMS-7310. 38
b. Cast-In-Place: 39
1) Test cast-in-place RCB in accordance with Section 03 30 00 and Section 03 40
00 00. 41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 13 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Non-Conforming Materials 1
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 2
a. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the pipe does not conform to 3
the conditions stated in the Annex of DMS-7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and 4
Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant 5
Qualification. 6
b. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the City determines pipe has 7
excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 8
2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 9
a. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the City determines the box 10
has excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 11
b. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the following tolerance 12
requirements are not met. 13
1) General requirements: 14
a) In accordance with permissible variations listed in ASTM C1577 15
b) Sides do not vary from perpendicular to the top and bottom by more 16
than 0.5 inch when measure diagonally between opposite interior 17
corners. 18
2) Wall and Slab Thicknesses: 19
a) Verify all box wall and slab thicknesses match the thicknesses specified 20
in the Drawings. 21
b) Occasional deficiencies are allowed when the deficiencies are not 22
greater than 3/16 inch or 5% of the thickness, whichever is greater. 23
c) Wall and slab thicknesses greater than specified in the Drawings are 24
acceptable if the jointing is not affected. 25
3) Deviations from the above tolerances is not acceptable. Any box found to 26
be non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION 28
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31
3.4 INSTALLATION 32
A. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 33
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 34
05 05. 35
2. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of 36
storm water pipe and boxes or damage to the joints. 37
3. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 38
minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 39
the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 40
41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 14 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1
a. The City and Contractor to visually inspect the inside periphery of the pipes for 2
local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods before 3
adding each new layer of loose backfill material. 4
b. Continue inspections until a minimum of 24 inches of cover is obtained. 5
c. Remove and replace any pipe the City considers deformed or non-conforming 6
at no cost to the City. 7
B. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 8
1. Jacking, boring, or tunneling is not recommended for installing storm sewer pipe or 9
boxes. Prior approval is required before any jacking, boring, or tunneling operation 10
begins. 11
2. If jacking, boring, or tunneling is required, provide a design based on the specific 12
installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated 13
deflection angles, and jacking stresses. 14
3. Provide design notes and Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed 15
professional Engineer. 16
4. Additional Reinforced Concrete Box Requirements 17
a. In accordance with TxDOT Item 476. 18
b. The box ends must be square and no point should deviate more than 3/8 inch 19
from a plane placed on the end of the box that is perpendicular to the sides. 20
c. Wall and Slab Thickness: 21
1) Minimum thickness as specified in the Drawings 22
2) No greater than 0.5 inches than the thickness specified on the Drawings 23
C. Pipe Laying 24
1. General: 25
a. Where possible, install the pipe so that the top of pipe is below any pavement 26
subgrade, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 27
b. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise shown on the 28
Drawings. 29
c. Start the laying of pipe on the bedding at the outlet end with the spigot or 30
tongue end pointing downstream. 31
d. Proceed towards the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true 32
to the established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 33
e. Fit, match, and lay the pipe to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 34
f. Lower sections of pipe into the trench without damaging the pipe or disturbing 35
the bedding and the sides of the trench. 36
g. Carefully clean the ends of the pipe before the pipe is placed. 37
h. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the pipe as it is laid. 38
2. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 39
a. General: 40
1) Cut cross trenches in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest 41
firmly on the bedding where bell-an-spigot pipe is used. 42
2) Cut cross trenches no more than 2 inches larger than the bell ends of the 43
pipe. 44
3) Lay multiple lines of reinforced concrete pipe with the centerlines of the 45
individual barrels parallel. 46
4) Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in 47
Table 6 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 15 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Use the equivalent diameter from Table 2 or 3 for arch or horizontal 1
elliptical pipe to determine the clear distance requirement in Table 5. 2
b. Elliptical Pipe: 3
1) Lay the pipe so the markings for the top or bottom are not more than 5 4
degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 5
2) Remove and re-lay any pipe that is not in alignment or shows excessive 6
settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 7
Table 5 8
Minimum Clear Distance Between RCP 9
Equivalent Diameter
(Inches) Minimum Clear Distance
18 9 inches
24 11 inches
30 1 foot, 1 inch
36 1 foot, 3 inches
42 1 foot, 5 inches
48 1 foot, 7 inches
54 1 foot, 11 inches
60 to 84 inches 2 feet
D. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 10
1. Coat any metal in joints that are not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing with 11
an approved asphalt paint. 12
2. Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in Table 6 13
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 14
Table 6 15
Minimum Clear Distance Between CMP 16
Equivalent Diameter
(Inches)
Minimum Clear Distance
(Inches)
18 1 foot, 2 inches
21 1 foot, 3 inches
24 1 foot, 5 inches
E. Placement of Boxes 17
1. Where possible, place the box so the top of box is below any pavement subgrade, 18
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 19
2. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Place the box sections in accordance with the Drawings. 21
4. Place material to be used between barrels as specified in the Drawings or as 22
directed by the City. 23
5. Start laying the boxes on the bedding at the outlet end. 24
6. Proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true to the 25
established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 26
7. Fit, match, and lay the boxes to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 27
8. Lower the box sections into the trench, for trench installations, without damaging 28
the box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. 29
9. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. 30
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 16 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. 1
11. Remove and re-lay any box section that is not in alignment or shows excessive 2
settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 3
F. Jointing 4
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) and Concrete Box (RCB) 5
a. Provide an appropriate rolling device for conveyance through small-size pipe 6
structures. 7
b. Joints Sealed with Rubber Gaskets: 8
1) Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket 9
manufacturer. 10
2) Make joints watertight when using rubber gaskets. 11
3) Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. 12
4) Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 13
a) Box joints for rubber gasketed material may be substituted for tongue 14
and groove joints. 15
b) Provide rubber gasket joints for RCB in accordance with the 16
requirements of ASTM C1677. 17
c. Joints Using Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 18
1) Install pre-formed flexible joint sealants in accordance with the 19
manufacturer’s recommendations. 20
2) Place the joint sealer so no dirt or other deleterious materials encounter the 21
joint sealing material. 22
3) Pull or push home the pipe with enough force to properly seal the joint. 23
4) Remove any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that 24
would obstruct the flow. 25
5) Apply flexible joint sealants to the pipe joints immediately before placing 26
pipe in trench and connecting pipe to previously laid pipe. 27
6) Backfill after the joint as been inspected and approved. 28
2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 29
a. General: 30
1) Provide field joints that maintain pipe alignment during construction and 31
prevent infiltration of side material during the life of the installation. 32
2) Install bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s 33
recommendations. 34
G. Connections and Stub Ends 35
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 36
a. Make connections of concrete pipe to existing pipes, pipe storm drains, or 37
storm drain appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 38
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 39
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 40
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 41
c. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 42
connections. 43
d. Make connections between concrete pipe and corrugated metal pipe with a 44
suitable concrete collar and a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 45
1) Corrugated metal pipe is not permitted for use within the City’s right-of-46
way unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or herein. 47
48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 17 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Prior to connecting to an existing CMP storm system: 1
a) Remove any existing corrugated metal pipe to the City’s right-of-way. 2
b) Replace with an equivalent sized RCP. 3
e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the Drawings by 4
installing watertight plugs into the free end of the pipe. Plugs are considered 5
subsidiary to the RCP unless a separate bid item is provided. 6
f. Fill lift holes with concrete, mortar, or precast concrete plugs after the pipe is in 7
place. 8
2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 9
a. Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, drains, or drain 10
appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 11
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 12
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 13
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 14
c. Connect boxes to any required headwalls, wingwalls, safety end treatments, 15
riprap, or other structures as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the 16
City. Connections will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. 17
d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 18
connections. 19
e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work by installing watertight plugs 20
into the free end of the box. Plugs are considered subsidiary to the RCB unless 21
a separate bid item is provided. 22
f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 23
plugs may be used. 24
3. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 25
a. Make connections of pipe to existing pipe or appurtenances as specified in the 26
Drawings or as directed by the City. 27
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 28
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 29
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 30
c. Insulate portions of aluminum pipe in contact with metal other than aluminum 31
by a coating of material recommended by the manufacturer. Extend coating a 32
minimum of 1 foot beyond the area of contact. 33
d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 34
connections. 35
H. Extending Existing Box Culverts 36
1. Any curb less than 12 inches will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb 37
taller than 12 inches will be included under the RCB Extended Curb bid item. 38
2. Break back and extend existing box culverts in accordance with TxDOT Item 420 39
and 422. 40
a. If extending the existing box culvert is required, provide design notes and 41
Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional Engineer. 42
3.5 REPAIR 43
A. Make repairs if necessary for reinforced concrete pipe and machine-made precast boxes 44
in accordance with DMS-7310. 45
46
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 18 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 1
1. Cracks: 2
a. Fine cracks on the surface of the section that do not extend to the plan of the 3
nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and 4
extensive. The City will determine if the cracks are considered non-conforming. 5
b. Remove and replace any concrete box considered non-conforming at no cost to 6
the City. 7
2. Excessive damage, honeycomb, or cracking will be subject to structural review by 8
the City. 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 11
A. Site Tests and Inspections 12
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Box 13
a. Provide access for inspection of the finished pipe at the project site before and 14
during installation. 15
2. Stormwater Mains and Laterals 16
a. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17
1) Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 18
B. Non-Conforming Work 19
1. Remove and replace any pipe or box damaged by the Contractor during installation 20
at no cost to the City. 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 42 23 1
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS 2
[Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material and installation requirements for: 7
a. Headwall 8
b. Wingwall (each and square foot) 9
c. Pipe culvert end treatment 10
d. Box culvert end treatment 11
e. RCB extended curb (1 to 5 FT) 12
2. Precast items are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 13
City prior to construction activities starting. 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 21
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 22
5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap. 23
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 24
7. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 25
D. Standard Details 26
1. Refer to City of Denton and TxDOT standard details for headwalls, wingwalls, and 27
end treatments for pipe and box culverts. 28
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29
A. Measurement and Payment 30
1. Headwall 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each Headwall installed. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per each for Headwall installed for: 37
a) Various pipe sizes. 38
b) Various pipe types (circular or arch). 39
c) Various angles (0, 15, 30, or 45 degree skew). 40
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Flared or Parallel 1
c. The price bid shall include: 2
1) Furnishing and installing Headwall as specified by the Drawings 3
2) Water 4
3) Loading 5
4) Unloading 6
5) Storing 7
6) Hauling 8
7) Handling of materials 9
8) Traffic control for all testing 10
9) Dewatering 11
10) Forms 12
11) Reinforcing 13
12) Trial batches (as needed) 14
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 15
14) Concrete 16
15) Aggregate 17
16) Supplementary cementing materials 18
17) Concrete additives 19
18) Mixing 20
19) Placement of concrete 21
20) Finishing of concrete 22
21) Curing and curing compounds 23
22) Sawing 24
23) Connections 25
24) Fittings 26
25) Joints 27
26) Joint sealant 28
27) Excavation 29
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 30
29) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 31
30) Disposal of excess material 32
31) Clean-up 33
2. Wingwall 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured per [each or square yard of wall face] Wingwall installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per [each or square yard of wall face] for Wingwall installed for: 40
a) Various heights (2 through 8) [only used when measured per each] 41
b) Straight, Flared, or Parallel Wings 42
c) Skewed or Non- Skewed 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Furnishing and installing Wingwall as specified by the Drawings 45
2) Water 46
3) Loading 47
4) Unloading 48
5) Storing 49
6) Hauling 50
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Handling of materials 1
8) Traffic control for all testing 2
9) Dewatering 3
10) Forms 4
11) Reinforcing 5
12) Trial batches (as needed) 6
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7
14) Concrete 8
15) Aggregate 9
16) Supplementary cementing materials 10
17) Concrete additives 11
18) Mixing 12
19) Placement of concrete 13
20) Finishing of concrete 14
21) Curing and curing compounds 15
22) Sawing 16
23) Connections 17
24) Fittings 18
25) Joints 19
26) Joint sealant 20
27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 21
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 22
29) Disposal of excess material 23
30) Clean-up 24
3. Pipe Culvert End Treatment 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each of End Treatment type installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per each for End Treatment type installed for: 31
a) Mitered Pipe, Straight Wings, or Flared Wings 32
b) Pipe Size 33
c) Skew Angle for Flared Wings (0, 15, or 30) 34
d) Wall height for Flared and Straight Wings 35
e) Slope, horizontal:vertical 36
f) Cross Drainage or Parallel Drainage 37
g) Examples: 38
(1) PET, 12” Dia, Mitered (4:1) (C) 39
(2) PET, 36” Dia, Straight (HW=4) (4:1) (P) 40
(3) PET, 48” Dia, Flared (15 DEG) (HW=8) (4:1) (C) 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Culvert End Treatment as specified by the 43
Drawings 44
2) Water 45
3) Loading 46
4) Unloading 47
5) Storing 48
6) Hauling 49
7) Handling of materials 50
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Traffic control for all testing 1
9) Dewatering 2
10) Forms 3
11) Reinforcing 4
12) Trial batches (as needed) 5
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
14) Concrete 7
15) Aggregate 8
16) Supplementary cementing materials 9
17) Concrete additives 10
18) Mixing 11
19) Placement of concrete 12
20) Finishing of concrete 13
21) Curing and curing compounds 14
22) Sawing 15
23) Connections 16
24) Fittings 17
25) Joints 18
26) Joint sealant 19
27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 20
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 21
29) Disposal of excess material 22
30) Clean-up 23
4. Box Culvert End Treatment 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per each End Treatment type installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each for End Treatment type installed for: 30
a) Straight or Flared Wings 31
b) Box span length 32
c) Wall height 33
d) Skew Angle for Flared Wings (0, 15, or 30) 34
e) Slope, horizontal:vertical 35
f) Cross Drainage or Parallel Drainage 36
g) Examples: 37
(1) BET, Straight (S=5 FT) (HW=5 FT) (4:1) (P) 38
(2) BET, Flared (S=5 FT) (HW=5 FT) (0 DEG) (4:1) (C) 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing Box Culvert End Treatment as specified by the 41
Drawings 42
2) Water 43
3) Loading 44
4) Unloading 45
5) Storing 46
6) Hauling 47
7) Handling of materials 48
8) Traffic control for all testing 49
9) Dewatering 50
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Forms 1
11) Reinforcing 2
12) Trial batches (as needed) 3
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4
14) Concrete 5
15) Aggregate 6
16) Supplementary cementing materials 7
17) Concrete additives 8
18) Mixing 9
19) Placement of concrete 10
20) Finishing of concrete 11
21) Curing and curing compounds 12
22) Sawing 13
23) Connections 14
24) Fittings 15
25) Joints 16
26) Joint sealant 17
27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 18
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 19
29) Disposal of excess material 20
30) Clean-up 21
5. Pipe Runners 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured per each end treatment where Pipe Runners are installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per each end treatment where Pipe Runners are installed. 28
a) This bid item is only used for existing end treatments where pipe 29
runners need to be replaced or installed. 30
b) Pipe runners are subsidiary to the installation of an end treatment. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Runners as specified by the Drawings 33
2) Removal of existing pipe runners 34
3) Bonding agents 35
4) Repair or replacing of materials 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 38
1. ET – End Treatment 39
2. SET – Safety End Treatment 40
3. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 41
4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 42
B. Definitions 43
1. Headwalls 44
a. All walls, including wings, at the ends of a single-barrel and multiple-barrel 45
pipe culvert structure. 46
2. Wingwall 47
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. All walls at the ends of a single-barrel or multiple-barrel box culvert structures. 1
3. RCB Curb 2
a. Any curb shorter than 12 inches from the top of the box to the top of the curb 3
will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb taller than 12 inches will be 4
included under RCB Extended Curb. 5
C. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 10
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 11
a. ASTM A1085 – Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded Carbon Steel 12
Hollow Structural Sections (HSS). 13
b. ASTM A53 – Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, 14
Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 15
c. ASTM A500 – Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless 16
Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 17
4. Texas Department of Transportation Standards 18
a. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 19
b. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 20
c. DMS-7310 – Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete 21
Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification. 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS 24
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 25
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27
A. Shop Drawings: 28
1. Headwalls, Wingwalls, End Treatments, and Riprap 29
a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 30
1) Product type and description 31
2) Class of concrete 32
3) Concrete mix design (only for cast-in-place) 33
4) Connection/jointing material used 34
5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation. 35
2. Product Data 36
a. Provide a product data sheet for the following: 37
1) Pipe Runners 38
2) Mortar, if applicable 39
3) Epoxy, if applicable 40
4) Jointing Material 41
5) Any bonding material 42
B. Information Submittals: 43
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Certificates: 1
a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets 2
the physical testing requirements of this specification, DMS 7310, and DMS 3
4675 for the materials referenced which may include, but are not limited to: 4
1) Concrete mix design and reinforcing (if using precast) 5
2) Mortar 6
3) Pipe runners 7
2. Equipment Submittals: 8
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 9
1) Equipment name and description 10
2) Size 11
3) Intended use 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 MAINENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 17
1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 18
2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 19
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 20
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 21
66 00. 22
2. Store precast items on a level surface. 23
C. Markings: 24
1. Mark all precast items or mitered RCP before shipment from the manufacturer: 25
a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 26
b. Product designation (Type and Size) 27
c. ASTM designation 28
d. Date of manufacture 29
e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 30
2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 31
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35
2.2 MATERIALS 36
A. Concrete: 37
1. Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments: 38
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in the 1
Drawings. 2
2. RCB Extended Curb: 3
a. Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in the 4
Drawings. 5
3. Riprap: 6
a. Class B in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and Section 31 37 00 unless 7
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8
4. Precast: 9
a. Provide the class of concrete required based on the use. Provide machine-made 10
precast or precast items that are supplied by a manufacturer. Formed precast is 11
not permitted by Contractor. 12
5. Cast-In-Place: 13
a. Fabricate in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 14
B. Reinforcement: 15
1. Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless 16
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
C. Mitered RCP: 18
1. Provide mitered RCP in accordance with Section 33 42 11, the Drawings, and this 19
Section. 20
2. Mitering or providing a mitered RCP section is considered subsidiary to pertinent 21
items. 22
D. Riprap: 23
1. Mitered RCP: 24
a. Provide riprap as specified in the Drawings around the mitered end of the RCP. 25
Riprap will be considered subsidiary to a mitered end treatment. No separate 26
pay will be given for riprap. 27
2. Straight or Flared End Treatments: 28
a. Provide riprap only when specified in the Drawings 29
E. Pipe Runners 30
1. Pipe runners are subsidiary to the construction of any end treatment. No separate 31
pay will be given for pipe runners installed on new end treatments. 32
2. When pipe runners are installed on existing end treatments, the pipe runners will be 33
paid for per each end treatment that pipe runners are installed on. Payment will not 34
be given per each pipe runner. 35
3. Provide pipe runners in accordance with the following standards: 36
a. ASTM A1085; 37
b. ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B; 38
c. ASTM A500, Grade B; or 39
d. API 5L, Grade X42. 40
F. Mortar: 41
1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 42
G. Jointing Materials 43
1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 44
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Remove portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 14 and 02 41 7
13. 8
B. Remove any existing pipe or box to the nearest joint as needed to construct the 9
proposed headwall, wingwall, or end treatment. Removal of stormwater pipe and box 10
segments to construct the headwall, wingwall, or end treatment will be considered 11
subsidiary to the construction of the stormwater structure. 12
3.4 CONSTRUCTION 13
A. Cast-In-Place: 14
1. Construct cast-in-place headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments in accordance 15
with Section 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and this Section. 16
B. Precast End Treatments 17
1. Formed precast end treatments will not be permitted. 18
2. Provide cast-in-place or machine-made end treatments. 19
3. Provide certification letters stating that the machine-made items were made in 20
accordance with this Section. 21
C. Construct Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 22
D. Construction Joint: 23
1. Construct a construction joint when new concrete is placed next to existing concrete 24
or concrete that has already hardened. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in 25
contact with new construction before placing forms to create a construction joint. 26
2. Thoroughly clean the concrete surface of all loose material, dirt, and foreign matter. 27
3. Saturate the hardened concrete with water. 28
4. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout is 29
placed against it. 30
5. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry condition 31
just before placing subsequent concrete by performing the following: 32
a. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 33
placing subsequent concrete. 34
b. Use high-pressure water blasting 15 to 30 minutes before placing the concrete if 35
ponding is not possible to achieve saturated surface-dry conditions. 36
c. A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains damp 37
when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 38
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete to avoid mortar loss and offsets at 1
joints. 2
7. Bonding Agents: 3
a. Bonding agents are not required unless specified in the Drawings. 4
b. If a bonding agent is required, coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, 5
epoxy, or other material. 6
c. Mortar: 7
1) Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface that is in a saturated surface-dry 8
condition state. 9
2) Place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 10
d. Epoxy: 11
1) Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to 12
hardened concrete. 13
2) Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh 14
concrete while the epoxy is still tacky. 15
e. Other Bonding Material: 16
1) Obtain approval from the City before using an alternative bonding material. 17
2) Place in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 18
E. Lifting Holes 19
1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 20
2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 21
has been cut. 22
3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 23
weight of the box section. 24
4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 25
5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 26
6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 27
may be used. 28
F. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 29
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 30
05 05. 31
2. Backfill around junction boxes, manholes risers, pipes, and boxes in accordance 32
with Section 33 05 05 and 33 42 11. 33
3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the 34
stormwater structures. 35
4. Bed precast items on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to 36
conform to the bases of the items. 37
G. Pipe or Box Connections: 38
1. Make connections to new or existing structures in accordance with the Drawings. 39
3.5 REPAIR 40
A. Manufacturer defects or minor accidental damage may be accepted with proper repair. 41
B. The City will determine if an item can be repaired or will need to be replaced. 42
C. Replace any non-conforming item at no cost to the City. 43
33 42 23
STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Repair any items as needed and obtain written acceptance from the City. 1
1. A repaired item is required to be sound, properly finished, and cured in accordance 2
with this Section and all applicable Sections prior to acceptance. 3
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 5
A. Non-Conforming Work 6
1. Precast items may be rejected for not meeting any one of the specification 7
requirements herein. 8
2. Individual items may be rejected for: 9
a. fractures or cracks passing through the wall, or 10
b. surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture surfaces. 11
3. Remove and replace rejected items at no cost to the City. 12
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
END OF SECTION 20
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 42 30 1
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Manufacturer, material, and installation requirements for stormwater junction 6
boxes. 7
2. Precast items are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 8
City prior to construction activities starting. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
6. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 19
to Grade. 20
7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 21
8. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Stormwater Junction Box 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each Stormwater Junction Box installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per each for Stormwater Junction Box installed for: 31
a) Various Sizes. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Stormwater Junction Box as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Staged construction 36
3) Water 37
4) Loading 38
5) Unloading 39
6) Storing 40
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Hauling 1
8) Handling of materials 2
9) Traffic control for all testing 3
10) Dewatering 4
11) Forms 5
12) Trial batches (as needed) 6
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7
14) Concrete 8
15) Aggregate 9
16) Supplementary cementing materials 10
17) Concrete additives 11
18) Mixing 12
19) Placement of concrete 13
20) Finishing of concrete 14
21) Curing and curing compounds 15
22) Sawing 16
23) Connections 17
24) Fittings 18
25) Joints 19
26) Joint sealant 20
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 21
28) Plugs 22
29) Excavation 23
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 24
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 25
32) Disposal of excess material 26
2. Stormwater Manhole Riser 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per each Stormwater Manhole Riser installed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per each for Stormwater Manhole Riser installed for: 33
a) Various Depth Ranges. (0 to 4’, 4’ to 8’, 8’ to 12’, Greater than 12’) 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Stormwater Manhole Riser as specified by the 36
Drawings 37
2) Staged construction 38
3) Water 39
4) Loading 40
5) Unloading 41
6) Storing 42
7) Hauling 43
8) Handling of materials 44
9) Traffic control for all testing 45
10) Dewatering 46
11) Forms 47
12) Trial batches (as needed) 48
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 49
14) Concrete 50
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15) Aggregate 1
16) Supplementary cementing materials 2
17) Concrete additives 3
18) Mixing 4
19) Placement of concrete 5
20) Finishing of concrete 6
21) Curing and curing compounds 7
22) Sawing 8
23) Connections 9
24) Fittings 10
25) Joints 11
26) Joint sealant 12
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 13
28) Plugs 14
29) Excavation 15
30) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 16
31) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 17
32) Disposal of excess material 18
1.3 REFERENCES 19
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 20
1. JB – Junction Box 21
2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 22
3. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 23
4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 24
B. Reference Standards 25
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 26
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 27
unless a date is specifically cited. 28
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 29
a. C478, Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete 30
Manhole Sections 31
b. D4101, Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for 32
Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials 33
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 34
Specifications (DMS): 35
a. 4675, Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications 36
b. 6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 37
c. 7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box 38
Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 40
1.5 SUBMITTALS 41
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 42
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 43
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 44
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Shop Drawings: 1
2
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Stormwater Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers 1
a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 2
1) Product type and size 3
2) Class of concrete 4
3) Concrete mix design (only for cast-in-place) 5
4) Connection/jointing material used 6
5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation. 7
2. Product Data 8
a. Provide a material data sheet for review and approval for: 9
1) Mortar, if applicable 10
2) Epoxy, if applicable 11
3) Jointing Material 12
4) Any bonding material 13
B. Information Submittals: 14
1. Certificates: 15
a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets 16
the physical testing requirements of this Section, DMS 6100, DMS 7310, and 17
DMS 4675 (if applicable) for the applicable materials used. 18
2. Equipment Information 19
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 20
1) Equipment name and description 21
2) Size 22
3) Intended use 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 27
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 28
1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 29
2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 30
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 31
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 32
66 00. 33
2. Store precast items on a level surface. 34
C. Markings: 35
1. Mark precast boxes with the following information: 36
a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 37
b. Product designation 38
c. ASTM designation 39
d. Date of manufacture 40
e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 41
f. Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 42
requirements (when applicable) 43
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.2 MATERIALS 6
A. Manufacturers 7
1. Inlet Frame & Cover Manufacturer List 8
a. Bass & Hays Foundry, Inc or 9
b. Approved equal. 10
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 11
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 12
B. Concrete 13
1. Cast-In-Place: 14
a. Provide Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified 15
in the Drawings. 16
2. Precast: 17
a. Provide Class H with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 PSI in 18
accordance with Section 03 00 00 19
1) Provide machine-made precast inlets in accordance with DMS-7310 20
C. Reinforcement 21
1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 22
2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 23
D. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 24
1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 25
81. 26
a. Provide Pick Slots 27
b. Provide a 32-inch diameter frame and cover that provides minimum 30-inch 28
diameter opening 29
E. Steps: 30
1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps at least 12 inches wide in accordance 31
with ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, “Steps and Ladders”. 32
F. Mortar: 33
1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 34
G. Epoxy: 35
1. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to hardened 36
concrete. 37
2. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while 38
the epoxy is still tacky. 39
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
H. Jointing Materials 1
1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 2
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Construct junction boxes and manhole risers in 1 or 2 stages. Use the following steps if 10
constructing in 2 stages: 11
1. No separate pay will be given for staging construction of junction boxes and 12
manhole risers. 13
2. Stage 1: 14
a. Construct the storm drain pipe or box and attach the base of the junction box or 15
manhole riser. 16
b. Provide a temporary plug for the exposed end of the storm drain if needed. 17
c. Follow all safety requirements for Federal, State, and local requirements when 18
leaving a junction box or manhole riser exposed. 19
3. Stage 2: 20
a. Excavate to expose the top of the stage 1 construction (if needed) and complete 21
the junction box or manhole riser in accordance with the Drawings and this 22
Section. 23
b. Coordinate construction of the junction box or manhole riser top with paving 24
operations. 25
c. Finalize construction of subgrade, asphalt base/surface course, or concrete 26
pavement and adjust the top of the junction box or manhole riser as needed to 27
be flush with the final pavement level. 28
1) All adjustments to grade of the junction boxes and manhole risers will be 29
considered subsidiary to the construction of the junction box or manhole 30
riser regardless of how many times the top needs to be adjusted due to 31
phasing of the project. 32
d. Remove any temporary plugs prior to completion of the junction box or 33
manhole riser. 34
e. Furnish and install any frames, grates, rings, and covers. 35
f. Clean all debris from the walls and bottom of the junction box or reinforced 36
concrete box. 37
38
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Cast-In-Place Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers: 1
1. Construct cast-in-place junction boxes and manhole risers in accordance with 2
Section 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and this Section. 3
C. Precast Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers 4
1. Precast junction boxes and manhole risers are only permitted when written approval 5
has been provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 6
2. Formed precast junction boxes and manhole risers will not be permitted. 7
3. Provide cast-in-place or machine-made precast junction boxes and manhole risers. 8
4. Construct machine-made items in accordance with ASTM C478 and this Section. 9
5. Provide certification letters stating the machine-made items were made in 10
accordance with DMS-7310 and ASTM C478 and conform to the product 11
permissible variations and rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478. 12
D. Steps 13
1. Cast-In-Place: 14
a. Cast steps into the junction box or manhole riser walls 15
2. Precast: 16
a. Drill and epoxy or grout steps in place in accordance with manufacturer’s 17
recommendations. 18
E. Lifting Holes 19
1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 20
2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 21
has been cut. 22
3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 23
weight of the box section. 24
4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 25
5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 26
6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 27
may be used. 28
F. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 29
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 30
05 05. 31
2. Backfill around junction boxes, manholes risers, pipes, and boxes in accordance 32
with Section 33 05 05 and 33 42 11. 33
3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or 34
damage to the junction boxes, manhole risers, storm water pipe and boxes, or their 35
joints. 36
4. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment over pipes or boxes until a minimum of 37
4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over the structure 38
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 39
G. Stormwater Junction Box 40
1. Provide the appropriate sized junction box based on the maximum inside pipe 41
diameter shown in Table 1. 42
2. For a junction box larger than 8-feet tall or wide, provide a structural design. 43
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 1
a. Construct junction boxes before completion of stormwater pipes into or through 2
the junction box. 3
b. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 4
Table 1 5
Junction Box Sizes 6
Square Junction Box Sizes Maximum Pipe Inside Diameter
4-foot square 36 inches
5-foot square 42 inches
6-foot square 54 inches
7-foot square 66 inches
8-foot square 72 inches
Square Junction Box Sizes are given based on a 0-degree skew. If there is a skew entering into the
junction box, a larger size may be required.
H. Stormwater Manhole Riser 7
1. A manhole riser may be used in the following conditions: 8
a. Stormwater Junction Boxes: 9
1) Use only when specified in the Drawings or by the City. If both of the 10
following conditions are met, a manhole riser may be used in conjunction 11
with the base of a junction box to reduce the surface foot-print. 12
a) When the size of a junction box is 6-feet or larger 13
b) When the depth of the junction box is greater than 2-feet larger than the 14
outside diameter of the pipe. 15
b. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) Access: 16
1) Provide a manhole riser where access is needed. 17
2. If a Stormwater Manhole Riser is used in conjunction with a Stormwater Junction 18
Box, the manhole riser will be considered subsidiary to the Stormwater Junction 19
Box. 20
3. Constructing the Manhole Riser 21
a. Provide a 48-inch diameter manhole riser with a flat top. A manhole cone is not 22
needed unless otherwise specified. 23
b. Thicken the junction box or RCB section top slab to a minimum of 12 inches 24
when using a manhole riser. 25
c. Cast the manhole riser with the RCB box when providing a cast-in-place 26
manhole riser and RCB per the Drawings. 27
d. When providing a precast manhole riser and RCB, connect the riser to the 28
junction box base or RCB per the Drawings. 29
4. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 30
a. For manhole risers that connect directly to the top slab of an RCB, install the 31
manhole riser in conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 32
b. For RCB connections to one side of junction box base, install the junction box 33
base before or in conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 34
c. Backfill the junction box or manhole riser and RCB at the same time. 35
I. Inverts 36
1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the junction box base as 37
specified in the Drawings. 38
33 42 30
STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by 1
placing the required additional material with the base. 2
J. Frame, Grates, and Covers 3
1. Provide a 32-inch frame and cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 4
a. A grated cover will not be permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 5
or approved by the City. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 9
A. When a structure is left open without supervision, provide structurally adequate fencing 10
or cover. 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
SECTION 33 42 33 1
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material and installation requirements for curb and drop inlets. 6
2. Precast inlets are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 7
City prior to construction activities starting. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 15
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 16
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
6. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18
to Grade. 19
7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 20
8. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 21
9. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Standard Curb Inlet 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each Standard Curb Inlet installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per each for Standard Curb Inlet installed for: 31
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Standard Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Staged construction 35
3) Water 36
4) Loading 37
5) Unloading 38
6) Storing 39
7) Hauling 40
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
8) Handling of materials 1
9) Traffic control for all testing 2
10) Dewatering 3
11) Forms 4
12) Trial batches (as needed) 5
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
14) Concrete 7
15) Aggregate 8
16) Supplementary cementing materials 9
17) Concrete additives 10
18) Mixing 11
19) Placement of concrete 12
20) Finishing of concrete 13
21) Curing and curing compounds 14
22) Sawing 15
23) Connections 16
24) Fittings 17
25) Joints 18
26) Joint sealant 19
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 20
28) Plugs 21
29) Excavation 22
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 23
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 24
32) Disposal of excess material 25
33) Clean-up 26
2. Recessed Curb Inlet 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per each Recessed Curb Inlet installed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per each for Recessed Curb Inlet installed for: 33
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Recessed Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Staged construction 37
3) Water 38
4) Loading 39
5) Unloading 40
6) Storing 41
7) Hauling 42
8) Handling of materials 43
9) Traffic control for all testing 44
10) Dewatering 45
11) Forms 46
12) Trial batches (as needed) 47
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 48
14) Concrete 49
15) Aggregate 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
16) Supplementary cementing materials 1
17) Concrete additives 2
18) Mixing 3
19) Placement of concrete 4
20) Finishing of concrete 5
21) Curing and curing compounds 6
22) Sawing 7
23) Connections 8
24) Fittings 9
25) Joints 10
26) Joint sealant 11
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 12
28) Plugs 13
29) Excavation 14
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 15
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16
32) Disposal of excess material 17
33) Clean-up 18
3. Type 2 Curb Inlet 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each Type 2 Curb Inlet installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each for Type 2 Curb Inlet installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Type 2 Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 28
2) Staged construction 29
3) Hauling 30
4) Water 31
5) Loading 32
6) Unloading 33
7) Storing 34
8) Hauling 35
9) Handling of materials 36
10) Traffic control for all testing 37
11) Dewatering 38
12) Forms 39
13) Trial batches (as needed) 40
14) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
15) Concrete 42
16) Aggregate 43
17) Supplementary cementing materials 44
18) Concrete additives 45
19) Mixing 46
20) Placement of concrete 47
21) Finishing of concrete 48
22) Curing and curing compounds 49
23) Sawing 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
24) Connections 1
25) Fittings 2
26) Joints 3
27) Joint sealant 4
28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 5
29) Plugs 6
30) Excavation 7
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8
32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9
33) Disposal of excess material 10
34) Clean-up 11
4. Drop Inlet 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per each Drop Inlet installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per each for Drop Inlet installed for: 18
a) Various sizes. (3 2 to 5 feet) 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Furnishing and installing Drop Inlet as specified by the Drawings 21
2) Staged construction 22
3) Water 23
4) Loading 24
5) Unloading 25
6) Storing 26
7) Hauling 27
8) Handling of materials 28
9) Traffic control for all testing 29
10) Dewatering 30
11) Forms 31
12) Trial batches (as needed) 32
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 33
14) Concrete 34
15) Aggregate 35
16) Supplementary cementing materials 36
17) Concrete additives 37
18) Mixing 38
19) Placement of concrete 39
20) Finishing of concrete 40
21) Curing and curing compounds 41
22) Sawing 42
23) Connections 43
24) Fittings 44
25) Joints 45
26) Joint sealant 46
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 47
28) Plugs 48
29) Excavation 49
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 1
32) Disposal of excess material 2
33) Clean-up 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
A. Abbreviations 5
1. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 6
B. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9
unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 11
a. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete 12
Manhole Sections 13
b. ASTM D4101 – Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for 14
Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials 15
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 16
Specifications (DMS): 17
a. 4675, Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications 18
b. 6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 19
c. 7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box 20
Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Shop Drawings: 27
1. Stormwater Curb and Drop Inlets 28
a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 29
1) Product type and size 30
2) Class of concrete 31
3) Concrete mix design, for cast-in-place components only 32
4) Connection/jointing material used 33
5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 34
2. Product Data 35
a. Provide a material data sheet for review and approval for: 36
1) Mortar 37
2) Epoxy 38
3) Jointing Material 39
4) Any bonding material 40
B. Information Submittals: 41
1. Certificates: 42
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
a. Provide manufacturer’s certificate of compliance stating their product is in 1
accordance with the physical testing requirements of this Section, DMS 6100, 2
DMS 7310, and DMS 4675 (if applicable) for the applicable materials used. 3
2. Equipment Information 4
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 5
1) Equipment name and description 6
2) Size 7
3) Intended use 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14
1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 15
2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 16
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 17
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18
66 00. 19
2. Store precast items on a level surface. 20
C. Markings: 21
1. Mark precast inlets and other items with the following information: 22
a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 23
b. Product designation 24
c. ASTM designation 25
d. Date of manufacture 26
e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 27
f. Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 28
requirements, if applicable 29
2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 30
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34
2.2 MATERIALS 35
A. Manufacturers 36
1. Inlet Frame & Cover Manufacturer List 37
a. Bass & Hays Foundry, Inc or approved equal. 38
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 1
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2
B. Concrete 3
1. Cast-In-Place: 4
a. Non-Traffic Loaded Inlets: 5
1) Class A in accordance with Section 03 00 00 6
b. Traffic Loaded Inlets: 7
1) Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 8
2. Precast: 9
a. Class H with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 PSI in accordance with 10
Section 03 00 00 11
1) Provide machine-made precast inlets in accordance with DMS-7310. 12
C. Reinforcement 13
1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 14
2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 15
D. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 16
1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 17
81. 18
2. Provide Pick Slots 19
3. Provide a 32-inch diameter frame and cover that provides minimum 30-inch 20
diameter opening 21
E. Steps: 22
1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps that are at least 12 inches wide that meet 23
the requirements of ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, “Steps and 24
Ladders”. 25
F. Mortar: 26
1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 27
G. Jointing Materials 28
1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 29
H. Epoxy: 30
1. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to hardened 31
concrete. 32
2. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while 33
the epoxy is still tacky. 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
PART 3 - EXECUTION 37
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 38
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 39
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Construct inlets in 1 or 2 stages. Use the following steps if constructing in 2 stages: 3
1. No separate pay will be given for staging construction of junction boxes and 4
manhole risers. 5
2. Stage 1: 6
a. Construct the storm drain pipe or box and attach the pipe to the base of the 7
inlet. 8
b. Provide a temporary plug for either end of the storm pipe if needed. 9
c. Backfill as necessary and in accordance with the Drawings around the Stage 1 10
construction. 11
d. Follow all safety requirements for Federal, State, and local requirements when 12
leaving an inlet base exposed. 13
3. Stage 2: 14
a. Excavate to expose the top of the stage 1 construction (if needed) and complete 15
the inlet in accordance with the Drawings and this Section. 16
b. Coordinate construction of the inlet top with paving operations. 17
c. After completion of the subgrade, asphalt base/surface course, concrete 18
pavement, or surrounding ground, construct the inlet top and/or aprons in 19
accordance with the Drawings. 20
d. Remove any temporary plugs prior to the completion of the inlet. 21
e. Furnish and install any frames, grates, rings, and covers. 22
f. Clean all debris from the walls and bottom of inlet base. 23
B. Cast-In-Place Inlets: 24
1. Where possible, use precast inlet bases with cast-in-place inlet tops. 25
2. Construct cast-in-place inlet bases and tops in accordance with Section 03 00 00, 03 26
30 00, and this Section. 27
3. Forms for all cast-in-place inlet components will be required unless otherwise 28
approved. 29
C. Precast Inlets 30
1. Formed precast inlet bases and tops will not be permitted. 31
2. Provide machine-made precast inlet bases and tops. 32
3. Construct machine-made items in accordance with ASTM C478 and this Section. 33
4. Provide certification letters stating the machine-made items were made in 34
accordance with DMS-7310 and ASTM C478 and conform to the product 35
permissible variations and rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478. 36
D. Steps 37
1. Cast-In-Place: 38
a. Cast steps into inlet walls. 39
2. Precast: 40
a. Drill and epoxy or grout steps in place in accordance with manufacturer’s 41
recommendations. 42
E. Lifting Holes 43
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 1
2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 2
has been cut. 3
3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 4
weight of the box section. 5
4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 6
5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 7
6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 8
may be used. 9
F. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 10
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 11
05 05. 12
2. Backfill around inlets, pipes, and boxes in accordance with Section 33 05 05 and 33 13
42 11. 14
3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or 15
damage to inlet bases, storm water pipe, boxes, or their joints. 16
4. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 17
minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 18
the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 19
G. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 20
1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 21
inlet. 22
2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 23
H. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 24
1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 25
inlet. 26
2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 27
I. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 28
1. For inlets that connect directly to the top slab of an RCB, install the inlet base in 29
conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 30
2. Backfill the junction box or manhole riser and RCB at the same time. 31
J. Inverts 32
1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by 35
placing the required additional material with the base. 36
K. Inlet Top Construction and Finishing 37
1. Complete the inlet base and top in accordance with the Drawings in either 1 or 2 38
stages. 39
2. Form openings for the inlets and recesses in curb and gutter as specified in the 40
Drawings. 41
3. Construct the inlet top concurrent with paving operations when possible. 42
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
4. Backfill and grade the surrounding area to the elevations specified in the Drawings 1
L. Frame, Grates, and Covers 2
1. Provide a 32-inch frame and cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 3
2. A grated cover will not be permitted unless otherwise approved or specified in the 4
Drawings. 5
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8
A. When a structure is left open without supervision, provide fencing or a cover that is 9
structurally adequate. 10
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17
END OF SECTION 18
19
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
20
33 46 00
SUBDRAINAGE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 46 00 1
SUBDRAINAGE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of pipe subdrains. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap. 13
4. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Subdrainage 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per linear foot along the top of pipe of Subdrainage installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot for “Subdrainage” installed for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Subdrainage as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Pipe, couplers, plugs, screens, and all other accessories 28
3) Filter material 29
4) Filter fabric 30
5) Excavation and backfill 31
6) Loading 32
7) Unloading 33
8) Hauling 34
9) Storing 35
10) Riprap 36
11) Clean up 37
1.3 REFERENCES 38
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 39
1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 40
33 46 00
SUBDRAINAGE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. ABS – Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene 1
B. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 6
a. AASHTO M252, Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage 7
Pipe. 8
b. AASHTO M278, Standard Specification for Class PS46 Polyvinyl Chloride 9
(PVC) Pipe. 10
3. ASTM Standards 11
a. ASTM F949, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Corrugated 12
Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and Fittings. 13
4. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specifications 14
a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 15
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
A. Product Data 21
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying pipe, couplers, plugs, 22
screens, and all other accessories. 23
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 24
a. Manufacturer name 25
b. Date 26
c. Material description 27
d. Point of delivery 28
e. Data and test results as required in this Section 29
f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 30
g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 36
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37
66 00. 38
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40
33 46 00
SUBDRAINAGE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Pipe 4
1. Provide only one type of pipe for any subdrain system on each project. 5
2. Corrugated Polyethylene Plastic Tubing 6
a. In accordance with AASHTO M252 7
3. Corrugated PVC Pipe 8
a. In accordance with ASTM F949 9
4. Smooth PVC Pipe Class PS 46 10
a. In accordance with AASHTO M 278 11
B. Filter Material 12
1. Use only one type of filter material for any underdrain system on each project. 13
2. Provide crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 14
C. Filter Fabric 15
1. Provide Type 1 filter fabric in accordance with DMS 6200. 16
D. Riprap 17
1. Provide riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. Excavation 26
1. Begin excavation of the trench at the outfall and proceed toward the upper end 27
following the lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 28
2. Hold the minimum horizontal limits of excavation for filter material to the 29
dimension shown below. 30
31
Depth of Trench (ft.) Distance Outside Subdrain (ft.)
0 to 6 1.00
Over 6 to 10 1.50
Over 10 to 15 2.00
Over 15 2.50
33 46 00
SUBDRAINAGE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
B. Filter Fabric 2
1. Place filter fabric in the bottom and sides of the trench in areas to be drained before 3
placing pipe or filter material. 4
2. Provide enough width of fabric to overlap on top of the filter material. 5
3. After placing pipe and filter material, lap filter fabric over the top of filter material 6
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 7
C. Subdrain Pipe 8
1. Place minimum 2 inches of filter material below the bottom of the final pipe 9
location. 10
2. Center perforated pipe in the excavated ditch with the perforations below the 11
horizontal axis. 12
a. Install perforated pipe in areas to be drained, and non-perforated pipe between 13
the perforated pipe and outfall. 14
b. The sections of non-perforated pipe do not require filter fabric or filter material. 15
3. Firmly embed the subdrain pipe in the filter material. 16
4. Place approved plugs in the upper ends of all pipe. 17
5. Install cleanouts at the upstream end of the line, at approximately 200 foot spacing, 18
at bends, and other locations as shown in the plans. 19
6. Join pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 20
7. Obtain approval from City for pipe placement before placing filter material. 21
D. Filter Material 22
1. Place filter material at least 12 inches above top of pipe. 23
2. Do not allow filter material to displace the pipe placement. 24
E. Backfill 25
1. Backfill the excavated trench with suitable material in accordance with Section 33 26
05 05. 27
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 28
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 29
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
37
33 46 00
SUBDRAINAGE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
[2019 JAN 01]
4
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 10 1
SIGNAL HEADS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. LED Traffic Signal Head Assemblies. 6
2. Remove Traffic Signal Head Assemblies. 7
3. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies. 8
4. Remove Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. LED Traffic Signal Head Assemblies 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each LED Traffic Signal Head Assembly installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
bid price for each “LED Traffic Signal Head Assembly” installed for: 24
a) Various Types. 25
c. The price bid for shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing LED Traffic Signal Head Assembly 27
2) Hinge pins 28
3) Lens clips 29
4) Locking devices 30
5) Gaskets 31
6) Housing and doors 32
7) Detachable visors 33
8) LED lamp unit 34
9) Louvers 35
10) Louvered back plate for signal heads with mounting hardware (self-tapping 36
screws) 37
11) Mounting hardware 38
12) Aluminum, vented one-piece, black colored back plates and mounting 39
hardware 40
d. The price bid does not include cables inside the signal pole. 41
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Remove Traffic Signal Head Assemblies 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each traffic signal head assembly removed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
bid price per each for “Traffic Signal Head Assembly” removed for: 7
a) Various Types. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of Traffic Signal Head Assembly 10
2) Removal of mounting hardware 11
3) Hauling 12
4) Disposal 13
d. The price bid does not include removal of cables inside the signal pole. 14
3. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each Pedestrian Signal Section installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Ped Signal Section” 20
installed. 21
c. The price bid for “Ped Signal Section” shall include: 22
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing the pedestrian signal sections 23
2) Housing units 24
3) LED countdown pedestrian units 25
4) Mounting attachments and completing wiring connections 26
d. The price bid does not include cables inside the pole. 27
4. Remove Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per each pedestrian signal section or each pedestrian signal 30
retrofit module removed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed in accordance to this Item shall be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per each “Ped Signal Section Removal.” 34
c. The Price shall include: 35
1) Removal of pedestrian signal section 36
d. The price bid does not include removal of cables inside the pole. 37
1.3 REFERENCES 38
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 39
1. LED – light emitting diode 40
B. Definitions 41
1. Back Plate 42
a. A thin strip of material extending outward from all sides of a signal head. 43
2. Louver 44
a. A device mounted to the visor restricting signal face visibility. 45
46
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Reference Standards 1
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 2
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 3
unless a date is specifically cited. 4
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 5
Specifications (DMS): 6
a. 11121, Twelve-Inch LED Traffic Signal Lamp Unit. 7
b. 11130, Pedestrian Signal Heads. 8
c. 11131, Pedestrian Countdown Signal Modules. 9
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 10
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT). 11
4. 2011 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 12
5. Underwriter’s Laboratory Incorporate (UL). 13
6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 14
7. American Standards Institute (ANSI). 15
8. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE): 16
a. Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads (VTCSH): 17
1) Part 2: Light Emitting Diode (LED) Vehicle Traffic Signal Modules – 18
Interim Purchase Specification. 19
9. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 20
10. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Scheduling 23
1. If equipment is provided by the City, the City will require a minimum of 3 working 24
days’ notice for pick-up. 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
1. Submittals are not required for City provided materials. 28
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30
A. Product Data 31
1. Traffic Signal Heads 32
a. Traffic signal housing 33
b. Louvered back plates 34
c. Visors 35
d. Louvers 36
e. LED lamps 37
f. Mounting hardware 38
2. Pedestrian Signal Heads 39
a. Pedestrian signal housing 40
b. LED lamps 41
c. Mounting hardware 42
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Documentation Requirements 2
1. Provide the following documentation for each unit installed: 3
a. Complete and accurate installation wiring guide. 4
b. Contact name, address, and telephone number for the representative, 5
manufacturer, or distributor for warranty repair. 6
c. A copy of a test report certified by an independent laboratory that the LED 7
traffic signal lamp model submitted in accordance with this Section and ITE 8
VTSCH Part 2. 9
d. Schematic diagram for each unit, along with any necessary installation 10
instructions. 11
e. For each unit submitted, the manufacturer name, brand, and model number of 12
LEDs used shall be provided, along with the LED manufacturer’s 13
recommended drive current and degradation curves. 14
f. Warranty information from manufacturer. 15
g. Quality assurance testing documentation. 16
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 20
1. Contractor will be required to coordinate with City for Contractor to transport City-21
provided materials to the Site. 22
a. City will not be responsible for the delivery of City-provided materials. 23
b. All costs associated with hauling City-provided materials will be subsidiary to 24
the cost of the items installed. 25
2. Contractor will be required to inspect all City-provided materials for quality prior to 26
handling them. 27
a. Contractor may only reject City-provided materials after inspection and if 28
approved by City. 29
b. City will not be liable for any damages or defects to these materials once 30
Contractor has taken possession of them. 31
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 32
1. Protect signal heads from damage and/or discoloration in case of any prolonged 33
delay from the time of shipment and installation. 34
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35
66 00. 36
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39
40
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 1
A. Refer to Contract Documents to determine if any items are to be provided by the City. 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Manufacturers 4
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 5
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 6
a. Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 7
Sections. 8
2. LED Traffic Signal Head Assemblies 9
a. Traffic Signal Housings 10
1) Econolite 11
2) Or approved equal. 12
b. Traffic Signal Lamp Unit 13
1) Leotek Electronics 14
2) Duralight 15
a) Duralight 07 High Flux Models 16
(1) JXC-300 (circular) 17
(2) JXJ-300 (arrow) 18
3) Or approved equal. 19
c. Mounting Hardware 20
1) For steel poles: 21
a) PELCO 3-Section Astrobrac Assembly: 22
144 Inch Cable and Gusseted Tube #AS-0125-3-144 23
b) PELCO 4-Section Astrobrac Assembly: 24
144 Inch Cable and Gusseted Tube #AS-0125-4-144 25
c) PELCO 5-Section Astrobrac Assembly: 26
144 Inch Cable and Gusseted Tube #AS-0125-5-144 27
d) PELCO 5-Section Astrobrac Cluster Assembly: 28
144 Inch Cable and Gusseted Tube #AS-0138-2-144 29
2) For a span wire’s bottom tether (City requirement): 30
a) PELCO 3-Section horizontal span wire assembly: 31
#SP-3058-TX-3-ALO 32
b) PELCO 4-Section horizontal span wire assembly: 33
#SP-3058-TX-4-ALO 34
c) PELCO 5-Section horizontal span wire assembly: 35
#SP-3058-TX-5-ALO 36
3. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies 37
a. Housing 38
1) McCain Traffic Supply, or 39
2) Approved equal 40
b. Mounting Hardware 41
1) McCain 42
a) Clamshell Mount #4805 43
c. Module 44
1) Manufactured by Duralite 45
a) Countdown Model JXM-400VIEIL 46
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 1
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2
B. Materials 3
1. LED Traffic Signal Head Assemblies in accordance with DMS 11121. 4
a. Traffic Signal Housings 5
1) Standard size with 12 inch LED lenses 6
2) Black polycarbonate 7
3) Miscellaneous parts shall be made of a non-corrosive material. 8
4) Housing shall be constructed of interchangeable sections. 9
a) All exterior mating surfaces shall be flat to assure waterproof and dust-10
proof assembly of sections. 11
b) The top and bottom of the sections will have an opening approximately 12
2 inches in diameter to permit the entrance of 1 ½ inch pipe nipples. 13
c) Each section shall have serrated openings or equivalent for providing a 14
positive and locked positioning of signal sections when used with 15
serrated mast arm or span wire mounting brackets. 16
5) The door and lens housing shall be equipped with a watertight and dust-17
tight molded neoprene gasket. 18
a) The door of each signal section shall be attached to the housing in a 19
watertight and dust-proof manner. 20
b) Non-corrosive hinge pins and 2 wing screws shall be furnished for each 21
door for opening and closing without the use of special tools and must 22
allow even gasket pressure. 23
6) Each signal head section shall be furnished with a detachable tunnel type 24
visor, black in color, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 25
a) Visors shall be a minimum of 10 inches in length (depth) for 12-inch 26
signals (tunnel type). 27
b) Visors shall be attached to the door assemblies in a manner to facilitate 28
field removal and installation. 29
c) Visors shall be Poly-tunnel visor (1-piece) 30
d) The housing and outside surface of the visors shall be black in color 31
only. 32
e) The inside surface of visors shall be a “Dull” or “Flat-black” color. 33
7) Furnish with LED inserts in accordance with this Section and in the 34
standard red, amber, and green configuration in accordance with the 35
TMUTCD. 36
8) Provide a screw down type terminal block with each signal head for 37
facilitating field wiring. 38
9) Connect pigtail leads from the lamp receptacles to a common terminal 39
block within the head assembly. 40
10) Each terminal block will be at least a 6 position, 12 terminal strip securely 41
fastened at both ends to the signal housing. 42
b. LED Traffic Signal Lamp Unit 43
1) All vehicle signal lamps shall be LED. 44
2) The equipment shall be in accordance with UL, ASTM, ANSI, NEMA, and 45
all other applicable standards and Sections. 46
3) If proper orientation of the LED unit is required for optimum performance, 47
provide a clear, durable, and unmistakable marking on each lens as to its 48
proper orientation (top or bottom). 49
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Permanently mark the backside of the LED traffic signal lamp unit with 1
manufacturer’s name, serial number, and other necessary identification. 2
5) Place a label on the unit certifying compliance to ITE standards. 3
c. Signal Head Louvers 4
1) Provide louvers to signal sections as specified in the Drawings. 5
2) All louvers shall provide visibility of the lens for the intended lane of traffic 6
as specified in the Drawings and block visibility to all other lanes. 7
d. Back Plates 8
1) Material 9
a) Aluminum 10
b) One-piece 11
2) Finishes 12
a) Aluminum: powder coat 13
3) Color 14
a) Face: flat black 15
b) Back: flat black 16
4) Plates shall be vented. 17
e. Mounting Hardware 18
1) Each bracket shall be complete with all necessary parts to allow assembly 19
of the signal to the bracket and the bracket to the mast arm. 20
2. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies in accordance with DMS 21
11130 and 11131 22
a. General 23
1) Furnish a single, self-contained module. 24
a) Ensure installation does not require special tools. 25
2) Provide LED’s rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation over a 26
temperature range of -40°C to +74°C. 27
3) Ensure modules are rated for a minimum life of 60 months. 28
4) Ensure modules meet all parameters of this Section throughout this 60-29
month period. 30
b. Housing 31
1) Provide new and unweathered housing units. 32
2) Black, polycarbonate, clam shell type 33
3) The approximate size of housing (including body, door, and ears) shall be 34
16.0 inches H x 18.75 inches W x 8 inches D. 35
4) All necessary hardware shall be provided with housing. 36
c. Module 37
1) All pedestrian signal lamps shall be LED. 38
d. Electrical 39
1) General 40
a) Furnish modules operationally compatible with traffic signal 41
controllers, cabinets, and accessories manufactured in accordance with 42
the Contract Documents. 43
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 44
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 45
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. LED Vehicle and Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies 6
1. Assembly 7
a. Assemble individual signal assemblies in multi-section faces in accordance 8
with the manufacturer’s recommendations to form a rigid signal face. 9
b. Assemble and mount signal heads as specified in the Drawings. 10
c. Close any openings in an assembled signal head with a plug of the same 11
material and color as the head. 12
d. All wires shall be hidden through mounting. No drip loops are permitted except 13
for the span wire installation. 14
e. Install back plates in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 15
f. Final placement and use shall be determined by the City during installation. 16
2. Wiring 17
a. The IMSA multi-conductor signal cable specified in the Drawings shall be 18
terminated at the appropriate connector at the terminal strip located in the mast 19
arm vertical pole. 20
b. Conductors to the signal head from the terminal strip shall be IMSA multi-21
conductor signal cable. 22
c. Wire each optical unit to the terminal block located in that signal section by 23
means of solderless wire connectors or binding screws and spade lugs. 24
d. Wire all sections of a multi-section signal face to the section terminal blocks 25
where the traffic signal cable is terminated. 26
e. Maintain the color coding on leads from the individual optical units throughout 27
the signal head, except for the traffic signal cable. 28
f. Use solderless wire connectors or binding screws and spade lugs for 29
connections to terminal blocks. Use binding screws and spade lugs for field 30
wiring. 31
g. Wiring holes are to be drilled by the Contractor in the field, upon receiving 32
approval of by the City. 33
h. For signal heads, provide a 1-1/4 inch hole with rubber grommet on the front 34
side of the mast arm for the astro-bracket. Signal head wires are to run through 35
the astro-bracket. No exposed cable or wiring will be permitted. 36
3. Unless indicated otherwise, provide necessary mounting hardware to ensure the 37
proper mounting of all signal heads. 38
4. All mast arm mounted vehicle signal heads shall have provisions for adjustment 39
about the horizontal axis. 40
5. Securely tighten signal and pedestrian heads immediately after signal head 41
assembly has been installed. 42
6. If any signal head assembly is found to be loose or asymmetrical in any manner, the 43
Contractor shall be required to remove and rebuild the signal head assembly to the 44
satisfaction of the City. 45
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Mount signal heads level with the horizon and plumb. 1
8. Position and secure the signal heads so they are visible in accordance with the 2
TMUTCD. 3
9. All signal heads are to be centered on applicable vehicle travel lane. 4
10. All connection screws shall be tight and snug. 5
11. All signal heads or parts of heads not in operation shall be covered with burlap or 6
fabric material until placed into operation. 7
12. When the signal heads become operational, all existing heads no longer required 8
shall be removed immediately. 9
13. No exposed cable or wiring will be permitted. 10
B. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signal Head Assemblies 11
1. Assembly 12
a. Assemble pedestrian signal heads in accordance with the manufacturer’s 13
recommendations. 14
b. Assemble and mount signal heads as specified in the Drawings. 15
c. Close any openings in an assembled signal head with a plug of the same 16
material and color as the head. 17
2. Wiring 18
a. The IMSA multi-conductor signal cable specified in the Drawings shall be 19
terminated at the appropriate connector at the terminal strip located in the mast 20
arm vertical pole. 21
b. Conductors to the pedestrian signal head from the terminal strip shall be IMSA 22
multi-conductor signal cable. 23
c. Wire each optical unit to the terminal block located in that pedestrian signal 24
section by means of solderless wire connectors or binding screws and spade 25
lugs. 26
d. Wire the pedestrian signal head to the section terminal blocks in which the 27
traffic signal cable is terminated. 28
e. Maintain the color coding on leads from the individual optical units throughout 29
the pedestrian signal head, except for the traffic signal cable. 30
f. Use solderless wire connectors or binding screws and spade lugs for 31
connections to terminal blocks. Use binding screws and spade lugs for field 32
wiring. 33
g. Wiring holes are to be drilled by the Contractor in the field, upon determination 34
by the City. 35
3. Unless indicated otherwise, provide necessary mounting hardware to ensure the 36
proper mounting of all pedestrian signal heads. 37
4. Securely tighten pedestrian heads immediately after pedestrian head assembly has 38
been installed. 39
5. If any pedestrian head assembly is found to be loose or asymmetrical in any 40
manner, the Contractor shall be required to remove and rebuild the pedestrian head 41
assembly to the satisfaction of the City. 42
6. Mount pedestrian heads level with the horizon and plumb. 43
7. Position and secure the pedestrian heads so they are visible in accordance with the 44
TMUTCD. 45
8. All connection screws shall be tight and snug. 46
34 41 10
SIGNAL HEADS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. All pedestrian heads or parts of heads not in operation shall be covered with burlap 1
or fabric material until placed into operation. 2
10. When the pedestrian heads become operational, all existing heads no longer 3
required shall be removed immediately. 4
11. Install pedestrian head assemblies such that the wiring to each head passes from the 5
mast arm through the signal head bracing or attachment hardware to the pedestrian 6
head. 7
12. No exposed cable or wiring will be permitted. 8
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 41 11
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 11 1
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 17
installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid price for “Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly” 22
installed for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various mounting methods. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing, installing, and testing the Accessible Pedestrian Push Button 27
Station 28
2) Mounting hardware 29
3) Sign adapter 30
4) Pushbutton stations 31
5) Central control units 32
6) Vibrotactile arrow with high visual contrast 33
7) Wiring harness 34
8) Voice message setup 35
9) Configuration devices or software 36
10) R10-3e (L/R) signs 37
d. The price bid does not include the signal conductor cable from the signal 38
cabinet to the push button station 39
2. Remove Pedestrian Push Button Assembly 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measured per each Pedestrian Push Button Assembly removed. 42
34 41 11
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed in accordance to this item and measured as provided 2
under “Measurement” section will be paid for at the unit price bid price for 3
“Pedestrian Push button Assembly” removed for: 4
a) Various types. 5
b) Various mounting methods. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Removal and disposal of Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies 8
2) Removal and disposal of cable inside the pole 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. APS – Accessible Pedestrian Signal 12
B. Reference Standards 13
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 14
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 15
unless a date is specifically cited. 16
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 17
Specifications (DMS): 18
a. 11132, Accessible Pedestrian Signals. 19
3. National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements. 20
4. 2011 Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 21
5. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 22
6. Public Right-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG). 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS 25
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 26
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 28
A. Product Data 29
1. Accessible Pedestrian Signals 30
B. Warranty 31
1. Manufacturer’s Extended Warranty 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 33
A. Documentation 34
1. Each APS shall be provided with the following documentation: 35
a. Complete and accurate installation wiring guide. 36
b. Contact name, address, and telephone number for the representative, 37
manufacturer, or distributor for warranty repair. 38
39
34 41 11
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. If requested, supply schematics for all electronics. 1
1) One schematic diagram shall be provided for push button stations, panels, 2
central control units or control units, along with any necessary installation 3
instructions. 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 8
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9
66 00. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11
1.12 WARRANTY 12
A. Manufacturer Warranty 13
1. A 5-year warranty shall be required on all APS units. 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16
2.2 MATERIALS 17
A. Manufacturers 18
1. Manufacturer List 19
a. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 20
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 21
1) Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 22
Sections. 23
b. Polara Enterprises, LLC or approved equal. 24
1) Audible/Tactile Pedestrian Push Button 25
2) Black base/black lid 26
3) 9 inch X 15 inch instructional sign 27
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 28
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 29
B. Materials 30
1. Provide new materials as specified in the Drawings. 31
2. Furnish accessible pedestrian signal from new materials in accordance with DMS-32
11132. 33
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
34 41 11
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies 6
1. Install push buttons in accordance with the TMUTCD. 7
2. Wire the push button in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. 8
3. Close unused housing openings with a weather-tight closure painted to match the 9
housing. 10
4. Verify each button is communicating and fully functional. 11
5. Do not use terminal connections or splice wire leads, unless approved by City. 12
6. Attach wires to terminal posts with solderless terminals unless otherwise advised by 13
manufacturer’s recommendations. 14
7. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool 15
properly sized to the wire. 16
8. Ensure push button stations are mounted at the proper height and orientation. 17
a. Mount at a height above the sidewalk (or ground) specified in the Drawings. 18
b. Mount plumb and level. 19
c. Install with an appropriate sign in accordance with the push button’s 20
manufacturer and TMUTCD, and as approved by the City. 21
1) Modify the sign to include an arrow indicating the desired crossing 22
direction. 23
d. All pedestrian push buttons shall be in accordance with ADA and/or 24
PROWAG. 25
B. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 26
1. If a controller unit is specified in the Drawings, integrate the pedestrian controller 27
unit into the traffic signal controller cabinet assembly. 28
2. Unless otherwise specified, wire the APS to the nearest terminal strip using 29
stranded No. 12 AWG XHHW wire with 600-volt insulation. 30
3. Do not use terminal connections or splice wire leads except in the hand holes 31
located in the signal pole shaft, in the signal pole base, or at locations approved by 32
the City. 33
4. Attach wires to terminal posts with solderless terminals. 34
5. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool 35
properly sized to the wire. 36
6. Remove any burrs or rough edges on any holes drilled for wire entry to APS push 37
buttons. 38
7. Ensure push button stations are mounted at the proper height and orientation. 39
a. Mount at the height above the sidewalk (or ground) specified in the Drawings. 40
b. Mount level. 41
34 41 11
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Install with an appropriate sign in accordance with the push button’s 1
manufacturer and TMUTCD, and as approved by the City. 2
1) Modify the sign to include an arrow indicating the desired crossing 3
direction. 4
d. All pedestrian push buttons shall be in accordance with ADA and/or 5
PROWAG. 6
8. Provide neat workmanship in the installation of any wiring harnesses, control units, 7
wiring panels, and push button stations. 8
9. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations regarding installation 9
and weatherproofing. 10
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
23
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 12 1
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Radar Detection Equipment and Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Radar Detection System 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per approach of the Radar Detection Device installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per approach of “Furnish/Install Radar Detection System” 21
installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing Radar Detection Device as specified 25
by the Drawings 26
2) Cabinet interface device 27
3) Splice boxes 28
4) Set-up and diagnostic software including programming and testing of all 29
detection zones in accordance with the Drawings 30
5) Circuits 31
6) Mounting hardware 32
7) Cable will be paid for separately. 33
2. Furnish and Install Radar Detection Cable 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured per linear feet of Radar Detection Cable installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be per linear foot for 39
“Furnish/Install Radar Detection Cable” installed. 40
41
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Radar Detection Cable as specified by the 2
Drawings 3
2) Making all connections to radar detection detectors and back panels 4
3. Remove Radar Detection System 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured per each radar detection device removed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 9
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10
price bid per each “Radar Detection System” removed for: 11
a) Various types. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Removal of radar detection device 14
2) Removal of cabinet interface device 15
3) Removal of cable 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18
1. FCC: Federal Communications Commission 19
B. Reference Standards 20
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 21
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 22
unless a date is specifically cited. 23
2. Texas Department of Transportation: 24
a. Special Specifications TO-8000, Radar Vehicle Detection System. 25
3. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 26
4. National Electrical Code (NEC). 27
5. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). 28
6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 29
7. American Standards Institute (ANSI). 30
8. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 32
A. Preinstallation Field Inspection Meetings 33
1. Provide City 48 hours’ notice of intention to establish final location of any radar 34
detectors. 35
B. Scheduling 36
1. If there is equipment provided by the City, a minimum of 3 working days’ notice 37
will be required for equipment pickup. 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 41
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Product Data 2
1. Product data sheets are required for all radar vehicle detection devices. 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 8
1. Inspect all City furnished materials prior to taking possession. Any damages after 9
taking possession will be Contractor’s responsibility. 10
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Protect equipment properly so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 12
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 13
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14
66 00. 15
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY 17
A. Manufacturer Warranty 18
1. A 2-year warranty is required on all radar detection devices and cables. 19
B. Extended Correction Period 20
1. Contractor to correct any substandard workmanship and/or materials for 24 months 21
from the date signal is accepted by the City. 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 24
A. Refer to Contract Documents to determine if any items are to be provided by the City. 25
2.2 MANUFACTURERS / MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Radar presence detection 28
a. SmartSensor Matrix by Wavetronix, or 29
b. Approved equal. 30
2. Radar advanced detection 31
a. SmartSensor Advance™ by Wavetronix, or 32
b. Approved equal. 33
3. Radar Detection Cable 34
a. SmartSensor 6-conductor cable by Wavetronix, or 35
b. Approved equal. 36
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 1
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2
B. Materials 3
1. Regulatory Requirements 4
a. Radar Detection Devices and Cable must be in accordance with the TMUTCD, 5
NEC, ITE, ASTM, ANSI, and NEMA. 6
b. Radar detection devices and cable must be in accordance with TO-8000. 7
c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to furnish all materials necessary to 8
complete each radar detection devices, whether the item is specifically 9
mentioned or not. All unspecified materials shall be in accordance with the 10
NEC. 11
d. All materials must be of new, un-depreciated stock. 12
2. Radar Detection Equipment and Cable 13
a. Radar Detection Cable 14
1) The cable length shall not exceed 2000 feet for the operational baud rate of 15
RS-485 communications (9.6 Kbps). 16
2) If 12 VDC is being supplied for the detector then the cable length shall not 17
exceed 90 feet. 18
3) If 24 VDC is being supplied for the detector then the cable length shall not 19
exceed 500 feet. 20
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22
PART 3 - EXECUTION 23
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 26
3.4 INSTALLATION 27
A. Special Techniques 28
1. Radar Detection Equipment and Cable 29
a. Installation 30
1) Radar detectors shall be mounted at a location to be determined by the City. 31
2) Install 1 1/4 inch hole with rubber grommet on the backside of mast arms 32
for Astro-bracket. 33
a) Wire and cables are to run through the Astro-bracket. 34
3) Hole locations are to be marked by the Contractor and approved by the City 35
prior to drilling. 36
b. Wiring 37
1) Presence Radar Detection 38
a) Install a 1¼ inch hole with rubber grommet on the backside of the mast 39
arm for the Astro-bracket. Radar wire cable is to run through the Astro-40
bracket or as directed by the City. 41
42
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Advance Radar Detection 1
a) Typically installed on the luminaire truss. 2
b) Once mast arm mounting is approved by the City, install a 1¼ inch 3
hole with rubber grommet on the backside of the mast arm for the 4
Astro-bracket. 5
(1) Radar wire cable is to run through the Astro-bracket or as directed 6
by the City. 7
3) Contractor to provide a minimum of 2 feet for drip loops for radar detection 8
wiring. 9
c. Configuration 10
1) Auto-Configuration 11
a) The radar detector shall have a method for automatically defining 12
traffic lanes, stop bars, and zones without requiring user intervention. 13
(1) The auto-configuration process shall execute on a processor 14
internal to the radar detector and shall not require an external PC or 15
other processor. 16
b) The auto-configuration process shall work under normal intersection 17
operation and traffic conditions and may require up to ten vehicles to 18
pass through each lane to complete. 19
2) Manual Configuration 20
a) The auto-configuration method shall not prohibit the ability of the user 21
to manually adjust the radar detector configuration. 22
b) The radar detector shall support the configuring of lanes, stop bars, and 23
detection zones in 1-foot (0.3-m) increments. 24
3) Radar Detection Software and Communication Requirements 25
a) The radar detector system and communication requirements shall be in 26
accordance with TO-8000. 27
d. Testing 28
1) FCC 29
a) Each radar detector shall be FCC certified under CFR 47, Part 15, 30
section 15.249 as an intentional radiator. 31
b) The FCC certification shall be displayed on an external label on each 32
radar detector according to the rules set forth by the FCC. 33
c) The radar detector shall be in accordance with FCC regulations under 34
all specified operating conditions and over the expected life of the 35
detector. 36
2) NEMA TS2-2003 Testing 37
a) The radar detector shall be in accordance with the NEMA TS2-2003 38
Standard. Third party test results shall be made available for each of 39
the following tests: 40
(1) Shock pulses of 10g, 10 ms half sine wave 41
(2) Vibration of 0.5 Grms up to 30 Hz 42
(3) 300 V positive/negative pulses applied at one pulse per second at 43
minimum and maximum DC supply voltage 44
(4) Cold temperature storage at -49°F (-45°C) for 24 hours 45
(5) High temperature storage at 185°F (85°C) for 24 hours 46
(6) Low temp, low DC supply voltage at -29.2°F (-34°C) and 10.8 47
VDC 48
(7) Low temp, high DC supply voltage at -29.2°F (-34°C) and 26.5 49
VDC 50
34 41 12
RADAR DETECTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
(8) High temp, high DC supply voltage at 165.2°F (74°C) and 26.5 1
VDC 2
(9) High temp, low DC supply voltage at 165.2°F (74°C) and 10.8 3
VDC 4
e. Support 5
1) The radar detector manufacturer shall provide both training and technical 6
support services. 7
f. Documentation 8
1) Radar detector documentation shall include an instructional training guide 9
and a comprehensive user guide as well as an installer quick-reference 10
guide and a user quick-reference guide. 11
2) The radar detector manufacturer shall supply the following documentation 12
and test results at the time of the bid submittal: 13
a) FCC CFR 47 certification (frequency compliance) 14
b) IED 6100-4-5 class 4 test report (surge) 15
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
34 41 14
VIDEO IMAGING VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM (VIVDS) - 360 DEGREE "FISH-EYE" CAMERA
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 14 1
VIDEO IMAGING VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM (VIVDS) - 360 DEGREE 2
"FISH-EYE" CAMERA 3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Installation of Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System (VIVDS) - 360 Degree 7
“Fish-Eye” Camera. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install VIVDS - 360 Degree “Fish-Eye” Camera 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each VIVDS – 360 Degrees “Fish-Eye” Camera installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit bid 22
price per each for VIVDS – 360 Degrees “Fish-Eye” Camera installed. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing VIVD – 360 Degrees “Fish-Eye” 25
Camera as specified by the Drawings 26
2) Cabinet interface device 27
3) Splice boxes 28
4) Set-up and diagnostic software including programming and testing of all 29
detection zones per signal plans 30
5) Mounting hardware 31
6) Labor 32
7) Tools 33
8) Incidentals 34
d. The price bid does not include cable required for VIVDS – 360 Degree “Fish-35
Eye” Camera. 36
2. Remove VIVDS - 360 Degree “Fish-Eye” Camera 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured each of VIVDS camera removed. 39
40
34 41 14
VIDEO IMAGING VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM (VIVDS) - 360 DEGREE "FISH-EYE" CAMERA
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed in accordance to this item and measured as provided 2
under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “VIVD 3
Camera” removed for: 4
a) Various types. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Removal of the VIVDS Camera as specified by the Drawings 7
2) Labor 8
3) Tools 9
4) Incidentals 10
1.3 REFERENCES 11
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 12
1. VIVDS: Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System 13
B. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 18
a. Special Specifications 6306 – Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System. 19
3. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 20
4. National Electric Code (NEC). 21
5. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). 22
6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 23
7. American Standards Institute (ANSI). 24
8. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS 27
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30
A. Product Data Sheets 31
1. Product data sheets are required for all VIVDS devices. 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 37
1. Inspect all City furnished materials prior to taking possession. Any damages after 38
taking possession will be Contractor’s responsibility. 39
34 41 14
VIDEO IMAGING VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM (VIVDS) - 360 DEGREE "FISH-EYE" CAMERA
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1
1. Protect equipment properly so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a 2
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 3
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4
66 00. 5
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6
1.12 WARRANTY 7
A. Manufacturer Warranty 8
1. A 2-year warranty is required on all VIVDS devices and cables. 9
B. Extended Correction Period 10
1. Contractor to correct any substandard workmanship and/or materials for 24 months 11
from the date signal is accepted by the City. 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 14
A. Refer to Contract Documents to determine if any items are to be provided by the City. 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. Manufacturers 17
1. All VIVDS camera shall be Gridsmart or approved equal. 18
2. Manufacturers must comply with this section and related specifications. 19
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 20
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21
B. Description 22
1. Regulatory Requirements 23
a. VIVDS camera and cable shall be in accordance with TMUTCD, NEC, ITE, 24
ASTM, ANSI, and NEMA. 25
b. Furnish all materials necessary to complete each VIVDS detection device, 26
whether the item is specifically mentioned or not. 27
1) All unspecified materials shall be in accordance with the NEC. 28
c. All materials must be of new, un-depreciated stock. 29
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
PART 3 - EXECUTION 32
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 35
34 41 14
VIDEO IMAGING VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM (VIVDS) - 360 DEGREE "FISH-EYE" CAMERA
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Special Techniques 2
1. Install, configure, and test VIVDS detection setup in accordance with TxDOT 3
Special Specification 6306 and manufacturer’s recommendations. 4
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14
15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
34 41 15
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 15 1
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Preemption Detector 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each Emergency Vehicle Preemption Detector installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 20
unite price bid per each for “Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment 21
and Cable” installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing, installing, and testing preemption detectors as specified by the 25
Drawings 26
2) Card rack, if not available in traffic signal cabinet 27
3) Phase selector 28
4) Mounting hardware 29
5) Cable inside the pole will be paid for separately. 30
2. Furnish and Install Preemption Cable 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per linear foot of preemption cable installed. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 36
unite price bid per linear foot of Preemption Cable installed. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Furnishing and installing preemption cable as specified by the Drawings 39
2) Establishing all connections to preemption detectors, phase selectors, and 40
controller 41
42
34 41 15
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Remove Preemption Detector 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each of Preemption Detector removed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each “Preemption Detector” removed for: 7
a) Various types. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of preemption detectors as specified by the Drawings 10
2) Removal of card rack, if not installed by cabinet manufacturer 11
3) Removal of preemption Cable 12
1.3 REFERENCES 13
A. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23
A. Product Data Sheets 24
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 29
1. Inspect all City furnished materials prior to taking possession. Any damages after 30
taking possession will be Contractor’s responsibility. 31
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 32
1. Protect equipment properly so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 33
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 34
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35
66 00. 36
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
38
34 41 15
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.12 WARRANTY 1
A. Manufacturer Warranty 2
1. A 2-year warranty is required on all Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment. 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 5
A. Refer to Contract Documents to determine if any items are to be provided by the City. 6
2.2 MANUFACTURERS /MATERIALS 7
A. Manufacturers 8
1. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable 9
a. Global Traffic Technologies – Opticom™ 10
2. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Cable 11
a. Model 138 Opticom™ cable, or 12
b. Approved equal. 13
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 14
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 15
B. Materials 16
1. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable 17
a. Provide new, corrosion-resistant materials. 18
b. Equipment shall be compatible with City equipment. 19
c. Emergency Preemption Phase Selector: 20
1) Shall be a plug-in two channel (762) or four channel (764), dual priority, 21
encoded signal device 22
2) A card rack shall be supplied, if not already present in cabinet by 23
manufacture, with every Emergency Preemption Phase Selector. 24
d. Emergency Preemption Detector 25
1) Furnish Emergency Preemption Detector to seamlessly operate with the 26
vehicle emitters used in the project area. 27
a) 721 – Single channel dual indication for a roadway that has a single leg 28
approach 29
b) 722 – Dual channel duel indication for a roadway that has dual leg 30
approaches. 31
e. Emergency Preemption Detector Cable 32
1) Compatible with all other equipment specified in this Section. 33
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
PART 3 - EXECUTION 36
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 37
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 38
34 41 15
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Special Techniques 3
1. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable 4
a. Where practical, Emergency Vehicle Preemption Receiver units shall be 5
mounted to a rigid metal arm and banded to the mast arm pole upright on the 6
intersection corner specified in the Drawings. 7
1) The City shall determine if the roadway sight line permits this type of 8
Emergency Vehicle Preemption installation. 9
b. The emergency vehicle preemption receiver units shall be mounted on the mast 10
arms for the intersection approaches as specified in the Drawings. 11
c. Use stainless steel for all external screws, nuts, and locking washers. 12
1) Do not use any self-tapping screws unless approved by the City. 13
d. All equipment shall be installed and wired in a neat and orderly manner in 14
accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions. 15
e. Emergency Preemption Detector Cables shall be installed continuous with no 16
splices between the Emergency Preemption Detector and the cabinet. 17
f. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 feet for drip loops at connections. 18
g. All connections from the Emergency Preemption Phase Selector to the cabinet 19
wiring shall be made at the termination panel. 20
1) The termination panel shall have AC+ Lights, AC-, and a switched logic 21
ground. 22
2) The switched logic ground feeds all the pre-empt inputs to the Emergency 23
Preemption Phase Selector. 24
a) When switched off by the pre-emption disconnect switch, the traffic 25
controller shall not be affected by pre-empt calls from the optical pre-26
emption system. 27
3) A minimum of two test buttons shall be provided. If there are more than 28
two pre-empt runs, a button for each shall be installed. 29
4) A chart or print out, indicating the program steps and settings, shall be 30
provided along with the revised cabinet wiring diagrams. 31
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 37
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 38
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 39
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 40
41
34 41 15
EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION EQUIPMENT AND CABLE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
34 41 16
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 16 1
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Battery Back-up (BBU) System for Signal Cabinets. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Battery Back-Up (BBU) System for Signal Cabinets 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each of Battery Back-Up System for Signal Cabinets 17
installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance to this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install BBU System” for: 22
a) Various components. 23
b) Various types. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing, installing, and testing the BBU system as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2) Inverter/charger 28
3) Manual bypass switch 29
4) Integrated power transfer switch or automatic bypass switch 30
5) Batteries 31
6) Self-contained external mounted cabinet 32
7) Mounting hardware 33
8) Wiring 34
9) All necessary hardware and software 35
1.3 REFERENCES 36
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 37
1. BBU: battery back-up 38
2. UPS: uninterruptible power supply 39
40
34 41 16
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Definitions 1
1. Automatic Bypass Relay 2
a. A unit connected between the inverter/charger and the load, which can 3
automatically switch power to the controller cabinet service panel from inverter 4
output power to utility line power, in the event of an inverter failure. 5
2. Battery Back-Up System 6
a. The battery back-up system includes, but is not limited to, a manual bypass 7
switch, automatic bypass switch, or power transfer switch, inverter/charger, 8
batteries, wiring, external cabinet, and all necessary hardware for system 9
operation. 10
3. Battery Back-Up System Software 11
a. All software associated with operation, programming, and functional 12
requirements of the BBU system. 13
4. Battery Monitoring Device 14
a. The device which monitors battery temperatures and charge rate of the batteries 15
used in the BBU system. Shall be an ambient sensor internal to the 16
inverter/charger. 17
5. Batteries 18
a. Standard 12V batteries wired in series with a cumulative minimum rated 19
capacity of 210 amp-hours. 20
6. Boost 21
a. When enabled, the BBU inverter/charger shall automatically switch into this 22
mode to raise the utility line voltage when it drops below a preset limit. The 23
limit may be user defined or use manufacturer default settings (typically 100V 24
AC). 25
7. Buck 26
a. When enabled, the unit shall automatically switch into this mode to reduce the 27
utility line voltage when it rises above a preset limit. The limit may be user 28
defined or use manufacturer default settings (typically 135V AC). 29
8. External Cabinet 30
a. The structure which houses the complete system components for the BBU 31
System. 32
9. Inverter/Charger 33
a. The unit which converts the DC voltage input into 120 VAC output for the 34
traffic signal cabinet to operate. As a minimum, the inverter/charger shall be 35
rated for 1400 VA, 1000 watts. 36
10. Inverter Line Voltage 37
a. The power supplied from the BBU system to the traffic signal cabinet from the 38
BBU System inverter. 39
11. Manual Bypass 40
a. Manual switch that allows user to bypass BBU power to service system 41
equipment by switching utility line power directly to cabinet. 42
12. Signal Operation Mode 43
a. A signalized intersection generating a 700W load when running in normal 44
operation. 45
46
34 41 16
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
13. Signal Flash Mode 1
a. A signalized intersection generating a 300W load when running in the flash 2
mode of operation. 3
14. Utility Line Voltage 4
a. The 120V AC power supplied to the BBU system. 5
C. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 10
a. Special Specifications TO-8248: UPS System for Traffic Signal Cabinets. 11
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Product Data Sheets are required for BBU systems. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 23
66 00. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY 26
A. Manufacturer Warranty 27
1. A 5-year unconditional warranty shall be required on all batteries for the BBU 28
systems furnished by the Contractor. 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
2.2 MANUFACTURER /MATERIALS 32
A. Manufacturers 33
1. BBU System for Signal Cabinets 34
a. Alpha Systems FXM 2000, external cabinet, 4 battery system, or 35
34 41 16
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Approved equal. 1
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 2
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 3
B. Performance / Design Criteria 4
1. The performance requirement shall be in accordance with TO-8248. 5
C. Materials 6
1. BBU System for Signal Cabinets 7
a. Batteries 8
1) Provide batteries from the same manufacturer/vendor of the BBU system. 9
2) All external cabinets shall be NEMA 3R rated. 10
b. Documentation 11
1) Cabinet wiring diagrams and equipment manuals must be provided for each 12
cabinet. 13
2) Detailed directions/instructions for installation, programming and 14
maintenance for each BBU unit must be included. 15
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 17
A. Tests and Inspections 18
1. The City reserves the right to perform quality assurance testing on BBU systems 19
before installation. Contractor will provide units to the City for testing prior to 20
delivery to the Site. 21
2. Each BBU shall be manufactured in accordance with a written manufacturer’s 22
quality assurance program. The quality assurance program shall include, at a 23
minimum, specific design and production procedures. 24
3. The manufacturer, or an independent testing lab hired by the manufacturer, shall 25
perform qualification testing on BBU Systems offered to the City. 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 INSTALLATION 31
A. Special Techniques 32
1. BBU System for Signal Cabinets 33
a. Mount the BBU system as specified in the Drawings. 34
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38
34 41 16
BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 1
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 2
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
END OF SECTION 7
8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
9
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 21 1
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Traffic Signal Structures 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Pedestal and Push Button Pole Assembly 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each pedestal and Push Button Pole assembly installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each “Furnish/Install Ped or Push Button Pole Assembly” 21
installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing each Pedestal or Push-Button Pole Assembly as 26
specified by the Drawings 27
2) Excavation and backfill 28
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 29
4) Anchor bolts 30
5) Clean-up 31
2. Furnish and Install Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each Vertical Signal Pole and Vertical Mast Arm Pole 34
installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each “Furnish/Install Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole” 39
installed for: 40
a) Various types. 41
42
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing each Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole as 2
specified by the Drawings 3
2) Excavation and backfill 4
3) Furnishing and installing vertical luminaire section, if specified 5
4) Installing luminaire arm, fixture, and lamp, if specified 6
5) Erecting assembly on concrete foundation 7
6) Furnishing and placing anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and templates. 8
d. The price bid shall not include the LED fixture. 9
3. Furnish and Install Mast Arm 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per each Mast Arm installed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 14
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per each “Furnish/Install Mast Arm” installed for: 16
a) Various length intervals. 17
b) Various types. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing Mast Arm as specified by the 20
Drawings 21
2) Mounting equipment 22
3) Vibration dampers 23
4) Clean-up 24
4. Furnish and Install Luminaire Arm 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each Luminaire Arm installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per each “Furnish/Install Luminaire Arm” installed for: 31
a) Various lengths. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing Luminaire Arm as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Mounting equipment 36
3) Clean-up 37
5. Furnish and Install ILSN Arm 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured be per each ILSN Arm installed. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43
price bid per each “Furnish/Install ILSN Arm” installed. 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing ILSN Arm as specified by the 46
Drawings 47
2) Mounting equipment 48
3) Clean-up 49
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Remove Pedestal and Push Button Pole Assembly 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each Pedestal or Push Button Pole Assembly removed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each “Remove Ped or Push Button Pole Assembly” removed. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Removal of Pedestal or Push Button Pole Assembly as specified by the 9
Drawings 10
7. Remove Signal Poles 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per each of signal pole removed. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per each signal pole removed. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Removal of Signal Pole Assembly as specified by the Drawings 19
2) Removal of luminaire arm, fixture, and lamp, if specified 20
8. Remove Mast Arm 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per each Mast Arm removed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed in accordance to this item and measured as provided 25
under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each Mast 26
Arm removed for: 27
a) Various length intervals. 28
b) Various types. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Removal of Mast Arm as specified by the Drawings 31
2) Removal of luminaire arm, if specified 32
3) Removal of vibration dampers 33
4) Clean-up 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36
1. ILSN – Internally Lighted Street Name 37
2. LED – Light emitting diode 38
B. Reference Standards 39
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 40
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 41
unless a date is specifically cited. 42
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 43
a. B85-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings. 44
b. B26-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 45
c. B-209-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 46
and Plate. 47
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. D-1535, Standard Practice for Specifying Color by the Munsell System. 1
e. B-033, Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for 2
Electrical Purposes. 3
f. B-8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, 4
Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 5
g. A3250-N, High Strength Galvanized Steel Bolts. 6
h. A490-N, High Strength Galvanized Steel Bolts. 7
i. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron 8
and Steel Products. 9
j. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel 10
Hardware. 11
k. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 12
l. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel 13
Hardware. 14
m. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting 15
Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose 16
Applications. 17
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 18
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 19
a. Item 686, Traffic Signal Pole Assemblies (Steel). 20
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Device (TMUTCD). 21
5. National Electric Code (NEC). 22
6. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). 23
7. American Standards Institute (ANSI). 24
8. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS 27
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 31
1. Standard and Decorative Traffic Signal Structures 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 37
1. Inspect all City-furnished materials prior to taking possession. Any damages after 38
taking possession shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 39
2. Arrange pick up of all City-furnished materials and deliver them to the Site. 40
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. All contractor-furnished traffic signal structures must be approved by the City prior 1
to installation. 2
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 4
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 5
a. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 6
b. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent 7
rust and corrosion. 8
c. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight 9
and extremes in temperature. 10
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 11
66 00. 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY 14
A. Manufacturer Warranty 15
1. A 2-year warranty is required on all traffic signal structures. 16
B. Extended Correction Period 17
1. Contractor to correct any substandard workmanship and/or materials for 24 months 18
from the date the signal is accepted by the City. 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
2.2 MATERIALS 22
A. Description 23
1. Regulatory Requirements 24
a. Traffic signal shall be in accordance with the TMUTCD, NEC, ITE, ASTM, 25
ANSI, and NEMA. 26
2. Furnish all materials necessary to complete each traffic signal installation, whether 27
the item is specifically mentioned or not. All unspecified materials shall be in 28
accordance with NEMA. 29
3. All materials supplied by the Contractor shall be of new, un-depreciated stock. 30
B. Materials 31
1. Traffic Signal Structures 32
a. Design 33
1) Traffic Signal Poles shall be City of Denton Standard per City of Denton 34
TS Series, Revision E. 35
2) TxDOT structures shall be in accordance with the latest TxDOT Standards 36
for 80 MPH wind zone applications. 37
3) All traffic signal structures shall be powder coated stardust silver. 38
4) Provide signal pole assemblies in accordance with TxDOT Item 686. 39
40
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Markings 1
1) All pole shafts and mast arms shall be marked with the identification 2
numbers as specified in the Drawings to facilitate assembly of these items 3
in the field. 4
2) If furnishing pole shafts and mast arms for multiple intersections, each item 5
shall be marked to be identified by intersection. 6
c. Vibration dampers 7
1) Steel mast arms ranging above 28 feet in length shall be provided with 8
aluminum vibration dampers. 9
d. Structure Finish 10
1) Standard 11
a) The traffic signal poles and mast arms shall be galvanized in 12
accordance to ASTM A123. 13
(1) Each component must be completely coated in a single dip. No 14
double dipping will be allowed. 15
(2) All miscellaneous hardware shall be galvanized per ASTM A153. 16
2) Decorative 17
a) As specified in the Drawings. 18
b) All decorative poles shall be TxDOT green. 19
e. Luminaire Arm 20
1) Luminaire arms shall be fabricated as specified in the Drawings. 21
f. Pedestal Structures 22
1) Pedestal structures for mounting pedestrian signals or median-mount traffic 23
signals shall be furnished with a transformer base, pole cap, and all 24
necessary hardware for proper installation. 25
2) Height of pole shall be specified in the Drawings but shall not exceed 15 26
feet. 27
g. All other hardware necessary for complete installation of traffic signal 28
structures shall be hot dipped, galvanized, and in accordance with the design, 29
dimension, and strength requirements of said items as specified in the 30
Drawings. 31
h. All hardware shall be packed on a per pole basis. 32
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34
PART 3 - EXECUTION 35
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 36
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 37
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 38
3.4 INSTALLATION 39
A. Special Techniques 40
1. The Contractor shall install all traffic signal structures as specified in the Drawings. 41
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Deviation from the Drawings because of physical obstructions, such as 1
overhead utilities or inappropriate mast arm length to fit a relocated foundation, 2
shall be worked out with the City and approved prior to installation. 3
b. Stake the traffic signal pole locations for verification by the City. 4
2. Poles shall have nuts on top and bottom of the pole base plate. 5
a. Anchor bolts for mast arm signal poles shall be set so 2 are in tension and 2 are 6
in compression. 7
b. The exposed length of the anchor bolt between the top of the foundation and the 8
bottom of the leveling nut should not exceed one bolt diameter. 9
c. Mast arm vertical pole’s foundation bolts are to be placed such that the exposed 10
portion is not to extend more than 9 ± 1/2 inches above the top of the signal 11
foundation and shall be of equal height. Threaded portion shall extend 1/4 inch 12
to 1/2 inch above concrete. 13
d. Base plate leveling nuts shall be such that the bottom of the nuts is 3/4 ± 1/4 14
inch average above the top of the signal foundation. 15
3. The traffic signal pole heights and mast arm lengths specified in the Drawings and 16
material summary are to be used for bidding purposes only. 17
4. Mast Arm Vertical Clearance and Orientation 18
a. Prior to fabrication, the Contractor, in cooperation with the City, shall make 19
field measurements to determine the actual pole height necessary to ensure a 20
vertical clearance of 17 feet minimum and 19 feet maximum from the roadway 21
surface to the bottom of the lowest point on the signal head assembly or mast 22
arm, and to determine the mast arm lengths required to mount the traffic signal 23
heads over the traffic lanes. 24
b. The masts arms shall be straight and level in the area where the signal heads are 25
attached. 26
c. Mast arms shall be installed perpendicular to the flow of traffic for the 27
corresponding street. 28
d. Field measurements and evaluations shall be determined from the actual field 29
location of the pole foundations, considering all above and below ground 30
utilities and the existing roadway elevations and lane widths. 31
e. The contractor shall take actual field measurements at the completion of 32
construction to determine the actual height of each head and provide said 33
information to the City prior to construction approval to ensure they are in 34
accordance with the City’s minimum vertical clearances. 35
5. All poles for the project shall have a base cover. 36
6. An open end at the end of a pole shall be mechanically capped by a City approved 37
method. 38
7. All appurtenance’s end of pole caps and/or hand hole covers shall be installed 39
within 24 hours of installation of applicable appurtenance. 40
8. Transformer bases for pedestal poles shall be leveled and tightly secured to the 41
foundation before the structure is placed on the base. 42
a. If shims are required for leveling, total shim height shall not exceed 1/2 inch. 43
b. Foundation anchor bolts shall extend a minimum of 1 inch through each nut in 44
the base. 45
46
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Except as modified herein, erection of traffic signal structures shall be in 1
accordance with the applicable Specifications and standards of the AISC Manual of 2
Steel Construction. 3
a. Erecting equipment shall be suitable for the Work and shall be in proper 4
working condition. 5
b. Parts not able to be assembled or fitted properly as a result of errors in 6
fabrication or deformation due to handling or transportation shall be reported 7
immediately to the City. 8
c. Straightening of plates and angles or other shapes shall be done by approval of 9
the manufacturer. 10
d. No corrections shall be allowed that will void the manufacturer's warranty. 11
e. A letter from the manufacturer approving the corrections shall be required or 12
the material may be rejected by the Inspector. 13
10. Use established industry and utility safety practices when working near 14
underground or overhead utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility company 15
before beginning such work. 16
11. No pole shall be placed on a foundation prior to 10 days following placement of 17
concrete. Erect structures after foundation concrete has attained its design strength. 18
12. The steel structure frame shall be lifted in accordance with the manufacturer's 19
specifications and all match marking shall be followed. 20
a. Temporary bracing shall be used wherever necessary to support all loads to 21
which the structure may be subjected, including equipment, operation, and 22
material loading. 23
b. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as required for safety. 24
c. The various members, after being assembled, shall be aligned and adjusted 25
accurately before being fastened. 26
d. Fastening of splices on compression members shall be done after the abutting 27
surfaces have been brought completely into contact. 28
e. No welding or bolting shall be done until the structures have been properly 29
aligned. 30
13. Bearing surfaces and surfaces which will be in permanent contact with each other 31
shall be cleaned before the members are assembled. 32
a. Bearing plates shall be set in exact position and shall have a full and even 33
bearing upon the concrete. 34
b. As erection progresses, the Work shall be bolted to take into account all dead 35
load, wind, and erection stresses. 36
c. All erection bolts used in welded construction may be tightened securely and 37
left in place. 38
d. If removed, the holes shall be filled with plug welds. 39
14. Field bolting shall be in accordance with the requirements specified for shop 40
fabrication. 41
a. Untrue holes shall be corrected by reaming. 42
b. Where the surface of a bolted part has a slope of more than 1:20, a beveled 43
washer shall be used to compensate for the lack of parallelism. 44
c. Bolt heads and nuts shall be drawn tight against the Work with a suitable 45
wrench not less than 15 inches long. 46
d. Bolt heads shall be tapped with a hammer while the nut is being tightened. 47
15. Field painting of structures is not permitted. 48
49
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
16. Bolted parts shall fit solidly together when assembled and shall not be separated by 1
gaskets or any other interposed compressible material. 2
a. When assembled, all joint surfaces, including those adjacent to the bolt heads, 3
nuts, or washers, shall be free of scale, except tight mill scale, and shall also be 4
free of burrs, dirt, and other foreign material that would prevent solid seating of 5
the parts. 6
b. Each fastener shall be tightened to at least the minimum bolt tension as 7
recommended by the pole manufacturer using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts for 8
the size of fastener used. 9
c. Threaded bolts shall be tightened with properly calibrated wrenches or by the 10
"turn-of-nut" method. 11
d. Bolts may be installed without hardened washers when tightening takes place 12
by the "turn-of-bolt" method. Any bolt tightened by the calibrated wrench 13
method (or by torque control) shall have a hardened washer under the element 14
(nut or bolt head) turned in to a point not closer than 7/8 of the bolt diameter 15
from the center of the washer. 16
17. Grouting 17
a. The Contractor shall perform all Work required to complete the grout work 18
associated with installing the signal structure and furnish all supplementary 19
items necessary for its proper installation. 20
18. Where signal poles and/or mast arms exist on raised foundations that are to be 21
removed and installed on new foundations, the Contractor shall store these poles, 22
mast arms, street lights, and wiring until they can be installed on their new 23
foundations. 24
19. Wind dampers 25
a. Wind dampers shall be installed on all mast arms. 26
b. Dampers shall be installed using Astro Sign Brac, Signfix Aluminum Channel, 27
or approved equivalent. 28
20. Signs 29
a. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and relocate existing signs as specified in 30
the Drawings. 31
b. Mast-arm signs shall be mounted with Astro-sign Brac, Signfix Aluminum 32
Channel, or equivalent as approved by the Engineer. 33
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 42
34 41 21
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
34 41 23
TREATED TIMBER POLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 21 1
TREATED TIMBER POLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Treated Timber Poles. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Treated Timber Poles 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per each treated timber pole installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per each “Treated Timber Pole” installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Treated Timber Pole 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Hauling 28
4) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill material 29
5) Disposal of excess material 30
6) Clean-up 31
2. Remove Treated Timber Pole 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each treated timber pole removed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 37
unit price bid per each “Treated Timber Pole Removal.” 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Removal of Treated Timber Pole 40
2) Furnishing and compaction of backfill material 41
34 41 23
TREATED TIMBER POLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 6
a. O5.1, Specifications and Dimensions for Wood Poles. 7
3. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA): 8
a. U1, Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood. 9
b. C4, Poles – Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18
A. Certifications 19
1. Furnish a treatment certification with every shipment of treated timber poles 20
including: 21
a. Name of treating company 22
b. Location of treating plant 23
c. Indication of accordance with AWPA U1 24
d. Charge number 25
e. Date of treatment 26
f. Content of charge (poles) 27
g. Preservative treatment 28
h. Actual preservative retention values 29
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 30
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 31
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 32
66 00. 33
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 34
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 35
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 37
34 41 23
TREATED TIMBER POLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Treated Timber Poles 2
1. Use new treated southern pine timber poles in accordance with ANSI O5.1, and the 3
additional requirements of this Section. 4
2. Use treated timber poles in accordance with ANSI Class 5 for electrical services 5
and ANSI Class 2 for all other applications, unless otherwise specified in the 6
Drawings. 7
3. Ensure poles are free from pith holes at the tops and butts. 8
4. Trimmed Scar 9
a. Poles with diameter of 10 inches or less 10
1) Do not use if trimmed scar is greater than 2 inches in depth. 11
b. Poles with diameter greater than 10 inches 12
1) Do not use if trimmed scar is greater than 1/5 the pole diameter in depth. 13
5. Provide straight poles with maximum deviation of 1 inch for every 10 feet in 14
length. 15
a. A pole may only have sweep in one plane and one direction (single sweep), 16
provided a straight line joining the midpoint of the pole at the butt and the 17
midpoint of the pole at the top does not at any intermediate point pass through 18
the external surface of the pole. 19
b. Timber poles with more than one complete twist of spiral grain are not 20
acceptable. 21
6. Butt slivering due to felling is permitted if the distance from the outside 22
circumference is at least 1/4 of the butt diameter and the height is not more than 23
1 foot. 24
7. Use preservative treatment in accordance with AWPA C4, Commodity 25
Specification D. Furnish poles with a minimum net retention of preservative 26
treatment in accordance with the table below: 27
28
Retention of Preservative Treatment
Treatment Minimum Retention
Creosote 9.0 lb./ft.3
Pentachlorophenol 0.45 lb./ft.
3
CCA 0.6 lb./ft.3
29
8. Mark all poles by branding in accordance with the table below: 30
31
Marking Description of Marking
PTC Supplier’s code or trademark (for example, Pole Treating Company).
F-01 Plant location and year of treatment (for example, Forestville, 2001).
SPC Species and preservative code (for example, southern pine, creosote).
5-35 Class-length (for example, Class 5, 35-ft. pole).
32
9. Place the bottom of the brand squarely on the face of the pole 10 feet (plus or minus 33
2 inches) from the butt. 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
34 41 23
TREATED TIMBER POLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5
3.4 INSTALLATION 6
A. Treated Timber Poles 7
1. Use established industry and utility safety practices while installing poles located 8
near overhead or underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility 9
company before beginning Work. 10
2. Set the pole at minimum depths in accordance with the table below, unless 11
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 12
13
Pole Length (ft.) Min Setting Depth (ft.)
25 or less 4.5
26–30 5.0
31–35 5.5
36–40 6.0
41–45 6.5
46–50 7.0
14
3. Locate timber poles as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 15
4. Drill holes for setting poles a minimum of 1.5 diameters of the pole butt. 16
5. Set the poles plumb, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
6. Provide native backfill material from surrounding area and in accordance with 18
Section 33 05 05, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 19
7. Backfill holes thoroughly by tamping in 6-inches lifts. After tamping to grade, 20
place additional backfill material in a 6-inches high cone around the pole to allow 21
for settling. 22
8. Repair surface where existing surfacing material is removed, such as asphalt 23
pavement or concrete riprap, with like material to equal or better condition as prior 24
to construction. 25
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31
34 41 23
TREATED TIMBER POLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 24 1
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Drilled Shaft Foundations. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Drilled Shaft Foundations 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measurement per linear feet of drilled shaft foundation installed for: 17
a) Various types 18
b) Various sizes 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear feet for “Drilled Shaft Foundation” installed for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Coordination and notification 27
2) Exploratory excavation, as needed 28
3) Excavation 29
4) Hauling 30
5) Furnishing, placing, and removing casing 31
6) Furnishing, processing, and recovering slurry 32
7) Furnishing and placing reinforcing steel 33
8) Pumping 34
9) Furnishing and placing concrete, including additional concrete required to 35
fill an oversize casing or oversize excavation 36
10) Conducting slump loss tests 37
11) Furnishing and compacting backfill 38
12) Grounding rods 39
13) Disposing of cuttings and slurry 40
14) Protection of the excavation 41
42
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Additional considerations 1
1) When the bottom of a drilled shaft is placed at an elevation below plan 2
grade, no direct payment will be made for extra reinforcement required to 3
support the cage. The extra reinforcement will be considered subsidiary to 4
the unit price bid. No extra payment will be made for casings left in place. 5
2) No payment will be made for “Drilled Shaft Foundations” until the 6
concrete has been placed. 7
2. Remove Drilled Shaft Foundations 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each Drilled Shaft Foundation removed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 12
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 13
price bid for “Drilled Shaft Foundation Removal.” 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Removal and disposal of foundations 2’ below grade 16
2) Disposal of unsalvageable material 17
3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 18
4) Surface restoration 19
5) Hauling 20
1.3 REFERENCES 21
A. Reference Standards 22
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 23
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 24
unless a date is specifically cited. 25
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 26
Specifications (DMS): 27
a. 4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 28
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 29
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 30
a. Item 405, Foundation Load Test. 31
b. Item 416, Drilled Shaft Foundations. 32
c. Item 420, Concrete Substructures. 33
d. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34
e. Item 423, Retaining Walls. 35
f. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 36
g. Item 448, Structural Field Welding. 37
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 38
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 39
b. Tex-130-E, Slurry Testing. 40
c. Tex-415-A, Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 41
d. Tex-430-A, Slump Loss of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS 44
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 45
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submit Drilled Shaft installation plan for review no later than one month before drilled 3
shaft construction. Include the following: 4
1. Name and experience record of the drilled shaft superintendent who will be in 5
charge of drilled shaft operations. 6
2. List of proposed equipment to be used. 7
3. Details of overall construction operation sequence and the sequence of shaft 8
construction in bents or groups. 9
4. Details of shaft excavation methods. 10
5. When the use of slurry is anticipated: 11
a. Details of the slurry mix design 12
b. Suitability of mix design for the subsurface conditions at the construction site 13
c. Mixing and storage methods 14
d. Maintenance methods 15
e. Disposal procedures 16
6. Details of methods to clean the shaft excavation. 17
7. Details of reinforcement placement, including support and centralization methods. 18
8. Details of concrete placement, including proposed operational procedures for free 19
fall, tremie, or pumping methods. 20
9. Details of casing installation and removal methods. 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 26
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 32
2.2 MATERIALS 33
A. Performance / Design Criteria 34
1. Provide concrete in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 35
2. Provide concrete reinforcement in accordance with TxDOT Item 440. 36
a. Field weld in accordance with TxDOT Item 448. 37
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
3. Concrete for drilled shafts shall be in accordance with the following requirements 2
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 3
4
Drilled Shaft Type Concrete
Non-reinforced Class A
Reinforced Class C
Slurry and underwater concrete placement Class SS
5
4. Use coarse aggregate Grade 4, 5, or 6 for drilled shaft concrete in reinforced drilled 6
shafts. Grade 2 or 3 may be used if the shaft is dry and reinforcing steel has a 5 7
inch minimum clear spacing. 8
a. Aggregate grades shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 9
5. Use a water-reducing, retarding admixture in accordance with TxDOT DMS-4640 10
in all concrete when casing is to be pulled or when placing shafts underwater or 11
under slurry. 12
6. Use concrete meeting slump requirements indicated below and in accordance with 13
Tex-415-A: 14
15
Placement
Type
Minimum
Acceptable
Placement Slump,
inch
Recommended
Design and
Placement Slump,
inch
Maximum
Acceptable
Placement Slump,
inch
Dry 5-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2
Underwater and
under slurry 7 8 9
7. Perform a slump loss test in accordance with Tex-430-A before beginning work 16
when casing is to be pulled or concrete is to be placed underwater or under slurry. 17
a. Provide concrete that will maintain a slump of at least 4 inches throughout the 18
entire anticipated time of concrete placement. 19
b. Time of concrete placement is to be in accordance with TxDOT Item 416.3.6 20
and 416.3.7. 21
c. Note the temperature of the concrete mix at the beginning of the slump loss 22
test. 23
1) Place the concrete if the temperature of the concrete at the time of 24
placement into the drilled shaft is no more than 10°F higher than the slump 25
loss test temperature. 26
2) Use ice or other concrete cooling ingredients to lower concrete temperature 27
or run additional slump loss tests at higher temperatures. 28
8. Slump loss testing will be waived if anticipated time of concrete placement is less 29
than 90 minutes. 30
31
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Use mineral drilling slurry in accordance with the table below and Tex-130-E. 1
Determine pH of slurry in accordance with Tex-128-E, or with pH paper strips. 2
3
Mineral Slurry Requirements
Before Introduction
Into the Excavation
Sampled from the Bottom of the
Excavation before Concreting
Specific
Gravity
Sand
Content
pH Specific
Gravity
Viscosity
(sec.)
Sand
Content
≤ 1.10 ≤ 1% 8-11 ≤ 1.15 ≤ 45 ≤ 4%
4
10. Use mineral slurry consisting of processed bentonite or attapulgite clays mixed with 5
clean fresh water. Do not use partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamide (PHPA) 6
polymeric slurry or any blended mineral-polymer slurry. 7
11. If approved, water may be used as the drilling fluid. 8
a. In this case, provisions of the mineral slurry requirements indicated above must 9
be met excluding the maximum specific gravity. 10
b. Maximum specific gravity is not to exceed 1.12. 11
12. Sample slurry from the bottom of the hole before placing concrete and test in 12
accordance with Tex-130-E. 13
a. Use a pump or air lift to remove slurry not in accordance with the table above, 14
while adding fresh clean slurry to the top of the hole to maintain the slurry 15
level. 16
b. Continue this operation until slurry sampled from the bottom of the hole is in 17
accordance with the table requirements above. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 CONSTRUCTION 25
A. Place the shaft within the following tolerances: 26
1. Vertical plumbness—1 inch per 10 feet of depth. 27
2. Center of shaft located under column—1 inch of horizontal plan position. 28
3. Center of shaft located under footing—3 inch of horizontal plan position. 29
B. Complete embankment at bridge ends before installing drilled shafts that pass through 30
the fill. Refer to TxDOT Item 423 for requirements for drilled shafts passing through 31
the structural volume of retaining walls. 32
33
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Excavation 1
1. Excavate as required for the shafts through all materials encountered to the 2
dimensions and elevations specified in the Drawings or required by the site 3
conditions. 4
a. Adjust the bottom of the shaft or alter the foundation if satisfactory founding 5
material is not encountered at plan elevation, upon receiving approval from 6
City. 7
2. Blasting will not be permitted for excavations. 8
3. Stop drilling if caving conditions are encountered. Adjust construction method to 9
ensure stabilization of the shaft walls. 10
4. Do not excavate a shaft within 2 shaft diameters of an open shaft excavation or a 11
shaft in which concrete has been placed in the preceding 24 hours. 12
5. Dispose of material excavated from shafts and not incorporated into the finished 13
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and with Federal, State, and local 14
regulations. 15
6. Provide suitable access, lighting, and equipment to allow checking the dimensions 16
and alignment of shafts excavation by the City. 17
7. If man-made obstructions not indicated in the Contract Documents are required to 18
be removed in order to complete the Work, Contractor will be eligible to submit a 19
Contract Claim in accordance with the General Conditions. 20
D. Core Holes 21
1. Take cores to determine the character of the supporting materials as required by 22
City. 23
a. Use a method that will result in recovery of an intact sample adequate for 24
judging the character of the founding material. 25
b. Extract cores no less than 5 feet deeper than the proposed founding grade, or a 26
depth equal to the diameter of the shaft, whichever is greater. 27
c. Take cores when the excavation is complete. 28
E. Casing 29
1. Use casing: 30
a. to prevent caving of the material, 31
b. to exclude ground water, 32
c. when slurry is used for hole stabilization, or 33
d. when required as part of the Contractor’s safety plan. 34
2. Provide casing with an outside diameter not less than the specified diameter of the 35
shaft. 36
a. The portion of shaft below the casing may be no greater than 2 inches less than 37
the specified shaft diameter. 38
3. No additional compensation will be made for concrete required to fill an oversized 39
casing or oversized excavation. 40
4. Casing Requirements: 41
a. strong enough to withstand handling stresses and pressures of concrete and of 42
the surrounding earth or water, 43
b. watertight, 44
c. smooth, 45
d. clean, and 46
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. free of accumulations of hardened concrete. 1
5. Use construction methods that result in a minimal amount of disturbed soil being 2
trapped outside the casing. 3
a. This does not apply to temporary undersized casings used to protect workers 4
inside shafts or drilled shafts designed for point bearing only. 5
6. Extract casing only after placing the concrete to an appropriate level. Maintain 6
sufficient amount of concrete in casing at all times to counteract soil and water 7
pressure. 8
7. Rotate or move the casing up or down a few inches if necessary before and during 9
concrete placement to facilitate extraction of the casing. 10
a. Leave casing in place only if authorized by City or specified in the Drawings. 11
F. Requirements for Slurry Displacement Method 12
1. When soil conditions warrant, use slurry displacement method to construct drilled 13
shafts unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. Use this method to support the 14
sides of the excavation with processed mineral slurry then displaced by concrete to 15
form a continuous concrete shaft. 16
2. Install surface casing to no less than 10 feet below existing ground surface before 17
introducing slurry. 18
a. Do not use casing other than surface casing. 19
b. Do not use surface casing longer than 20 feet without approval from City. 20
c. Do not extract the surface casing until after placing the concrete. 21
3. Pre-mix slurry in a reservoir with enough capacity to fill the excavation and for 22
recovery of the slurry during concrete placement. 23
a. Do not mix slurry in the shaft excavation or other hole. 24
b. Allow adequate time for hydration of the slurry before introduction into the 25
excavation. 26
4. Maintain a head of slurry in the shaft excavation to counteract ground water 27
pressure during and after drilling. 28
5. After the completion of drilling, use an air lift or proper size cleanout bucket before 29
placing reinforcing steel to remove any material that may have accumulated. 30
6. Re-process the hole with the auger if concrete placement is not started within 4 31
hours of the completion of the shaft excavation. 32
7. Clean the bottom with an air lift or cleanout bucket and check the slurry at the 33
bottom of the hole for compliance with the slurry requirements TxDOT Item 416. 34
8. Agitate congealed slurry to liquefaction if the slurry forms a gel before concrete 35
placement, and as directed by the City. 36
9. Recover and dispose of all slurry as approved by City, and in accordance with all 37
Federal, State, and local requirements. Do not discharge slurry near streams or 38
other bodies of water. 39
G. Reinforcing Steel 40
1. Completely assemble the cage of reinforcing steel and place as a unit immediately 41
before concrete placement. 42
a. The cage consists of longitudinal bars and lateral reinforcement (spiral 43
reinforcement, lateral ties, or horizontal bands). 44
b. Connect individual segments with couplers or by lapping steel as approved by 45
City if overhead obstacles prevent placement of the cage as a single unit. 46
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Extend the reinforcing steel cage as follows if the shaft is lengthened beyond the 1
length specified in the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by City: 2
a. Extend cage to the bottom for shafts supporting structures other than bridges. 3
b. Extend cage to 25 feet or to the bottom, whichever is shorter, for bridge shafts 4
with plan lengths less than 25 feet. 5
c. Do not extend the cage for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 feet 6
that are lengthened less than 33% of plan length. 7
d. Extend the cage as directed for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 8
feet that are lengthened more than 33% of plan length. 9
3. If the cage does not reach the bottom of the shaft, it may be suspended, or a portion 10
of the longitudinal steel may be extended to support the cage on the bottom of the 11
shaft. 12
a. Bars used to extend or support the cage may be lap spliced or welded by a 13
qualified welder. 14
b. Place the extension at the bottom of the shaft. 15
4. Tie spiral reinforcement to the longitudinal bars at a spacing no more than 24 16
inches, or as required for a stable cage. 17
5. Ensure lateral reinforcement is not welded to longitudinal bars unless otherwise 18
specified in the Drawings. 19
6. Center the reinforcing steel cage in the excavation using approved “roller” type 20
centering devices unless otherwise approved. 21
a. Use concrete or plastic chairs to keep the reinforcing cage off the bottom of the 22
hole. 23
b. Use centering devices starting at 1.5 feet off from the bottom of the cage and 24
spaced vertically at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. 25
c. Use a minimum of 3 centering devices per level at a spacing not to exceed 30 26
inches. 27
d. Flat or crescent-shaped centralizers (“sleds”) are not allowed. 28
7. Support or hold down the cage to control vertical displacement during concrete 29
placement or extraction of the casing. 30
a. Use support concentric with the cage to prevent racking and distortion of the 31
steel. 32
8. Check the elevation of the top of the steel cage before and after concrete placement 33
or after casing extraction when casing is used. 34
a. Downward movement of the steel up to 6 inches per 20 feet of shaft length and 35
upward movement of the steel up to 6 inches total are acceptable. 36
9. Maintain the minimum length of steel required for lap with column steel. Use 37
dowel bars if the proper lap length is provided both into the shaft and into the 38
column. Locate and tie all dowel bars into the cage before placing concrete or 39
insert dowel bars into fresh, workable concrete. 40
10. Locate and tie anchor bolts when required before placement of concrete. Use 41
templates or other devices to assure accurate placement of anchor bolts. 42
H. Concrete 43
1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with TxDOT Item 420. 44
a. Provide thermal analysis to show and temperature recording devices to verify 45
maximum core temperature requirements are in accordance with the 46
requirements of TxDOT Item 420. 47
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Provide concrete with maximum placement temperatures as specified in the table 1
below. 2
Maximum Concrete Placing Temperature 3
Shaft Size Mix Design
Options 1-5
Mix Design
Option 6-8
Diameter < 5 feet 95° F 95° F
5 feet ≤ Diameter ≤ 7 feet 95° F 85° F
7 feet < Diameter 85° F 75° F
4
3. Form portions of drilled shaft that project above natural ground. 5
4. Remove loose material and accumulated seep water from the bottom of the 6
excavation before placing concrete. Place concrete using underwater placement 7
methods if water cannot be removed. 8
5. Place concrete as soon as possible after all excavation is complete and reinforcing 9
steel is placed. Provide workable concrete that does not require vibrating or 10
rodding. Vibrate formed portions of drilled shafts. 11
6. Placement: 12
a. Place concrete continuously for the entire length of the shaft. 13
b. Limit free fall of concrete to 25 feet for dry shafts of 24 inch or smaller 14
diameter. 15
c. Use a suitable tube or tremie to prevent segregation of materials and in sections 16
to provide proper discharge and permit raising as the placement progresses. 17
d. For dry shafts over 24 inch diameter, concrete can be allowed to free fall an 18
unlimited distance if it does not strike the reinforcing cage or sides of the hole 19
during placement. 20
1) Provide a hopper with a minimum 3 foot long drop-tube at the top of the 21
shaft to direct concrete vertically down the center of the shaft when free fall 22
is used. 23
e. Do not use a shovel or other means to simply deflect the concrete discharge 24
from the truck. 25
7. Casing Excavation: 26
a. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete for cased shafts at all times above the 27
bottom of the casing to overcome hydrostatic pressure. 28
b. Extract casing at a slow, uniform rate with the pull in line with the axis of the 29
shaft. 30
c. Monitor the concrete level in the casing during extraction. 31
d. Stop the extraction and add concrete to the casing as required to ensure a 32
completely full hole upon casing removal. 33
e. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased 34
portion of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not 35
exceed the time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in 36
accordance with TxDOT Item 416. 37
f. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts 38
if the elapsed time is exceeded. 39
8. Cure the top surface and treat any construction joint area in accordance with 40
TxDOT Item 420. 41
42
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
I. Additional Requirements for Slurry Displacement or Underwater Concrete Placement 1
Methods 2
1. Placement: 3
a. Place concrete on the same day the shaft is excavated and as soon as possible 4
after all excavation is complete and reinforcing steel is placed. 5
b. Use an air lift or cleanout bucket of the proper size to clean the bottom of the 6
excavation before placing the reinforcing steel cage and concrete. 7
c. Place concrete through a closed tremie or pump it to the bottom of the 8
excavation. 9
d. The minimum tremie diameter will be at least 6 times the maximum size of 10
aggregate used in the concrete mix but not less than 10 inches. 11
e. Initially seal the tremie or pump line to positively separate the concrete from 12
the slurry or water. 13
f. Place concrete continuously from the beginning of placement until the shaft is 14
completed. 15
g. If tremie is to be used: 16
1) Keep the tremie full of concrete and well submerged in the previously 17
placed concrete at all times. 18
2) Raise the tremie as necessary to maintain the free flow of concrete and the 19
stability of any casing used. 20
h. If pump is to be used: 21
1) Keep the discharge tube submerged in the previously placed concrete at all 22
times. 23
i. Place additional concrete to ensure the removal of any contaminated concrete at 24
the top of the shaft. 25
j. Allow the top portion of concrete to flush completely from the hole at the 26
completion of the pour until there is no evidence of slurry or water 27
contamination. 28
k. Do not attempt to remove this concrete with shovels, pumps, or other means. 29
l. Level the top of shaft with hand tools as necessary. 30
2. Fluid disposal: 31
a. Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete 32
away from the shaft excavation. 33
b. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. 34
c. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or near streams or other bodies of water. 35
d. Provide a collar or other means of capturing slurry and the top portion of 36
concrete flushed from the shaft for pours over water. 37
3. If concrete placement is interrupted due to withdrawal of the submerged end of the 38
tremie or pump discharge tube before completion: 39
a. Remove the tube, reseal the tube at the bottom, penetrate with the tube into the 40
concrete already placed by at least 5 feet, and recharge it before continuing. 41
b. Notify the City and note the elevation and circumstances related to the loss of 42
seal on the drilled shaft log. 43
4. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased portion 44
of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not exceed the 45
time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in accordance with 46
TxDOT Item 416. 47
5. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts if 48
the elapsed time is exceeded. 49
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
J. Test Load 1
1. Load test shafts, if required by City, in accordance with TxDOT Item 405. 2
K. Trial Shaft 3
1. Construct trial shafts to the depth and diameter specified in the Drawings. Trial 4
shafts include: drilling the hole, placement of the rebar cage (unless otherwise 5
stated), and placement of the concrete. 6
a. When trial shafts are required, delay start of production shafts until successful 7
completion of trial shafts. 8
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 26 1
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. 6
2. Removal of LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per each LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Sign installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per each “LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs” 22
installed. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing, fabricating, and installing the signs as specified by the 25
Drawings 26
2) Support arm clamp assembly 27
3) Liquid tight flexible metal conduit 28
4) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 29
2. Relocate LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Sign relocated. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 35
unit price bid per each “Relocate LED Internally Illuminated Street Name 36
Signs”. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Disconnection of the existing sign as specified by the Drawings 39
2) Removing, disconnecting, installing, and connecting all components 40
including signs, brackets, electrical conductors, hardware 41
3) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 42
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Remove LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Sign 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Sign removed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 6
unit price bid per each “Remove LED Internally Illuminated Street Name 7
Sign”. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of the existing sign, brackets, and electrical conductors as 10
specified by the Drawings 11
2) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 12
1.3 REFERENCES 13
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 14
1. LED: light emitting diode 15
2. IISN: internally illuminated street name 16
B. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 21
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 22
a. Item 445, “Galvanizing.” 23
b. Item 446, “Field Cleaning and Painting Steel.” 24
c. Item 620, “Electrical Conductors.” 25
d. Item 621, “Tray Cable.” 26
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 27
Specifications (DMS): 28
a. DMS-8300, “Sign Face Material.” 29
4. ASTM International (ASTM): 30
a. ASTM B117, “Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.” 31
5. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA): 32
a. IESNA LM-80-08. 33
6. 2011 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD): 34
a. Chapter 2. 35
7. American Associations of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): 36
a. AASHTO publication Standard Specifications for Structural Supports of 37
Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals (5th Edition 2009). 38
8. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 39
a. UL 48 Standard for Electric Signs. 40
9. The International Commission on Illumination (CIE). 41
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42
1.5 SUBMITTALS 43
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 44
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to fabrication. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Shop Drawings 3
1. LED IISN and mounting hardware 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 9
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 10
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 11
66 00. 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY 14
A. Provide warranty to replace failed IISNs when non-operable due to defect in material or 15
workmanship within five years of installation with a new IISN that passes all testing, to 16
be delivered and installed at the project location. 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 19
2.2 MATERIALS 20
A. Manufacturer 21
1. Manufacturer List 22
a. Southern Manufacturing or approved equal. 23
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 24
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 25
B. Materials 26
1. Provide new materials in accordance with this Section, TxDOT Item 445, TxDOT 27
Item 446, TxDOT Item 620, TxDOT Item 621, and as specified in the Drawings. 28
2. Furnish and fabricate LED IISN sign assemblies and associated mounting hardware 29
from new materials in accordance with this Section. 30
3. Provide single side message or double side message signs as specified in the 31
Drawings. 32
C. General Requirements 33
1. Ensure sign assembly standard lengths are between 4 feet and 10 feet. 34
2. Ensure standard viewable heights are between 15 inches and 30 inches. 35
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Use single- or double-faced signs as specified in the Drawings. Ensure maximum 1
weight of the sign does not exceed maximum capacity of IISN support arms. 2
4. Construct sign fixture housing from 5000 or 6000 series aluminum. 3
5. Powder-coat paint all exterior fixture housing glossy black or as specified in the 4
Drawings. 5
a. Ensure paint exceeds 1000-hour salt-spray test in accordance with ASTM 6
B117. 7
b. IISN housing must be rated as NEMA type 3R. Use stainless steel screws and 8
hardware. 9
6. Ensure sign panels, light sources, light engines, and power supplies can be replaced 10
without sign removal. The sign shall be capable of continuous operation over a 11
range in temperatures from -10°F to +140°F. 12
D. LED Requirements 13
1. Provide high flux LED’s rated to maintain a minimum 70% of their initial lumens 14
after 60,000 hours in accordance with IESNA LM-80-08. 15
a. Ensure the LED arrays or modules will continue to operate if one LED goes 16
out. 17
b. Provide light engine and LED arrays or modules that are replaceable without 18
removing the sign. 19
E. Sign Panel Requirements 20
1. Ensure the front panel of the sign is high impact strength polycarbonate, acrylic or a 21
glass-fiber reinforced polyester fluoride resistant to ultraviolet light, weather, 22
abrasion, and impact. 23
a. The front panel will be replaceable for future maintenance purposes. 24
b. Provide translucent reflective type D sheeting and colored transparent acrylic 25
film in accordance with DMS - 8300. 26
2. Street name signs will have a white legend on a green background. A border, if 27
used, will be the same color as the legend. The lettering should be at least 8-inch 28
upper/lower case letters. Supplementary lettering to indicate the type of street or 29
the section of the City may be in smaller lettering, at least 3 in. high. Ensure letter 30
font type is Clearview - 2W in accordance with Standard Highway Sign Designs for 31
Texas, D3-1. 32
F. Electrical and Illumination Requirements 33
1. Provide IISN to operate at 120 VAC. 34
2. Ensure product is in accordance with UL 48. 35
3. The on-board circuitry of an IISN shall include voltage surge protection, to 36
withstand high-repetition noise transients and low-repetition high-energy transients 37
in accordance with Section 2.1.8, NEMA Standard TS 2-2003. 38
4. The power supply shall be housed inside the sign enclosure. 39
a. Power supply shall be UL Class 2 limited output voltage and current plus 40
isolation for safe operation, and UL rated for outdoor damp locations. 41
b. Power supply shall be IP 64 Outdoor Rated. 42
c. The light source shall evenly illuminate the sign panel. The average luminance 43
over the entire panel surface will be uniform. 44
45
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
G. Support Requirements 1
1. The sign shall be designed and constructed to withstand 110 mph wind loads in 2
accordance with the AASHTO publication Standard Specifications for Structural 3
Supports of Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals (5th Edition 2009). 4
2. The sign must be supplied with mounting brackets from the manufacturer (swinging 5
or rigid mounting) as specified in the Drawings. 6
H. Color 7
1. The color of the legend, symbols, and background must fall within the CIE (The 8
International Commission on Illumination) color coordinates and reflectance values 9
listed in Table 1. 10
Table 1 11
CIE Chromaticity Coordinates and Reflectance Values 12
White Green
x y Reflectance X y Reflectance
0.300 0.290 40 Min 0.255 0.330 3.5-10
0.280 0.310 0.255 0.520
0.360 0.360 0.020 0.540
I. Workmanship 13
1. The panels must exhibit good workmanship and must be free from objectionable 14
marks or defects that would adversely affect appearance or serviceability. 15
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
PART 3 - EXECUTION 18
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21
3.4 INSTALLATION 22
A. LED IISN Signs 23
1. Fabricate and IISN signs as specified in the Drawings or as approved by the City. 24
2. Install in accordance with the Drawings 25
3. Install signs level and plumb brackets or clamps. Attach IISN to traffic signal poles 26
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or as specified in the Drawings. 27
4. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing IISNs located 28
near overhead or underground utilities. 29
a. Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 30
5. Prevent scarring or marring of the poles, mast arms, and IISNs. 31
6. Replace damaged components. 32
a. Repair damaged galvanizing in accordance with TxDOT Item 445. 33
34 41 26
LED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Repair damaged painted areas of a roadway illumination assembly in 1
accordance with TxDOT Item 446. 2
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
14
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
15
34 41 27
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 27 1
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly. 6
2. Removal of Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 20
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 21
price bid for each “Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly” installed. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing, installing, and testing the completed, fully operational traffic 24
signal controller cabinet assembly as specified by the Drawings 25
2) Associated equipment 26
3) Controller foundations 27
4) Grounding rod 28
5) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 29
2. Remove Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly removed. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 34
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 35
price bid for each “Remove Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assembly”. 36
2) The price bid shall include: 37
a) Removal of the traffic signal controller cabinet assembly as specified 38
by the Drawings 39
b) Removal of the foundations 40
c) Disposal of unsalvageable materials 41
d) Hauling 42
34 41 27
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 1
1.3 REFERENCES 2
A. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5
unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 7
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 8
a. Item 656, “Foundations for Traffic Control Devices.” 9
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 10
Specifications (DMS): 11
a. DMS-11170, “Fully Actuated, Solid-State Traffic Signal Controller Assembly.” 12
b. DMS-11160, “Flasher Controller Assembly.” 13
4. Texas Department of transportation (TxDOT) Manual of Testing: 14
a. Tex-1170-T, “Sampling and Environmental Testing of Traffic Signal Controller 15
Assemblies: Traffic Signal controllers and Conflict Monitors. 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 26
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 27
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28
66 00. 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 33
34
34 41 27
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Manufacturers 2
1. Manufacturer List 3
a. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 4
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 5
1) Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 6
Sections. 7
b. Traffic Signal Controller: COBALT, TS2 Type 2, with data key receptacle 8
c. Signal Monitor – EDI MMU2-16LEip 9
d. Cabinet Breakaway Foundation: A6001848X24TXDT (28”x47”x24”) 10
e. Traffic Signal Cabinet: Henke Enterprises Inc. Model #8P168T/Denton Special 11
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 12
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 13
B. Materials 14
1. Ensure electrical materials and construction methods conform to the current NEC 15
and additional local utility requirements. 16
2. Furnish new materials. 17
3. Ensure all materials and construction methods are in accordance with Item 656, the 18
requirements of this Section, and as specified by the Drawings. 19
4. Sampling and testing of traffic signal controller assemblies will be done in 20
accordance with Tex-1170-T. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Foundation 29
1. Install traffic signal controller foundations in accordance with TxDOT Item 656. 30
2. Immediately before mounting the controller assembly on the foundation, apply a 31
bead of silicone caulk to seal the cabinet base. Seal any space between conduit 32
entering the controller and the foundation with silicone caulk. 33
B. Controller Cabinet 34
1. Deliver the keys for the controller cabinets to the Engineer when the Contract is 35
complete. 36
2. Place the instruction manual and wiring diagrams for all equipment in the controller 37
cabinet inside the controller cabinet. 38
3. The Contractor shall install a cabinet on a foundation with a service apron. 39
34 41 27
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Connect all field wirings to the controller-cabinet assembly. 1
5. Ensure proper termination of all field wires in the cabinet at the appropriate 2
connections. 3
6. All wiring modifications made in conjunction with preparing the cabinet for use at a 4
specific intersection shall be documented on the cabinet prints for that intersection. 5
C. Signal Timing Plan 6
1. The traffic signal timing plan will be provided by the City. 7
D. Test Period 8
1. Operate completed traffic signal installations continuously for at least 30 days in a 9
satisfactory manner. 10
a. If any Contractor-furnished equipment fails during the 30-day test period, 11
repair or replace the equipment at no cost to the City. 12
b. This repair or replacement, except lamp replacement, will start a new 30-day 13
test period. 14
2. Replace damaged or failed materials before acceptance. 15
3. Replace failed or damaged existing signal system components when caused by the 16
Contractor. 17
4. The City will relieve the Contractor of maintenance responsibilities upon passing a 18
30-day performance test of the signal system and acceptance of the Contract. 19
E. Removal 20
1. Remove existing controller cabinets and foundations. 21
2. Take care to not damage salvaged materials during removal. 22
3. Remove and store items designated for reuse or salvage at locations specified in the 23
Drawings or as directed by the City. 24
4. Remove abandoned concrete foundations, including steel, to a point 2 ft. below 25
final grade. 26
a. Backfill holes with material equal in composition and density to the 27
surrounding area. 28
b. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 29
5. Accept ownership and dispose of unsalvageable materials in accordance with 30
Federal, State, and local regulations. 31
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Field Tests and Inspections 35
1. Controller Cabinet 36
a. Test the cabinet at a facility located within the Dallas/Fort Worth area. 37
b. The Contractor shall notify the City a minimum of 3 Working Days prior to 38
beginning the test period of his intent to test a cabinet or group of cabinets. 39
c. At this point, the City may schedule an inspection team and notify the 40
Contractor of the earliest date and time the team can visit. 41
42
34 41 27
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Each cabinet shall be tested with a controller unit for a minimum of 24 1
continuous hours. 2
1) The cabinet test will include conflict monitor functions, detector unit 3
function and load switch operation to ensure accordance with all relevant 4
Sections and standards. 5
2) The cabinet must successfully pass all items otherwise the test is restarted 6
for another 24-hour period. 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14
END OF SECTION 15
16
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
17
34 41 28
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 28 1
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of Traffic Signal LED Luminaire. 6
2. Relocation of Traffic Signal LED Luminaire. 7
3. Removal of Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 8
4. Replacement of Traffic Signal LED Luminaire. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal LED Luminaire installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance to this Item and 22
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 23
price bid for “Traffic Signal LED Luminaire.” 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing, installing, and testing luminaires. 26
2) Furnishing and installing lamps, internal conductors, and connections. 27
3) Conducting system performance testing. 28
4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 29
d. The price bid shall not include the cable located inside the pole. 30
2. Relocate Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal LED Luminaire relocated. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 35
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 36
price bid for each “Relocate Traffic Signal LED Luminaire.” 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Removing, erecting, connecting, and testing illumination assemblies as 39
specified by the Drawings 40
2) Removing existing conductors 41
34 41 28
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Furnishing and installing new lamps, connections, and conductors 1
4) Replacing damaged components 2
5) Disposing of unsalvageable materials 3
6) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 4
3. Remove Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal LED Luminaire removed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 9
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 10
price bid for each “Traffic Signal LED Luminaire” removed for: 11
a) Various types. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Removing, salvaging, disassembling, and stockpiling illumination 14
assemblies as specified by the Drawings 15
2) Splicing existing conductors 16
3) Disposing of unsalvageable material 17
4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 18
4. Replace Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal LED Luminaire replaced. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 23
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 24
price bid for each “Replace Traffic Signal LED Luminaire.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removing, salvaging, disassembling, and stockpiling existing luminaires as 27
specified by the Drawings 28
2) Furnishing and installing new luminaires, connections, and conductors 29
internal to the pole as specified by the Drawings 30
3) Replacing damaged components 31
4) Disposing of unsalvageable materials 32
5) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 37
unless a date is specifically cited. 38
2. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 39
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 40
a. Item 616, “Performance Testing of Lighting Systems” 41
3. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) 42
a. DMS-11010, “Roadway Illumination Light Fixtures” 43
b. DMS-11011, “LED Roadway Luminaires” 44
4. TxDOT’s Material Producer List, Roadway Illumination and Electrical Supplies. 45
34 41 28
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 9
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 10
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12
66 00. 13
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Manufacturers 19
1. Manufacturer List 20
a. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 21
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 22
1) Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 23
Sections. 24
b. Signify (formerly Philips Lighting) 25
1) RoadView 108W48LED4K-T-R3M, no photocell, Type 3 Distribution, or 26
2) Approved equal. 27
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 28
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 29
B. Materials 30
1. Provide new materials as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with this 31
Section. 32
2. Furnish light fixtures from new materials in accordance with DMS-11010. 33
3. Provide prequalified light fixtures from TxDOT’s Material Producer List. 34
a. When required by the Engineer, notify the City in writing of selected materials 35
from the Material Producer List intended for use on each project. 36
34 41 28
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. Perform work as specified in the Drawings and the requirements of this Section. 9
2. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing, relocating, or 10
removing luminaires located near overhead or underground utilities. 11
a. Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 12
3. Prevent scarring or marring of the luminaires. 13
4. Replace damaged components. 14
5. Repair damaged painted areas of a luminaire per manufacturer requirements. 15
B. Installation 16
1. Furnish and install luminaires and assembly components as specified in the 17
Drawings. Test installed luminaires in accordance with TxDOT Item 616. 18
2. The power run shall be continuous from the electrical meter pedestal to each 19
luminaire. 20
3. The breaker/disconnect shall be in the electrical meter pedestal. 21
4. No disconnect of fuses shall be placed on or within the traffic signal pole. 22
C. Relocation 23
1. Relocate luminaires and assembly components as specified in the Drawings. 24
2. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. Replace conductors. 25
3. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and 26
lamps. 27
D. Removal 28
1. Remove luminaires and assembly components in accordance with established 29
industry and utility safety practices. 30
2. Stockpile luminaires and assembly hardware at a location designated by the City. 31
a. Luminaires and assembly hardware will remain the City property unless 32
otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed. 33
3. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. Replace conductors. 34
4. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 35
Federal, State, and local regulations. 36
37
34 41 28
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LED LUMINAIRE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. Replace Luminaires 1
1. Removing existing luminaires. Furnish and install luminaires as specified in the 2
Drawings. 3
F. Testing 4
1. Ensure all components are properly installed in accordance with any relevant 5
Sections. 6
2. Place the lighting system in operation for a 30-day test period. Burn the lighting 7
system steadily for 48 hours. 8
3. Pass a 30-day performance test of the lighting system. 9
4. Replace damaged or failed materials before acceptance. 10
5. Damaged illumination assemblies, except those damaged by the Contractor, and 11
minor failures of lamps, ballasts, and photocells are not cause for modifying or 12
restarting the performance test. 13
6. Replace failed or damaged existing lighting system components at the Contractor’s 14
expense when caused by the Contractor. 15
7. The City will relieve the Contractor of maintenance responsibilities upon passing a 16
30-day performance test of the lighting system and acceptance of the Contract. 17
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27
END OF SECTION 28
29
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
30
34 41 29
PAN-TILT-ZOOM CAMERA
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 29 1
PAN-TILT-ZOOM CAMERA 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and Install PTZ Cameras. 6
2. Relocate PTZ Cameras. 7
3. Remove PTZ Cameras. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. PTZ Camera 16
1. Measurement 17
a. Measured per each PTZ Camera installed. 18
2. Payment 19
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 20
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price 21
bid for “PTZ Camera.” 22
b. The price bid includes: 23
1) Furnishing, fabricating, and installing the cameras. 24
2) Mounting bracket. 25
3) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 26
B. Relocate PTZ Camera 27
1. Measurement 28
a. Measured per each PTZ Camera relocated. 29
2. Payment 30
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 31
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price 32
bid for “Relocate PTZ Camera.” 33
b. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Disconnecting the existing camera 35
2) Removing, disconnecting, installing, and connecting all components 36
including cameras, brackets, cabling, hardware 37
3) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 38
4) New cable shall be paid for separately. 39
40
34 41 29
PAN-TILT-ZOOM CAMERA
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Remove PTZ Camera 1
1. Measurement 2
a. Measured per each PTZ Camera removed. 3
2. Payment 4
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 5
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price 6
bid for “Remove PTZ Camera.” 7
b. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Removing the existing camera. 9
2) Mounting hardware and cabling. 10
3) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 11
1.3 REFERENCES 12
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 13
1. PTZ – pan-tilt-zoom 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 31
32
34 41 29
PAN-TILT-ZOOM CAMERA
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Manufacturers 2
1. Manufacturer List 3
a. CohuHD Costar 4260HD, or 4
b. Approved equal. 5
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 6
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. Installation 15
1. Install in locations as specified in Drawings and as determined in the field by the 16
City. 17
2. The mounting height above ground shall be site-specific and as approved by the 18
City. 19
3. Maximize standardization and consistency by utilizing industry standard techniques 20
in equipment design and construction with the minimum number of parts, 21
subassemblies, circuits, cards, and modules. Design equipment for ease of 22
maintenance. 23
4. Provide mounting bracket assemblies or apparatus to mount equipment to structures 24
specified in the Drawings. 25
5. Include all mounting plates, screws, bolts, nuts, washers, and ancillary hardware 26
needed to fabricate the entire mounting bracket. 27
6. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 feet for drip loops at connections. 28
7. Contractor shall test system to ensure compatibility with City systems. 29
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 30
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 31
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 35
34 41 29
PAN-TILT-ZOOM CAMERA
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 32 1
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes 5
1. Installation and removal of Temporary Traffic Signal Assemblies. 6
B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards 7
1. None 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 26 05 13 – Zinc Coated Steel Wires. 13
4. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 14
5. Section 34 41 10 – Signal Heads. 15
6. Section 34 41 23 – Treated Timber Poles. 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Temporary Traffic Signal Assembly 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each of timber pole installed for: 21
2) Various Sizes. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to the Item and 24
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit bid 25
price per each “Temporary Traffic Signal Assembly” installed for: 26
a) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Timber pole 29
2) Traffic Signal Head 30
3) Span Wire 31
4) Furnishing and placement of Class A or C concrete backfill 32
5) Compression fittings 33
6) Thimbleye bolts 34
7) Square washers 35
8) Nuts 36
9) Eye nuts 37
10) Lift plate 38
11) Split bolt connector 39
12) Guy clamp 40
13) Double eye anchor rod 41
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
14) 8-way anchors 1
15) Guy spreader (if called out in Drawings) 2
16) Excavation 3
17) Hauling 4
18) Disposal of excess material 5
19) Clean-up 6
2. Span Wire 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measured per linear feet of span wire installed. 9
b. Payment 10
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to the Item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 12
unit price per each “Span Wire” installed for: 13
(1) Various types 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Span wire 16
2) ½” black plastic straps or messenger rings 17
3) Connection to timber poles 18
4) Disposal of excess material 19
5) Clean-up 20
1.3 REFERENCES 21
A. Reference Standards 22
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 23
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 24
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 25
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 26
a. ASTM A 475, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 27
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 28
a. ANSI O5.1, Wood Poles – Specifications & Dimensions. 29
4. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA): 30
a. AWPA T1-07, Processing and Treatment Standard. 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 32
A. Preinstallation Meetings 33
1. 48 hours’ Notice of Intention to establish final location of any timber poles. 34
2. 48 hours’ notice to DIG TESS, City of Fort Worth Water and Sewer (817-871-35
8275), and City of Fort Worth Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains 36
(817-392-8100). 37
B. Scheduling 38
1. 48 hours’ notice of placing the temporary signal into operation. 39
1.5 SUBMITTALS 40
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 41
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 42
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Shop Drawings 2
1. Provide shop drawings for City review prior to ordering equipment. 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 8
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 10
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 11
2. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 12
extremes in temperature. 13
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14
66 00. 15
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19
2.2 MATERIALS 20
A. Timber Poles 21
1. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 22
B. Span Wire 23
1. In accordance with 26 05 13. 24
C. Signal Heads 25
1. In accordance with 34 41 10. 26
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION 31
A. Verification of Conditions 32
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing underground utilities are 1
not in conflict with proposed timber poles. 2
2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30. 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 5
1. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing landscaping (sod, 6
shrubbery, trees, and etc.), sprinkler systems, and/or other private property at the 7
Site during the installation of the temporary traffic signal. 8
2. Damaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property shall be 9
replaced within a reasonable time, by the Contractor at his own expense, to the 10
satisfaction of the City. 11
3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the City. 12
4. Removal of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice 13
to the post office. 14
3.4 INSTALLATION 15
A. Timber Poles 16
1. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 17
B. Span Wire 18
1. In accordance with Section 26 05 13. 19
2. Install strands as shown on the plans. 20
3. Splicing is not permitted. 21
4. When the strand is used as a messenger cable or span wire, ground it to the 22
grounding conductor at each pole. 23
5. Metal poles may be used as the grounding conductor. 24
6. Ensure a resistance less than 1 ohm from the strand to the ground rod. 25
C. Signal Heads 26
1. In accordance with 34 41 10. 27
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 28
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 29
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 31
A. Coordinate with the City to have a qualified technician on the Site when the temporary 32
traffic signal is placed into operation. 33
B. During the 30 day test period, the City shall be the first respond to any trouble calls. 34
C. Complete the repairs if the City determines that the repairs are the result of poor 35
workmanship. 36
D. Provide a local telephone number (not subject to frequent changes) where trouble calls 37
are to be received on a 24-hour basis. 38
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. The Contractor's response time to reported calls shall be within a reasonable travel time, 1
but not more than 2 hours maximum. 2
F. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours. 3
G. If, after further diagnosing the problem, the qualified technician determines the problem 4
is in the equipment supplied by others, the Contractor shall notify the City. 5
H. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above. 6
3.9 ADJUSTING 7
A. Adjusting signal heads during construction shall be considered subsidiary to the traffic 8
control bid item. 9
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 11
A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal, 12
replacement, and reinstallation of any damaged material at the Contractor's expense. 13
B. Whenever the Work provided for and contemplated under the Contract has been found 14
by the City to be completed to his / her satisfaction on any individual signalized 15
intersection, or interconnected system of signalized intersections, as specified in the 16
Drawings, final cleaning up of said signalized intersection has been performed and the 17
traffic signal equipment supplied by the or has operated continuously for a minimum of 18
30 days in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be released from further 19
maintenance on that particular intersection. 20
C. Such partial acceptance will be made in writing and shall in no way void or alter any 21
terms of the Contract. 22
D. If equipment fails, a new 30-day test period will start when the equipment has been 23
repaired or replaced. 24
3.12 PROTECTION 25
A. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, landscaping, mailboxes, 26
etc., and repair any damages. 27
B. Provide access to all driveways during construction. 28
C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair 29
any damages. 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE 31
A. While performing Work in accordance with this Sectoin, the Contractor bears the sole 32
risk of loss for damages to or destruction of any temporary traffic signal equipment or 33
appurtenances, on equipment that was not to be replaced or installed under this 34
Contract, but which was damaged or destroyed through the fault or negligent acts of the 35
Contractor. 36
B. The Contractor shall replace such damaged or destroyed equipment, etc., at no cost to 37
the City, regardless of whether or not the damaged or destroyed equipment, etc., was a 38
part of this Contract or any warranties under this Contract. 39
34 41 32
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. The Contractor's responsibility for full operation and maintenance of all traffic signal 1
equipment shall begin when the Contractor starts any type of Work which effects active 2
intersection control at the first intersection and shall extend through the period of Fnal 3
Acceptance of each intersection. 4
D. This maintenance responsibility includes existing controllers/masters, existing interconnect 5
and cabling systems, existing signal indications, existing vehicle detectors, new 6
controllers/masters, new signal hardware, new cabling systems, and other hardware 7
elements which are considered part of either the existing or the new traffic signal system. 8
E. It is recognized that the City may continue to make a first response to any trouble call. 9
Action on such response will, however, be limited to placing the intersection on flash, 10
replacing load switches or detector amplifiers, erecting temporary control devices, 11
requesting immediate traffic control by uniformed police officer, or other such action 12
deemed necessary to provide a safe operation. 13
1. Such action will in no way relieve the Contractor of his operation and maintenance 14
responsibility. 15
F. The Contractor shall be required to notify the City or Traffic Services Division at least 24 16
hours in advance of any planned controlled change-outs or any other operational 17
procedures. 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
23
34 41 33
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 33 1
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The removal and salvaging of traffic signal equipment. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Remove Full Traffic Signal 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each Traffic Signal removed and salvaged. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 19
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at 20
the price bid for per each “Remove Full Traffic Signal” performed. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Removal of: 23
a) Signal heads 24
b) Poles 25
c) Mast arms 26
d) Foundations 27
e) Ground boxes 28
f) Conduit 29
g) Cable 30
h) Signs 31
i) Electrical services 32
j) Amplifiers 33
k) Controllers 34
2) Returning equipment to the City, if specified 35
3) Excavation 36
4) Hauling 37
5) Clean-up 38
2. Dispose of Traffic Signal Pole and Mast Arm Assembly 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per each traffic signal pole and mast arm assembly removed and 41
salvaged. 42
34 41 33
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at 3
the price bid for per each “Dispose of Traffic Signal Pole and Mast Arm 4
Assembly” performed. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Removal of: 7
a) Signal heads 8
b) Poles 9
c) Mast arms 10
d) Foundations 11
e) Cable 12
f) Signs 13
2) Returning equipment to the City, if specified 14
3) Excavation 15
4) Hauling 16
5) Clean-up 17
1.3 REFERENCES 18
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 19
B. Definitions 20
C. Reference Standards 21
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 22
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 23
unless a date is specifically cited. 24
1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 25
Construction and Maintenance of Highway, Street and Bridges: 26
a. Item 680, Highway Traffic Signals. 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Coordination 29
1. Coordinate with City 48 hours in advance of removals. 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37
38
34 41 33
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 2
1. Contractor shall properly dispose of all material unless otherwise directed by the 3
City. 4
2. Any salvaged materials the City requests will be delivered by the Contractor to the 5
City at a location designated by the City. 6
3. The City will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 7
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 8
1. The Contractor will ship and handle all salvage material in a manner to prevent 9
damage to these items. Signal heads will be removed from poles prior to shipping. 10
2. All cables must be secured in controller cabinets to prevent damage during 11
shipment and handling. 12
3. All screws will be tightened into their respective slots to prevent loss during 13
shipping. 14
4. The controller and all supplemental control equipment (conflict monitors, detector 15
amplifiers, load switches, etc.) will be removed from the cabinet prior to cabinet 16
removal and given to the City at the time of the signal turn-on. 17
5. The City will identify existing damage to salvageable material and mark damaged 18
items in the field before they are delivered to the City yard. 19
a. If damage to material is the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor will have 3 20
Working Days to make repairs or supply like items, at the Contractor’s 21
expense, for damaged items. 22
b. If the Contractor fails to repair or replace damaged items in said time, the City 23
may charge the Contractor for the assessed value as determined by the Traffic 24
Services Manager or designee. 25
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 32
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34
PART 3 - EXECUTION 35
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 36
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 37
34 41 33
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Special Techniques 3
1. Curbs and sidewalks 4
a. Secure permission from the City before cutting into or removing any walks or 5
curbs which might be required during construction. 6
b. Where possible, dig under sidewalks. 7
1) If the Contractor chooses to remove or cut the sidewalk, the concrete must 8
be sawed, broken out, and restored to an equal or better condition than the 9
original. 10
2. Foundations 11
a. All foundations subject to removal (as specified in the Drawings) shall be razed 12
to a level at least 2 feet below the ground surface. 13
b. If the foundation subject to removal is located within a sidewalk, the foundation 14
shall be removed to a depth equal to or greater than the thickness of the 15
walkway. 16
c. Once the foundation is removed, the ground surface shall be restored to 17
surrounding conditions. 18
3. Ground Boxes 19
a. The hole remaining from ground box removal shall be filled and the ground 20
surface shall be restored to surrounding conditions. 21
b. Any conduit elbows found within the ground box to be removed shall be cut back 22
to a minimum of 12 inches below the natural ground surface. 23
4. Signs 24
a. The existing stop sign panels, or any grounded mounted signs, as specified in 25
the Drawings, will be removed after the traffic signals are placed in flash and 26
before the signal is turned to full colors by City forces. 27
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 28
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 29
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
37
34 41 33
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 34 1
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) Assemblies. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 13
4. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Measurement 17
a. Measured per each Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon Assembly (RRFB) 18
installed. 19
2. Payment 20
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price 22
bid per each “RRFB Assembly” installed for: 23
1) Various types. 24
3. The price bid shall include: 25
a. Furnishing and installing RRFB as specified by the Drawings 26
b. Support post 27
c. Foundation 28
d. Anchor bolts 29
e. Signs 30
f. LED arrays 31
g. Push button assembly with instructional sign 32
h. Controller unit complete with all necessary equipment 33
i. Mounting hardware 34
j. Ground rod 35
k. Cable 36
l. Testing 37
m. All labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals 38
39
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. RRFB: Rectangular rapid flashing beacon 3
2. LED: Light Emitting Diode 4
3. TVS: Transient Voltage Suppression 5
B. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. 2011 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 10
3. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHA): 11
a. FHWA-SA-09-009, May 2009, Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB). 12
4. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE): 13
a. Standard J595, January 2005, (Directional Flashing Optical Warning Devices 14
for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles). 15
5. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Coordination 18
1. Provide City 48 hours notice of intention to establish final location of any 19
foundations, bases, conduit, and detectors. 20
2. Provide City 48 hours notice of placing the RRFB and beginning operations. 21
3. Provide 48 hours notice to DIG TESS, City of Denton Water and Sewer (817-871-22
8275), and City of Denton Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains (817-23
392-8100). 24
B. Scheduling 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Product Data 30
1. Product data sheet will be required for RRFB assembly. 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
35
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 3
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 4
2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 5
3. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust 6
and corrosion. 7
4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 8
extremes in temperature 9
5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY 13
A. Manufacturer Warranty 14
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 15
2. A 2-year warranty shall be required on all equipment furnished by the Contractor. 16
B. Extended Correction Period 17
1. Contractor responsible for correcting any substandard workmanship and/or 18
materials for 24 months from the date the signal is accepted by the City. 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
2.2 MATERIALS 22
A. General Requirements 23
1. RRFB shall be in accordance with the TMUTCD, approved by the City, and 24
installed at locations specified in the Drawings. 25
2. Each RRFB shall consist of 2 rapidly and alternately flashed rectangular yellow 26
indications with LED array based pulsing light sources. 27
3. Each RRFB will be a complete assembly consisting of indications, controller 28
cabinet, and any electrical component hardware. 29
B. Functional Requirements 30
1. Each RRFB shall be AC or solar powered as specified in the Drawings. 31
2. Each RRFB shall be activated by push button, require no more than 2 pounds of 32
pressure to activate, and be in accordance with ADA. 33
3. The RRFB shall be normally dark, shall initiate operation only upon pedestrian 34
actuation, and shall cease operation after a predetermined time limit. 35
4. Each RRFB when activated shall flash the two indications in an alternating “wig-36
wag” sequence, i.e., left light on then right light on. 37
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Each of the two indications shall have 70 to 80 periods of flashing per minute and 1
shall have alternating but approximately equal periods of rapid pulsing light 2
emissions and dark operation. 3
a. During each of its 70 to 80 flashing periods per minute, one of the indications 4
shall emit two rapid pulses of light and the other indication shall emit three 5
rapid pulses of light. 6
6. To avoid frequencies that might cause seizures, the rapid flash rate of each 7
indication shall not be between 5 and 30 flashes per second, as applied over the full 8
on-off sequence of a flashing period. 9
7. The light intensity shall be in accordance with SAE J595. 10
8. All RRFBs associated with a given crosswalk (including those with an advance 11
crossing sign, if used) shall, when activated, simultaneously commence and cease 12
operation of their alternating rapid flashing indications. 13
9. Where specified in the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide bidirectional indications 14
to motorists approaching from both directions. 15
10. Where specified in the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide a unidirectional 16
indication to motorists approaching from the direction specified in the Drawings. 17
11. Controllers shall support wireless communications to RRFBs and push buttons 18
using spread spectrum radio frequency, thus eliminating the need for cable 19
trenching. Range shall be a minimum of 500 feet. 20
12. LEDs shall be rated to last a minimum of 10 years. 21
13. The duration of a predetermined period of operation of the RRFB’s following each 22
actuation should be in accordance with the TMUTCD procedures for timing of 23
pedestrian clearance times for pedestrian signals. 24
14. Beacons: 25
a. Simple to maintain 26
b. Allow replacement of individual rectangular B-light configurations 27
c. Bidirectional for notification to motorists approaching from either direction 28
d. Lights on both ends of RRFB facing into the crosswalk for notification to 29
pedestrians that the system is on. 30
15. The housing units shall also include a high intensity amber LED mounted on the 31
street side of the assembly, which will flash upon the receipt of an incoming digital 32
radio signal from either one of the assemblies. This is intended to provide 33
pedestrians confirmation the assembly across the street has been activated. 34
16. Push Button 35
a. In accordance with ADA. Must require no more than 2lbs. of pressure for 36
activation. 37
b. Must be designed to prevent ice formation that would impede the function of 38
the button. 39
c. Incorporate visual feedback to indicate the button has been pressed and displays 40
are active. 41
d. Once the push button is pressed, the LED must stay on and beacons active for 42
the full duration. 43
e. Shall have transient surge protection including a resistor and TVS diode at the 44
input connection. 45
f. Vandal-resistant and designed to withstand impacts from heavy objects. 46
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
g. The button body must have raised ridges on all sides to protect button cap 1
against side impacts. 2
h. Designed so it cannot be made to stay on. 3
1) In the event the button is pressed for longer than 10 seconds, it shall reset 4
itself and work normally even if it is still being held in. 5
i. Completely sealed, and the electronics shall be encapsulated so the button can 6
function even after being immersed in water for an extended period of time. 7
C. Mechanical Requirements 8
1. Each RRFB indication shall be a minimum size of 5 inches wide by 2 inches high. 9
2. Beacons shall have LED bulbs and be highly visible from a minimum of 1,000 feet 10
in advance of the crosswalk during the day and at least 1 mile during the night. 11
3. LEDs shall be recessed in the flash bar with an additional polycarbonate shield for 12
vandal resistance. 13
4. RRFB display cabinet shall be durable, corrosion resistant, powder-coated 14
aluminum. 15
5. All components shall be capable of continuous operation over a temperature range 16
of -30° F to 165° F. 17
D. Controller 18
1. Enclosure 19
a. Controller unit shall be housed in a NEMA 4X rated, pole mounted, aluminum 20
cabinet with stainless steel hinge. 21
2. Power Options 22
a. Controller unit shall be provided as AC-powered or solar-powered as specified 23
in the Drawings. 24
b. Operating electrical power for AC-powered controller systems shall be 120V. 25
c. Solar-powered systems shall be designed with solar panels and batteries 26
capable of running the system for 30 days without sunlight. 27
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
PART 3 - EXECUTION 30
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31
3.2 EXAMINATION 32
A. Verification of Conditions 33
1. The Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, existing 34
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 35
2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30. 36
37
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing 3
landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property at the Site during the 4
installation of the traffic signal. 5
2. Damaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property shall be 6
replaced within a reasonable time by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City, 7
at no additional cost to the City. 8
3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the City. 9
4. Removal of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice 10
to the post office. 11
3.4 INSTALLATION 12
A. Special Techniques 13
1. Each RRFB shall be mounted horizontally to a standard 4 ½ inch diameter 14
aluminum pole and in accordance with dimensions and details specified in the 15
Drawings. 16
2. The two RRFB indications shall be aligned horizontally, with the longer dimension 17
horizontal and with a minimum space between the two indications of approximately 18
7 inches, measured from inside edge of one indication to inside edge of the other 19
indication. 20
3. The outside edges of the RRFB indications, including any housings, shall not 21
project beyond the outside edges of the sign. 22
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 26
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City to have a qualified technician on the Site 27
when the RRFB is placed into operation. 28
B. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours. 29
C. Notify the City if the qualified technician determines the problem is in the equipment 30
supplied by others. 31
D. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above. 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 35
A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal, 36
replacement, and reinstallation of any damaged material at no additional cost to the 37
City. 38
34 41 34
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.12 PROTECTION 1
A. Prevent any property damage and repair any damages as a result of construction 2
operations. 3
B. Provide access to all driveways during construction. 4
C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair 5
any damages. 6
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 35 1
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation of Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Beacon. 6
2. Installation of Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Cabinet and Controller Assembly. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
4. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Beacon 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each pedestrian hybrid signal beacon. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 22
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Ped Hybrid Beacon” installed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Ped Hybrid Beacon assembly as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2) Hinge pins 28
3) Lens clips 29
4) Locking devices 30
5) Gaskets 31
6) Housing and doors 32
7) Detachable visors 33
8) LED lamp unit 34
9) Louvers 35
10) Cable inside the pole 36
11) Mounting hardware 37
12) Terminal block 38
13) Back plate 39
14) Testing 40
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15) All labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to provide a beacon 1
assembly. 2
2. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Cabinet and Controller Assembly 3
a. Measurement 4
1) Measured per each pedestrian hybrid signal cabinet and controller 5
assembly. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 8
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per each “Ped Hybrid Cab & Cntrl” installed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Ped Hybrid Cabinet and Controller as specified 12
by the Drawings 13
2) Cabinet 14
3) Controller 15
4) Conflict monitor 16
5) Power supply 17
6) Mounting hardware 18
7) Other hardware and software required for a fully operational pedestrian 19
hybrid signal. 20
8) Testing 21
9) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide a pedestrian 22
hybrid signal cabinet and controller assembly. 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 25
1. HAWK – High-Intensity Activated Crosswalk 26
2. LED – Light Emitting Diode 27
3. ATC – Advanced Traffic Controller 28
4. MMU – Malfunction Management Unit 29
5. CMU – Conflict Monitoring Unit 30
B. Definitions 31
1. Back Plate 32
a. A thin strip of material extending outward from all sides of a signal head. 33
2. Louver 34
a. A device mounted to the visor restricting signal face visibility. 35
C. Reference Standards 36
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 37
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 38
unless a date is specifically cited. 39
2. 2011 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 40
3. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 41
a. HRT-10-042, Safety Effectiveness of the HAWK Pedestrian Crossing 42
Treatment. 43
4. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). 44
5. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 45
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. The National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2
A. Coordination 3
1. Provide City 48 hours notice of intention to establish final location of any 4
foundations, bases, conduit, and detectors. 5
2. Provide 48 hours notice to DIG TESS, City of Denton Water and Sewer (817-871-6
8275), and City of Denton Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains (817-7
392-8100). 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS 9
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Product Data 13
1. Product data sheet will be required for HAWK signal assembly. 14
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 19
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 20
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 21
2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 22
3. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust 23
and corrosion. 24
4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 25
extremes in temperature. 26
5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY 30
A. Manufacturer Warranty 31
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 32
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 33
2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 34
B. Extended Correction Period 35
1. Contractor responsible for correcting any substandard workmanship and/or 36
materials for 24 months from the date the signal is accepted by the City. 37
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. General Requirements 4
1. System shall operate for recurring periods of activation, 7 days per week. 5
2. Each system shall be capable of controlling two opposing directions of traffic 6
simultaneously in accordance with the 2011 TMUTCD. 7
B. Functional Requirements 8
1. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Beacons 9
a. Shall consist of 3 each of the head, LED module, visor, signal closure cap, and 10
mounting hardware for mast arm or pedestal pole mounting. 11
b. LED modules will be 1 each 12VDC 12” amber LED and 2 each 12VDC 12” 12
red LED. 13
c. The heads will be one-piece yellow polycarbonate shells with the yellow 14
polycarbonate doors using stainless steel hinge pins. 15
d. Thumbscrews will hold the doors against the bodies. 16
e. The visors shall be one-piece yellow polycarbonate tunnel units which shall be 17
duralocked at four points to the head doors. 18
f. The mounting hardware shall be federal yellow in color. 19
g. The heads shall be in accordance with the 2011 TMUTCD. 20
h. The signal beacons shall be provided with a terminal block inside one head to 21
facilitate easy replacement of the LED units if necessary. 22
i. The LED modules shall be connected to the cabinet wiring at the terminal 23
block. 24
2. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Cabinet and Controller Assembly 25
a. Cabinet 26
1) The cabinet shall be manufactured of 0.125” sheet aluminum. 27
2) Nominal cabinet dimensions shall be 46” H x 24” W x 16” D. 28
3) The cabinet shall be a 2 compartment type; the bottom compartment shall 29
have a neoprene gasket seal to prevent battery gases from seeping into the 30
top compartment. 31
4) The cabinet shall have wire-screened insect-proof louvers on each side of 32
both compartments for ventilation. 33
a) The louvers shall be designed to not allow any rain to enter the cabinet. 34
5) On the bottom of the cabinet there shall be two screened, insect-proof drain 35
holes. 36
6) Alternate cabinet sizes and configurations sufficient to contain the 37
necessary equipment to operate the pedestrian hybrid beacon system may 38
be submitted for consideration. 39
a) If submitted, detailed drawings shall be provided, and all submissions 40
accepted or denied at the sole discretion of the City. 41
7) The door shall be a single unit with a continuous piano hinge riveted to the 42
door and the cabinet. 43
8) The door shall incorporate a neoprene gasket which, when closed, forms a 44
snug weather tight seal. 45
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) The door lock shall be a Corbin No. 15481 RS, or equivalent, constructed 1
of brass or stainless steel which shall operate with a traffic industry 2
conventional No. 2 key, Corbin No. 1R6380, or equivalent. 3
10) Two keys shall be furnished with each cabinet. 4
11) When in the locked position, the lock shall prevent the movement of the 5
latching mechanism. 6
12) The cabinet shall be unpainted aluminum, fabricated from mill finish 7
material, and shall be cleaned with appropriate methods to remove oil film, 8
weld black, mill ink marks, and render the surface clean, smooth, and non-9
sticky to the touch. 10
13) Each cabinet shall be equipped with the necessary rigid top and bottom 11
mount for a standard traffic signal pole or pedestal pole. 12
14) All necessary hardware for proper mounting shall be included and shall be 13
bare aluminum in color. 14
b. Controller 15
1) The hybrid beacon controller shall be an ATC meeting current ITE, 16
AASHTO, and NEMA Advanced Transportation Controller standards. 17
2) The controller and associated monitoring equipment shall be capable of 18
producing a sequence of indications and operations in accordance with the 19
2011 TMUTCD. 20
3) Pedestrian and clearance intervals shall be user-defined and configurable. 21
4) Continuous conflict monitoring of all pedestrian and vehicular outputs shall 22
be provided. 23
5) Conflict monitoring shall be accomplished by an independent monitor 24
device either providing full NEMA TS2 MMU or ITS cabinet CMU 25
monitoring functionality in accordance with NEMA, AASHTO, and ITE. 26
a) Functionality should include user programmable conflict matrix and 27
absence of vehicle red and clearance interval monitoring. 28
6) Wireless communications equipment shall be provided such that both sets 29
of beacons operate simultaneously—activation of either pedestrian push 30
button shall trigger the sequence in accordance with the 2011 TMUTCD. 31
7) The pedestrian and vehicle indications displayed on each separate pole shall 32
cycle simultaneously and seamlessly with no visible lag between the 33
indications on different poles. 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
PART 3 - EXECUTION 37
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 38
3.2 EXAMINATION 39
A. Verification of Conditions 40
1. The Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing 41
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 42
2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30. 43
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing 3
landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property at the Site during the 4
installation of the traffic signal. 5
2. Damaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property shall be 6
replaced within a reasonable time by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City, 7
at no additional cost to the City 8
3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the City. 9
4. Removal of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice 10
to the post office. 11
3.4 INSTALLATION 12
A. Special Techniques 13
1. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Beacons shall be mounted to a traffic signal mast arm or 14
pedestal pole. 15
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 19
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City to have a qualified technician on the Site 20
when the HAWK signal is placed into operation. 21
B. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours. 22
C. Notify the City if the qualified technician determines the problem is in the equipment 23
supplied by others. 24
D. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above. 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28
A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal, 29
replacement, and reinstallation of any damaged material at the Contractor's expense. 30
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32
33
34 41 35
PEDESTRIAN HYBRID BEACON
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 50 1
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” 21
installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Fabricating the aluminum sign 25
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 26
materials 27
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 28
4) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 29
backing strips 30
5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 31
support connections 32
6) Assembling and erecting the signs 33
7) Preparing and cleaning the signs 34
2. Installing Mast Arm or Signal/ Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per each sign installed. 37
b. Payment 38
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 39
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 40
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” installed. 41
42
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Installing each aluminum Sign 2
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 3
backing strips 4
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 5
support connections 6
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 7
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 8
3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per each sign and post assembly furnished and installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed 15
for: 16
a) Various types. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Fabrication of signs and posts 19
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 20
materials 21
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 22
4) Scheduling utility line locates 23
5) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 24
backing strips 25
6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 26
support connections 27
7) Assembling and erecting the signs 28
8) Preparing and cleaning the signs 29
4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each sign and post assembly installed. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed. 36
a) Various types. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Scheduling utility line locates. 39
2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts. 40
3) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 41
5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” 48
installed. 49
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and Installing the aluminum sign 2
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 3
backing strips 4
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 5
support connections 6
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 7
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 8
6. Installing Aluminum Sign Mounted on Existing Poles 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per each sign installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” installed. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 17
backing strips. 18
2) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 19
support connections. 20
3) Assembling and erecting the signs. 21
4) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 22
7. Removal of Signs 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each sign panel removed or each sign panel and post 25
removed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Remove Sign” or “Remove Sign and Post” for: 30
a) Various types. 31
b) Various configurations. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal of sign panel 34
2) Removal of sign post, if required 35
3) Excavation, if required 36
4) Hauling, if required 37
5) Disposal of excess materials 38
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill, if required 39
7) Returning materials to the City as specified in the Drawings 40
8) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled 41
9) Clean-up 42
1.3 REFERENCES 43
A. Reference Standards 44
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 45
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 46
unless a date is specifically cited. 47
48
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. American Standard Testing Materials (ASTM): 1
a. A1011 / A1011M-18a, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-2
Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-3
Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 4
b. B117-18, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 5
c. B209-14, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 6
and Plate. 7
d. B209-02a, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 8
and Plate. 9
e. D4956-17, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic 10
Control. 11
3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 12
a. M120-08, Standard Specification for Zinc. 13
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 14
5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 15
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 16
a. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Assemblies. 17
6. United States Military Standard (MIL): 18
a. C5541, Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 23
special signs. 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25
A. Shop Drawings 26
1. Submit sign shop drawings to City for review prior to fabrication. 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 31
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 32
1. Properly protect signs and parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during 33
the time of shipment until installation. 34
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 35
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 36
66 00. 37
2. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners, 38
edges, and faces are not damaged. 39
3. Replace unacceptable signs as directed by City. 40
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected. 1
5. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building. 2
a. Larger signs may be stored outside. 3
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 7
A. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 8
1. Aluminum Signs. 9
2.2 MATERIALS 10
A. Manufacturers 11
1. Sign Sheeting 12
a. Acrylic Overlay Film 13
1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 1170 14
b. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 15
1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 7725 16
c. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 17
1) 3M Series 3930 18
d. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure 19
Sensitive Adhesive 20
1) 3M Series 4000 21
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 22
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 23
B. Sign Blanks 24
1. New, unweathered, milled, rolled, and finished aluminum alloy meeting 25
requirements for 5052H38 in accordance with ASTM B209-14. 26
2. Free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion, dirt, grease, oil, white 27
rust, fingerprints, and/or other irregularities. 28
3. Degreased and etched according to industry standards with an Alodine finish applied 29
in accordance with MIL-C5541, Class 1A. 30
4. Uniform thickness throughout. 31
C. Sign Sheeting 32
1. Acrylic Overlay Film 33
a. Applied to Type I, Type II, Type IV, Type IX, and other retroreflective sheeting 34
for permanent signing. 35
b. Durable 36
c. Transparent 37
d. Acrylic 38
e. Electronic-cuttable 39
f. Coated with a transparent, pressure sensitive adhesive 40
g. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 41
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Fill colors may be yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 1
2. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 2
a. Applied to Type IV, Type XI (DG3) retroreflective sheeting for permanent 3
signing. 4
b. Durable 5
c. 2 mil opaque cast vinyl 6
d. Coated with a transparent, pressure-sensitive adhesive 7
e. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 8
f. Film colors may include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 9
3. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 10
a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 11
b. Unmetallized microplastic lens retroreflective element material 12
c. Smooth outer surface with the property of the retroreflector over its entire 13
surface. 14
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 15
or other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 16
d. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown. 17
4. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure Sensitive 18
Adhesive 19
a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 20
b. Have the highest retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road 21
distances. 22
c. Microprismatic retroreflective element material 23
d. Smooth outer surface with the property of retroreflector over its entire surface. 24
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 25
or other preparation for adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 26
e. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent 27
yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange. 28
D. Telescopic Steel Sign Posts and Anchors 29
1. Provide posts and anchors in accordance with ASTM A1011 / A1011M-18a. 30
a. Minimum 60,000 psi yield strength. 31
b. Manufactured from raw steel. 32
c. Formed and welded on the corner prior to receiving a triple coat protection of 33
inline hot-dipped, galvanized zinc in accordance with AASHTO M-120-08 (0.8 34
ounces per square foot). 35
d. Provide chromate conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic 36
exterior coating. 37
e. Install double coat of zinc based organic coating on interior of posts. 38
1) Test coating in accordance with ASTM B-117-18. 39
E. Hardware 40
1. Provide galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate-sealed aluminum for bolts, 41
nuts, washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware. 42
2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting. 43
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 44
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 45
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 FABRICATION 5
A. Sign Blanks 6
1. Provide sign blanks to the sizes and shapes specified in the Drawings, free of 7
buckles, warps, burrs, dents, cockles, or other defects. 8
2. Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panels. 9
3. Complete the fabrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or 10
punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing. 11
4. After cleaning and degreasing, ensure the substrate does not come into contact with 12
grease, oils, or other contaminants before the application of the reflective sheeting. 13
B. Sign Sheeting 14
1. Use reflective sheeting from the same manufacturer for the entire face of a sign. 15
2. Apply sheeting to sign blanks in accordance with the recommended procedures of 16
the sheeting manufacturer. 17
3. Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded aluminum flanges in the same 18
manner as the sign panel face. 19
4. Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting. 20
5. Overlap the lap-splices by at least 1/4 inch. 21
6. Provide a 1-foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting. 22
7. Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored 23
transparent films. 24
C. Sign messages 25
1. Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors specified in the Drawings. 26
2. Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a 27
sign. 28
3. Ensure the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform color 29
and reflectivity. 30
4. Prevent runs, sags, and voids. 31
D. Telescopic steel sign posts 32
1. Permissible variation in straightness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 33
34
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Allowable tolerances are based on outside dimensions in accordance with the table 1
below. 2
a. Measurements for outside dimensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end 3
of tube. 4
5
Nominal Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance
at all Side Corners
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.006
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.008
2 x 2 ±0.008
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.010
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.010
6
3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches, minus 0.008 inches. 7
4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is ± 0.01 inch applied to the 8
specific size determined at the corner. 9
5. Allowable tolerance for squareness of sides and permissible twist are based on 10
outside dimensions in accordance with the table below. 11
12
Nominal
Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Squareness
Tolerance
(inches)
Twist Permissible
in 3 inches Lengths
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.009 0.050
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.010 0.062
2 x 2 ±0.012 0.062
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.014 0.062
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.015 0.075
13
6. All top posts must be capable of fracturing at the point of connection with a single 14
anchor when impacted. Posts must fracture in a manner to allow the piece inside of 15
the anchor to be removed and a new top post be installed. 16
7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing 17
welded in one corner with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or 18
small size, in 1/4-inch increments. 19
8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16-inch 20
diameter on 1-inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being 21
truly aligned in the center of the section. 22
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. All top posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on 1-1
inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of 2
section. 3
4
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING 10
A. Wash completed signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the 11
manufactures of the sheeting, colored transparent film, and screen ink to remove grease, 12
oil, dirt, smears, streaks, finger marks, and other foreign material. 13
B. Wash again before final inspection after erection. 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 71 13 1
TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Installation of traffic control devices and preparation of traffic control plans 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per month of traffic control installed. 17
a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per month for “Installation of Traffic Control Devices” installed. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Traffic control implementation 24
2) Maintenance 25
3) Adjustments 26
4) Replacements 27
5) Removal 28
6) Police assistance during peak hours, when required by City 29
2. Portable Message Signs 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per week for the duration of use. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per week for “Portable Message Sign” rental. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Delivery of portable message sign to Site 38
2) Message updating 39
3) Sign movement throughout construction 40
4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post-construction 41
42
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each “Traffic Control Detail” prepared. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 9
longer. 10
2) Adherence to City and TMUTCD. 11
3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer. 12
4) Incorporation of City comments. 13
14
1.3 REFERENCES 15
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 16
1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices 17
B. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 22
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 23
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 24
a. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 25
Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 26
Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Coordination 29
1. Contact City Traffic Control Operations (940-349-8462) a minimum of 48 hours 30
prior to implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 31
B. Sequencing 32
1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan specified in the Drawings must first be 33
approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 34
1.5 SUBMITTALS 35
A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 36
activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 37
B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Streets Division, 901 Texas St., Denton, TX 76209. 38
1. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic 39
Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. 40
2. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit. 41
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 1
Engineer. 2
D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Contract Documents. 3
1. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional 4
Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets. 5
E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan. 6
F. Contractor is responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and 7
seal changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 8
G. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
2.2 MATERIALS 19
A. Description 20
1. Regulatory Requirements 21
a. Provide Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the details specified in the 22
Drawings, TMUTCD, and TxDOT’s Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 23
Device List (CWZTCDL). 24
2. Materials 25
a. Traffic Control Devices in accordance with all reflectivity requirements 26
included in the TMUTCD and TxDOT Item 502 at all times during 27
construction. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 3
3.4 INSTALLATION 4
A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan and install Traffic Control Devices as specified in the 5
Drawings and as directed by the City. 6
B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 7
C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 8
the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 9
1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 10
D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 11
1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, 12
covering, or removing devices. 13
2. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, 14
and that retroreflective characteristics are in accordance with TMUTCD 15
requirements after dark and during rain events. 16
E. If the City discovers the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable Federal, State, 17
and local requirements, the City may order additional precautionary measures be taken 18
to protect persons and property. 19
F. Subject to the approval of the City, portions of this Project not affected by or in conflict 20
with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments can be constructed 21
during any phase. 22
G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight 23
distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. 24
H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may 25
be erected and mounted on portable supports. 26
1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 27
I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. 28
J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 29
operations, provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as approved by the 30
Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. 31
K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 32
turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak 33
traffic times. 34
1. AM peak traffic time: 7 AM – 9 AM 35
2. PM peak traffic time: 4 PM - 6 PM 36
37
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Flaggers 1
1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 2
through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 3
Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 4
organizations. 5
a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 6
b. The certified representative is responsible for verifying all flaggers are qualified 7
to perform flagging duties. 8
2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by one of the organizations 9
listed above or trained by the Contractor’s certified flagging instructor. 10
3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 11
4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, signals, and 12
flagging procedures in accordance with the TMUTCD. 13
5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time to provide 14
for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor’s personnel, and as 15
specified in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 16
a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 17
M. Removal 18
1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights, 19
and other Traffic Control Devices used for work-zone traffic handling in a timely 20
manner, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 21
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
31
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 41 14 00 1
BATCHING EQUIPMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes 5
1. Batching equipment and plant requirements. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
5. Section 31 37 00 – Rip Rap. 15
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17
8. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 18
9. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 19
10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Batching equipment and/or plants, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to 23
the various items bid. 24
2. Batch plants are not permitted for use in the production of concrete or asphalt 25
without approval by the City. 26
1.3 REFERENCES 27
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 28
1. NRMCA – National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 29
B. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34
a. ASTM C94/C94M – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 35
b. ASTM C685 – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric 36
Batching and Continuous Mixing. 37
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 1
a. Tex-920-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Drum Mix Plant Belt Scales 2
b. Tex-921-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Hot Mix Asphalt Meters 3
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5
a. Item 320, Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement. 6
b. Item 520, Weighing and Measuring Equipment. 7
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 8
A. Batching Meeting 9
1. On-Site Batch Plant 10
a. Considered on-site if the plant is within 500 feet of the site and was erected 11
specifically for the project. 12
b. Conduct a walkthrough with the City prior to producing concrete or asphalt. 13
2. Off-Site Batch Plant 14
a. No walkthrough is required for an off-site batch plant. 15
b. The City may request a walkthrough at any time. 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
A. Shop Drawings 21
1. Batch Plants 22
a. Provide mix designs produced and tested using the proposed batch-plant. 23
b. If a batch-plant is erected after the start of construction, provide revised mix 24
designs. 25
c. Provide test results verifying the batch plant can produce concrete in accordance 26
with the mix design requirements of the concrete class specified in the 27
Drawings. 28
2. Volumetric Mixers 29
a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 30
C685. 31
3. Agitators and Truck and Stationary Mixers 32
a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 33
C94. 34
B. Samples 35
1. Produce all concrete or asphalt samples using the batch plant. 36
C. Certificates 37
1. Batch Plant and Truck Mixer Certifications 38
a. Obtain recertification every year, when the plant is relocated, and when the plant 39
is erected. 40
b. Provide certifications dated within a year of construction notice to proceed or 41
when the plant was erected, whichever is the most recent. 42
43
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Volumetric Mixed Concrete 1
1) Provide information verifying the capacity and performance are in 2
accordance with the Volumetric Mixer Manufacturers Bureau or 3
equivalent. 4
2) Provide information verifying the mixer and the concrete produced are in 5
accordance with ASTM C685. 6
d. Ready Mixed Concrete 7
1) Provide a current Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production 8
Facilities from the NRMCA, or equivalent. 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12
A. Concrete Plants and Mixing Equipment 13
1. General 14
a. Produce concrete in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94/C94M, 15
NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 16
32 32 00, and this Section. 17
b. Utilize a commercial concrete plant to produce all structural concrete unless 18
otherwise approved by the City. 19
c. Comply with all TCEQ permit requirements for portable facilities. 20
2. Commercial Concrete Plants 21
a. Ensure the concrete being transported from a commercial concrete plant is in 22
accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 23
05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 24
3. Batch Plant 25
a. Provide a batch plant in accordance with the requirements of the NRMCA and is 26
certified through NRMCA or an equivalent organization. 27
b. Provide a batch plant that accurately measures volume and weight of water and 28
admixtures. 29
c. Scales 30
1) Check all scales before beginning operations, after each move, and a 31
minimum of once every 6 months. 32
2) Immediately correct deficiencies and recalibrate. 33
3) Provide a record of calibration showing scales in compliance with ASTM 34
C94 requirements. 35
4) Check batching accuracy of volumetric water batching devices a minimum 36
of every 90 days. 37
5) Check batching accuracy of chemical admixture dispensing devices a 38
minimum of every 6 months. 39
6) Perform daily checks as necessary to ensure measuring accuracy. 40
7) Verify the accuracy of drum mix plant belt scales in accordance with Tex-41
920-K. 42
4. Volumetric Mixers 43
a. Provide volumetric mixers with rating plates defining the capacity and the 44
performance of the mixer in accordance with the Volumetric Mixer 45
Manufacturers Bureau or equivalent. 46
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide volumetric mixers in accordance with ASTM C685. 1
5. Agitators, Truck Mixers, and Stationary Mixers (Ready Mixed Concrete) 2
a. Provide stationary and truck mixers capable of combining the ingredients of the 3
concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass in accordance with ASTM 4
C94. 5
b. Provide a measuring gauge capable of determining how much water or air 6
entraining admixture is added to the mixer. 7
1) Provide documentation to the City specifying the weight or volume of 8
water or admixture added. 9
c. Provide mixing trucks with back-up alarms. 10
d. Sample concrete per ASTM C94 Alternate Procedure 2. 11
e. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water, air entraining 12
admixtures, rotation speed, and number of drum revolutions before discharge. 13
f. Admixtures: 14
1) Air Entraining 15
a) Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for adding admixture. 16
2) All of Admixtures 17
a) All other admixtures must be added either at a batch plant or a 18
commercial plant. No other admixtures can be added directly to the 19
mixer. 20
g. Inspect and maintain mixers and agitators. Keep them free of concrete buildup, 21
and repair or replace worn or damaged blades or fins. 22
h. Provide trucks that are equipped with actuated counters that measure the number 23
of drum revolutions. Start counting revolutions at the time of mixing starting at 24
mixing speeds. 25
6. Hauling Equipment 26
a. Provide equipment capable of maintaining the mixed concrete in a thoroughly 27
mixed and uniform mass, and discharging the concrete uniformly. 28
b. Provide equipment with smooth, mortar-tight metal containers equipped with 29
gates that prevent accidental discharge of the concrete when using non-agitating 30
equipment for transporting concrete. 31
c. Provide equipment with back-up alarms. 32
d. Perform uniformity testing in accordance with Tex-472-A at the request of the 33
City. 34
e. Deliver concrete in accordance with supplier recommendations. 35
f. Provide clean equipment, free of built-up concrete. 36
7. Delivery Tickets: 37
a. Tickets from the haul truck and the batch or commercial plant are required for 38
all concrete being delivered. 39
1) The City will verify that the haul ticket and the plant ticket match and that 40
no additional water or admixtures have been added to the haul truck. 41
b. Provide delivery ticket from the batch or commercial plant containing the 42
following information: 43
1) Water added by receiver of concrete 44
2) Water withheld 45
3) Weight of cementitious material 46
4) Type and amount of admixtures 47
5) Maximum size of aggregate 48
6) Weight of aggregate 49
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Provide delivery ticket for the batch of concrete containing the following 1
information: 2
1) Name of concrete supplier 3
2) Serial number of ticket 4
3) Date 5
4) Truck number 6
5) Name of purchaser 7
6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 8
7) Specific class, design identification, and designation of the concrete 9
8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 10
9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 11
10) Water added by receiver of concrete 12
11) Water withheld 13
12) Weight of cementitious material 14
13) Type and amount of admixtures 15
14) Maximum size of aggregate 16
15) Weight of aggregate 17
8. Testing Equipment 18
a. Furnish and maintain equipment capable of performing all testing required in 19
accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 20
37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 21
B. Asphalt Production Equipment 22
1. Provide asphalt production equipment in accordance with the requirements of 23
TxDOT Item 320 and TxDOT Item 520. 24
2. Equipment Requirements: 25
a. Drum-mix type, weigh-batch, or modified weigh-batch mixing plants that ensure 26
a uniform, continuous production 27
b. Automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off circuits 28
that stop operations if the control system malfunctions 29
c. Visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate 30
proportions 31
d. Safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces 32
e. Permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform 33
calibration and weight checks 34
f. Additive-feed systems to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the 35
desired proportion 36
3. Verify the accuracy of hot mix asphalt meters in accordance with Tex-921-K. 37
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 38
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 39
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 40
66 00. 41
B. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 42
32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 43
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1
A. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 2
32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
23
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 1 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per square yard of Sidewalk Concrete Pavers installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard for Sidewalk Concrete Pavers installed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Sidewalk Concrete Pavers as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28
2) Sand setting bed 29
3) Concrete sub base 30
4) Loading 31
5) Unloading 32
6) Storing 33
7) Hauling 34
8) Disposal of excess materials 35
9) Testing and trial batches 36
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37
11) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 38
informational submittals. 39
12) Concrete, aggregate, supplementary cementing materials, and additives 40
13) Mixing, placing, and finishing 41
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
14) Curing and curing compounds 1
15) Reinforcing steel and chairs 2
16) All reinforcing and materials required for joints 3
17) Joint sealant 4
18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 5
19) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 12
a. C 33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13
b. C 136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse 14
Aggregates. 15
c. C 140, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry 16
Units and Related Units. 17
d. C 936, Standard Specification for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units. 18
e. C 979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 19
f. D 698, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 20
Soil Using Standard Effort (12,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 21
g. D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 22
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3). 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 25
1. Prior to installing Sidewalk Concrete Pavers (hardscape) and landscape, conduct a 26
meeting. Invite the City and their appropriate representatives. Prior to the meeting, 27
the following need to be prepared or approved: 28
a. Product Data 29
b. Mock sample in accordance with this Section 30
c. Paving Plan 31
1) Jointing locations 32
2) Paving Schedule 33
d. All irrigation and planting requirements in accordance with Sections 32 84 00 34
and 32 93 00. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. In accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures 40
Section. 41
B. Concrete pavers: 42
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1. Two representative full-size samples of each paver type, thickness, color, finish that 1
indicates the range of color variation and texture expected in the finished 2
installation. Colors selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer’s available 3
colors. 4
2. Accepted samples become the standard of acceptance for the work. 5
3. Test results from an independent testing laboratory for compliance of concrete 6
pavers with ASTM C 936. 7
4. Manufacturer’s catalog product data, installation instructions, and material safety 8
data sheets for the safe handling of the specified materials and products. 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 15
2. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to 16
avoid construction delays. 17
3. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged 18
containers packaging with identification labels intact. 19
a. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with normal 20
use of buildings adjacent to paving. 21
b. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic 22
wrapped packaging capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift. 23
c. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the 24
product. 25
4. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected such that they are kept free from 26
mud, dirt, and other foreign materials. Store concrete paver cleaners and sealers per 27
manufacturer’s instructions. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 29
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
2.2 MATERIALS 34
A. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 35
1. Paver Type: Per drawing legend. 36
a. Material Standard: Comply with material standards set forth in ASTM C 936. 37
b. Color and finish: Closely match existing pavers in the area. 38
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. Average Compressive Strength (C140): 8000 psi (55 MPa) with no individual 1
unit under 7200 psi (50 MPa) per ASTM C 140 2
d. Average Water Absorption (ASTM C 140): 5% with no unit greater than 7%. 3
e. Freeze/Thaw Resistance (ASTM C 1645): 28 freeze-thaw cycles with no 4
greater loss than 225 g/m2 of paver surface area or no greater loss than 500 g/m2 5
of paver surface area after 49 freeze-thaw cycles. Freeze-thaw testing 6
requirements shall be waived for applications not exposed to freezing 7
conditions. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION 13
A. Acceptance of Site Verification of Conditions: 14
1. General Contractor shall inspect, accept and certify in writing to the paver 15
installation subcontractor that site conditions meet specifications for the following 16
items prior to installation of interlocking concrete pavers. 17
a. Verify that subgrade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to 18
specified requirements. 19
b. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed according to drawings 20
and specifications. 21
c. Verify that concrete base material conforms to specified requirements in 22
relation to elevation and level tolerances. 23
d. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, utility structures, and 24
drainage inlets. 25
3.3 PREPARATION 26
1. Verify concrete base is cured and dry, certified by General Contractor as meeting 27
material, installation and grade specifications. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 28
3.4 SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS PLACEMENT 29
A. Install pavers on pedestals per manufacturer’s recommendations. 30
B. Lay pavers in pattern(s) shown on drawings. Place units hand tight without using 31
hammers. 32
C. Provide joints between pavers per the drawings. Mortar in place those pavers installed 33
over a concrete sub-base. 34
D. Joint (bond) lines shall not deviate more than ±1/2 in. over 50 ft. from string lines. 35
E. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units. 36
F. Cut pavers to be placed along the edge with a double blade paver splitter or masonry 37
saw. 38
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 2
B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 3
to decorative concrete paving activities: 4
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 5
2. Adjacent sidewalk 6
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 7
4. Subgrade or base material 8
5. Utility pipe 9
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 10
7. Landscape beds or planters 11
8. Sod 12
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13
10. Retaining walls 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 16
A. The final surface tolerance from grade elevations shall not deviate more than ± 3/8 in. 17
under a 10 ft. straightedge. 18
B. Check final surface elevations for conformance to drawings. 19
C. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. above adjacent drainage inlets, 20
concrete collars or channels. 21
D. Lippage: No greater than 1/8 in. difference in height between adjacent pavers. 22
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26
3.12 PROTECTION 27
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for 28
protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE 30
A. Extra Materials: Provide 10 square feet additional material for use by owner for maintenance and repair. 31
B. Pavers shall be from the same production run as installed materials. 32
33
NS 1
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
NS 2
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 2 1
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Concrete Wheel Stop 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Concrete Wheel Stop 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each “Concrete Wheel Stop” installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Concrete Wheel Stop” installed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Wheel Stop as specified by the 26
Drawings. 27
2) Concrete Wheel Stop anchor or method of anchoring 28
3) Loading 29
4) Unloading 30
5) Storing 31
6) Hauling 32
7) Disposal of excess materials 33
8) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 34
9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 35
informational submittals. 36
10) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 37
11) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 38
NS 2
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9
A. Precast wheel stops shall be manufactured for the intended purpose by a company or 10
firm specializing in the manufacture of precast concrete parking appurtenances. 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 13
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 14
2. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to 15
avoid construction delays. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 17
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
2.2 MATERIALS 22
A. Concrete Wheel Stop 23
1. Provide wheel stops cast with a concrete that has a minimum strength equal to that 24
of Class A concrete. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, each wheel stop must 25
be 6 ft. in length. 26
2. Minimum reinforcement for each wheel stop shall be 2 No. 4 bars placed 27
longitudinally. 28
3. Anchoring dowels shall be Grade 60 reinforcing bars, conforming to ASTM 29
designation A615. Minimum bar size shall be #4 x 1.0 foot long. The dowel hole 30
diameter shall not exceed the dowel diameter by more than ¼ inch. 31
NS 2
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 CONCRETE WHEEL STOP PLACEMENT 7
A. The precast wheel stop shall be set in place on top of the pavement with both ends 8
bearing evenly. Steel dowels shall be driven into the underlying pavement through the 9
holes at each end of the wheel stop. The dowels shall be driven so that they are flush 10
with the top surface of the wheel stop. If necessary, holes shall be pre-drilled in the 11
pavement. 12
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION 20
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for 21
protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
NS 2
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
NS 3
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 3 1
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Landscape Boulders 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Landscape Boulder 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Boulders installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per lump sum for “Landscape Boulders” installed. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Boulders as specified by the 23
Drawings. 24
2) Loading 25
3) Unloading 26
4) Storing 27
5) Hauling 28
6) Disposal of excess materials 29
7) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 30
8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 31
informational submittals. 32
9) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. See attached image for form and fashion of installed weathered limestone landscape 35
boulders. 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39
NS 3
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Provide 5 references and photographs of like work within the past five years. 1
C. Submit specifications data Cut Sheets with photos and quarry information for products 2
provided under this section. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 11
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. Landscape Boulders 17
1. Boulders shall be of an approved size and shape. Boulder dimensions shall be no 18
less than twenty-four (24) inches in height nor greater than forty-eight (48) inches 19
in height, not less than three (3) feet in width, and not less than four (4) feet in 20
length. Boulders shall be finished as necessary to ensure consistent fit and smooth 21
and rounded shape with no sharp corners or angular projections. See reference 22
images below: 23
24
NS 3
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2. The Landscape Architect shall be notified two weeks prior to delivery of the 1
boulders to the construction site. The delivered boulders shall receive the approval 2
of the Landscape Architect prior to placement. The boulders shall be selected by the 3
Landscape Architect from the Contractor’s chosen supplier. The Contractor shall 4
stockpile the material, at a location approved by the Landscape Architect. 5
a. Boulders shall be cleaned free from marks or scars caused by construction 6
equipment. The contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect when site 7
preparation is complete 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Verify that gradients and elevations of subgrade are correct. Contact Owner’s 15
Authorized Representative for approval prior to placing boulders. 16
B. Verify that weed barrier or geo-textile fabric will extend behind boulders. 17
C. Remove loose material from compacted sub-base surface immediately before placing 18
boulders. 19
D. Wet surface prior to placing boulders. 20
3.4 LANDSCAPING BOULDER PLACEMENT 21
A. Remove and replace decomposed or mulch area that is damaged, defective, or does not 22
met requirements of this Section. 23
B. Protect crushed limestone area from damage until Final Payment. 24
C. The Landscape Architect will direct the placement of boulders in the field. Spacing and 25
location of the boulders shall be as shown on the plans in a fashion similar to the 26
attached image or as directed by the Landscape Architect. 27
1. Preliminary placement of boulders shall be “dry” in a level fashion. The Contractor 28
shall make adjustments in the boulder placement as directed by the Landscape 29
Architect. 30
D. After the arrangement of boulders is approved by the Landscape Architect, the 31
contractor shall permanently set the boulders in place as necessary in a stable position 32
and to prevent future movement, removal or displacement of the boulders. 33
3.5 REPAIR 34
A. Remove and replace boulders that are damaged, defective, or do not meet requirements 35
of this Section. 36
B. Protect boulders from damage until Final Payment. 37
NS 3
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING 5
A. Upon completion of Work under this Section, remove rubbish, waste and debris 6
resulting from Contractor’s operations. Leave work area in a neat and clean condition. 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
NS 3
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions